hUtti .»<'.' ^^.^^'*^^f ~r tijitVf«f v. .' "' 'i.r '^■* ■''.-. 'f jf-^'i ^^ THE UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LI lARY Prom tb collection of Julius Doerner, Chicap- Purchased, 1918. .1 o. JVmtlia 53 aub cntv. fw* >i'-^^ m^ -^r^r^-:iir:^^i»-^n^'iifi:^tig-^^ WH-- " -• • -liriliiJL- " !JL V^.^^^' An .-'»j.-*>». -; aZ-k^^ mM v- *4>^ n C03IPLETE DICTIONARY OF PRACTICAL GARDENING: COMPREHENDING ALL THE MODERN IMPROVEMEXTS IX THE ART; WHETHER IN THE RAISING OF THE VARIOUS ESCULENT VEGETABLES, OR IN THE Forcing and Managing of difftrent Sorts of Fruits and Plants, AND THAT OF LAYING OUT, ORNAMENTING, AND PLANTING, GABJDEMS AND PiEASUmE GROUNDS s WITH CORRECT ENGRAVINGS f)t THE NECESSARY APPARATUS, l.V BUILDINGS A.VD OTHER CONTRIVANCES, AS M ELL AS OF THE MORE RARE AND CURIOUS PLANTS CULTIVATED FOR ORNAMENT OR VARIETY : FROM tSricjinal 2:)raU)ings bp g^ptienljam (Edtoarlisi. By ALEX A X D E II M^ D O N A L D, Gardener. IN TWO VOLUMES. VOL. I, LonDon : PRINTED FOR GEORGE KEARSLEY, 46, FLEET-STREET, BY B. TAYLOR AND CO. 3B, SIIOI-J-ANE. I8O7, '^'^,0'^ M.1^ Co ».^ PREFACE. While almost every other department of useful science has been arranged and brought into a more accessible and convenient form, in the shape of a Dictionary, that of Gardening has remained nearly without assistance in this respect. The present is, however, an attempt to render so important and beneficial a branch of knowledge more easy and comprehensible, by better and more correct explana- tions of the various objects which it embraces ; by more full and accu- rate descriptions of the difterent plants and processes ; and by more clear and distinct delineations of the various modes of culture and management by which they may be raised, preserved, and brought to perfection, in the easiest and most expeditious manner. The execution of this undertaking, from the difticult and imperfect state of the art, has been attended with considerable labour and trouble ; but the author hopes, from the practical knowledge which he possesses, and the various sources of information of w hich lie has been enabled to avail himself, that it has been performed in a manner that will not be found less useful in directing the practical Gardener, than those who are not so conversant witii the nature of the subject, as bringing them more fully acciuainted with the various methods S{ys2m iv PREFACE. that have been commonly employed, as well as those which have been suggested by modern experience. In addition to these advantages, the Work also affords others that are probably not of less utility to the horticulturist ; those of having accurate Representations of many of the most rare and curious plants that are cultivated in shrubberies, or other parts af pleasure-grounds, and in green-houses and stoves, engraved from original drawings of the plants, by the best artists, as well as of all the diiferent improved buildings and other contrivances employed in the raising, forcing, and preserving the various sorts of fine fruits and tender vegetables, taken from those made use of in actual practice with the greatest economy and success. It is therefore hoped that the work will be found deserving of attention, as furnishing a full and complete view of the most approved methods of Horticulture, whether in the management of the Kitchen-Garden, or in the art of Forcing the finer vegetable productions. GENERAL DICTIONARY OF PRACTICAL GARDENING, &c. A, A B R lBELE, a gAicral name applied to the IPVite Poplar Tree. See Popi:lus. ABIES, the Fir Tree. See Pixus. ABROMA, a genus comprehending a tree of the exotic kind fcnown in the East Indies, and cultivated occasionally in the stove in this country. It belongs to the class and order Pohjadelphia Dodecandria, and ranks in the natural order of Colummferce. The characters of which are : that the calyx is a five-leaved perianthium, having lanceolate, acute, spreading, permanent leaflets: the corolla consists of five petals, larger than the calyx, with obovate, arched, concave, and erect claws, which are hairy at the ends, and inserted at the base into the nectary ; having oval, obtuse, spread- mg ciliate borders, which are contracted at the base into ver>- short, ciliate, rccun-ed, little claws, on which the principal ones are placed : the nectary !S short, small, and pitchcr-shapedj being divided into five segments, which are obcordate, hairy, and erect, being recur\-ed, arched, and alternate wiih the claws of the petals : the stamina are five filaments, membranaceous, and verv small, grow- ing on the nectarj' between the cniar(rinate"'trifid segments, and topped with three tw^n kidney- shaped antherae on each filament : the pistillum'is a subcyhndrical germ, having five subulate ap- proximating styles crowned by acute stigmas : the periearpium is an ovate, membranaceous, veined capsule, five-winged, five-beaked, and five-ctlled, gaping at the top into five parts between the beaks, having the partitions folded : the seeds are many and subovate, contained within an ob- A B R lique membranaceous aril, and fixed in a double row to the central edge of the partitions, which is thickened and bearded longitudinally, but with- out any receptacle for the seeds. The species are : 1 . A. angusta, Maple-leaved Abroma j 2. A. JFIieleri, Wheeler's Abroma ; the first of which only has been introduced and cultivated here. It rises to the state of a tree, having generally a straight trunk, and branches that are adorned with someovate, spear-shaped, acuminated leaves 5 and others vyhich are angular, as those of the first year, with five or seven lobes which are acute, the anterior ones being most produced, all veined, and alternate, of a green colour on both the upper and under sides, but paler on the latter. Ever)- part of the plant is covered by stifl[, shinino-, decumbent bristles, of a whitish cast, scarcefy obser\'able by the naked eye, but readily sepa- rating, and adhering to the fingers without injury. Tlie peduncles are mostly Eifid, bearing two flowers of a dark purple colour, which come out on the ends of these bifid footstalks, nodding elegantly downwards, but with little or no smell j continuing to appear from June to October, and perfecting the fruit about the beginning of the latter month. This plant grows naturally in New South Wales and the Philippine Islands, 'and, when cut, yields a kind of gum. It was introduced into this coun- tn.- about the year 1 779. The latter is a plant of the shrub kind, a native of the East Indies, having a brownish-coloured bark, and the extreme branches covered bv a woolly substance, B A B R A C A Culture. — ^The propagation of the first, or tree kind, is by cuttinsrs made in the spring, and plant- ed out in pots inorder to be pkmged into a hot- bed, where, after being well rooted, they should be transplanted into single pots and placed in a bark- bed in the stove, where they must constantly be kept, as they require a pretty strong heat and nuich water. The seeds do not easily become ripe in this climate, seldom indeed arriving at a state proper for vegetating without great attention. The se- cond sort is not yet much known or cultivated. ABROTANUiVI. See Artemisia. ABRUS, JVi'ld Liquorice, a genus compre- hending a plant of the perennial shrubby kind, sometimes cultivated in the stove in this country. It belongs to the class and order Diadelphia Decandria, and ranks in the natural order of Leguminosce. The characters are : that the calyx is a one- leafed, bell-shaped, obscurely four-lobed peri- anthium ; the teeth blunt, and the upper the broad- est : the corolla papilionaceous, having the ban- ner roundish, entire, ascending, and flatted at the sides, but longer than the wings and keel : the wings oblong and blunt; and the keel ob- long, sickle-shaped, gibbous, and longer than the wings : the stamina nine filaments united into a sheath, cloven above, free at the end, unequal, and rising; with oblong erect anthera; : thepistillum a cylindrical harry germ ; with the style subulate and rising, but shorter than the stamina : the stigma in the form of a head, but small : the pericarpium a rhomblike, compressed, acumi- nated legume, coriaceous, bivalved, four- or fiye- celled, v.'ith a little subulate deflex claw; each cell containing a subglobose seed. There is only one species; the A. precatmius, Jamaica Wild Liquorice. This has a slender, shrubby, twining, branchy stalk, rising when supported to eight or ten feet in height, adorned with pinnate leaves which end abruptly, and having from twelve to sixteen pairs of small, smooth, oblong, blunt folioles, or leaf- lets, set close together. The flowers are of a pale purple colour, and come out in short spikes or bunches from the sides of the stalks, having the shape of the kidney bean; and are succeeded by short pods, containing in each three or four hard seeds of a bright scarlet colour, with a black speck or eye on the sides on which they are fastened to the pod. Professor T. Martyn, on the authority of Gtertner, remarks, that the legume or pod is occasionally found of an oblong iorm, containing six seeds scarce apparently divided by a mem- brane, which often disappears as the seeds be- come ripe. The small Icallets have the taste of liquorice, and arc used for the same purposes : he;ice the plant seems to have obtained its name. There are two varieties of this plant — one that has a white, and another a yellow, seed : but they do not difler from the former either in leaf or stalk. It is said to grow naturally in both the East and West Indies, as well as in Guinea and Egypt. Culture. — The propagation of this plant Is by seeds ; which should be sown on a good hot-bei in the spring, being previously soaked three or four days in water, in order to promote their ve- getating power. When the plants are come up about two inches in height, they should each be transplanted out into a separate pot filled with light earth, and then plunged into a bark-bed in the stove, keeping them well shaded from the sun until they have struck or taken fresh root ; in which situation they must be constantly kept : after this they are to be treated as other tender plants. They mostly flower in the second year, and occasionally ripen their seeds even in this climate. ABSINTHIUM. See Artemisia. ACACIA. See Mimosa. ACACIA, False and Scarlet. See Roeixia. ACACIA, Tkree-thorned. See Gleditsia. ACANTHUS, Bear's Breecli, a genus which comprehends several hardy herbaceous plants of the perennial flowering kind, which arc in use for the purpose of ornament in pleasure-grounds, &c. and also one of the evergreen shrubby sort for the stove. It is of the class and order Didi/uamia Angi- ospermia, and ranks in the natural order of Per~ sonateful su^ar. The Sy- camore, the Ash-leaved and the Norway Aiaples also abound with a saccharine juice, from which sugar might probably be prepared with advan- tage. The Tartarian Maple grows to upwards of twenty feet in height. The leavesare heart-shaped, undivided, and their edges unequally serrated. The flowers come out trom Xhc wings of the leaves in bunches of a longish form, appearing early in the spring, and are occasionally suc- ceeded by ripe seed in this climate. It is a native of the southern parts of Russia. The Italian Maplehasatrunk ten feet in heiffht, straight, branching, and covered with a gray bark. The branches are flexible. Tiie leaves are middle-sized, thin, three- or (ive-lobcd, toothed, and rounded. The flowers are in a very loose pendent raceme; on peduncles very long, branch- ing and bending: they are larger than those of the other sorts, composed of five lanceolate pe- tals, yellowish and veined. The calyx is verv small, falling a long time before the corolla. The stamina are eight in nunjbcr, and twice as lontr as the cu- rollaj the wings of the seed not adhering to the sides of the capsule, as in the other species, but placed at the top, and only a little separated from each other. It is common in inanv parts of Italy. It is a lofty tree, and from its having a spreading head adorned with large and beautilul foliage, deserves the attention of ornamental planters. The Pennsylvanian Maple is but a small tree, which in some situations may be considered ra- ther as a shrub. It sometimes grows to the height of about fifteen feet, with a slender stem, covered with a whitish bark, and sending forth several red branches. The flowers are in long pendulous racemes, of a greenish yellow colour. The seeds generally fall off before they are ripe. It is a native of Pennsylvania. The Cretan M;iple is a low tree, having much resemblance to the Montpelier sort. The leaves while young are ovate, but aftenvards have much similarity to those of ivy, being only of a much thinner texture, and having their petioles covered by a soft hair)' down. There is a variety of this tree in which the leaves continue green most part of the year when well sheltered. It is denominated the Evergreen Cretan Maple. Culture. — Almost all the sorts and varieties of the Maple are of easy cultivation, each of them being capable of being raised from seed, and many of them by layering, cuttings, and budding. They thrive in most soils and situations, provided they be not too moist : the common sorts succeeding the best in such as are deep and inclined to moisture, but not hard or stiff'; and the Ame- rican kinds in those that have a dr)' and rather close state of mold. In propagating them by seeds, as they do not in all the sorts ripen well in this countr\-, the best way is to procure them from the places where the trees grow naturally. A cool shady place is the most suitable for this purpose. The mold being made fine, and beds marked out four feet wide, with length proportionate to the quantity j in these the seeds are to be regularly sown in tlie autumn, sifting over them the finest mold to the depth of half an inch. When the plants are come up, they must be kept clean from weeds, and frequently watered in the summer. In the spring following, the strongest may be drawn out, and planted in nurseries, in rows two feet asimder, and at the distance of a foot from each other in them, leaving the others to gain strength. In the second spring these also must have the same cultuiv; and they may remain in the nurser\', without any other trouble than keepintt the ground clean from weeds in the summer, ditrgring between the rows in the winter, and taking off all strong and irregular side shoots, till they are fit to be planted out. The trees raised iu this way ACE ACE grow faster, and arrive at greater heights, than those from lavers : but they do not in general produce sueh qauntiticsof flowers; which makes the latter method more eligible for those who want these plants for low shrubbery uses. In these cases they should always have four or five years growth before they arc finally jjlanted out. It is, however advised by son\e, that the seeds of the Common and Norway Maples should not be put into the soil immediately after becoming ripe; but be dried and preserved in sand till Fe- bruary or March, as the season may prove favour- able; when they may be sosved in drills or beds eighteen inches broad, with alleys the same width, and covered three-quarters of an inch thick with mold. In the following February, or March, the alleys should be dug, and the roots of the plants cut about live inches under ground, which may be easily performed by means of a sharp spade, drawing the plants out where they stand too thick. These maybe replanted in any good mellow soil, in rows eighteen inches asunder, and eight or nine inciies from each other in the rows. In ■October, when the plants in general \^ ill be about two feet high, raise both the seedlings and those that were transplanted, shorten their tap-roots, cutting off any cross lateral branches, and remove them Tnto rows two feet and a half apart, and fifteen inches distant in them, in order that they may continue for a year or two. Remove them again at the same season the succeeding year, and plant them in rows five feet asunder, and two and a half from each other, that they may con- tinue four years. These will now be from twelve to fifteen feet high ; and if required of a still larger size, they may be removed, and planted again eight or ten feet asunder ; when any time after two, and not exceeding eight or ten years, thev may be finally planted out where they are to remain. The use of removing these trees fre- quently when young is, that they are apt naturally to STOW with tap roots ; which this management prevents, and makes the plants root better, and become more easy in their growth when trans- planted at a large size. Though all the species of this genus are capable of being propagated by layers, it is never prac- tised for the Common Maple. In this method the young slwots may be laid down at any time in the autumn, winter, or early in the spring; but the first is probably the best. By the same time in the following year they will have struck root, and have become good plants ; when the strongest jnay be set out in the places where they are to j-emain ; while the weakest may be planted in the nursery, in the same manner as the seedlings, for a year or two, in order to gain strength. In propagating by cuttings, though all these trees are capable of it, it is a uielhod chiefly practised on the Ash-leaved and Norway Maples, as they take root this way more readily. The cuttings should be taken from the bottom parts of the last year's shoots early in October, and be planted in rows in a moist shady place. In the spring and summer following they should be wa- tered as often as dry weather makes it necessarv, and be kept perfectly clean from weeds. In the autumn they will be fit to remove into the nur- sery- ; though, if the cuttings are not planted too close, they may remain in their situations for a year or two longer, and then be finally set out, without the trouble of being previously planted in the nurser)-. These trees are also to be raised b)' budding, grafting, and inarcliing. But as the other methods are nioiL- eligible, these are seldom or ever practised, except for the variegated sorts and the large broad-leaved kind. The latter is indeed to be continued in no other way than by budding it on stocks of the Common Sycamore ; as the seeds, when sown, afford only the Common Sycamore. But the seeds of the variegated kinds produce varieg.itcd plants ; which renders the propagation of these sorts very expeditious, where plenty of seed can be had. But where it is not to be obtained, in order to propagate these varieties, recourse must be had to budding; in performing which, some plants of the CommonSvcamore, one year old, are to be taken out of the seed-bed and set in the nursery in rows a vard asunder, and the plants about a foot and a iialf distant from each other in the rows. The ground must be kept clean from weeds all sum- mer, and be dug, or, as the gardeners call it, tinntd in, in the winter; and the summer fol- lowing the stocks will be of a proper size to receive the buds, which should be taken from the most beautifully striped branches. The best time for this operation is about August ; as, if it is done earlier, the buds will shoot the same summer, and when this happens a hard winter is apt to kill them. Having budded the stocks the middle or latter end of August, the eyes, or buds, being inserted on that side of the stock which faces the north, towards the beginning of October the bass by which it was tied may be removed, as it will begin to pinch and confine the bark, as well as the bud, too much. In the spring, just before the sap begins to rise, or the trees begin to shoot, the head of the stock should be cut off in a sloping direction just above the inserted bud: by these means, and that of constantly rubbing off" such shoots as come from the stocks, the shoot from the inserted bud will be rendered more strong and healthy. The trees thus raised may remain in their situations for a year or two longer, or be transplanted into the places where they are in- tended for, in the autumn or spring following; care being constantly taken to keep the land well A C H A C H dug between the rows, so as to prevent their being injured b\- the growth of coarse weeds, and the side buds triniaied from the stocks. Tlie autumn is upon tlic whole the best time for planting these and other deciduous tree*, when they arc strong and well rooted; yet when voung they arc apt to be injured by frosts, and thrown out of the ground in severe winters when planted at that season of the year. The Connn(3n, Susiar, Norway, and Ash-leaved Maples, from the tallncss of their growth, their having large spreading heads, and exuberant foliage, are proper for large plantations ; and from the leaves being of diflerent sizes, shapes, and colours, they make a considerable variety, when mixed with other trees of similar growth, especially if the variegated sorts be employed : besides, their large pendulous branches of flowers, though deficient in colour, arc not without their beauty, especially in those of the Norway kinds. They are aJso useful in forming detached clumps, rural walks, groves, avenues, wherever shade is wanted. ACETOSA, Sorrel. See Rumex. *ACHANIA, a genus of plants which furnishes three species of shrubbv exotics for the stove, but only one that is nmeh cultivated. It belongs to the class and order ^lonaJe/phia Pohjandria, and ranks in the natural order of Columniferlands for the sake of the fruit. Citltiire. — These trees are not capable of being preserved in this climate imless attended to with great care, and kept in tlie warmest and best regulated stoves. Each of these species may be propagated by planting the stones: but as they do not keep well when taken out of the fruit, this should be done in their native situ- ations as soon as they are removed, in tubs ot good mold placed so as lo have the advantage of the morning sun, the earth being kept con- stantly well watered. On the plants appearing tlicv should be well protected trom the attacks of insects, and from being injured by weeds. W hen about a foot in height they may be sent to thiscountr\- in the early part of the summer, in order that they mav make good root before the winter sets in. A little water should be occa- sionally given them in their passage while in a hot climate ; but as tlicv advance towards a cold one this should be applied more sparingly, care, being taken to guard them well from being dcsiioycd bv the salt water. On their arrival they should be carefullv removed from the tubs, w ith a little of the mold about their roots, and placed in i)ots of fresh earth, in order to lie plunged in moderate bark hot-beds, shading the glasses when the weather is hot with mats until they have taken new root, not giving them too much water at first, particularly if the earth they came in be moist, as too much water injures the plants before thev are w ell rooted ; but afterw ards they should be often refreshed with water, especially in hot weather. And they should have the air freelv admitted to them, in order to prevent the attacks of insects upon them. When insects seize them thev should be carefully removed bv means of a sponge, otherwise the plants w ill be greatly injured in their growth. During the w inter season they are to be planted in the warmest parts of the stove, and in very cold weather have but little water given them, though occasionally refreshed with it w hen the earth is become dry. When thev retain their leaves during this season, a larger proportion of water will, however, be necessary than where the contrary is the case. As the plants advance in size they are to be removed into larger pots ; but care should be taken not to overpot them, as by that means they are veiy liable to be dcstroved. Plants of this kind have but little merit, ex- cept for the varictv which thev aftbrd, as it is necessary to keep them constantly in the heat of the stove. ACHYRANTHES, a genus the plants of w hich are niostlv herbaceous, somewhat shrubbv, perennials of the tender exotic kir.d. It belongs to the class and onli r Pc/iftiiulria Monogijuia, and ranks in the natural order of Aiitfiraiithi. The characters of which are: that the calyx consists of an outer perianthium, that is three- leaved, lanceolate, acute, perinaner t ; and of .in* inner one that is tive-leaved and perniaiieniw it has no corolla: the ncctarium hat- five valves (J A C O AGO surrounding the germ : bearded at the tip, con- cave and caducous; the stamina are fiht'orm,the filaments of the lentjtli of the corolla, and the antherre are ovate and incumbent : the pistilluni has a superior turbinate germ : the stvlc is filiform, of the length of the stamina, and the stigma is bitid and villous : the periearpium is a capsule, roundish, one-ceiled, not gaping ; and the seed is single and oblong. There are several species, but only one that is much cultivated by gardeners. This is the A. aspera, or Rough Sicilian Achyranthes. It is a plant which rises with an erect stem to nearly three feet in heiglit, having oblong pointed leaves, the flowers coming out from the extremities of ihc branches in long spikes. The «ecd, which is inclosed in a sort of chafly cover- ing that can scarcely be called a capsule, is ovate, oblong, nearly cylindric, having a sort of small beak on the side, and is of the colour of honey. The flo\\ers appear in Jtily and August, and the seeds become ripe about September. Ci/Ifiire. — It is capable of being raised, either in the sjjrlng or autumn, from seed by means of a hot-bed, and also by cuttings ; but the first is by much the best method, as being more certain. When the plants are become strong, they may be removed into the open ground in pots during the .■summer months; and when set into a warm greenhouse during the winter season they may be preserved for two or three years or longer. This plant is cultivated more for the sake of variety tlian the purposes of ornament, as it possesses but little beauty. ACONITUM, Jcoiiite, Monk's-hood, or IVolf's-bane, a genus that comprehends several plants of the hardy herbaceous perennial kind, with tuberous or fibrous roots. It belongs to the class and order Poli/andria Trigyiila, and ranks in the natural order of Mul- The characters are : that it has no calyx : the corolla consists of five unequal petals opposite in pairs; the highest being helmet-tubed, inverted, ,and obtuse; the two lateral ones broad, roundish, opposite, and converging ; and the two lowest oblong and bending downwards : the nectaries are two, concealed under the first petal, fistu- lous, nodding, with mouth oblique, and the tail recurved, sitting on long subulate peduncles : in the same circle w ith tlie nectaries there are six little, very short, coloured scales : the stamina are subulate filaments, very small, broader at the base, inclining towards the first petal : the a,nthers; are erect and small : the pistillum has from three to five oblong germs, ending in styles Ihe length of the stamina : the stigmas arc Simple and reflex : the pcriearpiun) has as many capsules as tjie styles, ovale, subulate, straight, 3 one-valvcd, gaping inwards ; the seeds are many, angular, and wrinkled. The species generally cultivated in pleasure- grounds for the sake of ornament are : 1 . .4. l'a~ /;e////j',Napellus, Common Monk's-hood, or Bine Aconite ; 2. yU Li/cnctonum, Great \'ellow Monk's-hood, or Wolf's-bane ; 3. A. yliithora. Salutary Monk's-hood ; 4. A. Pyrenalcum, I'yre- nean or Fennel -leaved Monk's-hood, or Wolf 's- bane ; 5. A. Cammarum, Purple Monk's-hood, or Wolf's-bane ; 6. A. album. White Monk's- hood, or Wolf 's-bane ; 7. A. variegutum, Yixn- egated or Small Blue Monk's-hood ; 8. A. un- cbiatiim. Hooked American Monk's-hood. In the first of these species the root is simple, woody, tub(!rous, unequal : the stem is erect, firm, covered with leaves eighteen inches iit heisrht, and terminated with a thick cylindric spike of flowers. The leaves have a blackish-green co- lour, are firm and shining, being three-parted in the middle lobe, and deeply two-parted in the side ones; the small divisions acutely but uit- equally trifid. It is a highly poisonous plant ; which renders its culture in the garden less at- tended to than wt)uld otherwise be the case. It conies into blow about August. The variety with long spikes of blue flowers is the most usually met with in garden culture. It grows to the height of four feet, and has spikes two feet or more in length. It flowers in May and June, and the seed becomes ripe about Sep- tember. There is also a rose-coloured, a white- flowered, and a variegated blue and white variety of Napellus. The second has the stem eighteen inches high or more, leafy, and very little branched. The leaves are broader than in the other sorts, cut half way into three lobes, which are doubly trifid, the side ones being very deeply two-parted. The spike is simple, with few flowers. It flowers about the middle of .lune, and, if the season be not too hot, will continue in blow till August. There is a variety of this species with large palmated leaves, which are smooth. In the third species, the root consists of from two to four angular fleshy bulbs. The leaves have a furrow along the middle, and are narrow, three-parted, the side-lobes being deeply two- parted, the middle one doubly trifid, with long sharp gashes; the side ones being more irregular. The stem is from a foot to eighteen inches in height, and a little branching. The peduncles sustain oncer twoflowcrs. Theseeds arewrinklcd and multangular. It flowers about the middle of August, and often continues in beauty till the middle of September : the flowers are not so large as those of some of the other sorts, but, being of a sulphur-colour, make a pretty appearance \x\ the borders of the fiowcr-garden. A C O AGO In the fourth, the stem rii?cs to the height of Jlbout four feet: tlic leaves are divided into lo:ig: tcmnents, deeply jagged into many narrow parts whieh lie over one another like seales, having lonsr spikes of pale vellow flowers of a middling size~. It mav be allowed a plaee among shruh?, or in such parts of tlie sarden as are not much fret]iicnted bv younff children. The lifih species lias a tall stem, frequentlv risinir to the height of six feet : the leaves are divided into numerous wedge-shaped lobes, w iiich are cut into many acute parts: the flowers are larire-and numerous, and of a pale blue colour. The varieties chiefly cultivated are : the Wedge- lobed Purple, the W'edge-lobed 15lueish Purple, and the \Vedire-lobed Deep Blue Aconite. The sixth sort has a stem rising sometimes nearlv to the height of the fornitr, with pal- mated three-paite-d leaves acutely divided, and large white flowers. The seventh species seldom rises to more than the height of two feet : the leaves are many- parted, the segments being half cut through, and the upper ones the broadest ; the spikes of 'flowers small, and variegated with blue. It flowers about the end of June. In the eighth the leaves are three- or fi ve-lobed, angular, and tooflied : the flowers are blue, and come out singly, having the top of the helmet hooked, extending straight further than the tail. All the species have perennial roots; but the •tems and leaves are annual, rising in the spring, and decaving in the autumnal months. Culture. — These are pkuits that rei'juire little diflicultv in their culture. All the species and varieties mav be easily raised from seed, as well as bv parting the roots. In the first me- thod the seeds should be sown in autumn, on cood common earth, in a rather shadv situation : this is said to be preferable to sow ing them in the spring months, as where that mode is practised thev Seldom come up till the year after, \\ hereas in this thcv commonly appear in the spring fol- lowing. They are to be kept clean from weeds during the ensuing summer months, and must have water given them occasionallv when the season turns out dn,-, until theplants are in a state to be pricked or planted out in a bed or border, whieh shoidd be done at the distance of about fourteen inches each wav, taking the plants up carefully, and watering them as often as mav be necessary until they have taken fre^h root. After this they demand no other management, but that of keeping them clean from w eeds, till they are readv to be flnallv planted out in the succeeding autumn. They afterwards require little attention, except that of cutting down and clearing away their sterna and other parts evcrj- autumn. ■Wlicrc the method by parting the roots ig practised, it is best performed in October, or to- wards the month of March. In the common sorts, every piece that possesses a bud or eye will readily grow and produce a plant, on being set in good eaith. As these plants, especially all the common kinds, delight in siicli shady situations as are not much exposed to tlte drop of tre. -, they are well calculated for those large borders, clumps, and other compartments in ornamented grounds, that are not much overhung bv trees or tall-gnnvinn- shrubs, as in suchexposurc-s they continue much longer in flower. Some of the blue sorts will likewise thrive under trees, where they do not stand too closely together. From their contain- ing large handsome spikes of flowers that con- tinue long in blow, and their having nnich di- versity in their leaves, they afford considerable variety when planted out in such situations as mentioned above. There is, however, one ob- jection to them, which is their possessing poi- sonous qualities, w hich render them improper ia places where children are much admitted. Most of the blue sorts have been lono- in cul- tivation, and almost all the other kinds may be procured from the nurseries and flow er-gardens. ACORN, the seed or fruit produced by the different species and varieties of the oak. It is a sort of nut, from which trees of this kind art mostly raised. See Qukrcl's. ACORUS, a genus comprehending hardy, her- baceous perennials, of the Sweet Rush or I'laf' kind, cultivated for the sake of their fragrant aromatic qualities. It belongs to the class and order He.vandria Mo/iogij/iia, and ranks in the natural order of PipcritcB. The characters are : that the calyx is a cylin- dric, simple spadix, covered withfloscules, with- out spatha or periantliium : the corolla is com- posed of six petals, obtuse, concave, loose, thicker at the top, and in a manner truncate : the sta- mina are thickish filameuts, somewhat longer than the corolla; and the anthera? are thickish, twin, terminal, and adnate : the pistillum is a gibbous germ, rather oblong, and of the length of the stamina, without style: the stigma is a prominent point : the pericarpium is a short tri- angular capsule, attenuated to both ends, obtuse, and thi-ee-celled : the seeds are many, and ovate- oblong. The species are two : \. J. Calamus, Calamus aromatlcus, Common Sweet Rush ; 2. A. ara- miiwiis. Grass-leaved Sweet Rush, or Chinese Sweet Grass. The first is a plant of the aquatic kind, being found to grow naturally in waten- situations ili C2 A C R A C R different parts of the kingdom. It is siifficicmly distinguisiied bv its long, narrow, sword-shaped leave*, which are of a bright green colour, waved along one of the edges, and when broken yielding a strona; aromatic scent; and also by its oblong, cylindru; spike of flowers, coming out from the side of the stem at the edge of the leaf, which is generallv single, though sometimes double. The root islons, e\-lindrie, tuberous, spongy, marked with rings, and putlino- out abundance "t fibres, which are the proper roots of the plant. It flowers in the months of June and July. The second sort has the roots in tufts, with a few thready fibres : the stem is scarcely any, or very short : the leaves are cquitant, erect, some- what alternate, linear-swovd-shaped, pointed, a little thickened at the margin, smooth, ever- green, a span long, edged at the base, with a white, pellucid, shining membrane : the stalk like the leaves, but a little shorter, erect, some- what thickened under the spadix, afterwards nar- rower, and altogether leafy ; about equal to it in length, scarcely longer. The spadix, arising la- terally from the stalk near its top, is erect, cylin- drical, obtuse, being entirely covered with yel- lowish-green sessile florets. The whole plant has an aromatic smell when bruised, much resembling the Sweet Flag, from which it is distinguished by the shortness of that portion of its stalk which is above the spadix, as well as by all its parts, except the florets being five times smaller than in that plant. Professor T. Martyn observes in his Dictionary, that it is probably a iiative of China, being at least frequently cultivated, for the sake of its smell, in pots, about the habitations of the Chinese. Culture. — The first of these plants requires little trouble in its cultivation, as it may be pro- pagated by its creeping roots with great facility. It should be transplanted from its natural situa- tion in the autumn or early spring months, and placed in such anoist ground as that its roots may be well supplied with water, for where this is not the case it seldom produces flowers. The si- tuation should likewise be open, as it does not thrive well under the shade of trees. It has been suggested that the root of this plant might be en^ployed as a spice, when re- duced tolhe state of a powder ; but it is chiefly cultivated on account of the fine smell which it aft'ords, and the ornament of the flowers. The second, or Chinese sort, may be propagated by parlincr the roots, and placing them in pots of good mold in dry stoves, where they will re- quire only a moderate degree of heat. Tiiis jpeeies is cultivated for variety, as well as the frao^rant odour which it afibrds. ICROSTICIIUM, a genus including various plants of the fern kind, some of which may be cultivated for the purpose of ornament and variety. It belonos to the class and order of Cii/ptoga- mia Filircs. The characters of which are: that the fructifi- cations cover the whole inferior surface <>f the frond or leaf. The species are extremely numerous : but those hitherto cultivated for the purposes of or- nament in open exposures are: \. yJ. septcn- Irio/iale ; 2. A. australe ; 3. A. rufuni ; 4. A, Marantce; 5. A. ilpcuse. The first grows in tufts somewhat resen-)ling rushy grass. The fronds are from one to four mches in length ; commonly a little curved, narrow, entire at the base, but dilated towards the extre- mity, and divided into two or three lanceolate segments, which are again irregularly cut into two, three, or more, smaller recurved ones. The fruc- tifications first appear in small lines, but in the adult plant the lower surface of the leaf is totally covered with brown dusty capsules. The second species much resembles the above; but it is silver)', and more regularly divided, hav- ing purple fructifications proceeding from the in- ner edge, which are cleft longitudinally ; the last divisions of the fronds being subulate, roundish, and straightish. The third sort rises to eighteen or twenty inches in height. The cup is round, covered with ferrufi^inous hair, and leafy almost from the root. The pinnas are about an inch from each other, on a small pedicel ; each pinna being about an inch long, and half an inch broad at the base, whence they decrease to the end, which is round ; and they are covered all over with a rusty woolly hair. The fourth species has the stipes about seven inches high, of a dark purple colour. The frond is almost'blpinnate, lanceolate, closely imbrica- ted beneath, with chafly orange-coloured scales. The leaflets are opposite, almost pinnate ; having the pinnas ovate, obtuse, thick, quite eatire; but the lower ones often toothed on each side at the base. The fructifications spread between the leafy scales over the whole under surface. Sometimes the stipes is blood-red, all hairy, from eight inches to a foot in height. The fifth has much resemblance to the above, but only rises a few inches in height, seldom ex- ceeding seven. In this the stipes is of a green colour. There arc several other species described by Professor T. Martyn, m his edition of Miller's Dictionary, that may be cultivated with equal facility, but they have been yet little introduced amonij; gardeners. Culture. — All the above species may be culti- vated and preserved by being planted out in pot» ACT ADA filled with gravel or lime rubbish. ' TIcncc they are proper Vor the purpose of ailorniiiij tlirieieiit kinas of artiticial rock-work, and for beiiitr plant- ed upon old wall*. But those species which arc natives of warm climates require to be planted in pots, and plun- ged into bark-pits, in order to preser\ e them in this country. ACTyEA, a genus comprehending plants of the Herb Chrislophttr orBancberry kind, which are hardy herbaceous perennials, of tall growth. It belontis to the class antl order I'olyandrla Moiwiiynia, and ranks in the natural order of JMiiltlai/'Kliuc'. The characters are : that the calyx is a perian- thium of four leaves, with roundish, obtuse, con- cave, and caducous leallcls : the corolla has four petals, acuminate at both ends, longer than the calyx, and caducous : the stamina consist of nu- merous, usually about thirty, pa|iillary lilaments, broader at top : the anthera; are roundish, twin, and erect : the pistillum has a superior ovate ger- men, no style, and a thickish, obliqucly-depres- seil stiffma : the pericarpium is an oval-globose, * .smootli, one-furrowed, and one-celled hern,-; and the seeds are many, semi-orbicular, and Ivins; over each other in two rows. The species that chiefly deserve notice for the purpose of cultivation are : \. A. spicata, Common-spiked, Black-berried Herb Christo- pher ; i2. A. rucemosa, Clustered, Long-spiked, American Herb Christopher. The llrst sort crows two feet and a half high, the footstalks of the leaves rising from the root ; these divide into three smaller footstalks, each of which divides again into three, and these have each three lobes, so that each leaf is composed of twenty-seven lobes or small leaves. And the flower-stem which rises from the root has leaves of the same form, but smaller. On the top of the stalk appear the flowers, which grow in ra- mose spikes, and are of a pure white; these come out in May, and are succeeded by black shininiT berries about the size of peas, \s hlch ripen in autanm. There is a variet\- of this plant with while ber- ries, and another in which they are of a red colour. 71ie second kind has large compound leaves, which rise inmiediately from the root, and are branched after the same manner with the first. The tlower-stcms frequently rise to the height of four or five feet or more. The flowers are white, in a long spike, reflex at the lop. It flowers in June, or the beginning of Julv, but does not per- fect seed in this climate. It is a native of North America, where it is often distinguished by the title of Black Snake-root. Culture. — The propagation of these plaiUs may be easily effected by sowing the seed on a shidy border of common earth in the autumn, as soon as tliev are taken from tiie plants, as when the sowing is deferred till the spring they are liable to remain in the soil until the same time in ihe following year before they come up, and nuK-h time is lost. From the irregular manner in which the plants mostly ai-i)ear, the mold of the beds should be as little as possible disturbed, Ifst they be destroved. When fully grown in the succeeding autumn, they may be transplant- ed into the situations where ihey are to remain, which should be rather shady. The seeds of the second specic-s are mostly sent annually from America, and should be put into the ground as soon as possible after they arrive. As these plants rise to a considerable height, and are ornamented with leaves on the lower part of the stems, and w ith handsome spikes of flowers on the upper parts, they are well suite4 for adorning the common compartments and clumps of pleasure-grounds, especially where there is a degree of shade without the inconve- niences of large trees ; and also in the intervals between large shrubs in conspicuous situations, where, from their hardy nature, they w-ill only require the same treatment as them. As these plants are perennial in root, but an- nual in the leaf and stem, these last require to be cut oft' and cleaned away every autumn. The berries of these plants are believed to have a poisonous property, a single berry being said to be capable of instantly destroying fowls and other birds. ADANSONIA, a genus furnishing a tree of the deciduous kind, which grows to an extraor- dinary size in its n.ative soil. It is the jlj'rican Calabash Tree, which, when cultivated here, does not rise to any great height. It belongs to the class and order Monadeljjhia Pulijaiidria, and ranks iit the natural order of Co/m/i/iiJercB. Its characters arc : that the calyx is a one- leafed, semiquinquefid, cvathiform perinnthium, w ith divisions revolute, and deciduous : the co- rolla consists of five roundish, nerved, revolute petals, connected bv the claws with each other and the stamina : the stamina have numerous filaments united at bottom into a tube, which thev crown, expanding horizontally : the plstX- lum has an ovate germ, very long, tubulous, and variously inlorted stvle: the stigmata are many, often ten, prismatic, villous, and radiate-ex- panded : the pericarpium is an ovale, woody, not gaping, ten-celled capsule, with farinaceous, pulp, and the partitions membranaceous : the ■ seeds are numerous, kidney-shaped, rather bony, being involved in a friable pulpy substance. ADA A D E There is only one known species, which is the A. disituta, Ethiopian Sour Gourd or Monkey's Bread. In this species the young plants, and also most of the new branches, have single spear-shaped leaves towards their lower part ; but at their ex- tremities the leaves have some three, and others five lobes, of the same size and form as the lower, which are disposed like a hand ; these are entire, ending in a point, and fall oft' m the win- ter season. The stems are large and woody, but of a soft texture, and have generally a large swell- ing near the root. According to the account given bv monsieur Adanson, some of these trees, m Senegal and other parts of Africa, measured fi-om sixtv-five to seventy-eight feet in circum- ference; but their height was not extraordinary. The trunks were tiom twelve to fifteen feet high, before thev divided into diilerent horizontal Jjranches w'hich touched the ground at their ex- tremities ; these were from forty-five to fifty-five feet Ions, and were so large that each branch was equal to a very large tree : and where the water of a neiiihbouring river had washed away the earth, so as to leave the roots of one of these trees bare and open to sight, they measured one hundred and ten feet long, without including those parts which remained covered by the earth. It aftbrds a fruit which, when fresh and eaten with sugar, is said to be pleasant to the taste, beino" of an acid flavour. Culture. — The method of propagating this tree is by seeds, which must be procured from the countn- where it grov. s naturally, for it does not produce any in This climate: these should be sown in pots, and plunged into a hot-bed, where, in about six weeks, the plants will come up, and in a short time afterwards be fit to transplant ; when thev should be each planted in a separate pot, filled with light sandy earth, and plunged into a fresh hot-bed, taking care to shade them until they have taken new root ; after which they should have free air admitted to them every day in warm weather, but must be sparingly water- ed ; for as their stems are soft, especially when young, too much moisture is apt to make them rot. As the plants advance in growth they are to be shifted into Lirger pots, but must con- stantly be plunged into the bark -bed, being too tender to thrive in this couutiy without this arti- ficial heat : they must iherefme constantly remain in the stove with other tender exotic plants. The plants when young make great progress in their growth where they are properly treated ; for in three years many of them have been more than six feet high, and have put out several lateral branches ; their stems being in proportion ; but after four or five years' growth they are almost at a stand, their annual shoots rarely exceeding two or three inches. These trees are onlv cultivated in this country for the singularity of their appearance, and the variety which they afford in the hot-house or stove. ADEN ANTH ERA, Bastard Flouer Fine, a genus which contains plants of the tree, ever- green, and exotic kinds ; and of Indian growth. It belongs to the class and order Decaudria Moiiogi/nia, and ranks in the natural order of Lomentacece. The characters of which are : that the calyx is a one-leafed, five-toothed, veiy small perian- thium : the corolla is fivc-petalled, and bell- shaped : the petals are lanceolate, sessile, convex inwards, and conca\e underneath : the stamina are subulate filameiits, erect, and somewhat shorter than the corolla : the anthcrie are roundish, in- cumbent, bearing a globose gland at the outer tip : the pistdlum is an oblony; germen, gibbous downwards ; style subulate, and as long as the-- stamens : the stigma is simple : the pericarpium i* a lone;, compressed, membranaceous legume, and the seeds are very numerous, roundish, and re- mote. There is onlv one species that has yet been in- troduced into cultivation in this countiy, which is the A. pavoJiiiia. It is a tree with prodigious decompound or doubly pinnated leaves : the leaflets are ovate, ob- tuse, quite entire, on ver)' short petioles, some- times alternate, sometimes opposite: the panicle consists of simple, thick racemes, witli the flos- culcs on equal pedicels. The flowers are compara- tively very small, and of a yellow colour. The leguiiie is nearly afoot in length, repandat thcsu- tures, and obscurelv torulose at the seeds, smooth, one-celled, two-valved ; the valves after they arc open being loosely and spirally twisted. The seeds are few in proportion to the length of the legume, obovate-roundcd, convexly Icns-shapcd, highly polished, of a shining black colour, with a circular streak in tlie middle on each side. This is a tree which in its native state grows to a very laree size, and the timber is in much use on account~of its great solidity. It flowers in Sep- tember, bears fruit at the beginning and end of the year, and is never without leaves. The seeds, besides being eaten by the common people, are of great use, on account of their equalitv. for \\eights, each of them wei'^hing four grains : thev also make a cement by being beaten up with water and borax. There is a variety of this plant which has vivid scarlet seeds, but which Miller found to be ex- tremely slow in its growth. lu this country it only rises to the state of ashrub. A D I ADO Culture. — ^Thc method of raising plants of this sort is from the seeds, which are obtained from abroad, and sown in pots of good mold, their vegetation beiini; promoted by the assistanee t)t a hol-bcd, under^glasses, or the bark -bed. After the phuUs are a^iittie advanced, they should be placed out in the bark-stove of the hot-house, where thev must eonstaully remain; and where, from their large and beautifully bianehing leaves, they allbrd a fine appearance. They have not yet been found to produce flowers in this climate. ADl AIsTUM, jMaidc/i-hair, a genus compre- hending sewral harbaecous perennial plants of the fern kind, some of which have been intro- duced into culture. It belongs to the class and order Crijptogumia Filice'i. The characters of w hich are : that the fructi- fications are collected in oval spots at the end of the fronds or leaves, which are folded back ; or at the reflex tip of the frond underneath. The species are very numerous, but there arc onlv a few introduced into cultivation; the prin- cipal of which are: 1. A. CapUliis J'em-rl-., True Maiden-hair ; i. A.pedatiim, Canadian Maiden- hair; i.A.rcn'tJvnue, Kidney-leaved Maiden-hair; 4. A.J'rngians, Sweet-scented Maiden-hair; 5. A. pteroides, Heart-leaved Maiden-hair ; 6. A. villimim, Hairy-stalked Maiden-hair; 7- A. tra- pezijhrme. Rhomb-leaved Maiden-hair. In the tirst, the fronds, branches and petioles arc of a shiuina: blackish colour. The leaves are at fust roundish, afterw ards wedge-shaped. The stem is slender, and of a dark purple colour. The petioles of the branches are very large, sustaining three leaves, which are smooth, tender, toothed in the further part, fan-shaped, dilated, either cut shortly into lobes, or more deeply, three-, f"our-,seven-Iobed ; the lobes obtuse. There is one or two fruit-bearing dots to each tooth, to which the edge of the leaf is attracted. The roots arc of the fibrous creeping kind. It is a native of France, Italy, and other southern kingdoms. In the second species the root is small. The stipes is of a dark purple colour, eighteen inches in height or more. The leaves have much resem- blance to the comb of a cock. It is a native of Canada in America. The third sort has the fronds somewhat of the kidney form, the stalks being ?df)rned with numerous flowers. It is a native of the Island of Madeira. The fourth species has the fronds bipinnate ; the pinnas being ovate, sublobcd, obtuse, aini naked underneath. It is an inhabitant of the same island as the above. In thelifth, the stipes are seven inches high, of a purple colour, smooth. The pinnas are streaked ; the edge being covered underneath with a? many white scales as there are notches, covering the fructifications. It is a native of the Cape of Good IJopc. The sixth sort rii'cs to the height of two feet. The stem is of a black colour, strong, triangular, and covered with a hairy, ferruginou-!, mo'^^y subfiance. The fronds proceed from this about a foot from the ground. The pinnas are alter- nate ; the pimiules being an inch long, and about half as broad, and of the figure of a tra- pezium. It is a native (,.'' .Jamaica. In the seventh species the leaflets are alternate ; the pinnas being of a rhomboid form, gashed, bearing fruit on each side. It is found in its na- tive state in New Zealand. Culture. — The first and second species of these plants require little or no trouble in their culti- vation, being propagated simply bv parting their roots. The latter is however the most tender, as thouoh it w ill often stand through the w inter in the open air, when the winter is not too severe, yet when that season is very severe it is liable to be destroyed bv the frosts. A plant or two should of course always be kept under the shel- ter of a frame, or the greenhouse. The first suc- ceeds much better w h.en planted out in pots filled with gravel and lime rubbish than if put in good mold. The third, fourth, and fifth species require the constant protection of the greenhouse, in order to preserve them in the winter season. And the last three sorts, from their being na- turally inhabitants of hot climates, demand the continual aid of the stove to preserve them. All the species are useful for the purpose of affording variety, and the three last highly cu- rious and ornamental among collections of exo- tics, on account of their black shining stems, and the great irregularity in ihe shape of their leaves. ADONIS, a genus comprehending several annual and perennial herbaceous plants of the flowery tribe ; the Flos Adonis, Adonis Flower, or Pheasant's Eye. The characters are; that the calyx is a five- leaved perianthium, and the leaflets are obtuse, concave, a little coloured and deciduous: the corolla has from five to fifteen, but most com- monly eight, oblong, obtuse, shining petals: the stamina consisf of very short subulate filaments, and the antherre are oblong and inflex : the pistilkim Ins numerous germs col- lected in a head, no styles, and acute refle.'c stigmas ; no pericarpium, but an oblong, spiked receptacle : the seeds are numerous, irregular, angular, gibbous at the base, reflex at' the top, a little prominent, and naked. The species chiefly cultivated arc : \. A. au- ADO ADO tuvmalis, Common Autumnal Red Adonis ; 2.ji. eesthalh, Summer Tall Yullow-ttowering Adonis; 3. A. VL-nialis, Spring-flowcrmg Yellow I'erennial Adonis; 4. vi. ylpennliia, Apcnninc Adonis; 5. A. Capeims, Cape Adonis ; 6. A. I'cskaloiia, Blister Adonis. The first of these Fp>;cies has the stalk about a foot hioh and upright, somewhat angular, hol- low, oFa purplish colour, hoary, and branched quite to the bottom ; the branches being generally taller than the stalk, which produces the first flower. The leaves are alt(!rnate, of a yellowish green colour ; the lower ones petioled, and the upper ones sessile ; all superdeeonipound : the segments numerous, capdlan,-, pointed, and sliming on the under side. The leaflets of the cup subov;ite, unequal, and of a purple colour, shorter than the corolla ; the tips being toothed, and appearing as if bitten. 'l"hc corolla consists of eight pet'als, seldom more, but often fewer, un- eqiial, obcordate, the tip being irregularly notch- ed, and of a scarlet colour, with the bottom in- ternallv black, but externally greenish. The sta- mina are about forty in number; the filaments filiform and white : the anthera; ovate, obtuse and compressed, of a blackish purple colour ; the pollen being saflron-coloured. The head of the germs is short, and somewhat conical. The stigmas pointed, the points being turned back. The seeds are somewhat angular, pointed, reticu- late and wrinkled. It is a "native of most of the southern parts of Europe. It now also grows in this count rv, in nianv jKirts near London. In the second, which is by some supposed scarcely distinct from the former, but by others is said' to dififer from it in having the flower smaller, with the colour a higher red; the branches are more open, and the fruit is of an oval form. The petals are from five to eight. It is a native of the southern countries of Europe, and flowers in May and June. There is a variety of this which has a pale yellow corolla. The third species has the stem branched from the bottom, hairy, but finally becoming bald, streaked, scarcely a foot high, equal, or not swelling at the joints. It has several leaves, which burst forth together from the root early in the sprintr, and cover the young stem ; afterwards some of "these sit at the bottom of the stem, whilst others are placed at the insertion of the branches, on very wide long sheaths, terminated by a multifid leaf, only one-third of the length of the sheath. Hence, properly speaking, there are no root-leaves. The stem- and branch-leaves are entirely diflerent from the former; for the nearer they approach to the top of the stem the more decompounded they beeoine, which is un- usual. Their sheaths are very short, and half- stem-clasping ; all the leaflets scarcely exceedmtr two lines in length, but which are rigid and pungent. There are no calluses at the insertion of the leaflets. The peduncle terminating, one- flowered, and half an inch in length. Ttie cup, which scarcely emerges from the uppermost leaf, has the leaflets of a yellowish green or a sordid colour, hirsute, concave, or flat, lanceolate- ovate, and half the length of the corolla. The petals are more narrowed or lanceolate than in the following species, so as even to be linear. The seeds are thicker at the tip, hirsute, with a verv slender dagger-point below the tip. Its larije yellow flowers are produced at the end of March or the beginning of April ; and the seeds ripen in August. It is a native of the moun- tainous parts of Germany. In the fourth the stem is a foot and a lialf in height ; in the young plant ash-colourcd, but in a more advanced growth bald and entirely smooth, marked with lines; the branches be- ing alternate and thicker at the joints. The root-leaves are very large, almost orbicular, four-fold and pinnate : the pinnas opposite, pin- nules alternate : leaflets lanceolatc-linear, acu- minate, smooth and even ; all the insertions marked with a w bite callus : the petiole half a foot long, grooved, sheathing the stem at its base, llie lowest stem-leaf, at the base of the lowest branch, resembles the root -leaves, but is smaller : the sfieath is wide, embracing the stem ; but the petiole is scarcely half an inch in length. The leaves on the stem and branches are hardly petioled : they half embrace the stem, have scarcely any sheaths, and the pinnules are so near to each other that the leaves in general seem to be digitate-multifid. 'i'lie sheaths do not lose their pubescence. The flower terminating, one on each branch : the petals obovate or lance- olate-ovate : the cups hairy, subglobosc, coloured, concave, with lines or streaks of a different colour. The peduncles are grooved, but the stem is not. The seeds arc ovate, surrounded with a rim, having a dagger-point curved back, and smooth. The fifth species has the leaves radical ; the leaflets rigid; and the petioles rough with hairs. The scapes leafless, round, hain,-, and terminated by a compound umbel. The universal and partial involucra are six-leaved and lanceolate. Partial peduncles, three outer, three inner, and one central, bearing one flower; the rest four- flowired. The cup is ovate-oblong, concave, whitish ; petals lanceolate, white, twice the lentith of the cup ; the filaments linear, half the lenoth of the petals : the anthera; two, ovate and small : the styles bent outward, the length of ADO ADO the stamina : tlic stigmas obtuse, and tlic folia- tion involutid. It is t'i)iincl wild near the Cape of Good llopc. The sixth is perfectly smooth, with hard firm leaves. It is also a Cape plant. The Africans use it for raisins: blisters. Cii/ttne. — ^"ihc first two sorts may be readily propagated by the seeds, which should be sown in a light soil, in the borders or clumps where they are to remain and flower (for they do not bear transplanting well) in the autumn, about September or the beginning of October, as in that way the plants will appear in the following spring ; but where the sowinsr is deferred to the spring, the plants seldom come to the state of flowering the same year. The seed should be covered to the depth of nearly half an inch ; and when the plants are risen to the height of two or three inches they should be thinned out, till only two or three of the largest remain in each patch, as by that means they ha'-e a better effect when in flower. Some seed should likewise be sown in both warm and shaded situations, in order that the period of their flowerimj; may be pro- tracted to a greater length. Where the method of transplantuig is practised, the plants should be removed as soon as possible after they ap- pear, and have a yery sliglit watering given them for a few days when the season is dn,'. The only culture that w ill afterwards be re- quired, in either of the methods, is that of occa- sionally weeding, so as to keep the plants per- fectly clean, and watering them when neces- sary. These two arc annual plants both in root and stem, coming up, attaining their full trrowth, perfecting their seed, and wholly decavin inos : the stamina have ten filaments, single, andV.ine-clcil, and small anthers : the pistillum is an oblong, villous, columnar gernien : the style subulale and rising : the stigma simple, rather obtuse : the pcricarpium is a long, fiat- jointed, rough, one-celled legume, opening at liic truncate"joints : the seeds are solitary, be- tween the joints, and kidney-shaped. There are several species : but those mostly cultivated are, 1. yE. grandljiora, Great-flow- ered yEichynomene; 2. JE. urlorea, TieeyEs- chynomene ; 3. JE. coninca. Scarlet-flowered iEsehvnomcnc; 4. yE. Scdwi, Egyptian yEschy- nomene; 5. jE. aspera, Kough-ieavcd JLschy- irimcnc ; (i. JE. Americana, American Hairy yl'^schNiiomene. '1 he (irst is a shrub rising from ten to fifteen feel in lieiuht. The trunk is upright, without spines : the branches spreading a little, round and pubescent. The leaves are pinnate, alternate, scattered, a foot long : petioles round, thicker at the base and smooth. The leaflets from t\\elve to eighteen pairs, opposite, oblong, obtuse, entire*^ smooth on botli sides, standing on very short petiolules. The peduncles are axillary, few, short, bifid or trifid : the pedicels short, and one- flowered. The flowers are pendulous, of a white colour, very large, frequently the size of a hen's egg. The cup is obtusely five-toothed, ovate- gTobose, swelling a little. The corolla resupi- nate: the banner wide, reflex, sub-cordate at the base, elliptic entire, v.aving on the edge : the wings oblong, sickle-.-ihaped, with claws at the base, sharp, pressed close to the keel, which is a little shorter than the banner, undivided, sickle- shaped, angular in the middle, curved, and the outmost tip bifid. The legume is two feet in length, linear, compressed, with a membrana- ceous isthmus between the seeds, which are ot a roundish form. It is a native of the East-Indies. The second species grows to the height of six or seven feet, with a single stem : the leaves are smooth, and come out towards the top ot the stalk, forming there a sort of head; they are composed of many pinnas, placed alternately on the mid-rib. The flow ers proceed from the wings of the leaves, two or three together, are large, and of a copper colour. The third is a smaller and lower tree than the first; but the head and leaves are more close: the latter are about a font in length, and have twcntv pairs of leaflets. From the axils proceeds a siuiile peduncle, dividing into two, each of which bears a large flower, but somewhat smaller than that of the first sort, and the colour is red mixed with purple. The legume is a foot and half in length. It is a native of the East Indies, and of several of the islands in the South Sea-s. The fourth has woodv stems and branches, with smooth leaves composed of many blunt opposite pinnas. The flowers, wliich are small, and of a deep yellow colour, come out from the axils in long spikes hanging downwards. The le- gumes are smooth and taper-pointed, not jointed : the cups are bell-shaped, equal, five-toothed and spreading. It flowers in July and xVugust, and is a native of Egypt. The fifth rises to the height of four or five feet, with a single herbaceous stem, which is in sonic parts rougfi. The leaves come out on every side towards the top, forming a sort of head, and they are composed of a great number of smootli glaucous pinnas. The flowers proceed from between the leaves, two or three together, u]>on long petioles, and are of a yellow colour. The legume is about four inches in length. It is a native of the East Indies. JE S C A^. S C And the sixth has ait annual roof. The 6tem is from one to two tcet in height ; some- times, but rarely, reaching three teet ; it seldom stands upright,' but is subdivided, round, and somewhat hirsute, delicate and slender. The branches are tilitcrm, patulous, round, streaked, hirsute. The hairs ferruginous at the base. The leaves pinnate, alternate: leaflets sessile, alternate, minute, siekle-shaped, serrulate, three-nerved beneath, smooth on both sides. The petioles thicker at the base, round, hirsute. The stipules sickle-shaped above and below the petiole, opposite, acuminate, somewhat hirsute. The peduneles longer than tlie leaves, axillary, Bolitarv, and erect. The flowers are pedicelled, alternate, whitish, or brownish yellow. The bracteKsessile,o\ ale-acuminate, serrate, streaked and hir?utc at the edge. The cup has the upper lip serrate at the tip or bluntly three-toothed, and pubescent at the edge. The corolla, banner- streaked ; wings obovatc ; keel ovate, sickle- shaped, upriglu and bilid. The legume almost uprififht, pendulous, margined, wrinkled and pubescent, linear-oblong, compressed, straight at the suture next the seeds, lobed and crenate on the other suture : joints six or seven, semi- orbiculate, gibbous in the middle, compressed at the cd<'C, separating spontaneously. The seeds are crescent-kidney-shaped, turgidly len- ticular, smooth, shining and black. This species is said to be soniew hat sensitive ; and during the night, or at the approach of rain, the leaves told together in some degree. It is a native of the West Indies. Culture. — The propagation of these plants mav be accomplished bv sowing the ripe seed on a moderate hot-bed, about the latter end of March or beginning of April; and when the plants have advanced to the height of two or three inches, and arc become sufficiently strong, they must be transplanted out separately into small pots filled with light earth, and be inuiiediately plunged into a new hot-bed, in order to promote their growth more efl'eetualb . Afterwards, as thev advance in size, they should be carefully renioved into larger pots :' much attention is, however, necessary not to overpot them, as where this is the case the plants seldom thrive well. The first species being tender requires conside- rable attention, in order to presen-e it during the winter in this climate, by raising and keeping it in the hot-bed and stove bark-bed in the manner directed above ; in which treatment it may be preserved in the winter, and afl'ord flowers in the tnsuing summer months. The second, third and fourth sorts also de- mand a similar proteclioii in the stove bark-bed in the winter season ; by which means they are made to flower more earlv ui t!ic succeeding sum- mer, and the seeds become ripe m the autumn. And as their stems are of a succulent nature, they should be kept ra;hcr dry during the cold moist winter months, in order to prevent their roots from rotting. In this intention it is advised to put them into the bark -bed instead of the dry stove, as in the latter ea-e, from the root-fibres becoming drv, the plants soon dioop for w ant of moisture ; and if it be supplied in that situation, the ])!ants arc quickly destrovcd by tile decaying of their roots. The filth and sixth species, irom their being annual plants, require to be brought forward early in the vcar, in the same manner as the first kind, as where that is not the case they seldom perfect their seed. These plants afl'ord an agreeable and pleasing variety in stove and gri'enhouse collections. yKSCULUS, ihc~ Horse Chcsnut Tn-e, a ge- nus comprising several hardy trees of the deci- duous kind, employed for the purpose of orna- ment. It belongs to the class and order of Heptandria JSlonagyma, and ranks in the natural order of Trlliilutce. Its characters are : that the calyx is a one- leafed, ventricose, small and five-toothed peri- anthium : the corolla consists of five roundish petals, plaited and waving about the edge, flat,^ spreadinir, with narrow claws inserted into the calyx, and irregularly coloured : the stamina have subulate, declining filaments, of the length of the corolla, and ascending antherx : thepistillum is a rouiidi>h germ, ending in a subulate style; the stigma acuminated : the periearpiuin is a leathery, roundish, three-celled, three-valved capsule : the seeds are two, and subglobular. The species are : 1 . JE. Hippocastanum , Com- mon Horse Chesnut : -2. J£. Jiaia, Veilovv- flowered Horse Chesnut : 3. ^. paviu, Scarlet Horse Chesnut. The first, or Common Ilorsc Chesnut Tree, is suflieiently known bv the beautiful ])aiabolic form in which the branches are disposed, when it stands single ; by its digitate leaves, which are composed of seven leaflets, serrate about the edge, the middle one largest, the outer ones surallcst ; and by its liandM)me, upright, pyra- midal tlivrse of white flowers, variegated with yellow or red towards the centre. Some of iheni towards the top of the thyrse being imperfeci and abortive, they come out soon in the spring. The capsule, or nut as it is often termed, is divided internally into three cells according to some, but into two only, as others assert. In this climate it rises to the height of fifty or sixty feet or more; and its leaves, w hich are large D i A G A A G A rolla is onc-petalled, funnel-sliaped, and regular; the tube cornered, as if composed of six claws ; the border six-parted, with the parts ol)long and fpreadinir : the stamina are six filaments in- serted into tiic tliroat, shorter than the corolla, deciinate : the a.itherffi are kidney-shaped and in- cumbent : the pistillum is a superior germ, ob- lono-, three-cornered ; the style tilii'orm, or the length of the stamina, and deciinate ; the stigma simple or trifid : the periearpium is an oblong capsule, three-sided, three-celled, threc-valved : valves navicular, with contrary dissepiment : the seeds numerous, oblong, compressed, and en- larged with a membrane. There is only one species, the yl. umheUatus, African Blue, or Asphodel Lily. It has the root composed of many thick fleshy fibres, diverging from the same head, striking deep into the ground, and putting out many smaller fibres, which are of a white colour and fleshy. From the same head arises a cluster of leaves surrounding each other at the base, so as to form a kind of herbaceous stalk about three inches in height, from which the leaves spread only two ways, appearing flat in the other two. The leaves are thick, succulent, about a foot long, and near an inch broad, compressed, and of a dark green colour. Between these eonies out the flower-stalk, which is from two to three feet in height, round, and as large as a man's little finger, naked to the top, where it supports a larsfe head or umbel of blue flowers, inclosed in a "sheath, which splits into two parts, and is bent backward. Each flower stands on a pedicel about an inch long. The petals are blunt, and waved on their edges ; the umbel being large, the flowers numerous, and of a bright blue co- lour, making a tine appearance. They appear about the end of August, or the beginning of September, and frequently continue in full beauty till the spring. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. Culture. — ^This plant may be easily propagated by means of ofii^ets taken from the parent plant. The opcraticm of parting them is to be performed at the season when the process of vegetation is in the most languid state, which in this plant is generally about the latter end of June. In per- forming the work the old plants are to be turned out of their pots, and the mold cautiously cleared away from them, that the fibres of the ofl^sets may be better ascertained. The offsets are then to be separated in such a manner as that their heads may not be injured. When they adhere very closely a knife may be employed for the purpose, being careful not to wound the bulb of either the old or new plant. After this has been accomplished the bulbs are to be planted out separately, in pots of good garden mold, and placed in shady situations that admit the morning sun. A little water should be given once or twice a week when the season is dry, care hein;!; taken not to endanger the rotting of the roots bvappiving it in too large a proportion. In four or five weeks, when the new planted bulbs have put out fresh roots, they should be removed into other situations that are more fully exposed to the influence of the sun, a little more water being cautiously applied in order to strengthen their flowering. The flov.er-stcms mostly appear in the beginning of September, and towards the end of it tb.e flowers begin to open. At this period, if the season be not quite favourable, the plants must be brought under shelter, in order to protect them from the efiects of frost or too much wet. care being taken to admit the air as freely as possible, as without this the flowers become pale, weak, and of a bad co- lour. About the end of October it is necessary to remove them to the greenhouse, and place them in such situations as that they may have the advantage of free air without being shaded by other plants. During the winter season, when the weather is mild, a little water may be given occasionally ; but in case of frost it nmst be wholly omitted, the plants being kept as dry as possible. The only management that plants of this sort demand is that of protection from the effects of frost and too much moisture ; it is of course only necessar)' to shelter them in the house in the vi'inter months, without the aid of artificial heat, and place them out in the open air in summer. AGARICUS, a genus comprising the yigaric or Common Mushroom, and several other species of a poisonous quality. It belongs to the class and order of Cnjptoga- mia Fungi. The characters of which are: that the pilous, or cap, has <2;ills underneath ; that the gills differ in substance from the rest of the plant, being composed of two laminE; and that the seeds are in the gills. The species are very numerous, but there is only one that is proper for cultivation in the garden. This is the ^. campestris. Common l\cd-gilled Mushroom, or C'hampignon. It has the gills loose, in contact but not united with the stem, very thick set, some forked next the stem, some next the edge of the cap, sonic at both ends, and generally in that case excluding the intermediate smaller gills. The colour pink, changing to that of liver. The cap is white, changing to brown when old, and be- coming scurfy, fleshy, regularly convex, but flat wilii age, and liquefying in decay. The flesh A G A A G A is white; tlic diameter cdiumonly from two to tour, but sonietiiiies nine inches. The sleiri is solid, tVoni two to three inches liigli^ and halt au inch in diameter. Culture. — There arc are two dilTLrenl nieihiuls employed m raising and propagating the Mush- room : the first or most usual one is that by means of the span n or white fibrous radicles that aflbrd the knobby material from which the mushroom is formed. The second is that by seed ; in w hich the gills of the mushroom ai-c cut out and deposited in the beds, or infused in water, and the beds afterwards well tprinkicd over with it. This is, however, a less certain and convenient method than the preceding, and of course less frequently employed. The situations in which this sort of culture is carried on are verv dififercnt according to circum- stances. It is sometimes attempted in the most drv, warm, and least elevated and exposed parts of the melon or cucumber grounds, or such 3uarters of the kitchen garden as are the most ry and warm ; in which cases the beds should be formed on the surface of the ground, without any trench being dug, as in this way they are capable of being spawned more completely to the bottom, as well as thai part more elVcctually preserved from lite injurious tffccts of stagnant water in the winter season. Coverings t)f straw, thatch, or other litter, are applied for the purpose of protection. This method is, however, ob- iceted to by some as inconvenient, not only on account of the great difficulty and trouble of fully sheltering the beds during the severe winter months, but from the great destruction of the young plants that unavoidablv occurs in covering and uncovering the beds in gathering the crops. It is thercrore suggested bv Mr. Nicol in his .Scotch Forcing (jardener, that a frame con- structed of half-inch feather-edged boards should be made in the form of the roof of a house to any suitable length, having the w idth of about six feet at the bottom. It should also have slides fixed in dilTerent parts, for the purpose of admit- ting air occasionally ; and be very well painted or laid over with pitch, in order to guard against the effects of wx-t. It is to cover and protect the beds, being lifted off and on at pleasure by two persons ; and in severe winters may be covered over w'ith some material, as straw, litter, &e. so as to prevent the nmshrooms or the spawn from being destroyed. It is, however, a better method, where the nmshroom is much wanted at dillcrtnt seasons of the year, to have compartments constructed for the purpose; or the back sheds of hot-houses, green-houses, cellar?, and other similar places, may answer the intention perfectly well, little light or air being ueccosary. At fig. I. in the annexed plate is seen the re- pri'-entation of a miishrooni-house of the first kind, wrought by one fire, but di\ided in such a manner as to produce the crops in succession. It shoukl have a dry situation, and may be co- vered either by slate, tiles, or thatch. It is re- commended by the author of the Scotch For- cing Gardener, who has found it well adapted to the purpose. AIuslnx)oins may, however, be raised under cover of a long range of glass-framing, erected cither in the manner of a hot-house, or the top sloped boih ways like the roof of a house, the slopes being of glass w ork ; in w hich the bed is made, spawned, and covered with straw, litter, &c. as in the common method. This, from its being fully protected from the outward air, and all injuries from rain, snow, frost, and cutting weather of every kiiid, as well as always dry and warm, mostly proves successful. — Sometimes they are also cultivated in a similar glass frame, in which there is a pit like that of the hot-house, in which the bed is made in the manner of a common hot-bed, raised at top a lilllc above the pit in a rounding form, on which the spawn is placed, earthed over, and then covered thickly with straw. Nature, generation, and grout li of the mush- room. — The mushroom in some measure partakes of both a vegetable and animal nature. In re- spect to the manner in which it is generated there are different opinions ; but the more mo- dern writers in general suppose it to proceed from seed, which is believed to be secreted in or be- tween the gills, and that when the plants arrive to full growth, the head expanding almost flat becomes a large flap, which f.Jlj to the grountl ; and in that way disseminates the invisible seed to adjacent and distaitt soils and situations ; where vegetating in its peculiar manner, it produces the white fibrous progeny called spawn, w hich is formed within the surface of the earth, or in dung, ruiming and sjjrcading in numerous thread-like strings, or radicle-fibres of a while colour, which produce a number of minute gra- nulate knobs, or tubercles, of the same colour, which are the embryo plants, and which gradu- ally increase into small round heads, enlarging quickly to the size of perfect mushrooms, effect- ing their growth more or less w ithiit the ground, aiul partly above it. Some accomplish a con- siderable growth within the earth, suddenly appear through the suriace, and arrive to diffe- rent-sized heads, frequently discovering them- selves in a morning in places where there was no appearance of any in the preceding evening. It is probably from the circumstance of the invisible seed, in the form of fine dust, being thus discharged on the ground and disseminaied A G A A G A by the air to various situaiious adapted to its na- ture, germinating and shooting fortli for the production of new plants, that abundance of spawn and perfect mushrooms are fre(iuently found in obscure places, where none were ever observed before : as hi decayed dung hot-beds, horse-dung hills, dungy composts, and in bye dry places where horse stable dung has lain mode- rately dry fur a considerable length of time un- disturbed, and in a decayed condition j as well as in dr)' meadows and pasture lands. In whatever manner the spawn is produced, it generates and increases rapidly, a'tlbrding a plentiful propagation of mushrooms, by extend- ing and spreading its stringy fihres in the earth or'dunsi', according as it is obtained naturally or raised % culture, but especially in the latter me- thod ; as, w hen the pieces of spawny dung, &c. are planted into garden mushroom-beds, it runs and overspreads t'lie whole just w ithin the surface, as well as penetrates into the beds, and thus often yields a production of mushrooms in regular succession for several months; and after the pro- duce declines, furnishes occasionally good fresh spawn in the interior parts of the dung-beds for future use. Maiden spawn, or that which was never worked in beds, or produced mush- rooms, is in general to be preferred, as being more certain of producing abundant crops, and such as are more full and fleshy in tlieir heads. But although mushrooms grow spontaneously in meadows and grass pasture lands, tbey can be obtained only occasionally, and at particular sea- sons, as about the latter'end of summer and in autumn, and not always of the wholesome eat- able kind : but by garden culture they may be procured at any time of the year whenever they may be required, and always of a good kind both in substance and richness of flavour ; and be- sides constantly procuring the proper dung spawn for plantiuii;, there is a greater certainty of tlieir being of the genuine sort. Qdtitre In] .ipuicii, &€. — The connnon me- thod of propagating and raising mushrooms in garden culture, is by planting, in the manner directed below, the lumps or pieces of spawny dung or earth in a sort of hot-bed made with horse-stable dung, formed on the ground in a long narrow ridge, both sides sloping like the roof or ridijc of a house, to shoot otf' the wet, or rain and'snow, &cc. In this mode, when the great heat of the bed is abated to a very moderate desirec, the spawn is inserted into both the slop- ing sides and the ends, as explained below, and the bed then earthed overabout two inches thick ; the whole being afterwards covered over with dry straw, or clean dry straw litter, laid a toot thick, to remain constantly night and day, in order to defend the bed effectually from the external air, moisture and cold ; as the spawn, being of a par- ticular delicate nature, is equally impatient of extreme hot-bed heat, cold air, and of any con- siderable moisture, all of which are therefore to be carefully guarded against. By the mild heat of the bed obtained as above, the spawn is set in motion, running and spreading itself in the earth and dung, so as in five or six weeks to produce mushrooms. It is however a better and more certain me- thod to have the beds for this purpose prepared in houses, sheds, or other protected situations, as explained above. The true and proper spawn is discovered most commonly in the soils of decayed dung and dungy composts, in the manner explained above; and w hen genuine imparts a full smell ot the mushroom. Of this sort of spawn it is proper to procure a supply previous to making the bed, in order more readily to judge of the extent of bed that may be necessary ; especially as in some places good spawn is cliftieult to be obtained in any considerable quantity. It should be carefully collected, taking the lumps of spawny dung en- tire, and then depositing them in some dry place till they are wanted. The ([uantity which is proper may in general be at the rate ot two or three bushels for a bed of twenty feet in length, and in the same proportion for those ot larger sizes. Mushroom spawn is found in various situ- ations and soils, but more particularly in such as have been mentioned above. In collecting this substance, old dung-hills of horse- dung, &c. dungy compost heaps, stable-yards, where lays of horse-dung have been for some time in a state of decay, especially the dry corners or sides next walls, &c. as also horse-rides under cover, in public livery-stablc-yards, that are thickly littered with short stable-dung, should be searched, as they often contain excellent vir- gin spawn. In removing decayed dung hot-beds, old mushroom beds, &c. great plenty of excellent spawn may often also be procured ; and some- times in kitchen gardens, where the ground has been thickly dunged in the sjiring with dryish half- rotted dung, on digging the same ground again in autumn, &c. and looking with care, gTjod lumps of spawn may be seen in the re- niainincr unexhausted dung, and in the clods of mellow dungy earth. In procuring spawn from grass pastures, it may be found in the earth where mushrooms have been observed to rise, by digging it up in lumps, and may be used where a suiiiciency of duiif spawn cannot be obtained : but where enough of the latter can be procured, it is to A G A A G A be preferred to thai of the ficld^ for garden cul- ture. It has bi-en remarked, tliat where mushroom spawn is obtained from places wliere the dung happens to consist principally of that from stone- horse stal^les, it is of a stronger tjiiaiitv than that of the common horse-dung; ami, in its culture, more productive in large thick fltsliy heads, and continues longer in production in the same bed. The cultivators of mushrooms near larije towns, where vast quantities are raised for sale, gene- rally prefer w hat they call virgin or maiden spawn, to such as has never been worked or produced nuishroonis, and that has not been generated from old beds, as possessing greater vigour in its cultivated irrowth, and affording a more cer- tain and superior production. It is sometimes produced by art in composts formed of a quantity of horse-stable dung, of ver)- moderate heat. The shortest moist parts, and as much of the dunging of the horses as possible, should be usda, the whole being mixed with some rich mellow earth, or if of a loamy kind, the better; and deposited under the protec- tion of some covered shed, or other place, the mass being closely covered with dry litter: the spawn in this way is sometimes formed in the compost in the course of six or eight weeks. Spawn is likewise produced by procuring a quantity of full-fi;rown mushrooms, cuttintrthem to pieces, or only detaching the gills, and depo- siting them into composts as above, or at once strewing them over the surface of the regular beds, earthing ihem over, and covering them with straw litter. The best season for finding natural spawn in plenty and perfection, is the autumn and early part of winter, «hile in full viffour, after the preceding summer's production ; though good spawn is occasionally met with at all times of the year, and may be collected accordingly : it is most advisable, however, to procure the ge- neral necessar\' supply in the above seasons; for, spawn being of a singular nature, and liable to perish or be greatly injured by much wet and cold, it should oc carefully collected in proper time, before it is weakened by the inclemency <»f the weather; as it is of much importance to have it in full vigour. If it he in a tolerably dry state, it may be immediately used tor spawning such beds as are ready for its reception : but if rather moist, it should remain under coyer a fcw days, to dry a little. In collecting it, care should be taken to have the lumps or cakes of the spawnv dung, kc. in which it appears, taken up entire, laving tiiciu in a basket or wheel-harrow , and c.;rryiiig them into svme dry close shed, or other aparuneiu, to be deposited securely from wet, cold, he. previously examining whether any of the luinjjs be \\*et; in which case, spread ihein to dry a little: and if not innncdiately wanted, let the whole be placed closely together in a w:irm dr\' corner, or put in hampers or sacks ; and be closely co- vered with straw, or dry long litter, or garden mats, till wanted for spawiinig the beds. In this way its vegetative power may be long re- tained ; and, if necessary, may be safely sent to any distance, as is often the case in places where a suthciency cannot be procured at the time when wanted. Where great quantities of mushrooms are raised, and consequently considerable supplies of spawn required, there are mostly mushroom- men w ho, at the proper season, go about col- lecting, both in town and country, the true sort, which they dispose of by the bushel, at from half a crown to five or six shillings, according to its goodness, and the ease with which it is obtained. There is a variety of the mushroom termed White Cup, which rises with a small, thin, white head, without any material fleshy part, the spawn of which is entirely useless. It is distin- guished by its very line silky or cobweb-like nature, and exquisitely white hoary appearance, closely spreading in the spawny lumps, and emitting scarcely any smell of the mushroom. Constructing the icds. — In the production of this crop much depends upon the proper con- struction of the beds. The best season for mak- ing the principal ones, for the winter and sprinir production, is the uitumn and beginning of w inter. Tlie autumn beds may be prepared about the middle or latter end of Ausrust, or any time in September, and occasionally till the middle or end of October; as in this season the spawn can be had in the best perfection and abundance, and the beds be made and prepared for the spawn to better a(Jvantage than later, when cold wet weather prevails ; and the spawn will work sooner, and afi'ord a more speedy and abundant crop during the winter; but beds for suecessional production, or where unavoidably omitted in autumn, may be made in November, or even as late as December. The most suitable material for this purpose is horse-stable dung, which, as it heats too much at ^lr^t for the growth of mushroom spawn, should always be (irepareil before it is worked up mto the bed, in order to reduce it to a more mo- derate temperature, by forking it well up toiiether in a heap for a week or tivo, ;md turning it over once or twice, that the rank burning sieaui may sooner and more ellectually evaporate, behire it heats in too 'j.K..it a degree: a quantity of tlie best luodeiuiely fresh dung should be procured. A G A A G A proportionicl to the size or extent of the bed, as at the rate of about three or four large cart-loads for a bed of twenty feet long. Some prefer the droppings of well fed horses only, for this pur- pose. In regard to the dimensions of mushroom beds, thev may be made of almost any extent in Liigtb, trom ten feet to fiftv or more, according to the quantity of mushrooms required ; and from three feet to three and a half or four feet wide at the bottom, both sides gradually nar- rowed in a sloping manner upwards, till meeting together in a ridge at top, about throe and a half or four feet high perpendicularly ; which allows for settling to three and a half or less : the ridgc-form is the most necessary to preserve the bed and spawn always effectually dry, which is Tery material in this culture. Besides, the slop- ing sides more quickly discharge the rain and snow, as well as aflord the largest surface for spawnirtg, and of course furnish a greater pro- duction. A single bed, of from ten or fifi°en to twenty or thirty feet in length, may be suffi- cient for a small or middling family ; and where the demand is more considerable, a greater num- ber of beds may be prepared. When the beds are made on the surface of the ground, first mark out the width and length of them ; and if two or more are intended, they may be ranged parallel to each other, six or t'iffht feet asunder. fn making the bed let the dung, prepared as advised above, be wheeled in, both long and ■short loiiclher, and with a light fork form the foundation of the bed, by shaking some of the longest dung evenly all along the bottom, four or five inches thick : then take the dung as it occiu-s, and work it into the bed, forming it at first to the full width, and gradually narrow it upwards, by drawing-in each side in a regular manner ; and in advancing in lensrth, raise it gradually into the ridge-form, to the full height, continuing it along regularly in the same manner and proportion; making the middle and sides Kqually full, beating the dung in firmly with the fork from lime to time, as applied on the bed. Care should be taken to form both sides of an equal slope, the end being also equally sloped. After the bed has been thus made, it must be permitted to remain some time, as a week, fortnight, three weeks, or more, till the, first great heat has subsided, and the bed is redu- ced to a degree of mild heat proper for the spawn to be planted in, being kept during this interval fully exposed to tlie open air, day and night ; and in case of excessive rains some dry long straw-liiter should be thrown at the top, or thick garden mats spread oyer it, so as t^ shoot olf as 3 much of the wet as possible, lest it cither ret.trd the heat, or occasion it to increase too violently. The operation of the heat, both in its increasing and decreasing state, should always be carefully at- tended to, as much depends upon the sjiawn being kept at a proper state of heat. In order to direct this, some long sharp-pointed sticks may be thrust down, in different parts, into the dung; and by drawing ihcm up occ;isionally, and feeling them in the hand, ajudgment may be more readily made of the state of the heat in the bed. The spawn should, however, be inserted as soon as the bed discovers a proper state of heat, and w hile it re- mains of a moderate lively temperature. Others advise that these Vjcds should be made on dry ground, and that the dung should be laid upon the surl'ace; the width of them at bottom being about two feet and a half or three feet ; the length in proportion to the quantity of mushrooms desired : then the dung should be laid about afoot thick, covering it about four inches with strong earth. Upon this bed more dung is laid, about ten inches- thick ; then another lavec of earth, still drawing in the sides of the bed sO' as to form it like the ridge of a house, which may be done by three layers of dung and as many of earth. The author of the Scotch Forcing Gardener, fcowever, constructs his beds in this manner: he first lays about a foot in thickness of fur- nace ashes, brick-bats, or stone-chips, as- a bot- tom, then six inches of rich horse-droppincs, taken carefully from the stable every mornint;;, and kept as whole as possible : these he suffers not in anywise to heat ; and the w hole time the bed is in preparation he exposes it to all the air in his power, provided it is perfectly dry. After this course has lain ten or twelve days, is quite dry, and there is no apprehension of its fermcntimx, he covers it to the thickness of two inches, with half vegetable mould of decayed tree leaves, and half light sandy loam, which should previously be well mixed together. Another course of drop- pings is then laid on as above, and, when it is also perfectly dry and past fermentation, co- vered with the same kind of mould as before. A thiril course of droppings and mould afterward*: applied in the same manner finishes the bed. In the making, it should be gently rounded in the middle, especially if out of doors, in order to better carry oft" the wet. In this way the bed is generally a month or five weeks in makintr, and in as much more begins to produce, unless the weather or state of the droppings have been un- favourable. It is obvious, he says, that from the abo\e mode of proceeding, a whole course of droppings cannot be laid on at once, unless there are a vast many horses, or the bed is of trifling A G A A G A dimensions : of course, when the last end of the bed is covered, proceed with the first, when in a proper state, a second time, covering it with mould as it adx'ances. Spanning the /W«. — ^The beds being brought to a suitable state of heat for the reception of the spawn, proceed to plantinn it. having previously seen that it is somewhat dry. The. spawn, and lumps or pieces of dvuig in which it is con- tained, are to be planted tosrcthcr, after break- ing and dividing the large cakes, or lumps, into moderately small pieces, in the sloping sides and ends of the beds, in some of the following me- thods : as cither bv putting them into the dung just within the surface, and earthing them over an inch or two thick ; on the surface of the dung, and earthed over; orbv first earthing the bed an inch or two in thickness, and then spawning in the earth, adding an inch depth more over the whole. In the first method, or that of tpatniiitg in (lie ge!iesia Poll/gamin jEqtialis ; and ranks in the natural order of Composila? Discoidece. The characters of which are : that the common calvx is oblong, having many lanceolate subecjual scales : the compound corolla uniform, with corollcts, which are hermaphrodite, tubulous, numerous, equal, but scarcely longer than the calvx ; proper-monopetatous, funnel-shaped, border quadrifid and spreading : the stamina are verv short capillary filaments : the anthera cylin- dric and tubular : the pistillum is an oblong germ : the style filiform, and of the length of the stamina : the stisrmas two in number, ver\' slender and erect : no pericarjiium : calyx un- changed : the seed solitar)', oblong, ungular, be- ing crowned with a cliafly, five-leavcd, npright- awned calycule : the receptacle naked, convex, and very small. The species are, 1 . yl. comjzoiJes, Hairy Age- ratum ; 2. A. ciliare. In the first the root is annual : the stem woody, square, redihsh, and of about a foot and a hall m height. The leaves are opposite, hain', nu'.ch seriate about ihc edges, an inch and a half long, and three quarters of an itich broad, pe- tioled, resembling those of the nettle. Calyx ovate-cylindric, with two or three rows of scales, w hich spread verv nmeh when ripe. The recep- tacle is ovate-globular, and pitted. The seeds arc small, columnar, smooth, blackish, being elon- gated at the base into a lilllc wl.ite swelling na- vel : crown the length of the seed, and whiter leaflets membranaceous, ciliatc-tootheil, end- ins in a lono; roiiiih bristle-shaped aTianner until they haye taken fresh root, after which it must be wholly omitted, as nuich moisture is very prejudicial. In the spring they should be put into the situations \yhere they are to remain for flowering. A few plants may likewise be placed in pots of good fresh mould, in order to be set out in the yards or other compartments about the house. The second sort admits of the same methods of cultivation, but succeeds best in a rather moist soil, where the situation is somewhat shady. Both the species and all yarieties are well suited for the purposes of ornament, aflording a very agreeable diversity in clumps and boi"ders. AILANTHUS, a genus comprising a tree of the hardy exotic kind, and of lofty growth. It belongs to the class and order of Polijgamla ]\Ionwcia. Its characters are : that it has male and female hermaphrodite flowers : the calyx of the male is a one-lealcd, fiye-parted, yery small perianthium : the corolla has five petals, lanceolate, acute, con- roluic at the base, and spreading : the stiimiiia have ten tilamcnts, compressed, of the length of the corolla : the antherae are oblong and versatile : the calyx of the female is like that of the male, permanent ; the corolla the same : the pistilhnn has from three to five tierms, curved inwards : the styles are lateral, and the stigmas capitate : tile peiicarpium has as many capsules as there are germs, compressed, membranaceous, sabre- shaped, acute, on one of the edges emarginate : the seeds are solitarv', lens-shaped, bony, close to the emarginature : the calyx of the herma- phrodite is the same with that of the male and female : the corolla the same as in the male : the stamina have two or three filaments, as in the male : the pistillum, periearpium and seed as in the female. There is only one known species, which is the A. ghmdiilosits, or Tall Ailanthus. It rises with a straight trunk to the height of forty or fifty feet : the bark is gray, slightly fur-- rowed, and has white marks on it : the young twigs are covered with a flne velvet down. The leaves are large, smooth, alternate, unequally pinnate, and disposed horizontally. The com- mon petioles form an angle more or less acute, or sometimes a right one w lib the branch : they are slender, and from one to two feet in length. The leaflets are from twenty to thirty, alternate and opposite, from two to three inehes in length, and from one to two in breadth, standing on a short petlolule ; and laterally towards the base are some blunt teeth glandulose beneath : the rest of the leaflet is commonly entire. The flowers are of a white colour, yery numerous in a close terminating panicle, usually in groups, on a common peduncle, each flower beingon it< proper pedicel : they are male and female, with a tew hermaphrodites : the males are the most nume- rous. A disagreeable odour is said to issue from the flowers. It was supposed to be a species of Rhus, before the nature of its fructification was understood. It is a native of China. In this climate it has yet produced only male flowers ; but in France and Holland it has borne female flowers and fruit : the latter, however, has not ripened. Some years it bears only male flowers ; but in France, about twice in ten years, it has produced both male and female flowers. Culture. — In the propagation of this tree, the best and most easy method is that by the yoimg plants which proceed from the root near to the surface of the ground. These should be taken up in the early part of the spring, and then be planted out in good land, in an open expo.-ure, at the distanee of a foot or eighteen inches from each other, where they may remain for two or three years. They may afiervvards be trans- phuitcd into the proper silu.ai'ms, F A I R AIR Tlicy may likewise be raised by cutting some ■of the smaller roots, and theji turning them up. It is a.tree that grows very fast in this climate, and from iis bdiig handsome, and rising to a considerable height, is proper for omamenta] plantations, or large clumps ui pleasure grounds. If the bark be wounded, a resinous substance issues from it, which sf)on hardens. Its wood is hard, heavy, glossy like satin, arul suscepti- ble of taking a very fine polish. It may of course be made use of for various purposes. AIR, when considered in respect to vegeta- tion, is the thin medium which surrounds, and becomes intermixed with, the particles of the soil ; and in this way, as well as by being ab- sorbed and taken up by the organs of plants, ■contributes in a great measure to tiieir health, grov.-th, and support. Jt is ^substance possessed of weight or gravity, and capable of being compressed ; but not con- (icnsible in tlie heat of the atmosphere without combination. Without the aid of this medium, vegetables could not live, file be maintained, or heat sjcnerated. But though the atmosphere be the vast bboratory in w hich nature performs va- rious operations, solutions, precipitations, and •combinations, and the grand receiver in which all the attenuated and volatilized productions of terrestrialbodies are lodged, mingled, agitat^, combined, and separated ; still the air is the same in respect to its qualities, being decidedly ■characterized by the two properties of support- jno" respiration and combustion. This is suffi- ciently evident from combustible bodies not be- ino- burnt without the contact of atmospheric air, as in vacuo this process does not take place. From respiration and combustion not continuing beyond a certain length of time in a given qu;m- tity of atmospheric air, it is likewise obvious that only a part of the air that surrounds the earth is proper for the support of either animal or vegetable life, or combustion, the other being improper for these purposes. Hence it is evident that atmospheric air is a compound of two dift'e- rent sorts of air : the one supporting respiration and combustion, and on that accoimt denomi- nated vital air, pure air, or oxygen ; the other injurious in these respects, but necessary in a certain proportion, in order to modify the too powerful action of vital air, or oxygen, in the respiration of animals: this is termed, from its properties, azote or phlogi^ficated air. One hun- dred parts of common or atmospheric air contain twenty-seven of the oxygenous or pure air, and seventy-three of the azotic oi nitrogen air, as has been shown by the late experiments in chemistr}'. Besides these principles, the conmion or at- mospheric air also contains a proportion oi fixed air, OT what is now termed carbonic acid gas, from carbonaceous matter, or charcoal, forming one of its constituent principles. The vital air, or oxvgen, by combining with oiher bodies, produces dificrcnt new compounds that may be of great utilitv in the vegetation of plants. Loi^g before the discoveries in modern che- mistrv had ascertained the constituent principles of common air, it had been remarked to be a principal agent in the vegetation of plants by Mr. liay, m the Philosophical Transactions, who fouiid that lettuce seed, which was sown in the glass receiver of the air-pump, exhausted and "cleared from all air, grew not at all in eight days time : whereas some of the same seed, which was sown ait the same time in the open air, had risen to the height of an inch and a half in that time ; but on the air being let into the exhausted receiver the seed grew up to the height of two or three inches in the space of one week. The insrcnions experiments that have been lately made bv Mr. Gough, and detailed in the Trans- actions of the Manchester Philosophical Society, have still more clearly demonstrated, that the vegetation of most sorts of seeds depends in a great measure upon the presence of the oxyge- nous principle of the air. And another proof of the utility of air in vegetation is met with in the Sediun, which pushes out roots without earth or water, and lives several months. Some sorts of Aloes, if hung up in a room entirely secured from frosts, will remain fresh for some years, though they sensibly lose in their weight. Air also operates witliin the earth, and, from the changes which it imdergoes, and the new combinations that are formed in consequence of them, contributes greatly to promote the growth of plants. Thus it has been observed by the author of the Philosophy of Gardening, that as most earths contain carbon, and other inflammable materials that are capable of uniting with oxygen, and by that means aflbrd carbonic or other . acids; as well as water which, by its decompo- sition when in contact with confined air, forms ammonia, or volatile alkali, by its hydrogen combining with azote, and nitre by the con- junction of its abundant oxygen wuh another portion of the abundant azote or nitrogen of the atmospheric air, there is good ground to conclude that the great utility of turning over the earth by tlie spade, may arise from the production of such eftccts, by the confining of the oxgyen, as well as the azote or nitrogen, of the air in the pores among the particles of the mould : and as these effects must be produced more extensively and more readily, in proportion, as the particles of the earth are more perfectly broken down and A I R A I R reduced, tlie advantage of frequent digging, nr turnins ovi-r the earth, in the pracliccof gardcn- inii", is rendered sutliciently evident. Besides, as the heat of the air is given out in the union of oxygen with carbon, as is fully de- monstrated bv tiie heat that takes place in hot- beds ; it w ouid seem to show, th;ct in tlie culture of roots or plants, the seeds and sets should be sown and put into the ground as soon as possible after the beds have been dug over, while the above processes arc going on, and the heat is evolving, as by this means their vegetation and growth may be the most eflectually pro- moted. Air was considered by the learned Dr. Hales to be a line elastic fluid, with particles of very difterent natures floating in it, whereby it was ad- mirably litted, by the great Author of nature, to be the breath or life of vegetables as well as animals, without which they could no more live and thrive than animals ;. and a^ a proof of the crcat quantities of it in vegetables, he refers to the third chapter of his excellent Treatise on Veiretable Statics, where he remarks, in the ex- periments on vines, that a great quantity of air was visible, which was continually ascending through the sap into the tubes ; which manifestly shows what plenty of it is taken in by vegetables, and is perspired ofl" with the sap through the leaves. He likew ise details several experiments made on branches of apple, apricot, birch, and other trees, to prove the same thing. And Dr. Crew remarks, that the pores are so larse in the truiiks of some plants, as in the betlej sort of thick walking-canes, that they are visible to a coed eye without a glass : but with a elass the cane seems as if stuck at top lull ofliolcs with great pins, so large as very well to resemble the pores of the skin in the ends of the lingers anil Inill of the hand. In the leaves of nines he likewise observes, that bv means of a glass ihcv make a very elegant show, standing almost exactly in rank and file through the length of the leaves ; w hence he thinks it may be pro- liable that the air enters plants, not only with the principal I'ood or nourishment by the root, but also liirouiih the surface of their trunks and leaves, cspeeiallv at nitht, when ihcy arcclianged from a perspirinsr to a strongly imbibing state. It is observed Lv the former of these writers, however, that in all the experiments he tried for this purpose, he i'ound that tli- air entered very slowly at the bark j)l;'.ni4 of the suecuieni kind retain their vegetative ipialitv a considerable Icn-jih of time, merely by tiie asicncy of the air; and some emit roots froni the bratiches that arc cut from them, on being exposed to the air. without the assistance of either eavih or water. The Scilinii and Si-iiipirr:! iiin atloi.l exanijiles of this kind. Air is likewise neccssar\- m order to preserve the vegetative faculty of grains and i?cids vvliilc the)' A I T A J U are kept for the purposes of sowing, as is evinced by inclosing them in vessels closely stopped and prevented from receiving air ; for under such cir- cumstances their germinating property is found to be either completely destroyed or greatly im- paired. On this account many sorts of grain and seeds may be considerably injured and re- tarded in their vegetation, by being deposited too deep in the ground. There are, however, many seeds which are able to retain this faculty, though for a long time buried deep in the soil, as is evi- dent from their readily coming up on the earth being turned up to a great depth by the spade or other means. A free exposure to the action of the air is also requisite for the vigorous growth of trees, shrubs, and culinary vegetables, as is shown by their be- coming weak and puny in confined or shaded situations. Fruit is also much Injured by the trees being crowded, or having too great a quan- tity of wood in them. Air is therefore equally necessary to the vegetation and growth of plants, as to the life of animals. On these accounts, therefore, all such plants as are confined under frames and glasses, "or pre- served in greenhouses and stoves, should be exposed as much as possible in the middle of the day, when the weather is suitable to the free in- fluence of the air, as where this is neglected they are liable to run up too much, become feeble, lose their colour, and soon die. All the more hardy kinds, that only demand protection in se- vere seasons, should likewise have the full benefit of the open air every day in proper weather, by removing the glasses or other coverings. And even the tender kinds, that require the constant protection of glasses and the aid of artificial heat, as early cucumbers, melons, pines, &e. should have it cautiously admitted by propping up the glasses, &c. for a short time, in proportion to the state of the heat and the temperature of the external air, as without this they seldom succeed well, or produce fruit of a good flavour. AITONIA, a genus comprehending a shrub of the elegant greenhouse kind. It belongs to the class and order of Monadel- phia Octandria, and ranks in the natural order of Columntferce . The characters are : that the calyx is a one- leafed, erect, four-parted, short perianthium, divided into four ovate, sharp segments : the co- rolla has four erect, equal, broadly-ovate, con- cave, very obtuse petals : the stamina have fila- ments, joined as far as the middle, divided above into eiglit, awl-shaped, furrowed, standing out of the corolla, and having ovate, furrowed an- therae : the germ superior, ovate, smooth, and subangular : the style onc^ filiform^ of tlie same length with the stamina : the siigma obtuse, undivided : the pericarpium \i an ovate, dry, membranaceous, four-cornered, one-celled, brit- tle berry : the corners are produced and sharp : the seeds many, fixed to a column, globular and smooth. It varies with five-cleft, ten-stamened flowers. There is only one species at present known, which is the A. Capeiish, or Cape Aitonia. In this the stalk is shrubbv, six feet liigh, the branches being alternate, roundish, wrinkled, erect, and smooth : the leaves in bunches, lan- ceolate, obtuse, quite entire, and smooth : the peduncles lateral, solitarv, one-flowered, smooth, shorter than the leaves, and often recurved : the petals scarlet : the anthcree yellow, striped with brown : fruit resembling that of the winter cherry. But in this climate it is of slow growth, seldom exceeding three feet in height. After it is of sufficient age, it produces flowers and fruit through most of the year. The segments of the calyx, and the petals, are red at the ends ; and the fruit is larsje, antrular, and of a fine red co- lour. It IS a native of the Cape. Cidturt. — The propagation of this shrub i£ easily effected by means of the seed, w hich some- times become sufficiently ripe in this climate. — They should be sown in pots of good mould ia the early part of the spring, and then plunged in a hot-bed of moderate temperature. When the young plants are sufficiently strong, tiiey may be removed into larger pots, and receive the same after-management as other plants of the tender greenhouse or stove kinds. AJUGA, a genus comprehending several plants of the Bugle kind, which are herbaceous perennials for the purpose of ornament. It belongs to the class and order of Dldtjnamia Gi/mnnspermia, and ranks in the natural order of VcrtkUlatcs. The characters are : that the calyx is a one- leafed, short perianthium, cut half way into five clefts, with the segments nearly equal : the co- rolla is monopetalous and ringcnt : the tube cy- lindric and bent in : the upper lip very small, erect, bifid, obtuse ; middle division very large and obcordate, side ones small : the stamina have subulate, erect filaments, longer than the upper lip : antherse twin : the pistiUuin has a four-parted germ : style filiform, and with re- spect to situation and length, as in the stamina ; stigmas two, sleuder, the lowest shorter : no pe- ricarpium : the calyx, which is converging, fos- ters the seeds, which are somewhat oblong. The species that are deserving of notice for the purpose of cultivation are : 1 . A. reptcnis. Common Bugle; 2. A. dcaanlens, Creeping Japanese Bugle j 3^ A. pyramldaUs, Pyra- A J U ALB niiUal Blue Bugle ; 4. yi. Ccncvinsi^, Ctiieva Bugle ; 5. ^. Oikiitalis, taslcrn Invirled White Bugle ; 6. ^. Alpiiia, Alpine Bugle. The first species has the stalk upright, six inches high, hairv, and of a purple colour : the leaves ovate, narrowing to the base, connate, toothed, veined, in \\ inter of a purple colour : the floral leaves smaller and shorter : the flow ers are in whorls one above another, t'orniing in the vholc a spike : the calyx is hair\', nerved, and blueish : the corolla blue with white veins. It flowers from May to June, or longer. Tht-re arc two varieties of this plant — one with ■Vkhitc flowers, and the other witli pale purple flowers. The second species sends up many stems, vhich are simple, or but little branched, decum- bent with the ends standing up, four or five inches in length : the root-leaves many, larger than those on the stem, all pctiolate, of an oval oblong form : the whole plant is villous : the flowers arc in whorls, small and blue. The third has a single stem, four or five inches in height, and very hairy, clothed with leaves pointing four ways : root-leaves oblong- wedge-shaped, sessile, entire : stem-leaves oval or oblong-obovate, slightly toothed or scolloped, not three-lobed, but diminishing upwards, so as to give the whole plant somewhat of a pyra- midal form ; the upper ones tinged with purple : the bractea; longer than the flowers, which are axillary, not more than three together : the ca- lyx very hair)- : the corolla narrow, t\\ ice as long as the calyx, and hairy at the tip ; it has no runners. It flowers in April, or later in this climate. It is a native of most parts^of Europe. There are two varieties of it — one with red flowers, and the other with white flowers. The fourth species approaches near to the com- mon sort, but the leaves are downy, and the calyxes very rough. It grows wild about Geneva, as well as in many of the southern countries of Europe. There arc two varieties of this plant ; one w ith w hite, the other with red flowers. The fifth has the stem a foot and a half in height, upriglit, perennial, and of a brownish purple colour. ']"he leaves are ovate, sharpish, crenate, and tonicntose underneath. The flowers are of a purplish cast, terminating and axillary, in spikes. The calyx is sharp, hirsute, converg- ing ; the corolla having scarcely any upper lip, but two very small divaricating scc:inents, ad- hering, on each side to the lower lip, which is trifid. It was brought from the Levant. There is a variety of this plant which has blue flowers. The sixth species has the leaves much longer than those of the common sort : the stalks are weaker, and decline on every side ; and the whorls of flowers are much smaller, and more distant : it varies from the second, in having the leaves wrinkled, more ovate and crowded, hir- sul;;, the petioles being shorter and broader, the spike proceeding inmiediately from the root. — At the top of the root are circles of leaves, whence arise leafv stems, four or six inches high. The leaves are ovate, hirsute, hispid, w ith three strong nerves. From each axil proceed three flowers; of which the two side ones are en shorter peduncles. The calyx is inflated, divided beyond the middle, two-lipped, the two ujjper segments approximating. Two obtuse toothlets form the upper lip of the corolla : the lower lip has the large middle segment rose-co- loured with purple lines. The whole stem is hirsute, flower-bearing, and leafy ; the fiov^ers being concealed among the leaves, of a deep blue, not white colour; the bracteoe green, not co- loured. It grow s naturally on the Alps. Culture. — These arc plants that require but little care in their cultivation, especially the four first species. As they all of them send oft" nu- merous side shoots, they may be readily propa- gated by means of them. These may be tr.ken off", and planted out, either in the autumn or spring, in such borders or other situations as have rather a moist soil, and a slight degree of shade. The latter period is, however, in general, to be preferred. As the plants are apt to spread out considera- bly, they require to be cut in occasionally ; w hich is all the after culture that will be necessary. The fifth and sixth species, as they send olF side shoots much more sparingly, mav be more easily and expeditiously raised by means of tiie seeds, which should be sown in pots of good loamy earth, immediately after they become ripe, and be then placed in a moist shady situation till the autumn, when they must be removed under a frame. In the early spring, as soon as the plants are in a proper state ot vigorous growth, they should be transplanted into sepa- rate pots, filled with good loamy mould, and set cut in some shady place during the summer sea- son, being removed on the approach of winter, under a common frame, and exposed as much as possible to the open air when the weather is mild ; but in case ot frost, be protected by the classes, or some other covering. - ALATERNUS. See Rhamnis. ALBUCA, Ba-ilard Star of' Bct/ile/iem, a ge- nus which furnishes diflerent bulbous-rooted herbaceous perennial plants of the flowery or- namental kind. It belongs to the class and order of Hexandrin Miinogijnia, and ranks in the natural order of Litiacece. ALB ALB Ttic characters of which arc : that it has no cahx : the corolhi has six oblonsr-oval permanent petals, the three outer spreading, and tlie three inner converging : the stamina have filaments shorter than the corolla ; three opposite ta the inner petals, linear-subulate, complicate a little above the base, then fiat, three opposite to the outer petals, thicker; antherje on the former oblong, fixed to the inflex tip of the filament, belo'.v the middle upright ; on the latter, simi- lar, but efiete, or none : the pistillum has an oblong trianoular germ : style three-sided : stig- ma a triangular, three-celled, three-valved cap- sule: the seeds numerous, flat, Iving over each other, and widening outwards. The species are numerous ; but those mostly for the purposes of ornament are: X.A.alt'is- simu. Tall Albuca ; 2. j4. major. Great Albuca ; 3. A. minor. Small Albvica ; 4. A. aiarcfafa, Channel-leaved Albuca ; 5. yl. spiralis. Spiral- leaved Albuca. In the first species the leaves are so deeply channelled as to be almost rolled into a cvlinder; two feet long, and almost three inches broad at the base. The scape a little shorter than the leaves, the thickness of a finger. The raceme two feet long or more. The peduncles bent downwards in the season of flowering, after- wards spreading and becoming finally erect ; they are three inches in length. The bracteae green, except at the edge, where they are of a elear white, an inch long. The flowers are of a white colour; and the petals more than an inch in length ; the outer ones sharp and thickened at the tip, but the inner blunt, bent in, and hav- ing a twin gland, composed of two globes, at the end. The fertile filaments are waved on the cdce, with the anthu'ne curved inwards beneath the glands of the petals : the barren filaments are trianaular, furrowed on the outside, a little longer than the others, and tave no antheras. The germ is subpedieelled. The style obvcrsely pNramidal, the length of the germ, covered with glandulous scales : the angles terminate in subu- late horns, covered also with scales ; tlie centre being elongated into a pyramidal stigma. It flowers in April and May. In the second the scape is a foot high, uprieht, roundish, verj' minutely streaked, smooth, and ash-colourcd, with a glaucous bloom on it. The leaves are sharp, smooth, and streaked, a foot long. The hractes; are sheath -form, lance- olate, concave, with a long linear-subulate tip, red, nervud, smooth, straight, and lolitary, at the b;\sc of the peduncles. The raceme termi- iiating, long, of a crimson colour, and smooth; the flowers alternate, pediuicled, slightly nod=- ding ; there being fewer at battom. The pe^ (iuneles round, smooth, one-flowered, longer than the bracteae, and spreading. The petals linear, longitudinally nerved, marcescent ; the three outer broader, a little concave, red, blunt at the end, bent in with a small marginal scale ; the three inner narrower, upright, pale red, with a broad, thm, membranaceous, whitish rim on each side, and an ovate, membranaceous, inflex scale at the tip. The filaments erect, the length of the corolla, linear, membranaceous, w hitish, joined at the base, inserted into the receptacle; they are alteniately free, and fastened below by » broader base to the inner petals.. Antheras from incumbent upright ; on the loose filaments bar- ren ; on the three others whitish w ith yellow pollen, Imear, blunt at each end, emarginate, a little curved inwards, convex at the back, plano- concave in front, twin-furrowed. The geu'm fleshy, pvramidal-cylindric, blunt, crimson, smooth, with three calluses at the tip, on a short peduncle, ending in several small blunt teeth pressed close to it. The style veiy thick, somewhat flatted, with two of the angles nearer to each other, a little attenuated at "the base^ pubescent, red, shorter than the germ. The stigma blunt, of a yellowish red colour, pubes- cent at the edge. Capsule oval, smooth, trans- versely nerved, compressed, with two rims alon^ the back. The seeds are orbieulate. It flower* iu May. In the third the leaves are a i.d Onion, — the Portugal Great Roundish O^ .d Onion, — and the Tripoli Onion. The sccoiii! species, or Welsh Onion, is a perennial pjant, and does not form i)ulbs like the Common Onion. The leaves are upright, and swelling in their form. In the third, the bulbs are long, flat, oval, very small, growing many together in small close bunches, hei;ig connected by rLxtiliuLar planes. Scapes fistulous, eight iirches or a foot high : leaves fistulous, aw I-shaped, rising m great ALL ALL imnifetr* into tiifts. The spalhe is short, «vo- leavcd, white, ovate, with purple lines: a few larsre flowers in the unihei ; these are erect, cylin- drical, with petals acutely lanceolate, shining, faint purple with a darker line, in two ranks, joined at the hase : ?tainen» from the origin of the petals, with broad bottoms, connected with the petals and each other. The capsule is conical and obtuse. The smell is very strong. It is a native of Italy. The fourth species is nearly of the same size as that above. The stem is .ilmost naked, rising about seven inches in height. The spalhe is membranaceous : the bulbs are formed in a close cluster : the leaves are small, slender, and awl- shaped : the flowers less than in the above spe- cies : the petals erect, ovate, lanceolate, of a blue colour with a dark keel : the stamina of the same length as the petals, alternately broader, with trilid tops: the antheras of a yellow colour; the style with an obtuse stigma. In the fifth, the roots arc small, bulbous, and perennial, the stem upright, nearly naked, smooth, and cylindrical, iiaving clusters of small bulbs of the oiiion form at the top : the spathe ovate, pointed, and sharpish: the leaves flat, smooth, and straight, about seven inches in length. The flowers are few, pcdicelled, and of a whitish co- lour: the petals oval with simple lilaments, the length of the corolla; the anthene being of a brownish red. It is a native of IS^orth America. In the first of these species and varieties the roots arc large and bulbous, the plants being biennial, as on being sown in the spring they arrive at perfection in the root tlie same year, and next vear shoot up into stalk, flower, and ripen seed; when the stem quickly dies, and the individual is destroyed. But in the-second they never form any bulbs at bottom ; and in the third they are very small, the plants beinghardy and perennial, being capa- ble of bcins continued many years by the roots. The fouilh and lifih species are bulbous-rooted perennials, which midiiplv greatly by offsets. In the Leek kind there is only one species, which is the,'/. Parrtim, Common Leek. It has an oblong truncated root : the stem or scape is three feet high or more, and leafy at the bottom. The leaves are an inch w ide, w ith the edges smooth or cauline : the spalhe shortly co- nical, deciduous: the flowers in a close, very large ball, or head, on purple peduncles : the co- rolTa is also purplish. It flowers in April and May. There are several varieties in cultivation : — as the Broad-leaved or London Leek, — the Narrow- leaved Leek, — the Striped-leaved Letk. The first of these varieties is the best for gene- ral culture, as it aitaiuj a large growth, the neck acquiring a thick fleshy substance; in Icngili from six to nine or ten inciits, dividmg upward into many large, long, thick leaves, that arrange themselves in a sort of fan-form. The second sort runs out July or August, according .xs thev hav<: been put in early at- late. But roots of this sort, never acquire any very large size. ALL A LL The cliflTerent flowering kinds may be propa- gated very readily by offsets, which may be se- parated any lime at'tir the decay of the flowers, taking only such as are large and fine, planting them at once in the borders or other places where they are to remain, and where they will flower in the I'oilowina; summer. When the plants are propagated by seed, the best method oi' accomplishing it is in a shady bor- der in the spring, the plants being ready for trans- planting m such cases in the autumn following. Some of the sorts mav be employed in the way of ornament, and for the purpose of variety in ex- tensive gardens and pleasure grounds. For this use the three last species will be the most proper, though several of the others may sometimes be had recourse to. Culture in the Oniov kind. — In all these kinds the propagation is effected by seed, which should be sown annually at different times, according to the season at which the crop is wanted; but for the general crop it should always be per- formed from about the twentieth of January until the beginning of March, though in cold wet stiff' soils it may be proper to defer sowing entirely until towards the middle of the last of these months. About the middle of February may however in general be the most proper, from the season being more favourable to the vegetation of small seeds. In case the sowing has been omitted at the times recommended above, it may often be performed with tolerable success in the beginning, or any time before the middle of April ; but the crops of the February or March sowing always bulb more freely, and acquire a much larger growth than those sown at later periods. The most suitable situation for crops of this kind is an open exposure, where the soil is of the loamy kind; moderately light, mellow, and rich, in good vegetable mould. Thus, spots of the best and most mellow ground in the garden should aKvays be chosen ; and if possible a good coat of well rotted dung or compost be dug well in, but not to too great a depth, the surface be- ing kept level, and, while it is fresh stirred, well raked, and the seed sown upon it. This is a point which is of much importance to be at- tended to. The sowing should not however be performed when the surface is so wet or moist as to clog to the feet or rake in preparing it. The proper (juantity of seed is in general about an ounce to every rod or pole of ground ; but where it is not recpiired to have them thick for euUings, two ounces for three rods may be fully iiufficient, as the plants are much weakened and drawn up by standing too thick. Great care should constantly be taken to procure fresh seed, .as but very little of that which is kept more tlian one vear will vegetate. It is always the best method for the cvdtivator to save it himself. The seed may either be sown over the whole of the piece or plat of ground, or it may first be divided into beds of foi:r, five, or six feet in width, allowing foot-wide allrys bet^^■een them. ' In sow- ing in the broad-cast methu'i, the seed should be dispersed over the ground \\ ith a regular spreading cast, it being a practice with some to tread the, suiface over immediately afterwards evenly upon the seed. This however is improper, except where, the soil is very light. Where sown in beds, the allevs mav be afterwards pared an inch or two deep, and the earth cast over llieni^ directly rak- inc them regularly with an e\cn band, trimming oif all the stones, roots, ^c. They may also be sown with success in, diilis, at the distance of eight or twelve inches, ."^ee Sowing Skkds. But the method of sovving them in beds is the most elieible, where it is designed to draw young onions from time to time lor market or iamiiy use ; as in such case/; a pcrsun can stand in the alleys without treading upon the beds ; which not only renders the surface hard, so as to injure the crop, but is highly detrimental, by trampling upon the plants themselves. They likewise af- ford much convenience for standing in the alleys, in order to weed, thin, and hoe the crops. Although it is a conmion practice in the gene- ral culture of onions to sow them thick, in order to allow for drawing out the superabundant plants by degrees as they are wanted, it would certainly be a better mode to sow a piece parti- cularly for general culling, exclusive of the main crop, as by daily thinning out the superfluous plants there is no avoiding treading upon, bruis- ing, disturbing, and loosening the remaining ones, by which they become stinted in their growth, and by no means so fine. There is also another very common but inju- dicious practice, which is that of mixing other crops, such as those of the leek, lettuce, radish, and carrot kind, with these crops. This is pro- ductive of much inconvenience and obstruction to the chief crop, without producing any great advantage : nothing should therefore be admitted except a very thin sprinkling of coss-lettuce in some cases. In about a fortnight or three weeks after the seed is sown, the plants generally appear, and in a month after that, as in May and the beginning of .June, they will be three or four inches high; when they should be well cleaned from weeds, and the main crop thinned to three or four inches distance. The weeding and thinning should be begun in due time, wheit the wcuather is dry, be- fore the weeds branch out and spread nuich.; which may either be performed by the hand or a small hoe : the latter is the more expeditious ALL A L L nu'tboil, as 1>y it one man mav do «« mucii as tfirvx- : aiiil ic is also the iHo.>t ljiiKli(.ial t(i tlie plants, a>, by stirring tiic srriHuul aljout tltemwith the hoc, it irreatiy t'orwaids liieir growth, as is mostly seen in a few clays after tlie operation h;is hcen executed. This mode is more particiilarlv eliiiiblf for the larger principal crops, for which a good shaq) one-hand hoe, about two inches or not more than two and a half broad, is the Ix-st, carefully cutting up all sorts of weeds. \\ here the onions siand too close thev should Ix; cut out in a regular thinning order to about three inches distance in the lirst hcjcinu;; and in the second, which should be done a month or live weeks after the lirst, in such crops as are not w anted for occasional drawing, they mav be hoed out to four or live inches, or more, leaving tlic strongest plants as nnich as possible for the continuing crop. Where the beds are verv clean, tlie plants may be set out at the first hoeing to these distances. It is of much consequence to the crops that the plants have plentv of room. It will generally be proper to run over them asiain in the same manner a few weeks afterwards^ in order to cut up all adv;uicing weeds, and anv superabundant plants that niav have escaped iii the former operations ; after which thev seldom require any further culture than that of pullinff out such casual strasrgling w ecds aa may present themselves. Wl'.ere the crops are small, or where thev arc required for thinning or drawing bv decrees, for use in their young green state an^ in sniall bulbs, the weedinji and thinning, where in clusters, mav generally be best performed bv the hand. In the more advanced growth of the crop, vhere the superabundant plants arc occasionally thinned out for use as wanted, thev should be draw n in a regular manner, so as to leave a suf- ficiency of the strongest plants remaining; at mo- derate distances for a crop to attam their full growth. It is highly necessarj' to continue to keep the crops very clean from weeds in their advancing growth during the months of Mav, .lune, and July; which begin their principal growing season, if they arc not kept quite free from weeds, and sufficiently thiimed, thev draw up weak and slen- der, by which their bulbing is much retarded. About the middle or latter end of .June the crops begin swelling a little at bottom, but more hillv in July ; and in August the bulbs arrive to full growiii, and are proper for taking wholly up. But about a fortnight, three weeks, or more, before this time, when they begin to bulb, the stems should all be broken down or laid, which is most rcr.dily performed bv tw o persons passing a sniall pole or rod along the beds, so as to strike 1 tile neck.-. i)f ihf onions about tour inches from the buliis. Some, however, twist the necks bv the hand; which eti'ects the business more et- feetnally. The nourislinunt of the plants being in this way diverted from the stem, tends to pio- mote the swelling of the bulbs. Towards the middle of August the crops must be examined ; and when the" necks shrink and fall, and the leaves wither, it mav be concluded that the bulbs arc arrived at maturity and have done growing. They should then be pulled un, cleaned, and dried ; which is best done in div weather, on a piece of ground raked and cleaneu, in order to spread them upon, to drv- and harden as they are pulled up. They should lie in this wav a week or more, being turned eveir day or two ; after which the first o^pportunity should be taken to house them. The bulbs must be lirst diveslccj of all adhering earth, loose skins, and the gross- est part of the leaves and neck, rejecting all the bad and bruised ones ; and then they mav be de- posited in any dry upper room, out of the damp, spreading thcui thinly on the Hoor. The closer the room in which they are kept, the better ; but care must be taken to turn them over occasion- ally, and to clear out such as have any tendency to become putrid. As in the culture of onions it frequently hap- pens, that through badness of seed, or other causes, persons arc disappointed of a crop, by waiting, in expectation of the plants coming up, till it becomes too late to sow again ; in "such cases, recourse may be had to the practice of transplanting from other beds or jrardens where there are superfluous crops. This business is best done in JSiay, or early in June, and. if pos- sible, in moist weather: having a spot of well dunged ground prepared, the plants should be taken up with good roots, and inimediatcly planted in row s six inches distant, and four inches apart in each row, inserting the roots but a little way into the ground ; for, if planted deep, they do not bulb well. A good watering should be fflvcn as soon as the plants are put in, Bv repeating" the waterings occasionally for a week or fort- night afterwards, the plants will generally grow- freely, and form tolerably handsome bulbs. It is probable that this nieihod might sometimes be adopted in the more early crops w iih ad\an- tage in respect to the size of the bulbs, as it is generally employed in Portugal where the culture of these crops is carried to much perfection. Onions for pickling are in trreat request in many places : those proper for this purpose should not be bigger than common round but- tons. In order to procure them of this size in due quantity, some seed should be sown late, in a spot of light poor laud : about the middle of ALL April is probablv the best time. It should be sown rather thick; the plants requiring little thimiino-, except where they rise in thick clus- ters, they bulb in June and July, and are ge- nerally fit to take up in August. Am'oniz- the several varieties of the common onion, the Straburgh is the most proper for general culture, having a^ handsome bulb, mostly ot a roundish-oval shape. It is of firm growth, and generally keeps well for winter use. The Spanish onion is large and flat, but of mild flavour ; all the varieties aiibrding profitable crops, and can scarcely be excelled for culinary purposes ; but they seldom keep so well after Christmas as the Strasburgh kind. The Portugal onion has a very large handsome bulb of a roundish-oval shape, though it rarely attains the size here as in that climate ; but from its being mild it is held in much esteem for sauces and other culinary uses. The Tripoli is also a mild onion; but all the kinds detrcncrate by long culture. In the^spriag, sonieof the keeping onions un- avoidably grow as they lie in the house : these may be islauted out in rov.s six inches distant, and will serve to draw up by way of EjcaU'wns early in the spring. But the true Scallion may be easily propauaied by parting the roots, either in spring or aTitumn'; but the latter season is preferable, on account of their being more tit for use in the spring : these roots should be planted three or four in a hole, at about six niches distance every way, in beds or borders three feet wide, which in a short time nudtiply much. They will grow upon almost any soil, and in any situation ; and from their being so kardy as to resist the severity of winter, and being green, and fit for use early in the spring, they^leserve to be cultivated. Besidesthe principal crop of onions there isanau- tumnorMichaelmascrop,which is generally sown in August : the plants appearing before Michael- mas stand the winter, to draw occasionally for use in that season, but principally for spring use, in yallads, Ike: and likewise where the Strasburgh (\r other variety of the common onion is sown, if permitted to stand, they bulb to a tolerable size in June, and supply the kitchen or market as headed onions till those of the spring crop are ready. The above is the best season for sowing these crops, as, if sown sooner, they are not only apt to get too forward in growth before w inter, but to run up to seed earlier in the spring : therefore the proper time for the main crop is the first or second week of that month, and in the third for a latc-standinc one ; which should be in beds four Jeet wide, wUh alleys a foot in width between them, raking the seed as in the spring crop, only ALL using a much larger quantity of seed in this ca?t. The "plants generally appear in a fortnight, as well as many\veeds, which must be cleaned out by hand before they begin to spread much, the plants remaining without being thinned now : but in November and the following month, if they stand very thick, some of the largest may be oc- casionallv thinned out for use. For the saving of seed, February is the proper time to plant the old roots, though this is often done in October by those who have occasion for great quantities for' sale. For this view, choose a quantity of the largest and handsomest bulbs which have not made any effort to grow, and upon a spot of ground properly dug, and well ex- posed to the sun, plant out the onions in two or three drills, formed by a line v.ith a hoe or spade, twelve inches asunder, six in depth, and nine inches distant, raking the earth over them ; then measuring oft" two feet for an alley, plant two or three more rows in the same manner, and in that way proceed till a sufficient extent of ground is planted : the wide spaces serve to go between in, to hoe and clear oft' weeds, as well as to stake and support the stalks of the plants when necessary. In June the flower-stalks will be shot to their full height, and the flower-heads be formed at top ; to secure w hich in an erect position, some stout stakes should be fixed in the fijround along each rov/ at two yards distance, fastening from stake to stake double lines of packthread; which being titd togetiier in the intervals between the stems of the planis, cfii^c- tually secures them. About the latter end of August the seed will be ripe; which is known by the capsules opening, and the black colour of the seed. The heads should then be cut in a dry day, and spread upon cloth in the sun, taking care to remove them under cover in case of wet- ness and at night ; and when perfectly dried the seed should be rubbed out, cleaned from the rubbish, and put up in bags for use. As it is of the utmost importance to have good fresh seed, in order to try its goodness some sow a little in a pot, and place it in a moderate hot-bed or near a fire ; but a more expeditious method is, to tie a little of the seed loosely in a piece of linen rag, and put it into hot water suspended by a thread, and in ten or fifteen minutes pull it out ; and if the seeds are good, they will in that time have iJ-erminated, or sprouted out to some extent. The second species, the Cilxiule or Welsh Onion, as it never forms any bulb at bottom, is cultivated only to draw as young green onions for sallads, &:e. in spring, but on account of its strono' taste is greatly inferior to those of the Common Onion. From the plants being so ex- treipcly hardy as to survive the severest winter. ALL ALL in which ihough their blades be cut off, the roots remain sound, and shoot forth witli great vigour carlv in spring, I'urnishing seasonable sujiplies till May, w hen they generally run to seed. They may be cultivated more or less as a winter-stand ina; crop, with advantage for spring use. It is perennial in root, and increases by offsets into great clusters, but is not propagated in that way for general use, but by seed in the same manner as the former sorts of onion. The best season for sowins the seed is in August, in the same manner as the autumn onion crops. The plants mostly appear in twelve or fifteen days after bein way, by the autumn they multiply into bunches of a large size. The fourth species, the Eschalot or Shallot, is a kind of onion, which is bull)ous-rooted, and which increases greatly by offsets, the largest of which are the proper parts of the plant for use. The bulbs are oblong, irregular, and seldom grow to any great size; for, as thev generally increase into clusters, they do not swell like roots that grow sin- gly. From the roots are produced many long nar- row feeble leaves in the sprinj, which wither in .luly or Ausrust, when the roots are full grown. Tl\ey should tlien be taken up, made dry, and housed ; in which way they keep in good perfec- tion till the following spring. The propagation of this plant is best performed by the smaller roots or offsets, winch may he planted out in autumn or early in the spring. The end of October, or beginning of November, is the most proper season for the autunm plant- ing, and February and March for tiiat of the spring, but not later than the beginning of April. The spring is the most general season of planting them ; but when this is done in autunni, in a dry light soil, they often grow larger, and sooner at- tam their full growth the following sunnner. They should be planted in bedsof good light earth, four feet wide, in rows lengthways of the bed, six inches asunder ; each offset being inserted sinsriy, either by means of a dibble, or planted in drills, not more than two or three inches deep, and the same distance as above in each row. They mostly shoot up in leaves in March or April, and the roots increase in growth till July or August. The only culture which they require afterwards, is that of keeping them clean from weeds, by occa- sional hand-weeding or hoeing. Towards tlic end of July or beginning of August, the bulbs will have attained their full growth, as is seen by the withering of the leaves. They should then be taken up in a dry day, and spread in the sun to harden ; when the largest should be cleaned and housed for use, and the smaller offsets reserved for propagation in the spring. SluUots being sometimes wanted early in the summer j in such cases, as they will have formed small bulbs towards the latter end of May or in June, a few may occa-sinnaliy be taken up for u present supply, permitting a principal crop to remain in order to effect their full growth. The fifth species, the Canada or Tree Onion, is cultivated both as a curiosity in producing the onion at the top of the stalk, and for the use of the oniorLs for the purpose of pickling, in which thev are excellent, being much superior in flavour to the common union. H ALL A L O It is propagated by planting the bulbs either in jpringor the autumn, the root-bulbs, or those pro- duced on the top of the stalk, being jiroper tor the purpose. They shouldbeset inabed of good earth, in rows a foot asunder, six inches distant in each row, and two or three inches in depth ; in which case they will shoot up leaves and stalks in the spring and summer, and produce the bulbs for use in Julv or August ; and the root-bulb re- maining aflbrd a production of top-bulbs annu- ally in that season. The root-bulb increasing by offsets may be taken up occasionally at the time the stem decays in autumn, or once in two or three years, in order to separate the offsets, and replant them when necessary. Culture in the Leek kind. — ^Thc Common Leek is raised annually from seed sown in the spring ; the proper time for the general crop, for autunni and winter use, is the same as that recommended for the onion, as from the middle of February to the end of March; but for later crops to stand for spring use, any time in April may answer ; or for a small crop to stand as late in the follow- inir spring; as possible, without rimning to seed, the beoinning of May may be the most proper. It is a common practice, from the notion of mak- ing the most of the ground, to sow leeks along with crops of onions ; but which should not by any means be recommended, as experience has shown it to be considerably the best culture to keep them separate. It is mostly done by the market gar- deners, when intending to draw out the onions from time to time for market ; so that, by a daily thinning, they are commonly all cleared off by the end of July, when the ground remains occu- pied by a crop of leeks. The best culture for the general crops of leeks is to sow them pretty thick in a spot by them- selves, to be afterwards transplanted, either whol- ly, or the greater part thinned out regularly and replanted, the others being left at good distances for full growth. For this purpose the same situ- ation, soil, and method of sowing, is to be made use of as for the onion. In June, .July, and August, the plants will be of a proper size for transplanting ; in doino; which an open spot of the best ground should be chosen, and dunged well by diirging it in one spade deep, afterwards drawing a parcel of the largest plants, and trim- ming their tops and the extreme parts of their root-libres, planting them by the line and dibble in rows, which for the early crops should be twelve inches distant, and eight or nine inches apart in each row; and for later crops nine inches between the rows and six the other wav, put- ting them three or four inches in the ground, or nearly to the length of their necks, watering them immediately after the work has been performed. The only culture vhey require afterwards is to be kepi clean from weeds, which may be done either by hand-weeding, or more expeditiously by applying a sharp hoe in a dry season. Leeks thus cultivated are generally finer than those tliat remain where sown ; their necks, which are the principal esculent parts, being much longer, and all the parts within the earth finely w hitened, and rendered mild and tender ; which are desira- ble properties in this plant. However, when it is intended to raise a crop of leeks in good perfection, to remain where sown till their full growth, the seed should be sown much thinner ; and when the plants are somcw hat advanced, as in June or July, they should be regularly thinned to about ten or twelve inches distance. Those thinned out be- ing planted out separately, the remaining plants will by this means attain a larger and thicker growth below, with large spreading tops of thick Heshy leaves. This is a valuable family plant from autumn till spring, for soups, broth, &c. and for boiling the neck part and top leaves to- gether, to use as greens, in the manner of cole- worts, &e. It is in perfection from September till May, when it shoots up to stalk for seeding. In order to save the seed of this plant, a quan- tity of the finest plants should be transplanted in Februarv, into a sheltered sunny bed, or under a south wall, paleing, hedge, or other fence. This is necessary, as the seeds ripen late in the autumn, and, unless assisted by such situation and shelter, seldom become fully ripened in this climate. In June, when they have shot up and formed sheir stems, they should be supported and continued in an upright growth. And in July the flowers protrude from their sheath at the summit of each stalk, and form large globular heads, the seeds beginning to ripen in Septem- ber, which, after they have come to perfect jna- turity, should be cut off, tied up in bunches, and hung up till pcrfectlv dry ; when the seed should be rubbed out, and put by in a dry situation till it is wanted for use. ALLSPICE. See Myrtus. ALMOND, JJ'rican. See Brabeium. ALMOND, Dwarf. See Amygdalus. ALMOND-TREE. See Amygdalus. ALNIFOLIA. See Clethra. ALNUS. See Betula. ALOE, a genus conqirehending several peren- nial, evergreen, succulent, highly ornamental plants of the African Aloe kind, and mostly of the tender exotic sort. It belongs to the class and order Hexandria Mojwgyjiia, and ranks in the natural order of Liliacece. The characters of which are: that it has no calyx ; the corolla is one-petalled, erect, sextid, and oblong ; the tube gibbous ; the border spread- ing and small ; nectareous at the bottom ; the A L O A L O ftamina have awl-shaped filaments, as long as ihe corolla, or longer, inserted into the recepta- cle ; tlie antherce oblong and incumbent : the pisiillum is an ovate germ ; the style simple, of the length of the stamina ; the stigma obtuse and trilid : the pcricarpimn is an oblong capsule, three-furrowed, three-celled, and thrce-valvcd ; tlie seeds are several, and angular. The species are very numerous, but those of the most curiosity and beauty are: 1. ^/. dic/io- toma. Smooth-stemmed Tree Aloe; i. A. perjo- liula. Perfoliate Aloe; 3. yl. aracknoides, Cohwch Aloe ; 4. -'/. margaiitifeia, I'earl Aloe ; b. A. ver- rucosa, Waned or Pearl-tongue Aloe ; 6. yl. cu- r/««('«, Keel-leaved Aloe ; ~, . A.viaciilata, Spot- ted Aluc ; 8. A. Lingua, Tongtie Aloe ; g. A. plicatilii, Fan Aloe ; 10. yl. variegata, Partridge- breast Aloe; II. A. viscosa. Upright Triangular Aloe; \^2. yi. spiralis. Spiral Aloe; 13. A. re- liisa. Cushion Aloe ; 14. A. spicala. Spiked Aloe. The first has the trunk round, upright, very stifl", ash-coloured, smooth, and of an extremely even surface, dichotomouslv branched at top, two fathoms in height, the thickness of a man's thigh. The branches are dichotomous, upright ; a foot and more in length, leafy at top. The leaves are perfoliate, sword-shaped, and tooth- leted, convex beneath, flat above, from spread- ing becoming upright, smooth, fleshy, a foot lone, the upper ones gradually smaller. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. The second species grows to the height of ten or twelve feet, with a strong naked stem, the leaves growins at the top, and closely em- bracing the stem; they are about two inches broad at the base, growing narrower to a point, and are reflex, and indented on their edges, each being armed with a strong crooked spine. The leaves are of a sea-green colour, and verv succu- lent. The flowers grow in pyramidal spikes, and are of a bright red colour. They are in beauty in November and December. In the new edition of Miller's Dictionan,', by professor Martyn, the Narrow-leaved Sword Aloe, or Aloe arlorescens ; the Broad-leaved Sword Aloe, or Aloe ylfrUana ; the Barbadoes Aloe, or Aloe Barladensis ; the Succotrine Aloe, or Aloe Siiccotrina; the White-spined Glaucous Aloe, or Aloe purpnrasceiis ; the Red-spined Glaucous Aloe, or Aloe glavca ; the Red-spined Striped Aloe, or Aloe lineata; the Great Hedge- hog Aloe, or ylloe Ji ro.v ; the Great Soap Aloe, or ylloe sapoiiuria ; the Common Soap Aloe, or ylloe oiscuia ; the Hollow-leaved Perfoliate Aloe, orAloe serrulala ; the Upright Perfoliate Aloe, or Aloe suleicita ; the Short-leaved Perfoliate Aloe, or Aloe depressa ; the D\\ arf Hedgehog Aloe, or ylloe hiimilh ; the Great Mitre Aloe, or Aloe viitrcej'armls ; and the Small Mitre Aloe, or Aloe Iroiijoiia, are considered as varieties of the above species. The Narrow -leaved Tree or Sword Aloo rises with an erect, shru'oby stem to some height, sending forth long, narrow, reflex, indented, spinous leaves, that embrace the stem at their base, and a pyramidal spike of red-coloured flowers. l"he Broad-leaved Sword Aloe resembles it much ; but the leaves are broader, and have se- veral spines on their backs towards their extre- mities : the flowers also grow in a looser spike. Tl:e Barbadoes Aloe has the leaves about four ir.clies broad at their base, where they arc near two inches thick : thev have a few indentures on their edges ; are of a sea-green colour, and when young are spotted with white. The flower-stem rises near three feet high, and the flowers stand in a slender loose spike, \\ ilh very short pedun- cles, and hang downwards : they are of a bright yellow colour, and the stamens stand out beyond the tube. But the form of the flow ers, and the manner of flowering, show it to be a variety of the second species. Though generally known by the name of Barbadoes Aloe, it is common in the other islands of America, where the plants are propagated on the poorest land, in order to obtain the Hepatic Aloes. The Succotrine Aloe has long, narrow, succu- lent leaves, w hieh come out w ithout any order, and form large heads. The stalks grow three or four feet high, and have two, three, and some- times four of these heads branching out from it: the lower leaves spread out on even.' side, but the upper leaves turn inward towards the centre : the flowers grow in long spikes, upon stalks about two feet high, each standing on a pretty lon^ footstalk ; thev are of a bright red colour tipped with green ; and they generally appear in the winter season. The Great Hedgehog Aloe rises to the height of eight or ten feet, with a strong stem : the leaves grow on the top, w hich closely embrace the stalk ; they conic out irregularly, and spread evers' way ; and arc near four inches broad at their base, diminishing gradually to the top, where thev end in a spine. They are of a dark green colour, and closelv beset with short thick spines on every side. This sort has not yet flow- ered in this eountrv ; nor does it put out suckers : so that it is diflicult of propagation. 'I'he Great Soap Aloe seldom rises much above two feet in height. The Laves are very broad at their base, where they closely embrace the stalk, and gradually decrease to a point : the edges are setwTth sharp spines, and the under leaves spread H 2 A L O A L O open horizontally every way ; these are of a dark green colour spotted with white, somewhat rc- senihling the colour of soft soap. The flowers grow in umbels on the tops of the stalks, and are of a beautiful red colour, appearing in August and September. The Common Soap Aloe has broader leaves, of a lighter green ; the edges and spines are copper-'coloured, and the flowers grow in loose ppikes. The Short-leaved Perfoliate Aloe Is a humble plant, seldom rising more than a foot high : the leaves grow near the ground ; they are broad at the base, where they embrace the stalk, and gra- dually diminish to a point; they are of a sea- green colour, with some white spots ; their edges, and also their upper parts both below and above, are beset with pretty sharp spines : the flowers grow in loose spikes, the tubulous part being red, and the brim of a light green colour. The Dwarf Hedgehog Aloe is a very low plant, never rising into stem : the leaves are broad at their base, but taper to a point, where they are triangular ; they are beset on their edges and both surtace& with soft spines very closely, from whence this plant has its name. The flow- ers grow ina loose head on the top of the stalk, which is very thick, but seldom a foot high : they are of a tine red colour below, but of a pale green above. The flowers show that it belongs to the above species, though it may appear diffe- rent bv its habit. The Great Mitre Aloe grows, with an upright stalk, to the height of five or six feet : the leaves closely embrace the stalks ; they are thick, succu- lent, of a dark green colour, and have spines on ■ their edges, as also a few on their upper surface ; they stand erect, and converging tow ards the top, forming the resemblance of a mitre. The flower- stem rises about three feet in height- the flowers come out at the top of it in a sort of globular spike, which aftervi/ards becomes cylinck-ical ; these have long peduncles, which stand hori- zontally, and the flowers hang downwards ; they are cut to the bottom into six unequal segments, three being alternately broader than the others^ Three of the stamens are as long as the tube of the corolla, the other three are shorter ; the tube being of a fine red colour, but the brim of a pale greeih. The third species, or Common Cobweb Aloe, never rises from the ground, but the leaves spread flat on the surface ; thev are plain, succulent, and trianeular towards the end : the borders and keel are closely set with soft white spines. The flow- er-sicm rises about a foot in height, is very slen- der, and has three or tour small distant herba- ceous flowers, The Small Cobweb Aloe, which is a variety of the above, grows near the ground : the leaves arc almost cylindrical towards their base, but' ansular near their ends, and are set with short' soft s[Mnes at the angles. The leaves of this vari- ety are shorter and of a darker green colour than those of the former, and the plants produce many suckers on every side. The fourth, or Pearl Aloe, is of humble sriowtli : the leaves come out on every side, \\ithout order, near the ground; they are thick, trianirular at tlicir ends, and closely studded with- white protuberances; whence its name. There is a smaller sort which has been long preserved in gardens in this country. The planis flower in several seasons of the year. nie fifth species has long, narrow, tongue-- shaped leaves, which are hollwved on their upper side, but keel-shaped below: these are closely' studded on every side with small white protu- berances, from whence the plant has the title of Pearl-tongue Aloe. The flowers grow on pretty tall stalks, and form loose spikes, each hanging ■ downwards : they are of a beautiful red colour, tipped witli green. It produces ofl^sets in plenty, and flowers at different seasons of the year. The sixth has broader and thicker leaves, spreading out every way, not so concave on their upper surface, nor are the protuberances so large as those of the above sort : the flowers are of a paler colour, and the spikes -are shorter. In the seventh species the leaves are tongue- sliaped, three-cornered, gradually drawing to a point, smootlv, upright, a span in length. The co- rolla is sub -cylindrical, thicker at the base, curved ■ back m the middle, angular at the tip; the angles green, somewhat flesh-coloured ; the three outer segments divided to the curvature, thicker ; the inner ones distinct from each other, but longi- tudinally connected with the outer ones on the ■ inside. It begins to flow er about August, and is ■ a native of the Cape of Good Hope. . There are varieties with large, oblong, white, confluent spots j and with small ones. The eighth species, or Tongue Abe, grows ■ with its feaves near the ground; they are about six inches in length. . The flowers are in slender loose spikes, each hanging downwards, of a red colour at bottom and green at the top. There is -a variety of -this which has the leaves much more spotted. The ninth species, or Fan Aloe, grows to the height- of six or seven feet, with a strong stem, towai-d the upper part of which are produced two, three, or four heads, composed of long, compressed, pliable leaves, of a sea-green co- lour, entire, and ending obtusely ; these are placed in a double row, lying oyer each other A L O A L O with their edges the same way. The flowers are produced in short loose spikes, are of a red colour, and appear at different times of the year. The tenth species, or Partridge-breast Aloe, is a low plant, seldom rising above eight inches in height. The leaves are triangular, and turn back at their cNtremities ; they are fleshy and entire, their edges being very slightly serrated, being curiously veined and spotted, somewhat like the feathers on a partridge's breast. The flowers grow in very loose spikes, upon stalks about one Foot high; thev are of a line red colom-, tipped with green. The corolla is flesh-coloured, with a sexlid mouth, the three inner divisions alter- nate, spreading ; the stamens bending down, and the stigma simple. A variety of this has been raised, from seeds received from the Cape of Good Hope, by pro- fessor Martyn, in which the leaves were broader, and spreading much more than those of the for- mer; but which were not so beautifully spotted, the flower-stalks growing much taller. The eleventh species grows near a foot high, and is furnished with triangular leaves from the ground upwards ; which are of a dark green co- lour, and placed in form of a triangle : the flow- ers grow thinly on very slender peduncles, they are of a herbaceous colour, and their upper part turns backward. The twelfth grows somewhat like the last, being beset with leaves from the bottom; but which are rounder, and end in sharp points-: the flowers grow upon taller stemsj which branch out and produce long close spikes. A variety of this has been raised from seeds, which is much larger, the leaves thicker, and the stem taller. The thirteenth species, or Cushion Aloe, has very short, thick, succulent leaves, which are compressed on their upper side lik* a cushion ; hence its name. It grows very close to the ground, and puts out suckers on every side : the flowers come out on slender stalks, and are of a herbaceous colour. It nuich resembles the second species, but is very different in the spike, and figure of the flowers. In the fourteenth species the stem is round, leafy at the top, three or four feet high, the thickness of the arm. The leaves subverticil- late, broad at the base, gradually dra^vn to a point, channelled, acute, with remote teeth, spreading, two feet long. The flowers are in very close spikes, spreading horizontally, a foot in breadth. It has a single bracte under each flower, ovate, acute, broad, membranaceous, white with three green streaks, a lUlie shorter than the corolla, which is bcU-shaped, almost six-petalled ; the three inner segments not con- nected, broader, ovate, blunt, white with three green lines ; the three outer connected with the others at the base, narrower and less concave, hut like them. The flower is full of a purple honey juice. Cidliire. — The propagation of these plants is effected in different methods according to their nature. As many of the roots afibrd plentiful supplies of suckers or oflsets from their roots, they may be easily raised in that way. And in those which do not possess this property, it may be often accomplished by taking ott' some of the under leaves >X'hcre ripe seeds can be procured thev may also be raised in that method. But in order to the successful cultivation of the aloe in this climate, it is necessary that it have a proper soil prepared for it. This should be constituted of about one-half of iresh, good, light mould, which has a considerable proportion of decayed vegetable matter in it, and one-fourth part of sea sand, or the scrapings of turnpike roads after they are become dry and of a sandy nature, with an equal quantity of effete lime, such as the siftingsof lime rubbish. These substances should be intimately incorporated and blended together by frequent turning over with the spade : and to render them perfectly mellow, and suitable for the purpose, they should be suffered to remain in tins state of mixture for eight or twelve months before they are made use of. With this earthy compost some very small pots are to be filled in a pretty close manner. The suckers, offsets, or root-leaves, are then to be planted out separately in these pots of earth, which should be lightly pressed round them. The most proper season for performing the work is about the middle of July, w hen the old plants are shifted. The suckers or other parts, which are to be made use of as sets, should be taken off from the old plants with great care; and when they appear in any degree moist on the part where they were separated, it will be necessary to put them by in some dry place out of the ground for a few days before they are planted out, in. order that they may be rendered so dry as to prevent, their rotting; and in cases where leaves-are emplovcd, till the succulent parts that are wounded in. their n moval be healed over. After being pl.inted out in the pots, they should be slightly~watered, and then set m some shady situation for about a fortnight; after which the more tender sorts may be removed into a very moderate hot-bed, being plunged up to the rims. By this means thev strike new root more readily. But here it will likewise be necessary to shatii'. A L O A L O the plants in the heat of the day, and to let them have as much air as possible. W'h.erc leaf-sets are made use of, they should be planted in June, setting the part that was se- parated tiom the old plant an inch or an inch and a half into the earth. Some prefer plunging the P'Us immediatciy into the hot-bed, as in this way they push forth heads before the winter sets in. About the middle of August it will be neces- sary to beain to harden tliese young plants. This is to l)e performed by removing the glasses occa- sionallv when the weather is tine, and in other cireumstiuiccs raising them by props in such a manner as to admit "the air freely, and thereby promote their vigour and growth. In this way they will become fit to be removed into the house, which must be performed about the latter end of September. After this the plants are to be treated in the same manner as old plants, as belovv. The shifting of the old plants is to be per- formed at the same period as directed for the planting of the sets. In managing this busi- ness the plants are to be removed from the pots, and the earth carefully separated from Ijetween tiie roots. All the decayed and mouldy roots must then be taken oft", without breaking or in any wav injuring the young ones. W hen the roots have been thus cleaned, the pots are to be filled about three parts full with the above earthy material, a few pebbles being placed in their bot- toms in order to prevent the moisture from stag- nating too much about the roots of the plants. The roots are then to be placed out in such a wav as not to interfere with each other, more of the compost being afterwards applied so as to fill vip the pots to the rims, shaking the plants a little in order to let the mould in between the roots, and settling it with the hand close to them to keep them steady. Water must be immediately applied in a sparing manner, and the plants be set out abroad in some shady situation, where they mav remain about three weeks, water being then sparingly administered occasionally when the season is dry and hot. In a dr\' time, about the latter end of Septem- ber, they should be again removed into the house, as much free air as possible being admitted to them while the weather continues warm ; but as the nights begin to be cod the glasses should be shut up, air being only admilted in the day-time; and in proportion as the cold increases they should not be opened at all, though water should be fre- oalo\\ plain, with a fleshy stalk, which seldom rises more than one foot biiih, but di\ides into many smaller branches, which grow near the irround, so that a sin<;Ie plant S])rcads to a considerable distance. The leavcsare spear-shaped, soft waved and entire; the flower* produced in loose piinieles at the exlreinitv of every branch, and are of a bright yellow-colour. A L Y A L Y Thev mostly appear about the cad of April or bcoianiitg of Ma}-; and, it' the season be mode- rate, continue three weeks or more in beauty. It is a small, showy, hardy plant, and not dis- posed to overrun other-. It frequently flowers a second time in autunui. The fourth species grows to the height of two feet, having woody stalks, which divide into seve- ral branches towards the top. The leaves are spear-shaped, hoary, and entire. At the extre- mity of every shoot the flowers are produced in round bunches ; and are small and of a white colour. The silicic is entire, oval, and full of brown seeds. It grows naturally in the South of FVance. The fifth is nearly of similar growth in the stem, and the leaves have much resemblance; but the four longer fdaments are toothed in the middle within, and the two shorter ones put out from their base a lance-shaped scale, the length of the germ. The petals are very small, scarce apparemly emarginate, yellow, but growing white with age. Siliele slightly emarginate, with two seeds in each cell. It is found wild in Austria. The sixth is very like the last in stem, leaves, and petals, but is more decumbent, and has lance- uvate leaves. The filaments have no teeth, but the two solitary ones have a bristle on each side, not growing to the filament, but inserted into the receptacle. Silicles ovate, scarcely com- pressed, more downy. It is found in France, &c. The seventh species grows more erect, having a shrubby stalk, which sends out a few lateral branches towards the top, with oblong hoary leaves. The flowers grow in small clusters at the extremities of the branches. It seldom coii- tinues longer than two years in England ; and in a warm, dry situation, \\'ill live in the open air. It is found in Spain, &c. In the eiffhth, the stems arc woody, filiform, diflused, and hairy, the older ones having the bases of the petioles toothletcd, and arc flexuose. The leaves are lanceolate, with a strong angle or two on each side, as it were deltoid, green, v.\\.h a few hairs. The raceme is simple, few-flow- ered: the flowers resemble those of the Stock Gilliflower, and are of a purple colour : the calyx is oblong, closed, and gibbous at the base. It has been found in the Levant. In the ninth species, the branches are trailing : the leaves oblong, hoary, rough to the touch, and alternate. The flowers arc produced in small clusters at the extremities of the branches, and are of a dark yellow colour. Four of the fila- ments are bifid at the top ; the two others have a toothlet at the base. It grows naturally upon rocks in Burgundy, and some other parts of France, &c. Culture. — The propagation of these plants may be effected in ditfereitt ways. It may be accom- plished in all the sorts bv means of seeds ; and in most of the kinds by slips and cuttmgs from the shoots. In the first method, tlie seeds should be sown upon a border of rather poor, dry, light earth, about the beginning of April, being lightly raked in. When sown on rich sods the plants seldom survive the winter in this climate ; but if they be put in on such as are of a dry, rocky, or gravelly nature, anj of a bad poor quality, they not only withstand the cold better, but continue much longer, as thev are less succulent, and of course less afl'ectcd by frosts in the winter season. In this mode of sowing, the plants will be ready to be transplanted in the beginning of the following autumn. The business should be per- formed when the weather is not too moist. As the second kind rarely continues more than two or three years in this climate, it must be often sown to preserve it; but where the seeds are suffered to fall and remain upon the ground, the plants often rise withottt any trouble or dif- ficulty. In the third sort the seeds mostly ripen ia July ; but it is only from the young plants that they can be expected, as the old ones, or those which are raised from slips or cuttings, rarely produce any in this climate. The fourth kind mostly flowers from June to September, and the seeds ripen soon after ; which, if they be permitted to scatter, the plants will come up, and require little care or trouble afterwards. The fifth and sixth sorts should always be sown where they are to remain ; and if they be thinned and kept clean from weeds, they will flower in July, and perfect their seeds in autumn. But the seeds in the seventh sort should be sown in August, soon after they are ripe ; and where a few of the plants are potted in October, and sheltered under a frame in winter, they will flower the following June, by which means good seeds may be obtained the same year ; as those plants, which arise early in the year, grow luxuri- antly in summer, but do not often ripen seeds, or hve through the winter season. In the second and third methods, or those by slips and cuttings, the sets are best put in on dry borders about the latter end of April or beginning of May, the mould being applied closely round them. They should afterwards be shaded in the heat of the day, and watered occasionally till they have stricken root. 'fhe eighth sort, as it rarely prodivces seed in this climale, may be best propagated from its trail- ing branches, which, if planted in April, will take root and become good plants by the follow- A I\I A A M A ing autiuTin, wlitn two or three of llicm niny be placed 111 a eoninion frame lor shelter in wiiiicr, in order to preserve the species ; as in hard winters, those which are exposed are sometimes destroyed. This is properly a rock plant, being hardy, and forming w ith ver\' little care a neat tiitt of flowers, and is not apt to encroach on its neighbours. It is valuable as an ornamental plant from its bcgin- ninir lo flower in March, and continuing through the sunnuer. All thc^e plants mav be employed in borders for the purpose of affording varielv, and some of them in llie way of adorning roek- works. AALVRiXNTIlUS, a genus comprising manv plants of the Prince's Ftnther kind. They are uni\crsall\ heibaccous annuals, several ot them Ijcini; highly beautiful and curious. They are Jikev. ise sometimes distinguished bv the titles of flower Gentle, Love-lies-bleeding, Ike. It belongs to the class and order ]\lo/iuccia Pcti- laiidr'w, and ranks in the natural order of Mh- tfll in places immediately about the house; while those that are more hardy afford muc'.i ornament and va- riety In the borders, clumps, and other situaiions in gardens or pleasure-grounds. They should ha"-e rather open exposure?, and be distributed towards the frojits, especially those of the low A.\: V RAN THUS, Cocki-mmL See Cef-Osia . AM.\[{A ST\i Ui>, Gloh. See Gomphrf.na. AMAnVI.IJS, a sreni's copiprehcndins seve- ral species of the />//,/- DaJfodU kind of p ants ; a'l of which arc of the bulbous-rooted tribe, and mosilv ornanKntal. It be ongs to the cassandorde. Ih-xandria Mono^ynia, and ranka in the natural order of Ltliucta^. A M A A M A The characters sre : that the calyx is a spathe, oblong, obtuse, compressed, emarginate, gaping on the flat side, and withering: the corolla has six petals, lanceolate : the nectary has six very short scales, without the base of the filaments : the stamina have six awl-sliaped filaments, with oblong, incumbent, rising anthene : the pistil- lum has a roundish, furrowed, inferior germ, the style filiform, almost of the length and in the situation of the stamina: the stigma tri fid and •slender : the pericarpium is a siibovalc, three- celled capsule, and the seeds are several. The inflectionof the petals, stamina, and pistiliuni, is very various in thediflcrent species of this genus; and the -corolla in most of the species is rather hexapetaloid than six-petalled. The species are very numerous, but those prin- cipally cultivated are: 1. A. lutea. Yellow Ama- ryllis, or Autumnal Narcissus ; 2. A. Alnmasco, Atamasco Lilv ; 3 . A.forvwsUsima, Jacobn?a Lil)- ; 4. A.Reghice, Mexican Lily; 5, A. pinpvtca. Purple-flowered Amaryllis; 6. A. Bc/UkIoidui, Belladonna Lily; 7- A- vittafa. Superb or Rib- band AmarylUs; 8. A. longijhlia-, Long-leaved Amaryllis.; 9. ^. omw/f/Z/s-, Broad-leaved Airi- can AmarvUis ; lO. A. Sf«-w/V««',9, Guernsey Lily; 1 1. y1. Ze'i/la/iica, Ceylon Lily; 12. A> Utii/blia, Broad-leaved Amaryllis. In the first species, or Yellow Amarx'llis, the flower-stems seldom rise above three or fourinchcs in height ; the flowers arc shaped somewhat like ihose of the Large Yellow Crocus, one coming up from each sheath : the leaves are green, and ■come up at the same time, like the SaflVon ; and after the flowers are past, they increase all the winter. The roots are shaped like those of the Narcissus. It flowers in September, and is a naiive of the South of France. The second species, or Atamasco Lily, has the flowers at thmr first appearance of a fine carna- tion colour on the outside, but ^\llich fade till thcv are almost white. Tbey are nearly as large as those of the Small Orange Lilv, but do not grow above six or eight inches in height. They appear about the end of May or beginning of June, and sometimes in August. It is a native of Virginia. In the third, or .Tacobaa Lily, the flower-stems are produced from the sides of the bulbs, so that after the tlower produced on one side is decayed, another stalk arises from the other side of the bulb ; but there is usually no more than one flower produced on the saiire stalk. The flowers are large, and of a very deep red : the under pe- tals are very larsre, and the whole flow cr stands nodding on one side of the stalk, making a most beautiful appearance. It is a native of South America, The fourth, or Mexican Lily, lias the bulb of a green colour; the scape round, and sub-compressed. The corolla scarlet, with a bottom of a whitish green : the three outer petals reversed at the tip, the three inner Iringed at the base, tiie style red. The flower-stems seldom rise more than one foot in lieight ; each stem sup])orts two, three, or four flowers, rarely more ; tliey are larg<') and of a bright copper-colour, inclining to red : tlie spathe, v\ hich covers the buds before tbey open, divides into two parts to the bottom, standing on each side the umbel of flowers, joined to the ]iedun- cles. It flowers constantly m the sjiring, when it is placed in a very warm stove; and is in beauty in February ; those which arc in a moderate tem- perature of air, flowering in March or April. In the fifth the corolla is large, and of a blood- red, or pm-ple-colour, and there are three or four large bell-shaped, rather erect flow-ers coming from each sheath. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope^ I'he sixth, or Belladonna Lily, differs from the fourth species in having the edges of the petals waved, and not reversed at the tip. The scape is purple, sustaining from five to seven flowers, in shape like the Common Red Lily, and nearly as lariic, but of a soft pui]ile colour, inclining to white on the inside tow aid the bottom, and having an atjreeable scent. It usually flowers about this end of September, or the beginning of October, in this climate ; and if the roots are strong, the stems will rise upwards of two feet high. If the season is favourable, or the flowers be screened from frosts, violent winds and heavy rains, they CDiitinue in beauty a month or longer; and are very ornamental plants at a season when there is a great scarcity ot flowers. It is a native of the West Indies. In the seventh, the petals uniting at bottom form a flcshv tube, Init the edges of the outer ones are free at the base. It has been, named viitala, from it.-, ribband-like rppearance, being striped with red on a white t^round. Tlie stem rises to the height of three feet or more, and pro- duces from two to fi\e beautiful flowers. It usually blossoms in April or May, but may be forwarded by artificial heat. In the eighth species, the flower-stem rarely rises more than threeor four ir.'chcs in height, but sup- ports a great number of flow ers, of a deep purple- colour, appearing in December. The bulbs are larire, and the leaves long and narrow. It flowers here in July, and is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. In the ninth, or Broad-leaved African Ama* ryllis, the bulbs are large and almost round ; the leaves long, broad, and rounded at thtir extremi- tj|es, spreading two ways on the surface of the A M A A M A rround, and do not come up till after the flowcr- stcm appears, which is geiierallv in November ; and after the flowers are past, the leaves increa.-e till spring, and in Mav they begin to decav, so that from the middle of June to October the plant is void of leaves. It grows naturally at the Cape of Good Hope. In the tenth species, or Gucrnsev Lilv, the bulb is an oblong spheroid, flatted most at the lower end, six or seven inches round where thickest : the leaves are of a dark willow green cHilour, shin- ing, from half an inch to three quarters of an inch in breadth, a little blunt at the end, from two to four in number, rarely five. The scape is flat- tened, twelve or fourteen inches in height, and more. The spathe splits, and falls back in two imequal pieces of a reddish colour and triangular figure. The pedicels are from an inch to almost two inches in length. The number of flowers commonlv from eight to twelve, the circum- ference of each beins: about seven inches. 'I'be corolla, when in its prime, has the colour of a fine gold tissue wrought on a rose-coloured ^ound ; and w-hen it begins to fade, it is a pink : if beheld in a full sun-shine, it seems to be stud- ded with diamonds, but bv candle-light the specks or spajiffles look more like fine gold dust : when the petals begin to wither, they assume a deep crimson colour. The flowers begin to come out at the end of August, and the head is usually three weeks in gradually expanding itself. This beautiful plant is a native of Japan, and has been long naturalized in Guemsev. The eleventh species has the stature of the Crinum Americanum. The leaves are fleshv, scabrous with a loothleted edge. The spathe bivalve, besides some interior scales or fragments. The germs are sessile. The tube of the corolla of the same colour with the scape, which is ru- fous. The border white, with lanceolate, re- curved petals, with a red keel underneath. The filaments and style are of a blood-red colour, and the pericarps viviparous. The twelfth has roots like the Crinum mentioned below- : the leaves narrower at their base, and stained with purple on their under side; the scapes purple, and growing to the same height as those of the Crinum Asiaticum ; the flowers of the same shape, but the tube purple, and the seg- ments having a purple stripe running through them : the stamina are also purple ; it is however more beautiful than that plant. This is a native of the East Indies. Culturt. — In all the dilTercnt sorts, the pro- pasration is performed by the small bulbs or offsets that are remo\ed from the sides of the old roots everv year at the time they are trans- planted. Some of the sorls^ as the first and second, are often capable of being raised on dry \\ arm borders ; but most of the others stand in need of artificial heat to raise them in the most perfect manner. The)- all deliirht in a loose, sandv,dn' soil, that contains a 'jnoJ proportion of vegetable mould ; and rcquireliiu little water, except where the root* are in a high state of growth and sending forth their flower-stems ; when they should have it fre- quenllv in «mall quantities. When applied under other circumstance?, il is apt to rot and destroy the bulbs. All the more tender forts should be put in pots, and placed in stoves, where they must be constantly kept ; as much air as possible being admitted to them duringthe hot summermomhs. Some of them are, however, capable of bearing the open air at this season : but in this method of management they neither grow so well, or flower so regularly, as in the stove mode of treat- ment. The piost suitable season for transplantii^ the roots of all the different species, is at the time when their leaves are wholly destroyed, as about the latter end of Julv, or the beginnintr of the following month, before they bcgii^ to send forth new root-fibres, as after that has taken place they are liable to be greatly injured by being re- moved from their situations. The first kind, or Yellow Autunmal Amaryllis, is a hardy plant, and may be increased with great facility bv offsets from the roots. The best sea- son for transplanting the root-bulbs of this son is anv time from Mav to the end of Julv, when their leaves are decayed : but after that period it will be loo late to remove them, as thcv mostly begin to push out fresh root-fibres about the mid- dle of August or sooner, if the season be moist and warm, frequently ilowering the begiiuiing of Sep- tember; so that, if the business of transplanting be performed so late as this, it will spoil their flcwering. This plant is capable of grow inir in any soil or situation ; but it tliri\es to the best advantage in those of the above kind, when suf- ficiently fresh and light, and in open situations, that are not under the dripping of trees, or too near walls, or other tall feiic-sthat product much shade. Miller observes that it is connnonly know n to gardeners by the name of Yellow Autumnal Narcissus; and usually sold by them with Calehi- cimis for autumnal ornaments to garilens ; for which purpose it is a pretty plant, as it will fre- quently keep flowering from the beginning of September to the middle of November, in case the frost is not so severe as to destroy the flowers ; for though there is but one flower in eieh cover, a succession of fl.)wers is produced from the same root, especially when they arc suffered to A M A A M A remain three or four years without being re moved. A dr)'^ warm border is the best exposure for this sort. The second species, or Atamasco Lily, is also so hardv as to thrive in the open air in this climate, when the root-bulbs are planted out in a warm situation and on a dry soil : it is likewise best pro- paoated by offsets from the root-bulbs of the old Elaiits. As very severe frost is liable to destroy the ulbs in some cases, a few should always be plant- ed in pots, in order that they may be protected in the winter season. The third sort, orJacobasaLily, is of the more tender kind, but is now become common in the gardens of the curious in this country. The root- Bulbs send forth plenty of ofisets, especially when they are kept in a moderate warmth in the win- season : for the roots of this kind will live in a good greenhouse, or they may be preserved through the winter under a common hot-bed frame ; but in this way they do not flower so often, or send out so many offsets, as when they are olaced in a moderate stove in that season. This sort produces its flowers two or three times in the year : it is not however regular to any sea- son ; but the flowers are mostly produced from March to the beginning of September, when the roots are in a vigorous state of grow th. It is best propagated bv offiexs from the old root-bulbs, w hiclT may be taken off every year : the most proper time to part and shift the roots in this kind is in August, as by tliis means th^-y may take good root before the winter sets in. In do- ing this care should be taken not to break off the fibres from their roots. They should be planted nut separately in pots of a middling size, and be kept in a moderate degree of warmth in the stove, as bv that means they produce their flowers in greater plenty, and the roots make a greater in- crease, than where they are managed in a more hardv manner. The fourth sort, or Mexican Lily, is not so hardv as either the above or the Belb'd.mna Lily ; it must of course be placed in a stove of much creatcr warmth ; and if the pots are plunged into a hot-bed of tanner's bark, the roots w ill thrive better, and the flowers be stronger. It is increased by ofl'sets from the old root, in the same niajmer as the other sorts, and usually flowers in the beginning of the spring, when it produces a fine appearance in the stove with others of similar growths. The fifth species', or Purplc-flowcred Amaryllis, is likewise o'f the tender kind, and is capable of beinii^ propagated in the same manner as the above. It also succeeds the best, and flowers to ihe greatest advantage and effect, when con- stantly kept in the stove in a similar degree of temperature with that of the above species. The sixth kind, or Belladonna Lily, is more hardy. It has been cultivated, according to the editor of Miller's Dictionary, with great success in the following manner : — A border was prepared close to a wall which had a south-west aspect, about six feeth in width, in this manner. All the earth to the depth of three feet was removed, and some very rotten dung put in the bottom six inches thick, upon v/hich light garden mould was applied, about twenty inches in depth. Alter making this level, the roots were placed at six inches^ distance every way, being then covered over with light sandy earth, to the height of the border; by which means the upper parts of the roots are five or six inches buried. In the winter season the border was covered all over with rotten tanner's bark, to the depth of three inches, in order to prevent the frost from penetrating the ground. And when it proved very severe, some mats or straw were laid over the leaves to protect the plants from being destroyed. In this manage- ment the roots have greatly increased and the plants have constautly^flow ered every year ; some of them having put out two or three stems which grew near three feet in height, producing many flowers in each umbel, which made a fine appear- ance during the month of October. It is added, that the areen leaves come up soon after, and abide all tTie winter and spring until June, at which timethev decay. Soon after this period the roots should therefore be transplanted ; for, if they are suffered to stand till July, they will have sent forth new root-fibres, in which state it would greatly injure the roots if they were disturbed. If some of the roots be planted in a warm border close to a south wall, and in a dry soil, they mostly thrive well, especially if they be covered in severe wea- ther; and these roots generally flower much stronger than those which are kept in pots, and multiply faster than under other circum- stances. The seventh species is more tender than the above, as it rarely puts forth oflsets from the roots. But as it produces ripe seeds in suffi- cient quantity, it mavbe propagated in that way without much difticuhy. These should be sown in pots of good mould in the sprmg season, and immediatei)- afterw aids plunged imo a bark bed of moderate temprraturc, a little water being oc- casionally given till the plants appear, and become of sufficient growth to be transplanted out into separate pots7 w hieh should be performed in a careful manner, and a little w ater given innwe- diatelv afterwards, the pots being directly placed in the stove, where they are to be constantly kept, as in the above kinds. AM A A MA Tlic eighth sort is hkewise tender. It requires to be treated in tlic same manner as the JaeobaM Lily. It is tbund to increase pretty fast by ofT- sots. \^^lcn properly nianaireil, it usually flow ers in the \\iulcrscason,espi.'cialTy it the pots be placed in a stove of moderate tcmjierature ; and as at this period there are but tew flowers in the open air, it is more valuable on that account as an orna- mental plant tor the stove. The ninth species is stilt more tender: it must of course be placed, during the winter season, in a stove where there is a moderate share of warmth ; but it should not have so much water as the Jacobxa Lily. It may be raised from offsets. The tenth species, or Guernsey Lily, is sup- posed to have come originally from J.ipan ; but has been long cultivated in the gardens of Guern- sey and Jersev; in both of which it seems to thrive and succeed as well as if it were in its na- tive soil. From those islands its roots are an- luially sent to the curious in difierent parts of Europe. The root-bulbs are generally sent to us in June and July ; bui the sooner the bulbs are taken out of the ground, after their leaves decay, the better they are ; for though the roots, w hich are taken up when their flower-stems begin to appear, may flower, their flowers are not so large, or their roots so good afterwards, as those which are re- moved before they have sent out fresh root-fibres. On obtaining the roots, they should be planted in pots filled with fresh, light, sandy earth, well mixed with a little very rotten dung, to the depth of two or three inches, and then placed in a warm situation ; or what is better, in a moderate stove- heat, the earth being refreshed with water occa- sionally; but they should not have too much, as it would rot their roots, especially before the stems rise. About the middle of September, the more vigorous roots will begin to show the buds of their flower-stems, which are commonly of a red colour ; therefore these pots should be re- moved into a situation where they may have the full benefit of the sun, and be sheltered from wet, and strong winds ; but by no means too near a wall, or under glasses, which would draw them up weak, and render them less beautiful in their blow. At this season they should be gently re- freshed w iih water occasionally, when the wea- ther is warm and dry. As soon as the flowers begin to open, the pots should be removed from the open air, to prevent the flowers from being injured by too much moisture ; but they nmst not be kept too close, or be placed in situations too warm, as they would occasion their colour to be less lively, and hasten Iheir decay. The flowers of this plant often continue in beauty, when managed in'lhc above manner, a lull month: and though they iiave no scent, from the richness of their colour, they arc justly esteemed as flower)' ornamental plants. When the flowers are decayed, the leaves be- gin to shoot forth in length, and, if sheltered from severe cold, continue gruw ing all the winter season; but thev muerianthium, cylindraeeous, and unequally trifid : the corolla is monopetalous and funnel-shaped : the tube cylindraeeous ; the bor- der three-parted, the parts oblong and spreading : the nectary two-leaved or two-lipped ; the lower lip inserted under the upper segment of the corolla, spreading, almost erect, enUre or three-lc!)ed : the stamina have no filament except the upper lip of the nectary, which is smaller than the lower, aud opposite to it, aeuuiinate, or three- iobed at the tip ; along the middle or at the end of which grou s longitudinally a large oblong an- ther, gemtnate, or divided by a longitudinal fur- row into two, which are onc-valved : the pislil- lum has an interior, oblong germ : the style lili- I'orm, drawn through the suture of the anther ; the stigma turbinate, obtuse, and eiliate : the pe- ricarpium a fleshy capsule, ovate, three-cornered, three-celled, and three-valved ; the seeds are se- veral, covered with a sort of berried aril. The species chiefly cultivated in stoves in this climate are: \. A. Zinziler, iZimnwou ov Nar- row-ieaved Ginger ; 2. A. Zcrumhel, Broad-leav- ed Ginger; 3. yL Cardamomum, Cardamom. Inthelirst species theroot is creeping, bipal mate, compressed; the fleshy tubers with age beeom- ino- fibrous. The euim annual, two feet in height, quite single, solid, and upright. The leaves are half a fivot in length, smooth, narrow, alternate, on short cmbraemg petioles. The scape sepa- rate, eiffht inclu-s in height, thick, round, straight, scaly, and usually without leaves. The spike is upright, composed of large, ovate, subacuminate, coloured scales, half closing the flowers, w hieh itre of a blue colour. The calyx is a small, dou- ble spaihe. The corolla yellowish green, with a i I ng, sleuder tube ; the segments of the border conical, and nearly equal. The nectary is red- di.:h brown, ovate, quite entire, petal-shaped, winged on each side at the base, somewhat shorter than the corolla, fastened to it below the anterior fissure of the segmeiits. The filament (upper lip of the nectary) filiiorni, placed on the corolla, and shorter than it. The anther avate, large, cloven longitudinally, embracing the filiform stvle. The stigma cylindraeeous, and eiliate at the tip. The capsule smooth, containing many oblonji seeds. It is a native of the East indies, and flowers here in September. The second species, or Broad-leaved Ginger, has the tubers of the root mtU(,h larger, round, twisted, thick, branched, horizontal, palc-eolour- ed, with but little smell, and a bitterish, not an ardent flavour like true Ginger. The culm four feet in height, perennial, straight, quite simple, round and solid, like the above species. The leaves are lanceolate, large, smooth, petioled, embracing, ascending obliquely. The scape a foot high, distinct, thick, scaly, red. The spike large, with rounded, close, one-flowered, red scales. Theflowersof a white colour. The calyx a single acute spathe. The corolla pale, with a long tube : the upper segment of the border acute, the two lower ones subqvate. The nectary of the same colour, petal-shaped, very blunt, bifid, fastened to the throat of the corolla. The fila- ment flat, subidatc, bent in, adhering to the hinder segment of the corolla, and nearly equal to it. The anthers oblong, fastened to the middle of the filament. It is a native of the East Indies, and flowers here from September to November ; when the stalks perish in the same manner as in the true Ginger. The third species, or Cardamom, has thick fleshy roots, resembling those of the large Flag Iris ; which in the spring send forth many green reed-like stalks, which rise to the height of seven or eight feet, garnished with very long narrow leaves, set alternately, closely embracing them at their base. The stalks decay entirely in autumn, and new ones arise from the roots in the spring, but it has not yet produced any flowers in this cli- mate ; though the roots thrive and increase gieatly w-herethey are managed in a propermanner. According to Dr. Browne, the manner of pre- paring the Ginger root for use in th.e West Indies is this : When the stalks are wholly withered and the roots taken up, which is generally done as soon afterwards as possible, after being picked and cleared, they are gradually scalded in boiling water; they are then spread, and exposed to the sun till the wholq is sufficiently cured ; when they are divided into parcels of about one hundred weight each, and put into bags for the maiket; this is called black ginger. I'he white gip.aer is A M O A M O never scalded, but even- root is picked, washed, and scraped separately, and then dried in the sun and air vcrv caretuUy. In order to preserve this root in svRip, it is dug w hen the shoots do not exceed five or six inches in height. Being picked and washed, thev are scalded till tender : then put into cotd. water, scraped and peeled gradually : this ope- ration lasts tliree or tour davs, during which time the roots are constantlv kept in water and tViquentiy shifted. They are then put into jars, and covered with a thin svrup, which alK-r two or three davs is shifted, and a richer put on ; this is sometimes again removed, and even a l''iurth put on ; but it seldom rer,uires more than three svrups. The shitted svnips are diluted, and ter- inented into a sniidl pleasant liquor, calkd cool drink, which is in much use. Citlture. — These plants are easily propagated bv parting their roots; which should be pertorm- ed in the spring, before thev put out new shoots; as thev should not be transplanted in sunnner, when they arc in tuU vigour, nor do they succeed well when thev arc removed in autumn, as they remain long after in an inactive state ; and dur- ing that time, if wet stagnates about the roots, it often causes them to rot and be dcstrovcd. \\'hcn the roots are parted, they should not be divided into too small pieces, especially if they are designed to have flowers ; as until the roots have spread to the sides of the pots they rarely put out flower-stems, for which reason they sho\dd not be planted in over large pots. They thrive best in a light rich earth, such as is met with in the kitchen-garden ; with this the pots should be filled within two inches of the tops, then the roots placed in the middle of the pots, their crowns upwards, the pots being ira- mediatelv tilled up with some of the same rich earth : after this thev should be plunged into a hot-bed of tanner's bark, and be sparingly w ater- td, until their stalks appear above ground, when they will recjuire a greater share of moisture, especially during the warm sumnicr months ; but in autunni the waterings must not be often, or in great quantitv at a time ; and during the win- ter season, when the roots are inactive, but very little should be given them. The pots w ith these roots should constantly remain plunged in the tan-bed, as when they are taken out and placed on the shelves in the stove, the roots trem dif- ferent parts of America ; as it is found in ma- ny of the nortiiern colonies. Thev usually arrive about February, and should be sown as soon as possible afterwards in a light soil. And it may also be propagated by !a\ ing down the young branches, which in one yeai make good roots, and may then be taken oft', a«d planted either in the nursery, or the places where they are dcsicn- ed to remain. But if thty aie put into a n-.-rser^-, they should noi remain there n'.ore than one year : for, as the phuits make large shoots, they do not remove well when thev have remaniei 3 A M Y A M Y long ill a pLice : llicy should have a shekeroil situation, in order lo prevent iheir branches being broken l)y the winds. As the shoots arclargc, soil, and tender, their upper parts arc liable to be lolled by the frosts in winter, but they put out new shoots in plenty below the dead parts the spring- following in general. From the tall growth of this shrub, and the beauty of its flowers, it may be employed with much effect in assemblage with others in forming extensive shrubberies, in which cases it should be set rather to the back parts of the borders or clumps. AMVGDALUS, a genus comprising the Al- mond, Peach, and Nectarine, which are trees of the finer fruit kinds. It belongs to the class and order Icosaiidrla jMonogiinia, and ranks in the natural order of Pomrici'o;. The characters of which are : tliat the calyx is a one-leai'ed perianthium, tubulous, inferior, quinquefid, deciduous ; the divisions spreading, and obtuse: the corollaconsistingoffive petals, ob- long, ovate, obtuse, concave, being inserted into the calyx: the stamina have about 30 liliforni filaments, erect, shorter by half than the corolla, inserted into the calyx : the antherte are simple : the pistillum has a roundish, villose germ : the stvle simple, of the length of the stamina : the stigma headed : the pericarpium is a roundish, villose, large drupe, with a longitudmal furrow : the seed is a nut, ovate, compressed, acute, with prominent sutures on each side, reticulate with furrows, and dotted with small holes. The nut of the almond is covered with a dry skin ; that of the peach with a soft pulp. The species chiefly cultivated in the first or Almond kind are : 1. A. communis, Common Almond Tree; 2. yl. dulcis, Sweet or Jordan Almond; 3. A. satira. White-flowered Almond Tree; 4. A. nana, Common Dwarf Almond; 5. A.pumiia, Double-flowered Dwarf Almond; 6. A. incana, HoarvDwarf Almond; 7. A. orien- talis. Silvery-leaved Almond. The first of these species, or the Common Al- mond, grows to the height of near twenty feet, with spreading branches. The leaves have much resemblance to those of the Peach ; but the lower serratures are glandular, and proceed from buds both above and below the flowers, while in the Peach they proceed from the ends of the shoots, above and not below the flowers. The form of the flowers is not very different, but they come out usually in pairs, and vary more in their colour from the fine blush of the apple-blossom to a snowy whiteness. But the chief obvious distinc- tion is in the fruit, which is flatter, with a coria- ceous covering, instead of a rich pulp ; opening spontaneously wjjen the kernel is ripe. Tlie shell is less hard than in the peach, and is some- times even tender and exceedingly ijrittle ; it is flatter, smoother, and the furrows or holes are more superficial. This tree is scarcely worth any thing for the fruit which it produces in this climate; but in some parts of Italy, and in the South of France, it is of much importance in this view, where there arc vast plantations of it. It is a native of Barbary. In the second, or Jordan Almond, the nuts have a lender shell, and a large sweet kernel. I'lie leaves are broader, shorter, and grow much closer than those of the common sort, and their edges are crenate. The flowers are very small and of a pale colour, inclining to white. It is observed by the editor of Miller's Dictionary that he has several times raised these trees from the almonds which came from abroad, and always found the plants to maintain their diflerence from the Common Almond. The third species has narrow sharp-pointed leaves ; the flowers are much smaller than those of the Common Almond, and are white ; the shoots of this tree are also smaller, and the joints closer than those of the common sort, nor is the tree so hardy : therefore it should have the advan- tage of a warm situation, or otherwise it will not thrive. This sort flowers early in the sprintr, but rarelv produces fruit in this climate, except in very warm exposures. In the fourth species, the leaves are scattered, subpetioled, lanceolate, but more attenuated to- wards the base, somewhat rigid, smooth, the serratures very sharp and even somewhat spinose. The stipules are linear, long, serrate-toothed, and deciduous. Thcflowers very abundant on thetwigs, appearing with the first leaves from all the buds, either solitary or two together. The calyx is subsessile, reddish. The segments acute, green, very finely serrulate. The petals are of a fine rose-colour. The stamens about twenty, the inner ones gradually shorter; the filaments bow- ed a little and converging at the end. The pistil the length of the calyx, extremely villose. The fruit usually solitary, sessile, ovate, somewhat compressed, pointed by the shrivelled style, ex- tremely hirsute with a harsh yellowish wool, the size of a hazel-nut. The coriaceous covering splits and falls oft" when tlie kernel is ripe; the nut is of a sharp ovate form, compressed, of a yellowish gray colour, grooved at the sutures; the kernel like that of the peach both in colour and taste. The wood of this little tree is hard, of a yellowish chesnut colour, and veined ; but the trunk is seldom an inch in thickness. It varies very much in size, being in some places low and shrubby, scarcely attaining a span in A M Y A M Y height ; uhilc in others, and in gardens, it prnws a fathom in height. Tt blooms in April, ulwhicli time all the voungshoots arc covered wiih flowers, \vhieh are of a peach-blossom colour, and make a line appearance. It is a native of the norlhern parts of Asia. In the lifth the branches arc smooth, two or three feet high, of a dark purple colour. The leaves are lanceolate, petiolate, veined, wrinkled, serrulate. The flowers are generally two ti^ a bud, and sessile. 'I'he calvx is reddish ; the petals emarginalc, nd, longer than the tube of the calyx. The tilanients paler; germ and stvle pubescent at bottom. The stipules linear, very deeply serrate. Its native country is Africa. It has varieties with double flowers. The sinsjle sort ffowers the beginning of April, and the double is commonly three weeks later. In the sixth species the bark is brown ash-colour- ed, and rough. The leaves scattered, frequent, ses- sile, lanceolate, narrowing towards the base, fre- quently and sharply serrate, edge a little bent in, furrowed or wrinkled above alongthe veins, which are very prominent underneath. The stipules bristly, sometimes toothed, permanent. The flowers are less than in the dwarf sort, solitary or twin, sessile at the branches among the leaves, and breaking out with them. The segments of the calyx much less than in the nana. The petals are of a pale rose-colour. The stamens about twelve, scarcely longer than the tube of the calyx. Professor Martyn doubts whether this be any thing more than a variety of the fourth species. Intheseventh species, or Silver-leaved Almond, the leaves are silvery, and very like those of the Sea Purslane. They continue most of the year. 'I"hc fiowers are verv small, but have not been yet succeeded by fruit m this climate. It is a native of the Levant. In the second, or Peach kind, the only species cultivated is the A.perslca, or Peach Tree. This in its natural state of growth is a small tree, with spreading branches. The leaves larger than those of the Almond, lanceolate, alternate, smooth and serrate; the serratures short, sharp, and regular. The flowers are sessile and solita- ry ; the calyxes reddish ; the corollas bell-shaped, with a spreading border of a tine light purple or pale rose-colour, but with vcrj' little scent. The fruit is a roundish drupe, commonly pointed op- posite to the peduncle, and with one longitudi- nal groove : the pulp is large, fleshy, and succu- lent, whit£ or yellowish, sometimes reddish, abounding with a grateful sweet acid juice ; the outside is of a pale greenish colour, with a blush or tawny redness frequently towards the sun, and the skin i> lanuginose or woolly : llie stone is very tlilck and hard, full of deep irrogul.ir fur- rows, and incloses a bitter keiiul. Tl>e wood of this tree is nf a reddish brown colour, darker to- wards the middle, and is fit for the use of the turner. It is of quick growth, but not of vcr\' loiiil duration. '1 he original country of its nativity is not known, but it seems to have been obtained by the Homans from I'ersia. 'I'he varieties that are in cultivation for the sake of the fruit are exireuiely numerous ; those in most esteem, according to the editor of Mil- 1( r's Dictionary and Mr. Forsyth, are the follow- insr ; The White Nutmeg Peach, which is small, but the juice sugary. It is chiefly esteemed aa being first ripe. This is in eating in July, but soon grows mealy. — The Red Nutmeg, which produces larger and rounder fruit, is a great Dearer, and valued for its early maturity. It is of a bright vermilion colour, and has a fine musky taste. This sort is held in much esteem, and ripens about the beginning of Aujiust. — ^The Early Avant, which has an agreeable ffavour, and ripens in August, but is apt to be stringy in eat- ing.— ^The Small Mignonne, which is very red on the side next the sun, the flesh having a rich vinous juice. It becomes ripe about the middle of August. — The Anne I'each, which is a fine early fruit. It ripens about the middle or latter end of August. It is said to have taken its name from Mrs. Anne Dunch, of Pusey, in Berkshire, where it was first raised. — ^The Royal George Peach, which comes in soon after the above, and in which the flower is large and white; the fruit of a dark red colour towards the sun, and full of a fine rich juice. It ripens about the latter end of August. — The Royal Kensington, which is one of the best Peaches that are cultivated. It is of a high red colour next the sun, and yellowish next the wall. 'J'liis is a good bearer, and not liable to be blighted. The flesh is rich and juicy. It ripens about the latter end of August or begin- niMgofSepteml)cr. — ^The^'ellowAIbergeisapcaeh of a loleraole size and good taste, but which should be perfectly ripe before it is gathered, otlurwise it is not good for eating. It becomes ripe about the middle of August. — ^The White Magdalen, which is seldom high flavoured, unless it be forced ; in which case it is excellent. It ripens about the middle of August, and has a very small stone.— The Karly Purple, the fruit of which is large, of a fine red colour, uiul full of rich vinous juice. 'Pliis IS an excellent pcacii, and becomes ripe about the latter end of August. — The Large or French Mignonne, wliieh is a beautiful large red peach, and has a sweet hmh-flavoured juice. It is one of the best French Peaches, and is ripe AMY AMY the latter end of August. — The Eourdine has a pretty large fruit, of a fine red colour to- wards the sua ; the juice being rich and vi- nous. It is a good bearer, especially when old, and the fniit is highly esteemed. It becomes ripe about the middle of September. It answers well as a standard, producmg plenty of good fruit. The Chevreuse, or Belle Chcvreuse, is a good peach : it is of a middling size, and beau- tiful red GQlour; the juice bemg rich and sweet. It ripens about the beginning of September, and is a. plentiful bearer. — The Red Magdalen, which is lai-ge, aad'fuil. of a rich sugary juice of excel- lent flavour. It is a good peacli, and becomes ripe' in the beginning of September. — ^The Early Kewingtqn, or Smith's Newington, which is of a beautiful red colour towards the sun ; full of a sugary juice, and becomes ripe in the beginning of September.^^The Montauban, which is of a deep red colour, inclining to purple, next the sun; but pale- towards the wall. It has a fine n.ieJ;ting fleslj> with a rich juice ; and is a plen- tiful bearer. It ripens in the latter end of Au- gust.— The Malta Peach is of a fine red co- lour next the sun; and has a white melting Hesh. It is a good bearer; and the fruit ripens in the beginnint;; of September. — The Noblesse is a large pcacTi, of a bright red colour to- wards the sun : the flesh melting, and the juice very rich in good seasons. It is a good bearer; and the fruit ripens in the beginning of Septem- ber.— The Old Newington Peach, which is of a fine red colour, has a high vinous-tasted juice; and is esteemed a good Pavie. It ripens about the latter end of September. — The Chancellor, which is one of the best sort of peaches, and of a fine red colour next the sun ; the skin is thin, the flesh melting, and the juice very rich. It ripens about the beginning of September. — The Bellegarde Peach, or Gallandc, is very large, and of a deep purple colour where exposed to the sun : the flesh melting, and full of a very rich juice. This is a fine peach, ripening about the middle of September. — The Lisle Peach is of a middlincr size, and of a fine violet colour next the sun : the flesh is melting, and full of a vinous juice; but adheres to the stone. It ripens about the middle of September. — The Rosanna, which is of a fine purple colour next the sun ; and has a rich vinous juice. It is reckoned a good peach; and becomes ripe about the niiddle of September. — The Ranibouillot, which is usually termed the Rumbullion, is pretty large, and of a fine red co- lour next the sun: the flesh is melting, and the juice vinous and rich. It ripens about the latter end of September. — The Admirable, which is a very large and beautiful peach, finely coloured with red towards the sun ; the flesh is melting, and the juice sugary, and of an exquisite taste. It ripens about the middle of Septenrber. — The Bellis, or La Belle de Vitry, has the fruit of a pale red tovviards the sun ; the flesh being white, and adhering to the stone; but the juice vinous and rich. It becomes ripe in the latter end of September. — The Portugal, which is of a beautifid red colour towards the sun, and gene- rally spotted; the flesh. being firm and adhering to the stone, and the juice rich and vinous. It I'ipens late in September. — La Teton de Venus, or V'cnus's Breast, which is a middle-sized fi-uit, somewhat longish ; the side next the sun being of a pale red, the flesh melting, and the juice sugary and rich. It ripens about the latter end of September. — La Pourpree, or Late Purple, which has the fruit large and of a purple colour : the flesh melting, and- the juice sugary and rich. It ripens about the beginning of October. — The Nivette, which is of a. bright red next the sun, and of a yellowish cast to\\ards the wall : the flesh is melting, and tidl of a rich juice. It is an excellent peach, and ripens about the middle of September.— The Monstrous Pavie of Pom- ponne,. which is very large, and of a round form ; the flesh being white and melting, but adheres to the stone. It is of a fine red colour towards the sun. This ripens in the latter end of October. — The Catharine Peach is a fine large fruit of a round form, and beautiful red colour towards the sun : the flesh is melting, and full of a rich juice; but adheres to the stone. In this the pulp is improved by its lying three or four days be- fore it is eaten. It ripens about the latter end of October ; but there are not many situations where it is perfectly ripened. It is a plentiful bearer. — The Bloody Peach, which is of a deep red next the sun ; the flesh having also a deep red cast. It seldom ripens in this climate without forcing; but is reckoned excellent for baking and preserving. — The Royal, or La Royale, which is a large round peach, of a deep red next the sun : the flesh is melting, and full of a rich juice. It ripens in the latter end of September. — The Cherry Peach, or Peche-cerise, which is small and globular; but of a beautiful red colour towards the sun, and of a whitish w ax colour on the otherside. This colour, which resembles that of the Pomme d'Api, gives this little peach a beautiful appearance. The flesh is melting, and the juice has a tolerably good flavour. On a dry soil and good exposure it ripens about the be- ginning of October. — Grimwood's New Royal George, which is a high coloured peach, and of a fine flavour. It ripens in the latter end of Au- gust or beginning of September. It is proba- bly the same as the Royal George. — ^The Superb Royal is a line large peach, of a red colour to- \ AMY A M Y wards the sun, ftod pale on the other side. It npeiis in Sciiteiubcr.T — The Out-cn Charlotte, w]»icii jvearly resembles the Small .Mignonac ; ajid ripens about the same liinc. — ^The Late Vi«)let, vlych js esteemed a ^:u^^• fine peaeh, and ripens in September. — Lockver's Peach is a tine hand- tiume iriiit, aud ripeus iu ■September. iu addition to the above, Mr. For.^yth men- tions others, ;is proper for cultivation, as : Alien's Royal ; Bourdcaux ; Buckingham Mignonne ; C aritsle ; Double iiivaliJi ; Double Mont;igne ; Dwart Orleans; Eton; Fairscot's ; Fords Seed- ling; llemskiik; lucumparable ; Lord Falcon- berg's jVlignoime; Low'j; Large iSlelung; Mal- JsiCotttB ; Millet's Mignoume; Piwic Admirable; Fa\ ie Royale ; Pedie de Pan ; iloiiald'ji F^ly Gal- lande^ Swn ;Smoi>th-leaied Ko^'al Georue ; Stew- ard's L.ale Gallande; V'auuuard ; \'iolette Ha- tive ; VVliitc Biossomod; and the Double Blos- soiu, \\ Itich is highly .useiul as an ornamental pi;uu. ^'ot^^ithstanding•this extensive list, a few sorts arc only recommended as worth planting, in JVliller's Dictionary. Theseare the Early Purple ; the Crosse Wiijnoanc ; Belle Chevreuse ; Red Mag- dalen ; Chancellor; Belleffarde ; Bourdinej Ko- sauna ; Kandiouillet, and Nivette. But with these, other authors recommend the Small Mig- Donue ; Eailv A'ewiugton; Noblesse; Admirable; Roval ; iVIonstroui! I'avie ; S.\vdlch, &c. \\'here there is room, and thc-situationis warm, one or iv\ o trees of tlic Catharine Peach should have places ; as in very xvarm seasons it is an ex- cellent fruit. As these sorts faUow each other in the times of their ripening, ihev will be sufficient to .fur- nish proper supplies of this fruit during the sea- sou : but as in soiue seasouB .tliere are particular sortsof peaches verv -aood, which in other seasons often provi: but indi^'ereut .; when there is a sufficient extent of » alls, it mav be adviseablc to plant three or tour other jsorts ; as the Mon- tauban ; the Lisle; tlie Old ivewington; La Teton de \'enus, bic. Mr. Forsvth thinks the following sorts best suited to small trardens : the Early Avant ; Small Mignonne; the Anne Peach; Koyai George; Boval Kensington; Noblesse; Early Newing- ton ; Gallande ; Early Purple ; Chancellor ; Ni- vette; the Catharine ; ai^d the Late Newington. Against walls that have a north or east aspect, he recommends the Early Avant; Early Ann; Early Mignonne ; Royal George ; Red Magda- len ; Royal Kensington; Noblesse; Grosse Mi- gnone ; and Millet's Misnonne. For the purpose of being forced in the peach- house, the following sorts are considered as the most proper by the author of the Scotch Forcing Gardener: fheRedM.igdalen; White ditto ; Royal Gi.orge; (himwood's ditto; Noblesse; French Mignomie; Montauban ; Teton ile Venus ; Earlv Purple; Late ditto ; Orange ; Hative;&e. Mr. Forsyth likewise advises the use of the Catharine Peach in this way, as possessing many advan- tages. In France they distinguksh those called Peacheis into Pavles and Ptaclies ; those being called I'eaehes which quit the stone; while those whoso flesh closely adheres to it are termed Pavies.' The last are much more esteemed tliere than the I'eaehes, though in this countr}' the Peaches arc preferred by many persons. The sign of a good Peach is that of its having a tirm flesh, the skin line and thin ; of a deep or bright red colour next .the sun, and yellowish next the wall. The flesh of a yellowish cohiur, and full of high-fl;ivoured jviiee ; the stone small, and the pulp or flesh very thick. The third, or Nectarine, though formerly con- sidered as a distinct species from the great difler- ence in the fiuit from that of the Peach, is at present, on account of tire ditl'ereiU sorts of fruit having been produced on tlie peach-tree, esteemed as a variety of it. It is not capable of being di- stinguished from the peach either in its mode of growth, wood, leaves, or flowers, with any great decree of certainty ; but the fruit is perfectly di- stinct in all the ditfercnt stages of its increase and niaturaiion ; the skiu or rind in it being smooth and firm, while iu tlie peach it is covered with a soft dowJi^' substance. Tlw; flesh or pulp of the former is likewise much liriuer tlian in the latter. It mav, however, be treated of separately for the s;ds.e of dislinctiou in its culture. The^/. Aucifiersiia, or Nectarine Tree, iscom- mouly a Siuallcr .tree thaji the Peach : the trunk and larger brandits are covcied with a lighter bark^ the smallex branches or twigs are more tender, and inclining to red : the flowers are icjs than tliose of ilie Peach, and of a darker red co- lour. These difl'eienees are, however, irequenlly trifling, and by no means consumt. The prin- cipal distinction certaiidvis in the fruit, wluch is smaller and rounder, without any lateral .cleft. Ii has its name JSuciptfisica iioui the similitude of the fruit in smoothness, colour, size,ajid Jocm, to the Walnut covered with its outer greui shell : and the English name of NecLariue is deservetUy given it, from the rich, racy, neciareoas flavour of the fruit; which in its highest perfection is superior to any other European Iruit, and perhaps to many boasted fruits of hotter climates. There are several varieties that deserve atten- tion for the purpose of cultivation: Fairchild's Early Nectarine, which is one of the earliest, i> L2 A M Y AMY a small round fruit, of a beautiful red colour, aud well flavoured, that ripens about the middle of August. — ^The Newington Nectarine is a fine fruil, of a beautiful red colour next the sun, and yellow on the other side : its flesh adheres to the stone. It has an excellent rich juice, and ripens about the middle of September. — ^The Elru>Te Nectarine is of a middle size, of a dark red or purple next the sun, and of a pale green on the other side. It has a soft melting pulp, and vinous juice; becoming ripe in the latter end of August or beginning of September. It is said to have been first cultivated by Gurle, a Nurseryman at Hoxton,in the time of Charles the Second. — The Scarlet Nectarine has a fine scar- let colour next the sun^ but is of a pale red next the wall. It ripens ia the latter end of August, or beginning of September. — Brugnon, or Italian Nectarine, which is of a deep red next the sun, and a pale yellow on the other side ; the flesh ad- hering to the stone. This has a rich flavour in good seasons, and ripens in the latter end of Au- n-ust, or beginning of September. — The Ronuui Red Nectarine is a large fruit, of a dark red co- lour next the sun, but of a yellow colour on the other side : the flesh adhering to the stone. When fully ripe it shrivels, the puTp being then replete with a rich juice. It becomes ripe in September. It is observed by Mr. Forsyth, that this Nectarine has a smooth leaf, and thcNevvington a jagged one; which is one of the most essential diftereiices by which thesetwo excellent fruits are distinguishable from each other. — The Murry Nectarine, which is of a reddish colour towards the sun, and of a pale green towards the wall. Its fruit has a tolerably good flavour, and ripens about the middle of September. — Temple's Nectarine is of a mid- dle size, of a pale red colour towards the sun, and of a yellowish cast next the wall. Its fruit, when quite ripe, shrivels ; the pulp being then full of rich juice of a fine flavour. It ripens about the middle of September or beginning of October. The Golden Nectarine, which is a handsome fruit of a soft red colour towards the sun, and yellow on the other side : the flesh adhering to the stone. It has a rich flavour, and is ripe about the beginning of October. The Peterborough, or Late Green Nectarine, sometimes denominated theVcrmashjis ofamiddle size and round shape, beinp' always of a green colour : the flesh is firm, and in a good season tolerably well flavoured. It ripens about the middle of October. — The Violet Nectarine is of a middle size, and a purple colour next the sun, but pale on the other side : it has a vinous flavour, and ripens in the latter end of August or beginning of September. In addition to this list, Mr. Forsyth has recom- mended Anderson'sNectarine; Aromatic; Black Newington ; Clermont ;De la Taille; Early Pavle j Genoa; Luncomb's Black; Musk Violet; New- foundland ; NewWhite ; Princess Royal ; Rogers's Seedling ; Royal Chair d'or; St. Omer's; Tawny, ripe m September; Wlute, ripe in August and September. The best of these varieties, according to Mil- ler, are: the Fairchild's; theElruge; the New- ington; the Roman Red J and the Temple ; but especially the Newington and Roman. The White Nectarine is likewise a good fruit, and a curious variety. And as a proper selection for a small garden, Mr. Forsyth recommends the Fairchild's Early Nectarine ; the Elruge; the Scarlet; the Newing- ton ; the Red Roman ; and the Murry. For the purpose of forcing, Mr. Nicol advises the Roman ; the Scarlet ; Elruge ; Newington ; Temple ; and the Due de Tillo ; the last is a Spanish Nectarine, and, of all others, ought, he thinks, to take preference. The fruit is of the most exquisite flavour, dark purple, a free- stone ; and grows to the size of a Noblesse Peach in the same house with it : and the tree is the most healthy and beautiful, and bears large and regular crops. Culture in the Almund kind. The propagation of these trees is either effected by budding them upon plum, almond, or peacli stocks, or by set- ting the stones of the fruit. But as by the first method they sooner form full and regular heads, and also more early attain to the state of flower- ing and producing fruit, it is that mostly practised ; and if it be intended to continue any particular sort, it is only by this mode that it can be efl1:cted with certainty, as, where the trees are propagated from the seed, they are apt to var)', all the va- rieties proceeding frequently from the fruit of the same tree. The operation is mostly performed about the latter end of the summer, as in August, and may be done either for dwarfs, half, or full standards. It is remarked by Mr. Forsyth, that in the spring, after being budded, they may be trained for standards, or suffered to grow for half standards ; but the method generally practised, is to bud them at such heights as the stem is designed to be, and the second year afterwards to plant them out for good. If these trees are to be afterwards trans- planted into a dry soil, it is recommended to be done in the month of October, when the leaves beain to decay ; but if into wet ground, the month of February is to be preferred. In wet soils, such as arc budded on plum stocks are found to thrive best, but those on almond or peach stocks suc- ceed with the greatest certainty in dry ones. In raising trees of this kind from the stones, the early autumn or spring months^ as October AMY AMY and November, ox February and March, arc the best seasons for planting thcin in, care being taken to select stones of the last summer's growth ; they arc best drilled into beds of good lisht soil, to two or three inches in depth. In the spring the plants ^\■ill appear ; and in thcautumn or spring following they mav be transplanted into the nursery, and he arranged in rows, according to the wish of the planter, for the purpose of being afterwards trained for standards, half standards, or dw arfs. When it is intended to bud any of iheui with peaches or almonds, some of them will be in a proper state for the operation for dwarfs the first, and all of them the second yeaf after being transplanted ; but ni order to be trained with pro- per stems for standards, they should invariably have three years' growth. It is likewise easy to raise the dwarf sorts by suckers from the roots, and bv layers, as well as by being propagated bv buddmg upon the plum or almond-stocks. The best season tor these operations is the latter end of summer or begin- ing of autumn. Pnmiiii^. — The method most common for pnming trees of this sort is, to shorten the first shoot from the bud to a few eves in the sprine, in order that lateral shoots may be put forth bv the trees in proper quantity, so as to form re- gular full heads. Mr. P'orsyth advises, when young trees are brought from the nursery, never to cut them till the voung shoots begin to break, as about April or May, strong trees oeing cut about a foot from the ground, and the weaker cues half the distance ; but when the wood is not well ripened, as after wet autumns, hard win- ters are apt to kill the shoots : in such cases they should be cut down to the sound wood, takins: care to prune out all such cross shoots as rub against others, the tree being left open in the middle, and the shoots cut about the same length as for apricots, and in proportion to their strencth, always whoUv cutting out and removing the de- cayed w ood and canker)' parts of the trees. It is also recommended by the same practical author, that thev be planted in sheltered situa- tions, and such as h.ave a southern asjjeet, whe- ther used as standards or half standards. It uiav be necessary, in some cases, to protect them bv a light covering of some kind, against the in jury to be expected from the frosts in February and March ; with dwarf trees this maybe done bv fixing up poles and thatching over them with fern, straw, or other similar substances, which may be removed w hen the frost is gone, and the weather fine and settled in the spring ; by w hieh a good supply of almonds may sometimes be procured. Sometimes trees of this sort are plant- ed in espaliers, and against w alls, in order to im- prove and render the fruit more early. To preserve the fruit of the almond-free it is necessary that it should be (irst pro|Kily dried, and then put into either bran or sand. The larger sorts of these trees, from the beauty of their early blossom, may be employed with great effect in the back parts of the borders, or chimps of shrubberies and pleasure tjrounds, when properly intermixed with other kinds of flowering shrubby trees of tall growth. They are also highly ornamental w hen placed singly on law ns, or other open spaces near the house. The great beauty of tlie dwarf sorts, when in blow, will be best displayed, and have the fulle»t effect, when they are arranged and blended with other low shrubs in the fronts of such borders and clumps. Culture in the Peach kind. — In the propagation of peach-trees, it is necessary cither to bud them upon plum stocks, or to set the seed : by the latter method most of the fine varieties of this fruit have probably been at first obtained j yet it is extremely uncertain of success, from their great tendency to deviate from the nature of the variety of the original seed. In the raising of new varieties in this method, it is best to set the seeds in drills two or three inches deep, in good mould, in the autunmal months, as about Octo- ber or Kovembor; but when neglected at that season, they mav be preser\ed in sand till Fe- bruary, and be then put in. In the ensuing spring the plants will be up ; and after tiie growth of one or two years, according to the intention of the planter, they will be fit for being transplanted into the nurser\- ; in doing which they should be placed in rows, at the distance of a foot or a foot and a half; the proper seasons for perform- ing the work being in the early autumn or spring months. From this situation, after re- maining twelve months, some of them may be taken for the purpose of training, .and being planted against walls, palling, or other fences adapted to the purpose. But in order to propagate a variety w ith the greatest degree of eertaintyand success, it is bestto pursue the method of buddiii'j-, asbvthis means the trees become much sooner in a stale of bear- ing, and, at the same time, produce a fruit, which in size, colour, and taste, has an exact re- semblance to that of the tree from which the bud was cut. It is sometimes the case, that peaches are budded on stocks of different sorts, as the apricot, the almond, the plum ; but the last, as being more hardy and suitable to afford a full bearing condition, should always be preferred : ii has also another .idv.Tiit.ige, that of thiiving in almost any kind of soil. When it can be pro- cured, the muscle plum stoek is by much the best, as being most prosperous and durable. By sow ing the seeds or stones in the manner AMY AMY that has been already seen, stocks for this pur- pose may be raised from different varieties of plums, as ^^ell as peaches, almonds and apricots: however, the true muscle plum cannot with such certainty be produced in this way, as when raised bv seed, being liable to great variety. The only method that promises success is by layei-s or suckers, from peach or other trees that have been worked upon that sort of plimi stock, which niav be collected in autumn, or the early spring months, selecting such as are of the size of the little linger, which, after the side bi-anches and knots of'old \\ood that adhere to the roots liave been trimmed off, should be pkuited aljout two feet and a half distant, in rows. Of these some V ill be ready to bud for dwarfs the folio-wing summer. The stocks most proper for budding upon, in order to form dwarfs, are those of from half an inch to an inch in thickness, and those of stems an inch thick at the bottom, and four or rive feet high, for half or full standards. Theseasonmost properfor budding is August; as when this operation is performed in the earlier months the buds are liable to put out weak shoots the same season, and the winter to Injure them so greatly as almost to jxevcnt their progress. As trees of this kind are mostly ti-amed against some sort of fence, to bud thcin so as to form dwarfs should be a principal motive: thciStocks should therefore be budded wlililn llv,e or six inches of the bottom, so that tlie branches may come out low, and by degrees be trained to oc- cupv e\erv part of the wall : however, where llie icnces are high, thev mav be budded for half or fidl st;uidards, and trained accordingly ; care should be taken, in the performance of tliis busi- ness, that only one bud be inserted Into each stock, the head of which should remain perfect rnrtil the spring ; about ISIarch the whole of the heads should be cut over in a sloping direction, just above the insertion of the buds; presently after which the buds will shoot out, each pro- ducing a strong erect shoot, which will have at- tained a considerable height by the autunm, and the trees by that time have acquired their lirst state of formation, which, in the autumn or early spring months, as October and November, or February and March, should be transplanted against walls proper for the purpose, and where they are finally to remain; or occasionally against a reed fence or paling, for training, one, two or three years, to give them the requisite forma- tion as wall trees, previously to their being placed into their allotted situations : whichever method mav be practised, it will be necessary to have the first shoot headed down to a few eyes, in order to produce a sufficient supply of lateral shoots below. The trees, in this way, .may be expected to fruit in tw^o or three years. Trees of diis sort .succeed best in soils that arc tolerably dry, but not too open or porous, Mr- i'orsyth thinks that a hglit mellow loam is theniost proper soil for peaches., as they requii-e it to be hghter than eulier the pear or the plum. In places where the natural soil in.clines to clay, or a strong brick earth, in order to prepare the borders for tlie trees, it mav -be necessary to take some part of the soil awav, and to mix it with light mould, sand, or old lime-rubbish ; and in making up the borders, a further quantity of earth should be taken out, at the places \\hcre trees are to be planted, to the depth of three feet, and the breadth of feur, and mixed well with street-dung, or rottc^i leaves, and the above substances, throw- ing up the w hole togcdier into rough high ridges, in order to its being fully exposed to the action of 'the frost, and the mellowing influence of the winter season. In no case where it is intended to plant these trees against walk should the borders be nar- rower than three or four feet, and when made six or seven feet tliey are better. In places where the soil is of a moist wet kind, it would be advisable, in the opinion of the same writer, to lay deep drains across the borders, to communicate with others along the walks, in order to draw the water from the roots of the plants: in the bottoms of these cross drains may be pirt, old bricks or stones, with gravel above, taking care to iia.ve at least two feet of good mould to the surface ; and if the ground has a stifluess and tendency to retain water after rains, the borders should be laid with a suitable slope, to canv it oft' as much as possible, and prevent its stagnating about the roots of the trees. In sour moist clay soils, brick-bats or cores from the screening of lime may be thrown into the bottoms of the borders, and rammed so as to form a solid surface, and then covered with dry lime-rubbish, which may prevent the roots of the trees from entering the wet earth or clay, and also materially contribute to take off the water. And in cases where there is not sufficient de- scent to take off the water in an expeditious man- ner, hollow covered drains may be formed in the bottoms of the walks, about the middle, the sides beinff filled up w ith brick-bats and small stones in finishing, the walks being well rounded to throw the water to the bides. The ves;etablc disease termed mildew is, it is added, tlie certain consequence of water being suffered to stagnate near the roots of tender trees in strong soils, and they are thereby almost en- tirely spoiled. In some instances it may, per- haps, be possible, by moving them to a drier soil and different aspect, to recover them. It is to be remarked that all the French peaches, on AMY AMY strong adhesive laniisi ara paxticularly subject to be afli-ctLil in this way. The aspects most advantageous for trees of tlus description are sucli ;k have the greatest com- mand of the south sun ; but an eastern or ^^t■st- eni exposure has sometimes been tvuud to :m- swer tolerably well. But whatvver the nature of the aspect may be, it is always neccssarv that thev be trained against a wall, as they never succeed so well when placed against wooden feiices ; and, it' the wails have a projecting coping, are found ta be bet^ ter protected from fixists in. the early spriiig; months. Choice of Trees. — It is. tliou as have the strongest aiid cleanest stems should alwavs be pi-et'erred, and that those that have been headi d cio\\n, and are ot two or three vears' growth, will (ill the w;dls, and fruit much sooner tlian where the contrary is the case. Plants wiih one stem are supposed by much the best, as in traininsT they leave no interval of the wall unco- vered:. That it is the ccmmion practice to prefer trees with the smallest stems; he is well awaro, but thinks the shoots they afford are alwavs' weaker than in others. The gardener should always, be early in pro- curinsr trees of this sort from the nurseries, as- oiherRise he will only have those that have beeii repeatedly picked through to select from. Maiden or un-cut-duwn trees, of one or two years' growth from the bud, are in general to be preferred ; but w here they arc wanted lo cover the w;dls, and bear as soon as possible, trained trees must be provided. The former arc advan- tageous in establishing and fixing themselves in the soils much better than the latter, besides be- ing procured at much less expense, and admit- ting of being trained in a better maimer. Planting. — ^1 he autumn or the spring are the pnlv proper seasons of planting trees of this kind. Perhaps the best season for performing this busi- ness, in warm dry soils, is October or Novem- ber, as soon as the leaves begin to tall; but the spring months, as February and March, are probably to be preferred in very moist or wet soils. If the borders be new, whatever season may be appropriated to the performance of this work, the ground should, according to Mr. Forsyth, be ■well trenched over before planting the trees ; and where they are to supply the places of such trees as have died, or have been removed, great care should be taken to clear away the old roots, and to put fresh mould into the places from whence the old trees were removed, laving the new earth sufficiently above the old, but by no me.ins to l' plant the tices too deep, as by this means they are freijucntly injincd; as w here the trees are not kept above the level of the old gromid at first, they seldom thrive well. After planting, the roots should be well watered, and suftered to re- main till tlie whole of the water has been taken up, the earth then w cU trodden round them, and filled to an even sui-f;u;e : vhcn planted in the autimui, the trees should remam without being pruned until the sjiring. It is mostly recommended that trees of this sort, as well as those of others designed for walls, when of one year's growth from the bud, with heads entire, should at once be planted into their peruianenl situations ; by w hich, as a chief point to the \\ell forming them, they may for the two first years be more perfectly pruned and trained. From about twelve to tifieeu feet from each otlier is in general the proper distance of plant- big ptueh trees. If tlie walls arc high, half or full standards may sometimes be planted be- tween the dwarfs, to iil! the upi)er parts until the dwarfs grow of sufficient height to cover them. But when the walls do not exceed eight feet in height, only dwarf trees should be planted, at the ilistance mentioned above: if of nine feet in height, half standards of three or four feet stem may be introduced in the intermediate spaces; when of ten or twelve feet, recourse may be had to full standards, with stems of five or six feet to cover the upper parts, removing annually the lower branches of the standards" as the dwarf trees approach them, and at length taking them wholly away, \vhen all the space will Be oc- cupied by the dwarf trees. Great care should always be observed, in re- moving trees of this sort from the nurseiA', that the roots be kept as entire as possible, cutting away any part that may haiipciv to be bruise>d, as well as shortening the long small roots. In planting them, a siwce of four or five inches from the wall is the proper distance, the buds being placed outwards, the head a little in- clining to the wall, which, to prevent anv injury from the winds, may be tacked to the wall im- mediately; \vatering moderately once or twice a week, if the ensuing spring should prove dry and hot. Pntiiiiig. — ^Trees which have been plantt^ with the heads from the bud entire, should be headed down in March or April, when thev just bc^in to shoot, by shortening the main shoot within a few eyes of the bud, in a sloping direction to- wards the wall. 'I'his is proper to be done in order to fonn thein into good trees, as, bv iire- venting the upward direction, it causes lateral shoots to be sent (lut near the parts they are bud- ded from. In attending to the shoots that are A M Y A M Y made from the few eves tliat were left, such should he nihhed off as come out cither in front or hack of the branches, retaining the lateral ones onlv, which, as they arrive at sufficient length, as about June, should be nailed to the fence, and re- main during thesummer withoutbeing shortened. When th"c leaves have fallen, about November, or in the following March, the first winter-pru- ning may be performed, which should be done according to the number of shoots produced from the heading down : if there be two shoots, one on each side, they may both be retained, being cut to eight, ten, or more inches, in pro- portion to their strength, to promote a further supplv of wood, nailing them to the fence in a horizontal direction. If there are three shoots, and the middle one regularly placed, it should be put in an upright direction ; if four, two should be trained on each side, equal number, strength, and regularity at this period, being chiefly to be attended to. In the second year's summer pruning, the slinots should but in few instances be shortened ; and all such as proceed from the horizontal branches of the former year preserved and train- ed, except the fvre-rig/it shoots, which should be rubbed off as useless. The pruninf'the second winter should be done about the same period as the iirst ; die weak shoots should be removed, and the branches pre- served in as nmch regularity and uniformity as possible as to number and size, shortening them as above directed. Mr. Forsvth advises, in the first year, when the leading shoot is vcrv strong, to pinch off the top of it "about the beginning of June, which will mske it throw out some fine strong shoots, to help to fill the walls. None of the shoots should, he thinks, be suffered to grow too long during the first and second years ; which may al- ways be prevented by pinching the ends of them ; but they should never be topped when the tree sends out fine kind shoots, till the spring follow- ing, when they may be pruned according to the strength of the tree, and the quantity of wood jl has made during the preceding summer, leaving the shoots from six to twelve inches long; by which means the lower parts of the walls will soon be able to be filled. It is, he observes, too common a practice to lay in the shoots at full length, taking off only the points of the branches, which generally, after a few years, leaves the walls quite naked : whereas, if attention were paid to the training, especially for the first four years, the walls might always be filled with fine bearing wood from top to bottom, and the trci;s produce a great deal more fruit, and of a much finer quality than when they are run up hi the former way ; for those trees, in general, are so weak that thcv have not strength to bear good fruit. The third year, if care be taken t» manage the trees properly in summer, they may he brought into a bearing state. If the ground be strong, they will grow very vigorously ; in which case, pinch all the strong shoots about the month of June, which will make them throw out side-shoots ; these, if not laid in too thick, will make fine bearing wood for the succeeding year. If the strong shoots be suffered to grow to their full length, they will be large and spon- gy, and will neither produce fruit nor good wood for the following year. Weak shoots should, he thinks, never be nailed, although they may be full of blossom, as they never bear good fruit. Sometimes weakly trees are covered over with blos- som; but if too nmch fruit be suffered to remain on them, they will be weakened so much that they w ill never recover. In that case he would reconmiend picking off the greater part of the fruit, to let the tree recover its strength. When trees are pruned intheabove state, he cautionsgar- deners never to prune at a single flower-bud ; as if thatbethecase it is sure to kill the shoot; or, itwill at least die, or be destroyed as far as the wood- bud which is nearest to it. In pruning, where attention is bestowed, some shoots, and sometimes whole trees, are, he says, found with nothing but single flower-buds. These sorts of shoots should be laid in at full length, and always attend to the next branch that has got some wood-buds, and cut it close, that it mav produce fine wood to supply the place of those that have only flower-buds, which may be cut out the year following. At the period when peach-trees come into a hearing state, there will, in general, be seen two flower-buds close together, and in looking be- tween these flower-buds, what is termed a wood- bud mav be seen ; the cutting should constantly be performed at these double Duds, as the shoots which bear fruit the following year come out from between them. The proper form for bearing being" thus attained, the trees mav be preserved and kept in order by requisite summer and winter pruning. Mr. Forsyth, however, observes, thatwhenthe trees come into a bearing state, they may be kept in a flourishing condition by proper management and attention to the smnmer pruning. It has often been his practice to top the strung shoots twice in the course of the summer, before he could get them to produce line kind bearing wood, liaving often had shoots that grew, in the course of one sunmier, upwards of six feet in length, and as thick as his thumb. If such shoots as these be laid in near their full length, A M Y A M Y the lower part of the wall will, he think?, be ktt naked ; besides, these strong shoots exhaust the tree of its strensith, and never produce good wood, if neglected to be topped in the sum- mer. He reeonnnends the culling out all such shoots when the trees are pruned in the spring, and to leave only the line kind bearing wood, which is easilv known by its having two small leaves where the flower-buds are to be the following year, while the strong slioots have one leaf-bud only at each eye, constantly taking care to lay the branches as horizontally as possible, which will check the growth of the shoots, and, at the same time, make the wood much finer, and more fit for bearing the succeeding year. All the useless side-shoots tliat cainiot be nailed in against the wall should invari.i!)lv be rubbed off, leaving only the best, w hich must be laid in about three inches apart. Much attention is likew ise recommended to the picking off all the side-shools that come out near the tops of the branches; as, when left, they weaken the fruit-bearing branches for the ensuing year. This is best performed as soon as they can be laid hold of by the linger and thumb, for w hen suffered to grow strong they hurt the fruit-bcarino; shoots very much. In the old trees, where thev run up to the top of the walls, leaving three-fourths of them nearlv naked, the best wav, according to the same w riter, is to cut them as iar back as any young shoots or buds can be found. Some young shoots or buds must always be left on peach-trees, otherwise the life of them will be endangered. They should never be headed down in the manner of the apricot, apple, or pear-tree. If peach-trees are headed down, without attending to these cau- tiors,a great risk is run of killing them; but where there are a few voung shoots the top may with safety be cut off just above them, as ttiey will lead tlie sap up, and produce strong branches, w hich ^hould be topped in the same w ay as young trees that are intended to lill the walls. JNIr. Forsvth funhcr observes, that it is al- ways more difficult to procure new wood from old peach-trees than from any others, except nectarines. He has often made incisions in the old branches, iibout the joint, cutting out a piece from one to three inches, according to their sizes. This he advises to be done in several places of the tree, to furnish it with young wood ; always roimding the edges where the incision is made, which should be above the joint, but as near to it as possible. The operation should be performed in the month of April ; but not unless some young shoots are perceived to make their appearance ; which, when they are about three or four inches long, cut off the old branch, by which means the fresh young wood will make a rapid progress the lirsl summer, and in the fol- lowing year line fruit will be produced on them. The use of his composition is constantly ad- vised where old branches arc cut off, and care should be taken to round the edires. It becomes necessary, aecorcnng to the same horticulturist, about tiie latter end of April, to look over the trees asain, and rub otVw hat super- fluous J'ore-righl shoots have remained from go- ing over them the first lime. If ihe trees were examined once every fortnight it would, lie thinks, be the better, as by such means they would be kept in more jierfect ord-.r. He has so accustomed himself to look over trees, that he does it as he walk* aljoul his ordinary busi- ness, which saves much lime. The principal object, or that of bearing fruit, is, according to some, best effected by shorten- ing each year's branches in the winter prunings, as by this means they are made to afford both a supply of bearing wood and a crop of fruit, the year old slioots most generally affording the greatest supply. The general summer prunings arc, by some, chiefly directed to the reforming of irregularities in the numerous shoots produced ; but the winter prunings, to the reforming of the branches of all ages, sizes and situations, and to the render- ing the trees healthy, beautiful, and ]iroduelivc. Niii/iiig. — As the pruning advances the nailing should be performed, in which operation great regularity should be observed in laying the branches in a horizontal direction, having the extremities very little raised above the part irom whence it takes its direction, the degrees of ob- liquity being as little as the nature of the situa- tion will allow. The shoots should likewise be placed at such suitable distances from each other, as that, when the leaves are fully expanded, they may have suflieicnt room to stand without shading the branches in too great a degree. These last should never be nailed in an upright, where it is possible to give them any other direc- tion, as, in such cases, they are liable to send off shoots from the hii;hest eyes, and leave the infe- rior parts of the shoots quite naked. If too much wood has been left, it must cither be cut out altogether, or to au eye, for the purpose of a shoot the succeeding year. Mr. Forsvth advises that care should be taken not to let the shoots get loo long before they are tacked to the wall, lest they should be broken by the wind. He docs not, however, approve of nailing the youns wood too soon ; for, by so doing, the heat ofihe sun is apt to occasion them to arow too fast. Bv savinc; some of the larcest and straightest A M Y AMY shoots that are cut off, and running them in auionir the small hrr.nches of the trees to prevent themTrom being broken by the wind, the mid- dle of the branch run in, being on the outside of the shoot that is wished to be preserved, and the ends tucked under the two adjoining branches, a great deal of the second summer nailing may be saved. Immediately after the f dl of the leaf it will be necessary to take out these loose branches ; by which the shoots may have more liberty, and the sun and air be more fully admitted to ripen the wood before the spring pruning commences. At the time this naUing is performed, carefully take oft" all the side shoots that come out from tiie tops of the young shoots. In performing the second nailing', if any very s'i.rong shoots are found, they should be cut out, leaving the fine kind side shoots that have been produced since the tirst topping, but only such as will bear fruit. When the autunm proves fine, the trees mostly continue in full leaf to the end of October, and sometimes to the end of November. At the time the leaves begin to fall, a soft broom should be employed^ brushing it gently over the branches of the trees, in order to take ofi" as ma- nv of the leaves as possible, without hurting the buds. The brushing should however be per- formed upwards, for in the contrary direction it will be liable to break and destroy the buds. When all the leaves are removed, Mr. Forsyth advises the unnaiiing of the young branches that were nailed in during the sunnner, leaving the strong ones to keep the tree fast to the wall, as, by these means, from the branches being loose from the wall, they will receive the benefit of the sun and air more fully, to ripen and harden the young wood, which, in that case, will not be so liable to be killed by the severity of the win- ter season; and, by leaving the trees so till the spring, when the pruning is to be performed, there\vill be a great choice of fine bearing wood to cover the walls with. He also advises the nails and shreds laid up in autumn, when the branches were unnailed, to be pointed and picked during the wet weather in winter, in order to be fit for use again ; and that such shreds as have been used in summer be soaked in boiling-hot soapsuds for three or four days, in order to destroy the eggs of earwigs and other insects, which are highly destructive to this sort of trees. These trees, from their coming early into blos- som, should be protected from the irosts to se- cure the fruit : various means have been attempt- ed for this purpose; the most effectual are, by nailing light mats or strong open canvass over them," which should be removed in the middle of the day, but kept close in the night and when the weather is severe. Mr. Forsyth finds old netting the best covering, which should be put on three- fold, as for apricots. When the leaves begin to cover the fruit, and the weather a])pears to be fine and settled, the netting may be taken ofl' by de- grees, but by no means all at once. By means of forked sticks, the nets may be kept at any di- stance required ; but he advises, never to be in too great haste to uncover the trees, or suffer the shoots to grow through the meshes of the nets ; as when that is the case, many of them will be broken in taking them off. He thinks it best to uncover the trees in cloudy weather, or when it is likely to rain ; as when the nets are taken oft' in clear weather the leaves are liable to be injured by the sun. In taking oft' the fore-right and side shoots care is necessary not to expose the fruit ; the best method is to rub them off near the extremities, leaving those which are wanted to fill up the wall as low on the branch as possi- ble, and only one as a leading shoot. When the fruit of these trees sets too thick, thinning becomes necessary, according to the vigour and size of the tree. The largest and best placed should be left ; if the leaves cover too much they should also be pinched oft". Air. Forsyth advises this to be done when the fruit is about the size of a small marble, which must be left much to the judgment of the person who performs it ; but it should be according to the strength of the tree, and be done very regu- larly, that the fruit may be equally dispersed over the tree. When left too thick, it will not have room to swell, as frequently happens ; but, if the tree be very strong, from three to six peaches may be left on each shoot, according to the strength and length of the branch or shoot. It^is remarked, by the ingenious author just noticed, that " he has observed, that where the composition he recommends was applied to pre- vent the sap from being exhaled by the sun and air, all the trees that were very much loaded with fruit were not in the least hurt, while the trees that were treated in the common way were greatly in- jured, and often killed when they had a great crop." It is of great advantage, in the opinion of thi;; writer, in very dry seasons, to make a large bason round each tree ; or, what is better, make up an cdiie along the whole border with mould, as for a bed to bed out plants in a nursery, and then give the trees a good watering, and mulch the border v, ith some perfectly rotten dung or leaves, which will keep the roots of the trees moist, and pre- vent the ground from cracking. The trees should be watered once a week during dry weather, and the branches and leaves sprinkled every other day in the afternoon, with an engine, pressing the A M Y A M Y forefinjer over the mouth of the pipe, to spread the water vcr\- line. In this way the trees may be kept clean and tree troni insects. The sprink- hntf should not, however, be pertormed w hen the sun is on them, nor too late in tiie erening, as in the former case the leaves are liable to be scorched, and in the latter the mildew is apt to be brought on tiie tender sorts of peach-fees. When anv of the trees arc infected, leave off sprinkling them, or let clear lime-water be ap- plied, but this should only be done in warm wea- ther. Frequent sprinkling the trees with lime- water, and throwing it plentifully on the under- side of the leaves, has been found in a short time to extirpate the acarus, or red spider, which is so destructive to peach-trees. It is likewise advised to keep the fruit well shaded, and never to suffer the leaves to be pick- ed off till the fruit be grown to its full size, when some of them may be taken off, to let the fruit attain its natural colour, as once a week, in a gradual manner; by which means, the fruit will continue much longer in succession than if they were picked off all at once. It is considered as a bad practice to pick oft the leaves of these trees before the fruit is grown to its natural size, as the shade of the leaves as- sists the fruit very much ; ami, w herever the leaves are picked off, the fruit is small, stunted, and ill-tlavoured. It is found of utility against ear- wigs and other insects, to hang up short pieces of bean-stalks tied together before the trees, pre- \ious to the fruit's beginning to ripen; as by that means they may be collected and destroyed. Anv canker that may be in the old bark where the branch was amputated, is likewise recom- mended to becarefiillv removed. The vegetable disease termed the canker is very liable to attack peach-trees, in which it is of a brown colour; and, in the bark, it appears in small specks or dots, as if made with a pen. All these are recommended to be cut out clean ; for if anv part of the canker remain it will affect the new wood as it begins to grow. Wherever gum is seen oozing, it mavbe concluded that the canker is not completelv eradicated from the tree. — See Canker. The blight is a disease with which peach -treea are liable to be affected, and by which the leaves are shriveled or curled up and much thickened. It arises from the imperfect nourishment and growth of the trees, from insects, and other causes, and is to be remedied by altering the state of the trees, removing the diseased leaves, washing with water in the heat of the day, or iu- niiffatinff with tobacco smoke, &c. — Ste Blii:hl. Though trees of this kind begin to bear fruit the second or third year, they may be considered in a state of training to their sixth or sventh, and will continue from itiirtv or foriv to lij v or si.x- tv years, especially when raised <)n |>luin->itn ks in good bearmg, where proper care and aiteuiuiu is bestowed in their management. Audit is as- serted by some, lliat the fruit of such old trees is much fmer flavoured than such as is produced on young trees. Garden plant* ot the smaller kinds, that are taken off early ni the spring, may be occasionally grown on the borders about them ; and in the culture of the peacli tree a little dung should occasionally be inserted in diggmg over the borders. Forcing of Peaches. — Besides the method of raising these trees against walls in the open air, thev are frequently cultivated in forcing-frames, hot-walls, and houses constructed lor the purpose, in order to have the fruit more early. 'ihe lirst of these modes is not, however, to be nmeh re- commended. Mr. Nicol, in his Forcing Gardener, strongly objects to oiled paper frames, and frames placed against flued walls without front flues ; to the first, on account of its darkness, and in- capability of admitting the ravs of light and free air, both of which are so indispensably necessa- r\' to the health and vigour of the trees ; and to the second, because the Iront is the mo>t valua- ble flue in anv house, equally on account of the saving of fuel, from the circumstance of its hav- ing a greater command of temperature, and the injury done the trees by the violent heat of the back flues in keeping up the proper temperature in stormy weather ; besides the propensity of in- sects to harbour and breed between the trellis and flue in such cases. Suitable houses, contrived for the purpo.'e, are constantlv to be preferred : such as are w rought by one (ire, conmiunicating first with the front flue, and then having two returns in the back wall, are, in the opinion of the same wri- ter, best adapted to early forcing, as the strength of the heat is expended in the front, so that by the time it returns to the back flues it becomes of a slow, mild nature ; from w hich no danger can be entertained, even at the most early season of forcing. Flans for houses of this sort may be seen in the annexed plate. They may be so con- trived as to serve the purpose of granes as well as for peaches ; and have one or two fires, accord- ing to circumstances. In the latter kind a trellis mav be fixed against the roof, beams or rafters, to the extent of half their height; trees being plained between the iront flue and wall, and trained thereto, astliisc will not shade those on the back, .iiid of course one house be rendered nearly as good as two, as the trees on the front v. ill have an extent of eleven or tw elve feet to extend themselves in. M 2 ■W"IF" AMY AMY The most advantageous situation and aspect for houses oi this sort, are such as are rather eleva- ted and tace the meridian sun. For the.borders Mr. Nicol advises three-fourths strong brown loam, an eighth light sandy loam, and an eighth stable dung, with about a fortieth part of shell marie, as the eomposition. The borders should be full three feet deep ; and the breadths, for the nar- row houses, about fourteen feet from the back wall ; and for the wide ones all the width of the house within, and to the extent of twelve feet on the outside. Tliey should be kept well trenched and perfectly fine on the surface, and have, occa- sionally, well rotted dung dug into them. For this purpose, as well as that of planting against open walls, maiden or one-year trained trees are to be preferred : some likewise plant what are termed riders, of the same age, between the dwarf-trees ; but the practice is not, by any means, to be recommended, as the nourishment of the others may be thereby greatly impaired. The proper distance is from twelve to fifteen feet, according as the house will best divide, for the dwarf-trees ; and the best season of planting is any time from about the first of November to the beginning of the following month ; in the performing of which the holes should be cover- ed in with a light earthy compost, shaking it well in between the roots, and settling it well with a little water about them. The sorts that are the best suited to this use have been already decribcd. The methods of training in these are much the same as in the preceding cases : by that of the fan-kind, they probably succeed the best. Innncdiately after planting, in order to make the trees put forth vigorously and fill the trellis completely from the bottom in the dwarf- trees, head them down to two or three eyes on each shoot if maiden, and to the last eye on each branch if one-year trained trees. Others however think it better to defer the operation till the early spring, when the trees are planted in the autumn. In respect to the intermediate trees, they are only set for the purpose of obtaining a crop or two while the principal ones are filling the spaces : it is not necessary to shorten them so much, whether they be maiden or trained trees, as by this ineans they put forth more moderate shoots, and come sooner into a bearing state, which is the chief object : they should be moved as the other trees fill up the trellis. As soon as the shoots have attained the length of two or three inches, such as are placed J'ure- right or hack-right should be rubbed oft", and the others laid in, as they advance in growth, at the distance of nine or ten inches, care being ta- ken not to include the leaves with the tie, and to allow sufficient room for the swelling of the shoot, pinching oft' all the laterals as they appear. And when their growth is stopped for the season, cut them back from half to a third of their lengths, in proportion to their strength ; and, in dressing, keep the side ones well down, in or- der to fill the bottom part of the trellis well. The same plan must be followed in the second season, laving the undermost shoot on each branch to furnish the vmder part of the tree, and the uppermost as a leader ; careluUy rubbing oft' all the intermediate ones, when not wanted, and at any rate ihn fore-right ones, leaving them ge- nerally at three-fourths of their whole length. Where the wood has been well ripened this sea- son, they may bear a few fruit in the following. However, unless the trees are very vigorous on- ly a very few should be suftered to remain ; as it is better to furnish the trellis well for a future crop, by laying in the summer shoots regularly at the distance of six inches; and in the winter- pruning shorten the shoots of the extremities of the tree only a few inches each, laying in those of the middle at full length. This practice may be continued till the trees have wholly filled their places ; afterwards shortening none, except to fill casual vacancies, or where the extremities of the shoots have been injured by bruises or other causes. Afterwards these trees require to be frequently looked over in summer, and divested of lateral and other improper shoots, being kept regularly thin, and dressed to the trellis. Sec. in a neat man- ner ; and in tying care must be taken not to tie too near the point of the shoot ; a few joints being constantly between the last tie and extremity of the branch. When the fruit is fully set, select such buds as are thought necessary to be left, and rub off the rest in a careful manner ; the uppermost and under- most ones, and sometimes one or two about the middle of the shoot, are mostly left the last in an alternate maimer. At the time the fruit begins its last swelling, it should be exposed to the sun and air as much as possible, properly thinning the leaves. In this method it is not necessary to apply ar- tificial heat before the third season ; and then only to ripen the wood, in the autumn, when that be- comes necessary for the better bearing in the succeeding year. But even in this the trees will only bear very gentle forcing. In the fifth season the forcing may begin about February, when, according to the author of the Scotch Forcing Gardener, the fire should be made so moderate the first fortnight, as that the ther- mometer may not stand, at eight at night and seven in the morning, higher than 45" ; raising AMY A M Y it in the course of the second fortnight to 50", and afUTwards gradually to 53" ; ai which point it should bclcept till the stoning is over, and then increased to 60"; and in the time of the fruit's ripening to 65°, which it should never pass, as it would draw the voung shoots up in a weak growth. In conducting the business, the greatest resiularitv and steadiness should he preserved ; as" the trees are impatient of sudden cliecks of all kinds, especially in the time of setting and stoning the fruit. A free circulation of air is constantly necessa- ry, Mr. Nicol thinks, from the time the trees are planted, in the dav-time, from sun-rise to sun-set the tirst season, and afterwards occasionally in the second, the house being shut up at night from the beijinninir of March, and the same in the rest. Al the lime the forcing begins, it should be shut lip at nie.hi irom the nuddle of .laniiary, and have a full an^ free circulation through the day till the beginning of Februar)' ; after w hieh it may be admitted in a more moderate degree, according to the weather, respect being paid to its tempera- ture till the bloom begins to open. After this, less or more must be adinittcd every day, if pos- sible ; as the setting of the fruit in a kindly man- ner depends much on fresh air being applied, and a free circulation of air kept up. In sun- shine it may be admitted at this time to the ex- tent that the thermometer may not stand at more than live or six degrees above the fire-heat medi- um ; and at no tmie, till the stoning is over, above ten degrees ; but afterwards, in the mid- dle of the dav, it may be suflered to rise to the heisiht of fifteen. \Vhen the fruit begins to co- lour, the house should be opened by sun-ri be destroyed in severe winters. In raisinsr them from the seeds, which is pro- bably the best method, as the plants become taller and handsomer, the method is to sow them in pots placed in a moderate hot-bed about the begiuning of March. It may also be done on a warm bcirder of line rich earth, covering them well with sifted mould, and then protect- ing them bv a glass frame. The seeds are nro- cu'rcd from abroad. When the seed is good the plants ajipear in the course of a month, when they should be gradually habituated to the open air, into which they may be brought about the end of May, being put in sheltered warm situa- tions : this can only be done with those in pots, as they do not bear transplanting well till the following: spring. They should be protected under a alass frame in tiie nights the two first winters, as they do not bear cold well. After they have beeii kept exposed in pots for about three years, they w ill be in a condition to plant out w here they are to remain. The best season for this is in April, just before they protrude their leaves. They should be turned out of the pots, or be taken up with good balls to their roots, and immediately planted in warm situa- tions, being protected in the winters by tanners' bark about their roots, and coverings of mats on their tops. The fourth year from sowing they usually begin to produce flowers, and con- tinue flowering annually afterwards. Thev are highlv ornamental, and extremely proper for being niixed with other flowermg shrubs of similar grow th in warm situations, in shrubberies and other places. AKANAS. See Bkomklia. ANASTATICA, a genus including some cu- rious plants of the low bushy annual kind, known by the title of Hose of Jericho. It belonesto the class and order 7'(/»YH/y;/ffw/a Si/iciifusa,^ aivi ranks in the natural order of Si/i(/uoecies has the stems at the sides of the erown of the root, hispid. The leaves ovate, marked witli lines, petiolaie, and re- mote. The pedmieles axillary ; w ith two brac- tes, opposite, sessile, lanceolate-ovate, maiiy- flowered : the corollas blue, with a short tube, rather salver-shaped than Innnel-shapcd : the calyx thick set with long, white, bristly hairs : the segments rather longer than the tube of the corolla : the germs imbedded in a hollow, glan- dular receptacle, one or two generally abor- tive : the seeds rough, of a bonv hardness. It is found native in Spain and Italy. Cullure. — All the sorts may be propagated by the roots, care being taken to plant them on such soils as are pretiv dry. They are likewise capable of being raised by sowing the seeds in the autunuial season upon beds of sandy earth, and in the following spring removing the plants that are suflieiently strong, and settini; them out in beds two feet apart, water being occasionally given. They also all come up well from liie self-sown seed. 'J'hey may be made use of for t!ie purpose of ornament, where a great variety of easy cuhivaled ])laiits are wanted, though they possess but little 'ocauty. ANDRACHNK, a genus comprehending plants of the herbaceous and shrubby exotic kinds. It belongs to t!ie class and order J^Iunwcia Gynandnu, and ranks in the natural order Tricdccen. The characters of which are : that it has male and female flowers : in the former the ealvx is a five-leaved, equal, mareescenl perianthium : the corolla ha-: five pet.ds, emarginate, slender, and sh(uier than the calvx ; the nectary has live leaflets, semibifitl, herbaceous, one within each petal, and less than it : tho stamina have five filaments, small, in'^erted into the rudiment of each style, and simple anthers: in the latter the calyx is a five-leaved, equal, permanent pe- rianthium : the corolla has no petals : the nectary as i:i the male ; the pisiiilum is a gtrm superior and globose : the styles three, filiform, and two parted : the stigmas globose : the pericarplum is a capsule, globose-Trilobate, three-celled, cells bivalved, of the size of the calyx : tlie seeds are in pairs, rounded on one side, triangular and ob- tuse on the other. TIjc species are : \. A. telcpho'tda, or Bas- tard Orplime ; 2. A.J'ruticosa, or Slirubb\ An- draehne. The first is a low plant, wiiosc branches trail on the ground. The haves are small, of an oval shape, smooth, and of a sea-green colour. It is found native m some parts of Italy, and the Arehipelaiio. The second species rises twelve or fourteen feet in heigiil : the branches have spjar- shaped, pointed, smooth leaves, under which the pedun- cles are produced : these are pretty long, and hang downwards : tlie flowers are small, of an herbaceous white colour, some ot which are male, and others female ; but w hen the latter are situated at loo great distance irom tiie for- mer, there are rarely any seeds within their covers, though they seem very lair to the sight. It is a native of the East Indie.--. Cullure. — In the lirsl sort, which is annual, the propagation is eflected by sowing the seeds on a moderate hot-bed in March ; and, alter the plants are suflicieutly high, transplantins them into small pots, to 1)6 further brought lorward by an- other very moderate hot-bed, full supplies of fresh air being admitted in mild weather, and occasional waterings. They produce Hov. eis in .lune, and the seeds become ripe in September, after which the plants decay. The second sort is capable of being raised either by seeds or cuitinss ; but it iie a very ten- der plant. The seeds may be sown in pot?, and plunged into a bark hot-bed, watering them oc- casionally as the mould becomes dry in the pots. \V'h(n the plants are of sulTlcient growth, ihev should be removed into separate pots, and plunged into a baik bed, being shaded till they have stricken fresh root ; free air being atier- wards admitted, and the plants kept constantly in the stove. In raising them bv enttinsrs, some of the shoots should be selected, and placed in pots of rii'h earth, then plun'j'ed in a hot-betl. After they have tiken root they should be removed into the bark-stove, where thev must remain. ANDKOMI'-DA, a genus comi)risiiig plants of the tree and »hnil) kind, w hieh are mostly of the hardy deciduous bushy sort. It belonI.-;tinum is aroandlsh germ : the style cyllndric, longer than the«taniens, ami pernianeni; stignia obtuse: the pericarpium is a capsule, roundish, five-cornered, five-ceiled, five-valved, opening at the corners, partitions contrary, and the seeds arc very numerous, roundish, and shining. — Obs. It diflcrs from erica in number. In some species the corolla is ovate, in others per- fectly canipanulatc. The anthers in some arc awncd, in others awnless. The species arc numerous ; hut those princi- pally cultivated are: \. yl. ai Inner, Tree An- dromeda, or Sorrel Tree; 2. J. Mariana, Mary- land Andromeda,- 3. yl. poUfol'ia, Marsh An- dromeda; 4. y}. Duhcccla, Cantabrian Heath, or Trailing Andromeda; 5. A. prmiri/lafa, Pani- cled Andromeda; G. A. racemosn, Branching Andromeda; 7- A. corlarea, Thick-leaved An- dromeda ; 8. A. acuminata, Acute-leaved An- dromeda; 9. A. cnhjadata, Calycled Andro- meda; 10. yl. salic'ij'olia. Willow-leaved An- dromeda; II. yl. iii.iifolia, Box-leaved Andro- meda. The first is a shrub growing ten or twelve feet high in Virginia ; hut in t'arolina it rises to the heiiiht of twenty feet. The branches are very slender, bending downv. ard'^ : the leaves are oblong, oval, pointed, alternate : the flowers grow in long, naked spikes from the sides of the branches": they are of a herbaceous colour, and ranced on one side of the stalk. In thiT second species the leaves are oval, en- tire, and alternate : the corolla rather cylindric- bcll-shaped ; anthers without awns. The corol- las are shaped like those of the Arbutus, and are of a herbaceous colour. They appear in .Tunc and .Tuly, and sometimes are succeeded by fruit, which seldom ripens in this climate. There arc two varieties ; one with oval leaves, another with oblong leaves. It is a native of North Ame- rica. The third is an elegant little shrub, from six or eight inches to a foot in height, erect and branclied. The leaves sessile, rigid, elliptical, their edges turned back ; the under svTrface glaucous : the peduncles long, of a bright red colour,arising from the summits of the branches, each supporting one oval, nodding flower. The calyx is red, and the corolla of a pink colour. The anthers awncd ; style white, with a purple stigma. It is a native of America. There are several varieties ; as, with broad oblong leaves; with spear-shaped leaves; with narrow linear leaves. The fourth species has the stalks and branches low and trailing. The leaves are spear-shaped, revolute, and alternate. The flow.rs are borne on a single terminal raceme, on alternate un^li- vidcd subviscid pedic- Is, with a linear bract e , under each. The calyx four- leaved, awl- shaped, erect, purplish, one-fourth of the length of the corolla, and deciduous. The corolla purple, cy- lindric-oval, twice as large as that of the third species ; the mouth quadrifid and a little con- tracted ; the divisions bent back. The stamens eight, with white filaments : anthers the length of the fdaments, scarcely shorter than the co- rolla, brown, sagittate, awnless, truncate at top, with two holes : the style filiform, the length of the corolla ; stigma obtuse, subquad- rifid. The seed vessel is a four-celled four- valved capsule. It grows well in the Irish bogs, and flowers in .Tunc and July. It is observed bv Martyn, that this species has the habit or air of an Andromeda, but the character of an Erica. The fifth has the stem about four feet high : the leaves are oblong, crenated and alternate : the flowers grow in loose spikes from the ends of the branches, and are shaped like those of the- Arbutus, but arc a little longer, and appear in •Tuly; but do nor produce seeds in this country. In this the anthei-£ are awned. It is a native of \^irginia. The sixth species differs from the above in the racemes being less panicled ; in having a linear, lanceolate, stitV, green, deciduous, bracte, under each flow er, longer than it ; in the cap- sules retaining the style ; and in the leaves being- more serrate. In the seventh species the branches are three- cornered ; the leaves ovate, entire, and shining. It flowers from July to August, and is a native of North America. The eighth is a shrub about four feet in heigth, upright, and the whole of it smooth, with round bran'ehes, which are leafy to a considerable ex- tent. The leaves alternate, petioled, two inches long, either quite entire, or very obscurely and unequally crcnulate, coriaceous, somewhat rigid, very smooth beneath, almost lucid on the ui>per surface, reticulate with small veins when looked at through a magnifying glass : the raceiiits are axillary, solitary : t'licre are also others w hich- come out from the branches themselves without any leaf; they are many-flowered, much shorter than the leaves, and spread out horizontally : the pedicels slender and pendulous : the flowers smell like honey : the perianth is green : the corolla snow-white, almost cylindric, with a flat base, and a small, obtuse, five-toothed, revo- lute border. It flowers in July and August. It is a native of North America. The ninth species is a low shrub : the leaves shaped like those of the Box-tree, and of the same consistence; withsTnall punctures on them-. The flowers lm-ow in short spikes from the cxtre- AND AND nitties of the branches : they are produced single, bciwccn two leaves, and arc ^\ hite : the leaf- lets are oval on the racemes, and from the axil of each proceeds a solitan,' |)edicellcd flower : the calvs is covered at the base with two ovate leaflets : the anthers are oblon-r, bilid, and awn- Icss. It is a native ot Swecien. It ailects a mossv soil. There are varieties with oval leaves, with globe flowers. In the tenth species the stem is arboreous, with vimineous, subtlexuose, round, smooth, leafv branches, flower-bearing at the end. The leaves perennial, alternate, pctioled, from erect spreading, with the edges a little rolled back ; the upper sunace smooth, with two longitudinal vessels parallel to the nerve, giving it the ap- pearance of being three-nerved ; the low er whitish, with a stout reddish nerve, reticulalely veined; the pc-lioLs channelled, and smooth: the racemes subpanielcd and ternnnating : thepe- dicels all directid the sanie way, alternate, sim- ple, short, apgnlar, without bractes ; w hen llower-bcaring they nod, but when in fruit they are from erect spreading : the caivx five-cleft bevond the middle, wrinkled, fleshy, smooth, sometinicj ciliate ; the cleft* deltoid, bluntish, slightly keeled. The corolla thrice the length of the calvx, ovate-cylindrical; clefts small, roundish, blunt, and a little turned back : the filaments bent, villose, dilated at the base : anthers upright, oblong, awnless, two-celled, openinc at the top in two pores, gibbous at the base : the germ obscurely tive-lobed, and smooth : the style aImoture till they are come up. In raising them by layers, the autumn is the best season for performiiiii the business, a rather boggy shaded situation l)cing chosen for the purpose. 'I he most tender shoots are the properest for being laid dow n. In increasing ihem by the roots, which may be done in all the shrubby sorts, after the suckers are come up and pretty well irrown, ihcy should be taken oft' w ith as many liLres to the roots as possible, and planted out in the situations where thev are intended lo remain, as they do not suc- ceed well when often removed. 'lire early pari of the autumn is the best time for the purpose. The first sort is tender, requiring to be pro- tected from frost in the winter season ; it should therefore be kept in the green-house with a tolerable degree of heal. It also requires nuicli moisture in the summer season. The other species may be admitted in shrub- beries, clumps, and other places, for the purpose ot alTording variety and ornament. They suc- ceed best wlicn the soil inclines to the boggy kind, or where the land is not too dry in the sunniier. 'llie two last species are very beautiful plant-;. AXDKVALA, a genus comprising plants of the hardv annual, and green-house kinds. It belongs to the class and order Si/iigrricfia Pohjiiam'ia cctjiflh, and ranks in ih'e natural oihending several plants of the tubrous-rooted flowery ornamental colour. It flowers in July, and the seeds' ripen kind ; being perennial in their roots, but annual in September. It is annual, and a native of in their stems and flowers the south of France. The second species rises three feet in height : the stem is erect, herbaceous, simple, branch- panicled, at top round, size of the finger, shaggy, marked with the scars of the leaves. It belongs to the class and order Polyandria Poli/sj/nia, and ranks in the natural order of MufthUiijuce. The characters are : that it has no calyx ; that the corolla has petals in two or three rows, three The" branches alternate, loose, and they and the in a row, somew hat oblong : the stamina have whole plant covered with a down, glanduliferous numerous filaments, capillary, half the length at the tips: the glands tawny, and somewhat of the corolla : the anthers twin and erect : the viscid : the leaves alternate, close, sessile, or pistillum has numerous germs in a head, the half stem-clasping; the upper ones lanceolate, styles acuminate, and the stigmas obtuse : no peri- entire, gradually''less: the panicle terminal, carpium : the receptacle globi.J.ir or oblong, hol- branchins, leafy, and very loose : the flowers lowed, and dotted : the seeds very many, acu- yellow, s'carcely nodding : the peduncles stift", minate, retaining the style. one-flowered, round, longer than the opposite The species are very numerous ; but those that leaf : the bracte linear or^'subulate, sessile, de- most deserve the cultivator's attention m the ciduous, with otiicr leafy bractes permanent. Anemone kind are: 1 . ^. co/-o«ana, Narrow- It is perennial, and a native of the island of leaved Garden Anemone; 2. .4. Ao77er?5W, Broad- Madeira, leaved Garden Anemone; 'i.A. nemorosa, Wood In the third species the lower leaves are about Anemone; 4. A. apennina, Mountain-blue four inches long, but little more than half an Wood Anemone; 5. A. ranunculmdes, Yellow- inch broad, and" very hoary. The stems weak, wood Anemone. nine inches in heiglu, dividing towards the top In the first species the flower-stems rise be- into two or three smaller branches, and at each tween the leaves nnmediatcly from the roots, joint a small leaf almost entire ; one yellow two, three, or more from the same root, to flower terminates every branch in June and July, the height of eight, ten, or twelve mches. It has been received from the Cape and Algiers, having a leafy appendage or involucrum a little In the fourth the root is thick and fibrous : the leaves broader, longer, and more downy : the flower-stems near two feet in height, with a single leaf at each joint, whence arise pedun- cles, each sustaining one large yellow flower. The whole pl.-.nt is white. It is biennial, and flowers in June ; the seeds ripen in August above'the middle." The radical leaves are deeply divided into numerous segments, which are sub- divided by threes into many narrow divisions. At the top each stem is adorned with a flower, which in the double sorts is large and very or- namental. It is a native of the Levant, where it grows single, but has been rendered double Culture.— M\ these plants are capable of by cultivation, being raised from seeds. In the first sort they The varieties are very numerous : m the single should be sown in the spring, in situations in sorts, theWatchet or Pale Blue; the Common which the plants arc to remain, nothing further Purple; the Scarlet, and many intermediate va- beinj; required but the proper thinning of them, rieties. In the double kinds, the Common and^he keepino- of them perfectly free from Double Red and Scarlet; the Parti-coloured weeds. Crimson; the Crimson Velvet; the Great A N E A N E Double Blush; the White; the Lesser Blush ; the Purple; the Blue; the Rose-coloured; the Carnation ; the Purple \'tK tt ; the Purple Velvet of three colours; the Double Brnnsionc; the Green, &c. Ju the second sort the stems rise to the same height. According to Haller, the root-kaves are of two kinds ; one very deeply eashed, so that they have the appearance of being tive-tin- gered, but are in riality three-parted, the sidc- lobcs being two-parted to the verv base ; all the lobes are narrow and sharp : the side ones deeply bifid, the middle ones tntid or quadritid, tiie ex- treme ones sharply lanceolate: the other kind broad, deeply thrce-lohed, blunt, bluntly and shortly serrate at the tip, with an awn standing out. The leaf on the stem, or involucre, is ternate, the leaflets ovate-lanceolate. The pe- duncle is solitary and onc-tlowered, as in the first : the petals three times three (in the natural single flowers), long, elliptic, marked with lines, the outer ones subhirsule on the outside, white at the base with green lines. The roots in this as well as the tirst consist of small tubers. There are several varieties of this both with .single and double tlowers : the sinirle and double Yellow : the Purple Starrc Anemone, darker and paler; Violet Purple; Purple striped; Carna- tion; Grcdcline, between a ])cach-colour and a violet; CocheniUe, of a fine reddish violet or purple ; Cardinal, of a rich crimson red ; Eloud-red, of a deeper, but not so livelv a led; Crimson; Stamell, near unto a scarlet; Incarnadine, of a tine delayed red or flesh-co- lour; Spanish Incarnate, of a lively flesh-co- lour, shadowed with yellow; Blush, of a fair whitish red; Nutmegge, of a dark whitish cc>- lour, striped w ith veins of a blush-colour ; Monk's-grav, pale whitish tending to a grav ; Great Orengc Taw'nie ; Lesser Orenge Tawnie : in the double, the great double Anemone of Constantinople, or Spanish Marigold ; ercat double Orenge Taw nie ; double Anemone of Cy- prus ; double Persian Anemone; the common great double\'ariable Anemone; common double and variegated Scarlet ; Bed and Purple ; varie- gated of these colours. The best Star-Anemones are said to come from Brittany, where they raise ye;trly many fine sorts. In the third species the root is perennial and creeping. The height of the whole plant from five to ten inches : the stem single, round, and pubescent ; bearing one leaf, and one flow er. ilie leaf is doubly ternate ; each part being pe- tioled ; the petiole is flat and broail, particulailv at the base ; each part, or leaf (tor some con- sider it as three leaves) is trifid ; each leaflet 3 being gash-serrate, and hairy undemc.-iih, espe- cially on the nervcp. 'Ilie peduncle is from an inch to two iiiclus in length, is only a conti- nuation of the stem, and jprings from the centre of ihe leaf. The flower consists of six or seven oblong-ovate petals, sometimes ending bluntly, sometimes emarginatc, and the Editor of AJilli-r's Dictionary has observed them not unfrei]uenily even gashed or lacerate. Theusu.il colour IS white, but they are often tinged with purple on the outside, particularly the three outer ones; .tnd sometimes thev are eniirely purple on boih sides. The joint of the stem, and the backs of the leaves are also apt to be tinged with red. The varieties are : w ith single flowers, with double white flowers, with sinele punile flowers, with double purple flowers, and with reddish purple flowers. In the tourih species the root is perennial and tuberous ; the stem round, purplish, and about a span high : the root-leaves on long petioles, ternate, and leaflets usually three-parted ; the scgmeiLts variously cut and divided, somewhat pointed, hairy on both sides ; one three-parted leaf, or three leaves together on the stem, like the others, but on short, sheathing petioles. From the centre of these arises the peduncle, about a hand high, round and purplish, except near the flower, where it is green. The stem, leaves, and peduncle, are commonly sliErlitly hairy ; the flowers are upright, of a pale blue colour, and sweet smell ; the petals oblong, from twelve to fifteen, and disposed in three rows. It flowers in April. The varieties are : with single blue flowers, w ith double blue flowers, w ith sin'jfle violet-co- loured flowers, with double violet-coloured flowers. The fifth differs from the above in having a yellow corolla, two pet.ils allernatelv outer, and two inner, and one having one side within and the other side without the next petal ; whereas that has three outer and three iimer petals : it differs also in the jn-duncles beinjr accomjianied with two leaflets, the latter of which is fur- nished with three at the base. It flowers a little earlier than the other. It has sometimes two flowers on a stem, though often but one, the peduncles villose and short, so that the flower scarcely rises above the leaves : the petals are fivie, and roundish ; the stamens about fifty. It grows wild in Sweden, fvc. In the Pulsaulla, or I'asijue-flower sort, the species are: 1. ,-/. jjiiUcilitla, Pa-riue-flower ; e. j1. patens, 'WooUv-leaved Pulsatilla, or Ane- mone ; 3. j4. vtnnalis, Karly Spring Pulsatilla, or Anemone. A N E In the first species the peduncles are er^fct and round, from tour to seven or eislil inches in hciffht, villose, one-fiowered ; iengtheninir after the flowering is past. The involucre nu\l- tifid, with the aivisinns linear and villose. It sits close to the flower, but w hen that is fallen it is found almost in the middle of the peduncle. The corolla specious, and purple m colour ; the petals lanceolate, and villose without ; the seeds ovate, tailed, hairy, and scarcely adhering to the receptacle : tiie leaves rough and finely cut, with three or four pairs of pinnas and pinnules. It grows naturally in Sweden, and flowers in April. The varieties are : with single blue flowers, with double blue flowers, with single and double white flowers, with single and double red flow ers, and with violet-coloured flowers. The second has the root perennial ; the root- leaves are ternate-digitate ; leaflets sessile, laci- niate and acuminate, the middle leaflet tripar- tite, the side ones bipartite ; the scape one- flowered, shorter than the leaves ; the involucre remote and villose ; the corolla white and vil- lose imdcrneath ; the stamens yellow. It is a native of Siberia. The third species has the flower retl without, white within ; it blows earlier than the Pasque- flower ; the leaves approach those of Mcadow- Kue : the stem is half a foot hioh, with a very tomentose, yellow, shining involucre in the mid- dle, finely cut. When the flower is young, it is white with a blush of purple on the outside, where it is hairy : these hairs afterwards become yellow. The corolla consists of six convenient ovate-lanceolate petals : the stamens are very im- nierous. It grows in the woods in Sweden, &c. In the Hepatica kind the only species is the j}. Hepatica, or Hepatica. In this the leaves of the year before remain, whirh are heart-shaped, three-lobed, obtuse, and smooth, beneath being veined in net-work : the petioles are cylindric, long, and rising : the bud has generally four outer scales, ovate and membranaceous ; three inner ones, concealing the leaves and flowers ; the peduncles three, cy- lindric, hairy, and one-flowered. The flower lies a year complete in all its parts within the bud. The corolla has six petals in two rows of three each, lanceolate, and spreading : the sta- mens are about twenty- five : the seeds oblong- ovate, involved in a silky substance ; but many of them abortive. It is found wild in Sweden, &.C. It flow ers early. The varieties in cultivation are numerous : the single and double blue, single ?.nd double red or peach-coloured, single and double white. A N E single and double variegated red and white, single and double violet-coljured, with striped leaves. C?ill7irc in the Garden kinds. — All the species and varieties of the garden and w-ood Anemones arc capable of being propagated by offsets from, or dividing their roots. By sowing the seed, new varieties may also be obtained. In order to procure the offsets, and disr over and prepire the beds, the best sorts should be annually taken up immediately on their leaves beginning to decay, as in the early part of June for the more forward sorts. They nmst then be divided, or have the offset knobs taken ofi^. This work should always be performed in a dry season, the root-bulbs, after the earth has been removed, being deposited on a mat, in an airy dry place, where there is not much sun, being spread out in a thin manner. When they are beeonic quite drv, the remainder of the earth should be rubbed off' them, and they may be put up in baus or boxes, and placed in a situa- tion where they cannot be injured by vermin. The roots should not be too much parted where they are intended to flower strongh', and each part should be furnished with a good eye. Where the taking up has been delayed till the roots begin to make new shoots, it will be too late to remove them that season. In planting the roots or sets thus procured, or which have been purchased from the seedsmen, such situations should be chosen for blowing them in as are free from much moisture, and where the exposure is open to the influence of the sun and air, and free from the shade of trees. They w ill succeed and hower in tolerable perfection in any soil that is sufficiently light and friable in the mould; but in order to have them blow in the greatest perfection, beds should l,e piepared wi'h earthy mixtures, made by taking oft the sm-face of such lands as have been long in the state of sward, to tlie depth of eight or ten inches, w here the earth is of the light sandy or hazel mould kind, throw ing it up for some time that it may rot and become per- fectly mellow ; when rotten cow-dung, in tke proportion of one-third, should be incorporated with it, by having them thrown up together into a heap, and frequently turned over afterwards ; the stones and clods beins carefully raked out and reduced ; but the earth should not be sifted, as it is apt by such means to become too stiff" and compact. Some advise the addition of drift or sea-sand, in tlie quantity of about one- fourth. With this earth beds must be formed for the reception of the roots : these should be marked out to the breadth of about three feet and an A N E A N E half, wi'ii length sufficient for the qvuntiiv of root;!, having alleys hctwccn them of from a fo^t to eighteen inches. The prepared mould is then to be duij or filled in to tiie depth of twelve or sixteen inches, leaving the suitaces of tile beds from three to six inches above the com- mon level of the ground, acc<^iding to tlie wet- ness of the soil, giving theui a liiile convexity when there is much moisture. Some rccom- iTieiul the pultinsofa layer of well-rotted cow- dung, about live inches in thickness, below llie compost materials. The surface of the beds should l)e raked even before the roots are put in. In plantiiiii, six rows should be put in each bed, the roots beinir set at the distance of six inches from each oilier in the rows, and to the depth of two or three inches. When this has been done, the surface should be made smooth by raking it over lightly. The time of planting should varv according to that which it is intended iliev should blow at. The best season where early flowering is intended is in the latter end of September or the begin- ning of the following month ; for a middle flowering, about the middle of October ; and for late flowering, the latter en^l of J'Vbruary. In this mode of planting a succession of flowers may be provided from April till the middle of June. Tlios(; roots that arc planted the e.uliest are in oencral the strongest, and aflord the best flowers, as well as the greatest inciease of off- sets. It is alwavs advisable to keep a few roots out of the ground till the spring season, for the purpose of a succession of flowers, and lest the early planted ones should be injured by the seve- rity of the winter, which is sometimes the case where thev are not co<-'cred to protect them from frost. These spring-planted roots flower a fortnight or three weeks after those which were planted in autumn, and many times blow equally as fair, especially if it prove a moist spring, and care be taken to refresh them gently with water. But the increase of these roots will not be near so great as in those of the first planting, pro- vided thev are not hurt in winter; and it is for this reason that those who deal in these roots are forwuird in planting ; as, although it may sometimes happen, by .-.harp pinching frosts in the spring, that lh('ir flowers are not so double and fair as those planted a little later, yet, if they can preserve the green leaves of the plants from being injured, the roots greatly increase in bulk. But in gardens where these flowers are preserved with care there is always provision made to cover them from the injuries of the weather, by arching the beds over with hoops or frauies of wood, and covering them with gar- den mats or cloths in frosty nights, especially in the spring of the year, when their buds be- gin to ajipear : otherwise, if the l)est and most double liow«frs be |)lanted, the black frosis and culling winds in .March will often cause them to blow single, by destioyun; ihc thrum that is in the middle of (he flower; — a circ vnnslaiicc which h.is ofleii occasioned persons who have bought the roots to think they were cheated, when it was wholly owing to their neglect of covering them. But, besides this mode, these roots may be planted in borders, cluin])s, and other ()laccs, Willi nnirh success and effect, in mixture with other plants; in wliiih method three, four, or more roots should be planted together in patches of the bieadlh of live or six inches, being pro- perly varied in distance and situation. And whether planted in beds or the borders a showery season should he chosen for the purjiose, as in dry weatlicr they are apt to become diseased, — proper care being taken to manage the distribu- tion of the colours in such a way as to produce an agreeable variety. 'I'hey may likewise be planted in pots, where the varieties are curious and valuable, three or more roots being put into each ; and by being protected by frames, a greeii- or hot-house during the winter season, they may be brought forward so as to flower very early and in great perfection. In ihc wood sorts the propagation may be ef- feelcd in the same manner as in the gaixlen kinds ; but the sooner the roots arc taken up and divided after the decay of the leaves tlie belter. The wild Anemones .should be taken up when the leaves decline, and be planted out in proper situations. In raising new varieties of these plants from seed, some of the best and most leafy single, or what are usually termed I'oppy Anemones, should be provided, and planted out early that thev may grow vigorously and aflord good seed, which should be carelully collected a fc«' weeks after their flowerina: is (iiiished. Some, how- ever, procure the seed from the shops. Tlie best time of sowing is ])robably in August ; but some advise the spring, as in March or the fol- lowing month. 'I'liis may be performed in boxes, pots, or broad Mrtlien pans, where a small supply of roots only is wanted ; but where the demand is great, it is best sown on beds pre- pared for the purpose. The proper soil or earth for this use is that of the light sandy kind. The seed should be sown as evenly as possible, but rather ihiek, and be covered by sifting light mould over it to the depth of about a (piarler of an inch. The only attention necessary afterwards i< that of occasionally shadinir the plants froiu O Xne ANE iTic efTectJ of the sun iit hot wcatHcr, and" giving them a gL'iitle w.iicring now and then. In about six weeks the plants will show themselves, when they should be kept perfectly free from weeds till the leaves begin to deeay, when a covering o\' light sifted mould should be asrain applied, and another in the autumn may sometimes be rtijnired. During the winter they should be well protected from the frosts. In the second summer many of the plants will flower, and the best may be marked by a stick ; but none should be destroyed till the third year. At this period the roots will begin to be too thick, and at the decay of the leaves must of course be taken up, which is best done by passing the mould through a fine sieve. And as v hen sown in beds many roots will be unavoidably lelt, thev shoiJd be levelled, and suffered to remaiii till the follow- ing year. The roots that have been separated should be preserved, as before directed, for fu- ture planting. These are all highly ornamental plants, ca- pable of being employed with much effect in pleasure-grounds : many of them are hardv, flower early, atid produce great v-ariety in such situations. The wood sorts are very useful in adorning wilderness quarters. The double sorts, when in beds, afford much beauty and variety. In the Pulsatilla kinds the propagation may be accomplished cither by the seed or dividing the roots. In the first method the seeds should be sov.n in boxes or pots filled with very light sandy earth, and not covered too deep with mould, which will prevent their risins', as they require no more than just to be covered. The boxes should be placed where they may have the ad- vantage of the morning sun, but be screened from It in the heat of the day; and when the season is dry the earth be refreshed occasi.onally with water. The best time for sowing is in July or August, soon after the seed is ripened ; as by keeping its vegetative power is apt to be de- stroyed. The boxes or pots should remain in such shady situations until the beginning of Oc- tober, when they may be moved so as to enjoy the full sun during the winter season. In March, when the plants begin to appear, they .should be again removed so as to have only the forenoon sun ; for if they are too much exposed to heat the young plants are soon destroyed. They should be refreshed occasionally with wa- ter in dry weather, and be carefully kept clean from weeds. When the leaves are entirely decayed, the ■«)ots should be taken up in the manner directed above; and as there will be many small roots left, the earth should either be returned into the tcxes again, or spread upon a bed of light earth, to see whafpranis may rise the succeeding year. The roots after being thus taken up should lie immediately replanted in beds of light i'resh sandy earth, about three or four inches asunder; covering them about three inches thick with the same light earth. The spring following most of the plants will produce flowers, but not so large or fair as in the succeeding years. As the roots- of these plants are fleshy, and generally rurt; down deep, they will nor bear to be kept long out of the ground ; therefore, when they are re- moved, it should be done early in the autunni, that they may take fresh root before the frost- sets in. In this mode of propagation the plants thrive best in loamy soil ; as in very light dry ground they are apt to be destroyed by too much- heat. These are plants that afford variety in the bor-- ders of pleasure-grounds, especially the first spe-- cies and its varieties, which are hardy, sue-- ceeding in almost any situation. In the hepalica kind the propagation may be eflected in the single sorts either by the seed or- the parting of the roots ; but in the double it can only be d»ne by the 'atter method. The seed of the single flowers frequently, however,, produces double ones. New varieties are like- wise raised in the former manner. In the first method the most proper season for sowing the seeds is in the beginning of August, either in pots or boxes of light earth, which should be placed so as to have only the morning sun until October, when they should be re- moved into the fidl sun to remain during the winter season : but in Mtirch, when the young plants begin to appear, they must be removed again to a shady situation, and in dry weather be frequently watered ; when about the begin- ning of August they will be fit to be trans- planted : at which time prepare a border of good fresh loamy earth, with an eastern aspect ; mto which remove the plants, placing them about six inches distance each way, closing the earth pretty well to their roots to prevent the worms from drawing them out of the ground. In the spring following they begin to show their flowers ; but it is three years before they flower strong, fill which time their goodness cannot be ascer- tained : when if any double flowers, or such as- arc of a different colour from the common sorts, be found, they should be taken up and planted in the borders, where they should continue at least two years before they are taken up or parted ; as it is remarkable in these plants, that where they are o!tcn removed and parted they are very apt to die ; but when they are permitted to reniaiu some years umlisturbcd, they grow A N E A N E rapidly, and become large roots. In pro- pjgatins them by roots they should not ihcre- i'ore be often parted, or iiuo too small parts. Double-flowered plants, as they never produci- •seeds, are only eapable of being propagated by parting their roots, which should be done in Slarch, when tiny are in (lower, care being taken not to separate them into very small heads. Thev should not be parted oftcner than every thini or fourth vcar, as thev never thrive or blow well where this is the case. These are plants that display much beauty, sftording flowers very early in the beginning of the vear. The double sorts are the most orna- Tiiental, as the flowers in them arc much larger, and continue in blow much longer. These «houId therefore be placed in the most conspi- cuous situations in the borders or clumps of pleasure-grounds ; but the single kinds deserve .places for the sake of variety. ANETHUM, a genus comprehending dif- >ferent herbaceous annual and perennial plants •of the Dill or Fennel kind. It belongs to the class and order Pentamlna Digi/iiia, and ranks in the natural order of L'm- Idlalce. The characters are: that the c.ilyx has an tmibel, universal and partial nianifold : the in- volucre neither universal nor partial : the peri- anth proper obsolete : the corolla universal and tmiforni ; floscules all fertile, proper, live pe- tals, involute, entire, and very short : the sta- mina have capillar)' filaments and roundish an- thers : the pistillum is a sremi inferior : the styles approximating, obsolete : the stigmas obtuse : no pericarpium : the fruit subovate, compressed, -striated and bipartite : the seeds are two, sub- ovate, margined, convex, and striated on one side, flat on the other. The species cultivated are : \. yf. graveolens, Common Dill ; Z. A. fcenkiilum. Fennel. In tl'.e first there is much resemblance to Fen- nel ; but it differs from it in having an annual root, a smaller and luwer stem, sekiom exceed- ing threequartersofavard : the leaves being more trlaucous, and of a less pleasant smell : the seeds troader, flatter, surrounded with a membrana- ceous rim, and of a less pleasant flavour : the umbels of flowers yellow, but smaller than those of Fennel. It has a peculiar strong aromatic smell. It is an annual plant. The second species rises in heiijht from three to live or six feet: the stem is nprigf.t and very fmooth : the leaves finelv cut : leaflets capillary : the umbels vcr\' large and hollow : the corollas vellow ; petals ephencal : the petals in- curved, shorter than iIk- siaimns, icrrugiuous without, purple withm : the reccptaelc ami sta- mens trreen : the scctls convex and three-keeled. It is a native of North Anu-riea. Culture. — The propagation in all the sorts niav be easily efl'eetcd by means of the seeds. The first sort suceeeds the best in such soils as incline to moisture. The proper time of sow- insr is in the auimnn, soon after the seeds have become perfectly ripe, as when sown m the spring they seldom answer well, the vegetative power being nnich destroyed. The sowing is usually performed in the broadcast method, lie- ing afterwards well raked in. When the plants liave attained the growth of six or seven inches in height, they are in a proper state to be trans- plantecl, which should be done to a considerable distance, as tuenty inches or two feet or more. They grow well on the banks of ponds. In the tlrst year after planting leaves .are only produced ; but in the second they run up to stem, flower, and perfect tlieir seed. If it be the intention to continue the plant, the stems must be cut down in the spring, by which they may be perpetuated for three or four years. Where the object is seed, new plantations must be annually made, as in seeding the plants are only biennial. A plant or two may be proper in pleasure- grounds, fc.r the sake of variety. ANGELICA-TREE. See Aualia. ANISEED TREE. See Illikiu.m. ANNONA, a genus comprehending plants of the deciduous and evergreen tree, and shrubby kinds. The Uuanabus, or Custard-apple, and Papaw-trce. h belongs to the class and order Polyarulria Po- ly gynia, and ranks in the natural order of Coadu- natce. The characters arc : that the calyx is a three- leaved small perianthium : the leaflet cordate, concave and acuimnate: the corolla consists ot six petals, cordate and sessile : the three alter- nate interior ones less : the stamina have scarcely any filaments : the anthers are very numerous, placed on the receptacle : the pistlllum is a roundish germ, placed on a roundish receptacle ; no styles : the stigmas obtuse and numerous, covering the w hole germ : the pcricarpium is a very large, roundish, one-celled berry, clothed with a scaly bark, or a compound berry: the seeds ver)' many, hard and ovate-oblong, being placed in a rmg, nestling. The species of most importance are: l.v^. re- ticulata. Netted Custard-Apple ; 2. yl. viuri- caia, Rough-fruited Custard Apple, or Sour Sop; 3. ^. squamosa, Undulated Custard- Apple, or Sweet Sop; i. A. tr'tpetala, Rroad- leavcd Custard Apple ; 5.-7. p«/«j/ri5, Shining- leaved Annoiia, or Water- Apple ; 6. A. liUoba, Tliree-truited Annona, or I'apaw-Tree; l.A. Asititicu, Asiatic C'ustard-Apple. The first is a tree which grows to the height of twenty-five feet or mine, with spnaduig branches : thebaik is smooth and ot an a?h co- lour : the leaves are of a light green colour, .tnd have several deep transverse ribs, ending in acute points : they are alternate in two rows, elon- gate, broad, rounded at the base, acuminate with a blunted tip, entire about the edge, veined, smooth on both sides : the petioles gibi)ou>, short, excavated .uul smooth : the flowers three or four close together, peduncled, noddin«r, whitish, the same size as in the third : the petals three, linear, thick, three-cornered, blunt, un- equal .ind brown on the outside, yellowish white within, spotted with dark purple, excavated at the base : the nectary consists of three very minute, oblonsr, blunt petals, at the base of the genuine petals : the body of the stamens and pis- tils is roundish, minute and whitish : the truilis roundish, heart-shajied, the rind sometimes re- ticulate, thick, brown, sliining. It is of a co- nical form, according to Miller, and as large as a tennis-ball, of an orange colour when ripe, having a soft, sweet, yellowish pulp, the con- sistence of a custard, whence the name. It is a native of both the East and West In- dies. The second species is a middle-sized tree, rarely above twelve or fourteen, or at most twenty feet high : trunk upright, with stiff", round, smooth branches, and a brownish ash- coloured bark ; leaves petioled, alternate, sparse, oblong, acuminate, entire, shininti, firm and stitlish : the petioles short : the petiuncles axil- lary, solitary, thick, longer than the petioles, one-flowered : the flowers coriaceous and yel- low : the calyx one-leafed and triangular : the corolla three-petalled : the petals acuminate, thick, concave, coriaceous, smooth, scabrous on the outside, and pale green : the nectary thTce-lcaved : the leaflets alternate with the pe- tals, only half the size, subcordate, smooth, convex and yellow- : the filaments scarcely any : the anthers rather pedicelled, subclavate, bivalve and whitish : the styles very short, and crowded together into a conical form : the stigmas ob- lique and hirsute after flowcring-time : the berry diflbrni, cordate-oblong, muricate with prickles bowed back and fleshy : the seeds oblong, Idack, with a lateral scar of a dift'c-ent colour, and placed in a ring. It produces a large succultnl fruit. It is a native of the West Indies. The third specie* is a small tree, about eight A'K "N A ^' T. feet ill height, and is frequently rather a shrub : the trunk Ts sniootli, and thebranches spread- ins and round : the leaves alternate, acuminate, enure, nerved, smooth on both aides, glaucouo ■ on the back : the petioles short, round, smooth, ithickened at the base : the llowers pcdunclcd, ■usuallv in pairs, oblong, acuminate, green with- out and whitish withm : the peduncles below the petioles,, longer and onc-flowcred : the calyx ■one-leafed and tnangular : the petals three, lan- ceolate, trin, and plunged in a gentle hot -bed in the early spring. In the tender sorts the propagation is best ef- fected by sowing the seeds in pots of rich light mould in the autunm, and placing them in a bark hot-bed under glasses about Febru.iry.. When the plants are risen to the height of three or four inches they should be pricked out into other separate pots, a little water given th.em, and then plunged into tlic bark bed, bcitig after- ANN A N X wards placed in some part of ilie stove wlicrc thev must constantly remain. 'Iliey siiould then be carefully managed, and liavc plenty of air admitted, as wiilioul this they are apt to become >ickly. When tlic plants become large they must be shiftetl into pots of greater sizes ; but care should be taken not to overpot them, beinjj still kept in the bark heat. The heat should be kept up to that of the Anana, as marked on botanical thermometers. And the tan in the beds sliould be frcoucntly turned over and refreshed. They should alsohave water fre- quently in summer in small quantities ; but in winter more sparingly, a little once a week in mild weather, and once in a fortnight or more when frosty, may be sufficient. The hardy sort casts its leaves in winter; but those of tha tender kinds retain them, their chief beauty m this climate depending upon their green foliage, as they but seldom flower or produce fruit. The fruit in the hardy sort is difl'erent from that in the tender kinds, two or three growing together at the foot-stalks of the leaves. The hardy sort is highly ornamental in the pleasure-ground, and the tender kinds in the stove. ANNUAL PLANTS. Such plants as are of one year's growth and duration, continuing for the summer season, or only a few months. In general, however, all such plants as rise from seed sown in the spring, arrive at maturity in the summer or autumn following, producing flowers and ripe seed, and which afterwards perish in their tops, stems, and roots, are con- sidered as aimuals. The la«t cflect takes place in most sorts in the antunm and winter following; though some hardy k'nuU, when late sown, are capable of standing over the winter until the ensuing spring, especially those of the esculent sorts ; out verv few of the flowering kinds re- main longer than October or November, unless protected" bv a green-house, garden-frame, or some covering of that nature. PLants of this tribe are numerous, as most of those of the hcrbaceons kind, consisting of un- cultivated plants, weeds, &c., and also a num- ber of cultivated garden and field plants, both of the esculent and flowery ornamental sorts be- long to ii. The latter kind are often simply termed annuals. They are likewise very extensive, and of various kinds, some of which, from the peculiarity of their na- ture, and others from their producing beauti- ful flowers, are cultivated for the pmpose of ornament in flower-gardens and pleasure- grounds. The annual flowering plants Ae distinguished by gardeners into hardij and tender sorts : the former arc such as can be raised from seeds sown on beds, borders, or other places, in the natural or open ground ; the latter, such as constantly reipiire to he ^ow n on, and have in some tlc- grec thi' aid of, hot-beds, to promote their per- fect growth. Hardy yfniiiiuls. — These constitute a nu- merous assortment of flowering plants, lit for being cultivated in the natural ground. 'I'lic following are some of the principal of them : yldoiiii, or Adonis Flower. — Alkckeni^i, white- flowered, blue, yellow -berried, red-Wrried. — Amdranthia, Prince's Feather, Love-lies-bleed- ing, purple. — ylli/ssoii, white, sweet-scented. — Aiii€tliy beds, borders, pots, &c. in the flower and pleasure-garden, for flow- ering in summer and autumn. But where the convenience of a hot-bed is attainable, it is al- ways advisable to raise a principal supply by that means for early transplanting and flowering, as portions of the diflerent sorts may be sown and raised in the same hot-bed, making the bed or beds in March or the beginning of April, and defending them with a frame and light*, hand- glasses, or other means, in cold nights and bad weather. A moderate hot-bed of .iboui two feet thick in dung will in this case he sufficient, earthing it at top, five or six inches deep, with fine rich mould ; in which sow the seeds in small drills crosswavs, drawn with the linirer two or three inches asunder, from half an inch to an inch m depth, according to the size of die dif- ferent sons of seeds, which shoidd be sown re- gularly, each sort separately, and covered in evenly with the earth the same depth, giving them air occasionally in the day-time; and, aik.. they advance in growth, ailniittinii gradually a larger ]ionion to slrengthen and harden them, occasionally givino; also gentle waterings, (.'on- tinue the care of the voviiig plants in this man- ner until advanced tw o or three Li\ches m growth, when it will be proper to prick out a quantity of the principal sorts into another moderate hot- bed, three, four, or five inches asunder, and others into natural beds of light earth, under frames and glasses, or to be defended occasion- ally by mats. They may however in general be pricked out in the middle or latter end of May mto natural beds in the open ground ; being watered at the time, and afterwards occasion- ally; and shaded with mats from the sun, if convenient, till the plants have taken fre>h root ; obser\iiig also to give those in the hot-beds and under glasses less or more air every mild day. When in three, four, or five weeks, in either of these beds, they have acquired a tolerable de- gree of strength and size, as four, five, or six mches growth or more, according to the dif- ference of the sorts, they should all be finally transplanted about the latter end of May and be- ginning of .lune into the open ground on the beds, borders, and other compartments, or into pots, to remain for flowerintr, taking the oppor- tunity of moist weather, if possible, for the work. Where convenient, some sorts should be replanted, with a little ball of earth adhering about the roots, as it will be of great advaiit.ige in their more early flowering ; watering them as soon as planted out, and afterwards as occasion may require till freshly rooted, and they discover signs of a renewal of growth. Where any of the plants have remained in the seed-bid nut pricked out, as they may probably have drawn one another up into a weakly growth, care should be taken to plant them out 111 May, as soon as the weather is settled ami favourably temperate, especially the more tender kinds that are marked with an asterisk. len-week Stocks and Mignonette may be sown in a hot-bed so early as February, or any lime in March, in order to raise a few plants to J' ANN ANN prick out into pols, three or four in each, for the earhe5t flowering ; or some may be sown m March in the natural earth, or a warm border, ■under glasses, or other occasional shelter, for early transplanting in April or May into pots and flower-borders, &c. la the gourd kinds, when designed to raise them in hoi-beds, they should not be sown be- fore April ; for if sown earlier they are apt to oTow too large before the season becomes suffi- ciently warm to admit of planting them out in the open ground ; but in the beginning or middle of May, "some may be sown in the natural ground, both for transplanting and in patches to remain. But where hot-beds, frames, glasses, and other similar conveniences are not at hand, many of the species and varieties of this class, as has been seen, may be raised in the open ground, especially, if not generally sown till the beginning, or towards the middle or latter end of~April,^ according to the state of the season, sowing them on a warm border, or other pro- tected°situation, in good light mould, or m pots of light earth in similar situations. In these cases^ when the plants are properly advanced, they should be pricked out into beds, or planted out where they are to remain, in the latter end of May or beginning of June. These often flower in tolerable perfection, though not so early, or in so fine a manner as in the hot-bed method. In tinally setting out the plants in May or the following month, much advantage is derived by performing the work in a moist season ; and when balls of earth can be preserved round the roots, they will succeed the better in many of the sorts. The planting may be exe- cuted with a trowel or dibble, according to cir- cumsiances; and the larger sorts set out singly, and the whole in adivcrsUied manner, according to their nature. In some of the smaller sorts, setting several together may be preferable, as producing a better'etfect when in flower : water should be given at the time of planting them out, and occasionally till they have taken fresh root. In the after culture they chieflv require to be kept clear from weeds, supported in their growth by proper sticks, and properly turned up in some of the sorts. The potted plants wdl retiuire frequent watering in dry weather, when set out in their different situations. Most of the plants of this tribe are in flower in June and July, frequently continuing till Sep- tember or the tollowing month, and are highly ornamental ; but there" are some that are curi- ous for the appearance of their fruit. As most of the kinds produce seeds in au- tumn, care should be taken to provide proper supplies of such as is well ripened from the best flowering plants of the diflcrent kinds ; which, when rendered perfectly dry, should be put up in bags for the purpose. Teiiderest Annuals. — The plants of this class are not so numerous as the above, but more or- namental and curious, and more tender in their nature ; they are chiefly the following : — Ama- raiitlius, tricolor, bicolor, maxim us or tree ama- ranthus, bloody. Sec. — Balsambte or Balsam, double-striped, double scarlet, double purple, double bizarre. — Brouuallia. — Cock's Comb, tali purple-headed, dwarf purple, crimson, bulf-co- loured, yellow, branching. — Convolvulus, scarlet. — £trg Plant. — Ghbe Amarantims. — Humble Plant. — Ice Plant, or Diamond Ficoides. oval- leaved, pinnatifid-leaved. — Marvel of Peru. — Martynia, purple-flowered, red, white. — Melon, snake-shaped. — Stramonium, double, white, double purple, double striped. — Sensitive Plant, double-flowered annual, common shrubby, humble. — Zinnia, varieties ot. These very tender annuals must all be raised on hot-beds in the spring till May or June, un- der frames ; and to obtain them in a tolerable degree of perfection, two diflerent hot-beds, at three, four, or five weeks intervals, will be ne- cessary for sowing and raising them in ; one the latter end of February, or any time in March, but not later than the beginning of April : the young plants, when about one, two, or three inches m height, being pricked out, some into small pots singly, others in the earth of the bed, three or four inches asunder, the whole being in the same bed if there be room enough, if not into another hot-bed ; and when they have ad- vanced in growth, so as to crowd one another, they should be removed into another hot-bed, under a deeper frame, or the frame raised at bot- tom occasionally, as the plants rise in height. Some should be put into large pots, and others potted that were not so before, plunging, the pots in the earth of the bed ; or some may be put in the bed, six or eight inches asunder ; water is then to be given, in general, and the glasses put on. The whole from their first growth must have an admission of fresh air every day by raising the upper end of the glasses one, two, or three inches, supplying them with moderate waterings. In this way they may be forwarded until th"e latter end of May or some time in June, according to their growth, or the tempe- rature of the season, as before suggested ; but in the mean tmie, in their advancing state, inure or harden them by degrees to the weather, particularly by gradually admitting a larger share of air, or by sometimes taking entirely in warm days, 8cc. the glasses oft' ANN ANT The humble and sensitive plants should, in general, be continued constantly under glasses in a orccn-house, !;cc. or in a room window within, in"lhe full sun, as, if fully exposed to the open air, it would deprive them of much of their lively sensitive motion; in which curious singu- larity, as has been observed, their principal merit consists. Bui in order to raise some of the more curious sorts of this kind of annuals in the greatest per- fection, it w ill be necessary to have three dif- ferent succcssional hot-beds under frames and glasses, at a month's interval ; that is, a small one in March, to sow the seeds and raise the plants on an inch or two high ; a second in April of larsjer dimensions, in which to prick out the young~ plants from the seed-bed, three, four, five, or six inches asunder ; and a third in May, for a larger frame to receive them when trans- planted m pots, to remain till June, and they erow to the full size. While they arc in the se- cond and last hot-beds, the frames should be oc- casionally raised or augmciUed in depth, accord- ing as the plants rise in height. The first hot-bed for thc-^seed should be made, as already directed, of suitable dimensions, and about two feet and a half deep in dung; the frame and glasses then put on, leaving one end of them open, to let out the rank steam of the dunir; and in a few days, or when the first great steani and heat of the bed is gone off, the earth, which must be rich, light, and dry, should be put on, four or five inches thick. The seeds of different sorts may now be sown, each kind se- parately, in small shallow drills, drawn w ith the finger, covering them with tine mould, from a quarter to half an inch deep, or with the very small seeds but very thinly. 'I'he glasses are then to be put on again, setting one end of them a little open, for the evaporation of the rising steam of the bed, covering them every night v. ith garden mats. The plants mostly appear in a few days, when fresh air must be judiciously and with caution admitted, by propping up the ends of the glasses about an inch or two ever}' mild day ; and when the earth becomes dry, a very sliirht sprinkling of water should be given in a sunny forenoon. The glasses should mostly be kept close in the nights ; but if a strong steam and heat take place, they may be raised a little at one corner, for air to enter, and the steam to pass av\ay, hanging the end of a mat over the tilted part, and continuing to cover the glasses with mats ever)- night. The care of the seedling plants is to be con- tinued in this manner in the beds tor about three weeks, or till they are advanced one, two, or three inches in growth, according to the dif- ferent sorts ; ihev are then to be pricked out into another new-made hot-bed. 'I'his hot-bed should be put in readiness to receive them, making it for a two-or three-light flame, accoriliiig to the (luantitv of plants tiiat are read\ for the purpose. W hen tlie bed has imparted a proper degree of warmth to the earth, take up ihc plants with care, and in the same manner as directed above, pricking them out into this, four or live inches distant, then giving them a very light watering, and occa- sionally shading them in the middle of sunny da\s till they have struck fresh root; and .id- niitiiiig air as before every fine dav, by raising the upper ends of the glasses one or two inches ; also occasional light waterings two or ihree times a week in warm weather, and defending them in the nights with mats, raising the frames, according as they extend in height, as before advised. After having had four or live weeks growth in this bed, if they have advanced considerably, so as to meet and crowd one an- other much, it will be advisable, as already no- ticed, to remove them into a third and final hot- bed, where it can be conveniently obtained ; some being planted in the bed, others pre- viously potted and then placed in it, to be co- vered by glasses, as directed above. The frames, glasses, or other conveniences for these uses, should be sufficiently lar^e, espe- cially for the tall plants, and capable of being raised at pleasure as they advance in growth. The other management being the same a» di- rected above. (See Hot-led.) ANTHEM IS, a genus furnishing several spe- cies of annual and perennial plants of the her- baceous kind. Ft belongs to the class and order Si/ngenefia Polygamia Siiperjlua, and raiiks iii the natural order of Compu-t'itce Di.icoiilcce. The general characters of which are: that it has a common, hemispherical calyx, consisting of numerous, linear, suijequal scales : the corolla compound, with radiate florets in the disk, her- maphrodite and tubular; those in the radius fe- male, and more than five : the former are fun- nel-shaped and li\e-toothed. In the hermaphro- dite florets the filaments are five, capillary, very short, suppc)rtliig cylindrical, tubular antheriE : the gernieii oblong : the style lilil'orm : stigmas two, retlex : the seeds solitary : the rece])taele chaffy, and convex. 'I'he Species of most importance for the pur- pose of tiarden culture are : I. ^. tiotilis, Com- mon or Sweet Chamomile; 2. y/. niuritiiiia, Sea Chamomile; 3. ^1. lo"ii"toia, Downy Chatno- 1» 2 ANT ANT mile; 4. ^■I. t'inctoria, Yellow Chamoinllo ; 5. j1. pyrethrum, Spanisli Chamomile, or Pellitory ot Spain. In the first species the root is perennial : the stems trailing, and liairv : tlie leaves bipinnate, pinnas rather distant, pinnules sometimes with two or three cleFts, pointed, hairy, grayish : the flowers solitary : the calyx hairy, with broad, shining, membranaceous edges : florets of the circumference somewhat elliptical, either entire, or with two or three teeth ; those of the centre yellow. Abundant in Cornwall. It flowers in July and August. In the second the stems are \\idely pro- st.-ate, smooth and purplish : the leaves pin- nate, gashed, naked, sprinkled with hollow dots, towards the base more closely toothed, under the base with a transverse raised pur- plish line : the peduncles terminal, solitary, sub- striated, pubescent, thicker towards the top : the flowers have the smell of Feverfew. It is a native of France and Italy ; and flowers in jLdy and August. In the third species the stems are a foot high, one-flowered, and the leaves tomentose-silky : the two outer divisions of the corolla larger than the others. It is a native of the coasts of Greece, Italv, &c. In the fourth the stem is striated, slightly hairy, and much branched : the lower leaves pinnate ; lower pinnas short, distant, and toothed ; up- per pinnatifid, the midrib broader than the pin- nules, which are lanceolate, toothed, slightly hairy, green above, and glaucous underneath : the upper leaves pinnatifid ; midrib broad; pinnas irregular, linear-lanceolate, toothed ; uppermost leaves sometimes simply toothed, slightly hairy : long, naked, striated, slightly hairy peduncles terminate the stem and branches, each bearing one flower : the calyx imbricate with numerous scales; outer of various lengths, inner equal, lanceolate, hairy, with a green dorsal line, and white shining edges : florets all yellow, those of the radius broad, three-toothed ; of the disk nu- merous, short. It is a native of Sweden. In the fifth the stems are many, prostrate, u-,-ually one-flowered, seldom branching : the root perermial, thick, running down a foot or more into the ground, about as big as a man's finger, the colour of horse-radish, white within, of an acrid biting taste : the flower large, the ilovcts of the ray purple on the outside. It is a native of the Levant, and the southern parts of Europe. The sixth species is a low shrubby plant, having the leaves pinnatifid at the top : the pe- duncles elongate : the calyxes membranaceousj with a barren ray. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope ; and flowers from April to June. C/tlt/ne. — The first sort, or Common Chamo- mile and its varieties, may be easilv propagated by parting the roots, by offsets, by slips, and by cuttings of the extending branches. This may be done in the sunnner season ; but the best time is in March or the following month. They may be planted in beds, a foot asunder, to aflbrd room for their spreading. The variety with double flowers has a good effect when set in the borders, in small bunches. The other species are capable of being raised from the seeds by sowing them in the spring season, on beds of common mould. They should be afterwards transplanted when suffi- ciently strong into the situations where they are to remain. In the fourth sort this is advised by Martyn to be done on " large open borders, near shrubs, where they may have room to grow, for they require to be three feet distant from other plants. In large open spots they make a pretty variety from June to November, during which time they continue in flower. Some of the flowers are white, others sulphur-coloured, and others of a deep yellow. Those which come from the Levant are taller plants, 'and produce larger flowers; but in other parti- culars they are the same with the European." They are likewise all capable of being propa- gated by cuttings and slips from the branches in the summer season, in shady borders or other places. In any of these methods they nuist be transplanted, when sufficiently rooted, into the fronts of the clumps, borders, and other part* of shrubberies, and other parts of pleasure- grounds. In these situations they flower an- nually, and continue several years. The last species is too tender to withstand the effects of the open air without protection in the winter season. ANTHERICUM, a genus including plants of the herbaceous flowery Spider-wort kinds. It belongs to the class and order Hexandria Monom/nia, and ranks in the natural order of CuronaricB. The characters are : that there is no calyx : the corolla consists of six, oblong, obtuse, very spreading petals : the stamina are subulate, erect filaments : the antherse small, incumbent, and four-furrowed : the pistillum is a germ ob- scurely three-cornered : the style simple, and of the length of the stamina : the stigma ob- tuse, and three-cornered : the pericarpnmi an ovate, smooth, three-furrowed, three- celled,, ANT A N T and thrce-valved capsule ; the sceJs numerous and angular. The s])ecics are nunurous, but th(j5c that most deserve cultivation are : 1 . ^/. ret'oltttum. Curled-flowered Antherieuni ; 'J. A. raiiiosiim, Branching AuiliericLun ; 3. .•/. e/fl///w,'rall An- thericum; 4. yi. i^//(«£,'o, Grass-leaved Anthe- ricum ; 5. ^. LiHastnim, Savoy Anilurlcum, or Spider-wort ; C. A. fnitf^ven.s. Shrubby An- tlicricum ; '. A. alooida, Aloe-leaved Anihe- ricum ; 8. A.aiphotlfloidcs, Mock Asphodel, or Glaucous-leaved Antbericuin. In the tirstthe roots are fleshy, and composed of tubers joined at the crown, like those of the Asphodel : the stalk rises near two feet high, and branches out on each side ; each branch being terminated bv a loose spike of flowers, which are white, and the petals are turned backward to their peduncle. And according to Murray, the root-leaves are numerous, only one-third ot the heioht of the scape, subulate, channelled at the base, then keeled and flat, siriated, an inch and half broad, and spreading : the scape four feet hisrh, alu)ost naked, round, smooth and oblique": the bractes five, gibbous at the base, firessed close, subulate, the lower ones larger ike the leaves, the upper ones scaly and shri- velling : the corvmb terminating, compressed, having six round, long, alternate branches, knotted where the flowers spring forth : the flowers alternate, solitary, or two sometimes three together, on small gray pedicels, thicker at the top, each supported by a little subulate bracte : the corolla inferior : the petals lanceo- late-ovate, reflex, obtuse, concave at the tip, white, except towards the end on the outside, where they are brownish green : the filaments a little shorter than the corolla : anthers erect, oblong, revolute as they wither : the root similar to that of the Ha-maiilhi/s piiiiiceus. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. In the second species the root is round, and the stalks rise about the same height as the former, sending out manv lateral branches in like man- ner, which are terminated by loose spikes of flowers : the leaves are hard and grassy, none on the scape, which is loosely panicled, with one-flow ered jjcduncles : the corollas w bite : the petals flat, and not turning back as in the for- mer sort : the three outer petals narrower than the others, lanceolate and sessile : the three inner oval and pttioled. In each angle of the germ a small melliferous pore. It is a native of Sweden, Sec. The flowers watch from seven in the morning to three or four in the after- noon. The third has the roots composed of many tubers, each about the size of a little finger at top, and diminishing gradually to the size of a straw : the leaves from seven or eight, to nine or ten inches in length, and an inch and iialf broad in the middle, lessening gradually to both ends; they are smooth and glaucous : tlie fli)wer->tem about two iect liiirli, dividinu; into several branches, havmg a few narrow leaves, generally one at every division of the branch : the flowers iorm a loose spike, and are w hite. This plant has been lately recovered from seeds \\ Inch were sent from the Cape to England and Holland. It usually blows in August and September. In the fourth sQfcies the roots are numerous, roiuid, and collected into a tuber crowned with biistles: the leaves from the root many, firm, a foot long, carinated m\<1 grassy : the scape erect, eighteen inches high, firm : the spike loose, ten- flowered, and the peduncles siniple : the flower two inches wide ; petals in two ranks : the inner w idest, pctiolatc and pure white : the outer have a green hue running along beneath. It is a na- ti\e of Italy, Sec. The fifth species has the root fascicled, with fleshy fibres. It has the corolla of the white Lily : the leaves grassy, soft, broader than two lines, the radical ones very long : the sc^pe a foot or eighteen inches high : the spike thin-set with spreading flowers, on simple peduncles ; the stipules coloured, ovate-lanceolate : the co- rolla above an inch in diameter, gradually widen- ing ; petals tender and w hite j ovate, thin, lan- ceolate, with a reflex point, which is thicker and has a green dot : they are marked with lines, and sweet-scented : the stamens almost a< long as the petals, with weak filaments. In France it is called St. Bruno's Lily. There are two varieties of this, one with a flow er-stalk more than a foot and half high, the other with the stems much the same : the flow- ers are much larger in the former, and there is a greater number upon each stalk than in the latter. It is a native of Switzerland and Savoy. The sixth species differs from the seventh by rising into a stem and branches, bv havinii the leaves greener, longer, and narrower, wnh a firmer pulp, and a viscid juice flowing copiously from them when cut, of a greenish yellow co- lour: the root is fibrous, and not only the stem, but even the branches put out fibres, which hant; down, and when they reach the ground strike root. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, and was formerly known by tlie name of Onion- leaved Aloe. The seventh has broad, flat, pulpy leaves, resembling those of some sorts of Aloe, and was formerly on that account called Aloe with flowers of Spiderwort. The leaves spread open, are broader and more translucid, soft and pnlpy, \J ANT than the above, pouiiug: out a limpid juice : the root is tuberous: the tiowers are produced on loose spikes, like the former, but are shorter ; th^v are yellow, and appear at different seasons. This species grow s close to the ground, never rising with any stalk. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. The eighth has the leaves scarcely striated, but rough at the edge; more gibbous at the back towards one side; they are long, narrow and pulpv, almost taper, but flatted on their upper side ': the flowers are yellow, and grow on long loose spikes as the former ; these appear at dif- ferent seasons ; those of the spring and summer are succeeded by seeds in great plenty, which ripen. It is a native of the Cape. Culture. — These perennials are in general ca- pable of being propagated by the roots, offsets and suckers ; but as some of the species do not supplv them in sufficiency, they may be raised from the seeds. In the first method the best season for the purpose is in the latter end of summer and be- ginning of the autumn, in beds of light vege- table earth in warm open situations, free from the shade and droppings of trees. An eastern aspect, where the plants are properly shaded from the sun in the mid-day, is preferable for some of the sorts, as they keep longer in blow and beauty. This is likewise the proper period of trans- planting, as when the business is performed in the spnng the plants seldom flower the same year. This should not be done oftener than once in about three years, where increase is in- tended ; and in the execution of the work the roots should not be too much divided, as when that is the case they do not flower \\ell. In the second method, or that by sowing the seeds, the best season is probably the spring, thoiioh they may be sown hi the autumn. A bed of good light vegetable mould is the best for the purpose, and the situation should be sheltered and warm. The plants soon appear, and when their leaves besiin to decay in the autunm they should be taken up carefully, and transplanted out into another bed of the same sort of earth, at the distance of trom nine inches to a foot from each other. When the winter season is severe they should be protected from the frost by a thin covering of tan or some other substance. In this situation they should continue for about tvielve months, when they will in general be sufficiently strong for flowering. In the follow- ing autumn they must of course be taken up without injuring the fibres of the roots, and be planted out in the clumps, borders, or other places where they are to remain. As they are 3 apt to be destroyed by frost in the w inter season, care should be taken to protect ihcm as much as possible. The Cape sorts are capable of being raised by seeds : but this is seldom necessary, as they mul- tiplv greatly by offsets and suckers ; which may be taken off at the period mentioned above, and planted out in pots of good bog earth, a very small portion of water being given, as much is apt to rot and destroy the roots. As these are tender plants they require the constant protec- tion of a green-house stove or frames during the winter season. In these situations they should be managed with great attention and care. ANTHOLYZA, a genus comprising plants of the ornamental herbaceous perennial bulbous- rooted tribe. It is sometimes termed ^'Ethio- pian Corn-flag. It belongs to the class and order Tr'tandna Monogijma, and ranks in the natural order of Ensatce. The characters are : that the caly.x is a two- valved alternate imbricate spatha: the corolla one irregular rmgent petal, tubular below, widening gradually to a large compressed ringent mouth : the upper lip straight, slender, and very long and erect, with two short wings at the base : the under lip shorter and trifid : the stamina long slender filaments under the upper lip, and pointed antheroe : the pistillum a germ below the corolla : the style slender, and a trifid stigma : the pericarpium a trigonous capsule of three cells, and many triangular seeds. The species principally cultivated are: 1. A. riTicrens, Narrow-leaved Scarlet Antholyza; 2. A." plicata, Plaited-leaved Antholyza; 3. A. aaioniu, Scarlet- flowered Antholyza ; 4. A. jEthiopka, JLthiopian Crimson Antholyza; 5. A. meriana, Red-flowered Antholyza, 6. A. mcrianella. Dwarf Antholyza. The first has round, red, bulbous roots, from which arise several rough furrowed leaves, near a foot long, and half an inch broad ; be- tween these conies out the flower-stem imme- diately from the root, which rises two feet high, is hairv, and has several flowers coming out on each s'ide : these are of one leaf, cut into six unequal parts at the top ; one of these segments is stretched out much beyond the others, stand- ing erect : the margins are w aved, and closed together, wrapping up the three stamens : the flowers are of a red colour, and appear in June ; the seeds ripen in September. ITie second species dlflers from the first in its appearance, and especially in not having the stamens so long : the leaves are long, narrow, and deeply furrowed, lapping over eath other : ANT ANT the flower-stem rises to the height of eighteen inches, and the flowers arc ringeiit. The third lias a eoiniiressed l)iilboLis root, co- vered with a brviwn skin, and putting forth fibres with httle bulbs at the end ; from this arise several narrow sword-shaped leaves, about nine inches long, and a quarter of an inch broad in the mitldie, tcraiinaiing in acute poinis; these have one longitudinal midrib which is promi- nent, and two lon<;itudmal veins running parallel on each side : they are of a sea-sirccn colour, and appear in autunm, growing in length all the winter ; in the spring the stalk arises from be- tween the leaves, is round, stroiiu; and jointed ; at each joint is situated a single leaf, which al- most embraces the stalk for near three inches from the base, being ihen separated by the cur- yature of the stalk, standing erect : the stalks rise near a foot and a half in height, and are generally curved two opposite ways ; the upper part being terminated by a loose spike of flow- ers, coming out of large spathcs, composed of two oblong concave leaves, terminating in acute points : these are at then' first appearance imbri- cated, but as the stalk increases in length they are separated ; from between these two leaves come out the flowers, each having a slender saffron-coloured tube near half an inch long, which is then enlarged where the petal is di- vided, and the up])cr segment is extended two inches in length, being arched over the stamens and style : this is narrow as far as to the extent of the w ines, but above them is enlarged and spread open half an inch in length, and is con- cave, covering the anthers and stigmas, which are extended to that length ; the two wings are also narrow at their base, but are enlargecl up- ward in the same manner, ending in concave obtuse points, which are compressed tooether, and cover the stamens and style : the flower is of a beautiful scarlet colour, and appears about the latter end of April or beginning of May. In the fourth species the corolla is tubulous and of a scarlet colour ; upper lip very large, lanceolate; lower five-parted, the lobes lanceo- late, short, three altcrnatclv very short ; the leaves are long and of a deep green : the flower- stem is round and a foot in height : it flowers in J\Iay and June. In the fifth the root is bulbous, compressed, and shaped like a kidney, covered with a fibrous brow n skin : the leaves sword-shaped, about a foot long, and an inch broad, ending in points : the two sides have sharp edges, but the n)iddle is thicker, and has a prominent mid-rib ; they are of a dark green colour, and rise immediately from the root ; the stalk comes out from the root between the leaves, and rises a foot and a half hinh : the flowers are produced from the side, siandiug aliernatelv at about an inch and a half distance from each other ; they have each a spathe composed of two leaves which are joined at their base, where they are broad, but gra- dually lessen to their points : before the flowers appear, they are of the same green colour with the stalk, and are divided liut a small part of their length, inclosnig the flower, but are after- wards split almo.-t to the bottom, and wither before the flowers decay, becoming dry round the seed-vessel : the tube of the flower is an inch and a half long, narrow at the base, and a little curved, the upper half swelling much larger: the rim is divided into six obtuse seg- n)ents which spread open, and are nearly equal : the llower is of a copper red colour on the out- side, but of a deeper red within ; it has three stamens a little longer than the petal; they are incurved, and ternnnated by oblong anthers of a dark brown colour, which arc fastened in the middle to the apex of the stamens, lying pro- strate ; the flowers appear in April or May, and the seeds ripen m July. The sixlli species has the root bulbous; the culm a loot and half high, polished and colum- nar : the leaves alternate, three or four, sheath - ing, sword-shajied, streaked, pubescent, beyond the sheaths short, rarely more than six inches long : the flower-stalk rises betvccn the leaves, about nine inches in height : the flowers three, alternate, in the same row, sessile: the gkunes bivalve and lanceolate: the corolla salver-shaped,: the tube bent, purplish, longer than the border, which is six- parted and equal : the divisions ovate, acutish and yellow : the stamens rising, the length of the corolla : the anthers linear and incumljent : the style iiliform: the stigmas three, filiform : the flowers are large and pale red. Culture. — These plants arc capable of being raised with success, cither by means of the di- vided roots and ofl"-sets, or the seeds. In the latter method the seeds should be sown soon after they are ripe, as when ihey are kept out of the ground till the following spring tluy otien miscarr\-, or reniani long m the d beh ore they vegetate. If they be sown in pots of light vegetable earth, and plunged into an old tnn-bed which has lost its heat, and shaded in tlic mid- dle of the day in hot weather, tliey mostly come up the follow insr winter. Thev must of course be kcjit covered with glasses to screen ihem Irom cold, otherwise the younsr plants wdl be de- stroyed, 'i hese should remaui in the pots two years, if the plants be not too close, by which time thev will have attained sufticient strength to be planted out into separate small pots filled with light vegetable earth. ANT ANT The hcst time of transplanting these roots is in July or August, when their leaves begin to de- cay. In summer the pots should be plaeed in the open air, but in winter removed, and placed under hot-bed frames, as they are not very ten- der : where damp exists the leaves are apt to be- come mouldy. The roots send forth shoots in .Tutunm, the flowers begin to appear in May, and the seeds ripen in August. When the third sort is raised in this way the seeds should be gown in pots about the middle of August, and placed in situations where they may enjoy the morning sun, being gently watered in dry weather. In September the pots may be removed to a warmer situation, and in the following month plaeed under a frame, to be protected from frost and hard rains, but in mild weather exposed to the free air. The plants appear in October, and continue grow ing all the winter : their leaves decay in June, when the roots may be taken up and planted out in pots. In the latter mode, or that by means of oflT- sets, which is mostly practised with the third, fifthj and sixth species, the best season of plant- ing out the roots is in the latter end of summer or'beginning of autumn. In the third species the method recommended by the Editor of Mil- ler's Dictionary is to plant the roots out " in pots fdled with light earth, to remain in the open air till October, \s hen they must be removed into shelter, either into an airy glass-case, or placed under a hot-bed frame, where the leaves keep growing all winter, and in the spring the stalks arise and flower. During the winter season the plants require a little water when the weather is mild, once a week, but it must not be given in sjreat quantities, especially in cold weather : in the spring they should be watered oftener; and when the flowers are past the pots should be re- moved into the open air to perfect their seeds, which will ripen the latter end of .Tune, soon after which the stalks decay to the root. When the stalks are decayed, the roots may be taken out of the ground, and kept in a dry room till the beginning of autumn, when they should be replanted." The roots of the fifth and sixth sorts are di- rected to be planted, when theleaves arc decayed, in separate pots filled with light tresh earth, and placed in the open air till toward the end of Sep- tember, when the leaves begin to appear above ground, at which time remove them into shel- ter, as the plants require protection from the frost : they should not, hovv ever, be treated in too tender a manner. The best method is pro- bably that of plunging the pots in an old bark- bed that has lost its heat in the beghming of au- tumn, covering it with glasses, which should be drawn off" daily in mild weather to admit free air. About March' or April, when the ilower-stems begin to shoot, they should be removed to a glass-case or good green-house to stand for flowering, after which free air should be admit- ted to perfect the seed. Two or three small roots mav be planted in a pot, according to the size, and have the same management as the large ones the first season, and in the second have separate pots. Some of these plants are highly ornamental, but from their tender nature require the protec- tion of the stove or green-house. ANTHOSPERMUM, a genus comprising plants of the shrubby green-house Amber Tree kind. It belongs to the class and order Pvlygamia DicEcia, and ranks in the natural order of Stel- Latce. The characters are : that the male calyx is a one-leafed conical perianthium, quadrifid be- yond the middle : the divisions ovate-oblong, evolute, obtuse, and a little coloured ; there i^ properly no corolla : the stamina consist of four capillary filaments, erect, the length of the calyx, and inserted into the receptacle : the an- the'rae twin, oblong, four-cornered, obtuse and erect. In the female the calyx and corolla are the same : the pistillum an inferior, ovate, four- cornered germ : the style recurved : the stigmas simple. The species are: 1. A. JEthiopuum, Smooth Amber Tree; 2. A. ciliare, Ciliated Antho- spermum; 3. A. herlaceum, Herbaceous Antho- spermum. Iii the first the male flowers arc borne on one plant, and the hermaphrodite flowers on an- other: its beauty chiefly consists in its small evergreen leaves, which grow as close as heath, and being bruised between the fingers emit a' very fragrant odour. The stem is low, but erect and branching. In the second species the root is perennial and woody : the branches many, scarcely dividing : the leaves narrow and lanceolate : the flowers axillary and sessile : the calyxes four-parted, and the stamens four in number. In the third species the stalks are herbace- ous, diff'used, roundish, red and smooth : the branches opposite : the leaves are in whorls, sessile, lanceolate, smooth, and one-nerved : the flowers axillary. All the species are natives of the Cape. Culture. — The propagation in these plants may be efl!ected by layers or cuttings, which in the' latter case should be made from the young shoots or branches, and planted in pots of good lio-ht sandy earth in the early summer months, ^ I A N T ANT a sliiiht portion of water beiiiff given, and the pots pl'.nigctl in a moderate hol-bed. In this way tiiey soon strike root. They may also be raised iii beds of light earth, but not so ecr- tainly. Proper shade is neeessary in both eases. When removed, a ball of earth should be prc- jorved about their roots. They should be plaeed in a cood dry green-house during the autumn and winter seasons, in an open situation, and have occasional slight waterings. Fresh air must also be admitted as nnicli as necessary, as when kept too close they do not succeed well. As these plants do not continue long, they should be frequently renewed by cuttings. The first species is an ornamental shrubby plant, which has a very pleasing smell. ANTHYLLIS, a genus containing several herbaceous and shrubby plants. It belongs to the class and order D'tadclphia Decandria, and ranks in the natural order of Papil'wnacece, or Legum'moscP. The characters are : that the calyx is a one- loafed, ovate, oblong perianthium, swelling and villose : the mouth five-toolhed, unequal and permanent : the corolla papilionaceous ; the ban- ner longer ; the sides reflex ; and the claw the length of the calyx : the wings oblong, shorter than the banner : the keel compressed, the length of the wings, and similar to them : the stamina consist of rising connate filaments ; the antherae simple : the pistillum is an oblong germ : the style simple and ascending : the stigma obtuse : the pericarpium a roundish legume, concealed within the calyx, very small and bivalve : the seeds one or two in number. The species are numerous ; but those culti- vated are : 1. A. larla Jovis, Silvery Anthyllis, Jupiter's Beard, or Silver Bush ; 2. A. cythoideSy Downy-leaved Anthyllis ; 3. A. hermatinia. Lavender-leaved Anthyllis j 4. A. erinacea, Pricklv-leaved Anthyllis. The first is a shrub which often grows ten or twelve feet high, and divides into many lateral branches, with winged leaves, composed of an equal number of narrow leaflets, which are very white and hairy ; the flowers are produced at the extremities of the branches, collected into small heads ; these are of a bright yellow colour, and appear in June ; sometimes they are succeeded bv short woollv pods, containing two or three kidney-shaped seeds ; which, except the season prove warm, do not ripen in this country. It is a native of the south of France, &c. The second species is a low shrub, seldom rising above two feet in height, but sends out many slender branches, with hoary leaves, which are sometimes single, but generally have three oval leaflets, the ^nlddlc one being longer than the other two : the flowers arc yellow, and come out from the side of ihc branches, three or four joined together, having uoolly calyxes, rarely succeeded bv seeds in this eUmate. Ills a na- tive of Spain. The third is a shrub that grows five or six feet high, the branches garnished with oblong, ter- nate leaves : the liowers, which are yellow, pro- duced in small clusters on the side of tho branches ; these appear in July and August, but are not succeeded by seeds in this country, ll crows naiurallv in Greece. The fourth species is a shrub nine or ten feet in height, which has the appearance of ono sort of Gorse. It is covered with spines ; at the origin of the branches, an ovale scale ; leaves oblong-ovatc, nappy, three gciicraUy next the flowers. It grows naturally in Spain, &c. Culture. — ^The method of propagation in the shrubby sorts is either by means of the seeds or by cuttings. In the former mode the seeds should be sown in the autunm In pots filled with light vegetable earth, and protected during the winter season bv frames or a green-house. The young plants appear in the following spring ; and when they become of pretty strong growth they should be transplanted each into a separate pot of the same sort of mould, being shaded till they have taken fresh root, when the)- may be placed in some warm situation in asseinblage with other hardy exotics till the beginning of autumn, when they must be removed under shelter. In the latter method the cuttings should be planted out during the summer months on good light earth, being shaded and lightly watered until they have stricken root, when they should be transplanted into separate pots, and manasred in the same way as the seedling plants. The last species is only capable of being pro- pagated by seeds ; but is so hardy as to succeed iirihe open air in mild winters. Frost must however be guarded against, as it soon destroys the plants. These are ornamental plants for the green- house, and other places about the house during the summer season. ANTIRKHINUM, a genus including vari- ous plants of the herbaceous flowery tribe, com- monly known by the titles of Siwp-Drasov, Calf's-Snoul, and Toad -11 ax, or Fios's-Muut/i. It belones to the class and order DiJynamigr;s of smoothness. This kind of seed is extremely slow in vegetating, sonjetinies not appesrmg in less than a mouth or live weeks from the period of its beinii;suwn. 'Ihe chief culture the pljttti re()uire while growing, is to be kept clean from weeds ; and wlieii thev gr.)W faster liian wanted, which is often the ease lu private gardens, to be cut down close. This should be constantly practised in autumn, as about Michaelmas, or in suriicieut time for the plants to recover belorc the winter sets in. In the m ina'i^emcnt of this useful plant, great care should be taken, as already observea, al- w avs to sow such seed as has been collected from the best curled-leaved plants ; and in order to save the seed, some rows of the best one vcar old plants should be permitted to stand and shoot up their stalks, which is done the May and June follow ing, the seed being ripened in July and August. In the large-rooted variety the seed should he sown in February or March, in situations where the plants are to remain. For this purpose a spot of light rich earth in an open exposure should be preferred, the seed being sown broad-cast and raked in, the plants generally appearing in about a month after being; sown, and in April or May require to be thinned out to the distance of six inches, and cleared c>f weeds, whicli may be performed either bv the hand or hoe ; but the latter is most eligible, as it stirs and loosens the surface of the earth, w^hich is beneficial to the plants. About the latter end of July the roots have mostly attained a proper size for use, and mav be drawn occasionally ; but they seldom acquire their full growth till Michaelmas. This is sometimes called Hamburgh Parsley, pro- bably from its being much cultivated about that place. It is chiefly cultivated and esteemed for Its lartje roots, which are white and carrot- shaped^ being long, taper, and of downright growth, often attaining the size and appearance of small or middling parsnips. Thty boil ex- ceedingly tender, and are very palatable and wholesome, being used in soups or broths, or to eat as carrots and parsnips, or as sauce to flesh meat. In the cultivated varietiesof the second species, the propagation is by sowing the seed in the spring moTuhs, as from March till the latter end of April ; and when the plants have attained six or eight inches in height, transplanting them into trenches, in the manner described below, in order to be earthed up on each side as they ad- vance in growth, and have their stalks blanched or whitened, to render them crisp and tender. As plants of this kind continue useful only one A P I A P I year, a fresh supply must be annually raised. T!ie sowing, if a regular succession of plants be required for eight or nine niontlis in the year, should be at two or three diflerent times in the above months. Tiius, if it be intended to have Celerv for use as early as possible in the summer, as in July, some seed must be sown the first week in March on a warm border, or, to bring the plants more forward, in a slender hot- bed, or if it be necessary to have it still more ■earlv, the middle of February ; but as the plants of these very early sowings are apt to pipe or run for seed the same year before they attnin their perfection, a few only need be raised. But for the principal crops, to come in for autumn or winter, as in August or September, and con- tinue in perfection till Christmas or spring, the seed may be put in about the middle or towards the latter end of March, or in the first or se- cond week in April, in a bed of natural earth in an open exposure; and a little more iii the latter end of the latter month, or m the first or second week in May, to furnish a still later crop to come in the beginning of November, and continue good till the March or April following ; and to have a late crop principally for the spring, it is necessary that a small portion be sown at the latter end of May ; and by putting out some of the plants in shallow trenches in September, October and November, they may be fit for use in March and April, and continue without run- ning till the middle or latter end of the May fol- lowing. As it has been suggested, that the early crop may either be raised upon a warm border of natural earth, or upon a slight hot-bed, it may be observed, that by the latter practice the plants may be so forwarded, as to be fit to transplant into trenches sooner by three weeks or a month than those raised in the natural ground ; a small bed of about eighteen or tu enty inches in depth of dung being sufficient, which may be sheltered either bv a small frame, or oc- casionally by mats supported on bent sticks : upon this five or six inches of rich light earth should be laid, the seed being then sown on the surface, and lightly covered in. When the plants appear, the full air must be freely admitted in mild days, but sheltered with glasses or mats in the nights until they acquire some strength, light waterings being occasionally given. When the plants of either of the sowings are two inches high, some of the stoutest should be pricked out into a bed of rich earth, in a shel- tered situation, three inches apart ; or to bring them still more forward, upon a slender hot- bed, and occasionally sheltered by mats, giving them water, and occasionally sliading them till tliey have struck root 3 and if rain do not soon fall, refreshing them as frequently as may be necessary' with water. As the plants thus first pricked out will in May or the beginning of June be generally five or six inches in height, some of the strongest of them should be transplanted into trenches, in order to their being blanched. In sowing the main and later crops, make choice of a spot of rich light earth, in an open situation, and let it be neatly dug and divided into one or more beds ; but one bed is generally sufiicicnt for private use, which should be three feet and a half wide, the surface being made level and smooth. The seed may then cither be sown on the surface, and raked in lightly, or the surface first raked fine, and the seed then sown, earth being lightly sifted over it; or the bed, after being first raked smooth, may have the earth shoved with the back of a rake from off the surface into the alley ; the seed then sown, and with the rake turned the right way, the earth drawn upon the bed again with a kind of jirk, so that it may spread and cover it equally. When the plants of these sowings are come up, they should be frequently watered in dry wea- ther, especially while they arc young ; and when about three or four inches high, the seed-bed be thinned by pricking out a quantity of the strongest into an open rich spot, properly dug and divided into beds three feet and a half wide, taking an opportunity, if possible, of moist wea- ther for the business, and in rows six inches asunder, and three or four inches distant in each row, water being given ; and, if dry weather succeeds, occasionallv repeated till they strike fresh root. In this bed they should remain a month, or five or six weeks, to acquire due strength previous to their being transplanted into the trenches for blanching. The same seed-bed may frequently aflbrd three, four, or more differ- ent drawings to prick out in this way, by observ- ing to only prick out the largest plants regularly each time, before they draw each other up weak by close standing : by thus pricking them in beds till the ground intended for the trenches is ready, they will be advancing in their growth, and be considerably better prepared for setting out, than such as have remained constantly in the seed-bed. The next operation is that of transplanting them into the trenches for the purpose of blanching ; the season for which is occasionally from the middle of May till the latter end of October, or even the middle of November, ac- cording to the forwardness of the plants, the time they are required for use, and the period it is intended they should continue. When the plants are from six to tight, ten^ or twelve inches A P I A PI in height, they are \n a proper state for transplant- inir into the trenches. It is necessary always to make at least throe different transplanting?, al- lowing the distance ot three or four weeks, or more, between each ; and when tlie plants are required for use as earlv in the sumnicr as pos- sible, and to be contuiued in the spring as late as the middle or latter end of May. It is proper to plant four, five, or even six different crops, allowing the distance of time just men- tioned between each separate crop ; observins; that the crops principally intended for spring use be of the latest sown plants, and not planted in the trenches until September, October, ;uid the beginning of November. In making the trenches, choose a dry rich spot of ground, in an open quarter, and with a line and spade mark and chop out the trenches cross- wavs of the piece of ground, each trench twelve inches, or about one spade's breadth wide, and allow a space of three feet between trench and trench, that there may be sufiicient scope to have a due portion i)f mould to earth up the plants to a proper height : the trenches be- ing marked in this manner, proceed to dig them out, in order to form the furrow for the reception of the plants, which should be done to [he depth of a moderate spade, or about six or eight inches for the early crops ; but the later ones do not require so much, without taking out any shovellings ; laying the spits of earth alternately to the right and left on the spaces between, levelling them neatlv and beating up the edo-es /• 1 ' Sic firm and straight ; then let the bottom be pro- perly dug and levelled ; or if the ground be pwor, first spread m two or three inches depth of rotten dung, and cover it four or five inches deep with earth. The trenches being thus prepared, a quantity of the best plants must be drawn, and after the ends of their roots, and the tops of the straggling leaves have been trimmed oft", a row planted exactlv along the middle of each trench, placing them four or five inches di- stant, a good watering belnir immediately given out of a pot with the rose on, and which, if showers do not fall, should be repeated everv other evening, at least till the plants have taken fresh root. Only a few of the very earlv plants, as those sown in February or early in March, shouldlje planted out at a lime, as they are apt to pipe almost as soon as they are blanched, or sometimes before that is fully eficcted. When It hajipens that the plants intended to be planted out in autumn for the late crops have stood so long in the seed or pricking-out beds as to have become rank, and drawn each other up weak, it may be proper lo retard their running up tall, in order to obtain tlicni of robust growth against October and Xoviin- ber for planting in shallow trenches : to eHVcl this, it will be advisable, in August or the be- ginning of September, either to cut them liow n low to shoot out again, or transplant them into rows nine inches distant. Another method of planting and making the trenches, but which is less in use, is with a line and spade to cut or mark out a bed, six feet wide, crossways the ground ; then to begin at one end, and proceed to dig out a cavity the above width and length, one spade deep, lavins the spits of earth to the riiiht and left in a ridge along each side of the ca\ilv or trench, beating it up in front that it may not slip down ; and w hen the trench is thus dug, to loosen and level the bottom ; and where d^ing is necessary, to add it, digging it into the bottom four or five inches deep. \V hen more than one of such trenches are to be made, a clear space of six feet must be allowed between trench and trench, to contain the earth dug out, and to have a sufficiency to bring up to the plants afterwards. The trenches being thus prepared, the plants are to be trimmed as before directed, and then planted out, observing that they are here to be planted in rows crossways the trench, about a foot asunder, and in other respects as in the former method. Plants of this sort, in order to whiten or blanch the stalks, and render them crisp, ten- der, and of a grateful flavour, require to be earthed up as they rise in height on each side ; for which purpose the earth that was dug out of the trenches is to be employed ; and when that is expended the spaces between them unist he dug out, broken and applied repeatedly as the plants advance in growth : in this way blanch- ing them from ten or twelve, to fifteen or eigh- teen inches or more in height. The proper time to besrin this work is when the plants are about ten or twelve inches high, w hich should be re- peated everv fortnight or three weeks, accord- ing to their growth. In performing the work, reeard must be had to break the earth, when lumpy, moderately small with the spade; or the first and second earthings may be performed with a large hoe, but afterwards a spade is to be preferred, and care taken lo trim the earth up lightly to the plants, so as not to break the stalks of the leaves, or force the mould into their hearts. The first time they may be earthed three, four, or five inches, according to the size and height of the plants, observing the same rule at each time, till ihey arc by degrees A P I A P O earthed up to twelve inches, but fiUcen or twenty are better. By this jiiean.s, it the soil be ricli, those of the main crop that have been planted out in the end of June or in Julv, sometimes make such progress, thai by September or Oc- tober they may be blanched' eighteen inches or near two feet in length. These earthings are to be continued to the later crops occasionally un- til Christmas, or as long as the plants continue to grow in height during the winter; at which season, as about November and December, it is proper to earth them up prettv near their tops previously to hard frost setting in, which often destroys such plants as are out of the ground ; and uhich, if of considerable duration, «ould occasion the decay of most of the other parts that arc within the earth. But in the late crops, planted in October or November for spring use, such plants as are of small ur low growth will probably require little or no earthmg till Fe- bruary' or March ; at which time they should be earthed up moderately, according to their growth, to have them for April or Mav, when the general crops are finished. In carlhine; up the plants that are planteil in the latter of the above methods, it will be nccessarv to trim the earth in well between the rows, taking it equally from the different sides; in doing which it is of advantage, where the plants have attained a large growth, to be furnished with a couple of thin boards six feet long, which are to be used at the time of earthing, "to slip into the spaces between the ro« s of the plants, to keep the stalks and leaves up close just till the earth is put in, placing them close to the plants, and then trinmiing in the earth between them ; and when one space is thus earthed, drawing out the boards, and placing them in the next. The dif- ferent earthings should always, if possible, be performed when the plants are dr)-, as where this circumstance is not attended to they are apt to become spotted and cankery. Some of the tirst earthed up plants, where they have been planted in the trenches in May, or the beginning of June, will generally be fit to t.ake up in July ; for uhen such early plants are blanched five or six inche-s in length, it is time to hev'm to take them up, a* tlvy rarely continue long before they be- gin to pipe and become useless. But the plants of the main crop will seldom be blanched any considerable length, till the middle or latter end of August and beginning of September, and will not have acquired then- full perfection until October, as observed ahove. However, where there is much demand for the plants, you may begin to take some up when they are blanched six or seven inches, as, if properly followed with earthing, thty will be daily increasing in length in the Ijlanclied part. In winter, at the ap- proach of a very severe frost, it mav sometimes be of advaaiage to cover some ot the rows of the main crop with dry long litter to save the plants, and prevent the ground being frozen hard, that the plants may be readily dug up when wanted. And when a hard frost is ex- pected, a quantity of the plants may be taken up lor use, and laid in some dry earth in a shed, or oilier sheltered place. In the culture of the Turnip-rooted variety, the seed should be sown in an open rich spot in March or April, as directed for the common sort ; and wiieii the plants are an inch or two in height, they should be thinned out to three inches ; and w hen at four, five, or six inches in height, transplanted into shallow trenches; pre- viously to w iiich the ground must be dug all over one spade deep, and drills three inches deep, and eighteen asunder, made with a hoe, in which the plants are to be set six inches di- stant. When they are advanced nine or ten inches in growth, examine the progress of the roots ; and if they have acquired a tolerable size, draw earth up to each side of the row of the plants, three or four inches high, which being well watered, will be sufficient to improve the roots. They are generally fit to take up for use in alortnight or three weeks afterwards. In saving the seed of Celery, great care should be taken to select the best plants which have not been much blanched, planting them out at the distance of a foot in the early spring months in rich moist soil ; and when they have run up to seed, to support them with stakes, till the seed ripens in August, when they should be cut, when dry, and laid to harden in the sun oq. cloths, after which the seeds should be beaten out and put up in bags for use, being kept dry. APOC\NUM, a genus containing hardy, herbaceous, perennial and shrubby tender exo- tics, of the liowering kind. It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Di- gyiia, and ranks in the natural order Contortce. The characters are : that the calyx is a one- leafed, five-parted, acute, short, and permanent perianthium : the corolla is monopetalous, bell- shaped, and semiquinquefid ; the divisions re- volute : the nectary consists of five glandular oval capsules surrounding the germ : the stamina consist of very short filaments : the antherae oblong, erect, acute, bifid at the base, conver- ging : the pistillum consisting of two ovate germs : the styles short : the stigmas roundish, bifid at the top, muricate, glued lo the anthers : the peri- carpium consists of two long, acuminate, one- A P 0 A Q U Talvecf, one-ccIlcd follicles : crintnining manP %"ery small seeds, crowned with long down ; the receptacle subulate, very Ions, rough, and free. The specie? arc: 1. A. anih-oatpmifo/ii/m, Tutsan-leaved Dogs-bane ; C. A. vanai'uiiim, Hemp Dogs-hauo ; 3. j4. /lyfjciitijolium, St. John's Wort-leaved Dogs-bane ; 4. yl. Vciwtnm, Venetian Spear-leaved Dogs- bane ; 5. A.j'ru- tesceiis. Shrubby Dogs-bane ; 6. A. reiiculatum, Net-leaved Climbing Dogs-bane. The first has the stems about three feet in height, and upright. The leaves are opposite ; and these and the stems abound with a milky juice, which flows out when they are broken. The corollas are white, with the nectaries of a purplish cast. But, accordmg to some, they are pale red with a tinge of purple, the flowers being pendulous. It is a native of Virginia, and flowers from July to September. It is perennial. The second species has the roots perennial, iind creeping. The stems are brown, and about two feet in height. The leaves are smooth, in pairs, abounding with a milky juice, like the former. Towards the upper part of the stem, the flowers come out from the wings of the leaves, in small bunches, and are of an herba- ceous white colour, and small. It is admitted for the sake of variety. It flowers as above; and is a native of the same place. The stems aflTord a hempy substance. In the third the root is likewise perennial, and ■creeping. The stems annual, upright, round, branched, a foot and a half in height, and filled with a white pith. The leaves opposite, sharpish, quite entire, subsessile ; the upper ones on the extreme twigs petiolcd, not revolute. The pe- duncles umbelled, and terminating. The flow- ers small, ami inodorous. The leaflets of (he calyx are oblong, concave, erect, and green. The corolla white, and longer than the calyx. Be- tween the filaments there is a roundish, green gland. The whole plant is smooth, and abounds with a milky juice. It is a native of North America, and flowers in June and July. The fourth species has the root perennial, and creeping. The stems about two feet high. The leaves opposite and smooth. Tlic flowers grow- erect, at the top of the stems in small umbels, and are much larger tban in the iormer sorts. It is a native of the islands in the Adriatic ica, and flowers in July and Augu^l. There are varittits with purple, and with white flowers. In the fifth the stem is woody, five or six feet in height, dividing into several branches. Leaves K'pposile, pctioled, tuiooth, (juite cjitiie. The pidnneles Irom the axils, opposite; biinp oj^po- sitely branched. The corolla saivfr-sjiaped. The flowers are in loose bunches, small, and of a purple colour ; but never succeeded bv pods in this country. It is a native of the East Indies, &r. The sixth species has a twinint? stem, by which it rises to a considerable height. The leaves are dark srrcen, very ^bining, with a beau- tiful net of milky veins. It is a native of the Last Indies, &c. Ciilliirc. — The four first species are capable of being easily propairaied, bv dividine; their creep- ing roots either m the earlv spnng months, before they protrude their stems, or in the au- tumn. The soil most proper for them is that of the light drv kind, as, where there is much moisture, they are apt to be destroyed in the winter season by their roots becoming rotten. In the second species the roots sometimes spread in a troublesome manner. The luunh species requires a very drv, wami ex- posure ; as it IS less hardy than the former. It is best to remove it when necessary in the early spring, when it is about to send forth its stems. The two last species are best propagated by layers or cuttings from their young shoots, which should be made durinsr the summer sea- son, being dried in the siove some davs before they are planted out. They arc likewise capa- ble of being raised by seed, v, hen it can be pro- cured, as they seldom aiford any in this climate. In either method, pots of light sandy earth should be employed. In the former, the layers or cuttings, after being planted out in them, should be placed in a mild hot-bed ; and io the latter, after the seeds are sown, the pots should be plunged into a tan-bed. When the plants are up they must be watered sparingly, and kept constantly in the tan, being changed into larger pots as they advance in growth, great care being taken not to over-pot them, as they thrive best wher« their roots are a little con- fined. Under gf)od management, they mostly flcnver in the second year. The first kinds are sufliciently hardy to bear the exposure of the open air ; but the latter sorts require the constant protection of the stove. The former are well adapted for pro- ducing variety in the clumps and borders of walks in pleasure-grounds; and the latter for or- nament in the stove, where, from Uieir beautiful •e\er-!rreen leaves, they have a flue appearance, AlMTJ-:-TRLE. See I'ynis Mnlus. APRICOT. See Puukus. AQUII.LCIA, a genus containing plants of the hardy herbaceous perennial flowering tribe, and Columbine kind. It belongs to the class and order Poii/aridria U A Q U A R A Pentnoynla, and ranks in the natural order of MuUisiliqiice. The characters of which are : that there is no calyx : thecorollaconsistsof tivclanceolate-ovate, flat, equal-spreading petals: the nectaries five, equal, alternate with the petals ; each horned, and gradually broader upwards, with an oblique mouth ascending outwardly, and annexed in- wardly to iViC receptacle, produced below into a long attenuated tube with an obtuse top. The stamina cwisist of numerous filaments, subu- late ; the outer ones shorter, and oblong erect an- theree the height of the nectaries : the pistil- lum consists of five ovate, oblong germs ; ending in subulate styles longer than the stamina, and erect simple stigmas ; the chaffs ten, wrin- kled, short, separate, and involving the germs : the pericarpium consists of five erect, distinct, cy- lindrical capsules, gaping from top inward, containing numerous ovate, shining seeds, an- nexed to the gaping suture. The species are : \. A. vulgaris, Common Columbine 5 2. A. Alpiva, Mountain Colum- bine ; 3. A. Canadensis, Canadian Dwarf Columbine. In the first the stem is three feet high, erect, branching, leafy, and somewhat angular. The leaves smooth, glaucous underneath ; the lower ones petiolate, biternatej the leaflets roundish, trilobate, gashed and notched; the up- per ones digitate, the lobes oval and quite en- tire : the radical petioles very long. The flow- ers are produced from the tops of the naked branches, and hang down ; they have geiierally six pistils and eight nectaries, it is a native of most parts of Europe, and perennial, flower- ing in June. There are several varieties, the flowers varying greatly by culture, becoming double either by multiplying the petals or the nectaries. And of all these varieties, there are subordinate va- riations, both in the degree of doubleness, as with two or more rows of petals, two or three rows of nectaries, curiously inserted one into the other; and in the colours, as blue, white, red, purple, flesh-coloured, ash-colonred, ches- nut-coloured, and striped or variegated blue and purple, blue and white, red and white, &c. The second species has the root biennial. The leaves biternate, tender, and smaller than in the common sort ; the leaflets multifid ; the lobes sublinear and blunt; with the appearance and tenderness of the Canadian Columbine. It is a native of the Alps, fctc. and flowers in May and June. The third has likewise a perennial root. The stems are very slender, and reddish. The leaves in the lower ones biternate, irregularly divided. the extreme lobes blunt; the upper ones sim- ply ternate, toothed or quite entire ; the upper- most simple, lanceolate, and acuminate. The corollas yellow within, and red on the outside. It is a native of Virginia, &c. and flowers in April. Culture. — The culture in these plants mav be effected, either by sowing the seeds, or parting the old roots; but the first is the best practice, as the old roots are apt to decline and degene- rate after they have blown a few seasons. The seed may be put in either in the autumn or spring season ; but the former is the better, as seed \\ Inch has remained long out of the ground seldom grows well. A bed of fresh light earth is the best for the purpose. In the followino- spring the plants should be kept clear from weeds, and occasionally watered when the sea- son is dry ; being transplanted into other beds of the same sort, during the summer or au- tunm, according to their growth, at the di- stance of eight ox ten inches every way ; water being given when necessary. The plants^ mostly blow in the following summer, but sel- dom in a strong manner. The best flowering roots should therefore be taken up in the au- tumn, and planted out in such situations in the garden and pleasure-grounds as they are de- signed to remain in. In order to prevent the roots from degenerating by the reception of the farina of other flowers, the flower-stems should be cut down inmiediately after they have blown. And to keep up a proper succession of fine flowers, some plants should be raised every two years from seed. In saving the seed of the varieijated kinds, great care should he taken that no plain flowers be left among them. The difi'erent varieties of these plants are ca- pable of being increased by parting the roots of the young plants, such as those of three years old, in the autumn or spring. The only general'culture these plants require, is that of keeping them free from weeds, and cut- ting the decayed stems down in the autumnal season. The last species often flowers sooner by a month than those of the other kinds. All the varieties of the first, however much they may seem to differ in form, colour, size, structure, and variegation, are capable of being produced from seed of the same plant. They arc all adapted to afford variety in pleasure grounds and gardens ; and the Ca- nada sort is esteemed for the early appearance of its flowers. ARABIS, a genus comprising plants of the hardy perennial and other kinds. A R A A R A It belongs to the class and onlci- Tetradyna- mia Siliqiio^a, ami ranks in ilie natural order of Sirtqiiosce. The characters are, that the calvx is a four- leaved deciduous perianlliiuin ; the leaHcts from parallel converging; ihc two opposite larger, ovate, oblong, acute, a little prominent at the base, gibbose, concave ; the t\\ o others linear, erect. The corolla four-petalled and cruciform. The petals spreading, and ending; in claws the length of the calyx : the nectaries four, each from a little scale witliin the bottom of the calvcine Icaiiet, affixed to the receptacle, reflex and permanent, 'i'lie stanuna consist or su- bulate upright filaments ; two the length of the calyx, four twice as long ; the anther;e cordate and erect. The pistillum a columnar germ, the length of the stamina : no style; the stigma obtuse, and entire. The pericarpium is a compressed, very long, linear, unec|ual sUhjiie, with swellings at the seeds ; valves almost the length of the partition ; the seeds numerous, roundish, and compressed. The species principally cidtivatcd is the A. Alpina, Alpine Wall -cress. It is a perennial plant, increasing verv fast bv its creeping roots, which run obliquely near the surface, and send out fibres at every joint. The root-leaves are collected into heads, spreading circularly : thev are oblong, whitish, and indented on their edges. FroiTj the mid- dle of these heads arise the flowering stems, which grow near a foot high ; with leaves on them placed alternately, broader at their base than those which grow below, and closely em- bracing the stem. The flowers grow in loose bunches towards the top : the petals are white, obtuse and entire : the calyx is yellowish, shorter by one third than the corolla. It is a native of the Alps, and flowers in April. Cvllure. — The propagation of this plant is rea- dily eiVected by the seeds, or the parting of its creeping roots. In the first method the seed may either be sown in the autumn, or left to be scat- tered by the plants. But in the latter, \\ hich is the most common method, the routs are jiarted and planted out m the autumn, in places where they are to remain. It succeeds in almost any situation, and is extremely hardy, of course adapted to cold exposed situations, where ihc liner sorts of flowering plants do not succeed. It affords a pleasing variety when planted among shrubs, in clumps, or borders ; it is esteemed for its very early flowering, and the pretty appearance it makes in cold exposed situations, where few others thrive. A KALI A, a genus comprehending plants of the herbaceous and woody kinds. The Berrv- bcarlng Angelica, and Angelica Tree. It belongs to the class and order of Pi-ntan- drja Pvntugyuia, and ranks in the natural order of Ih'di-iticvcp. The eharaeters are : that the calvx is a vcr\' small involucre, of a globular iimbelhile : the perianthium five-toothed, very small, and su- perior : the corolla consists of live ovate, acute, sessile and reflex petals : the stamina have five subulate filaments the length of the corolla: the anthera; ate roundish : the pistillum is a roundish germ, inferior : the stvles verv short but per- manent, and the stigmas simjile: the pericar- Eium, a roundish, striated, crowned, fivc-ecllcd erry : the seeds hard, oblong and solitary. The species arc : 1 . A. spinoxa, Thorny Ara- lia, or Angelica Tree; 2. A. .acemosa, Berry- bearing Alalia; 3. A. )utdicaiiU new shoots; or pieces may be cutoff and planted in pots, and then plunged in a moderate hot- bed, by which they readily send up shoots and form plants. In the second and third sorts the seeds should always be sown in the autumn as soon as they become ripe, as there is much loss of time by sowing them in the spring, from their seldom coming up the same year. In the follow ing au- tumn, when their leaves decay, the plants may be taken up by the roots, and planted out where they are to remain. They are likewise capable of being raised by dividing the roots, which should be performed at the same period as the above, the plants being set out at considerable distances. The general management in all the sorts is> only that of keeping them perfectly clean and free from weeds. The first is a plant of the most ornamental kind, which should have a place in the large borders and clumps of gardens and pleasure- grounds, vi'here they are the most exposed to view. It is deciduous in leaf. The two last are plants of the herbaceous kind, and from their hardy nature well suited for affording variety in shaded wilderness situa- tions. ARBOR, a plant of the perennial kind, that rises with a lasting simple ligneous stem or trunk to a considerable height and thickness. It is used to signify a tree in opposition to a shrub. See Tree and Shruh. ARBOUR, a small ornamental shady retreat, formed in gardens and pleasure-grounds, with various sorts of trees and shrubs, placed in such a manner as to inclose a certain space, and make a kind of seat or recess for the hot summer sea- son. Places of this kind were formerly much more fashionable and in higher estimation than at present. They are commonly formed of evergreens, as yew, privet, &c. planted very close, having the sides trained erect, six, eight, or ten feet in height, and the tops formed in va- rious shapes over frames or lattice-works of wood or iron for the purpose, having openings of different kinds formed on the sides, the whole being cut or clipped over annually to keep- them in proper order, which in many cases and situations have a good effect. They may also be formed of deciduous trees, particularly the elm, and sometimes with the hornbeam, beech, aird FI.5. Ar/iii/i/A iiiiii/t- ^ Ah'/riiiii A)7Aii/i/t/ A R D A R B Jinic, which must be constantly cut over every summer. The fonns of the evergreen as well as deciduous kinds are mostly either square, hexa- gonal, octaeonal or round, and their dimensions generally trom ten to tilteen teet in width and Height ; the tops being mostly either pavilion-, turret-, or dome-shaped, and sometimes termi- nated by a globe, pyramid, or other figure, formed of the extreme branches. Covered ar- bours or bowers may be formed ven,* quickly, even in one season, by several sorts of shrubby herbaceous climbing plants ; some of which are capable of advancing fifteen or twenty feet in one season. They should, if possible, be erected upon a somewhat rising ground, for the greater advantage of free air and prosjicct. Thev are also cap.ihle of being formed in the heads of large single trees, particularly elms, where the trunks have divided at the height of ten or twelve feet, into several lesser spreadinc stems, so as to admit of constructing a small platform between them, cutting down the large boughs, and training the pliable branches arch- ways over lattice-work till those on each side meet; then clipping the sides annually : the tops in this case may either be cut, or permitted to grow up, or the w hole suffered to advance in a riatural growth. They may likewise be made on the ground in another manner; as by plant- ing some of the tallesi-grow iiig flow cring shrubs round tlK" inside to form the dimensions, then on the outside of these others of somew hat lesser grow th ; continuing them in this way for three or four ranges, diminishing gradually in stature from the arbour outwardlv, and pern)itting the whole to take their natural growth ; so that at a distance they may .issunio the ajipcarance of common shrubbery clumps. Their bottoms, when on the ground, should be well gravelled, and neat garden-stools or chairs placed in them during the summer season. ARBUTUS, a genus containing plants of the evergreen, shrubby and ornamental kind. The Straw berr)- Tree. It belongs to the class and order DecanJria Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of Bicoriies. The characters are : that the calyx is a five- parted, obtuse, very small permanent perian- thium : the corolla is monopetalous, ovate, and flattish at the base, diaphanous, wiiha quinquefid mouth : the divisions obtuse, revolute and small : the stamina consist of ten subulate swelling filaments, very slender at the base, affixed to the edge of the base of the corolla, and half the length of it : the antherae slightly bifid and nod- ding : the pistillum is a subglobular germ, on a receptacle marked with ten dots : the style cy- lindric, the length of the corolla: the stigma thiekish and obtuse : the pericarpiuni a roundish five-celled berry : the seeds small and bony. The species of most importance are : 1 . ^. Unt'do, Common Arbutus, or Strawberrv Tree ; 2. A. Amlrachne, Oriental Strawherr)' Tree ; 3. A. Uva Ursi, Trailing Arbutus, or Bcarberry. The first species. Common Arbuius or Straw- berr)' Tree, rises to the height of twenty or thirty feel in its native situation, but rarely with an upright stem. But with us it is of much humbler growth. It usually puts out branches very near the ground. The leaves keep on all the w inter, ancl are thrust off in the spring by new ones, so that it is always clothed with leaves. The berries have many seeds in them, and are roughened w ith the tubercles of the seeds. There are several varieiies; ns with large oval fruit, with round fruit, with double flowers, with scarlet flowers ; there are als) the curled- leaved or cut-leaved, the broad-leavtd, and the narrow-leaved. The second species much resembles the first, but the bark is not rough ; some of the leaves have no serratures, and the panicle is upright and viscid, which in that ir< smooth. It grows in its native state to a middle-sized tree, with irregular branches. The leaves are smooth, large, and somewhat like those of the Bay Tree, bufnot quite so long : the tluwers are like those of the Common Arbutus, but growing thinly on the branches : the fruit oval, of the same colour and consistence w ith the common sort ; but the seeds of this are flat, while in that they art pointed and angular. It grows naturally in the East. In the third species the branches trail upon the ground tw o or three feet round the root or more. The leaves are alternate, bluntly oval or oblong wedge-shaped, w ith a net-work of veins underneath," and corresponding w rinkles above, fimt and evergreen like those of Box : the flowers grow at the extremities of the branches in small clusters, each supported by a short red foot-stalk : they are of an oval-conical figure, flesh-coloured, or while with a red mouth, and divided into five obtuse, reflex segments at the rim : the berries are round with a depressed um- bilicus, smooth and glossy, red when ripe, and of the size of a holly-berry, replete with an austere mealy pulp, in w hich are five cells con- taining five angular seeds. It is a shrub very aljundant in many parts of the continent, as Sweden, &c. CuUiire. — The most usual method of raising these beautiful evergreens is by sowing the seeds ; but they arc sometimes capable of ueing- raised by cuttings and layers. A R B A R B In the first of these methods with the first species, the seeds shouUl be collected wlien per- fectly ripe in November, or the following month, and preserved in dry sand till the period of sow- ing, which may either be in December or the earlv spring season. The seed should be sown in pots, and lii^htlv covered with mould, then plunocd into an old tan hot-bed, and covered by glasses. In this mode the plants will be up in April, when thev should be often but sparingly watered, and kept free from weeds. As the hot season proceeds, the plants should be shaded during the heat of the days ; but in warm weather open all night to receive the dew, and only covered in the middle of the day. In this mode the plants become strong tlie first summer. In the beginning; of October they may be shaken out of the pots, and their roots carefully separated, planting them singly in small pots filled with light earth; then plunging the pots into an old bark -bed under a common frame, carefully shading them from the sun in the middle of the day, and giving them water as they require : in this bed the pots should re- main during the winter, exposing them to the open air whenever the weather is favourable ; but in frosty weather thev should be covered, so as to protect them. In the spring following thev maybe removed to a gentle hot-bed, which requires no other covering but mats. This enables them to make strong shoots early in the summer, by which thev become in abetter con- "onf?//?o;-a, Great-flowered Arc- totis ; 6. yl. plaiilaginca, Plantain-leaved Arc- totis ; 7. A. angusliJ'olia,lSii\Tow-\t.avvd Arcto- tis; 9. A. aspna. Hough-leaved Arctotis ; 9. A. paradoxa, C'hamomile-leaved Arctotis. The first ha> the peduncles villose, beset with red bristles, before and after flow cring time nod- ding: the ray yellow, purplish underneath, twisted during the night : the corolhdcs of the disk black on the outside, and with black an- therre : the outer scales of the calyx spreading, subulate, very short, hispid. It is annual. There are several varieties of this species. The second species has the stem branching : the leaves alternate, somewhat rigid and villose : the pinnas recurved : the peduncles lone, one- flowered : the flowers small, with the rav purple beneath. It is annual, and flowers in July. The third is a low plant, the fiower-stem rarely exceeding six inches in height j but the 4 flowers, which are yellow, arc large and fine : ihey conje out in April, and continue to July. i'he fourth species has the stems herbaceous and few, not much branched : the leaves fili- form or linear, rather fleshy and naked : the pe- duncles very long, solitary, naked and filiform : the braciea minule and filiform : the calvx im- bricalc, scariose above : the ray yellow. It is perennial. The fifth has the ray very larire : the petals are straw-coloured, with a tinge ot^ red underneath, yellowish above near (he base, with a very dark purple mouth. It is biennial, and flowers from March to Mav. The sixth species has the leaves tomcntosc underneath : the disk barren. It is perennial, and flowers from June to August. The seventh has the florets of the disk barren, and the receptacle very woolly. There are varieties of it with leaves scarcely broader than those of Lavender. The eighth has the stem stifl", perennial and villose, with purple streaks : the leaves white un- derneath : the corollas of the rav yellow, with retl streaks beneath and fertile : those of the disk barren. There is a variety of this with handsome orange-coloured flowers, displaying themselves from July to September. In the ninth species the chaflfs are eloncate, coloured, almost the length of the ray; whence the flower has the appearance of a double one. Culture. — All the annual sorts are capable of being raised by sow iiig the seeds in the sjjrine; in pots of light fresh earth, plunging them info a very moderate hot-bed. The plants, when well rooted, should be gradually inured to the free air. When the season is dry, water will be fre- quently necessary. They likewise retiuire to be frequently removed into other pots. As ihty never grow heallby if kept too much in the house, w hen the weather is suitable they should always be exposed to the open air. They may also be propagated by slips from the roots. The shrubby sorts are propatrated bv eutlinns from the young shoots, which should lie planted in pots or beds of light fresh mould in the sum- mer months, being occasionally watered and shaded until they become perfectly rooted, w hich is generally in six or eight weeks; when they must be carefully removed into other separate pots, and preserved in the open air as long as the weather permits, being shaded from lire sun, and watered when necessary. Durini; tlie win- ter the protection of a very dry green-'housc w il^ be requisite for all the sorts ; but these should be placed as much exposed to the inild air as pos- A R D ARE siiile, without being shaded 1)y other plants ; which induces mouldiness. These, hke the an- nual sorts, require to be removed two or three times in the summer into other pots, to prevent their shooting their roots through the holes, and being injured when taken up. From their being easily destroyed in the win- ter, it is necessary to raise supplies annually from cuttings in the summer season. And as many of the plants rise to the height of three or four feet or more, and send forth many branches, they require occasional pruning. As they flower both in the sunmier and winter seasons, thev are curious, and afford a pleasing variety in the green-house or stove. ARDUINA, a genus comprising a plant of the evergreen shrubby kind for the green-house. *J"he Cape Buckthorn. It belongs to ihe class and order Pcntandria jMoiiogi/7/ia, and ranks in the natural order of Contorlo'. The characters of v\ hich are : that the calyx is a five- parted, erect, acute, small, permanent periantliium : the corolla one-petalled, funnel- shaped : the tube c\ lindrical, a little curved in- wards at top : the border five-parted, acute and spreading : the stamina consist of five simple filaments, shorter than the tube, and inserted into the lower part of it : the anther.ix-angkd, six-cilled cap^u!e : the seeds several, depressed and incumbent : the fruit varies in (isurc, being in some species roundish, in others long. The species are numerous ; but those em- ployed for ornaiiHnt in gardens are chiefly : \..i. c-iicfa, I'pright Jjnthwort ; •2. A. Si/i/io, l?ruad- leavcd I'irlhwort; 3. A. rtj/wwre;/?. Tree Hirth- wort ; 4. A. semperrirani, I'lvergreen Hirtluvort ; 5. .-/. l)htoloAi'ia, Hamose-stalked ]5irtluvort. The first rises with an upright stalk to the height of three feet : the leaves are long, nar- row, hairv, growing close to the branches, having scarce any foot-stalks : the flowers come out singly from the axils, are near tour inches long, of a dark purple colour, and grow erect ; these are succeeded by slender vessels, about one iueli long, lilled with flat heart-shapid seeds. It is a native of N'era Cioiz in New Spain. The second species is a tall twining shrub : the root woody, sparingly branched, fragrant, hav- ing the smell of camphor: the stems are wrin- kled, gray and Ir.igrant: the branches and twigs alternate, sarmentose, obscurely flexuose, round, even, sireen, becoming gray : the leaves spread- in", remote, roundish, sinuate-cordate, acumi- nate or scarcely acute, entire, villose and paler beneath, veined : the nerves prominent on the lower surface, flat, in length, and in breadth six inches: the petioles shorter tlian the leaves, sc- micylindric, grooved above, somewhat villose : peduncles lateral, at the joints below the leaf, pendulous, longer than the petiole, one or two together, one-f!<)w ered : the braete embracing the middle of the peduncle, decurrent a little, S A R I A R N hcafy, roundish, cordate, villose beneath, spread- iiie, caducous: the corolla purplish-brown, one iucii and a lialf long, ten or t\\ clve lines broad : lube-shaped like a siphon, marked with line?, beliving at the base, in the middle broader and flatted a little, at the end narrow and cylindrical : border marked with brown lines, spreading, in- clined, waved, trifid, the clefts rounded and ' slightly acuminate : there are r.o filaments : an- therte six, fastened to the stigma bv pairs beneath, ovate, two-celled and yellow : the germ is a htxangular column, finely villose : stigma at the bottom of .the corolla, very large, roundish, three-valved, furnished with three points : cap- sule cylindrical, with a blunt point, six-nerved, six-valved, splitting into six parts from the very peduncle : the cells covered with a transparent membrane forming a sort of common aril for the seeds. It is three or four inches long, and one inch broad : the seeds numerous, obovate, flat, rufous, incumbent; fastened to each other by pairs, only one of which is fixed to the par- tition. It is distinguished by the form of its flowifr, which is bent like a siphon ; by the tri- fid, flat border ; bv the very large bracte placed on the nuddle of the peduncle ; by the disposi- tion of the seeds, and the aril being common to all the seeds of each cell. It is a native of North America, and flowers in June and July. The third species rises about two feet in height : the branches are not very woodv, but are strong enough to support themselves : the flowers come out singly at the axils : the branches grow erect, and are perennial. It is a native of North America. In the fourth the roots are many, slender and odorous : the stems many, trailing, slender, a footer eighteen inches in length, angular, stria- ted, branched, tough, and pliable, dark green, spreading on the ground : t!ie leaves nerved, very dark-coloured, evergreen, o!i long petioles : the flowers axillary, crooked, longer than the leaves, of a dark purple colour on the outside, but yellowish within : the fruits like those of Long-rooted Birthwort, but smaller. It is a na- tive of the island of Crete, or Cjndia. It flowers in Mav and June. The fifth has the roots round and numerous : the stems angular, branching,' seldom nsinii to a foot in height, and scarcely able to support themselves : a small heart-shaped bracte sits close at the base of the peduncle : the flower is small, the lip is bent inwards : the tube and be- ginning of the petal are 3'cllow, the broader end blood-coloured : the fruit is petioled, ovate and grooved. It is a native of the south of France, &c. Cuitt/re. — ^The two first sorts may be propa- gated by sowing the seeds, which are often brought from abroad in pots of light earth in the autumn, as in September or the following month, plunging them in an old tan-bed, or put- ting them under a good garden-frame, in order to preserve them from the effects of frost during the winter, and in the spring bringing them for- ward by the a.-sistance of a moderate hot-bed, gradually inuring them in fine weather as much as possible to the open air, v> ater being occa- sionally given. In the following winter they will require to be placed under frames, or in the green-house. In the second spring some of them may be planted out in warm and rather shaded situations, and others into pots, to have protection a third winter when necessary, in order to their being planted in the open giound the following spring. They may also be readily increa^ed by the creeping roots, either in the sprmg or autumnal season. The three latter species are capable of being raised, either by sowing the seeds, which are re- ceived from abroad, in pots of fresh light earth in March, forwarding them bv means of mo- derate hot-beds till thev have attained some growth, or by planting slips from the roots, or cuttings in the spring. But in whichever method they are raised they must be potted in the au- tumn, and placed under the protection of a green- house or good garden-frame during the winter seasons afterwards, as much free air as possible being admitted in mild weather. The third species is hardy enough to be planted out in the open ground in very w arm situations, care being taken to guard it from the frosts in the winter. Some of the sorts require the support of sticks, in order to give them an upright growth. ARNICA, a genus comprising diflFerent her- baceous plants of the Leopard' s-l aiic kind. It belongs to the class and order Si/iigtnesia Polr/gamia Siiperfliia, and ranks in the natural order of ComposiicB Dhcoidete. The characters are : that the calyx is common imbricate, shorter than the ray of the corolla : the leaflets lanceolate, the length of the calyx, and erect : the corolla compound radiate : co- ndhdes hermaphrodite in the disk, and very nu- merous : the females in the ray about twenty : proper of the hermaphrodite tubular, erect, five- cleft, equal : female lanceolate, very long, three- toothed and spreading : the stamina to the her- maphrodites consist of very short filaments ; antheracylindric : to the females filaments subu- late, erect : antherce none : thepistiUum consists of an oblong germ : style simple, the length of the stamina : stigma bifid : no pericarpium : the 3 . A R N A R () calyx unchangcil : the seeds solitary and oblong : down simple ; in tlie hermaphrodites pubescent and long : the receptacle naked. The species are minierous ; but those cultiva- ted are ciiiefly yi. vwnta/ia. Mountain Arnica ; 2. ^4. scorpioiJes, Alternate-leaved Arnica; 3. y1. crocea, SaflVon-flowered Arnica. The lirst has the root woodv, blackish, su- perlicial, appearing as it' cut oft', having bunches oi long fibres, perennial : lJ\c stem a loot or a foot and halt'higli, but not more than six inches in alpine situations, obscurelv aiigul.metimes onlv two or even one) upright peduncles, each bearing one flower, two inches in diameter, ot a deep vcllow colour, tinged with brown or russet and orange : the calyx is dirty green, cylindric and hair\', com- posed ot titteen or sixteen scales ; in the ray about fourteen ligulatc florets, tv\ ice as long as the calyx, a line or more in breadth, striated, three-toothed, having hairs at their base : the seeds oblong, blackish, roughish and hairy, crowned with a straw-coloured or russet-co- loured down : the receptacle with deep excava- tions, on the edges of which arc very small bristles, which make the whole seem a little hairv. 1 he second species has roots much jointed, dividing into many irregular fleshy oft'sets, w hich are variously contorted : the stems several, from six or eight inches to a foot in height, termi- nated by one handsome flower, of a deep yellow colour, two inches over : the root-leaves almost round or oval, deeply serrate, terminatins: sud- denly in a short point, and placed on long pe- tioles : the stem-leaves few, almost sessile : all soft, shaggy, and viscid : the calyx shagg)', open ; the outer scales longer and wider : the ray of the corolla very open : tl.c seeds a little hairv, short, crowned with an eeret. It is a native of Switzerland. The third has the crown of the root woollv : the root-leaves petioled, an inch and half or two inches long and an incii broad, riirid, smooth on the upper surface, generally oval, ~but sometimes heart-shaped : the scapes one-flowered, with a few linear bractea* : the florets of the ray are fur- nished with stamina. It is a native of the Cape. Culture. — These plants are capable of being propagated bv sowing the seeds in the early au- tumn ill moist and rather shady situations. They often rise from the scattered seed. They may also be increased by parting the roots, and planting them out in similar situations at the same season, as immediately after the decay of the stems. The third sort requires to be protected in pots under a good eardcn-framc, or in ilie drv stove, and must have the same nunaaemeul as other plants of the tender exotic kind. AROMATIe' PLANTS are such as possess a fragrant aromatic flavour combined with an odo- riferous smell in many of the sorts : gome of them are einploved as savoury sweet- herbs tor various culinar\' purposes. The principal ol'thcin consist of uiKler-shrubby and herbaceous peren- nials, and of annuals and biennials. Of the lirst kinds are thvme, sage, winter-savory, pot- marjoram, winter sweet maijcium, hyssop, rue, rosemary, fennel and lavender. These continue furnished with leaves in most cases all the year; but the herbaceous sons renew their stalks and some of the other parts annually in spring and summer, as common mint, penny-roval, baum. fennel, tansey, tarragon, peppermint, and lovace. Of the latter kinds are sweet-marjoram, summer- savory, chervil, dill, marygold, basil, parsley, caraway, anise, and angelica. And among the perennial kinds, the principal culinary or pot-herb aromatics arc thyme, sage, winter-sa- vory, marjorams, mint, penny-royal, tansey, tarragon and fennel. All of these aromatic herbs, except the basil, arc mostly of hardy growth, so as to succeed in any common soil or situation ; the peren- nial sorts continuing several years in the same plants, among which some are durable, both in root and top, and remain green for use all the year, as thyme, sage, winter-savory, marjoram, hyssop, rue, rosemary, &c. ; while others are perennial only in root, and annual in stalk, as the mints, penny-royal, tansey, tarragon, and fennel, furnishing their respective produce for use, only in the spring, summer, and autumn. The perennial aromatics arc easily raised, either bv slips, offsets, parting the roots, or bv seed ; and mav be planted in spring, summer, or autumn, in beds or borders at from six to ten or twelve inches asunder ; but the annual aiitl biennial kinds continuing in the former only one season, and in the latter only nil the second year, must be raised every year or two, accord- ing to the kind, from seed in liic spring in any common earth in the open ground, except the basil, w liich beins tender requin-s a hot-bed, in order to be transplanted in jNlay and June : most of the others generally remain w here sown in the natural irround, but may be occnNUinally trans- planted, The sweet-ni.ijoram and summer-savory in June, &c.: and likewise the angelica, as being of larae growth, in summer. As some of these only aflbrd their useful parts at particular seasons, as mint, baiirn, penny- royal, tarragon, sweet-marjoram, Ike, thcv should be cut and preserveil at such time.s for S •-• A R ^r ART winter ulkv villosc hairs, shorter than the calvx. It lluwers from July to October. The second species rises with a w'oody stalk six or seven feet high, sending out many woody branches, with leaves somewhat like those of Common Wormwood, but more iim !y divided, and much whiter: the branches arc. terminated by spikes of globular flowers in tlie autumn, but are seldom followed by seeds here. It is a native of the Levant. In the third the whole plant is of a silvery co- lour : the receptacle is villosc. It is a native of Madeira, and flowers in June and July. The fourth species is an under-shrub seldom rising more than three or four ieet liigh : the leaves are alternate, jietioled, multiiid ; leaflets lineal', very narrow, pale green, tomcnlose-sca- brous ; less divided towards the top, till they be- come trilid and even linear next the flowers ; which come forth in linear, upright racemes, or spikes, from the axils at the extremities of the branches, on one-flowered peduncles ; they are small, abundant, nodding, and yellow ; but A R r ART rarelv open in this c'liniatc. It i» a native of Italy. 'I'lie (it'th is upright : the stem p:»nick-(l. ra- ther hoArv : the iovcr loaves piiiiiati-Muiltitid, linear, hoarv : branehe> \s aiul-hke : the raeeiues or spikes alternate, reearved, with the flowers all directed the same \vav;.the pcdieels with here and there linear, !)luntish, recurved leaves : the flowers solitary and cylindrie. In tt.e t'niit- in>i plant all the stems are upri-xht, and lose their lioariness : the leaves on the hr.nu-hcs are ver\' small, linear and undivided: the receptacle naked. It is a native of Persia, and flowers from September to Novc-mbcr. The sixth speeivs has tlvc root perennial : the stem stiff", smooth, braneliina, from a foot to tw o feet in heierty. The leave* may likewise W t mploveil as a pickle. Some of ihesf plants in.iv be ni.ide use of, a* beuig ornamental, in ehi.iip-- and luinliTs fur v.i- riety, and the tree kinds may have a pLice in ihc sireen -house. " AiniCIlOKK. SeeCvvABA. AIMIt'lIOKK, .IKKLSAI.K.M. S... lit i.i- ANTIUIS. AIM'OCAHIH'.S, a semn comprehendin)^ trees of ihe tall-growine exotic kind. It beloii'js ti) the clas somewhat re- semblinff that of The crumb of wheatcn bread mixed w'ith .lemsalem Artichoke. It is a na- tive of the South Sea Islands, and has been lately introduced into the West Indies. It is u-eful not only fi>r food, but also for clothing ; for the bark i< siripptd off" the suckers, and formed into a kind of cloth. The principal varieties of this tree are, that in which the fruit is destitute of seeds, and thai in which ihev are found. Martvn obscr^•es, thai ART A R U the latter may be considered as the tree in a wild state; and that the want of seeds is pro- bably owing to cultivation. The natives of Otaheite reckon at least eight varieties of that without stones, differing in the form of the leaf and fruit. One of these they name Urn or Eoroo: this has a globular, smooth, even fruit, and is the most common. A second, named Maira, has an oval, smooth fruit, with the leaves more deeply cut. A third, called Falea, has the fruit oblong and rugged, as it were scaly. A fourth, Tatarra, has an oval fruit, with mammillary germs muricated by the per- manent st\ie. The same writer remarks, that probably by extending the culture to distant countries ^\e shall hereafter lind the varieties much increased. The parts of fructification in those trees which bear fruit without stones are said to be de- tective. The ainentum never expands; the styles are likewise deficient. In the former variety the fruit contains a considerable quantity of seeds, almost as large as Chestnuts, oblong, somewhat angular, pro- duced into a point at each end, separated by se- veral little membranes or coats, formed by the abortion of some of the germs : they are at- tached to a fleshy and very considerable placenta, which occupies the centre ; are farinaceous, like the Chestnut, and eaten in some places by the savage inhabitants, either boiled, or roasted in embers. It will easily be supposed that this fruit, abounding less in pulp, and being both more fibrous and less juicy than that which has no seeds, must be much inferior, as an article of food : and accordingly, before the discovery of the South Sea Islands the Bread-fruit had not acquired that degree of reputation which it is now found to deserve. The second species is about the same size with the foreaoing, or larger : branches alter- nate, spreading : the twigs hirsute with long stiff hairs : the leaves alternate, petioled, ovate- oblong, blunt with a blunt point, obscurely serrate, undivided, nerved ; bright green and very smooth on the upper surface, paler beneath and hirsute with stifl" hairs, spreading, a span in length : the younger leaves are evidently toothed, but the teeth disappear afterwards : sometimes a leaf or two may be gashed : the petiole is somewhat triangular, smooth, an inch in length : stipules as in the foregoing : the flowers male and female distinct on the same stem or branch : the peduncle either simple or branched, pendulous, an inch thick, and a foot long : the pedicels three, five, or more, the length and thickness of a finger : the fruit weighs thirty pounds' and upwards : it has within it frequently from two to three hundred seeds, three or four times as big as almonds ; they are ovate-oblone, blunt at one end, sharp at the other, and a little flatted on the sides. It is a native of the East Indies. The two species cannot be distinguished with certainty, either by the form of the leaves or the situation of the fruit ; for the leaves in this are sometimes lobcd, as in that ; and the situa- tion of the fruit varies with the age of the tree, being first borne on the branches, then on the tmnk, and finally oit the roots. When culti- vated here their growth is much restricted. Culture. — In those varieties which bear seeds, each of the species may be propagated either by seeds, suckers, or layers. They may be sown in a pot of rich earth, and plunged in the bark-bed. Those which have no seed in the fruit may be increased from suckers, in which they abound very much, or by layers. In hot climates they succeed best in a rich soil; for though thev will grow in an indifferent one, yet they bv no means arrive at that magnitude, nor is their fruit so well flavoured, as when they are planted in a good one. Where the suckers are made use of, they should be taken off in the spring, and planted in pots in the stove. If the layer mode be employed, the young shoots should be laid down in the spring or summer, which may be taken oft" in the following sprintr, and placed in ])ots in the stove. The management is afterwards tiie same as in other exotic trees. ARUM, a genus comprehending plants of the herbaceous, perennial, and exotic kinds. — The Cuckow-Pint. It belongs to the class and order Gynnndria Polyandria, and ranks in the natural order of Plpentce. The characters of which are : that there are male and female flowers oii the same spadix, being closely set together between a double row of threads : the calyx is a one-leafed spathe, very large, oblong, and convolute at the base, converging at the top, the belly compressed and coloured within : the spadix club-shaped, quite simple, a little shorter than the spathe, coloured and fenced at the bottom with germs, shrivel- lins above them ; no proper perianthium ; no corolla : the nectaries are thick at the base, end- ing in threads or tendrils, in iwo rows, issuino- from the middle of the spadix : the stamina have no filaments ; the antherae are sessile and four-cor- nered : the female flowers are on the lower part of the spadix, close to each other : the calyx being a common spathe and spadix, as in the males ; no proper perianthium; no corolla ; the pistillum A R U A R U is ail ovale germ ; no style : the sligma beard- ed, with vilTose hairs : the pericarpiiini is a glo- bular one-celled berry : the seeds several and roundish. The species chiefly cultivated arc : 1. ^4. Ita- Uctim, Italian Arum ; 2. y/. ylrhitnim, Eroad- Icaved Anini, or Friars Cawl ; 3. A. Dracuiuu- liis. Long-sheathed Arum, or Connnon Dra- gon ; 4. A. Draionliuiii, Short-sheaihed Arum, or Green Dragon; 5. yl. Colocusia, Egyptian Arum ; 6. yl.^ Iriloiatum, Three-lobed hulian Arum; '. A. licclurum. Two-coloured Ariun ; 8. A. arhorescens. Tree Arum ; Q. yl. scguiiium. Dumb-cane Arum. The first, according to Martyn, has the stem five feet high, as thick as the human arm, usu- ally upright : the leaves very large, sliohtly acu- minate, with many transverse, parallel ribs ; on long, awl -shaped, erect, stem-clasping petioles : the spathes axillary, small, acute, straight and convolute: the spadix awl-shaped, erect; with the female florets inserted at the base : the ber- ries roundish, pale and small. It is a native of the East Indies. The second species has the spathc entire above, and bent in a little ; below it is also entire, and not convolute : the root is oblong and thick ; the height about a foot and half : the leaves are sharpTsh ; spathc shorter than the leaves : the spadix curved, and the berries red, with one seed in each. It is a native of the south of France, Sec. The third sort has a large, tuberous, fleshy root, which in the spring puts up a straight stalk about three feet high, spotted like the bellv of a snake ; at the top it spreads out into leaves, which are cut into several narrow seg- ments almost to the bottom : at the top of the sialk the flower is produced, which is in shape like the common Arum, having a very long spathe of a dark purple colour, standing erect, with a large spadix of the same colour, so that when it is in flower it makes no un pleasing ap- pearance. It is a native of the southern parts of Europe. The fourth sjiccies grows about eight or nine inches high : the root is roundish, solid, white within and without, smooth : the leaves are pe- tioled, upright, smuller than those of the fore- going: the "leaflets broad lanceolate, and com- monly in threes : the spadix awl-shaped, slen- der, longer than both spathe and leaves. It is a native of America, and flowers in June. The fifth has a tuberous, thick, large, oblong root, rounded at the base : the leaves arc thick, smooth, ash-coloured, in form and size resem- bling those of the Water-Lily, having thick ribs running obliquely to the edge : the petioles are thick, upriiiht, roundish, whitish, and gprcid- ing out at bolloni : llie M.ipi.- short, wilii a -ubu- l.ile, reflex, flat spathe: the spaiiix suliulalc, sluirter than the spathc. It is a native ot the Levant, See. In the sixth species the root is roundish, compressed, smooth, half an inch in diameter: the plant a foot high, and unrighl: the Uaveseor- date at tlie base, three-lobcd, large, lew : the lobes ovate and sharpish : the petioles arc long, lingular, striated, widening at the base, and couLave : the scape shorter than the leaves : the spathe very wide, flat, acuminate and dusky red : the spadix subsessile, svibulatt, shorter ilian the spathc ; with male flowers at the up, female at the base, and very manv long flexuosc red hairs in the middle. It is a native of Ceylon, and flowers in May and.lune. The seventh is without stem: the leaves are halbert-shaped, and entire from the root, with the disk coloured, the middle of the sheath nar- rowed, and the lamina enct, pointed, roundish, and almost convolute. Itflowcrsin June and July. The eighth species has an erect jointed stalk, six feet in height, with arrow-shaped leaves in clusters at top ; the flowers coming out between the leaves in long green spathes, close to the stem. The niiuli has the leaves sometimes punched with holes : it rises to the height of six or seven feet with a green jointed stalk as large as a walk- ing-cane : the leaves are placed irregularly at the top of the stalks, crowing in a cluster ; ihey arc oblong, and of a Tight green colour : from be- tween the leaves the flowers come out on the side of the stalk, having a l(^ng spathe of a pale green color.r, marked vviih white spots, silling close to the stem of the plant: at the first ap- pearance it stands erect, soon after it becomes horizontal, and m a little time declines down- ward : the lower part is swilling so far as the flowers are ransred on the spadix, .above which it is greatly contracted, and toward the lop en- larges again, where it is a little open, so as to show the naked part of the spadix, but is twist- ed asrain at the top: all the lower part folds closeTv over the spadix, so that it is scarcely dis- cernible, unless the spaihe be opened ; wliich can only be done on one side, the other adhering closely to the spadix, so far upward as the flowers extend the naked part of the spadix only beinc separated from the spaihe ; so that the fe- malt""flowers and stamina are ranged only on one side of the spadix ; in w hich it diflers from tlie other species. It is a native of the warm parls of America. Ciillun. — In this genus of jjlants the propa- gation is mostly eflecled by means of oflVeis, or partintr the roots, which may be done either in ARU ARIT tlie autumn or spring months, ^^'itll ihe hardy sorts, as tlie three fu'st, the planting may he per- tiirmecl in the common borders ; but in the ten- der kinds, as tlie tburlh, frfth, sixth and seventh species, it should be in pots of liglit earth, in order to be promoted in their taking root by a srentle hot-bed. They are afterwards to be kept ni the bark-stove. When kept in slielves in the dry stove they do not succeed so well. The sixth and seventh sorts require to be guarded from cold bvbeintr [jlaced in the tan-bed of the stove. 'J'he two last species may be propagated by cuttings of the stems three or four joints in lensrth, which, after being sufficiently dried, so as to heal the cut parts, may be placed separately in sn)all pots of light sandy mould, and plunged in a moderate tan hot-bed, no water Ix-ing given till they are well rooted. They should be eon- stantlv retained in the stove. Such of the hardy kinds as produce seeds, may also be raised by sowing them in pots in the autunm, which should be placed in a gentle hot- bed in the early spring months, to promote their germination and growth. The three first are curious, and serve to afford diversity in the borders and clumps of pleasure- grounds ; but the Dracnuculus, though a singu- lar plant, is disagreeable from its unpleasant smell. The others are kept in the stove for the purpose of variety. ARUNDO, a genus comprising plants of tlie herbaceous, perennial, and reed kind, some of which are of rapid growth. It belongs to the class and order Trlavilrin Di- gynki, and ranks in the natural order of Gramivu. The characters of which are : that the calyx is a one- or many-flowered, two-valvcd, erect filunie : the valves oblong, acuminate, awniess, one shorter than the other : the corolla is two- valved, the valves the length of the calyx, ob- long and acuminate, a lanugo arising from their base, almnst the length of tlie flower: thenectary two-leaved, and very small : the slamiua con- sist of three capillary filaments : the anthcrre forked at both ends : the pistillum is an oblong germ : the styles are two, capillary, reflex and villose : the stigmas simple ; there is no peri- carpium : the corolla adheres to the seed without ga])ing: the seed is sinsile, oblong, acuminate at both ends, and furnished with a long down at the base. The species mostly cultivated are : I . ^-Z. Dmiax, Cultivated Evergreen or Portugal Reed; •■2. A. Bamlos, Bamboo-Cane, or Great Indian Reed; ,y. A. colorata. Reed Canary-grass. The first, in its natural situation, has the cidm six feet high or more, (ten, fifteen, antl according to some authors twenty or thirty feet) hard, almost woody, with knots or joints and diaphragms. Above each joint is a leaf, embracing the culm with a yellow, hollow sheath, two feet long, and three inches broad. The top of the culm ends in a point, the leaves rolling up in form of a cone. The panicle is a foot and half long, erect, and many-flowered. There arc two flowers, and sometimes three in one calyx, but two only ripen. The calyxes are in general considered as three-flowered; but in the late editions of the Systimu FcgetahUiiim, Martyn observes, " that tliey are given as five-flowered, on the autho- rity of Tiirra." It is a native of the south of Europe, &c. and flowers here in July and August. There is a variety with variegated leaves called Striped or Parti-cvloured Reed, but which never grows to a third part of the height of the other, and the leaves are narrower and much shorter. The second species has a woody, hollow, round, straight culm, in its native situation, forty feet high and upwards, simple and shin- ing : the internodcs a foot in length and circmn- feiTnce : sheaths thick, hairy, rough, convo- lute, deciduous : branches alternate, slender, so- lid, spiny, reclining, springing out from the base to the very top ; the low cr ones being usu- allv cut off": the leaves small, quite entire, lan- ceolate, roundish at the base, striated, rough, on alternate round petioles. The hollow inter- nodes of the culm are frequently found filled with a limpid liquor, which inlndiabeyond theGanges is not condensed into the substance called T4- i)axir or Tabasheer, as it is, though rarely, in Malabar. The panicle of flowers is difluscd, in spikes; spikelels oblong, imbricate: the calyx is two-valved, one-flowered ; the valves acute, and convolute : the corolla tw-o-valvcd, membranace- ous, very small, and surrounded w ith hairs : sta- mina six, filaments very short, antherK oblong : stigmas three, subsessile, long and villose : seed one, oblong. It is a native of most of the tropical regions, and may be raised here in the stove. "The third has a perennial root, long, thick, jointed, creeping, covered with whitish or brownish scales : the culms from two or three to five or six feet in height, upright, strong, round, smooth, with six or seven purplish or brownish knots ; at each of which is a leaf from a hand to a span, a foot in length, and from five to eisiht lines in breadth, smooth except to- wards the end and on the sides, where they are somewhat scabrous, bright green, white about the edge, and with a white nerve : the sheaths striated, smooth, ending in a whitish, cloven ligule : the panicle from six inches to a foot iu lenoth, much contracted at first so as to re- senible a spike, but spreading out in flowering time, branched, the branches crowded, closely A R U A S A imbricate, and uncmial ; it varies in colour, Iie- ing commonly pur|jli--li, but sometimes whitish: the peduncles in pairs or three together, the h)\\er outs connected at the base, havnic: a sharp little scale for a bracle : the llorcts imbricate, pointing one wav, when flowering divcruing on very short pedicels. The valves of the calyx with two ribs on each side, not nuuh loniicr than the corolla, the outer valve a little less than the other. The valves of the corolla liairv at the edges, and furnished with a small, slender, hairv appendage on each side, the outer valve not rolleil in. The nectaries two, lanecolate-aeuminate, with one tooth on the outer edge. The seed oval, flatted, brown, and shining. There is a varietv of this grass cultivated in gardens, which has beautiful striped leaves, ge- nerally green and white, but sometimes with a purplish cast. It is known by the names of ladies' laces, painted grass, and ril'Laiid grass. Culture. The first species, though a native of a warm climate, is sometimes capable of re- sisting the cold of our winters in warm situations, where the soil is not too retentive of nic)isturc, especially if a little litter be applied over the roots, when thev prove severe. It is propagated by parting the roots in the latter end of February or beginning of March, previous to the shooting forth of the new stems. They mostly shoot the same season, but seldom in a vigorous manner until the second or third year, when several stems proceed from the same stool. The chief culture which it requires is that of being well supplied with water in dry seasons, and having the stems cut down and cleared away annually in the autumn. The variegated variety, as being more tender, should be protected from the frost during the winter season. The second sort only admits of being raised in well-regulated stoves in this eountrv, in which it is sometimes capable of attaining con- siderable growth. It is propagated by taking off slips from the roots in the verv earlv spring months, and planting them in large pots or tubs filled uilh good earth, which should then be plunged in the bark-bed in the stove or hot- house, full supplies of water being carefully aflbrded. If the roots of the plants be per- mitted to extend themselves in the tan of the beds, as the tubs decay they will grow with greater vigour; but great care must be taken in these cases not to disturb their roots on the re- freshing or renewal of the beds. The \ariely of the third species usually em- ployed may be easily multiplied by dividing the roots in the autumnal season, and planting them out again in the clumps, borders, or oilier places where they arc intended to grow. Tlic plants re- quire no further culture, except that of cleariii"- away the stems in the autunui. The first kind aflbrds variety by the singularity of its growth among the larger ])lants in the borders and other parts ol' pleasure-cround^. The second is preserved in the stove forlhe sake of ciniosity. And the last is chieliv valuable for the diversity which it creates among the smaller herbaceous |)lanis in clumps and borders. ASAHUM, a genus containing plants of the low herbaceous perennial kiml. It belongs to the class and order Dodccandria Mwiogi/nia, and ranks in the natural order of Surtnciifaceie. The characters of which are: that the calvx is a one-leafed bell-shaped, three- or four- cleft, coriaceous, coloured, permanent perianthiuni ; the clefts are erect and bent in at the top; no corolla; the stamina consist of twelve subulate filaments, half the length of the calvx; the anthers oblontr, and fastened to the middle par- tition of the filaments : the pistillum is an in- ferior or concealed germ within the substance of the calyx : the style is cylindric, the lencih of the stamina : the stigma is stellate, six-parted, the parts reflex : the pcricarpium is a coriaceous capsule within the substance of the calyx, bein" mostly six-celled. There are several ovate seeds. The species of most note in garden cidture arc: 1. ^. Canadeine, Canadian Asarabaeca. 2. .'7. I'irginicum, Virginian Sweet-scented Asa- rabaeca. In the first the roots are perennial, thick, and fleshy, sending out many fibres. The leaves rise from the root, are mu;;h larger than in those of common asarabaeca, and stand on longer foot- stalks; they are pointed and hairy. The flowers are like those of the other sort, growing close to the root, but are more inclining to green on the outside. It is a native of Canada, and flowers from April to July. In the second species the leaves are veined and spotted on their upper surface, like those of the autumnal Cyclamen. The flowers are shaped like the others, but stand on longer peduncles, and are of a darker purple colour. They cnmc out in April and May, and their seeds ripen in July and August. It is a native of Virginia and Carolina. Culture. — These are hardy plants, of easy culture, .'i'hey succeed to most advantage in situations which are moist and shady. They arc propasiated by parting the roots in the autunmal months, w hieh should be planted out in the I'ronis of tlum])s or borders where they are to remain. In the Canadian sort, w lieu the soil is too leten- T A S C A S C live of moifture, the roots are apt to rot in the winter season. The second kind succeeds best when planted in such a situation as not to be too much ex- posed to the sun during the day. From their low growth they are less ornamen- tal than many others, especially the first sort, but aHbrd nuich singularity in their mode of flowering as w ell as their flowers, on which ac- count thev should always occupy the front situ- ations in the places where they arc planted out. ASCLEFIAS, a genus comprising v'lrious plants of the flowery, perennial, herbaceous, and shrubby exotic sorts ; and of the Swallow- wort and Dug's-bane kinds. It belongs" to the class and order Pentandria Digijnia, and ranks in the natural order of Con- lortce. The characters of w hich are : that the calyx is a flvc-cleft, sharp, very small, permanent peri- anthium. The corolla monopetalous, flat or re- flex, five-parted : the divisions ovate-acuminate, slightlv bendmg with the sun. The nectaries five, growing lo the tube of the filaments below the anthers, lleshy, or cowled; protruding from the bottom a sharp horn, bending inw ards. The stamina consist of five filaments collected into a tube, swelling at the base: the anthers oblong, uprisj-ht, and two-celled, terminated by an inflcK menTbranc lying on the stigma, having a reversed wincr on each srde, growing broader downwards with its edee contiguous to the next. The pollen is collected into ten corpuscles, inversely lan- ceolate, flat, hanging down into the cells of the anther by short "threads, frequently flexuose; which are annexed by pairs to five cartilaginous, twin tubercles, each placed oti the tip of the wings of the anthers, adhering to the angles of the stigma, between the anthers. The pistillum consists of two oblong acuminate germs; styles two, subulate: stigma common to both, large, thick, five-cornered, covered at top by the apexes of the anthers, umbilicate in the middle. The pericarpium has two follicles, large, oblong, acuminate, swelling, one-celled, one-valved. The seeds numerous, imbricate, crowned with down: the receptacle is membranaceous and free. The species are very numerous, but those most commonly in cultivation are ; 1 . A. L'in- cetoxkian, Common Swallow-wort, or Tame- poison; '1. yl. nigra, Black Swallow-wort; Z.A. Syriaca, Syrian Swallow-wort, or Dog's-bane; 4. A. pwpwasccns, Purple Virginian Swallow- wort, or Dosr's-bane; 5. A. vtrticillaUi, Verti- cillate Swallow-wort; 6. A. decumlens, Decum- bent Swallow -wort, or Dog's-bane ; 7. A. tule- rosu. Tuberous-rooted Swallow-wort, or Dog's- bane; 8. A. variegata. Variegated Swallow- 3 wort ; 9. A. arlore^cens, Arborescent Swallow- wort; 10. A fnitkosa. Shrubby or Willow- leaved Swallow-wort; 11. A. undulata,\KAX&- leaved Swallow-wort; 12. A. criyia, Curled- leaved Swallow-wort; 13. A. Cuyassai'ica, Cu- rassoa Swallow-wort, or Bastard Ipecacuanha; 14. ^. z'oZ?/i//w, Twining Swallow-wort; 15. A. gigantia,CuT\cd flowereclGiffanticSwallow-wort. The first species has the root verv large and nuich branched : it is composed of many strong fibres, w hieh are connected at the top, like those of Asparagus. From this arise many stems, in number proportioned to the size of the root, near two feet high, very slender at the top, woodv, round, bain-, and not branched. The leaves are cordate- ovate, acuminate, smooth, hardish, quite entire, glaucous-green, the midrib and sometimes the edge of the leaves a little hairy : the petioles short. Peduncles axillary, many-flowered, resembling proliferous umbels. The calyx small, green, divided at the end into five bristles. The corolla is commonly white : the follicles ovate-acuminate: the seeds small, brown, and wrapped in white cotton. It flow ers in .Tunc, sometimes in May, and continues flowering to August, and is a native of most parts of the conTinent of Europe. It is said to vary, with yellow flowers ; and there is a variety with broader leaves. The second species agrees with the above in the shape of its rtxjts, leaves, and flowers ; but the stalks extend to a greater length, and toward their upper part twist round any sticks or other plants near them; and the flowers are black. It is by no means so common as the foregoing, having been found only in the south of France, the mountains about Nice, and in Spain. It flowers at the same time with the other. The third creeps greatly at the root, and sends up strong stems upwards of four feet high; to- wards the top of them the flowers come out on the side ; these are of a worn-out purple colour, smelling sweet; and sometimes they are suc- ceeded here by large oval pods. It flowers in Julv, and is a native of North America. The French in Canada cat the tender shoots in spring as Asparagus. The flowers are highly odoriferous. The fourth species has many stems, as thick as the little finger, at bottom quadrangular with blunted angleSj^and of a brownish green colour; above round atid green, a little hairy. The leaves are on short petioles, from four to six inches long, and two or three broad ; the midrib pur- ple." The flowers have the petals of a dusky herbaceous colour, the horns of the nectaries pale and gapins:, not erect but horizontal. It is a native of North America, and flowers from July to September. A S C A S C Tlie fifth species rises with slender uprifflit stalks, at the top of which grow umbels of small white flowers, appearing in Julv, Ijut never succtetletl bv pods in this cliuiatc. The leaves are irequcntiy tuur together. The peduncles torniins an umbel are opjiosite to the leaves. It is a native of North America. The sixth has diclining stalks, which are hairv^, and eighteen inches in length. The leaves are narrow. The umbels grow at the extremity of tile branches, are compact, and the flowers of a bright orai'.ge colour. It is a native of North America. In the seventh species the stems arc a foot high, hairv, round, andduskvrcd. The leaves al- ternate, except on the upper part of the stem. Below where it branches are generally two leaves, and at the place of branching four: on the branchf's themselves the leaves are again alter- nate. The flowers are of a bright orange colour. The tuberous roots very large. It is a native of North America, and flowers from the end of Julv to September, sometimes ripening seed in this climate. The eighth, according to Linnaeus, is allied to the third; but Dillenius thinks that it approaches verv near to the Amoena, but that the stems are shorter, and commonly variegated with dusky purple spots ; the leaves broader and rounder, more excavated, less rigid, not shining or hoary underneath, with the oblique veins deeper, so as to be even grooved ; the flowers larger, pale, dusky flesh-coloured, sweet-smelling, the horns of the nectaries standing out and gaping more. According to Miller, it resembles the fourth sort, but the leaves are rough, and the umbels of flowers more compact ; thev come out on tlie side of the sulk, are of an herbaceous colour, and are not succeeded by pods in this climate. It is a native of North America. In the ninth jpecies the stem is shrubby, rough with hairs, upright, as thick as the linger. The leaves opposite, on very short petioles, end- ing rather obtuselv, but with a minute point, and fiiiooth. The peduncles from the sunmiit of the stem, umbelled, villose. The corollas arc white. It is a native of the Cajie of Good Hope, and flowers in December. In the tenth the nectaries are compressed without a claw, instead of which are two long reflex ears. The follicles are inflated, and set with soft prickles. It is also a native of the Cape, and flow ers from June to September. The eleventh is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, and flowers here in July. The tw elfth has the stem pubescent, branch- ing at bottom. The leaves subscssile, repand. One umbel of yellow flowers terminates the stem. I'oiind at the Cape of (Jood I lo)ii-. The lhirte*;nth species has the stem irom a foot to two or three feet in lieiglil, uprijiht, simple, or generally so, round, pubescent, and milkv. The leaves opposite and decussated, jictioled, acute, cntiR", and smo<'ih on both sidci. The flowers in umbels: unibellules terniinaling, or opposite to the terminatins leaflet in pairs, pcduncled. In\'ohirre none, but only a few subulate leaflets. 'I'he [U'duuele the length of the leaves: pedicels shorter, one-flowered. Calyx of five, lanceolate, refle.x leaflets; corulla reflex. Nectaries five, round the middle corpuscle, ovate, ear-cowled obliquely inwards, with a little horn from the jiectareous base sibre- shaped bent inwards. In the miitdlc is a trun- cate corpuscle, hollowed at the l.p, bluntly five-cornered, covered with five scales at the sides, and cajVmg with as many chinks. .Scales hollowed within. Glands live, roundish, black, to which are fixed above, within the scales, pairs of glanduliferous pedicels, in place of anthers; these elands are oblong, jKllucid, panduriform, anJ filled with prolific moisture. Germs two, ovate, acuminate; styles two, subu- late, hid within the column ; stigmas simple, and obtuse. Follicles oblong, acuminate, toothless, ventricose, and smooth. It is a native of South America, the \\'cst-Indian Islands, and China near Canton, and flowers from June to Sep- tember. The fourteenth species is quite smooth, with shining branches. The leaves petioled, ovate- subcordate, and veined. The umbels qifiie simple, on peduncles the length of the petiole. The flow ers greenish. It is a native of Malabar, Ceylon, 8cc. The fifteenth rises to six or seven feet in height. The leaves are thick ; the flowers whUe; the pods very large; the base of the petiole bearded above. The nectaries do not put forth awl-shaped horns, but solid converg- ing plates. It flowers from .hily to Septem- ber. Cuhnre. — ^The method of propagating the different hardy kiiKls, as the first eight species, is bv parting the n>ots and pi.mting them out, either in the autunm as soon as the stems decay, orin theearlvsprini: months before the new shoots are protrxided. They require a rather dry soil, as when there is too much moisture they are apt to have tlu-ir roots destroyed by it in the winter season. They are likewise capable of beii\g raised from seed, when it can be procured, by sowing it in beds or pots of light fresh earth in the sprinir months. With the seventh and eighlii species, the pots should be plunged in a liot-ned, T a A S C A S C and as soon as the plants present themselves they should be exposed gradually to the influence of the open air to strengthen their growth, and when sufficiently vigorous, be either pricked out on warm borders, or in the situations where they are to remain. In the former method they must he transplanted the March following into the places where they are to grow. In either mode occasional shade and water must be provided, and in the winter the roots be protected from the action of the frost bv being covered with old tan, litter, or mats. The^e two sorts may also be occasionally increased by planting the oflsets in the early spring. They last many years when proper care is takeij of them in the winter; but do not bear frequent removing well, or flower so strongly under such circumstances. In the culture of the ninth and three follow- ing sorts the protection of a green-house is essen- ttatty necessary in the w inter season. The ninth and tenth kinds may be increased either by seeds or cuttings. In the first manner the seed should be sown in small pots tilled with a light earthy compost, placing them in a hot- bed; and when the plants have attained a pro- per degree of size and strength they must be pricked out into separate pots, a due degree of shade and water being given till they have stricken fresh root, and afterwards as occasion may require. The eleventh, twelfth, and other Cape sorts, may be propagated by sowing the seeds in the latter end of March or beginning of April on a moderate hot-bed, covered with light mould, under glasses, or even sometimes^ in the open air; and when the plants are become sufficiently strong and a few inches in height, they may be placed out into separate small pots filled with light fresh earth, being at first pro- perly shaded and supplied with moisture: alter being fully rooted they may be exposed in warm situations in assemblage with other exotic plants till the beginning of the autunm, when they must receive the shelter of the green-house. The principal attention which is afterwards necessary with plants of this description is, that of properly potting them as they increase in size, and carefully exposing them in the opeii air during the svimmer months. These sorts are likewise capable of being raised by setting the cuttings of the shoots in the latter end oi the summer in shady situations, and after they have stricken good roots carefully removing them into pots, to be managed as the seedling plants. The thirteenth and following kinds require to be kept constantly in the stove of the hot-house. They may be increased by sowing the seeds in the spring either on a hot-bed, or in pots, and plunging them into the hot-bed ; the plants, when sufficiently grown, being in the first mode transplanted into separate pots of good earth, to be, as in the latter method, plunged into the tan-bed in the stove of the hot-house. Plants of the thirteenth species should be annually raised, as they decline in the production of flowers after the first year. The first kinds may be employed in the ffGhts of the clumps and borders of p'-i^sure- or other grounds, where they h?,ve a good effect in mix- ture with other plants of similar growth. The second sorts afford an agreeable diversity in the green-house during the winter, and in the cumpartments about the house in the sum- mer season. Those of the last description present a pleas- ing variety among other stove plants. ASCYRUM, a genus furnishing plants of the perennial shrubby kind. The St. Peter- wort. It belongs to the class and order Polyadelph'm Pohjamlriu, and ranks in the natural order of Rotacece. The characters of which are : that the calyx is afour-leaved perianthium : the outerleafletsoppo- site, very minute, linear: the inner heart-shaped, large, flat, erect: all permanent. The corolla has four ovate petals ; the outer opposite, very large, the inner less. The stamina consist of numerous filaiTients, bristle-shaped, slightly united at the base in four parts. The anthers are roundish. The germ oblong. Stvle scarcely any. Stigma simple. The pericarpium is an oblong capsule, acuminate, one-celled, two-valved, inclosed by the larger leaves of the calyx. The seeds nu- merous, small, rouiidish, and fixed to the edge of the valves. The species cidtivated for ornament are, 1. A. hypcricoides, Shrubby St. John's-wort, like Asevrum. 2. A. villosum, Hairy St. Peter's- wort. The first is an elegant little shrub, seldom rising above three feet in height. It is very full of leaves and branches. The branches are di- ehotomous; the twigs compressed and ancipital. The leaves opposite, subsessile, lanceolate, ob- tuse, entire, very finely perforated, and smooth ; and at their base are very small glands. The flowers terminating, peduncled, solitary, and yellow. Two leaflets of the calyx are four times as big as the two others, aI^d inclose them; they are heart-shaped, blunt, and smooth. Corolla cruciform; peuils the size of the larger leaves of the calyx, and spreading. The fila- ments are distinct, upright, surrounding the A S II ASP germ the length of the petals. T'nc germ oh- long, sharp, ami compressed: the 51 vies two, virv short : stigmas blunt : the capsule is compressed, being ccivircd v. ith the shrivelled calvx. It is a native ot South Carolina. The second species grows about three feet high. The flowers are produced at the ends of the stalks, and are of the same shape and colour with common St. John's-wort. It grows na- luraiiv m \ irguua. Culture. — The best method with the hrsi ^rr! is to propagate it bv cuttings made from the young shoots in May, as it rarely produces seeds m this climate. These should be planted in pots of good earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, till thcv have stricken root, and the plants are become strong, when they may be transplanted into the situations where thev are to remain, in the borders or other parts. A warm aspect should alwavs be chosen for the purpose, and the roots must be protected, especially in severe winters, by being covered with tan, litter,or other similar substances. This sort may likewise be raised by layers put down in auiunm. The second kind mav be increased by parting the roots in the autunm after the stems are de- cayed, planting them in situations where the soil is of a loamv quality. These after some time often produce seed. They should con- stantly be guarded from the action of frosts in the winter season. These two species are useful in affording va- riety in extensive pleasure-grounds. ASH Common. See Fraxinus. Ash Flowering. See Fraxinus. Ash Manna. See Fraxinus. Ash Mountain. See Sorbus. Ash Poison. See Rhus. ASHES, the particles of different ligneous and other substances which remain after the process of combustion. Thev are of different kinds; but those mostly employed in garden culture are wood, twf, coal, and peal ashes. Their effects on the soil vary in some measure according to the kinds. Such as contain saline matter in anv proportion not only afford im- provement on thestifferand more tenacious sorts of ground, bv rendering them more friable and mellow, but by their acuon upon them bringing them into a more fit condition lor supplying tlie nourishment of plants. Mr. Nicol found where the ashes of green furze had been thickly spread on the surface, and afterwards dug into the earth, that when ihey had remained some tmie in that state of union, they produced the most beneficial etfeets in promoting the growth of different sons of trees. In this view, therefore, the use of wood and turf ashes may 6 be of much advanLigc :;> bringinc such new garden -grounds as are of a stiff adhesive qi: •!:!•.' mto a condition proper for the growth of difle'- reiit kinds of vegetable crops. And where ilie grounds are too much inclined to moisture, thiv may he of great utility by the power whiefi they possess of taking up the super.ibundaiit proportion of wetness. And it is not improbable but they may likewise contribute in the \\j,y of aflording the food of plants. Coil-ashes, prob.ibiy from their eontainiii" a portion of calr^rr*'"" muucr, are alio found to be highly beneficial on stiff and retentiv; ear- den-grounds, in rendering them more open and porous. In this view they are successfully used in the neighbourhood of many great cities where coal is much burnt for fuel. Thev also open the texture of clayey grounds, and correct their tenacity and other bad qualities. The eardencrs about London know their value, and make a very profitable use of them, particularly in brintr- ing into order those grounds which have been dug up for brick earth. And it is probable that peat-ashes may be made use of in the same in- tention with great benefit, as they have the pro- property of lesseniiiii the adhesion of such soils. The proportions in which manures of these kinds may be employed must depend in a great degree on the state of the grounds ; but too sparing quantities can seldom be advantageous, where tlie principal obji.ct is that of rendering them more light and open. In the application of the two first sorts, care shouldbe taken to pre- serve them for the purpose in covered sheds, and to have them laid on when the weather is inclined to be moist without beinir too wet. ASP or ASPEN-TUEE. See Populus. ASPALATHUS, a genus containinsr plants of the ornamental shrubby exotic kinll. The African Broom. It belongs to the class and order Diadtiphia Decandria, and ranks in the natural order of PapilionacecB. The characters of which are : that the calyx is a one-leafed, five-cleft perianthium: the divisions acuminate, equal, except that the upper part is larger. The corolla is papilionaceous : the ban- ner compressed, ascending, obovate, generally hirsute on the outside, obtuse with a point : wings lunulate, obtuse, spreading, shorter than the banner : keel bifid, conformable w ith the wings. The stamina consist of ten fila- ments, united into a sheath gaping longitudi- nally at top, and ascending. The antHcrs are obltintr. The pistillum is an ovate trerm. The style simple and ascending. The stigma sliarp. Tlie pericarpium is an ovate av. nicss legume. The seeds arc generally two, and kidney- shaped. ASP ASP The s]iccics arc numerous, but few have yet been inti-odiiced into cultivation. Those which have are, 1. A. aliens, White Aspalathus; 2. A. Indicii, Indian Aspalathus j 3. A. ar- gentca, Silvery Aspalanthus. The first has the stem shrubby, upright, with a brown bark full of chinks; the extreme twigs somewhat lomentose. The leaves five together, sh<;:-n and spreaduig a little at ihc tip, of a silky whiteness. The bunches of flowers terminating, silkv-white, small, several, glomerate, and pu- dun'cled. The calvx is „„i- ;icent. No braete under the calyx, but one under the pedicel. The corolla tomentose and white. It flowers here in July. The second species is a shrul), with slender hard round twigs; branches alternate, short. The leaves are alternate, leaflets oblong, obtuse, sessile, broader towards theend, bluntish, smooth, the side-ones a little shorter. The peduncles from each of the axils longer than the leaf. The leiTumes half as long again as the peduncles. It grows about five feet high. The flowers are of a pale red colour ; they appear in August, but are seldom succeeded by pods here. It is a na- tive of the East Indies. The third rises about four feet high, with a shrubby stalk dividing into slender branches. 'The flowers are purple, downy, and grow thinly on the branches ; ihty come out late in the summer. The leaves are in threes or in bunches, lanceolate, silky, as is the whole plant. Flowers in spikes, or else scattered, lateral, villose. It flowers in July and August. Culture. — The propagation in these as well as tlie other species of this genus may be effijcted by sowing the seeds, when they can be procured, in the autumnal season, in pots of light earth, and immediately plunged in a very gentle tan hot-bed, being removed into another moderate hot-bed in the" spring, for the purpose of bring- ing the plants forward. They may also be sown in'the spring; but in this case they will mostly require to be'placed in an old tan-bed in autumn, and to have a fresh hot-bed in the spring, as when sown at the above period they rarely rise the same year. After the plants are become sufficiently strong they should be planted out into small pots, separately filled as above, and plunged into a gentle hot-bed, and when well roott-cl be gradually accustomed to the influence of the ope^i air, being placed in warm sheltered situations till the period of taking them into the green-house. They should have but very sparing supplies of water during the winter season, as they are apt to be destroyed by it. ASPARAGUS, a genus containing avaluable plant of ihe esculent kind. It belongs to the class and order Hexandria ]\l(jnogi//iia, and ranks in the natuial order of Suriiicntaci'CB. Tlie characters are: that it has no calyx: the corolla consists of six petals, cohering by the claws, oblong, erected into a tube; three alter- nately interior, reflex at theend, and permanent; the stamina have six filiform filaments inserted into the petals, erect, shorter than the coroHi; the anthers z:z ioundish; the pistillum is a tur- omatc germ, three-cornered; the stylevery short ; the stigma a prominent point ; the periearpium is a globular berry, umbilicated with a point, three-celled ; the seeds are two, round, angular on the inside, and smooth. 'The species cultivated is A. offic'mulis, Com- mon Asparagus. It has a large perennial root, composed of many succulent round bulbs forming a kind of transverse tuber, whence spring numerous stems, which are round, smooth, green, stiff, and branched, in the wild plant a foot and a half high or more, but in the garden plant much higher; branches alternate, thinly subdivided into alternate twigs with a few leaves between them: at their base is a single stipule, which is membranaceous, brownish, triangular-ovate, ta- pering to a point, the base also running down into a pointed prominence: there is also a sti- pule at the base of each bundle of leaves, which is cordate-ovate, pointed, ragged at the edge, and often cracking at the sides, its base in- closing the whole bundle. Linnaeus mentions two smaller stipules with this. The leaves are three, four, or five in a bundle, of diflferent sizes, linear or bristle-shaped, green with a white point, smooth, four or five lines in length. The peduncles are axillary, pendulous, solitary or two together, one-flowered, sometimes two- flowered ; they have a tubercle or joint above the middle, and are protected at the base by the stipule of the twigs. The corolla is yellowish green; the berries red, with the remains of the corolla at the base. Citlliire. — In the cultivation of this useful vegetable the plants are invariably raised from seed, which, after three or four years' growth, become in a proper condition for producing full- sized heads of Asparagus; the same roots con- tinuing to afford supplies annually during seve- ral weeks in the sunnner season, as well as during the winter and early spring months, by beiniT forced in pits or frames constructed for the purpose; the shoots remaining after the summer cuttings run up to stems, flower, and produce perfect seed in the autumn. The soils on which Asparagus may be culti- vated to the greatest advantage are those of the ASP ASP more deep, light, loamy, or alluvial kimls. The vtrv strong loams do not answer so perttctly tor the culture ot this plant as those ot the less heavy sorts. It is neccssarv to he particular in the prtpa- ratioii of the ground Ibr the reception of the plants, both on account of the great length of time whicJt is required before ihev attain per- fection, and from little being capable of being *. But when this cannot be done, the plants may be purchased from the kitchen-gardeners in the vi- cinity of most large towns. For this use some employ plants of three or four years sivowth ; but Mr. Nieol thinks that they should Tku be of less than four years, or of more than seven or eight years growth. And it is advised that tliey should be kept covered with straw or litter during the winter, in order that they may be readily procured in the time of frost. The quantity of plants necessary for this pur- pose is considerable, the space of fhree rods ot tiTound only furnishing a sufficient proportion of plants for a three-light frame, as they should be planted in a close manner ; a bed of this ex- tent not affording more than about three or four hundred large buds weekly, besides Sprew, for the period of three weeks or a month at most. The season for beginning this work should be regulated bv the time when the vegetable is wanted for the table. It is frequently begiui as early as the latter end of September, but the most usual time is the middle of November ; and it may be continued nearly until the period at which the natural Asparagus ci)mes in. Making the BeJs. — In the conmion method of forcing this vegetable the liot-beds are prepared in the usual n)anner, by throwing together a suitable quantity of frcsh horse stable-dung, so as to form beds cjf about two feet and a half or three feet in height in an upright manner, fine mould or earth being then applied over the surfaces to the thickness of six or eight inches; the out>idps of the frames being well lined and banked up with the sauK" materials alter the plants are put in, that the heat may be suf- ficiently preserved, and the plants m arest the sides bepreser\ed from the effects of fro^^t. The bf:di are sometimes made on the level surlacc. or by being slightly raised above it; but wlicre the soil is dry, a trench or excavation six or eight inches in depth may be niade for thorn. The author of the " Scotch Forcing Cur- dencr" recommends that the »iable-dung lor the beds should be twice shaken over, remaining each time four or live davs to sweeten, or let olf the rank steam, before the beds are made up. They should then be formed to the height of three feet in front and foiu' in the back, extending a foot further than the frames all round. And alter the whole surfaits h.ive been made even thev should be covered w ilh turfs, cut so as to form again in an exact maimer, being laid the green sides downwards, and smoothed w ell with the back side of the spade; the frames arc then to be placed over, which should have the depth of thirty inches in the backs and twenty m the fronts. In these, good, dry, old tan, that has been well reduced, should be laid in an even manner to the thickness of eight inches or more; or where this cannot be procured, light sandy earth, with a fourth part of good vegetable mould, may be employed. Bi^ds prepared in this wav, when thev begin to heat, produce less steam than in the ordinary manner; which is the reason of their being turfed. But if any steam arise the frames should be opened to let it oft", though it is not of any material disadvantage till the plants appear. The most suitable situations for forming beds of this sort in, are those which are the least ex- posed to the west or north winds, and the most open to the intlucnce of the sun. The melon or cucumber grounds answer perfectly w ell w hen sufficiently spacious ; and it is an advantage if plenty of good mould and earth be at hand for preparing the beds with. It is, however, suggested by Mr. Nicol, that forcing in ilued pits constructed for the purpose is a much preferable and more convenient method ; and that the Asparagus is of a much better colour and finer flavour than when cultivated on dung hot-beds. And besides, the pits answ\r variou.^ other purposes. The grow th of the plants can also be rcnilaied with much greater convenience and exactness, so as to suit tiie times of their being wanted. It is observed, that a pit I wenty- five or thirty feet in leiiglh, six in width, and which one fire can command, is suthcient lor forcing Asparagus so as to supply a large fanuly from November to May in a regular mannor, and be afierv.ards en»p'loyed in raising various other sorts of ciops. The consumption of fuel in these ca. . . . . haped flowirs, winch are white with a purple line running longitudi- nally along th;' outside of each segmetit. They grow in long spikes, flowering successively from the bottom upwards. They appear the begin- ning of .lune, and the seeds ripen in autumn. It is a native of the south of Flurope. There is a variety, acci^rding to Miller, which is unbranched, with white flowers. The third species is an annual plant. Tlie roots are comixjsed of many fleshy yellow fibres. The leaves are spread out from the crown of the root, close to ihegroimd, in a large cluster; they are convex on their under side, but flat above, and hollow. The flower-stalks rise innnediately from the root, and grow about two feet hich, dividing upwards into three or four branches, which are adorned with white starry flowers, having purple lines on the outside : these come out in July and August, and their seeds ripen in October, soon after which the plants decay. It is native of the south of France. Ci/lli/>-c. — These are plants that require little trouble in their cultivation, and which succeed in almost any soil or situation. They are cap.ablc of being propagated by seeds and by parting the rootS; In the first method the seeds should be sown as soon as they are perfectly ripened in the au- tumn, upon a bed of liffht frcsU earth in a warm aspect. The plants will rise in the early s|)ring months, and after being kept clean during the summer, may be transplanted into fresh otdt in the succeeding autumn or spring, at the distance of six inches from each other, and in the following autumn be planted out in the situations where they are to remain. But it iff probably a better practice to remove the ]ilanti from the Seed-bed into the places where they arc to continue, as in this way they grow with more viorour. The third sort can only be raised Iruin seeds, which should he sown in the autumn; and the plants, when they have put out three or four leaves, be removed into the plaeei where they arc to grow. In the latter mode the slips or parted roots may be planted out, eitiier on beds or in the places w here they are to grow, in the autumn or early spring. In the former case the plants are usually allowed a summer's growth before they arc removed. In either way the tops of the roots should be covered three or four incbc;> AST •:/ith mou^Ll. Tiiey iijiia!!y flwAcr in the follow- insi siuiinier. The iirtst species nmlt^plitf riipitily by roots, but the second more sparingly, and does not bear transplanting so well, as u is rendered more weak in its flowering. The variety with white flowers is less hardy than either of these species. J a severe winters it is useful to protect the roots by the application of tan or stable-dung ; and the stems should be annually cleared away when thev beoin to decay in t!ie autunni. These plant's afford considerable variety, when properly intermixed with others of the flower- ino- hai'dy kinds in the borders and other parts ot° pleasure-grounds, producing a good effect from their continuine; long in blow. A.SSA-FCETIDAT See Ferula. ASTER, a genus comprehending different fibrous-rooted flowery plants of the annual and perennial herbaceous and shrubby kinds. The Starworts. It belongs to the class and order Si/ngenesm PohjUnmia Supcrjhia, and ranks in the natural order of Compositi Radiati. The characters are: that the calyx is common imbricate; the inner scales prominent a little at the end, the lower ones spreading: the corolla compound radiate: coroUules hermaphrodite nu- merous in the disk: the females ligulate, and more than ten in the ray. Proper, of the her- maphrodite, funnel-shaped, with a (ive-clcft spreading border; of the female ligulate, lan- ceolate, three-toothed, at length rolling back: the stamina hermaphrodite, five fdaments, capil- lary, and very short: the anther cylindric and tpbulous : the pistillum is hermaphrodite : one oblong germ : the style filiform, the length of the stamens : stigma bifid, spreading : females, germ and style the same : stigmas two, oblong, and revolute : no pericarpium : the calyx scarcely changed: the seeds solitary, oblong, and ovate : (town capillary: the receptacle is naked and flattish. The species principally cultivated are, 1. A. Chinensis, China Aster, or Chinese Starwort; 2. A. Tradescant't, Tradescant's or VirginiaStar- wort; 3. A. Amdkis, Amellus, or Italian Star- wort ; 4. A. Alpiirus, Alpine or Great Mountain Starwort; 5. A. N'ov(B-A?igli(e, 'New-England Starwort ; 6. A. gramUJiurub, Great Blue Pyra.- midal Aster, or Catesby's Starwort; ?• A. piaii- cfiis. Red-stalked American Starwort; 8. A. un- dulati/s, Waved Starwort; 9. A. Umfolius, Flax- leaved Starwort; 10. A. fcimifoUus, Fine-leaved Starwort; 11. y/. Ericoides, Heath-leaved Star- wort; 12. y/. (f2/mom^, Bushy Starwort ; \3. A. concolor. Single-stalked Starwort; 11. A. di- larkatus. Divaricate Starwort; 15. A. Kovi- Bil.gii, New- Holland Starwort; Ifi. A. pani- ciilatii,3, Panicled Starwort; 1 7. y1. fridkosiis, Shrubby Starwort. In tiiis numerous genus thei-e are sexeral other species etjually deserving the attention of the cultivator. The first is an elegant annual plant, rising in height from eighteen inches to two feet; the stem is erect, stiff, furrowed, and as thick as the little finpcr, putting out long bending branches from top to bottom. The leaves next the ground and at the origin of the branches are large, and resemble those of commi)n Cheiiopodium : those on the branches arc much smaller, and the upper ones narrow and very entire: the flowers are the largest and handsomest of any of the species in this genus: the disk yellow, at first flat, then convex; the flosculcs of the ray are broad and long, scarcely notched at the end. There are varieties of this plant with single white flowers, single blue flowers, single purple flowers, single red flowers; with double white flowers, double blue flowers, double red flowers, and with variegated blue and white flowers. The second species has radical leaves three or four inches long, like those of the willow, from green inclining to brown, with small scattered serratures. Among these come out round, smooth, woody, brownish stems, clothed with similar leaves, oidy shorter; they are elegantly- divided into many slender, hard branches, two or three feet high, adorned with abundance of very small white flowers during the months of September and October. According to some, the disk is purple. The ray of the corolla is first white, and afterwards purplish. It is a na- tive of Virginia. The third sort has the stems growing in large clusters fiom the root, each of them branching at the top into eight or ten peduncles, each termi- nated by a single large flower, having blue rays, with a yellow disk. It flowers in August or Sep- tember, and in mild seasons will often continue till the middle of November. It grows naturally in Italy. There are varieties with white flowers and with wrinkled leaves. The fourth species seldom rises more than nine, commonly from four to six inches high, in its native situation, and when transplanted into gardens, from nine to ten, but rarely above sixteen. At the top of each stalk is one large blue flower, somewhat like that of the Italian Starwort. It flowers in June, and is a native of the Alps, &c. There are varieties with white rays and with blue rays. _ '•. The fifth species has many stems, five feet AST AST high, brown, terminated by large, purple violet flowers, growing in a loose panicle, and ex- panding ni August. Tlic peduncles arc so short as scarcely to aj->])ear among thetiowers. It is a native of New tngiand. The sixth has many stems, three and even four feet high, still", reddish, hairy, and branching pyramidicaily. The branches have sinalj lanceolate leaves, growing alternate, hanv and rough to the touch, tiic size of those of comniou Hyssop, and eaci> terniinaicd Ijv one large olue flower, coming out at the end of Oc- tober. It is a native of X'irginia. The seventh sort has several strong stems, upwards of two feet high, of a purplc'colonr; but the flowers are on single peduncles, lonning a corymb at top, and of a pale blue colour: they appear about the end of September. It is a native of North America; varies in height from eight to iliree feet, having the stems either dark purple or reddish green. Tiiere is a variety, in which the flowers are purple inclining to red, and surrounded by a few narrow leaves. This is from Philadelphia, and flowers in November. The eighth species has the leaves broad and heart- shaped at bottom; the stems between two and three feet high, with small side branches, upon which the flowers come out in loose spikes; they are of a pale blue colour, inclining to white. It flowers in August. Ftisanativeof North America. The ninth has the leaves lanceolate, gradually narrowing to the end: pedimeles with very small subulate scales : the stems strong, from two to three feet high, putting out nianv side branches near half their length, terminated by one blue flower, which appears in August and ScjitenilK-r. In the tenth species the stems are live feel high, slender, angular, smooth, but not brandling much ; the leaves alternate, not very rough ; the flowers terminal, solitar',-, sn>:ill, and white; the peduncles have very small subulate leaflets scat- tered over them. The eleventh has the stems slender, three feet high, with slender side branches most of their length, so as to form a thick bush; they are terminated by single flowers. The twelfth species has the stems u|)ri2ht, two feet high, full of branches, which are hliform; the stem-leaves being nirrow-lauceolale; on the branches linear: the p:-du;iclcs filif )rm, striated, one-flowered, with very narrow leaflets on them; the flowers small, witha.-i erect, imbricate, loose calyx; the ray copious, and white; the disk yel- low, with fewer flowers. The thirteenth species rises four feet high ; the flowers arc pale blue, appearing about Michael- mas. The whole plant is touuntosj, especially the leaves and calyxes. The racrmc simple, with very short peduncles. It is a native of \ir- •jinia. The fourteenih has the stems rough, about two leet high, dividing towards tiie top into many li'iked branches, diverging from each other. The flowers grow almost in an umbel, and ap- ))ear the beginning of September. It is a native of \ irgiiiia. The litieenth species lias the stem obscnrelv furrowed, of a |ia!e red, not very erect, but ir- regularly flexuose, coiymbosely branciied, ll:c branches divaricate and much divided ; the leaves of the same form, soiiietiins having a siujilc serrature, the edge scabrous, if the tingerlic drawn toward t!ie ba^e, the surface rough with invisible hairs; the flowers rather solitarv, some- what small, on long, scaly, yellow peduncles; scales ol' the calyx distant, in live rows; disk of the corolla yellow ; ray pale blue, revolute ; the height near four feet, having broad leaves :*t the bottom, which diminish gradually to the t>p. Tlie flowers appear at the latter end of August. It is a natue ol \'irginia. The sixteenth rises to the heiirht of four feet, the steins putting out side branches to- wards the top, which grow erect, forming a loose spike of large blue flowers, expanding about the end of October. It is a native of North-America. The seventeenth species has llic stems three feel high, with side woodv branches having clusters of narrow leaves like th jso of the Larch- tree ; the flowers are produced from the side of the branches, uptm lonir slender peduncles- singly ; they are of a ])ale~blue colour, and ap- pear the beginning of March. It is a native of the Cape. Cnhure. — ^Tlie hardy kinds of these plants easily succeed in almost any soil or situation. The first sort, and varieties being annual plants,, are propagated by sowing the seeds ot the dif- ferent kinds from the beginning of March to May, on a \etv moderate hot-bed, just to bring up the plants, the air being admitted as much as possible when tlie weather is suitable, in order to promote the vigorous growth of tlie plants; when they ;ire suificieiiliy strong they should be planted out either into beds of good canh .it six inches ame time as in the other ^peeiL1i, being brouiiht forward in moderate hot -beds, and, when the plants are of proper size«, trans- planted into small pots, jjroper shade and water oeing given till they are established. They re- quire the protection of a frame or grt-cn-hoiisc in the winter seasim; but a few may i)e planted out in w arm dry situations after ihcy have been two or three years in the pots. Some plants of the first species should be raised ammally, as they frequently die after flowering. In the fifth species the leaves are retained for a considerable length of time, and when they drop off the foot-stalks remain in the for:u of sharp thorns for the protection of the plants. The lirsi three kinds afford variety in the bor- ders and other parts of ornamented grounds, and the fourth may be occasionally employed in the same way, in dry warm aspects, as well as in assemblage with other potted plants, during the summer seas(m; but they mostly require pro- tection in winter. ATAMASCO Lily. See ANfARVLLis. ATHANASIA, a genus comprising various plants, chiefly of the shrubby exotic kind. It belongs to the class and order Sijngenesia Poli/gamia Equalh, ranking in the natural order of compound flowers, in the division Dhcoldece. Its characters are: that the calyx is common imbricate and ovale : the scales lanceolate and pressed close : the corolla is compound uiiitbrm, lonffer than the calyx; the coroUules herma- phrodite, equal, and numerous: nropcr hinnel- form; border five-clcft, acute and creclish: the stamina consist of five capillary short fila- iiuiiis: the anther cylmdric and tubular: the piMiilum is an oblonsiish germ: the style filiform, a little longer than tlie stamen: the .tigma bifid and obtuse. Ii has no pericarpiuni : ihecaKx is unchanged: the seeds arc solitary and ob- long: the down chafl"y, consisting of very short bristles: the receptacle is chafl'y : the chaffs lati- eeolale and longer than the seed. There are many species, bui the following may be cultivated : \. J4. dtntatu. Tooth- leaved Alhaiwsia; C-y. aitltiiii/olin, Sampliire- kaved Athanasia; 3. y/. autrifuriata, Trill*! A T R A T R leaved Athanasia; 4. A. piiiescens, Woolly- leaved Athanasia. The first has a low, shrubby, branching stem, seldom rising three feet high. The flowers are pale yellow, appearing early in sunmier, and, if the season- prove favourable, are succeeded In- ripe seeds in autumn. There is a variety, in which the corymbs are compound and terminating, the flowers larger, and the leaves broader at the base. The second species has the stem shrubby and branching like the following. The leaves are linear, divided more thanhalf their length, sonic into three, others into five narrow segments. The flowers are like those of the next species in shape and colour, and there is a succession on the same plant for a great part of the sum- mer; but unless the season is warm, they are rartlv succeeded by ripe seeds in this climate. Tlie third has the stem shrubby, live or six feet high, dividing into many irregular branches, with flat glaucous leaves, cut at their e.xtrfmity into three segments, and having an agreeable odour when b"iuised. The flowers ;ire of a brigb.t vtllow colour, and appear in August, but are seldom succeeded by ripe seeds here. The fourth species rises with a shrubby stem six or seven feet high: the flowers are yellow: the seeds do not ripen in this climate. Cnllure. — These Cape exotics, as they seldom or ever produce seeds in this climate, must be propagated by setting the cuttings during the summer season in pots, which should be plunged into a declining hot-bed, and then closely co- vered with the "glasses, being properly shaded in the heat of the" day, and supplied with water. After thev have stricken root, and are perfectly established, they should be transplanted singly into pots made iip with fresh light earth, being placed in shaded situations till they have be- come well rooted again ; they may then be set out in assemblage with other similar plants in warm situations until it becomes necessary to remove them under the protection of frames or the oreen-house, where thev should have as much fresh air as possible when the weather will permit. ATRAPHAXIS, a senus comprehending t\\ o p'ants of the shrubby kind. It belongs to the class and order He.raiulria Disi'jnia, and ranks in the natural order of Ho- f^iracets. The characters are, that the calyx is a two- leaved perianthium ; the leaflets opposite, lanceo- late, eoiourtd, and permanent: the corolla has two roundish, sinuate petals, larger than the <:alyx, and permanent : the stamina consist of six capillary filaments, the length of the calyx : tlic anthers arc roundish : the pisliiluni is a com- pressed germ : no style : the stigmas two, ca- pitate : no pericarpium: the calyx closed, in- cluding the seed. One seed roundish and com- pressed. The species are: 1. A. sp'nwsa, Prickly- branched Atraphaxis; 2. A. v}idulata,-\\'a.ye- lea\-cd Atraphaxis. The first is a shrub, which rises four or five feet high, sending out many weak lateral branches, armed with spines, and garnished with small, spear-shaped, smooth leaves, of an ash-colour. The flowers come out at the ends of the shoots in clusters, each consisting of two white petals tinged with purple, included in a two-leaved calyx, of a white herbaceous colour, in August. The second species sends out many slender branches, trailing on the ground : the leaves arc small, and oval, being waved and curled on their edges, embracing the stalk half round at their base, and placed alternate. It is a native of the Cape. Culture. — As these plants do not ripen their seeds in this climate, they must be propairatcd by plantino; cuttings in pots of light earth, ia the later spring and early summer months. They require the protection of a green-house during the winter season. Al'RIPLtX, a genus containing plants of the herbaceous, esculent, and shrubby orna- mental kinds. The Orache. It belongs to the class and order Polygamia JMoiiivda, and ranks in the natural order of Hvloracfce. The characters are: that in the hemaphroditc flower, the calyx is a five-leaved, concave, permanent perianthium, the divisions ovate, concave, and membranaceous at the edge : there is no corolla : the stamina consist of five subulate filaments, opposite to the leaves of the calvx, and longer than them: the anthers are roundish, and twin: the pistillum is an or- biculate germ : the style two-parted and short: th-:; stigmas reflex: there is no pericarpium: the calyx is closea, pentagon, with th<; angles compressed and deciduous : there is one orbi- cular, depressed seed. In the female flower on the same plant, the calyx is a two-leaved peri- anthium: the leaflets flat, erect, ovate, acute, large and compressed: there is no corolla: the pistillum is a compressed germ: the style two- parted: stigmas reflex, and acute: there is no pericarpium, but the valves of the calyx are very large, cordate, including the seed between them : there is an orbiculatc compressed seed. The species are: 1. A. horteiitis, Garden Orache; 2. ^/. Htf//w«.j, Tall Shrubby Orache, or Spanish Sea Purslane, o. A. oortulacoiJts, A T R A V K Dwarf Shrubby Orachc, or Common Si.j Pur- slane. The first has an annn;il root. Tltc stem rises three feet in heirlu and more, anil is ihiek and shining. Tlie leaves arc thick, [Kile green, and glaucous, with few veins, of a slightly acid flavour 5 they difl'er in shape ; ^onic stretch out into a long point from a hroad base, Ining entire about the edge ; sonic arc delti.id ; others are ser- rate or sinuate, and otiiers again are triangular. It is a native of Tartarv. There are several varieties of this pl.mi, as with dark green leaves, sviih dark purple leaves, and with green leaves and purple bori'ers. 'I'he second species has a perennial woody root, dividing into nianv branches. The whole shrub is w hite. The stems from four to six feet liigh or inure, with nianv thick, woody, brittle branches. The leaves irrcgularlv disposed on th.e ])ranciies on lonsr petioles, thick, succulent, somewhat shininii, having a subacid flavour. The flowers are small, purplish, at the cnda of the branches. It is a native of Spain, 8cc. 'I'he third is a low underslnub, seldom rising ubove two feet and a half, or at most three feet high, i)nt becoming very bushy. 'l"he leaves are narrow, and of a whitish colour, but not so white as those of the former. In its wild sta'.i- it varies in heisrht I'rom six inches to a yard. The brnnches generally recline, are angular, and of a w hitish green colour. The leaves are glau- ■tous, opposite, pctiolcd. gcnerallv elliptic, some obtuse, others lanceolate. The tlower? arc yel- low, and terminate the branches in clustered .spikes. It is a native of Europe, and flowers in July and August. Ciillure, — Ihe culture in the first species is bv 5owincc the seeds in beds or drills in the eai'ly spring months, w hen designed for use in the summer season, and in the autumn, soon after tliev become ripe, when intended to be made use of in the spring. When the plants are come up a few inches in heiglit, th.ey should be set out to the distance of four or five inches or more by the hoe, and be afterwards kept jierfectly clean from weeds. In cood soils, with surficient room, the leaves become large and fleshy, and are made use of while young in the manner of spinach, being preferred by some as having a more mild flavour. The two last species mav be increased by plant- ing cuttings in the spring and sininner seasons in shady borders or otiier situations, being cither left to grow up, or in the autunni following transplanted into the places where they are to remain. As the plants do not bear moving well when they become woody, it should be done in their early growth. These plants have an excellent cfl'ect in v^il- dcrness and other quarters of ornanieuied grounds, from the fnic silvcrv whileueis of their haves, when judiciously blended wtih other shrubby plants of simdar grow ih. The second species crows r.ipidlv, and somelinu't. produce* tlovvers. AN'KNUK, a large and n ostl\ a straight walk, bt)unded on tlic sides by one, two, or nioie rows of forest- or other trie's, dt;jigned sometimes as a principal way from the connnon roaii to a eonnlrv house or scat, and often to fonn views, or to lead to difluxnt d'..-tricls of the neiirhbnuring country. Hut tiiough avenues, when lormed about seats, or detached in park* or other extensive pleasure-grounds, may exhi- bit an air of grandeur, it is more ajrrceablc to the present taste to have the principal fronts of residences entirely open and unineuHibtred willi thi -e or other kinds of j^lantations, as it is ccr- tainlv absurd to hide a good front and obstruct the prospect ; an avenue can therefore seldom be admitted with pru|)riety in ili.it part ot the ground. But in diiectiims from the wings, de- tached at considerable distances, avenues may pirhaps with propriety be occasioiudly intro- duced and extended on the sides of spacious lawns, scr\ing by way of boundaries, being bucked next the lawns with >lirubs and low trees, di^lM)sed irrcgularlv ; and if ihcy be carried in an oblicpie dircc-tion, the lawns will widen gradu- aliv, and the prospects be more pleasing. Ave- nues may also be admitted at some distance irom cither th(t ends or back fronts of the dwellings, in either of which situations they may be ex- tended towards any common road or village, serving as the ordijian*' entrance to the habita- tion, or merely by w ay of ornament. Extensive avenues should always be planted with the stateliest trees, an assemblage ol the diflcrent sorts of which eflecls the most agree- able variety. The width of the aveiuie in ^nch eases should seldom be less than sixty feet; and when it is to be extended any considerable length, a hundred feel is not too much j a» w lien the trees crow up the branclus on iha opposite sides continue to appn)ach each other, which by degrees grc.illy contract the views ; so that, if a considerable width he not at first al- low id, the avenues in time appear narrow and coniined. The trees in the rows on ihc sides should be planted at least thirty feet distant from each other, that they may have full scope to display their heads, and each sort exhibit itself conspicuously, according to its tiatural form and habit. The sorts of trees most proper for this pur- pose are those of ihtr deciduous tribe, i> tjic A U T A Z A elrtt, beech, Span'mh chestimt, korse-chestnut , white p'-plar, sycamore, maple, ualniit, wild cherrij, is.c. all of which being of lofty growth, wlicn di^posi-'d in a proper inanni-r, have a fine ellect. Sontetimes e\er>ireeiiS are used amons these : where this is intended, the most proper sorts arc the various pecies ot the pine, including all the ditTercnt varieties of the (ir, most of which attain a great heisiht and niagnitudL-, with beau- tiful spreading heads, that are extremely orna- mental and pleasing. But in forming avenues of the more rural kinds, such as common wavs or roads through parks or other pleasure-grounds to habitations, they should be continued either in direct lines or carried round in a moderate sweep, or the course directed in two, three, or more very gentle bends, or easy serpentine turns, each side being ornamented with ditTercnt sorts of trees thinly dispersed, some singly, others in ckunps or groups of two, three, or more together, exhibit- ing them variously, some breaking forward, others standing more backward ; and for still greaier diversitv, a clump of tall flowering shrubs may be here and there introduced, having the whole so considerably detached as to adnut a full prospect of the adjacent lawns, fields, or plantations, in the whole extent. This is the most modern method of forming and planting avenues; but it cannot be practised with full efleet, except where the situation is of ■considerable extent. For walks and confined situations the row method is mostly to be pre- ferred, as having a better effect. AUTUMNAL Flowers, such as attain per- fection in the autumnal season. Autumnal Plants, are such as attain per- fection in autumn, either in their growth, or their flowering, Sec. Autumnal Season, that from the latter end of August to the end of November, in which various operations in gardening are to he per- formed, such as sowing, planting, and propa- gating difl'erent kinds of seeds, plants, trees, and shrubs; and the putting in various sorts of escu- lent plants to stand the winter for the ensuing- spring and summer, such as cahlages, caidi- Jiowtri, carrots, lettuces, Spanish onions, &c. in the more early part; and in the latter leans, peril, colc/vorts, and earl/j cabbage-plants ; like- w(-c canllfiowtrs, some to remain under hand- and bell-glasses, others in frames, to stand till spring ; also lettuces on warm borders and in frames, to stand the winter, and celenj'xw shallow trenches, for spring use ; and for the making and spawning of mushroom-beds, for winter and spring. It is also the proper period to in- erease difterenl sorts of fibrous- rooted tiower- plants, by dividing or parting their roots, parti- cularly in the months of September, Ocl')ber, and November, when the Sower-stems decay, the slipped or divided parts mo^ily flowering the following year. And from the middle of September to the middle or latter end of November is the proper time for tKUisplanting from one place to another difierent kinds of hardv fibrous-rooted j)ere'.i- nials, as directed under their proper genera. Most sorts of bulijous Hower-roots, that were taken up in summer, arc now planted, in order to exhibit an early spring and summer bloom in the follow ing year. The seeds of many sorts of flowers are likewise at this time to be sown, which do not grow so freely u hen sown at other seasons, as is shown undei the.r proper heads. In the latter part of this season it is necessary to plant cuttings and make layers, for the pro- pagation of various trees and shrubs of the hardy kind. The seeds of many sorts of hardy trees and shrubs may also be sown. BLsides these, many other parts of garden culture are particu- larly necessary to be executed at this season. AUKANTIUM, Orange Tree. See Citkus. AUfilCULA UHSl, Auricula, or Bear's-Ear. See PiiiMi'LA. AZALIA, a genus containing plants of the hardy deciduous flowering shrubby kinds. The Upright American Honeysuckle. It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of Bicornts. The characters of which are : that the calyx is a five-parted, acute, erect, small, coloured, per- manent perianthiuiii : the corolla is monopeta- lous, bell-shaped, semiquinqnefid ; the sides of the divisions bent in : the stamina consist of five filiform filaments, inserted into the receptacle and free : the anthers are simple : the pistillum is a roundish germ : the stvle filiform, the length of the corolla, and permanent: the stigma is obtuse : the pericarpiuni is a roundish capsule, five- celled and five-valved : the seeds many and roundish. The species chiefly cultivated are -.LA. nudi- fiora. Naked- flowered Azalia; 2. A. viscosa. Viscid-flowered Azalia. The first in its native situation often rises to- the heit!;ht of fifteen feet, but is here never more than half that height. It sends out several stems from the root. The leaves are oblong, smooth,, alternate and pctiolcd. The peduncles are axil- lary, long and naked, supporting a cluster of red flowers, which are tubulous, swelling at their base like those of the hyacinth, and con- tracted at their neck ; they are divided at the top. into five equal segments^ which spread open» A Z A A Z A Tlie five stamens and stvlc arc nnicli longer ili.-in the petals, and stand erect. It is a native of Virginia. There arc varieties of this plant with scarlet flower*; with pale red (lowers; wiili cnrlv white flowers; with icd and while flowers; anil with varieijated flowers. The second is a low shrub, rising with se- veral slender stems near fonr feet high : the loaves conic ont in clusters at the enils of the shoots without order: thev are spear-shaped, and narrow at their base ; their edges are set with verv short teeth, which arc rough : the liowers come forth in clustLrs between the leaves at the extremiiies of the branches ; they are white, with a mixture of dirty yellow on the outside : the tube is an ineh long, and at the top they arc pretty deeplv cut into live segments ; theluo upper are rcHex, the two side ones bent inward, and the lower one is turned downward : the stamens are a little longer than the petals, and support oblong satVron-eolonred antiiers. Tiic stvie is mueh longer tiian the stamens, and is crowned bv an obtuse stigma. These flowers have much the appearance of those of Honey- suckle, and arc as agreeably scented ; more so tlian tile foregoing sort. Ihcy appear th." niid- dle ot .luly, but :''.;e not succeeded by seeds in this climate. It is a native of North America. This pl:mt has varieties, with whiti- Mriped flowers ; with narrow petalled flowers; and willi clustered llowers. Culture. — ^Thesc plants mav be raised without nnieh dilii^ulty, in ratlicr moisl soils where the situation is shady. As ihey never produce ■r-ixAi in tliis elimaie, ihev nmsl be increased by lavers from the vountr shoots, or bv ofiVels Ironi the roots. 'Ihe btsi Season for cither of these me- thod* is the earlv part uf theautimm, v. luut tiiey shoidd be set out uliere they are to grow, or be jiiantnl in rows in the nursery manner. It is useful to protect the roots during llie winter, by covering the ground about them with old tan, oroiher similar substance-;. Where the seeds can be procured, plants may be raised by sowina; them either in pots or on warm borders ; in the former method, forcing their trrowtlibv plunging them in mild hot-beds. These shrubl)v plants arc suited for affording variety in siirubberies and other places, both on account {)f their fragrant smell and the beauty of their flowers. BAG BAG BACCIIARIS, a genus containing plants of the shrubby exotic kind. It belongs to the class and order Sj/r)gruc<:ia Polysamia Huperfiua, and ranks in the natural order of Composilc seeds : the iir=t should be planted out ni shady borders, or in pots in the sunnncr months, and care taken to give water frequenllv in drv w eather, tdl they be well rooted : the seeds may be sown in borders that are not too much exposed to the sun, or in pots in the early spring season. As the second sort is not easily increased by cuttings, and seldom sends out shoots from the root to bi laid down, the whole head of the plant is sometimes laid down into the ground, being confined there, and the small branches slit as in the culture of carnations : they should be frequently watered, and after they have had a twelvemonth's growth, may be separated and planted out in pots of light earth, being placed in a shadv situation till they become well rooted, when thev should be managed as other green-house plants. The third species may be readily raised by cuttings, which should be planted out in a shady bed or" in pots, in the spring season, being well watered in dry weather. The young plants may be removed in the autumn, into pots or other places where thev are to grow. The first and third species are somewhat hardy : but the second requires the protection of a green- house in the winter. Some of the other sorts should likewise be cultivated in pots and pro- tected in winter, as they arc apt to be destroyed by frost in severe srasons. These two sorts are often planted in sbriib- hcxv and other quarters of pleasure grounds. BALM. See xMklissa. BAXISTERIA, a genus comprising different plants of the tender exotic kind. It belongs to the class and order Decandria Trigynia, and ranks in the natural order of Tri- hi/ntcB. The characters are : that the calyx is a four- or five-parted pcrianihium, very small, stiff un- derneath with tubercles, permanent. Ttiere are two melliferous glands under each division of the calyx, cxcept^^one ; they are therefore eight in number : the corolla has five petals, orbicu- laie, very large, spreading, crenate ; claws ob- long and linear : they consist often filaments, very small, coalescent at bottom: the anthers are simple : the pistillum three-winged, coa- lesoent germs : the styles three, simple : the stigmas arc obtuse : the pencaipium consists of three capsules, running out into a long wing,^ one-celled, marked at the sides with small ap- pendiclcs, not gapmg : ih? seeds are solitary, covered, and toothed on the lateral edge. The species principally cu'uivated in the stove are; 1. B. ffffirf/.'i'^Yf, Angled Banisleiia ; 9. B. purpurea, Purple Baaistena; 3. B. laurif'olia, Bav-leaved Banistena ; 4. B. bracteata. Cross- armed Banisteria; b. B.fitlgcnf, Flame-coloured Banistcria. The first has a twining; stem, with opposite branches, thickened at ine base : the leaves are cordate, angular, the breadth equal to the length, ending at "top in a short dagger p-iint, green above^ whitish beneath, nea ly equal to the pe- tioles, on which and near die leaf are two op- posite glands. 1 here are no stipules : the flowers are in opposite axillary umbeL : com- mon peduncle elonga.ed : the rays five to seven, an inch long, jointed, having tno sLort op- posite braetes" At the mserti- ■ sharp, tlie outur blunl : it lias no touthlct besides the lateral ones at the base. It sends out many branches, which are subdivided into others, grow- in;;' without order, anil hLronnug iiushy up- wards, sending lorlh tendrils by which thev fasten theinsci^cs to the neighbouring trees, and climb to a great lieiiiht. It is garnished with o\al >titl' leaves, ending in a point. The ilowers arc produced in tall spikes at the end ot the branches, which are lirst ot a gold colour, then tailing to scarlet : thev are succeeded bv slender th.a seeds, mostly single. It is a native ol' Caillugena. The lilih lu>s slender winding stalks, which rise live or six feet in height : the (lowers grow ill a round bunch at the extremity of the branches, and are o; a brownish yellow colour : the sced^ arc smaller, and have narrower wings than in the thiiJ species : the leaves are ovate with a point, villose beneath, shining and smooth on the upper surface. A solitary branch conies forth from the axils, furnished with leaves, producing at top, in ;i kind of umbel, several lilifonn, simple, onc-Hov\eied peduncles: the Seeds are erect, the outer angle decreasing to an edijc, the inner more blunt, putting forth a small sharp membranaceous angle next the pistil : by the seeds on each side next the base, areihree small appressed loothleis. Culture. — These plants may be raised by sowing the perfectly ripened seeds, procured from abroad, as soon as they are obtained, in pots of light sandy mould, which in the autumn and winter season should be ])lunged in moderate Ian hot-beds, carefully preserving them from frost and loonii.eli moisture till the spring, when they should be reiroved to afresh very mild hot- bed just to bring up the plaiUs : when they have obtained a little growth, they should be placed in separate pots of the san.e sort of earth, and plunged in the bark-bed. if the plants do not appear the first year, the pots sliould be left till the folbwing> as the seeds are often slow in vegetating. The after cul- ture is the same as that of other tender stove plants of similar growth. They are only cul- tivated for variety in ihe stove. BAKBERKY. See Beubekis. BAUK, Tanners, the astringent cortical substance peeled from oak and some other trees ; which, after being ground and made use of in tan-vats, constitutes a material of great utility in forming hot-beds where a reguhu' heal is re- fpiired for some length of time, as in stoves, pits, See. for the culture of various plants of the tender exotic kind. — See lioT-liED. B.VKK-Rr.D, that sa)eli:iie3 divided m the middle, or at otiier parts, bv iiiierveiting passages, to render them mote convenient in perfor;nmg the necessary cuhnre of the plants. Some h -t-hous-s jf very great wid'h have likewise two bark-jjits ranging parallel lengthwavs \\\u\ a passage extending be- tween them, which renders them more commo- dious in ixivms the re(]uisile culture to the p ants that are plimffed in the beds, than if the whole vas in one extremely w ide pit, in which it would often be verv niconvement to come at the plants placed towards the middle ; and by having an intervening passaiie, give a larger scope, and afford a l)ettcr current of air for the grow th of the plants in the beds, as well as admit of viewing tliem to much greater advantage and effect. Detached or external bark-pits are such erec- tions as are formed separate and distinct from hot-houses or stoves, but in some manner fon- nocted with them, being employed for similar uses, as well as for various other purposes where occasional artilicial heat is wanted. They are made, as has been ju*t observed, four, five, or six feel wide, having such lengths as may be required, formed bv surrounding walls of brick- work, three or four feet in height in the fronts, by four, five, or six behind, where someiimes flues for winter tire heat are erected in the upper pans, the whole being coped and covered at top with moveable glass frames sloping southward'* to the full sun, and in which a bark-bed being made to the whole width, length, and depth, becomes an useful appendage to the stove, greatly assisting in the culture of various tender txotics of that repository, especially in the way of nursery-pits for raising and preserving thcni to some advanced slate of growth ; also occa- sionally in the propagation and protection of the more tender kinds of green-house plants, or anv particular curious or tender plant of the full ground, as being alwavs ready, and prepared with a contiiiuing growing heat, in which to plunge the pots, whcii; artificial heat is re- quired, or essentially necessary in raising ^ueh tMider plants more etrectiially and ex|>ediiiiiu»lv- These kinds of bark-pits also prove exetedinglv useful in raisini; many sorts of tender exoiicj from seeds, suckers, cuttings, slips, &c., anil in retaining and forwarding them in their growth for some lime. fJark-pits of ;his kind are likewise, as has been seen, particularly useful and nccessaiy in the culture of voiiiig pine-apple plants; for rearing and nursing them till oi a proper age and size to be placed in the succes-ion-house, truit- ing-stove, or ))iiierv. .Similar kinds ot detaclied bark-pits are likewise occasion.dlv used wiili ad- van'age in i)l;miiiig, tr.iiisplanling, and shifting tender or curious plants in pots ; lor i)lungmg the pots which contain them in as soon as re- plaiucd, which much expedites their taking tresh root, and brings then; up at lirst into a tree and viiiorous growTh. Rark-pits ot the same kind are also successfullv employed in torcing and raising early productions, such as melons, kid- nev-beaiis, peas, strawberries, ^:c. ; and for many sorts of flowers, both of the bulbous- raoted and herbaceous kinds, as well as for small flowering shrubs. And if the dimension of them be surticrently increased, especiallv in height in the back parts, they may be made use of for several sorts of dw arf fruit-trees in pots, in order to the production of early fruit. Detached bark- pits should always be erected in warm dry situ- ations, in a southerly aspect, and be constantly ranged lengthways in the direction of east and west, or nearly so, in order to have the whole fronts incline full V to the south sun, in a sloping manner, on which to place the glasses in the ?ame position, being placed either contiguous to the hot-houses or stoves, but at a proper di- stance in front of them, as the situation or con- venience of ihe place may admit, or at one or both ends, extending in a line with them, but separated bv a passage between tliem. But de- tached bark-pits are sonulimes formed with ridged tops, like the roofs of houses, the glasses slopint: to both sides, being ranged Ungihways north and sou'h, in order to have the benefit of the sun equally on both sides, and used for the same purposes as the others ; tliough the coni- ntK.n south- fronting pit- are more generally em- ployed, as being less expensive in glass, and in coitimon more convenient for purposes ot the foreine kind. They should be constructed, as has been observed, with brick walls, on the sides aiui ends nine inches thick ; and where fire- flues are intended, the bock walls should be of a proper thickness from the bottom, to admit of having them in the upper parts, a lire-place being contrived externally at the bottom at on« BAR BAR end • or in considerably cxlL-ndcd pits, a double the anthers, the upper oblong, the lower wither- fire-plaec may be formed iu the middle, behind, or at each end, as most convenient. Detached pits lure scmetimes formed of wood only, by means of posts and planking, serving tbr'particnlar purposes where no lire-heat is re- quired. In such kinds of pits, where additional heat is occasionally !iccessary, it is eRected by applying a strong lining of hot dung to the out- sider, by which a good consiant heat may be supported. In these bark-pits sometimes the the pistilhmi is an ovate germ : .he style filiform, the length of the stamens: the stigma bilid : the pericarpium is an acute, flat -quadran- gular, two-celled, two-valved rapsule, gaping elastieallv at the claws : the partition contrarv : the seeds two, compressed, and roundish. The species principally cultivated in the stove are : 1.5. solamfolJa, Solanum-leaved Barleria ; 'J. B. priuiiitis, Prionite Barleria ; 3. B. hixi- folia, Box-leaved Barleria ; 4. B. cocci/ica,ScaT- voun'rcr pine-;ippie plants are deposited and let Barleria. _ nursed ior the first year: they may likewise be The first has tne stein bluntly quadrangular, occasionallv used for the purposes of propa- erect, and hispid. The leaves are opposite, lauc.-o- o-atino- raisins, and nursing lender plants and late-sword-shaped, quite entire, thnce the length flDwe'rs in spnnc packed together in one of largo deep dimen- sions. For family use, to send considerable portions of different sorts of kitchen-garden productions, fruits, &c. to any distance, one or more large, wide, deep, osier basket is necessary, made round or oblong, or in the manner of a ham- per, and furnished with a tup cover, fixed to one side, with a sort of witliv hiiice. Baskets of this larger kind arc likewise ex- ceedingly useful for various other purposes in gardens, in containing and carrvint!; jiariicular articles ; as in the business of planlinir and trans- planting, to contain and carry the respective sorts of plants, roots, sets, &c. to the places where they are wanted. Similar kinds of bas- kets are also very useful in the business of hand- weeding in walks, beds, borders, Jtc. to con- tain and carr\- off the weeds, as well a< for re- moving heaps of \^eeds, litter, and rubbish, where a wheel-barrow cannot be conveniently admitted or employed for the purpose. For gathering and containing different sorts of fruit, dilfcrent-sixcd ba.-kels are alsoneccssarv. Where there arc collcci ions ofdilVnent truils, the ba.=kets should be of prrper si/c.-, 3d;i]>te'.l for sn;aller and larger kinds; :.s for galhirmg the daily supplio of the .-evcral sorts of smalit r fruits, as cherries, strawljerries, raspberries, mulberries, gooscbciTies, currants, grapes, &.c. regular .^ets, in Ecveral size<, of small round white chip, or neat o.^icr, nia\- he pro;5er; thos' from si.x or ciulit to ten or tvtbc incl.r- •• idc, and from three or fcj;- to l:*c or s.>: .r.chcj V B AS BAS , being first formed into a powder, and then wrought up into a sort of mortar, and applied over the bottom and sides, beating and ramming it hard as it- is laid on. And instead of clay, the bottom and sides are sometimes formed a foot thick with brick, or small stones laid in terrass, and plastered over with two or three inches thickness of cement, composed of two-thirds of powdered tiles to one of lime, w hich is beaten well, with as little water aspossiI)le, into a strong mortar. This is how- ever an expensive method. The depth of basons, or ornamental pieces of water, need not in general be more than three, four, or five fett at most, even where a boat is intended, or fish to be kept for breeding. In ft)rming the sides of the cavities or basons, they should have a gradual slope from the top of the circumference to the ctutre of the intended depth. And when the coat of clay has been applied, a few inches in thickness of gravel should be laid over it in order to preserve it, and render the water more clear : the surface of the sur- rounding ground should then be laid w ith turf, from the edge of the v, ater to a suitable distance each ^\ ay. The raising of high banks or stiff" slopes, as boundaries to^basons of this sort, should always be avoided as much as possible ; and where the water will admit, the ground should be sloped off fTadually firom somelli .nance on the sides to the intended surface of water, so as that the super- ficies of the circumference, or rim, may corre- spond more perfectly w ith the general surface of the surroundins urouud, and be more easy and natural ; the wliole suriace of tlie water appear- ing as conspicuous as possible at a distance, bcin<'' so managed as always to seem nearly as hisli^ as the superficies of tlie margin of the reservoirs. In staking out the dimensions of the basons, where full coats of clay arcnecessary, it is requi- site to set them out three feet and a half, or more, according to circumstances, wider than their intended widths, to allow for the suitable thicknesses of clay being laid on the sides, as well as for the gravel onxt the clay : they should also have depths in the same proportions. Particular care should be taken to :"ake the bupcrficies of the circumference perfectly level, that the water may appear regular every way at tl-.e margin. In digging out the cavities of the basons, the best method is to begin towards llie middle, and excavate the earth To the intended depth ; thetj to work olV the sides regularly with a moderate slope from the edge of the circumference to the bottoms of the rcsen-oirs. When tlir cavities of the l)asons have been formed, they should be well rammed and smoothed : then the clay brought in, which shoidd have been previously well wrouglUover and trodden. Then begin by laying the bottom in th,i middle, being careful that no extraneous matters be mixed with the clay to occasion cracks or fissures, spreading it rcoidarly, a lit- tle at a time, and treading it well w ith the naked feet, watering it frequently during the process, and ramming it also I'rom time to time with woollen rainmcrs, every part being well kneaded that they may be perfectly compact and secure. During the operation, if the weather be dry, the clay should be covered, as it is laid, with mat.« or moist litter, or with the intended stratum of gravel, in order to prevent it from cracking, continuing the claying regularly each way from the bottom, till the whole is covered ; the water bcmg then admitted. The work is after- wards to V)e completed bv turfing the sides and slopes from the level of the water to such di- stances as may be necessary for producing the proper efl'ect. It is obvious that the forming of basons of this nature must be more expensive when made in such soils as are open and porous, than in such as arc stiff and retentive, from the greater trouble and labour in claying them. This point should therefore be attended to before the work is begun. The expense in digging out the excavations may be estimated at from nine-pence to eigh- teen-pencc the vard, according to the nature of the soil and other circumstances. BASS, a sedsr\' substance drawn from bass- mats, of w hich threads or sirinus are made that are exlremelv useful in the culture of various herbs and plants, as being the most cheap ann out regularly when it is flowers, three feet in breadth, with foot and wanted, and cut into equal lengths ; and in half paths, are sufficient. Beds for this purpose order to render it more pliable and tough, dipped are mostly edged in a neat manner with box or in whaler; then tucked in the apron-string of thrift. 1 hese kinds of beds arc likewise the t-!ie gardener, where it will be most ready for being employed. BAY. See Laurus. BEAN. See Vici.v Fj'ea. B1':AN, kidney-, see Phaseolus. BEAH-BERRY. See Arbutus. BEAR'S-BREECH. See Acanthus. EEAR'S-EAR. See PiuMutA Auf.icula. BED, a space of ground, three, four, or more are very convenient. most proper and convenient for raising ditlerent sorts of flow cr plants upon, either from seeds, parting the roots, slips, or cuttings. In nursery grounds for the rearing and growth of trees, shrubs, and other plants, beds of dif- ferent dimensions must be emplcjyed; but for those of the low and smaller growth, those of four feet in breadth, with foot and half paths. feet in breadlii, wiili length m proportion, formed in gardens for the more convenient cul- ture of various sorts of crops, being mostiv boun- ded by trodden paths. They are particularly useful in sow ing and pricking out different kinds of small seeds and plants, affording much faci- lity in the business of weeding, thinning, water- In forming beds of this sort, they should never be raised above the level of ttic natural ground, except where it becomes particularly necessary, either from the nature of the plants to be culti- vated, or the too great retention of moisture in the soil, as, where they are much raised, the mould not only parts with its natural moisture mg, covermg, and gathering them. Wiiere a too quickly in dry seasons, but the paths, by greater depth uf mould than usual is necessary, being nmeh sunk, have a disagreeable ap- as in the common culture of Asparagus, &c.ttiey pearance. affbid the means of procuring it, by being raised Particular constructions of beds are often re- abovc the general level of the surrounding quisite in the culture of particular sorts of plants, ground. but these will be described in speaking of their Beds intended for the cultivation of aspa- culture. ragus, strawberries, onions, leaks, lettuces, en- dive, early radishes, and various other small seed crops, should in general be formed to the width of about four feet, having paths or al- leys between them of dift'erent breadths, accord- BEECH-TREE. See Fagus. BEET. See Beta. BEGONIA, a genus comprising a plarrt of the shrubby exotic kind. It belongs to the class and order Monoecla ing to their nature ; in the first mostly from a Poh/andria, and ranks in the natural order of foot and a half to two feet, and in the others Holoracece. from half a foot to a foot. The characters arc : that in the male flowers In the culture of cauliflowers, brocoli, dif- there is no calvx : the corolla has four petals, ferent sorts of cabbages, boorcole, and other of which the two opposite ones are larger, eom- similar plants, such kinds of beds are likewise monly roundish : the stamina have numerous extremely convenient for sowing and pricking filaments, tifteen to one hundred, inserted into out the young plants upon, previous to their the receptacle, very short, sometimes united at being set out. In the growth of many sorts of the base : the anthers are oblong and erect, pot-herbs, as mint, thyme, sage, marjoram. The female flowers are usually on the same savory, penny-royal, tansey, tarragon, balm, common peduncle with the males ; there is no hyssop, rue. Sec, they are not only convenient, calyx: the corolla consists in most species of but afford a neat and regular appearance. five petals, in some six, in others perhaps four. In the cultivation of plants of the flower kind, commonly unequal. The pistillum is an in- beds are also highly useful both for the ease of ferior three-sided germ, in very many winged : performing such operations as are necessary in the styles in most three, and bifid : the stigmas promoting their growth and flowering, and for are six: the pcricarpium is in most a three-cor- thc convenience of viewing them. Some sorts nercd, winged, three-celled capsule, opening also show to nmch more advantage when plantctl at the base by the wings ; some are two-eclkd, in beds. and others perhaps one-celled. For the different bulbous-rooted sorts, ashy- The species principally cultivated is B.ni- acinths, tulips, lilies, &c. from three feet to tidu. Shining-leaved Begonia. three feet and a half are good breadths, with In this species, the stems are almost upright, fopt and hllf or two feet alleys 5 but for ranuB- branched, round, smooth, as is the whole plant. BEL BEL with alieiT.atc cyliudric branches : the leaves arc acute or acuuiiiiatc, ahnost entire or ob- sclirclv toothed, scven-ncrved ; one lobe of the base is double ihe>izeot' tiie other; the younger ones arc rose-coloured about the edge ; they are all vcrv smooth and shinins:, of a aright green colour, paler beneath, permanent, spreading, four sr five inches long, and two or three inches broad: the petioles are cyiindric, thick, spread- inn, one-third onlv of the length of ihjlcaf: the stipules are sessile, oblong, one-nerved, and as it were three-win>;ed, from a rib winged un- derneath produced into a point ; on the sides membranaceous and rcvohite ; they arc spread- ing:, deciduous, and the length of the petiole : the racemes are compound, cymosc, androgy- nous ; the males very numerous; the females few at the top, solitary, axillary, on long peduncles, dichotomous, three inches wide: the peduncles upright, cyiindric, longer than the leaf, the thickness of the petiole : the bractes opposite, below the dichotomies and the pedicels, half em- bracing, ovate or roundish, membranaceous, caducous : the corolla is flesh- or rose-coloured, sometimes of a dark red ; in the female flowers six-petalled. It is an elcsrant shrub flowering from May to December, and is a native of Ja- maica. There are varieties with rose-coloured flowers; and with white flowers. Culture. — These plants may be raised either by seeds, layers, or cuttings. The seeds should be sown in pots of light earth, in the early spring season, and brought forward by being plunged in a moderate bark hot-bed. When the plants have attained sufficient sta-ngth, they mav be removed into separate pots, and placed in the stove. In the second method the layers may be laid down in the carlv spring, and be taken off" in the autumn, and planted in separate pots. The cuttings mav likewise be planted out in the spring months, beine transplanted into separate pots after they have become well rooted, and then placed again in the stove. The plants suc- ceed ■.veil when kept in the bark-stove, or even over the flue of the dr\' stove, being very orna- mental boih in (heir leaves and flowers, which appear in the summer. BELLADONNA. See A.maryllis. BELLIS, a genus containing an elegant lit- tle perennial plant. The Daisy. It beloncs to the class and order Syrigtiicuii Polygamia Superjlua, and ranks in the natural order of Coiipositep Discoidta. The characters are : that the calyx U com- mon hcmisphefic, upright : leaflets ten to twenty in a double row, lanceolate and equal : the corolla is compound radiate : eorulluks liermaphrotlile, tubular, and numerous in the disk : fenialt litru- lale, more in num'.ier than the leaves of the cal) x in the ray. I'lOper of liie hermaphrodite fun- nel-t.irm, five-cleft : of the female ligulatc, lan- ceolate, ficarcely three -toothed : the stamina of the hennaphrodite filaments arc five, capillary, verj' short : the anther cyiindric and tubular : the pistillum is an ovate serm : of the herm.a- phrodite the stvlc is simp"li; : the sticma emargi- nate : of the female, tlie style is liliform : the stigmas two, patulous : there is no pericarpium : the calyx unchanged: the seeds solitary, obovate, and compressed : no dow n : the receptacle naked and conical. The species which affords the cultivated va- rieties is £. pcrctinis. Common Perennial Daisy. This is sufficiently distinguished by its per- ennial root ; truncate or praeinorse at the end : the leaves are radical, inversely ovate or lanceo- late, or rather spatulate, blunt at the end. notched and often waved about the edge, an inch or mor« in length, and about half ait incli in breadth : scapes hirsute, solid at bottom, hollow at lop, from two to four inches long, having sometimes a single leaf, and terminated by (me radiate flower, frequently near an inch ni diameter : the florets in the disk velhiw, numerous (one hundred and fifty) ; in the ray white, often pur- ple on the outside, and sometime* at the tip, amounting frequently to near fifty in number z. the receptacle is surrounded by very small tuber- cles, which perhaps may be nectaries : the seeds arc cordate-oblong or emarginate, compressed, surrounded by a whitish rim, bay-ash-coloureii in the middle, having a few whitish hairs on them. It is a native of most parts of Europe ; flowering almost all the year, shutting up in the night and in wet weather. The Garden Daisies are all varieties of thi> species arising from cultivation, &c. They are very numerous: but the principal arc the double white ; red ; white and red striped ; variegated ; scarlet and pied : double-quilled, or with tistular florets : double cock's-coinb-shaped, white, red, and s|Hckled: and the proliferous, childing orhcn and chicken daisy, which is ver\' curious. Culture. — All the cultivated varieties of the Daisy are hardy, and succeid in most sort.- of sioils and situations, but in the most perfection in such as are of a mellow loamy nature, and which have not been enriched by manure. In this, they are capable of being increa'^cd and preserved, without varying, by parting and trans- planting the roots annually in the autumnal or BEL BER very early spring months. Wlicrc tlicy grew s1l)\\!v, transplanting iheni every other year niay be oi\cn enough. In performing this business care should be wken to select the fargest, fullest, and bcft double varieties, rejecting all such as show any tendency to degenerate. Tliough the Fnialkst'portions will grow, it is the best prac- tice not to divide them too nuich, as they pro- duce a better show, and arc not so liable to be destroyed by the summer heats. They should be plaiited out where they arc to remain ; or, if a larQ;c supply be accessary, the small slips may be j)Tanted together in row s in beds, six or eight inches apart each way. If they be planted in a warm sunny exposure, their blowing in the spring is considerably promoted .This is the me- thod commonly practised in order to bring ihcm early for sale in the markets. Some plant them as edgings to beds, borders, or other divisions in gardens ; but, from their beino- liable to be destroyed in the summer by heat, they are not well adapted to the purpose. Mr. Curtis, however, thinks that they produce a good efll-ct in this way, and advises that they should be taken up in the beginning of the au- tumn, and then divided into single plants and set in trenches, three inches from plant to plant, and not put in holes by thcdibble, the fibres of the roots being spread out, and the earth pressed closely to them. In this way they are less liable to be disturbed by worms. This work must be done every year, or (he plants are apt to spread too much where they grow well. These plants produce much variety and effect when properly distributed in patches in the fronts and other conspicuous parts of the bor- ders and elumpsof pleasure-grounds and gardens, in assemblage with other perennials of similar OTOWtll, BEJT, a stripe or breadth of land, planted with trees and shrubs on the sides or other parts of pleasure-grounds, for the purpose of orna- meiU or shelter. lu forming plantations of this sort, attention slioiild be had to different circumstances ; such as situation, surface, ornamental effect, shelter, division, and the covering of such objects as ni;iY be wished to be concealed. In the business of planting them, such a mi.xture and variety of trees should be intro- duced, as may affxird the most agreeable and or- namental clTeets at all the different seasons of the year. In the arrangement of the plants, those of the largest and tallest growth should occupy the middle and back places ; the fronts and more conspicuous parts being filled up by those of the less elevated and more shrubby crowtbs. All tlic deciduous and finest kinds of trees are proper for being employed in this way, in due asseniblage with those of the evergreen and flow- ering kinds. These plantations may be made either in the autunm or the earlv spring, according to cir- cumstances ; the former being the best where the soil is dry, but in moist retentive soils the latter should alwavs be preferred. See Clump. BENJAMIN-TKEE. SeeLAURUS. EERBERIS, a genus containing shrubby plants of the hardy deciduous kind. The Pip - peridge Bush. It belongs to the class and order Hexaiidria Moiio^iinia, and ranks in the natural order of Bii'l'crides of Jussirni. The characters arc : that the calyx is a six- lca\ed pcrianthiuni : the leaflets are ovate, with a narrow base, concave, alternately smaller, coloured, and deciduous : the corolla consists of six roundish, concave, erect-expanding petals, scarcely larger than the calyx: the nectary con- sists of'two small, roundish, coloured bodies, fast- ened to the base of each petal: the stamina con- sist of six erect, compressed, obtuse filaments; the anthers two, fastened on each side to the top of the filaments : the pistillum is a cylindnc germ, the length of the stamens : the style wanting : the stigma orbieulate, broader than the germ, surrounded with a sharp edge : the pcricarpium is a cylindrie berry, obtuse, umbilieated with a point, and one-celled : the seeds two, oblong, cylindrie, and obtuse : the second species has three seeds. The species most generally cultivated are : 1. B. vulgaris, Conniion Berberry. 2. B, Crelka, Cretan Berberry. The first is a shrub rising to the height of eight or ten feet ; the stems are upright and branched, smooth and slightly grooved, fcttle, with a large white pith, and covered with a whitish or ash- coloured bark, which is yellow on the inside. Both stems and branches are armed with sharp thorns, which connnonly grow by threes: the first leaves are obovate, serrate-ciliate, not jointed : the stipules arc terminated on each side by a capillary tooth : stem-leaves alternate; the low est subpinnatifid with spiny teeth : the secondary leaves are in pairs; they arc oblong and serrate ; and between the lowermost leaves and the thorns smaller leaves are concealed: the flowers are in pendulous racemes towards the ends of the branches, with a bracte to each pedicel : the corolla is yellow : petals frequently serrate about the edge : at the base of each are two orange-, eolourcd dots, which are probably the nectaries ; the anthers are roundish and yc-'How : the stigm;^ BER BET ji? gTccnisii : the berries arc at first green, but ■Rlicn ripe turn to a fine rvjil colour. It is a native ot most parts of ihc East, &e. flowering in Mav and ripenins;; llic truit in Scpteuibi-r. There are several varieties : as witli red truit, and slonv seeds ; wiili n d stonele>s tVuit ; with while truit ; and with blaek tiviit. The seeond species never rises higher tlian three or tour feet in this climate. It sends out nianv stalks from the root, which are stronglv armed with spines at every joint : the leaves are produced without order, and arc shaped like those of thcNavrow-lcawd Box-tree : tlie llowers come out from between the leaves, each upon a slender peduncle, hut these are not succeeded by fruii here. It is a native of Crete, tlowering in April and Mav. Culture. — The best method of propasrating these shrubs is by layers, which should iie laid down in the autumn, as soon as the leavers be- Sin to drop otV; the young aimuaJ shoots l)cing made use of for the purpose. They should he left till the following autumn, when they niay be taken oft" and planted out in the situations where thev are to remain. They may also be increased by suckers, which rise annually from their roots, but the plants produced in this way are more liable afterwards to send up such suckers. Cuttinffs of the voung shoots will likewise often strilce root and form good plants, when planted out in the spring, and properly supplied with water. These may be set out in the fol- lowing spring where they are to grow. Thev are also capable of being raised by sow- ing the seed in beds of common earth in the autumn; and when the plants have attained one or two vears growth, being removed into the nursery, and planted out in row? a foot apart, and eieht or ten inches from plant to plant. Thev should be kept perfeetlv clean from weed?. When plants of this sort are intended to fruit, they should be planted singly in an open situa- tiori, and the suckers that may be thrown up careluUv removed annually in the autunm, as well as all such gross shoots as may be useless pruned out. By this means the fruit will be rendered finer and more plentiful than under other circumstances. In the second species, the layers, after beins taken off, should be planted out in pots, .and protected in the winter in frames, till they have attained a suffiiientlv hardy growth to be set out in wami situations in the open ground. The principal culture which these .fhriibs re- quire afterwards, is that of keeping their strag- gling shoots cut in annually. ilicse shrubs may be planted out towards the back parts of large borders or clumps in pleasure-* grounds, in nnxture with other |)laiits of ihe 3eeiduoll^ kind, ai the fruit has a line cfl'eet in the latter end of siuiimer, and in ihc autumn. It also coiiviilutes an extellent piekir, and an elegvnt garr.i.-h. Tli.y are likewise sometimes planted so as to form .1 »ort of hedne. 'liio latter species is more rare and curious than ;hc former. BKI'A, a genus comprising difTcrent plants of the hardy eseident biennial kind. It belongs to the class and urder PcntariJiin Disi/iiia, and ranks in the natural order of Holoracccp. The characters are : the calyx is a (ivc-leavcd, coneave, permanent periauthium ; the divisions ovate-obiong and obtuse : there is no eori.Ila : the stamina consist of tive subulate (ilamenis, oppor.ite to the leaves of the calyx, and of the same length with them : tl'.e anthers are roundish : the pistillum is a cerm in a manner below the receptacle : the styles are two, vt.y short and erect : the stigmas are acute : the pe- riearpium is a capsule w ithin the bottom of tfi* c^lyx, one-celled and deciduous : the seed single, kidney-formed, compressed and involved in the calyx. The species principally cultivated in the gar- den arc: 1. B. lulgarU, Red Garden Beet. C. B. cida, White Garden Beet. The first has large thick succulent leaves, which are for the most part of a dark red or pur- ple colour : the roots are large, and of a deep red ; on which circumstances their goodnes* depends ; for, the larger they grow the more tender they will be, and the deeper their colour the more they are esteemed. It is a native of the southern parts of Europe. There are varieties of this which principally ditftr in the size and colour of tiieir leaves; as with long dark red root; with turnip root; witlt short, large, dark red root ; and w ith red root and green leaves. In the second sort the root seldom throws larger than a man's thumb : the stalks ri'ic erect, and have oblong spear-shaped leaves growinn close to the stalk : the spikes of flow ers are axilTarv, lone, and have narrow leaves plaeiil between the flow ers : the lower leaves arc thick and succulent, and their foot-st.ilks broad : it is chiefly cultivated for these ; the leaves being boiled as spinach, or put into soups, and the stalks and midrib of the leaf stewed and eaten as asparagus. There are three varieties of this : the White- leaved, the (jnen-lcaved, and the Swiss or Chard Beet. 1 he las} is probably the large va-^ BET BET riety lately cullivated under tlic title of Racine dc Dh'Jte^ Root of Scarcity or Mane,el Wurzcl. Cullure. — All the differcnl species and va- rieties of these plants are rafsed by sowing the seeds in the earlv spring months, as from the latter end of February to the middle of Aprd, for summer crops, but the earlier the better, if the season will admit ; and for suceessional crops, cspeciallv in the white kind, some seed may be put in occasionally in the sunmier months, till llu: beginning of August. The most proper soils for plants of I he red beet kind, are those of the more light deep rich sort, which incline a little to a sandy nature, suchasare adaptedtotho orowth of the carrot. In preparing the land, it' should always be well dug over to the depth of twelve or sixteen inches, a little well-rotted stable dung being intimately blended with the mould at the time, if manure has not been applied for the preceding crop, which is by much the best practice. The ground should then be divided into beds of four or si.x feet in breadth, and the surface raked even for the reception of the seed, which may be put in either by sowing it thinly over the surface, and covering it by the rake, or in small shallow drills, made at the distance of six or eight inches from each other; but for the large-leaved white sorts, considerably more, as from twelve to eighteen inches or two feet, according to cir- cumstances. But for some of these latter kinds the ground need not be trenched over to so great a depth as for the former, though it should al- ways be stirred when the root is the principal object, as is the case in the red sort, and occa- sionally in some others. Deep digging is ab- solutely necessary, as w ithont it the tap root is apt to become short, and send offlateral fibres. It is sometimes the practice with market gardeners, in order to save room, to sow these crops with those of onions and other kinds that are to be drawn out at an early period ; but this should always, if possible, be avoided, as plants of difl'erent sorts seldom succcc d well together, or answer the purpose of the cultivator. In whichever method the sowing is performed, great care should be taken when the plants rise, which is mostly in the course of a month or six weeks, and have formed leaves an inch or two in breadth, to keep them perfectly clean, and thin- ned out to sufficient distances by repeated hoe- ing according to the kinds. By thus stirring the earth about the roots of the plants, and keeping them free from weeds, their growth is greatly promoted as well in their roots as the leaves. The first sort is cultivated for the use of its large red esculent root^ which in the common kind often attains considerable length and thick- ness, and in some of the other varieties a still greater thickness, but less length. They be- come in a state of perfection and fit for culinarv uses about September, or the following month ; at which time some of them should be taken up, and after having the lops trimmed off, without injuring the crowns of the roots, be packed up under cover in dry sand or earth, to preserve them for the winter and early spring seasons. ^Vhcn the soil is dry, they are however frequently let remain in the ground to be drawn up as wanted. The largest and deepest red sorts are held in the most estimation, as being the most adapted to the purposes for which they arc employed, whether for boiling and slicing, to be eaten alone or scraped, sliced in sallads, as a pickle, or for garnishing different sorts of dishes. The common sort is chiefly cultivated as a principal crop, the varieties being mostly sown onlv in small portions. The latter species and varieties are in a great measure cultivated for the use i>f their lar^-e suc- culent leaves, which are employed in soups, and boiled as spinach. In the large variety the stems and ribs of the large leaves are often made use of, after being stripped of the leafy part and the external skin, in soups and for stewing, to he eaten as asparagus. They usually become in perfection for these purposes about the latter end of June, or in tlie following month, and may be continued nearly the year round by always carefully gathering the large outward leaves, the others thereby coming forward in succession, as well as further sup- plies produced from the roots. The large Chard or Swiss variety is mostly cultivated in the field as a cattle-food ; but may be grown in the garden, either for its leaves o"- the large roots : but with the latter view the leaves should not be pulled off while the plants are growing. In all the vsricties of these species, crops must be raised annually in thespring ; as, though they may be continued two years by cutting down the seed-stems of the year-old plants as they rise in the second spring, the leaves are lar inferior in size and fleshy substance. For the purpose of procuring seed of the se- veral species and varieties, some of the best and most perfect plants of each sort shoiild be marked, and left in tlic second spring to stand and run up for seed ; being supported with sticks during the sunmier, and gathered when perfectly ripe and dry, in the beginning of tlia autumn, as in September. BETULA, a genus comprehending different BET U E T liardy deciduous trees, of ihe forest kind. Tlic Birch and Alder. It belongs to the cLiss and order JSTonoeda Tt'trandria, and ranks in the natural order of Amentacece. ' The characters are : that the male flowers are in a cvliudric ameiit : the calyx is a loose, cylindric anient, imbricate on every side, con- sisting of three-flowered scales, in each of which arc two very minute scales, placed at the sides. Three equal lioscules are fixed to the disk of each scale of the calvx : the perianthiuni in each one-leafed, small, entire, three- or four-parted : tlie divisions ovate and obtuse : there is no corolla : the stamina consist of four, or three or two filaments ver\' small : the anthers are twin : the female flowers in an anient of the same plant : the calyx is a cylindric or roundish, imbricate anient, with two-tlowered scales : there is no corolla : the pislilluni is an ovate compressed germ, proper, ver)' small, and two-seeded : the styles two and setaceous : tlie stigmas simple: there is no periearpium ; the anient under each scale cheri^hing the seeds of two florets : the seeds are solitary and ovate. The species chiefly cultivated in nursery gar- dens are ; 1 . JB. alba. White or Common Bu'ch Tree. 2. jB. w/^ro, Black Virginian Birch Tree. 3. B. lentil, Canada Birch Tree. 4. B. Atmts, The Alder Tree. S.B. /«f«/;a, Hoary Alder Tree. The first is easilv known bv the silvery colour of its bark, or rather the outer thin covering to the bark; by tlie smallness of the leaves in com- parison with other timber trees ; and the light- ness and airiness of its whole appearance. It is of a middling or rather inferior size to other forest trees. The branches are alternate, sub- divided, ver\' pliant and flexible, covered with a reddish brown or russet, smooth bark, generally dotted with white. The leaves are alternate, bright green, smooth, shining beneath, with the veins crossing like the meshes of a net : the petioles are half an inch or more in length, smooth, grooved abovf ; and at the base are ovate irrecn glands. The male anients or calkins appear in autumn, keep on during the winter, and mifold their flowers when the females Ap- pear in spring; ihcv arc situated at the ends of tlie twisrs, eommonly two together, sessile, cylindric, blunt, long, narrow, and pendulous : the scales separating the flowers are roundish, acuminate, yellowish brown, and saiooth : the female aments appear in sprintr at ilie ends of the shorter branches ; they are solitary, at first upriiiht, but afterwards nodding a little, cy- Imdnc or rather ovate, blunt, on pedicels near a quarter of an inch in length, shorter and thicker than the male aments : the scales have from two to four flowers in each, thev arc lan- ceolate, blunt, green, and smooth , the geniw two, somctnues more, eonipressed : the stvt<'!i and stigm.is arc reddish. It is a native of mo'i parts of Europe. The chief variety of this is the Pendulous or Weeping Birch. 'i"he second species has the larger serraturcs of the leaves deeper aijd more remote, and besides these very small, fine, crowded ones ; the base from an obtuse angle is quite entire. The twigs are pubescent, and the petioles villose. The branches are sjxitled, and more sparingly set on the tree than in the common sort. The leaves are broader, and grow on longer petioles. It ar- rives at a much greater size, and is equally hardy with the White Birch. There are sevaral varieties of it : as the Bro.-jd- leaved Virginian Birch ; the I'oplar-leavcd \'ir- giiuan Birch; the Paper Birch ; and the Brywii Bircli. In the third species thi- leaves are smooth, very finelv and sharpiv serrate. Tlie female cat- kins arc ovate, sessile, « ith acuminate entire scales. It grows to a great height. There are several varieties, as the Dusky, White, Paper, and Poplar-leaved Canada Birch. The fourth, though it appears as a shrub, fre- quently vvill however grow to a considerable tree. The bark is blackish, and in old trees full of clefts. The wood is red and brittle. The leaves are of a dark green colour, and a round- ish figure, resembling those of the hasel, crenate, smooth, and in the common sort viscid to the touch : the nerves on the under side have spongy balls at the angles of their ramifications, as in the leaves of the lime-tree : the petioles are grooved above, and near an inch long ; at the base of these are lanceolate, blunt stipules. The male catkins are cylindrical, appear in the autumn, and continue to the spring. The fe- males are of a short conical form, like a small fir cone. It is a native of most parts of Europe, There are several varieties : as the Long-leaved American, the White, the Dwarf, and the Cut- leaved Alder. The fifth species is very distinct from the above, both in the sirueture of its parts, and its uses. It never attains the size ot liiat, and is commonly shrubby : the trunk is scarcely thicker than the human arm : the wood is wliite, and of a closer texture : the branches and even twigs are testaceous, hoary, diverging at half a right antrle : the ienvcves not round but ovate, drawn out at the end, unequally serrate with very sharp toolhlets, soinetiines doubly-serrate with very obscure incisions, very smooth, and somewhat glutinous even beneath, except at BET BET the divisions of the nerves, where they have a Whllelnthenurserytheplantsshouldbekcptclcan close thick pubescence. The male catkins are IVoni weeds, by being trequently hoed among, sessile at the ends of the branches, usually by and having the earth well stirred and loosened threes ; they are two inches Ions, the thickness between them. During this period all such of a swan's quill, and the scafes ferruL'inoiis : plants as are crooked and not handsome m their the female catkins, one on each side, having two growth, or which are of slow and imperfect or three bundles between the shining-brown growth, should be cut over close to the surface testaceous scales, coming out with a leaf or of the ground, in order that they may shoot up two, alternate on the peduncles : when in flower again in better forms. they are of a brownish green colour, and of an This is the best method ot increasing all the oblono- cylindric form: when ripe they are varieties of both the common and other species, smaller than those of the common Alder, not as they are liable to degenerate when raised from divaricate, and in other respects different. It seeds is a native of different parts of Switzerland There are many varieties : as the Cut-leaved, the Dwarf Alpine, the Long-leaved, and the liose-flowered Hoary Alder. Culture. — The soils most suited to the culture of the Birch are those of the light black loamy kind, on a drv sandy or gravelly substratum. In those of the inore moist and retentive descrip- tions, it grows with rapidity, but soon decays, and the wood is not so valuable. It grows more slowly on those of the light sandy or gra- velly kinds, and where the situation is exposed ; but the timber is better With the common sort it is recommended by some, as the best and most ready method of pro- viding this sort of plants, where it can be done, to collect them from woods or other jilaces where the\- have risen naturally from seeds. They mostly succeed well when removed to better soils, and more open situations. The fourth species, besides being raised in the two tirst of the above methods, is capable of being increased by cuttings of different sizes, when planted in such situations as are inclined to be moist. When these have had two or three years jrrowth they may be removed into the All the species are capable of being raised by places where they are to remain. They likewise sowino- the seeds ; collected when the scales in- grow well from large cuttings usually termed closin? them begin to open in the autumn, on truncheons, when planted out m such situations -narrow beds of light earth, either at the above as the above. These should be formed to the period or in the early spring months, covering length of from two to three feet m length, being them in a very slight "manner. When the young set one-third into the ground, holes being first plants appear they should be kept clean from made for their reception, and the bark wholly weeds, and after they have attained sufficient preserved upon the parts which are thus intro- mhead. This liquor is to be made use of by dipping a woollen cloth in it, and washing the branches well with it. In the second instance, or when the disease is produced by the effects of irost, the best mean which has yet been employed is that of covering the trees or plants by an open sort of nettingr which is folded once or more as there may be occasion, as in this way air is freely ad- mitted, and at the same timcthedangcrof the frost avoided, without injury being done by close covering, as is the case when mats or othcp similar articles are had rccourie to for die [ut- B L I B L I pose. Much of the good effect of this will, however, depend upon the correctness of the manner in which such protections arc applied, and their not being so long coir.inued at a time as lo render the admission of the free air and light injurious to them. The trouble attending this practice may be in a great measure prevented by having such nettings or other coverings so con- trived as to roll up and kt down by cords and jHillexs. Where plants or trees have been covered for some time in a close manner, great care should be taken to graduallv expose them to the full influence of light and air, as by such means much injurv may offen be prevented in the fruit and tender branches. If distempers of this sort are caused in trees or plants from the improper quality of the soil, their not being suited to its peculiar nature, or its not being in a proper condition for their growth and support, which is shown by their great weakness and debility, and their imperfect s;rowth in comparison of others that are situated exactlyunderthesamecircumstances; the remedy must be varied according to the particular cause from which it may seem to originate. Where the soil is improper, it should be dug out to some extent round the trees or other plants, and better fresh earth be supplied. If it be not suited to the nature of the trees, the best plan is to have them taken up at once, and removed into other more favourable situations, as it is not possible for every sort of tree or plant to succeed well in the same sort of soil. When the malady depends on some morbid condition of the juices of the plants, or on the vesjetative process being interrupted or imper- fectlv carried on, a speedy removal into another situation will be the only chance of effecting their safety ; new mould being supplied, and their places filled bv others. Imperfect culture sometimes proves the cause of the Blight, as, when the pruning and training have beeii^ performed in an injudicious manner, or at an improper seas-jn, the trees are apt to be- come weak, and readily affected by the disease. The principal remedy in these cases is that of greater attention in these important operations, performing them in such a way as to leave the bearing branches as well as the trees in the most vigorous state of growth. There is a state of plants and trees frequently occurring late in the spring, as in May, which is termed \htfirc-llast, often suddenly destroy- ing not only the fruit and leaves of the plants, but the branches, and sometimes the whole trees. It mostly takes place in situations where they are planted close. It has been ascribed to vari- ous causes; as certain transparent flying vapours acting so as to converge the rays of the sun in the manner of a burning lens; thus scorching the parts of the plants they happen to fall upon, in proportion to their convcrgency, and the re- flection of such ravs from hollow clouds pro- ducing their effects in a similar manner. The onlv means of obviating these effects are those of planting fruit-trees in less close situa- tions, and more open exposures, that they may have a more free admission and circulation of air to dispel such collecting vapours before they produce such effects. It seems not improbable but that effects of the bliiiht kind mav sometimes lake place in dif- ferent sorts of plants and crops, from the pre- valence of strona; winds blowing from the sea, by their beingsaturated with saline matters, which they convev and deposit upon them at consider- able distances, and which, by their decompo- sition on the plants, induce such affections. BLITUM, a genus comprising difl(;rent plants of the annual herbaceous ornamental kind. The Elite, or Strawberry Spinach. It belongs to the class and order Monandtia Digijnia, and ranks in the natural order of HoioracecB. The characters are : that the calyx is a three- parted, spreading, permanent perianthium, the divisions ovate, equal, two more gaping than the other: there is no corolla: the stamina a setaceous filament, longer than the calyx, within the middle division, and erect: the anther is twin: the pistillum is an ovate, acu- minate germ : the styles are two, erect, and gaping, the length of the stamen : the stigmas are simple: the pericarpium is a very thin cap- sule, (rather the crust of the seed) ovate, a little compressed, contained within the calyx now become a berry : the seed single, globular and compressed, the size of the capsule. The species mostly cultivated for ornament are: I. B. capital i/rri, Berry-headed Strawberry Elite; 2. B. virgatiim. Slender-branched Straw- berry Elite; 3. B. Tarturiaim, Tartarian Straw- berry Elite. The first is an annual plant, with leaves some- what like those of Spinach. The stalk rises about two feet and a half high, when culti- vated in gardens. The leaves on the lower part of it are of the same shape with the root-leaves, only smaller. The upper part of it has flowers coming out in small heads at every joint, and is terminated by a small cluster of the same. After the flowers are past, these little heads swell to the size of wood strawberries, and when ripe have the same appearance; being very succulent, and full of a purple juice, which B O C B O C stains the bands, and was fornncrly used for culinary purp(.)ses as a colouring ingredient. There are varieties, with white and red leaves. The second species seldom grows more than one foot high, with smaller leaves than the first, hut of the same shape. The flowers are pro- duced from the axils, almost the whole length of the stalk : thev arc small, and ci)llceted into little heads, shaped like those of the first, but smaller, and not so deipiv coloured. It is a na- tive of the South of France. There arc varieties, w iih striped leaves, and with white flowers. The third rises near three feet high: the leaves arc triangular, ending in very acute points, as also the indentures on the edges of the leaves. The flowers are axillary in small heads. The fruit is of the same shajic and colour as those of the first, bul smaller. This differs from that in the shape and indentures of the leaves; and in having leaves placed between the fruits the whtile length of the stalk, which is not termi- nated by heads as in ihe first, but has leaves above the heads. Martvn supposes this is probably no more than a variety of the second sort. Culture. — These plants are raised by sowing the seeds annually, in the early spring months, in patches of three or four together, in tlic borders or clumps where they are to remain, the mould in the places being broken down and ren- dered rather finebf fore they are put in. Theymay also be sown on beds of light earih, and when they rise to a sufficient growth be transplanted to the places where they are to grow, which should be done before the flowering stems rise. The first is the best method. A few may also be raised in pots for particular purposes, which must be kept occasionally watered m dry seasons, and supported by sticks. When planted out in the natural ground, they must be kept clear from weeds, and properly thinned, and have support when necessary to prevent tlieir being pressed down by the weiulit of the fruit. They often rise freely from self- sown seeds. They are chiefly cultivated for the ornament which the fruit affords in the latter end of sunmier, which is as large as that of the com- mon strawberry, and of a red colour. They have a good effect when set out in assem- blage with other potted plants in conspicuous situaii()n> about the house. BLOOD -FLOWER. See ILcmanthus. BOCCONIA, a genus containing a shrubby plant of the exotic kind, for the stove. Tree Celandine or Parrot- weed. It belongs to the class and order DnilecmiJria Moiiogi/iiiii, and ranks in the natural order of lUiirudece. The characters arc: that the caK x is a two - leaved, ovate, obtuse, concave, caduei)us pe- rianth: there i> no corolla: the stamina con- sist of twelve filaments, very short : the an- thers are linear, very large, the length of the ealvx: the i.islillum is a roundish germ, con- tracted both ways, large and pedicelled: the style one, bifid : the stigmas are simple and reflex: the pcricarpium is subovate, atienuated to each end, compressed, one-celled, and two- valved: the valves are coriaceous, gaping from the base, the annular suture continuing ; crowned with the style: the seid one, globular, the base involved in pulp, fixed to the bottom of the capsule. There is only one sjiecies : B. frulticeivi. Shrubby Bocconia, or Tree Celandine. It is a shrub v. hich rises to the height of ten or twelve feet, wiih a straight trunk, as large aS a man's arm, covered wiih a white smooth bark, and branched towards the top: ihe trunk is hollow, filled with a pith like the elder, abounding in a tiiick yellow juice : the branches are brittle, unequal, marked with scars from the fallen leaves: the leaves are from six or seven inches to a foot in length, oblong, sinuate- laeiniate, suhserrate, smooth, and ash-colourcd- tomentose beneath: the petioles are roundish, arid pubescent : the raceines teiniinating, pani- clcd, a fool long, dilfused and nodding: the peduncles are one-flowered : the bractes under ihefi<)\\ers are small and lanceoiale: the fila- ments are ten, seldom more, longer than the leaflets of the calyx, hanging down and loose: the anthers are longer than the filaments: the germ is ovate, compressed, and glaucous. It is a native of Mexico, &.c. The acrid juice is sometimes used to take off tetters and warts. Culture. — This plant is increased by sowing the seeds in pots filled with light earth early in the sprins: season, and immediately plunging tlicm into hot-beds of tan, which have a mo- derate degree of heat; water being occasionally given in small proportions to promote the vege- tation of the seeds. When the plants have ac(juired a sufficient growth, they may be care- fully removed into sepaiate pots of light sandv iiKJuId, and again plactil in the hot-beit, shading them \\ hen necessary till they become well rooted, water beiiiir sparingly empU)yed till the plants have attained a ligneous grow ill, when it may be used with more irecdoui, especially in dry seasons, and large poilions of air be admitted. When these pots become B O U BON filK-d l)v tluir roots, tlu-y must be again re- moved inU) larger ones, and replaced in the bark- stove, plentiful supplies of fresh air being ad- mitted when the weather is suitable. With this culture the plants become strong, vigoious, and healthy in their grov.th. The beauty of this shrubby plant should pro- ciu'c it a place wherever singularitv and a di- versity of effect are desired. P.OMBAX, a genus comprehending trees of the exotic kinds. The Silk Cotton Tree. It belongs to the class and order Manadt'l- pliia Poli/a.'nlria, and ranks in the natural order (if Crilumnijinv, The characters are : that the calyx is a one- kafed, tubular-canipanidate, permanent peri- anthium : the mouth three- or five-cleft, obtuse, and erect; the corolla is five-jiarted-, and spread- ing: the segments oblong, and concave: the stamina consist of five or many subulate fila- ments, the length of" the corolla, t»nnate at the base: the anthers are oblong, bent in, and incumbent: the pistillum is a roundish germ: the stN'le is filiform, the length of the stamens: the stigma capitate, and five-toothed : the peri- carjiium is a large, tnrbinatc-oblong, five- celled, five-valved capsule: valves woody: the seeds are very many, round and woolly: the receiitaeulum is colunniar, and five-cornered, forming the partitions. The species chiefly cultivaled for variety in the stove are: 1. B. pentandrinn, Pcntandrous Smooth Bombax ; e. £. /n'pfapfn////ii)i, flepta- pliyllous Smooth Bombax; 3. B. Ceiba, Cuba or Thorny Bombax. The first has smooth stems, which in the young plants are of a bright green, but after a few years are covered with a gray or ash -coloured hark, which turns to a brov n as the trees grow older: they seldom put out any side branches till they arrive at a considerable height, unless tlieir leading shoot be broken or injured, 'fhe branches towards their top have leaves com- posed of five, seven or nine smooth, lanceolate leaflets, joined to one centre at their base, where tliey adhere to the long footstalk. These fall away every year, so that lor some time the trees are naked; and before the new leaves come (jut, the fiower-lnids appear at the ends of the l)ranehcs, and soon after the flowers expand: ' they are composed of five oblong purple petals, with a great number of stamens in the centre; w hen these fall off, they are succeeded by oval fruit larirer than a swan's egg, having a thick woodv cover, which, when rij^e, opens in five parts, and is full of a short dark cotton, in- closing many roundish seeds as large as small 4ieas. It is a native of the East Indies. The second species in its natural situation grows fifty feel high before it branches, and is near eighteen feet in thickness. The bark has smooth, shining, sliarp prirklcs, which fall off on the bod\', but remain on the branches : the leaves are seven-lobed, and united at the base; and the flowers are succeeded by large oval fruit containing seeds and cotton. It grows every where in Malabar. The third sort has the trunk closely arniedr with short, strong sjiines : the branches come out near the top, and are covered with leaves, haviniT five lone; spear-shaped lobes, uniting at the base; the flowers appearing at the ends of the brandies, which are succeeded by large oval i'ruit, filled as in the preceding. This has been supposed to be the same with the first sort; but, from many years' experience, Wr. Miller affirms, that seeds sent him of the two sorts always produced diftcrent plants, and continued the same at more than twenty years growth. Cidiure. — These plants may be increased by sowing the seeds, obtained from the West- Indies, in the early spring season, on a gentle hot-bed, or in pots of light IVesh earth, jjlun- ging them into the tan-bed. When they have attained sufficient gro\\th, they may be removed into separate pots, and be replaced in the hot- bed, water and shade being given when ne- cessary. As they advance in growth they must be shifted into larger pots filled with fresh loamy earth : water should be admitted freely in tlic summer season, but very moderately during the winter, as the roots are apt to be destroyed by much moisture: during their whole growth air should be supplied freely when the weather will permit, to prevent their being drawn up in a weak unhealthy growth. They must be constantly retained in the hot-house or stove. Though they attain a large growth in their native situations, they only aetjuire a shrubby stature when CLdtivated in this climate. From the singularity and contrast which tlicir leaves aflbrd to those of other plants, they produce a striking diversity in large houses,. where they have sufficient room to grow to a full size. From their slowness in flowering in their native state, they seldom produce any here. BONTIA, a genus comprising a plant of the evergreen exotic kind. It belongs to the class and order Didyimnila ybigiospcrmia, and ranks in the natiual order of Pcrsoiiatie. The characters arc: that the calyx is a one- leafed, five-parted perianthiuni : the leaflets arc blunt, upright and permanent: the corolla is one-petalled and ringent : the tube long and cylindric: the border gaping: the upper lip B O R B O R xiprigiu and cniarginale: the lower revolutc, and sciiiitrifid, the size of the u|ipcr: the sta- mina consist ot" four subulate lilanients, bend- iiig to the upper lip, the length of the corolla: two higher: the anthers arc simple: the pis- lil!i:m is an ovate germ: the style is sim))lc; situation and lengtii of the stamens : the stigma bifid, and blunt: the pericarpium is an ovate drupe, with tiie top obl;(]uc: the seed an oval juit, onc-ccHed, and germinating. There is only one species cultivated for orna- ment in the stove; Jj. Daphnvides, Daphne- like Barba: the stigma simple: tlicrc is no periearjjiuni : the calyx larger, and inflated. 'J"he sieds are four and roundish, beiner wrinkled, and keeled out«anis at the top, giolniTar at the ba>c, and inserted lon- gituilinally into a hollowed receptacle. The species chiefly cullivated in gardens for use or ornament arc: 1. B. (i/ficiiialis, Conmion Annual Borage; 2. C. or/(7//a//i, Oriental I'ercn- nial Horagc. In the first the whole plant is rough, with white, siifl", prieklv hairs; the peduncles lenni- natinsr and nianv-flowered ; the calvx divided to tlie verv base, and also the corolla, bul it falls off in one piece; the tube very short and white; the segments acute; filaments verv short, while, and springing from the claws of the petal, with a sharp blue process where the anthers are in- serted: these are of a blackish or dark-purple colour, and form a kind of iiinIo in the middle round the flower. The common colour of the corolla is blue, but it varies to flesh-coloured and white. It is an annual plant, and flowers from May to August. It is a native of Aleppo, but naturalized here, &c. There are varieties, with red flowers, with while flowers, and with variegated leaves. The second species is a perennial jilant, with thick fleshy roots, spreading under the surface: ihe root-leaves are maiiv, oblong, and heart- shaped, on long hairv fool-stalks: the flowcr- stcm rises more than two feet in height, having at the joints a single, small, sessile leaf; the upper part branches out into several small foot- stalks, which are temiinated by loose panicles of flow ers of a pale-blue colour : the |->ctal is lurned back, so that the connected anthers and style arc left naked. The seeds are smaller than tlios* of common Borage. When the flower-stalk first appears the flowers seem collected into a close spike, some of which often spread open before the stalk is six inches high; but, a^ the .stalks advance, they divide into many loose spikes. It is a native of Coiisiantinopic, and flowers in March. '.' A B O R B O R There are other species, which may be culti- vated where variety of these sorts of plants is warned. Cidlurc. — These plants are easily propagated, either by the seeds, or dividing the roots accord- ing to the kinds. In the first sort, the best mode is by sowing the seeds annually in the autumn or spring months in the places where the plants are to stand, or hv letting, the plants shed their seeds, keeping them from standing too closely together. When thev arc intended for the produce of their tender young leaves, thev may be sown broad- cast in small beds at different time-, from the spring till autumn, in the garden, covering the seed "by the rake ; afterwards, when of proper •growth, keeping the plants thinned out to a good distance, as six or eigiit inches, or more. In this way supplies of green leaves and flov.ers are provided in succession, for sunmier, autumn, and the following early spring. The second species is increased with much facility by parting the roots, and planting them out where they are to remain, in the autumn. It may also be raised by sowing the seeds at the same scf.son, v. here they are to remain, keeping the plants while young perfectly free from weeds. The first sort, and varieties, will succeed in almost any soil or situation, being perfectly hardy ; but the latter species, as the flower-stem.s are put forth verv early in the spring, requires a drv soil, and warm aspect, to guard against the effects of frost. Such effects are much obviated bv having their roots planted in dry lime or other rubbish, as well as their over lux- uriant growth prevented, ar.d the danger of frosts consequently greatly lessened. When these plants have been once planted, they con- tinue for many years with little trouble, and are not liable to be injured by the vicis-ritudes of heat or cold. The first species is cmploved both as a plant of utility and ornament, being valued by some for culinary purposes, as a pot-herb; and for the young leaves and flowers to be niadc use of in the vvav of sallads, as well as for being put in wine to form coo! tankards. It may also be planted on borders or clumps m pleasure-grounds for variety. The latter sort is wholly employed as a flower- ins ornamental plant. BOKBONIA, a genus comprising plants of the shrubby exotic kind, for the green-house. It belongs to tiie class and order Diadelplim Decandria, and ranks in the natural order of Lerruminoice. The characters are: that the calyx is a one- leafed, semiquinquefid, turbinate perianthium, half the length of tlie corolla : divisions lanceolate, acuminate, rigid, pungent, and subequal ; the lowest longer than the rest: the corolla is penta- petalous, papilionaceous, and hirsute on the outside : banner reflected, and obtuse : claw the length of the caly.x : wings semicordate, a little shorter than the banner: keel two-petalled, lunulate, and obtuse: the stamina have nine filaments, united into a cylinder gaping longi- tudinally above, rising at the ends : the anthers are small : the pistillum is a subulate germ : the style very short, and ascending: the stigma obtuse and emarginate: the periearpium is a roundish legume, acuminate, one-celi^d, mu- cronate with a spine: the seed kidney-form. Tl>e species mostly cultivated for ornament and variety are: I. B. laiiceolala, Spear-leaved Borbonia; 2. B. cordata, Heart-kaved Bor- bonia; 3. B. crencia, Notch-leaved Jiorbonia. The first has a stem a foot high, smooth, round, and ash-coloured: divided into a few branches, which are red whilst young: the leaves are stem-clasping, long, narrow, ending in a sharp point. 'J"he flowers come out from between the leaves at the ends of the branches in small clusters: they are yellow, and shaped like those of broom. It flowers in August and September. In the second species the leaves are broader than in the first: the stalks are slender, and covered with white bark : the leaves are stem- clasping, and terminated by sharp points, like those of butcher's broom. The flowers are produced in small clusters at the ends of the branches, and are of the same shape and colour as those of the above sort, but larger. The calyx is five-cleft, nearly regular, hirsute, with spiny segments, and the whole corolla tomen- tose on the outside. The third has the leaves cordate stem-clasping, net-veined, and pointed: the flowers are in racemes. All these species are natives of the Cape. Culture. — Tiieosc. Their tiepihs when trees are to bj planted should never be less than two feet at the walk, gradually increasing to three at the back or fence: some soils of fruit-trees, however, re- quire much more, as pears and |)luins. In other eases, one foot at the walk and two at the back mav form a sufficient depth and slo|)e for the perfect culture of the crops thai may be grown upon them. For flowers and the small sorts of shrubs it is often eonvcnieiit to have them a little rounded on the surface. Tiiere is another soil of useful border, which is that which divides or surrounds the principal compartments or divisions of kitehen-gardeii- grounds, and which immediately bounds the main walks, as being convenient for planl- inii ranu:es of dwarf a|>|)le, pear, plum, cherry, medlar, and other trees upon as espaliers, as well as for the culture of many herbaceous escu- lent plants; the line of espalier trees in these cases being planted at least three or four feet from the outer edges, so that there may be a three- orfour-fcet border on the outsidesne.M the walks, and a smaller one on tlie insidcs of the es- paliers; the broader outside borders serving for ihercariu"' and culture of many low -growiiit; es- culent plants, and sometimes, where the kitehen- aiid flower-garden are united, as a flower-border. 'Jhe smaller inward borders ma\'be found useful in raisinsc many sorts of small plants and herbs, as lettuces, ^c. See Esi'ALiKit. In borders of the latter or ornamental sort, as those of pleasure- or other grounds, they must be formed according to circumstances. It wa> formerly the taste in manv places to have almo>t every walk bounded on each side by a border em- bellished with various ornamental plants; this taste has now, however, in a great measure ^iven way to that of planting only on one side. A line walk, ornamented on each side by spacious bor- ders fully planteil with curious flowering shrubs and other plants, has notwithstanding a fine ap- pearance and good effect in many situations. Borders of curious flowers, carried along the boundaries of grass-plats or lawns cnntieuons to the house, whether formed in a straigltt or serpentine manner, produce an agreeable eflect and much variety. Borders for particular kinds of flowers, such 2 A 2 B O R BOS as the curious sorts of hyacinths, tulips?, ranun- cuhises, auernouts, carnations, and various others, may be made either along the sides of walks, or detached in other parts of gardens or ornamented grounds. Where the situations in which the borders are made are of the more moist retentive kinds, having clayey or gravellv cankerv bottoms, proper drains should he formed and conducted along the fronts of the borders, to the full depth of the sub soils, in order efTectually to convey off the injurious wetness that mav take place, and allow of a suitable bed beino' formed for the upper soil. This is often done bv paving the bottoms of the beds with tiles or bricks. But a much less expensive and at the same time cft'ictual method is ad- vised by the author of the " Scotch Forcing Gar- dener," which is that of letting the bottoms belaid in a sloping manner from the walls to the drains, a fall of six inches being given, first w ith a laver of good loam two inches in thickness, spread evenly and well rolled down; then a similar stratum of clean pit or river gravel applied o\er it, and forced down in the same manner: upon this another coat of loamy earth is to be depo- sited to the thickness of an inch or more, and well pressed down ; the whole being executed while the materials are in a rather dry condition ; the whole being afterwards a little moistened and well rolled down till the surface becomes glazed, the waterings and rollings being con- tinued alternately till the w hole acquires a shining hardness, and the gravel begins to show itself clearly through the loamy coat. In this way it is asserted a bottom mav be formed, through which the roots of no trees can penetrate, and which is, at the same time, perfectly favourable to the growth of trees and plants. In constituting the borders, those substances and mixtures of different materials which are most adapted to the growth and success of par- ticular sorts of trees or plants, will be explained m descril)ing the culinre which they require. \A"here the raising and growth of most sorts of culinary \egetables are the principal objects of borders, there should be constantly a due proportion of good vegetable mould in combi- nation with a proper qtiantity of rich, mellow, loamy earth, a suitable portion of well-rottetl stable-dung, according to circumstances, being incorporated with them, to produce crops in the greatest ptrfeetion. Such borders as immediately bound or vcrsie gravel- or sand-walks, should be planted on the sides with edgings of some dwarf evergreen sort of plants; such as those of boxj thrift, daisies, pinks, &c. but the first is the neatest and most durable plant for this purpose. See Buxus and Edging. These borders should alwavs be raised two or three inches, or more, above the conmion surface level, such as are detached being gene- raliv finished off in a gently swelling or round- ing form, in order that tliey may afftjrd the fullest effect. BOSEA, a genus aR'ording a plant of the shrubby exotic kind. The Slirubb\ Golden-rod. It belongs to the class and order Pentandria D'lgyiiia, and ranks in the natural order of Diiulelphia. The characters are: that the calyx is a five- leaved, equal perianthium : leaflets roundish, con- cave, and erect, thinner at the edge: there is no corolla: the stamina consist of five subulate filaments, longer than the calvx: the anthers are simple: the pistiliuiii is an ovate-oblong, cuspidate germ : the style and the stigmas are two: the pericarpium is a globular, one-celled berry; one seed, round and acuminate. The only species is the B. Yervamora, Golden- rod Tree. This is a rather strong woody shrub, with a stem as large as a middling person's leg; the branches come out very irregularlv, and make considerable shoots in 5unnner, which should be shortened every spring, to preserve the heads of the plants in anv tolerable order: these branches retain their leaves till towards the spring, when they fall ofl", and new leaves are produced soon after: the bark is reddish-brown, andsniooth; the wood being white: the leaves are two inches long, and one and a half broad, roundish, broader at the base, blunt at the end, and white lurderneath, resting on short petioles: the ribs purple. The flowers come out of the ends of the twigs, on alternate pedicels, at the base of which is a stipule : the calyx" is purplish, and six-leaved: the seed of a black colour. It is a native of the Canary islands. Ciilliire. — The plants in this species may be increased, bv plantmg cuttings of the young shoots, in the early spring months, iii pc^ts of light fresh mould, placed under glasses, or in a moderate hot-bed, bv which their striking root maybe much expedited. It is deposited in the green-house in assem- blage with others of similar growl li. BOSOUfc-T, a term applied to detached clumps, or other parts of gardens, pleasure- or ornamented grounds, planted u itha variety of de- ciduous and evergreen trees or i.hrubs, and herba- ceous perennial flowers, eilherina regularor irre- gular manner. They should be laid out in forms suited to the nature, extent, and particular circumstances of the ground, so as ,to produce BOS n o vv the greatest possible variety and effect, some bcinn made circular, others oval or oblonir, and with bcndmir?, sweep:-, or swells, outward or inward, and larger or smaUer, as may be ne- cessary. They may be dispersed with the greatest effect on the confines ot' extensive i.iwns or other open spaces, in grass, also in parks, pad- docks, the terminations of spacious avenues, and carriage-ways leading to the houses, espe- cially when of considerable dimensions, being varied in situation, and distributed at such di- stances as in leave lar^e intervening .spaces of open land in grass. In the planting of compartments of this nature, in order to produce tliC best efiect, much attention should he bestowed in regulating the sizes of the plants, their shades, and times of tlowerins, as well as in the disposing them in the order of their ditlercnt growths, so that they may rise regularly from the sides to the centres, and display themstlvcs in the best and most advantageous manner in their heads and branches. It was fomierlv the practice to plant trees and sbmbs of the deciduous and evergreen kinds chiefly together in separate patches, but by a judicious mixture of both sorts a great richness and variety of effect is produced. Various sorts of tall herbaceous perennial plants, as well as low flowering ones, inay be introduced on the sides and edges, such as those of golden-rod, and other sin)i!;u- kinds, wiih daffodils, violets, polyanthuses, primroics, and many others ot the same sort. In the less extensive sorts of ornamented grounds, these sorts of bosquets should always remain perfectly open, and wholly exposed to view, in order that the full variety of the plants may be seen ; but in extensive parks, and other similar emnnds, where thev are chieffy planted with the more larL-'e and coarse hardy trees and shrubs, they may be inclosed by open hurdles to defend them from the cropi'ing ot cattle or other animals, especially until they have ac- quired a sufficiently large growth. These clumps, after bemg thus planted, only require the earth among the plants to be slightly due over in the autumn or very early spring, an3 once or twice hoed over in the summer to keep weeils from rising ; the dead wood and irresrular branches of the different plants or trees being cut out, shoitened and removed, to pre- serve them distinct and keep thein in due order. Sec Clump. W'hi-n well arranged, and kept in neat order, these sorts of bosquets produce much diversity and ornamental effect, both in large gardens and pleasure-grounds. 1 BO\Vr.I\G-GREK\, a spacious plat laid evenly with turf, in pleasure- or other grotmds, designed for the purpose of urnament as well as anmsemcnt in the sunnner season bv bowling upon. 'riier cattle. The Musk Cabbage, which is a middle-sized, teiuUr, crisp kind, having a musky scent and conti- nuing good till a late period, 'i'he Giant or Great Scotch Cabbage, which is a close-heading large sort, continuing tor late use. It is much emploved tor cattle. The American Cal)bage is also a larce tjood kind, as likewise the Devon- shire Cabbage, but chietly tor field culture. Tiie Hcd Cabbage, which is a thick-leaved, cIom'- heading, hard sort, otadeep red colour, princi- pallv employed tor the purposes of pickling or salbivls, from the beginning of autunm till the following spring. The .Savov Cabbage, B. ol. Snbauda, liaving a roundi>h, oblong, closely-cabbaged head, con- stituted of roundish, crumply, curled leaves. The varieties ]>rincipa!ly cultivated of w hich arc : the Connnon (jrecn Savoy, the Large Green Dutch Savov, the Yellow Savoy, the Round- lieadcd Savoy, the Oval-headed Savoy, and the Sugar-loaf Savoy . These are all excellent cabbages for winter use, as standing the frosts better than nio^t other sorts, and forming large heads w ithout cracking. Fimbriated Open Cabbage, or Borecole, B. ol.ftmbr'mta, which has a" tall stem, with an open loose head at the top, constituted of ob- long, cut, fimbriated, curled leaves, spread. ng openlv w ithout any tendency to cabbage. The i)rinci])al varieties introduced into culti- vation are : the Green Curled Borecole, the Ked Curled Borecole, the Thick-leaved Curled Borecole, and the Finely-fringed Borecole. The perennial sorts of Borecole, uitlt vari- ct^atcd leaves are also sometimes cultivated as or- namental plants. Siberian Borecole, Scotch Cale or Kale, B. ol. salellica, which has a strong stem topped by a large open head, formed of oblong, roundish, broad, thick, cut, curly leaves, but which does not cabbage. There are several varieties in culture; as the Reddish-brown Cale, Dark-red Cale, and Green Cale. Green Common Open Colewort, D. nl.riridis, which has a ^hort stem with an open head at the top, constituted of leaves of a somewhat oblong form, without cabbaging. Turnip Cabbage, B. ol. jiupalrdssica, which has the stem and root swelling out so as to loriij turnip-shaped bu!!)^, being cro.vntJ «iih A liead of open oblou^ixh letKrU whieli do not cabliaire. The cnltiraied varieties arc, the Turnip Cabbage with the bulb above the groui.d, and the Turnip Cabbage with liie bulb bolow tiic irrouud. Clustered Brasbiea, or Cauliflower, B. el. caiil'/toia iolri/lii, which has a rather short upright stalk, tupped by an open head of ol)long, narrow, plain, entire leaves, wliu'ii do nut cabbage, but contaui a clustered flower-htad in the nuddlc. The varieties emploved in eultivalion are, the I'larlv Caidillower, aiiJ the I^te CaidiHower. riiouuh this is supposed a varielv ot the common Cabbaije, improved by euliivalion, there seems a specific ditterence between the two plants, both in their growth and produce; as in the connnon Cabbace they are broad, ^olmdi^h, and thick, while in the Cauliflower thev are Ion:!:, narrower, erect and pointed, as well as less numerous. They are easily distinguished when the plants arc voung; the former putting out one uiirisiht stem troin the centre, which afterwards divides into several branches; while the latter sends out manv flower-stems troin the part which is eatm, w hich is a compact collection of the heads of these stalks, dividiivj; afterwards into so many stems, and branelung out into many spreah purple heads at an earlier perioil than in tliv others; the Puriile Bro- coli, the (irein iiroeoli, and the Blue Bn-coli. And in the Late I'urple liroeoli, which grows much stront;er and forms lamer and more fer- feet heads, lliev are the Furple-headed Broeoli, Dwarf I'urple Bri>eoli, Blue Brocoli, Brown Brocoli, (Jieen Broc'ili, and Yellow Brocoli. 'Ihe White or Cauliflower Broeidi, whidi is a curious sort that grows strong and forms large close heads resembling those of the Cauli- flower. The Black Brocoli, which is a hardy sort grow- ing high, but producing in general smaller uiid BRA less perfect heads than the others. Of this there are the Dark or Black-headed; the Brown, and the Blue. All the varieties of the different sorts are fre- quently produced by the same seed ; but they may be kept in a great measure distinct by proper care in the culture. The second species of this genu', the Tur- nip, is sufficientlv known by ils round fleshy roots; which liowever vary cxceedingiy m their form, size, and colour, in a cultivated state, ui which onlv thev are apt to be viewed. The leaves which arise immediately from the root are very large, of a full green colour, rough, and jairged "or gashed almost to the midrib. From tTe midst'of these, early in the second season of its growth, springs a stalk four or five feet high ', "the leaves on which are verv dif- ferent from the root-leaves; being oblong, poimed, embracing the stem, smooth and glau- cous. The flowers are yellow, and placed on long, slender, smooth peduncles: the siliques or pods are cylindrie; and the seeds are of a reddish-brown colour, not unlike those of Cabbas set out in the a\itunni are much injured by the severity of the winter, the places of the destroyed plants should be tilled up as speedily as possible from those in the beds. It is not neccssaiy to sow or plant out such large crops of the smaller more early sorts as of those of the larger and more late kinds, as they will not continue so lono- fit for use. The Red Cabbage crops may he sown and set out at the same periods as in the common sorts; but the principal crops should always be planted out in October and April, on good ground, in open exposiues well prepared by digging and the application of manure, being sctout at greater distanc«s than in the other crops, as from two and a half to three feet. In the Savoy kind the plants are raised by sow- ing fresh seed at difterent times, as in August, and from the besrlnningof February until the mid- dle of April or later. These sowings should be made as in the preceding cases, and the plants be managed in the same manner. Some K)f the autumn-raised plants may be set out in October and the following months, if open weather, and w holly in the beginning of spring ; and ihoseraised from early springsowings should be planted out finally as soon as the plants are of proper growth. The general crops of the later spring-raised plants may be planted out oc- casionally as ground is cleared, from May till August; those planted out early being set two feet and a half distant every way, and the next crop about two feet; but the latter plantings need not be planted at more than a foot and a half distant. It is sometimes customary to plant out the summer crops of these plants between rows of torward beans, peas, kidney-beans, cauli- flowers, early cabbages, and other plants that stand distant in row s, and are soon to come oft" the ground; as by this practice some time is gained : but the plants are generally finest when ihev are planted out in a clear open spot of grounil, previously will dug over tor their re- ception. In performing the summer plantings, it is of much advantage to choose moist weather for the work, otherwise watering must be cin- jiloyed several times till the plants have stricken root. The only culture which any of the crops of this sort rerpiire after being finally planted out, is that of having the ground well hoed over among the plants two or three times, as the weeds advance in giowth; and when the plants arc suflieientlv large, to loosen and draw \ip the earth well about their root-stems as olten as may be necessary, in order to strengthen and pro- mote their growth. As the stalks of the summer crops of Cab- bages afiord considerable supplies of good greens, some of them should constantly be left in the ground for this purpose, 'i'he York and Sugar-loaf are the best in this intention. In order to save seed, some of the best plants of the difllrent varieties should either be suilered to stand where they grow, or be planted up to the heads in a dry piece of ground in the autumn, in order that they may run up to seed in the fi seed in the spring months, open spots of ground prepared in the same manner as those for the other crops should be provided; and the plants be put in by a line and dibble, to the distance of from eighteen inches to two feet or more each way, water being immediately given if the wea- ther be not moist, and occasionally repeated till they have taken fresh root. It is the practice sometimes with market- gardeners, in order to make the most of their ground, to sow thin crops of radishes and spinach between the rows of cauliflower-plants; but this is not by any means adviseable in other eases. The chief circumstances to be attended to in the planting of these sorts of crops arc: those of providing good healthy strong plants ; pre- paring the ground with due attention ; usinsr a suitable proportion of manure; setting them out in due time, not setting the plants too deep in the ground; and to prevent their being injured by damps and the slug. The culture which all the difl'erent crops re- quire is only that of keeping them perfectly clean from weeds by occasional hoeings, and the drawing up the earth about tlu; roots of the plants two or three times as they advance in their growth. The more perfectly this business is performed, the more vigorous is the growth of the crops. B Pv \ B R A When ihc plants o{' any of the crops, but especially iliose of the earliest, bigiii to show flower, thcv shou'id be examined frequently, and, w here they are found, ihe inuerlcavts turned down over the heads to screen tluin from rain, the sun, and full air, in order to preserve them more white and close; as, when fully exposed to the weather, it generally chances the fme white coldur to a vellou ish hue, and occasions the head to open before it becomes perfectly Jbrmed. The excellence of the plant consists not only in size, but in the whiteness and compact curd- like growth of the head; such as have a frothy looscT appearance being inferior in value. It is in its utmost perfection of grov\th when the outward parts of the head begin to open and expand; after which the whole soon divides, and shoots up to flower and seed. In cuttins these crops, the fiower-head should mostly be c'utoff" with some inches of the stalk, toffelher with most of the surrounding kaves, which should be trimmed down nearly equal to the circumference of the head, especially when for present use; but, when rc!|uired tobe kept a few davs, and such as are intended tor market, should have the full leaves to continue, trim- ming them off as wanted. As the stalks of these plants never produce sprouts, as in those of the cabbasres, they should be removed as soon as the head is cut. It is common in some places to presen'e some heads of the latest crop in dry cellars or other places, by taking them up with their rools, and putting them in sand, k-eeping them as dry as possible^and carefully removing such parts as decay. Saving seed. — It is of great importance to have good seed in the culture of this plant, which\annot be obtained without saving it, as that which is purchased can seldom be depended on. For this purpose, some planis of the ear- liest crops arc to be selected, which have the largest, most perfect, compact, firm, white heads, and permitted to remain to run up to stem and form seed, whicL is usually perfected about the bcifinninc of September. The plants should be well supported, and the seed be col- lected as it ripens, care being taken to guard asainst the birds. Some should be saved every year, as old seed cannot be depended ..pon. Culture in the Brocoli kind. — Thereare, as has been seen, several sorts of this plantincuhivation; but the Brown, Green, and Purple succeed best fur early crops, and the White for the principal and late crops. All the different varieties of Brocoli are raised from seed sown annually iu the open ground. The season for sowing the main crops of all the varitlies is March and Ajinl for the aiituuo any of the Purple kinds, in order to obtain an earlier autunui produc- tion. The seed should be sow n on a good soil in an open exposure, as the ]ilanis rise much strouiier than on narrow bonlers under walls. Eichsort should be sown separate, not too thick, on the surface, raking them in lightly: the plants appear in ten or twelve days; occa- sional watcrnigs being given in dry weather ; and when they have leaves an inch or two l)road, it is proper to prick them out in a nur- serv-bed three or four inches apart, givinir them water as soon as planted, and occasionally till they have taken root ; in which bed let them remain a month or six weeks to acquire strength: bv these means their shaiiks will be short and of robust grow th, and be considerably belter prepared for planting out where they arc to stand than those which remain in the sccd-bed. The times of planting them out are ; June, July, August, and the beginning of September, according as they were sown, or are desired for use. 'I'he ground for setting them out upon should be good, w ell prepared by digging over, and en- riched by good stable dung. The plants should then be planted in rows two feet and a half asunder, and two feet distant in the lines; but for those planted late two feet at most between row and row is sufficient, and eighteen inches distant in the rows. As soon as planted they should be watered; and if dry weather prevail the watering should be repeated every other day till the plants have got root. The culture afterwards is, to keep tHem clear from weeds by hoeing the groiuid occasionally, and when they have advanced a little in grow ih; to draw some earth with a hoe about their stems, which if repeated once or twice is of great advantatre to the plants iu pronioliDg_ their growth. In gathering them for use, attention must be had that the heads have attained their full growth, but which should be cut while they remaia close, and before they begin to divide and assume a seedy-like appearance, and with about six inches of the main stalk to each head,, as the upper part of the stalk eats exceedini, sweet and lender; but which, previous to its BRA B R O bein^ dressed, must be peeled, or divested of the outer nnd. After gatliering the jr.aiii heads the stalks should bf; permitted !o reiuahi tor the production of sprouts or smaller heads, which they afford pleutifully, and which arc as fine eating as the principal heads. Ill saving the seeds of the different varieties, some of thelargest and most perfect headed plants of each sort of the early crops should be selected, and managed in the same way as in the cabbage and cauliflower kinds, care being taken to keep the different varieties at as great a distance, and as distinct from each other as •possible. Culture !?i the Turnip kind. — There are dif- ferent varieties of this root cultivated in the garden : but the Early Dutch is the best suited to the early and first general crops, and after it the Early Stone; and the Hound White for a main summer crop. And for the aiUumn and winter crops, the White Round: the Green and Red-topped kinds are the most hardy. The methods of raising all the sorts is by sowino- the seeds in open situations, \\ here the plants are to remain, as they do not admit of being transplanted with advantage. The common season for sowing is any time from the beginning of March until the latter end of Julv ; but to have a long and regular succession, it is necessary to make four or five different sowings at proper intervals, from the latter end of February till the middle of Au- gust. The most proper soils for the culture of this root are those that are moderately light, as in strong land the roots frequently acquire a stringy -texture and rankness of taste. In garden culture the necessan,' space of ground to sow at a time for the supply of a family, is from about two to six, eight, or ten rods, according to circumstances, and the proper quantity of seed for each sowing may be from one to two or three ounces. The ground should be prepared for the seed, by digging it over one spade deep, breaking the mould as fine as possible on the surface; the seed being sown, while the ground is fresh stirred, especially when the weather is hot or dry. ■ A moist season for summer sowings is of great importance in this culture. The seed is mostly sown broadcast on the general surface, scattering it moderately thin with a regular cast, and even-spreading hand, raking it in evenly. The plants appear in a few days after sowing, especially in moist weather; and in eight or ten weeks afterwards they are fit to draw. It is of much advantage, when the weather is hot, to steep the seed a few hours in water before it is sown ; as by that means it germinates more quickly, and there is less danger of the plants beinii destroyed by ihejii/. In the after-culture of the Turnip all that is requisite is, when the plants have two or three leaves, or are about a month old, to thin them out to six, eight, ten, or twelve inches distance, and clear them from weeds; which is effectually done by the hoe, and is best performed in dry weather. At the same time the weeds should be re- moved and tiie surface well stirred over, as this proves highly beneficial to the growth of the crops. The yen,' early crops need not be thinned to more than five or six inches distance, especially if it is intended to begin drawing them as sooa as thev begin to turnip. In three or four weeks after hoeing the plants will begin to turnip; and in five or six weeks, some be fit to draw young for use. In the markets these roots are exposed clean- washed and neatly bunched up, in number from twelve to fifteen or eighteen, according to their size, in each bunch, and disposed of to the retailers by the dozen of bunches. In saving the seed, some of the best roots of the autumn or winter crops should be permitted to stand where thev were raised, to shoot up and produce seed, which should be collected, when fully ripened, by cutting off the stems from the bottom, and, after exposing them to the sun, thrashino; it out. BREAD-FRUIT-TREE. See Artocarpus. BROCOLI. See Buassica. BROMELIA, a genus comprehending plaati of the herbaceous perennial exotic kind for the hot-house. The Pine-Apple, 8cc. It belongs to the class and order Hexandria Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of Coro7iari(e. The characters of which are : that the calyx is a three-cornered, small, superior, permanent perianthium; the divisions three and ovate: the corolla consists of three narrow-lanceolate erect petals, longer than the calyx: the nectary is fast- ened to each petal above the base, and conver- ging: the stamina consist of six subulate fila- ments, shorter than the corolla, inserted into the receptacle: the anthers are erect and sagittate: the pistillum is an inferior germ: the style simple and filiform, the length of the stamens : the stigma obtuse and trifid: the pericarpium is a roundish bcrn,', umbilicatc, one- or three- celled ; the seeds are numerous, incumbent, somewhat oblong, and obtuse. The species chiefly cultivated for use and or- B R O B R O B.iment are, 1. B. Jiiavas, Ananas, or Pinc- Api'lc; '2. B. /-'/■//ci/;;/;, Pinguln, or Bioad-leavcd Willi Ananas ; 3^ B. Karaia, Naked-slalkcd Broniflia. The first is an iicrbai-eous plant, which has a thick fibrous perennial root : the leaves being lonir, ercctj narrow, sharp-pointed, anil for the must part serrate on the edges, rising to the hcieht of two or thnc feet, and son)c\vhat re- sen^blimj; those of the aloe, only more thin and less succldent. 'I he stem, whieb proceids Ironi the centre uf tbcni, is ronnd, of strong growth, and supports the fruit near the lop, which is erect, and mostly of an oval- oblong shape, be- ing constituted of numerous tubercles, having above it a crown of leaves. The fruit, in its more yotmg advancing growth, sends torth nianv small flowers of a blueish colour, proceed- ing sinulv from the knobs or tubercles. As these decline, the fruitbegins to swell or uicrease in size, becoming t^c^hy and of a darkish-yellow colour, affording^a higldy fragrant smell. It is a fruit well known and Inghly esteemed on ac- count of its delicious flavour. It is supposed to be a native of Africa, and is said to have been first raised in this climate by Sir Matthew Decker, at Richmond. There are many varieties: but those of most importance for cultivation are, the Queen, the Sui^ar-loaf, the Montserrat, the King, the SnTooth Pine, and the Green Pine. Other va- rieties are likewise know n in cultivation : as the Black Antigua or Kipley; the Granada, with marbled leaves and very large fruit; the Bogwarp Pine, with broad green leaves ; the Surinam Pine, with silver-striped leaves; with gold- striped leaves. The first of the above varieties, or Queen Pine, is not so large as the Sugar-loaf, and the juice is more astringent ; but it is in very general culture, and is said by Mr. Nicol to be more depended upon for a regular crop than any other. The second sort, or Sugar-loaf Pine, is distin- guished from the others by the leaves having purple stripes on the insides the whole length. 'i"he fruit is large, and when ripe inclines to straw colour. It is apt not to fruit in proper season. The third, or Montserrat Pine, has the leaves of a dark-brown inclining to purple on the in- side, and the knobs are rather long and flat. It is long in fruiting. The King Pine is a large and very fine son of fruit ; but Mr. Nicol has found it to require lesa wafer anl more gravel in the mould and bottom? of the p )t= than other sorts. The Smooth Pine is only cultivated for v«- rietv, the fruit beinir worth nothinjc. The Grctn Pme is a scarce variety here, but is in high esiiuiation in America: the fruit when well npeiud is of an olive cast; therefore to have it green it must be cut early, when it is un- lit for eating. The Antigua Pine is large, and likewise of an excellent sort. The second species has the leaves very thick about the root; and from the centre of the,-:e springs the stalk, which generally rises to the heicht of twelve or sixteen inches above the foliairc, dividing into many little lateral branches, which bear so many single flowers. When the plant begins to shoot into blossom, all the leaves become of a fine scarlet colour towards the stalk, and continue so until the fruit begins to ripen ; but it then begins to change, and afterwards fades gradually away. The fruits are separate, each nearly of the size of a wal- nut; the pulp has an agreeable sweelncss, but joined with such a sharpness that, if it be suf- fered to lie any time in the mouth, it will corrode the palate and gums, so as to make the blood ooze out. From its having a tuft of leaves growing above the fruits, it has at first the appearance of the Pine-Apple ; but the difference is obvious on examination, the fruita not being coadunate, as in that, but produced separately in clusters. 1 he third is an elegant plant, prrducing nu- merous radical leaves, which are of a subulate- linear shape, sharp-pointed, and edged with spines. The flowers are scentless, seated in the bosom or middle part of the plant, rose-co- loured, with the calyx and germ downy. The leiiffth of the leaves in its native situation is six or seven feet. The fruits are oval, two or three hundred in number, and grow sessile in a hfap or central group, surrounded by paleaceous ex- panded leaves orbractes; they contain a succu- lent whitish or yellowish flesh, under a coria- ceous and yellowish bark. When ripe thev are far from unpleasant, but in the unripe state thev set the teeth on edge and excoriate the mouth. The osconomy of this plant in the preservation of its fruit to maturitv is wonder- ful, bein^ so protected by the spines of the surrounding leaves as to be secure from all in- juries. The fourth species has shorter leaves than the fifth, standing erect, narrow at the base, in- creasing in width gradually to the top, sharply serrate, and of i deep-green colour. The flower- B R O BR O stem rises fmm the centre of t'le plant, cVi- viding at top into several branches; the upper parts of these have close spikes of tlovvcrs, which come out alternately from the sides, each having a narrow entire leaf just below it, w hieh is longer than the spike. In the fifth, as well as in the preceding, the leaves are very like those of the Aloe, but not so thick and succulent ; the edges arc indented, and armed with strong black spines. The Hower- stem is nearly three feet high ; the lower part has entire leaves placed alternately at every joint; at the upper part are the flowers, set in a loose spike or thyrsc. These arc succeeded by ovate seed-vessels, having a longitudinal partition, in the centre of which, on every side, are fastened smooth cylindrical seeds. Culture. — The cultivation of the Pine is more difficult, and requires a more exact and nice at- tention ill its management in this clima'e than that of almost any other plant. It is only ca- pable of being effected, so as to afford good fruit, by the assistance of the stove of the hot- house with the artificial aid of fire-heat. And, in order to accomplish the business with the greatest ease and convenience and in the most perfect manner, besides the stove of the hot- or fruitinc-house, others are necessary for the purpose of bringing the plants forward in, till ready to set out in the fruiting-stove, which are termed nursery-stoves, or pits,andsucccssiou- stoves. And where large quantities of such plants are cultivated, it is also useful to have what are called bark-pits, formed either by a deep frame of wood, or of brick-work, six feet in width with sufficient length, five or six feet deep behind, and four and a half in front, having the top glazed, to make bark or other hot-beds in, for the immediate reception of the crowns and suckers from the parent-plants, and for prevent- inii' the succession-stove from being crowded too much. When the whole culture of these plants is to be effected in one stove only, the plants must be raised and fruited together ; by which practice not above one half of the stove or the hot-house can be occupied at one time with fruiting plants : besides, the young plants are often liable to be brought forward too rapidly. All these different stoves and nursing-pits should be provided with proper flues and fire- places, so contrived as to work steadily and save fuel as much as possible, as upon this the expense of the culture of the plants in a great measure depends. Sec IloT-iloirsE, Stove, juid Bark-I'it. It is remarked by Mr. Nicol, that stoves fot this use are variously constructed. Some are single pitted; some doul)le; and some even triple; some have flues running under, and some round the bark-bed. These he considers as being very dangerous to the roots of the plants if ovcr-heatcd. He also disapproves of double and triple stoves; as being very uneasy to work in stormy weather, and confiiimg a va>t quan- tity of stagnate unwhnlsome air in didl hazy weather. A stove in which there is a perfect command of fire heal, and which admits a free circulation of air in all parts, is to be preferred ; and none are so convenient for this purpose as single ones. The situations for them should be dry, and the bottoms or floors raised above the siu-face ground. The common practice of having borders for vines to be trained up the rafters, Mr. Nicol considers as highlv prejudicial to the Pine plants. Pieparation of the Bark-letU. — The next cir- cumstance of importance in the culture of these plants is that of forming the beds in the stoves and pits. These are diflercntly constituted, with different cultivators, and are designed for the purpose of plunging the pots with the plants into, in order to their due growth and support. These beds are mostly composed of tanners' bark, as being a substance that not only affords the most uniform and durable heat, but which is the best suited to the nourishment and growth of the plants and fruit, as well as the most ma- nageable. See Baric-Bed. The great desideratum in the making of these beds is that of producing such an uniform mo- derate bottom heat as may not injure the roots of the plants, while it is sufficient to promote their regulargrowlh. Theauthorof The Scotch Forcing Gardener observes, that his idea of the quantity and quality of bottom heat, that is required by the Pine, is different from that gene- rally entertained. He never wishes the phints, except in striking suckers, to stand m a bot- tom heat higher than that of blood heat at any time, and t'hat too of a mild moist nature. If the watch-stick, to the depth of the bottom of the pot, feels just a little warm, appied to the hand or the cheek, when the body is of a comfortable temperature, it is sufficient; and he thinks it consistent with reason, that the bottom and superficial heat should correspond at all times. In order more effectually to attain this, and that the roots may sustain no injury, he has recourse to the following rules in forming, turning, and trenching the beds. He never sifts the tan in the pit, or adds above an eighth B R O R R O of new, \\liich, if necessary, lie gl\'es place lo bv skiiiiining ofl' a little of the surface ol tho oKI. Tlie iiiw tan is never siitlered lo lie \\ itlim a foot of tlie surface ; by which niesns the pots are entirely plunged in the old. He lays tbc half of wliatcver quantity of new Ian is added in the bottom of the trench, and divides the other equailv to within a foot of the surface of the beds. In trenching the bcd> he throws the sides to the middle, and the miildle to the sides, that there may be an C(]ual mixture of tlic old tan. Thus thev are rendered of a nuld and ci|iial temperature from the first, and C(4juinue n;iieh the same for three or four monihs; and, after the lirst lillmg, are at- tended with very little expense for new tan. It is obvious, therefore, that, in tilling the pit of a new pinery, it should either be done several months before the plants are ])laced in it, or the tan should be well sweated and wasted by previous turning, in an open shed, &e. And in either case it is advisable not lo plimge the pots abpve lialf their depth, for the lirst two or three monihs after filling. In adding new tan, it should invariably be thrown up in a heap for eight or ten davs before iisintr, in order to drip and sweeten ; and should never be applied fresh from the tan-yard; as it is wet, and apt to heat violently, as well as cake in the beds. It is remarked that some object to tan as being expensive, and tniublcsonie in working with: but, if this method is practised, these will be inconsiderable; and, as the plants require fre- quent shifting, the trouble of stirring up the bark-beds at such times is but trifling, the ad- dition of new tan being sometimes unneces- sary. He is convinced that there is no ingredient which can be substituted for tan, that will equally answer the purpose in the pinery; and of course recommends the use of it in pre- ference to all others, where it can be easily pro- cured; and less or more of it is alwavs indis- pensably necessary. He considers oak leaves as the ne.xt best material : but they cannot be had in many |)laees. Where they are used, he advises that at least eighteen inches of well-re- iluced tan be laid on the surface, to plunge the pots in. After these, a mixture of stable-dung and tree leaves of any kind is supposed the best. 'J'his should be well fermentexl before it is used, and at least two feet of reduced tan laid on the surface for the reception of the plants. It is supposed by some that the reason of p'mes being planted in pots, instead of the surface ot the.btds, is the want of permanent he;it in them. as they may be removed with more facility in the time of renewing the bark, 8cc. Hut Mr. Nieol has a diflerent opinion of the iiiatter, as, if the heat ot the bed were ever so permanent, he would grow them in pots; as all the diflerent plants of any kind do not grow alike in their native climates, much less the pine in an arti- lieial one. 'J'here is a necessity lor having at least two compartments, and of growing the plants in pots; that they may be removeil and classed, according to eireumslanecs, with the greater ease and safely. I'esides, many sorts of plants in any situation do much better in pots than otherwise; of these are all those ot the succulent tribe, amongst which is the pine. There would also seem another reason, which is the loose incoherent nature of tan, not ai- fordins, a proper medium for the growth and support of such luxurianl plants. The usual periods of forming and renovating or refreshing these beds, are in the beginning of the autumn, as in September, October, or the following month, that the heat may be well kept up during the winter, and in the spring, as about the beginning of April, a forking np being given in the interval between these periods; the pits in these cases being constantly well filled up, to allow for the settling that always takes place. Mould proper for Potthig the Plants. — The most suitable sort of earthy material for the culture of the Fine Apple plant in, is that of the pure vegetable kind, or some composition in which it is a principal ingredient, a large pro- portion of which should always be provided in a proper state for the purpose. The most be- neficial kind is that which is obtained from the decayed leaves of the oak, or a mixture of it with that from those of ash, elm, beech, syca- more, &c. This mould is prepared by collecting the leaves as they fall in the autumn, and placing them in a heap, throwing a very little light mould over them to prevent their blowing aw ay. They should remain in this state during the winter, and till the beginning of May, when they should be turned over and mixed well to- gether. In this way, by the spring following, they will be reduced into a mould proper for use. This should however be sifted before it is cmplovcd, in order to remove pieces of slicks or other improper matters. A compost of turfy vegetable mould with rich gaiden soil, and well rotted stable-dung from a hot-bed, in the |)roporlion of one third of the latter, which has remained together for a considerable length of lime, is likewise recom- mended by some. Brown strong loamy earth well reJufed by i2 t effectuallv from stngnatiair about the roots of the plants. In planting they should neither be put in too shallow or to too great a depth, but have the mould pretty closely pressed round them. The nursing-pit should be prepared for their reception, by having new tan, to the extent of a fifth or sixth part added, but none suffered to lie within ten or twelve inches of the surface. In these beds, when of a due heat, the pots should be plunged quite to the brims, in res;ular order, at the distance of two or three inches not from pot each wav, keeping them perfectly level, and the largest towards the back parts. Some advise a slight watering to be immediately given ; but others think that neither the crowns nor suckers should have any for the first fortnight after planting, nor any overhead the first winter, lest they should be injured in their hearts by the damp which it occasions. As the plants thus raised only produce fruit once, as in the second, or more generally in the third year's growth, commonly with suckers and crowns tor future increase, and become after- wards of no use but as stools for supplying a few more suckers, there is obviously a neces- sity for raising fresh supplies of plants annu- ally. Culture in the Nursing-stoves. — ^The manage- ment of the plants, the first year, or while thev remain in the nursery-stoves or pits, requires much attention to keep them in a regular and healthy growth, by preserving a continued pro- per degree of heat in the beds, and a judicious application of water, with a suitable .admission of free air. Mr. Nicol observes, that when the plants have been struck in the beginning of September, the beds will mostly continue of a kindly heat till about the middle of November; B R O B R O hut should then be wrought over, iniroilining about au cielilh part of nc.v tan by trcnchiny: it in. But though the plants will in general have made good rouis by this period, they do not in connnon stand in need of being fresh piHled ; such only as arc in any degree matted in the roots, being put into other pots of the next size to those in which they are growing, 'ihc matted part being simply taken oil", they should be replaced with the balls as entire as pos- sible. They arc then to be plunged in the beds, as in the former case, quite up to the brims of the pot?, and jhiiuid remain till the beginning; of March; at which period the beds sliouid be again wrought over as directed above, and the plants have the mould wholly shaken from their roots ; after which they should be replaced in the same pots with fresh mould, and replunged in the beds. In this case the roots, being fresh, should nov be disturbed; the parts that are de- caved in the slumps or other places oidy being removed. As the heat of the beds without the aid of fire will not be sufficient during these periods for tile healthy growth of the plants, it will be re- quisite to h.ivc recourse to that of the artificial kind. This should be applied about the begin- ning of October, or the following month, ac- cording to the state of the season. In the ap- plication of this heat, great care should be had to keep it so moderate as not to force the plants forward too nmch, and render them in danger of fruiting unseasonably, while it is sufficient for their perfect grow th. The former is shown by their drawing up with long leaves and white hearts, and thelatter by the want of the proper healthy aspect. To accomplish this in the most certain manner, Mr. Nico! recommends working the stoves so as to keep the thermometer as near as possible to Co", at seven or eight o'clock in the morning, and nine at night, until about the first of March, and then to increase it gra- dually to 70" ; at which it should be maintained so long as artificial heat maybe required. Wiren the weather Is very severe it is likewise necessary to cover and defend the glasses in the night-time, as well as occasionally in the day, with canvass for the purpose, or cloths fixed with rollers and pulleys, or large garden mats. At the above period the plants usually begin to grow in a vigorous and rapid manner, and require pottina; again about the first or middle of Mav ; at "which time the bed should be stirred ijp to about half lis depth, and, if ncces- »ar)', a very little new tan worked in. The plants should now be put into pots of about six iuchts in diameter on the inside at the lops on a medium, according to their sizes, withtheballs entire; and if any of them are niatted, that part should be displaced ; plunging them to the brim, at the distance of about fifteen inchei Irom centre to centre of the plants in the lirs^ost kinds, and a foot in the smaller ones, giving a slight waieriiig at. the time. Another potting becomes ncre^san' about the beginning of August; and where there are three compartments, the plants should now be re- moved into the succession-house, the bark-bed being worked to the bottom. The plants must be put into pots of eight inches diameter, plun^ and giving llicni'a sliglit vvaK-rini;'. Towards the (irst of Jiuic ihc plants should be shifted again; the bark-lieds being wrought over to about half their deptlis, and a little fresh tan added when neeessarv, the plants, with their balls entire, being then plaeed into pots of about ten inehes diameter, plunging them at the distanee of eighteen inehes from centre to ecutre into the beds, and with a little water settling them. In regard to pitting, Mr. Nicol remarks, that at all times a few of ihe bottom leaves should be twisted oil" each plant, that fresh roots may be made more readily to furnish the surface, which tends to keep them more steady in the pots. The fire-heat in these cases should be begun about the'same period as before, according to Mr. Nicol, and kept to about 60 degrees of the thermometer till the beginning of March, and then uraduallv increased to 63" for the re- mainder of' the season. The plants should be refreshed occasionally with a little water, according as the earth in the pots becomes dry, or as the state of the wea- ther demands. ' They should likewise have a more free admission of fresh air whenever the season will admit of it without danger. Culture ill the Frititi?is;-Slureor Hof-Jw7i;airi in the beds for the winter, it is iheconnnon practice at this time, to add a larirc quantity of new tan, in order to keep up a strong bottom heat through this season ; than which, Mr. Nicol tliinks-, nothing can be more erroneous. He has a!ie:3dy re- niaiked that the bottom and superficial heat ought to correspond at all times; and if the house is to be wrought to 60° only for the winter, it follows, he supposes, that a very moderate bottom heat is sutficicnt. The temperature of the house being so much reduced in winter is, he conceives, to prevent the plaTits from starting too soon into fmit; and their doing so is fre- quently more in consequence of too much bottom heat, than irregularity in the temperature of the stove. In the beginning of February, which is the best showing season, the bark-beds will require trenchinu:; which is the only time of the year that Mr. Nicol advises a deviation from the rules given above. From this time, the house in his opinion should be wrought as high as 70", and the bottom heat keep regular pace with the su- perficial ; for which new tan to the extent of a sixth part should be added. Such of the plants, he observes, as are not shou n, are healthy at the root, and stand erect and firm in the pots, should have a little fresh mould laid on the sur- face, by the removal of about two inches of the old. But those that are already shown, and those that are anywise unhealthy, or appear stunted, should be shaken out entirely, and re- placed with fresh mould in the same pots; but none of the roots, unless wasted, should be cut away or removed. This, so far as it respects the plants that are shown, he presumes has not hitherto been reconmrended ; he is consequently happy in being enabled to do it with confidence, as it has ever been a matter to be regretted, that pines, from tlie want of sun and air in the winter months, are api to be stunted, and show their fruit too soon; and that fruit so shown, seldom conies to be of any considerable size or flavour; the plants so stunted being unable to nourish the fruit; ahd this, from the want of sunshine in the early months, coming far short in flavour to that matured at a later period. It is added that the experiment was tried on a dozen of plants; the half of which \\ere in, and the other half past the flower, at this time of the year. The result was, that thev were kept back a full month by the operation; those that were past the flower equalled, and those B R O B R O that were onlv in flower considerably exceeded, ai»v i)t the others of their own forwardness at tlic time of shifting. Hcing encouraged by this success, the author treated his whole stock of fniitine plants in the same manner the fol- lowing season, and thi y were kept back to a belter season, and swelied their fruit to as good a size as those that showed in I'ebruary. Towar(is the beginning or middle of May, the bark-beds should bc'again trenched to the bouom, a tenth part of new lan added, and the plants replungcd in the lieds in the same manner as in the preceding cases, nothing fur- llier being neccssar)". Though it is i>ot possible to apply the heat ConstanHv with that degree of exactness that has been rcconmicnded, it is of great import- ance to approach it as much as can be conve- niently dene ; which, by proper attention to the thermometers employed for the purpose, may in a great meajure be accomplished, especially where the person who manages the fires has likewise the command of the house, which should always be the case. Several sorts of fuel are employed ; biit coal or coal cinders make the most regular and du- rable fires, where they can be obtained. Ground peat and turf may also be employed where the fire-places are properly constructed for the pur- pose. See Hothouse. In order to preserve a due temperature when the winter season proves very severe, occasional coverings may be necessary to be applied over the glass frames of the houses in the manner that has been already recommended. With rccard to the admission of air^ the author of the Scotch Forcing Gardener recom- mends verv large portions to tlie fruiting-housc while the fruit is ripening ; it is, as he thinks, not only essential to the flavouring of it, but highly conducive to the ripening and hardening of the suckers, which is also a point of import- ance. It is advised that in wirier, even frosty air should be admitted in a moderate degree at the top of the house; and in fresh weather, at this season, to the extent that the thermometer may not be more than 5 degnes above the fire heat medium, being eontimied till the middle of Mareli ; after which, and for the whole season, not more than 10 degrees. It is observed that in winter fires are frequently made in the morning, solely for the purpfise of admitting air, and at the same lime keeping up the tempe- rature of the house ; and tliat " although the pine from its nature docs not appear to quickly feel the effects of liad management, there are few plants in reality do it more so ;. and loo due 4 an attention to the temperature of the house, especially in winter, cannot be paid, the want of which is sure to throw the plants into fruit at an untimely season." Though it is the practice of some to shade their plants from the sun, the above author sup- poses they caii never have too mueh of its in- fluence. In respect to the application of water in the culture of these plants, it is advised to be givi:n ven,' sparingly in dull weather, particularly in the winter season. Kroin about the beginning of October to the first or middle of March, once in eight or ten days is generally suflicient, in a small proportion; but from March to October, plentiiul waterings are requisite in considerable quantities at a time, mostly once in three or four days. Watering much over head in winter is not advised, except in clear weather. But, in the summer months it is recommended as a good practice, to first give the quantity requisite to the root, from the spout of the -.valering- pan ; and then a sufficient quantity to wet every part of the leaves from the rose. The reason of which is, that ditVerenl kinds of pines are found to require very different quantities of water : " the Queen requiring a third more than the King, Antigua, or Brown Sugar Loaf; and the Monrserrat and Green or Striped Sugar Lx)af, a medium between the two," with " plants in an equal state of health and size." With llie fruiting plants, very large quan- tities are required from the time they are out of flower till thev begin to colour; but which should then be gradually withheld, and, towards their maturity, totally; as this increases the flavour of the' fruit, ai'id perfects the ripening of the suckers. Soft water well inipreenated with air should he used at all times, which should be applied either about eight o'clock in the morning, or from four to fi\e in the afternoon. Steaminc is considered by Mr. Nicol as not or.lv useless to the hcaltli of the pirn.-, but in hazy, dull weather in winter prejudicial; of course, w hen there are grapes jn the stove, it should be regulatexl so as to suit them. In the watering of these plants, a tin pipe is reeommeiidtd as useful and convenient, for the more ready conducting the water, in tlie quan- tity intended, to any particular i.lant in any part of the bark -beds. It should l)e about six feet long, an inch and half in diameter at the nppcT end, and at the other about half an inch, and be formed of two or three separate pieces, to lengthen or shorten .at pleasure: at the lariTCst end", a kind of funnel should either be fi.xed, or so contrived as to take oflf and on B R O B R O occasionallv, to receive the water from the -\vaterin2;-pot. Bv this means water is capable of being conveyed to tlic plants separately in any proportion without any being poured into the hearts of them, and \\ithout wetting the bark-beds more than is necessary to moisten the earth in the pots, See. It is particularly appli- cable in winter, as well as in the spring, during theliloom of the fruiting plants. In wint(.'r it may sometimes be proper to have some convenience in the stove to preserve -water in, that it may be raised in its heat a little, previous to v, atering the plants with it. The application of steam has lately been at- tempted in the raising of this sort of fruit, and, from the triah of Mr. Bastard, with considerable success; as, from his staten.ents detailed in the 67th vol. of the Philosophical Transactions, it would seem that both the size and flavour of the fruit were greatlv increased by placing the plants in their pots in shallow pans kept constantly filled with water on shelves, so as nearly to touch the glass on the back side of the hothouse, where the heat is constantly the greatest. The same effects have likewise been produced by setting them in leaden cisterns placed over tlie back flues of hothouses. It is, however, remarked bv the author of the Philosophy of Gardening, that the use of the steam of boihng water in this way requires nmch attention. It is usually con- veved through small apertures which pass through a brick arch, somewhat in the manner of the floor of the malt-kiln, where the w.iterboUs be- neath the beds of bark, being occasionally ad- mitted into the room above, supplying in this way heat and moisture to the beds as well as the air of the house. See Steam and Hothouse. Some have attempted the culture of the pine- apple without the assistance of hot-houses and stoves constructed for the purpose, simply by means of common deep garden frames, and dung hot-beds aided by occasional Imings, in order to promote and keep up a regular degree of heat ; but this is a very imperfect method, and seldom attended with nmch success. The injuries which these plants are ex- posed to during their growth, are chiefly from briun and white scaly insects of the cocms tribe, and the ant. But, as the last is seldom seen if the former are not present, Mr. Nicol concludes that their presence is in consequence ot that ot the coccus, on which they seem to feed. And the brown scaled insect is conceived to be no further injurious to the plants, than by dirtying them. But the irli'ite scaled, or i'Ug, is of the most mischievous nature to the plants, as where it abounds they never succeed well. hi order to remove them, Mr. Nicol found thi; following method answer perfectly in a case where the plants were greatly aflected. Having prepared a strong heat for the plants in the bark- bed of the nursing-pit, he shook the plants out of the pots, and cut every fibre from their roots, (whereby they were rendered the same as suekers at first,) not excepting those that were in fruit, some of which were just in flower; dipped them into a liquor, prepared by boiling two pounds of soft soap and flowers of sulphur, with one pound of roll tobacco, and two ounces of nux vomica, in eiy:ht gallons of water to six, and then put them into pots of six inches diameter, and plunged them to the brim, keeping up a fire heat to about 7o degrees; gave tliem but little air, sliading them in sunshine; and afterwards alTorded them plentiful w-ateriugs over head, with the same mixture reduced to about half its former strength. He continued this treatment for two whole months ; at the end of which he aoain shook out their' roots, and washed tiie whoTe plants in pure water; put them into fresh pots of eight inches diameter, and re- plunged them into a kindly heat in another nur- sing^^pit, treating them in all respects as any other plants. He never saw a vestige of the bug afterwards. A few of those plants that were s /town, liowever, died; but the others, he observes, produced such fruit as might be ex- pected from plants of such sizes of any other kind. Tiinv of Maliiralinii and Ciilttng the Fruit. — The common season for the ripening of this sort of fruit is from June till September, but from Auo;ust to the end of the latter of these months is the principal period of their becoming in the greatest perfection. Mr. Nicol remarks that the plants in some kinds put forth suckers at the base of the fruit; which should be rubbed off as they appear. Others put forth suckers from the root ; and, as these are not proper to be taken into the stock, they should also be twisted oft', or otherwise destroyed, as they appear. It is added, that if a plant w-ere to be divested of all its suckers, the fruit would grow to a much larger size in consequence; but, as this would ultimately tend to the extir- pation of the whole stock, it is by no means advisable. It is proper, however, to reduce the number of suckers on the plant to two or three at most, which should be done in the Mav shifting; and as the suckers are about half growa at that time, the cultivator is enabled to choose the best, and at the same time to easily destroy the others by breaking out their hearts. Where the increase of the stock is the object, all suckers, even of the roots, should be cncQU- raaed in their erowth. B R O B O As some of ihc kimls alsD grow on lonjj fuot- sfalks, whicli are apt lo l)cin.l ilowii as tlic fruit gcu litavy, tluy sliould he supportid bv small slakes, or other niean-;, a<, v. lion the fruit falls over, the stalks are liable ti be bruised, and the nourishment of the fruit retarded. This sort of fruit loses inueh of its flavour when sulfer^d to grow til! fullv ripe, where nol prevented : it should therefore alwavs be cut by the time it has attained a grcenlsh-yeilou- colour; and either left in the heart of the old plant, or hiid on the wall |ilate, Ike. in ihc stove, for a few days after it has been .-iparatcd from the stem. The signs of the fruit havina attained per- fection, in most of the kinds, arc, those of its assuming a line golden colour wilh a delisiht- fully fragrant snieil, .at which time it should always be removed ; the method of performinsi; xvhich is, by leaving several niches of the steni with it, and all the crown of leaves at the top. It is eaten in the most perlection soon after beinsr cut; but, when requisite, mav be preserved in good order for several weeks, bv putting the stem into a bottle of pure water, renewed cverv two or three days, and placing it in a wcll-aircd room, at about (Jo degrees of heat. The culture in the other species may be ef- fected either by sowin^ the seeds obtained from abroad in the autumn or spring months, in pots plunged in the hot-beds of "the stove, or by means of suckers in the maniK-r of the pine- apple. They should be kept constantly in the stove, v\ here thev aftbrd much variety. BROOM. See Genista. ' RROOM, African. See Asp.alathus. BROOM, Garden, a collection of the small twigs or other parts of birch, broom, heath, or other similar trees or plants, bound up tight together, having a stem or handle intro- duced in the middle. The best sort for this use are those formed of birch, which should neither be too stiff nor too large. Brooms are constantly m use, especially during the spring, sumnKT, and autunmal seasons, for keeping walks, plats of short or mown grass, and other parts of ornamented grounds, perfectly clean. Those intended for sweeping up cut grass or leaves should be more slender and less bulky than such as are employed on gravel or other walks. In all cases the materials should be fresh, and very firmly tied up together. BROWALLIA, a genus comprising plants of the tender annual stove-kind. It belongs to the class and order Didynam'ia Anglospvrmia, and ranks in. the natural order of Lurjdce^ Thech-iractersof which arc: that the calj'x i» a oue-lcafcd, tubular, short, live-loothcd,per'ma- neiit |ierianthium : the toothlets a little unequal : the corolla is monopelalous, funnel-form: the tube cylindric, twice ax long as the calyx : the border tlal, equal, and tive-cleft : the divisions rounded and emarginate ; the uppci somewhat large, constituting the upjier lip; the four oilier* equal: the staiiiiua consist of four lilanienis in the throat of the corolla; the two upper shortest ; the lower broader and higher, colour- ed, refle.x, closing the throat of the corolla: the antliers are simple, bent in, and converiMii*; the inner ones twui, the outer openina at the to(> with a little hole, and closing the throat of tli^- corolla; the pistiilum an ovate retuse germ: the style filiform, the length of the tube of the co- rolla: the stigma is thick and four-lobcd: the pericarpium i.s an ov.ite, obtuse, one-celled cap- sule, covered, bursting into four parts at th.: top: the partition tliin and parallel: the seeds numerous and small : the receptacle nearly co- lumnar and compressed. The species are, 1. B. dnnhsa, Spreading Browalha; e. B. elalu, Uprigiit Browaliia. The first n-ually grows about two fett high, and spreads out into lateral branches, with oval entire leaves, ending in a point, and on short petioles. Towards tlic eiwl of the branches the flowers are produced singly upon Ion"' axillary peduncles. The corolla is crooked and bejit downward ; the top of the tube is spread open, and the briui ha-; some rescmbhince to a labiate flower. It is of a bright but palc-blue colour, sometimes inclining "to a purple or red; and • often there are flowers of three colours on the same plant. The second species rises aboiu the same heidit as the first, but has stronger stalks, and sends out a greater number of branches ; it is there- fore much more bushy. The flowers are pro- duced on axillary peduncles, some sustaining one, others three or more flowers, of a dark- blue colour. But, according to Mr. Curtis, it is a much taller plant than the above, and justice cannot be done to the brilliancy of the corolla by any colours we have. It is a na- tive of Peru, and flowers from July to Sep- tember. Culture. — These plants may be raised annually by sowing the seeds on a moderate hot-bed, in the spring season ; and when the plajits are ot" sufiicient growth they may be removed into se- parate pots, filled with good mould, and plunged in the stove, water being occasionally given^ They flower the most pan of the summer, and aflbrd ripe seed. They are yerj* ornamenul plant?, especially B R U BUB the latter species, and aftord variety in the green- house. BRUNIA, a genus containing a plant of the shrubby exotic kind. It belongs to the class and order Penfavdr'ni ]\lo?iOi;ijnia, and ranks in the natural order oF The characters are : tli;il the calvx is a com- mon, roundisli, inil)ricate, niany-tlow ered pe- rianthium : the leaflets ovate-ol)long. Proper five-leaved, inl'erior : leaflets oblong, and villose : the corolla consists of five petals : elaus slender : borders roundish, and spreading : the stamina consist of five capillary filaments, inserted into the claws of the petals : the anthers arc o\ ale- oblong : the pistillnni is a very small, superior trerm : the style simple and cylindric : the F^tignia obtuse : there is no pericarpium : the seeds solitary: the reeeptaele cijuimon and hairy. The species is the B. lanuginosa, Ileath- leavcd Brunia. It has the stem rising about a foot in heigjit and shrubby. The leaves are linear-filiform, smooth and short, with black tips. The flowers are white, and produced in heads. It is a native of the Cape. Culture. — It may be increased by cuttings or slips made from the young branches or shoots, which should be planted out in pots of rich earth, and plunged in a hot-bed, a little water being frequently given. After tlie plants have stricken sjood root, they should be removed into separate pots to undergo the ordinary culture of other green-house plants. BRUNSFELSIA, a genus comprehending a plant of the shrubby exotic sort. It belonffs to the class and order Didijnamia Anc^iospcrmia, and ranks in the natural order of PcrsonatiP. The characters are: that the calyx is a onc- Icafed, bell-shaped,' five-toothed, very obtuse, small, permanent perianthium : the corolla isone- petalled,funneI-forin : the tube very long, slightly curved inwards : the border is flat, five-cleft and blunt : the stamina consist of four very short fila- ments: the anthers are oblong and upright; two a little higher than the others, prominent from the mouth of the tube; the pistiilum is a roundish small germ, the style filiform, the lehgth of the tube ; the stigma is thick ish : the periear- Eium is a capsule, berried on the outside, glo- ular, one-celled, tvvo-valvcd : the seeds are very many, compressed, con\'ex on one side, anoular on the other, rugged with dots : the receptacle is fastened to ttie bottom of the cap- sule, chaffy : the chafl's eoaduuate, subulate at the tip, separating the seeds. The species is the B. yliiiciicana, Atueriean Briuisfelsia. It rises to the height of from five or six to eitrht, ten, or more feet, with a smooth even trunk and loose branches : the leaves are alternate, entire, smooth, somewhat shining ; on cvlindrie, short petioles, somewhat reflex : the flowers axillary and terminating, peduneierl, producal three or four together : the corolla yellow, turning white, very sweet-scented, hav- mg a tube four or five inches in length : the anthers are globular, and liitid : those of the up- per filaments, together withtlie stigma, close up the aperture of the tube : the fruit is green, w itii a red conceptacle. It is a native of Jamaica, and known bv the title of Trumpet Flower. Cdlliirc. — These plants are capable of being increased, either by seeds or cuttings, which should be sown or set in pots of fresh hglit earth in the s[)riug, and plunsied in the bark hot -bed. watering them as may be necessary. When tlie plants have attained sufficient growtli, they should be removed into other jiots of the same eartli, and replaced in the hot-bed, water and shade being sivcn till they become well rooted, when free air should be admitted. In their more advanced growth, they may be removed into the bark-stove, and have free air during suimner, but should be well protected in the winter. These plants afford variety in the stove. BUBON, a genus containing plants of the shridibv tender kind for the green-house. It belongs to the class and order Peiitandr'ta Digijnia, and ranks in the natural order of Ujn- lel/utce. Its characters are: that the calyx is an uni- versal umbel, of about ten rays, the middle ones shorter: partial of fifteen to twenty rays: in- volucre vmiversal, five-leaved : the leaflets lan- ceolate-acuminate, patulous, equal, much shorter than the umbel, and permanent: partial with ra- ther more leaflets, of the same shape, the length of the umbellule : the perianth proper five-toothed, very small and permanent : the corolla universal uniform : all the floscules fertile. Proper of five, lanceolate, inflex petals : the stamina con- sist of five simple filaments, the length of the corollule : the anthers arc simple : the pistii- lum is an ovate, inferior cerm : the styles two, setaceous, permanent, hardly the length of the corollule, spreading and reflex : the stigmas are obtuse : no pericarpium : the fruit ovate, striated, villose, bipartite, and crowned : the seeds two, ovate, flat on one side and convex on the other, striated and villose. The species cultivated are ; \. B, Galhanum, Lovage-leaved Shrubby Bubon. 2. B. gum- mlj'crum, Gum-bearing Shrubby Bubon. BUB BUD Tlie first species rises with an upright stalk to the hciehi ot eight or ten feet, wliich at boltoni 15 lia^ieous, having a piirphsh bark, covered with a whitish powder, which comes off w lien handled ; the upper part of the stalk is gar- nished wiih leaves at everv joint, the foot-stalks half eiiibraciiiii them at ilieir base, braiichinsj out iiitt> several smaller, like those of the com- mon parslev, and set with leaves like those of lo7agc, but smaller, of a grav colour; tlie top of the stalk is terminated by an umbel of yellow flowers, which are succeeded bv oblonc chan- nelled seeds, having a thin membrane or wing on their border. It Howcrs in Aiiirust, but does not produce seeds in this climate. When aiiv part of the plant is wounded, there issues a little tliin cream-coloured milk, which is the druffffalhaniun. It is a native of the Cape. The second rises with a woodv stalk about two feet high, with leaves at each joint branchinjr out like those of the former : but the leaflets are narrow and indented, like those of bastard hemlock. Tlie stalk is terminated bv a larse umbel of small white flowers, which are suc- ceeded by seeds as in the former sort. It is a native of the Cape, and flowers in July. Cultu)-e. — ^These plants are propagated bv seeds, which should be sown in pots filled with light loamv earth, as soon as they are procured, which if in aiitunm, thcv should be ])lunged in- to a bed of tanner's bark, where the heat is nearly gone, and be screened from frost in winter. The plants come up in the spring, and about the middle of April are fit to remove, when thev should becarefullv shaken out of the pots, and be planted each into a separate small pot, filled with the same sort of earth, then plunged into the tan asrain, water being given to settle the earth to the roots, as well as shade in the daytime, until thcv have taken new root. Thev must then be graduallv inured to the open air, into which thev should be removed in June, being placed in sheltered situations where they mav remain till autumn, when thev must be taken into the orcen-house, and be exposed to the sun and air as much as possible, but defended from frost. In winter they should have but little water, as much wet injures them ; but in summer, when exposed to the open air, thcv must be frequently refreshed with water in drv weather. These plants attord varietv in the irreen-housc in winter, and, when placed out in summer with other green-house plants, have a good ef- fect, especially when grown to a good size. They mostly flower the third vear from seeds, but their flowfrs are produced so late in sum- mer, that the seeds seldotu form before the cold coinns on : in warm summers, howovor, th«f second sort will perfect seeds, if it stand in a warm sheltered situation. BUCKNtllA, a genus containinsja plant of the exotic shrubby kind. It belongs to the class and order Didijnamin yln^in\-hen the leaf-buds perish in the autumn, their caudexcs, the intertexture of which constitutes the bark of the tree, gradually become con- verted into alburnum or sapwood; over which the new leaf-buds shoot forth their caudexcs and radicles, or insert them into it, and gradually fabricate the new bark and root fibres." On the whole it is concluded that " the central part of aia adult bud consists first of a conjunction" of the vessels that convey the juice, " from above and below, which exists in the caudex of the bud between the beginning of the leaf-vessels, and the beginning of the root- vessels, the circulation resembling that in many insects and fishes. It is probable too, that at the same place there is also a conjunction of the absorbent vessels. Each bud is likewise furnished with an organ of reproduction, w hich in the leaf-bud produces the lateral progeny or oflspriniT, and in the flower-bud the seminal. And siTll further provided with a centre of nervous influence existing in each bud, pro- bably residing near the conjunction of the vessels of the leaf and root just noticed, a:ul of the absorbent system, together with ike organ of reproduction. Besides these, various other interesting facts and observations are recorded by the author of the Philosophy of Gardening. BUDDING, the art or operation of propa- gating and producing trees or plants by inserting an eye or bud of one tree into the bark of some part of the stem, stock, or branch of another of the same kind, by means of an in- cision, the head or top of the stock or branch bemg cut oft' some time afterwards. The bud thus introduced soon shoots forth, and in time becomes a tree or plant in all respects the same as that from which it was taken. The effect is produced by a reciprocal inosculation of the wounded vessels of the ditlerent barks. Almost all the njore xaluable and choice kinds of fruit-tree^^ are increased in this way, as well as many shrubs and plants. This is the only method bv which the dif- ferent approved varieties of many kinils of fruit- and other trees can with certainly be coniiinitd and nndtiplied ; for, though their seeds readily grow and become trees, yttlVom the seeds orker- nelsof the finest varieties of fruit, not one tree out of a hundred produces any like the original, and but very few thataregood; so variable areseedlinsj fruit-trees, and many others : but the trees or stocks so raised being budded with the proper approved sorts, the bulls produce invariably the same kind of tree, fruit, flowers, See. continu- ing unalterably the same. This mode of propagation is particularly useful for peaches, nectarines, apricots, plums, cherries, oranges, and jasmines; the three first of whicli succeed better by budding than grafting, and are usually worked upon plum-stocks raised from seed, and sometimes by suckers, layers, and cutlinsrs. They are also often budded upon their own stocks, as such as have been raised from the kernels of these kinds of fruit; but they are connnonly more strong and durable when budded upon plum-stocks. There are also other sorts, as plums and cherries, which are often propag!/nia, and ranks in the natural order of The characters of which are : that the calvx is a very small, four-cleft, acute, erect, per- manent perianthium : the corolla is monope- talous, bell-form, four-cleft half way, erect, three times greater than the calyx : divisions ovate, straight acute : the stamina consist of four very short filaments placed at the divisions of the corolla : the anthers are very short, and simple: the pistillum is an ovate germ: ihe style simple, shorter by half than the corolla: the stigma obtuse: the pericarpium is an ovale capsule, oblong, two-furrosved, two-celled: the seeds numerous, extremely minute; adhering to a fungous receptacle. '1 he species cultivated are; 1. B. Americana, Long-spiked American Buddlea ; •2. B. orciJtit- fa/ii, Spear-leaved Eastern Buddlea ; 3. B. ^lo- hosa. Round-headed Buddlea; 4. B. salvijhlia, Sage-leaved Buddlea. The first rises with a whitish woody stem from four to eight or ten feet in height, which is branched, and all over hoary : tne leaves are ovate-lanceolate, opposite, serrate : the flowers are in long, slender spikes, axill.irv and termi- nating; composed of little, opposite, many- flowered, crowded racemes : the corolla is cori- aceous, scarcely longer than the calyx : the divisions are upright, yellow within, and hoary on the outside, it is a native of America. 'Jhe second species rises much, taller than the above, and divides into a great number of slender branches, which are cowred with a russet hairy bark, with long spear-shaped leaves ending in sharp points j these grow opposite at every joint ; at the end of the iTranchcs arc pra- B U L B U L diicc^ branching spikes of wliile flowcri?, grow- ing in whorls round the stalks, with small spaces between each. It has long, narrow, spear-shaped leaves growing between the spikes, but in the other sort they are naked. The leaves in this are much thinner than in the above species, and have uearce any down on their under side; the spikes of flowers grow more erect, and form a large l(30se spike at the end of every branch. Itis a native of the West-Indies. The third has a woody square stem: the leaves are serrate, sessile, acnniinate, and to- nientose underneath: the flowers have a yellow or orange colour, in close peduneled heads from the axils two together on opposite sides of the stalk and branclies. It is a native of Chili ; ^nd flowers in May and June. The fourth species rises with a shrubby four- cornered stalk eight or ten feet high, covered with a pale loose bark, and sends out many side branches. The leaves are five or six inches long, stem-claspintr, acuminate, and downy on the under side. The branches are terminated by loose spikes of pale purple flowers, covered with a mealy down. It is a native of tlie Cape, and flowers in August and September. Culture. — ^The two first species may be raised by sowing the seeds, procured in their capsules from the places where they grow naturally, in small pots filled with light' ea'rth, in the spring, covering them liglitlv, and plunging them in a h(>t-bed~, occasional light waterings being given. The plants wlien sufficiently strong should be carefully separated, and planted out singly in other pots, being replunged in the hot-bed, and due shade, water, and air admitted. When these pots begin to be too small, they maybe re- moved into others, and be placed in a refreshed tan hot-bed, where they should constantly re- main. They should have little water during the winter season, but be kept warm. In summer nnieh air and frequent refreshings of water, by sprinkling the plants all over, are however use- ful when the weather will admit. The other species may be increased by plant- ing cuttings from the yoiuig shoots in pots ot liglit earth in the early spring season, plunging them into an old hot-bed, and, when they are be- come well rooted, removed into pots and placed in the shade till newly rooted, proper shade and moisture being given. They may then be placed ni a warm border till the approach of winter, when they should be brought into the dry stove or greenhouse for protection. In mild winters, when protected from frost, it will sometimes suc- ceed in warmsheltered bordcrsintheopcnground. The plants arc chiefly cultivated for ornament and variety in the stove and greenhouse. BULB, a sort of large bud geiaerated on the broad caudexes of plants within or in contact with the earth, and which shoot down their new roots directly into the ground; by which circumstances they are distinguished from buds, which are formed above the soil in the manner just described. These are likewise further distinguished ac- cording to the manner in which they are con- stituted, into iunicated bulbs, se or more bulbs. These are leaf-bulbs, which in the ensuing spring rise into stronger plants than those of the first year, but no flowers are yet cenerated; in the autunm these perish like the former, and leave in their places other leaf-bulbs, stronger or more perfect than their preceding parents. " This succession of leaf-bulbs continues for four or five years, till at length the bulb ac- quires a greater perfection or maturity, necessary for seminal generation, and produces in its place a large flower-bulb in the centre, with several smair leaf-bulbs around it." It is suggested that this successive production of leaf-bulbs in plants of the bulbous-rooted kinds before the forming of a flower-bulb, is analogous to that of the producing of leaf-buds on different trees for manv years previous to production of flow er- buds. Thus, apple-trees raised from seeds afford only leaf-buds for a great number of years, but afterwards produce both flower-buds and leaf- buds. Hence it is conceived that the adherent lateral or paternal progeny is the most easy and simple, of course the first method of repro- duction, and that the seminal progeny, for this reason, is not generated till the more mature age or more perfect state of the parent bud. The author of the Philosophy of Gardening found, on dissecting two large roots of the onion kind in full flower, that the stem of each of them was surrounded by the cylindrical pedicles of sfx or seven concentric leaves ; while the stem iiself issued from the centre between three large new bulbs in one of them, and two in the other ; all growing from the same caudcx, B U L B U L but llie central flower-stem wrapped up at its botlom in one nionibranc only, separating it Ironi the new bulbs near it. And on the exa- mination of a large root of an onion produced trom seed in the spring, by stripping oft' the Kmvcs, and their fleshy bases one alter another, until two buds were rendered visible in the centre of the fleshy ha-^es of the concentric leaves tliat formed the bulb, it was found that these l)ull)S wire obviously formed and nourished on the caudex by the stem, and its six or seven concentric cylindrical leaves. Or it is supposed from the difl'erence in size, and seeminglv in- creased maturity of the central bulb, as well as from the secondary bulb being placed between the innermost and second circular fleshy mem- brane, in tliese roots, as in those of tiie tulip, that merely the central bull) may produce a flower in the ensuing summer; while the lateral bulb or bulbs only afiord stronger and more mature leaf-bulbs that in the succeeding summer produce a flower. The caudexes or central parts of the bulbs, from which the roots descend and the leaves ascend, are placed diftercutK- ia diflerent roots ; in some above the knot or bulb, in others below, and in others again in the centre. In the tulip the caudex lies below the bulb whence the librous roots and new bulbs proceed, the root dving after it has flowered ; the stem of the last year King on the outside, and not in the centre of the new bulb. On examining a root of this sort in the early spring, immediately before it begins to shoot, a perfect flower may be seen in its centre, and between the first and second coat the large next year's bulb is be- lieved to be produced ; and between the second and third, and the third and fourth coats, other smaller l)ulbs are apparent, " all adjoining to the caudex at the bottom of the mother bulb ;" which are said to require as many years before they flou er, as the number of tunics bv which they are covered. And similar different states of maturity, it is supposed, mav take place in the buds round the shoots of diflerent fruit-trees, the central one of which mav afford flowers the ensuing year, as on the spurs of apple-trees; while those below require a greater or less number before " sufficiently mature to produce organs of sexual generation," which is a secret of great consequence in the management of trees of the fruit kind. The root in the hyacinth difllrs from that of the tulip, as the stem of the last year's flower is said to be constantly met with in the centre of the root, the new offsets proceeding from the caudex below this bulb, and not from betwixt any of the concentric coats of it, e.\cc[)t the two exterior ones. For this reason the centra^ part is apt, from its decay, to destroy the tlower-bud vmless removed from the ground at the time the leaves decay. On this account if has been supposed by florists, iliat these root* perish naturally in from five to seven years after flowerinle, that all bulbous roots, as the buds of deciduous trees, and perhaps evergreens also, are properly bien- nial plants, as they rise in one summer and perish in the following. When tulip or onion roots are jdantcd deep in the earth, vegetable cords about an inch in length arc seen somtiimes to proceed from ^ the caudex beneatli the base of the cylindrical leaves, and form new bulbs. This is likewise the case, in the natural !jr(i\vth of the roots of p':tatoe>, ■J V. B U L B U L as similar spermatic cords are sent off from the old root, after the leaves of the stems are ex- panded in the air to oxygenate the juice, and m this wav generate new tuberous or bulbous roots; a mode that is resembled above ground in the wires of strawberries. These embryon vegetables, in the different bulbous and tuberous roots, are in different ■ states «f maturity, as was the case in the buds of trees: thus " in the potatoe the corculum or plumula of the new plant is only visible, sur- rounded with a farinaceous nutriment, as in many seeds," while in the tulip and hyacinth the flower of the succeeding is discernible, as in the buJ of the horse chesnut. The ripening of the seed of some bulbous- rooted plants is promoted by destroying the new bulbs; and in others the flowering-bulbs are made stronger by taking them out of the earth, and removTng the leaf-bulbs, as practised in the culture of the tulip and hyacinth. As the bulbous and tuberous roots of plants are a lateral or paternal progeny, like the buds of trees, and of course exactly resemble the parent plants, they may be liable to become unhealthy by being affected with hereditary diseases; as is the ease in canker in apple-trees long propa- gated by grafting ; the curl in potatoes conti- nued for a great length of time by roots, and th,e barrenness in hautboy strawberries too long increased by wires. In the set of bulbs produced above ground on the flower-stems in the place of seeds, as happens in the magical onion, leak, and some other plants; they, after undergoing proper ma- turation, drop off and take root in the earth. With respect to these it is remarked by Doctor Darwin, that " though a perfect flower precedes thf product of some summit-bulbs, he suspects that in others, as the magical onion, they are ex- actly similar to the bulbs produced at the roots, as on cutting one horizontally into two hemi- spheres in September, be perceived " three young bulbs inclosed in the concentric fleshy membranes of the summit-bulb" in this manner: on taking away five thick fleshy con- centric coats, there appeared a single naked small bulb ; and on the removal of the sixth, two others became evident, which were included in it. Hence it is concluded that these stem- bulbs are as forward as those of the root, and probably in every respect similar; and that " the bractes or floral-leaves, which in seed- hearing plants secrete or prepare a nourishment for the bud and pericarp of the flower, acquire in these bulbilerous onions and leeks a new otiicf , and prepare a magazine of nourishment iis the concentric membranes which surround their summit bulljs;" and may of course be considered " a sexual viviparous progeny of vegetables." It is a question by no means yet decided, whether the plants from these bulbs are liable to have the exact resemblance of their parents, or to be affected with hereditary diseases, in conse- quence of being long cultivated in succession, as has been supposed to be the case in those noticed above. BULBOUS ROOTS, such roots as are formed in the above manner, and which differ from those of the tuberous kind, which are en- tirely solid and fleshy. They comprehend several esculent plants of the kitchen-garden, as garlick, onion, leek, shallot. Sec. and many flowery plants of the hardy herbaceous perennial sorts ; capable of succeeding in beds and borders in liie open ground; and others for the stove anu green- house. The chief flowering sorts are : those of the amaryllis kind, including the Guernsey lily, bella-donna lily, Jacobsea lily, &c. ; the narcissus or dafibdil kind, including jonquils, hyacinths, tulips, fritillaria, and crown imperial. The lily, including martagons; ornithogalum, or star of Bethlehem ; galanthus, or snow-drop ; leucojum, or great snow-drop ; scilla, or sea- onion ; colehicum ; albuca, or bastard star of Bethlehem ; muscaria, or musk and grape hya- cinth ; iris, the bulbous and Persiar ; hieman- thus, or blood-flow er; crocus, including spring and autumn kinds ; bulbocodium ; pancratium, or sea dafiodil ; and various others. Most sorts of bulbous roots increase rapidly by off-sets, in which manner all the particular sorts arc continued, but the new varieties are ob- tained from seed. The duration of bulbous rooted plants is dif- ferent according to the kinds, being in some not more than a year after having attained a flowering-stalk, but in others longer. Previous to their dissolution they afford from their sides, or other parts, a supply of new buds, suckers, or off- sets, to perpetuate the respective kinds; so that, at the end of several years, what is con- sidered as the same individual root is in fact a new one. All bulbous-rooted plants renew their leaves and flower-stems annually; the principal seasons for the latter being those of the spring and summer; some producing their flowers at one time, and their leaves at another, as in some of the amaryllis and colehicum kinds; others their flowerfi and leaves together, as the hyacinth, tulip, narcissus, &c. The leaves and flower- stems of all the sorts, likewise, perish, annually B U L B U L b\ certain periods after flowering, at which time the root becomes in an inactive state of growth for sonic time, as six weeks or two months; in which period, .md before they put out new fibres, to prepare for the future flower, it is proper to remove them, either to sc|)arate the ofl-scts for propagation, to plant the roots in fresh prepared earth, or to convey them to any oth( r place. And likewise to preserve them out of ground lor autunui and spring planting. Most sorts, taken up at this period, may he kept out of around several months; and :-ome sorts adnnt of being kept out of tin.- ground, from the time the "flowers and lca\es decay, imtil the foljowintr spring, as is often practised, to obtain a longer succession of bloom in the flowers, jjut bulbous roots may remain several years un- n-moved; and, when greatly increased by ofl- «ets, taken up at the proper period, to separate tlie increased progeny. It is, however, necessary to take up all the choice kinds of bulbous roots annually, to separate the off"-sets for increase, as \\ell as to prepare the earth of the beds and borders afresh, to promote the fineness of the succeeding year's bloom, as in tulips, hyacinths, narcissLis, Sec. The inferior sorts of bulbous roots should also be removed every other year, or as often as their off-sets are considerably increased; as, when increased into large bunches, they cramp each other in growth, and produce small ill- nourished flowers. All the bulbous roots taken up at the above period, should, where practi- cable, be planted again the following autumn, as they flower much stronger in this way than when kept out of ground till the spring Season. In order to preserve them in the best manner, when out of the ground, they should be placed in a dry situation. Mr. Marshall in his work on Gardening di- rects that autumn-flowering bulbs, when their leaves are decayed, should be taken up in May; and thai none of the kinds remain too long without being taken up, as they are liable to be cramped and confined in their growth, and of course decline in their beauty. It is recommended as the best practice, wiiti flowering bulbs, to plant the spring kinds in the beginning of the autumn, as in the latter end of September, or beginning of the follow- ing month ; and those of the summer flowerina; in October, or the succeeding month; and those of the autumn blow in the latter part of July, or in the following month; — too early and too late planting being (.(pially to be avoided, as when put in too soon they are liable to be injured by being too forward when the winter and early spring prove severe, and when delayed too long they are apt previousi) to exhaust themselves by forming roots. Bulbs of the laminated kind', such as lilic«, should not he kei)t out of the soil longc than six or eight weeks; the summer-flowering sorts being set at separate periods in thi- autumn, and in the beizinnmg of the year, befoic the latter end of February, so as to produce a succession of flowei.^. \Vith others of a more dehcalc nature, this method i> also conlmon; but they should have a dry sandy soil in order to stand the wiiilir without rolling, where ihcrc liappens to be much wet, succeeded by severe Irosis. In these cases the protection of mats and the liaiilm of peas may often be found useful. When bulbs have remained in the ground Ioniser than the proper period, so as to Iiavc stniek out new roots, they should always be re- moved with balls of earth, as where this is not attended to thev grow weak. On this accoiint the exact period for removal should be carefully observed. The off-sets of bulbous roots should, in Jie- neral, be put into the ground a considerable time before the periods of planting out the full-sized roots : those taken from laminated bulbs mostly requiring to be immediately re- planted. The soil most adapted to the growth of bulbous roots in general, is that of a sandy loam, where there is no stagnalion of moisture below. Many sorts of these roots are not, how- ever, very difficult in this respect, provided there be not an over-proportion of moisture. The around for thenV should be prepared by digging it to the depth of from six to eight or ten inches, or more, reducing it well in the operation. After this has been done, it should remain a week or ten days before they arc put in to become perfectly settled. In regard to the disposal of these roots in planting, it is, for the larger and more curious sorts, in beds a little rounded, of three, four, or more feet in width, according to circum- stances, or in patches in the common borders for the smaller kinds, in clusters of three, four, or five together, according to their growth. With the large sorts, such as the white and orange lilv, crown imperial, &c., one in a placi^ is sufficient. The fancy sorts of flower- ing bulbs, when planted in beds are usually put in rows tight or nine inches apart, .and from five to seven inches distant, in proportion 10 their , Slencicr Upn^jhl Torch Tlii>tlc; 8. C. laniigiiwini. Woolly Lipright Torch ThisiU:; !). C. I'eniviauvs, Peruvian Up- rieht Torch Tiilslle; U». C. Roytm, Koycn'sUp- rii:ht Torch Thistle ; 1 1 . C". prandijionn, (ireat- flow eriug Creeping Cereus; 12. C.Jingellifonnis, Pink-ilowering Creeping Cereiis ; 13. C. trian- gularis, Triangular Cereus. or Stniwberrv Pear ; 14. C. Opuntia, Common Indian Fig, or I'ricklv Pear; 15. C. liins Indica, Oblong Indian l'ii»; IC. C. Titrca, Great Indian Fig, or Prickly Pear; 17. C. cocheniU'ifer, Cochineal Indian Fiff; is. C. Cttrasiaiiais, Curassao, or Lease of tiie other sorts, and the channels Let ween the angles not near so deep. 'I'he flowers are pro- duced from the angles in the samenianiur .1^ the filth; but arcsmallcr, andthecalvxisof a Visit 5 F2 C A C C A C green, without anv mixture of colour. The truil IS about the size anjl shape ot a bergaiiiot pear, liaviug many soil spines on the skm ; the outside being of a pale yellow, the insule very white, full of pulp, hHviiig a great number of small black seeds lodged iu it. It frequently flowers in July, ami in warm seasons perteets its fruit, which 'has little flavour in this climate, but is often eaten in the West Indies. The eisrhth has the stem upright, slightly iiine-anjed, thick, and very spiny : the spines, especialPy the younger ones, have a brownish wool about them : the fruit is of the size and form of a hen's egg, red on the outside and without spines. It is a native of America. The nmih species has the stem from six to eight feet in height, almost simple, upright, two or'^three inches In diameter, blunt at the end, bavmg ten deep angles set with thorns, crowded eieht or tea together, about an inch in length, sp'readins:, the inner ones shorter and tomentose at the base : the angles at the top have the spines concealed among the wool, and they come out gradually as the stem grows up : the wool is white and brown : flowers sessile, in the very angles of the extremities, scattered ; ovate at the base, two inches long, elongated, red : the l)erry is unarmed, blood red within, and eatable. 'I'he tenth rises with an upright, nine-angled, jointed stem. The joints are sub-ovate, and the spines and down are nearly of equal length. The eleventh species, when of sufficient strength, produces many exceeding large, beau- tiful, sweet-scented flowers, of short duration, scarcely ccmtinuing six hours full blown, nor opening again when once closed ; they mostly betjin to open about seven or eight o'clock m the evening, are i\illy blown by eleven, and by three or four in the morning fade, an.d hang down in a decayed state; but, during their short continuance, there is scarcely any flower of greater beauty or more magniticent appearance ; as the calyx of the flower, when open, is nearly a foot in diameter ; the inside being of a splendid yellow colour, appearing like the rays of a bright star, the outside dark brown: the petals are ot a pure white ; and the great number of recurved stamens that surround the stjile in the centre ot the flower make a fine apjiearance. The flowers peifume the air to a considerable distance with their fine scent. It may be trained against the walls of the hot-house, where it takes up little room. It usually flowers in July; and when the plants are large,' many flowers open the saine night, and there is a' succession of them for several nights. Sometimes six, eight, or ten flowers open at the same time oa one plant. which have a most magnificent appearance by candle-light ; but none of them are succeeded by fruit in this climate. It is a native of Ja- maica, &c. The twelfth produces a greater nuinber of flowers than the above, which come out iir May, and sometimes earlier when the season is warm : the petals are of a line pink colour both within and without; they are not so numerous, and the tube of the flower is longer than that of the other. These flowers keep open thn e or four days, provided the weather, or the place where the plants stand, be not too warm ; and during their continuance make a fine appearance. It has very slender trailing stalks or branches, which require support; they are not joinU'd, nor do thev extend so far as those of the other sort ; so that they may be easily trained to a^ little wooden trellis, and conveyed into the house whilst in flower. Tlie floweri are so beautiful, and in such plenty, as to render it one of the most valuable exotic plants. It does not ripen fruit iu this climate. Jt grows jiatu- rally in Peru. The thirteenth species climbs up trees or other supports to a considerable height, supporting it- self by throw ing out roots ; it also covers sliady rocks. The stalks are triangular and jointed ; the fruit is the best flavoured of any of the sorts, being slightly acid, with a mixture of sweetness, pleasant and cooling. It has no leaves, but is somewhat irregular with scars. The flowers are large, white, and beautiful. It is a native of the West Indies. There is a variety in which the fruit is much larger, and of a shining scarlet colour, and which is clothed with leaves that are almost en- tire. Inthe fourteenth species the joints or branches are ovate, compressed, and have very small leaves coming out in knots on their surfaces, as also on their upper edges, w hich fall oft" in a short time ; and at the same knots there are three or four short bristly spines, which do not appear unless they are closely vieweil ; but on being handled they enter the skin, are trouble- some, and very difficult to get out again. The branches spread near the ground, and frequent- ly trail upon it, putting out new roots, and thus extending to a considerable distance, but never risino- in'height; they are fleshy and herbaceous whilst young, but as thev grow old become drier, of a tough contexture, and have woody fibres. The flowers come out on the upper edges of the branches generally, though some- times they are produced on their sides, and are of a yellow colour. The skin or cover of the fruit is set,,with small spines in clusters, and the iusidx C A C C A C is fle?hy, of .1 purple or rtd colour. It flowers herein July and Au|zusi; but, unless ilic sc;i*on is very warm, the Iruit docs not ripen ni this climate. It is a iiaiivc ot Amenca. The fiftcentii has the branches growing more upright than in the above sort, anil armed with long bristly spines, coming out in elustrrs on both the compressed sides, spreading open like the ravs of a star. Tlic flowers come out from the upper edircs of the leaves, as in the former; but are larger, and of a brighter yellow colour. The fruit is also larger, and of a deeper purple colour; the outer skin is likewise armed with louiier spines. It is a native of South America. The sixteenth s[iccies has stronger branches than the above, and armed with larger thorns, which are aul-shaped, whitish, and m clusters. The flowers are larire, of a bright yellow colour ; and the fruit shaped like that of the above, and of a purple colour. It is a native of South America. There arc varieties which are taller, the branches larger, thicker, and of a deeper green, and armed with strong black spines, coming out in clusters which are far asunder, and which arc the largest of all the sons known. The joints more than a f<)Ot long, and eight inches broad ; very thick, of a deep green colour, and armed with a few short spines. The seventeenth species has oblong, smooth, fleshv, jointed, upright liranches, rising to the height of eight or ten feet, having scarcely any spines on them, and those few so soft as not to he troublesome when handled. The flowers arc small, and of a purple colour, which do not spread open, but appear late in autumn, and the fruit drops off" in winter without coming to per- fection. It is supposed to be the sort upon which the cochineal insect feeds. The eighteenth species has thicker, more swell- ing joints than the other sorts, closely armed wiih slender white spines. The branchc spread out on everv side, and where they have no sup- port fall 10 the op-ound, very often separating at the joints, and as they I.e putting out roots, and forming new plants. This sort rarely produces flowers in this climate. It is called Piii-pilloir, from the appearance w hich the branches have to a pincushion stuck full of pins. It is said to be a native of Curassao. In the nineteenth the branches have the joints much longer, narrower, and more compressed than in any of the others. The spines are very long, slender, and of a yellowish brown colour, coming out in clusters all over the surface of the branches, crossing each other, so as to render the plant dangerous to handle ; as, upon being touched, the spines quit the branches, adhere to the haiid, and penetrate the skin; the trunk below the branches being so absolutely co» vered with spines as to be invisible, and seems nothing but a congeries of them. Hence it has been whimsically named Hobinson Crusoe's Coat. Its growth is more upright and lofty thaa in the other Opuntias. Tlie branches are remark - ahlv neat and Hatted, seldom suiHlividing much, but proteiuluigljiorizontally in a double row ui the saine plane. The S()ines are very long and slender, in parcels, and have a woofly lult at their base, which is most evident in the more tender joints. The twentieth species has very thin branche.", w hich are indented regularly on their edges, like Spleenwort ; they arc of a light green, shaped like a broad-sword, and without spines. The flowers come out from the side, and at the end of the brandies, and are of a pale yellow colour. The fruit rarelv ripens in this climate. It grows naturally in the Braitils. 'Ihe twintv-rirst l-.as a round stem, ash-co- lourcd, flexile, whence issue several leaves, which at first are very hairy, and afterwards srrow to a foot in length, and an inch broad in the middle, decreasing to both extremes ; they are of a pale green colour, and have round in- denturej on their edges; out of these proceed the flowers. The fruit is small and compressed. It is a native of Jamaica. The tweatv-secor.d species is a sessile plant, consistino; of trlobular joints growing out oi each- other, arTned"with verv long, sharp, subulate spines, commonly solitary, but sometimescoming out two together. The flowers are produced from the upper jomt, they aic sessile, the tube is long and scaly, the petals spreading and sinuous, the stvle vers- lonir and prominent, and the stigma very- broad and many-parted. This is a very singular plant, and the least known of any. It is a native of South America. The last species has many slender branches, which trail on whatever plants grow near them. These, as well as the stem of the plant, arc beset with long whitish spines, which are pro- duced in tuits." The leaves arc roundish, very thick and succulent ; and the fruit is about the size of a walnut, having tufts of small leaves on it, and within a whitish mucil_aginous pulp. It iirows in some parts of the Spanish \Vest Indies. Culture in the Mehn-Ttustle kind. — The pro- pagation in these plants is efl'ccted either by sowing the seeds in pots of light sandy earth, plunginglhem in the bark-bed ; when, after they have advanced a little in growth, they should be pricked out into separate very small pots, re- plunging them in the bark-bed, where they m.ike great progress, though it is some years- C A C C iE S l)L'fore tliey acquire any considerable size or growth ; or bv setting the young plants which issue from the .sides of the old ones in pots of the same sort of earth in the spring or autumn, mauao ing them in the same wav as those from seed . Bur to have large plants at once, they may be procured from the West Indies in tubs of dry compost rubbish, care being taken to guard them from cold and moisture. On their arrival they should be planted in pots, and plunged in ihc bark-bed till perfectly rooted and become strong. These i)lants should be placed upon the tops of the flues or shelves in the stoves in winter, and in the bark-beds in sunnner ; very moderate waterings being given in very hot weather, but none at all in w inter, as they are very succulent plants. 'I'hey are of very singular growth, Cidlure ill the Cereiis, or Turch-Tliht le kind . — These plants are increased by planting the cut- tings of the branches, which have been laid in a dry place some weeks for the moisture to ex- iiale and the wounded parts to be healed over, in small pots, in the summer season, filled wiih a compost constituted of one third light earth, the same quaiitilv of sea-sand and sifted lime rubbish, well mixed together, for some length of time, plunging them in the bark hot-bed of the stove, some rather coarse gravel being previ- ously placed in the bottoms of tlie pots to pre- vent the stagnation of moisture. In the upright sorts, the cuttings for this use may be provided by taking off" the tops of such kinds as are wanted ; the plants afterwards throwing out shoots below, so as to furnish plentiful supplies annually. But in the creeping sorts, as there are various stalks and branches, these may be taken off in cuttings of from three to five or six inches in length, and planted in the same way. About the middle of August, the plants after heins; raised in this manner should have air u'iven them by degrees, to harden them agamst wni- ler, but not whollv exposed to it or the sun, and at the end of September removed into the .stove, or green-house, for the winter, during which season they must not have much water. The yoimg plants, for the first winter, should always be placed in a little warmer situation than the older ones, as being more tender. These plants should constantly haveasdry situ- ations as possible in winter, as they imbibe the greatest part of their notu-ishiTicnt from the air, to prevent their roots from rotting ; and should not be much exposed in the open air even in sunmier, unless under shelter, as rains are very injurious to them : nor should the creeping sorts be exposed too much to the open air, even in the hottest season, if they are designed to flower, but in winter be kept very warm, and have no water siivcn them. The (jreat-Howering Creeping Cereus is a tender plant that requires a warm stove to pro- tect it, in which it may be trained against the walls or upon sticks. .But the six-angled and the small sort, with pmk-coloured flowers, are not so tender, being capable of being pre- served ill a good green-house, or when placed under a hot-bed frame in winter. Cidtiirc in the Indian Fig kind. — These plants may be readily increased by cuttings of llie joints of the branches, taken off and planted in pots of light sandv compost, during the early summer months. These cuttings, ]>revious to planting, should, as in the other sorts, be laid iuadry place ten or fifteen davs to heal over the cut parts; and the hot-house kinds, by being then plunged in the bark-bed, or other hot-bed, will be greatly promoted in their rooting; but the green-house sort, or Common Opuntia, rea- dily strikes root without, though it is greatly forwarded by such assistance. They all require the earth to be occasionally uioistened a little. In the summer season they often require water, but it must not be given in large quanti- ties, lest it rot them, and in winter it shoufd be proportioned to the warmth of the stove; as, if the air be kept very warm, they require to be often refreshed, to prevent the brandies shrink- ing ; but if kept in only a moderate degree of warmth, little is necessary. The heat in which they thrive best is that marked temperate on botanical thermometers, as, when they are kept too warm in winter, it causes their shoots to be vcrv weak and tender. The sorts which are inclinable to grow upright should have their branches supported with stakes, to prevent their being broken down by their own weight. Plants of this sort are mostly exposed to the open air in the summer season ; but they thrive much better when continued in the stoves, pro- vided thev have free air; as, when set abroad, the rains much diminish their beauty, retard their growth, and prevent their producing flowers and fruit in such plenty as when con- stantly kept in the house. These are all plants of curious growth, and which afl'ord much variety as well as singularity of effect when introduced amon, the plants seldom survive it. They arc verv impatient of moisture in winter ; and \\ Inn damp seizes their tops it ofteit kills them, or at least occasions the loss of their heads. This is a verv ornamental plant in the siovc or oreen-house collections. CALABASll-TREi:. See Crf.scentia. CALAMUS AKOMATICUS. See Acorus. CALKNDUI.A, a genus comprising plants of the h.ardv annual jicrennial flowery and shrubby kinds. The Marigold. It belongs to tlie class and order Syngoieiia Polygumia Ncccstaria, and ranks in the natural order of Coitipvsilee Discoidece. The characters of which are : that the calyx iy conniion simple, ntany-leaved, almost upright i seiiments linear-lanceolate, (fourteen to twenty) neailv ecpial : the corolla is compound radiate: corollules hermaphrodite, very many it\ the disk. Females the number of rays in the calyx, very long in the ray: proper, of the hermaphrodite, tubular, semiquinquelid, the length of the calyx. — of the female liffulate, very long, three-toothed, villose at the base, nerveless: the stamina consist of ('.urmaphrodite) five capillary filaments, very' short: the anther cylindric, tubular,, llie length of the corolhile: the pislillum hetmaphrodiie : germ oblong: style filiform, scarcely the lengtlt of the stamens : stigma obtuse, bifid, straights Females: germ oblong, three-cornered; style filiform, the length of the stamens: stigmas two, oblons;, acuminate, reflex. There is no pericarpium: the calyx is converging, roundish, and dc|ire3std: seeds hermaphrodite central of the disk none: of the circumference selilom so- litary, membranous, obcordaie, and compressed. Females solitary, larger, oblong, incurved, tri- angular, with membranous angles, niarked (/n the outside longitudinally with the figure of a vesietable: there is no down: the receptacle is naked and flat. The species cultivated for u?e and ornainent are: 1. C. ofticinal'is. Common Marigold; 2. C. plurialh. Small Cape Marigold; 3. C". Iiijlr'uia, Hybridous or Great Cape Marigold; i. C. iiu- dicauUs, Naked-stalked Cape 5larigold ; 5. C. gramiiitfolia. Grass-leaved Perennial Cape Ma- rigold ; 6. C. frulicosa. Shrubby Marigold. "The first has a sliort divaricated steuij di- C A L C A L vitlino; low into numerous bushy branches a foot or two in height, pubescent and pale green, as well as the leaves; these are long, a little sinuated, the lower and middle ones ovate and blunt, the upper ones lanceolate; the flowers are radiated and of a golden co- lour, coming out at the ends of the branches. It is a native of France, flowering the greatest part of thesunimer, the flowers being open from nine in the morning to three in the alter- iioon. There a."e varieties with single yellow flo'.vers, with double yellow flowers; the great, with very double flowers, with single lenion-colourcd llowers, with double lemon-coloured flouers, with single and double gold-coloured flowers, with parti-coloured flowers, with reflexed flowers, v^-ith proliferous or childing flowers. The second species has an annual root; the lower leaves deeply indented on their edges, fleshy and of a pale green colour. The stems declining, h-i)ni six to eight inches long, leafv to within two inches of the top; the stem-leaves mucli nar- ro\^er and more indented than tliose at ihe root. The upper part of the stem very slender, upon which stands one flo\\er, shaped like those of the common Marigold, having a purple bottom, with a ray of a violet colour on the outside, and of a pure white within: it opens when the sun shines, but shuts np in the evening, and re- mains so in cloudy weather. It is a native of the Cape, flowering from June to August. The third has likewise an annual root; the leaves much longer than in the foregoing, and broader at the end ; those near the root arc re- gularly indented, but the stem-leaves have only a few shallow indentures. The stalks are much lonsxerand thicker than those of the ensuing sort; and at the top, just below the flower, swell larger than at the bottom. The flowers are smaller than in the second, but of the same colour. It is a native of the Cape. The fourth species is also an annual plant, and has much the appearance of the second, but the leaves are more deeply indented on their edges. The stalks grow about the same length as that, and are more naked: tiie flower is a little smaller, and the rays on the outside are of a fainter purple colour, but white within. It is a native of the Cape, flowering from .luae to AuiTust. The fifth species is a perennial plant, which divides near the root into several tufted heads, closely covered with long grassy leaves coming out on everv side uithout order; some of these have one or two indentures on their edges, but the most part are entire. From between the leaves arise naked peduncles about nine inches long, sustaining one flower at the top, which is about the size of the common Marigold, having a purple bottom; the rays are also jjurple with- out, but of a pure white within. These expand when the sun shines, but always close in the evening and in cloudy weather. The general season of their beauty is in April and May ; but there is commonly a succession of flowers late in the autumn, though not in so great plcntv. It is a native of the Cape. The sixth species has a slender shrubby stalk, rising to the height of seven or eight feet, but requirinu; support: it sends out a great number of w eak branches from the bottom to tlie top, hanging downwards : the leaves are on short foot-stalks; most of them are sliglitly indented towards the top, but some are entire; they are of a shining green colour on their upper surface, but ))aler underneath : the flowers come out at llie ends of the branches on short naked pedun- cles, and are in size and colour like those of the third sort. It is a native of the Cape, flowering during the summer months. Culture. — ^llie annual sorts may be increased by sowing the sejds in the spring in the borders or other parts w here the plants are designed to remain, as they donot liear transplanting well, four or five seeds being put in each patch, which, when they all grow, should be thinned out to two plants in each patch. They afterwards only require to bf; kept clean from weeds. When the seeds are permitted to scatter, the plants appear more early in the following spring, and flower earlier than those sown at this season. As many of the sorts are liable to degenerate, as the Childing; and the Large Double, where care is not taken in saving their seeds, the surest way to preserve the varieties is to pull up all those plants whose flowers are less double, as soon as they appear, and save seeds from the largest and most perfect flowers: the Childing variety should be sown bv itself in a separate i>art of the garden, and the seeds saved from the large centre flowers only. 1'he fifth species may be raised either by seeds or slips taken from the heads. The first is, however, the best method, as they rarely pro- duce good seeds in this climate. In the first mode, the seeds should be sown in the autmiiii on a bed of fine light mould, in a warm ex- posure, or in pots filled with the same. In the latter method, the slips may be planted any time in sunmier, in pots filled with light fresh earth, and phin!>ed into a very moderate hot-bed, to forward their putting out roots; or the pots may be sunk in the ground up to their rims, and cO" C A L C A L VCTixl with hand-c'asscs, which, in the middle of summer, answer well, but in the spring or ;iiitunin the former method is preferable. Alter plaulnig, the glasses should be shaded in the heal of the dav, sad the slips frequently re- freshed with water, but not given them too libe- rally, as much wet rots them. When they have gilt strong roots lliev should be planted separaielv in small pots liiled with fresh light earth, and placed in a sliadv situation till fresh rooted, \\ hen ihey mav be plaectl in the open air, in a sliellcred situation, till auttimn, and then rcmovcil into a dry airy glass-case, or green-house, for the win- ter season, or under a common hot-bed frame, as they only require protection from frost and wet. The sixth species mav be easily propagatee calyx is a one- leafed spathe, ovale- cordate acuminate, coloured at top, verv large spreading, permanent: the spadix finger-shaped, quite single, erect, co- vered with fructifications: there is no corolla: the stamina consist of some filaments inter- mixed with the germs the length of the pistils, permanent, compressed, truncate: the anthers are simple, truncate, and sessile: the pistil- him to each is a roundish obtuse germ: the style simple, very short : the stigma acute : the fiericarpium contains as many berries as there are pistils, four-cornered, globular, pulpv, and one-celled (scveiMt-cellcd) : the seeds numerous (six to twelve), solitary, oblong, cyliudrie, and obtuse at both ends. The .--pecie^ cultivated far ornament is C. yE/hiiipiai, ^liihiopian Arum, or Sweet Calla. It has thick, flesh v, ti'.berous roots, which are covered with a thin brown skin, and strike down many slronji fleshv fibres into the ground. The leaves arise n\ clu>Urs, having fool-sialks more than a foot lone, which are green and succulent : tlie leaves are eight or nine inches inle»>gth, and of a -hininsr green, ending in a sharp point, which turns Ijack ward : between the leaves eomts out the scape, which is thick, smooth, of ihc same colour as the leaves, rising above them, and terminated by a single flower shapt.d like those of the arum : the luxxl or spathe is twisted at the bottom, but spreads open at tlie top, and is of a pure white colour. In the centre of this IS situated the spadix or club, which is of an herbaceous yellow colour, upon which the small herbaceous flowers arc closclv placed ; it is only about half the length of the spathe ; it is suc- ceeded by roundish red berries. It is a native of the Cape. Cullnre. — This plant is readily increased by oflsets from the root, which should be separated in the autumn, and planted out singlv in pots of light earth, where thev become full plants the following year. The plants may be kept in the full air during the summer, but during the win-, ter should have the protection of the green-house or a garden-frame. These plants, from the singularity of their growtli, and their being constantly furnished with leaves, have an asreeable effect, and produce much variety among other potted plants. CALLICARPA, a gams containing a plant of the deciduous flowering shrubbv kind. It belongs to the class and order Tetrandria Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of Dnmosce. The characters of which are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianthium, bell-form: mouth four-cleft and erect : the corolla is monopetalous, tubular: border four-cleft, obtuse, spreading: the stamina consist of four filiform filaments, twice the length of the corolla: the anthers are ovate and incumbent : the pistillum is a roundish germ: the style filiform, thicker at top: the stigma thickish and obtuse : the pcriearpium is a globular berr)', smooth : the seeds four, ob- long, shaped like a meniscus, compressed, cal- lous. The only species cultivated is the C. Ameri- cana. C A L C A L This is a shrub from three or four to six feet in height; the branches rather compressed; the leaves serrate and acute; the nerves of the upper surface and ihe whole under surface tonientose; the flowers in axillary, dichotomous, tonientose panicles, scarce the length of the leaves; of a funnel-form and reddish colour, succeeded by a berry the size of a small pea, at first bright red, afterwards deep purple. It is a native of North America. Culture. — This is easily increased from seeds by sowing them in pots, and plunging them in a moderate hot-bed ; when tlic plants have ob- tained some strength, gradually inuring thcni to the open air, into which they may be removed in .lunc, and placed in a sheltered situation till autumn, being kept clear from weeds, and gently refreshed with water in dry weather, but care- fully placed under a frame on the approach of frosts, as they are readily destroyed by them . CALTHA, a genus comprising a plant of the flowery perennial kind. It belongs to the class and order Polijandria Polygynia, and ranks in the natural order of Mvltisillquce. The characters are : that there is no calyx : the corolla consists of five petals, ovate, flat, spreading, deciduous, and large; the stamina have numerous filiform filaments, shorter than the corolla: the anthers compressed, obtuse, and erect: the pistillum a superior germ, five to ten, oblong, compressed, erect: no styles: the stigmas are simple: the pericarpium consists of many capsules, short, acuminate, spreading, one-celled, two-keeled, gaping in the superior suture : the seeds very many (filteen), ovate or ovate-oblong, smooth, and affixed to the superior suture in a double row. The only species is C. paluslrh. Marsh Marigold. It has a perennial root ; the stems are several, almost upright, about a foot high, hollow, nearly round, smooth, branched, and purple at bottom: the radical leaves stand on long petioles, cofdate- reniform, smooth, shining, and notched or cre- nated, sometimes scalloped, sometimes entire: the stem-leaves nearly sessile, more pointed at top, and sharply crenated : the stipules are brown, membranous, and withering: thcbranches dicho- tomous, having one large bright-yellow flower at the top of each. It is a native of this climate, flowering in May. There is a variety with double flowers, which ks the sort cultivated for ornament. The flowers gathered before they expand are said to be a good substitute for capers. Culture,— Th^M plant is propagated by parting the roots in autumn, which should then be' planted out in a moist soil and shady situation, good room being allowed. The double culti- vated sort does not flower so early in the spring as the single, but continues mudi longer in beauty. It aflbrds variety in the fronts of beds or bor- ders of pleasure-grounds. CALYCAXTHUS, a genus comprising a plant of the aromatic shrubby decidjous kind. It belongs to the class and order Icmaiidria Polygynia, and ranks in the natural order of the Rosacete. The characters of which arc : that the calyx is a one-leafed, pitcher-shaped, squarrose peri-- anthium: leaflets coloured, lanceolate ; the s-iipe- rior ones gradually larger, resembling petals: there is no corolla, except the calycine folioles, representing petals: the stamina consist of nu- merous subulate filaments, inserted into the neck of the calyx : the anthers oblong, furrow- ed, sirowing to the top of the filaments: the pistiTlum consists of a great many germs, end- ino- in subulate compressed stvlcs of the length' • ' 111 of the stamens: the stigmas are glandulous : there is no pericarpium, the calyx being thicken- ed, obovate, and berried : the seeds are very- many and tailed. The only species cultivated is C. floridu", Carolina All-spice. It rises to the height of eight or ten fccr where it grows naturally, but seldom more than four feet high in this country, divi the branches; they have two series of narrow thick petals, which spread open, and turn inward at the top, like those of the starr\- anemone; these are of a dusky purple colour, and have a disajrreeabie scent. They appear in May. The strong aro- matic scent has obtained it the title of All-spice. There are varieties with long leaves and with round leaves. Culture. — This is increased by laying down the young branches, or one-year's shoots, which may be taken oft" in a twelvemonth, and set where they are to remain, as they do not bear transplanting well afterwards. The effects of drying winds should be guarded against in the summer, and frosts in winter ; the former by very moderate waterings, and the latter by co- verings of bark. The best season for laving down is the autumn, and for planting out, the spring. This shrub is capable of bearing the open air, but requires a dry soil and warm exposure. It is very ornamental in the foreparts of clump* C A M CAM or borders in shruhbory aiiJ other ornamented grounds. CAMLILLIA, a genus comprising a plant of the large evergreen exotic kind tor the grcen- liouse. It belongs to the class and order Moiiailelpkia Polyaiidiia , and ranks in ihc natural order of C'ulammfeite. The characters arc: thai the calvx is a niaiiy- ■leaved perianthiuni, roundish, inibri-ate; the scales roundisi), very blunt, the inner ones gra- dually larger, concave, and deciduous: the co- rolla consists of live petals, obovate, coalescing at the base: the stamina have numerous erect filaments, coalescing below into a crown larger than the slvle, above uncoiniected, shorter than Xhe corolla: tile anthers are simple: the |M-til- Jum is a roundish germ: the stvle is subulate, the length of the stamens: the stii!;ma acute and reflex : the pencarpiLim is a turbinate woody ■capsule, marked with some furrows : the seeds are kernels, equal in number to the streaks of the capsule, roundish, and often filled with smaller seeds. The species cultivated is C. Japonka, Japan Rose. It has a tree-like stem, branching upwards to a considerable height in its native situation: the bark is ash-coloured ; branches round and smooth : the le;'.ves are alternate, ovate, ever- green, shining on both sides, thick and stiflT, paler green beneath, on short petioles: the flowers coming out IVom the sides ol the branches are large, spreading, and roseaeeou>, being suc- ceeded by a ligneous capsule inclosing a sort of nut. There are varieties with single red and purple flowers, with double red and purple flowers, with sinerle white flowers, and with double white flowers. It is in high estimation with the .lapanesc for the elcganet- of its large flowers, which exhibit a great varietv of colours, but liavc no scent, as well as for its evergreen leaves. It flowers in its native climate from October to April, and is also a native of China. Culture. — It is capable of being increased both by layers and cuttings, but the former is the best method. The bratiches may be laid down in the autumn, and be taken off in the May fol- lowing, and planted out in pots, which should be plunged in a moderate hotbed. In the latter mode the young shoots may be cut in the early spring, and planted in pots of light earth, plunging theni in a slight hot- bed." When planted out in the open ground it should have a warm southern aspect against a wall. and be well protected from frosts during the winter. CAMOMILE. See Antiii.mis. CAMPANULA, a genus comprising various plants of the annual, biennial, and perennial her- baceous flowciy kind. 'I'lie Hcll-flower. It belongs to the class and order 1't.iilandiia ]\Io/i()gi/niti, and ranks in the natural order ol CnmlMiiiiitca;. The characters are : that the calyx is a five- parted pcrianlliium, acute, ercet-ex|)and.ng, su- perior : the corolla is inonopetalous, bell-form, impervious at the base, half-five-cleft, inarces- ccnt : divisions broad, acute, spreading : the nec- tary in the bottom of the corolla, composed of live valves, acute, converging, covering the re- ceptacle: the stamina consist of fivecapnlary tila- iiients, vcrv short, inserted on the tips ot the \ alves of the nectary : the anthers are longer than the fihuncnts, and compressed: the pistil- luni is an angidar inferior germ : the style fili- form, longer than the stamens: the stigma three- parted, oblong, thickish : divisions revolute : the pericarpium is a roundish angular capsule, three- or ti vc-eclled, emitting the seeds at so many lateral openings : the seeds are numerous and small: the receptacle is columnar and adiiate. The species mostly cultivated for the purposes of ornament and use are : t . C. p-rskifulla, reach-leaved Bell-flower; 9. C. pijramidalis, Pvramidal or Steeple Bell-flowery 3. C. Carpa- t'icu, Carpathian or Heart-leaved Bell-flower; 4. C. lat'ifoUa, Broad-leaved Campanula, or Giant Throat-wort; 5. C. Trac/itliiini, Great Throat-wort, or Nettle-leaved Campanula; 6. C. grand'tjiora, Grcat-flowercd Bell-flower; 7- C. mtdium, Small Pyramidal Campanula, or Canterbury Bells; 8. C. Speculum, Venus's Looking-glass; g. C.y/wenVa»rt, American Bell- flower; 10. C. fiuticosa, Shrubby Cape Bell- flower; 11. C. kapu/iciiluu i:sculent Rainpion. There are other species in this extensive genus deserving of attention. The first has lie root like that of Navcw, and eatable : the stem is very straight, eighteen inches high and more, (in gardens two feet and a half,) nnbranched, angular, smooth, as is the whole plant: the flowers are in a thin spike, one or two together, on very long peduncles, which have two stipules at the base: the corolla is large, broad bell-form, deep blue; the segments short, and moderately acuminate. It is a peren- nial plant, native of most parts of the continent of Kurope, flowering in June and July. There are varieties with single blue and white flowers, and with double blue and white flowers. The second species, as it appears in the gar- 2 G 2 CAM C A M den, has thick tuberous roots, which are milky ; these send out three or four strong, smooth, upright stalks, which rise near four feci high, and are garnished with smooth oblong leaves, whose edges are a little indented : the lower leaves are much broader than those on the stalks : the flowers are produced from the side of the stalks, and are regularly set on for more than half their length, "forming a sort of pyramid; these are large, open, and shaped like a bell, and mostly of a light-blue colour. There are varieties with white flowers and with double flowers. The third aff"ord5 a milky juice when wound- ed: the root is whitish and perennial ; the stems herbaceous, annual, weak, hardly branching, bearing one or very few flowers. In gardens it becoiTies branching and many-flowered. The root-leaves are kidney-lbrni, roundish; the pe- duncle elongated and smooth; the corolla blue. It flowers the whole summer, and is a native of the Carpathian Alps. According to Mr. Curtis, it is still scarce in gardens, butdcserves to be more known and cul- tivated : its flowers are in proportion to the plant, being large and showy. The fourth species has the stem three feet high and more, angular and smooth, but not branch- ing: the leaves are sharply serrate, on short petioles, and hirsute: the flowers are axillary, one or two together, on peduncles shorter than the leaf: calyx smooth, with broad triangular segments: corolla very large, blue; the seg- ments triangular, divided by a line: the fruit • obliges the peduncle to bend down with its weight. It is a native of (he northern parts of the island, flowering in July. There are varieties with single and double purple, and with single and double white flowers; with single and double pale-red flowers; and -with striped flowers. The fifth species has a perennial root: the slem.5 arc from two to three feet in height, up- right, stiff', hairy, angular, the angles membrana- ceous, putting out a few short side-branches : the leaves resembling those of the great nettle, but rather shorter and broader, alternate, ovate, cordate, pointed, hairy, deeply toothed, some- times having two or three lobes ; petioled, ex- cept the upper ones, which are sessile: the pe- duncles are alternate, axillary, trifid, and three- flowered. The number of flowers, however, varies from one or two to three, four, and even five; they arc large and nodding. It is a na- tive of most parts of Europe, &c. flowering in July and August. There arc varieties, with single and double blue flowers, with single and double white flowers, and with single and double pale pur])le flowers. The sixth species has the whole plant very smooth; the root perennial, white, fusiform, the thickness of a finger, and branched: the stems are few, erect or ascending, simple, round, a foot high, leafy all over, annual, terminated with one handsome flower, but without scent, nodding a little, with sometimes one or two flowers more from the upper axillas : (he leaves are irregularly scattered, sessile or on very short- petioles, ovate or sublanceolate, short and sharply serrate : sometimes a few of the leaves, and at others all of them, are in threes : the co- rolla is two inches in diameter or more, very deep blue, with numerous blue veins; elegantly pear-shaped before expanding, and at first green. It flowers in June and beginning of July, and is a native of Siberia. The seventh has a biennial root : the leaves are oblong, rough, hairy, serrate, coming out without order from the root, narrowing into a petiole. From the centre of these, the second season, arises a stiff, hairy, furrowed stalk about two feet high, sending out several lateral branches, with long, narrow, hairy, serrate, sessile leaves, placed alternately: from the sel- tino- on of these leaves come out the peduncles, those on the lower part of the stem and branches four or five inches long, diminishing gradually in length upwards, and thus forming a sort of pyramid. The flowers are very large, and make a fine appearance; they are smooth, and the segments turn back at the end ; they come out the beginning of June, and, if the season be not very hot, corTtinuc a month in beauty. It grows naturally in Germany, &c. There are varieties, with blue, purple, white, striped, and double flowers.' The eighth species is an annual plant, which rises with slender stalks a foot high : the flowers are of a beautiful purple, inclining to a violet colour, (sometimes pale purple or white,) and in the evening fold up into a pentagon figure, whence it is sometimes called Viola pcntagonia: the calyx is composed of five narrow leaves, which spread open, turn back, and are much longer than the petals ; these remaiii on the top of fhe prismatic seed-vessel, which is filled with small angular seeds : the stem is tender, quadran- gular, naturally procumbent, branched from the bottom at very great angles : the leaves sessile, obovate, and waved about the edge: the flowers axillary, erect, on very long peduncles : the co- rolla \vheel-shaped, and so deeply five-cleft that the segments, which are ovate, scarcely cohc-e. It is a native of the southern countricj of Europe, flowering from May to September. CAM CAN There are varieties, with hright blue flowers, \vith white flowers, and with pale purple flowers. The nuuh species has an annual root ; the stem and germs smooth ; the leaves acuminate ; the flowers three or more from each axil or bracte ; the corollas small ; llic sty'e longer than the corolla. Jt is a native ot Pennsylvania, rtowering in July. There are v.iricties, with single white, with single blue, and \>. ith double blue flowers. 'J'he tenth is a shrubby oruamental plant, a native of the Cape of Good Hope, flowering here in August. In the eleventh species the whole plant is full of a milky juice: the root is biennial, spindle- shaped, sometimes branching : the stem upright, angular, two feet high, hair)' towards the base, smooth above: branches alternate, short, upright: the leaves towards the base of the stem hairy above or on both sides, blunt; the upper ones smooth, and becoming gradually more pointed ; obscurely notched : teeth glan- dular, whitish, not projecting beyond the edge of the leaf: there is an awl-shaped bracte at the base of each peduncle : the segments of the calyx are awl-shaped, or setaceous, twice as long aj the senn, with a small tooth on each side of the base: the flowers are upright: the corolla blueish purple, sometimes very pale purple or whitish J each segment marked with three lines: the nectary fringed. It grows wild in France, &c., flowering in June, July, and August. The fleshy roots are eatable, and are much cultivated in France for sallads. Culture. — The plants in this extensive genus are mostly hardy, and increased vith little diffi- culty. The six tirst sorts, and tlieir varieties, are all capable of being raised bv dividini: the roots in the autumn or early spring, and plant- ing them out on the beds, borders, or other parts. The former is, however, the better season for the purpose, as the roots become better esta- blished before they begin to shoot up into stem. They thrive in almost any soil or situation. As the plants of the steeple bell-flower, trained tor adorning halls and chimneys, are seldom proper for the purpose the followmg season after being planted out, a supply of young plants should be annu.illv raised. And though this is mostly done by ofl'sets, as being the cjuiekcsi mode, the plants raised from seeds are always stronger; the stalks rise higher, and produce a greater number of flowers, especially where good seeds can be procured. In the fifth sort, especially with the double varieties, the parting their roots should be an- nually performed in the autumn, otherwise the plants are apt to degenerate to sinulc, and the st)il should not he loo light or rich in which they are planted, as in either of these cases they degenerate. In a strong fresh loam lhcirflov\trs are in the greatest perfection. The broad-leaved sort is also easily propagated by seeds, which it furnishes in L'reat plenty. In all these sorts, when not sown in the places where they are to remain, the plants should be transplanted intt> such situations, in the beginning of the autumn, as by that means thev flow er much better. The seventh and eighth kinds are increased by seeds, which should be sown in llic spring, on beds of common earth, keeping tlieni clean from weeds till the following autumn; when they may be transplanted into the borders or other parts. And as the plants in the first of these sorts perish the second year, young ones should be annually raised. The latter of these kinds are mostly sown in patches in the borders or clumps, among other hardy annuals, at the above period ; but it sown in autumn the plants grow much taller, and flower much earliers The ninth sort is propagated by plantinsj the oflscts from the roots in the bccrinnin are numerous and small. There is only one species introduced inio cultivation, C. camlhtiiulaUi, Canary JVll- flower. It has a perennial root, tulierous-fusiform ; the stem is three tcet liigh, erect, solitary, round, even with swelling jomis: the hranches by three from each joint ; the upper ones longer, dicho- tonious at the end, with alternate branchlets; the leaves-on the stem in threes, on the hraftches opposite, petiokd, hastate, toothleited and even, veined: the flowers proceed from the forks of the upper branches solitary, pcduncled and drooping: the corolla is larger tlian the leaves, resembling that of crown imperial, rufous, brighter within, with a yellow eye; each seg- ment with three purple nerves. It is a native of the Canary islands, flowering from January to March. Cultin-fi. — It is capable of being increased by parting the roots with caution not to break them, as, when this happens, a milky juice exudes, and renders them hable to rot. In such cases they should be laid in the greenhouse a few davs to heal. The roots must not be too often parted, as it weakens the plants, and prevents them from flowering well. The best time for this is in July, soon after the stalks decay. The earth, in which they are planted, should not be rich, as that will render the plants too luxuriant in branches, but poor in flowers: they succeed best in a light sandy loam, with a fourth part of screened lime-rubbish. It re- quires the protection of a greenhouse in the winter, and the assistance of occasional slight watcrinsjs, but onlv shade in the spring season when set abroad. It has a fine effect when in the greenhouse, or in assemblage with other plants iu full flower. CANDLEBERRY TREE. See Mvrica. CANDY-TUFT. SeelBERis. CANE. See Arundo. CANELLA, a genus affording a plant of the exotic tree kind, for the stove. It belongs to the class and order Dodecandria Monogyn'm, and ranks in the natural order of the Melue. The characters are: that the calyx is a one- leafed, three-lobcd periiuithiuni, the lobes roundish, and concave: the corolla has five petals, oblong, sessile, longer than the calyx, two a little narrower than the rest : the nectary pitcher-shaped, the length of the petals, and anther-bearing: the siamina have no filaments: the anthers are twenty-one, litiear, parallel, distinct, fastened on the outside to the nectary : the pistillum is a superior germ, within the nectary, ovate: the style cyluidric, the length of the nectary : the stigmas two, bkint, convex, and wrinkled : the pericarpium is an oblong berry, three-celled: the seeds roundish-kidnev- shape (two to four), iu pairs, cordate, 'there is only one species, C. alba, Laurel- leaved Canella, or White Cinnamon. In its native situation it is a tree, the stem of which rises from ten to fifty feet in height, verv straight snd upright, being branched only at the lop^ but here only a shrub: the bark is whitish, by which it is easily known; the branches are erect, and not spreading: the leaves are petioled, alternate, but not regulariv, oblong, pointed, entire, without any distinct nerves or veins, dark green, of a thick consistence like those of laurel, and shining : the flowers grow at the tops of the branches in clusters, but upon di- vided peduncles, are small, seldom open, and of a violet colour; they are succeeded by a fleshv, smooth, black berry. It is a native of the West-Indies, and the whole tree is very aromatic, when in blossom perfuming the air all around. Ctdtiire. — This plant is best raised by sow- ing the seeds procured from its native situa- tion, in pots, in the autumn or spring seasons, and plunging them in a moderate hot-bed of bark ; being sparingly watered in winter, but more freely in the summer season, and air freely ad- mitted in mild warm weather. In this way the plants often succeed very well. They se'ciom take well by either layers or cuttings. They require to be constantly kept in the bark- bed of the stove. CANKER, a disease with \\hich fruit- and forest-trees are liable to be attacked. It is a sort of vegetable gangrene, by which the bark becomes rough and scabby, and the afl^ected woody part of a brown rusty colour. It ulti- mately destroys the trees, when not removed by proper means. It has been suggested bv Mr. Knight as being more liable to attack such trees as have been propagated for a great length of time by ingrafting, as being continuations of the old trees, onlv nourished by new stocks; and of course to be a disease of old age, somewhat si- milar to that of mortiflc.ation m the extremities of persons in the decline of life. The author of the Philosophy of Gardening, however, con- siders it as more probable to be a hereditary CAN CAN tliseasc, from Uk' lnuls of trees l)ting a lateral j>ro2:inv, and consequently havinii' a more exact reseuil/iance te in- duced in diirereiU sorts of trees by the destruc- tion of the bark, by cxlcmai violence, as a blow of the spade wheie digging is performed without sufficient caution. In apple-trees J\lr. Forsvth lias found it very liable lo be caused bv the want of due allenlion in pruning, the leaving of the fool-stalks of the fruit on the trees; and certainly by the bruises prod\iccd bv ladders in gathering the fruit. Too tight nailing, I'rom the pressure of the shreds on the shoots. The wetness of the autumn season, by preventing the young wood from becoming well ripened, when succeeded bv sharp frost, often ]iroduces the disease, from the youns shoot beino destroyed and left on the trees. 'I'Tieir being left in this way has like- wise much tendency to promote its increase. It is also suggested that the buds' being eaten and destroyed b\" birds or insects produces the same consequences. Mr. Forsyth well remarks, that by leaving the dead wood on the trees during the sununer, the flisease is infaliil)ly brought on; and that when it is continued for years they are wholly destroyed. He advises their being cut olT the latter end of April, or in tiie following month, when their progress can be ascertained, and to ])erform the operation three, four, or more t)nds below the seemingly diseased part, as the affec- tion often extends much further in the heart of the shoot, than it seems to do on the outside. The cutting should be carried so far down that the rusty colour disappears, and there Is only the soiuid white wood. Some contend that this disease is produced in all sorts of trees, solely by the quality of the soil, as where it is of the sour clayey, shingly, or gravelly kind; but Mr. Forsyth found that in these, though he allows that fruit-trees succeed best in mellow loams, the roots were not in the least affected where the branches were very greatly diseased. It is asserted tliat the canker constantly proceeds from the brauehcs and stem to the roots, but iiever in the contrary direc- tion. When trees are very much affected in conse- quence of large wounds, it is advised, by the above writer^ to pare off all the mfectcd parts ot the hark with a draw-knife; and at the inner white bark is frequently diseased, having a dotted ajjpearance, it should likewise be wholly removed, as, w hen any is left, it extends itself afresh. And when tlie trunk is become hollow it is reconuucndid to roinid out the decayed parts, and then to ajiply the composition wliich he Ins rcciininiendcd in a lupial state, with a brush, over the |)arts Irom w Inch tlie cankered bark or tiead wood has been removcil, shaking the pow dcr of wood-ashes and burnt bones over it. In this way the disease will soon be re- moved, and the hollow trunk in lime filled But when the stem is greatly decayed it is necci'sarv lo open the earth, and remove all the rotten parts completely ; ihen tilling uj) the parts with a mixture of the coniposuinn and clav, as used in grafting, to within a tew inches of the surface grr)Uiui, forcing it well in by treading, the surface being made sloping from the tree, to convey off" the wet. The whoU should tlien be made level w ith mould. Alter having inanasjed the old wounded parts in this way, tlie old bark is advised to be exa- mined, and, w hen found wrinkled or cracked, on the oiUside, pared off' with a draw-knife, and the composition applied as above ; which produces a fine smooth bark underneath it, the plaster with the old bark peeling oflT in the suc- ceeding w inter or spring ; at this time, all the old bark remaining in the hollows, being re- moved by a wooden or bone knife. After this, the parts from which the bark has been scraped off" sliould be thinly coated over with a liquid composed of cow-dung, soap-suds, and urme. This remains till the new bark is formed, when it is discharged of itself, during the summer or following spring, leaving a line new smooth bark. The same operation may be re|)eated in the ensuing sprina' if there should be occasion ; by which Uie whole of the old diseased bark may-be slouuhed off", and the tree kept in a fine licalthy state and perfect order. In the prevention of this vegetable affection, much care is necessary in the pruning and other management of the trees. All the ends of diseased shoots should invariably be removed, as well as the old fruit-stalks and dead stubs cut away. 'i'he appearance of gum on the stems or branches of trees indicates their being attacked with the canker. Common white paint is sometimes made use of as an application for the removal of canker. When this substance is employed. Dr. Darwin has suggested that it may pro- bably be rendered more destructive to insects. CAN CAP by combining a quarter of an ounce of niuri- aled quicksilver with a pound of the paint. CANNA, a genus containing plants of the herbaceous perennial exotic kind. The Indian Flowering Reed, or Indian Shot. It belongs to the class and order Mmmndria Mmwgjjiiia, and ranks in the natural order of Scilamiiicce. The characters are : that the calyx is a three- leaved perianthium : the le;itlets lanceolate, erect, small, coloured, and permanent: the corolla is monopetalous, six-parted; the divisions lan- ceolate, conjoined at the base, the three outer ones erect, larger than the calyx; the three inner ones larger than the outer; two erect, one reflected, and thus constituting the upper lip: the nectary is petal-like, two-parted, . of the length and ligure of the petals; the upper division ascending, the inferior revolute, imi- tating the lower lip of a corolla: tlie stamina have no tilaments: the anthers arc linear, grow- ing to the upper margin of the division which bears the nectary: the pistilhnn is a roundish germ, rugged, inferior: tlie style is single, ensiform, growing to the anther-bearing nectary, lanceolate, of the length and figure of a petal : the stigma is linear, growing to the margin of the stvle : the pericarpium is a roundish, rugged capsule, crowned, three-grooved, three-celled, and three-valved : the seeds are few, and globular. The species mostly cultivated are; 1. C. In- dica, Common Indian Flowering Rush ; 2. C. glauca, Sea-green-leaved Flowering Rush. The first has a thick, fleshv, tuberous root^ which divides into many irregular knobs, spread- ing wide near the surface of the ground, sending out many large ovale leaves without any order ; these at their first appearance are twisted like a horn, but afterwards expand and are near a foot Ions:, and five inches broad in the middle, lessen- ing gradually to botii ends, and termmating in points. They have many large transverse veins running from the midrib to the sides, which are prominent on their under side ; and between each of these run two smaller, parallel, pointed veins, which are peculiar to this species. The stalks are herbaceous, rising;' four feet high, en- compassed by the broad leafy foot-stalks of the leaves ; these are compressed on two sides : at the upper part of the stalk the flowers are pro- duced in loose spikes, each being at first co- vered by a leafy hood, which afterwards stands below the flower, and turns to a brown colour. Each flower has one petal, which is cut almost to the bottom into six slender segments, the three upper broadest; these are of a pale red colour : the tlower is encompassed by a ihree- leaved calvx, which sits upon a small, roundish, rouQ;h germ, which, after the flower is fallen, swells to a large fruit or capsule, oblong and rough, having three longitudinal furrows, and is crowned by the three-leaved calyx of the flower which remains. When the fruit is ripe, the capsule opens lengthways into three cells, which are filled with round, hard, black, shining seeds. It is a native of America, flowering from June til! August. There are varieties w-ith red flowers, with scarlet flowers, with yellow flowers, and with spotted flowers. In the second species the roots are much larger than in the first sort, and strike down strong fleshy fibres deep in the ground. 'I'he stalks rise seven or eight feet in height. The le;ives aie near two feet long, narrow, smootli, and of a sea-green colour. The flowers are produced in short thick spikes at the extremity, are large, and of a pale yellow colour; the seg- ments of the petal are broatl, but their shape like those of the other sort. The seed-vessels are larger, and much longer than those of the other sort, but contain fewer seeds, which are very large. It is a native of New Spain. Culture. — These plants are alw ays increased by sowing the seeds in pots of good earth, in the spring, plunging them into a hot-bed; and when the plants are a little advanced in growth, they should be pricked out separately, in small pots of rich earth, rcplunging them in the hotbed, giving shade, water, and fresh air, hardening them by degrees till they bear it fully. In the autumn the first sort should be placed in the stove, and the other in a good greenhouse. Some of the varieties also succeed in the greenhouse method. These plants afford variety in the stove and greenhouse, and have a good cflect when in flower. CANTERBURY BELLS. See Campa- nula. CAPE.IASMIN. See Gardenia. CAPER. SeeCAPPARis. CAPPARIS, a genus containing a plant of the shrub!: v exotic kind for the greenhouse. The Caper-Shiub. It belons;fe to the class and order Pohjaiultia Monogynia, ana ranks in the natural order of Putandnece. The characters are : that the calyx is a four- leaved coriaceous perianthium : the leaflets are ovate, concave, and gibbous : the corolla has four obtuse petals, spreading very large : the CAP CAP stamina consist of numerous filltonu p:iliiloiis filamuiits : the anthers arc oblong, versatile, ini'Iincd: tlie pistillum is a peilicelled trerni : there is no style : the stigma is obt'ise and sessile : the pericarpium is a eorticosc, one-celled, pcdi- celled berry : the seeds numerous, reniform, ami nestling. The species chiefly cultivated is C. sphiosa, Priektv Caper-Shrub. It is a low shrul), generally growing out of the joints of old wails, the tis^ures of roeks, and among rubbish, in its native situations: the stems are woody, and covered with a w bite bark ; they are trailing, round, smooth, and branching; branches aliemate, spreading, often downy and leafy : the leaves are alternate, on short foot- stalks, spreading, oval or roundish, in the wild plant often terminated by a little sharp point, which di,>-apiicars by culture, entire, veinv, suc- culent, bright-green, and deciduous ; according to some, four times as long as the foot-stalks : the flowers are white slightly tinged with red, numerous, axillary, solitary, large, and hand- some, but inodorous. It grows wild in the southern parts of Europe ; and Dr. Smith re- marks it as extraordinary, that this beautiful shrub, so common in the south of France, and which grows so luxuriantly in the open air, trained against walls even at Paris, should scarce be capable of being made to flow-er, ex- cept with great care, in the stove with us. The flower-buds, produced in great plenty on the wild plant, arc used as a pickle. There is a variety, in w hich the leaves are sharper at the ends. Culiiire. — These plants are raised with some difficulty iu this climate, as in their native situa- tions they grow in horizontal directions from the fissures of roeks or other places. They are increased either by seeds or layers, but the first is the method mostly employed, the seeds being procured from abroad. In the seed method they should be sown in the earlv spring in pots filled with a compost of sand, fresh mould, and rubbish, plunging them in a tan hotbed; and, when the plants are of suflficicnt growth, removinii)gi/iiiu, and ranks in the natural order of Luiidce. The characters are; that the caly.x is a onc- leai'ed, five-cleft, erect, permanent perianthium: the corolla is monopetalous, rotated; tube very short: border balf-five-elefi, spreading, plaited; divisions bioad and acute: the stannna consist of five subulate lilaments, verv small: the an- thers are oblong and converging: the pistillum is a superior ovate germ: the style filiform, longer than the stamens: the stisima obtuse: the pericarpium is a berry without pulj), ap- proaching to an ovate form, bilocular, hollow, and coloured: the receptacles growing to the dissepiment, exsuecous : the seeds arc very many, reniform, and compressed. The species cultivated are: I. C.aiiTinum,Her- baeeous Annual Capsicum, or Guinea Pepper. 2. C. grossu7ii. Heart-shaped Capsicum, or Jjeli Pejiper. 3. C. buccutum. Small-fruited Capsi- cum, or Bird Pepper. 4. C. J)uiesccns,Shn\hhy Capsicum, In the first the stem is herbaceous, annual, two feet high, upright, and branched ; the branches short and ascending; the leaves are ovate-lanceolate, quite entire, smooth, dark- green ; the flowers white, lateral, and solitary; the fruit is a berry or pod, varvinc; much in size and shape, extremely smooth and shining on the outside, beautiful scarlet or \ ellow, inflated or hollow, two-celled, sometimes three-celled; the partitions at top commonlv failing towards the axis. It is a native of the West Inilies. It varies extremely in its fruit, as in the Lone- podded annual kind, with oblong, pcnduloiis or hanging scarlet pods; with oblong, penilulous, yellow pods; with upright, oblong, scarlet pods; with short upright pods; with divided pods; and with long very taper pods; all which often rise from the same seed of the Connnon l^ng- podded, Hed or 'bellow Capsicum, rarely alter- ing from one to the other iu coloin-, onlv in the si/e and position of their growth. In the Heart-shaped kind, with both red and yellow fruit; with roundish, heart-shaped, hang- ing pods; with oblong, heart-shaped, hanging '} H CAP CAR pods; with heart-shaped upright pods; with round, heart-shaped, upright pods; and with very large, roundish, upright pods. In the Angular-heart-lonued irM.s, Tangier Carthanms ; 4. C. ar- L'orc^cens, Tree Carthamus. The first is an annual plant, perishing soon after the seeds are ripe : the lower leaves spread flat uj)on the ijround; these are five or six inches long, narrow, and deeply indented on both sides; they are hairy, and have a few soft spines on CAR CAR their edges : ihe stalk rises about two feet high, covered with hair.^, and garnished with oblong liairv leaves, which embrace it, and arc deejjly sinuated, with sharp thorns growing on tlicir edges; the vipper part divides into many branches, which have leaves of the same form, but smaller : the flowers are produced at the end of the branches, having a cluster of stifl', hard, prickly leaves below the scaly calyx, which con- tains nianv yellow florets, succeeded by oblong angular seeds. It flowers in June and July, and is a native of the South of France, &c. The second species rises with a single stalk about two feel high, of a purplish colour, hairy and channelled, clc-ely beset with broad spear- shaped leaves, sharply serrate, and covered with a short hain,* down : the stalk is terminated by a single large head of blue flowers, having a scaly calyx composed of two orders of leaves; the outer broad, long, and armed with sharp spines on their edges; the inner narrow, and termi- nated bv a sharp thorn. It flowers in June and July, and grows naturally in Spain, &e. The third has a perennial root : the stalk rises about a foot and a half high, seldom putting out any branches : the leaves the whole length of the stalk are narrow, spear-shaped, deeply serrate, each of the scrratures ending in a sharp point; those next the root beiue; entirely pinnate, but the stem-leaves pinnatitid: the stalk is terminated by one large scaly head of blue flowers. It is a native of Barbary. In the fourth species the whole plant is pu- bescent; the stem firm, from eight to ten feet in height, and evergreen : the leaves are stem-clasp- ing, ensiform or lanceolate, a foot long, pinna- tifid-sinuate, toothed, mostly spinous at the end, with a white rib : the flower is terminal, one or two, sessile, yellow, and sweet-smelling. It is a native of Andalusia. Culture. — The first sort mav be increased by sowing the seeds in the amumn in anv open situation; these plants require no further cul- ture but to keep them clean from weeds, and sufficieritly thin. The second and third sorts may be propagated by parting the roots, which for the former should be performed in autumn, when the leaves deeav. In a ligbt soil it endures the cold of our winter.-, and continues many years : it may also be raised from seeds, as in the first, which ripen in this climate in dry seasons. For the latter, the best time is about the beginning of March. It should have a dn,' soil and a warm situation, other- wise it is liable to be destroved in severe win- ters. The last sort, as it does not ripen seeds in this climate, is only capable of being increased by side-shoots slipped from the hranchcs in the spring, and planted in pots (ilkd v.ith li^ht sandy earth, plunging them into a moderate hoibcd, and shading inem till thev have taken root ; they should then be gradually hardened, and removed into the open air, and when suf- ficiently strong, some planted in a warm dry border, and others in pots, to be sheltered in winter from frost. These plants have a good efi'cct in mixture with others of the flower kind in borders and clumps. CAHUI. See Caiuim. CAUL'M, a genus containing a plant of the biennial herbaceous aromatic kind. It belongs to the class and order Pentnndnn Digunia, and ranks in the natural order of UmUi'llatce, The characters are : that the calyx is an univer- sal long umbel: rays ten, frequently unctpial : umbel partial crowded: involucre universal, often monophyllous; parti.il none: the perianth scarcely manifest : the corolla is universal uni- fomi: the florets of tlie disk abortive: proper unequal : petals five, unequal, obtuse, earinated, inflex-emarginate : the stamina consist of five capillary filaments, the length of the corolla, ca- ducous : the anthers roundish and very small : the pistillum is an inferior germ: stvles two, very small : the stigma simple : there is no pe- ricarpiuni: the fruit ovate-oblong, striated, bi- partite: seeds two, convex on one side, and ovate-oblong, striated, flat on the other. The only species is C. Carui, Common Caraway. It is a biennial plant, which has a taper root like a parsnep, but much smaller, running deep into the ground, sending out many small fibres, and having a strong aromatic taste. The \\ hole plant is smooth ; the stems arc solid, channelled, from eighteen inches to two feet and upwards in height, with spreading branches: the leaves de- compound, long and narrow, on long petioles > leaflets in sixes, in a sort of whorl, two of them longer; segments terminating in a reddish semi- transparent substance. The flt)wers are in um- bels, and of a white colour. It grows naturally in this country, and flowers in May and June. The young roots are sometimes e.«leii as parsneps, and the tender leaves boiled in soup. The seeds are well known to be used in cakes, and incrusted with sugar for eomlitt:. Culture. — It is increased by sowing the seeds in the autumn, either on the surface or in nar- row drills, raking tiuin in. W'licn the plants appear they should be thinned out to six or Seven inches, and kept perfectly free from CAS C A S ■weeds. It succeeds best on a mcllo'.v loamy soil. CARYOPHVLLUS, a genus containing a plant of the aromatic exotic kind for the stove. The Clove-tree. It belongs to the class and order Poly anuria Monogijnia, and ranks in the natural order of Hesperideee. Tiie characters are : that the calyx is a pe- rianth of the fruit superior, quadripartite, acule, small, and permanent: the perianth of the flower superior, tetraphvHou's; leaflets roundish, concave, deciduous : the corolla consists of four petals, roundish, crenate, smaller than the calyx of the flower: the stamina have numerous ca- pillarv iilanunfs: the anthers are simple: the pistillum is an inferior oblong germ, large, ter- minating in the calyx of the fruit : the style simple, inserted into the quadrangular recep- tacle: the stigma simple: the pericarpiuns is oval, unilocular, terminated by the hardened converging calyx of the fruit, and umbilicate: the seed single, oval, and large. The only species is C. aromaticua, Clove-tree. It rises, in its native situation, to twenty or twenty-five feet high, dividing, four or five feet from the ground, into branches, which grow erect, covered with a smooth bark, and subd> vided into many smaller, garnished with oval- spear-shaped leaves, placed opposite ; and small white flowers ternunating the branches in loose bunches, succeeded by oval berries, crowned with the permanent calyx. The berries, ga- thered when half grown and dried, constitute the cloves emploved m cuhnary uses. Culture. — It is raised by sowing the ripeseeds, procured from abroad, in pots filled with boggy earth, and plunged in a hotbed. When the plants are come up they should be removed to the bark-bed in the stove, where they must be onstantly kept. CASSIA, a genus containing plants of the herbaceous shrubby and tree kmds. Wild Senna. It belongs to the class and order Decandr'ia Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of Leguminosce. The characters are : that the calyx is a penta- phyllous perianthium, lax, concave, coloured, and deciduous : the corolla has five roundish concave petals ; the inferior ones more distant, more spreading, larger : the stamina consist of ten declined filaments; the three inferior ones longer; the three superior shorter: the three in- ferior anthers very large, arcuate, rostrate, gaping at the tip ; the four lateral ones without the rostrum gaping; the three superior ones very BUiall and sterile: the pistillum is a subco- lumnar germ, long, peduucleU : the style very 4 short: the stigma obtuse and ascending: thf periearpium is an oblong legume, partitions transverse : the seeds many, roundish, affixed to the superior suture. The species mostly cultivated are: 1 . C. Mari- landica, Maryland Herbaceous Cassia; 2. C. J'ruticosa, Shrubbv Cassia; 3. C. ^i//oio, Villose- leaved Cassia; 4. C. emarg'inuta, Emarginate Cassia, or Jamaica Senna Shrub ; 5. C. fislii' lavs. Cassia Tree, or Pudding-pipe Tree; 6. C. arborescens, Tree Cassia; 7- C. Javanica, Java Cassia. The first has a perennial root, composed of a great number of black fibres, sending out in the spring several upright stems, four or five feet high, dividing into many branches pointing obliquely upwards: the leaflets from six to nine pairs, but most commonly eight, and sometimes an odd leaflet : the flowers (two or three together) from the axillas of the upper leaves, and in loose spikes at the end of the stem, u hich hang down before they open, but are afterwards erect. They are of a pale yellow colour. It is a native of North America. The second species in its native situation grows upwards of twenty feet high, with several stems covered with brown bark, arid dividing into many branches at top : the leaves have tw o pairs of leaflets, which in the lower ones are oval ; but those of the upper five inches long, and two and a half broad in the middle, smooth, and of a light-green : the flowers are produced in loose spikes at the extremity of the branches; arc lara;e, of a gold colour, and succeeded by taper brown pods about nine inches long. It is a na- tive of La Vera Cruz. The third species in its native state rises with a woody stem to the height of fourteen or six- teen feet, sending out many lateral branches ; the flowers come out in loose bunches at the ends of the branches, are of a pale straw-colour, and small : the pods are long, narrow, and jointed, each seed being lodged in a sort of isthmus. It is native of Campeachy. The fourth is a small shrubby tree, with a trunk ten or twelve feet high, and subdivided, round, ash-coloured, pubescent branches : the leaves pinnate, scattered, spreading. The flowers arc in racemes, of a yellow colour, irregular, and succeeded by flat pods. It flowers in spring, and is a native of Jamaica. The fifth species is a tree which rises to the height of forty or fifty feet, w ith a large trunk, dividing into many branches: the leaflets are equal at the base, having many transverse nerves, and the midrib is very prominent on the under side : the flowers are produced in long spikes at the end of the branches, each standing upon a CAS pretfv long peduncle ; they are of a deep yellow colour, and are succeeded by cylindrical pods, from one to two feet long, havini: a dark-brown woodv shell. It is a native of the lia^t and West Indies. The sixth in its native state rises with a strong upright trunk to the height of twcnty-tive or thirty feet, dividing into many branches covered with an ash-coloured bark: the leaves are on long foot-stalks, composed of two pairs of Icafitls, four iuches long, and near two broad, smooth, of a dark -green on tlieir upper side, but paler underneath. The tlowcrs are produced sometimes from the side of the stalks, where they are few and scattering ; but the ends of the branches have large round bunches of flowers, which branch out from one centre ; they arc of a deep yellow inclining to orange-colour, and are succeeded by compressed pods, near nine inches long, having a border on each side. It is native of La \"era Cruz. The seventh species rises to a great magnitude, with alaree trunk, dividing into many branches: the leavesare very long, composed of twelve or fourteen pairs of smooth leaflets, of a light- green, and placed near together: the flowers come out in loose spikes at the ends of the branches; they are of a pale carnation colour, and succeeded by large cylindrical pods two feet lonff, and the thickness of a slender arm. It is sometimes called Horse Cassia, and is a native of the East Indies. Cullvre. — The first sort may be raised by seeds, or bv slips made from the roots. In the first mode, the seeds should be sow n in the be- ginning of April, either in pots under the pro- tection" of a frame, or im a warm border where the soil is of a dry sandy quality, and covered in lisThtlv. Thev are usually procured from America. When the plants are sufficiently strong, as in the beginning of the autumn, they should be removed into other pots of larger sizes, or planted out in the borders where they are to remain, as this sort is capable of succeed- in"- in the open air. The slips may be planted out cither in the full ground, or in pots, in the early autumn or in the spring, as above ; a little water and shade being given till they become perfectly rooted. The three foliowins: shrubby sorts are likew isc increased by sowing the seeds procured from their native situations, in the early spring, in pots of light sandy earth, plunging them in a moderate hotbed. ' When the plants have at- tained a sufficiently strong growth they sliould be removed into separate small pots, replungiug them into a bark hotbed in the stove, air being rather freely given, and proper shade as well as water occasionally. These should be constantly CAS kept in the stove, as they are much injured by being placed in the open air, even ui the summer season, but son)e of thcin will answer well in the greenhouse. Ine lObl lliitv. .ivj.i.-, ..l.:^l. u.w -r .»,_ ,.„a kind, are increased in the vaine manner as the above, and require the same sort of management. When retained in the stove, many of them flower and ripen seeds in the autumn, producing a fine effect; and, from their not losing their leaves, afford variety in the winter. It is ob- served by Martvn, that all the species contract their leaves in the evening as the sun declines, and open them aa:ain as it rises; and that " the under surface ot the leaflets is turned outward, the upi)er surfaces being clapped close together." But ♦' most plants whose under surface is thus- turned outward grow on dry sandy land, where the roots do not find a sufficient supplv of moisture ;. the lower surface of the leaves being generally covered with a short soft down that retains the niehtiv dews and inhales them." Those plants which have the upper surface of the leaves turned outwards do not stand in need of this supply; and of course that surface being smooth, the moisture is cast oft" and not imbibed. CASSINE, a genus comprehending plants of the evergreen shrubby exotic kind for the greenhouse. Hottentot-Cherry, or Cape Phil- lyrca. It belonjrs to the class and order Pentandria T'igi/Jiia, and ranks in the natural order of DUIKOSCE. The characters are : that the calyx is a quin- quepartite interior perianth, very small, obtuse, and permanent : the corolla is quinquepartite, and spreading: divisions subovate, obtuse, larger than the caKx: the stamina consist of five subulate filaments, spreading: the anthers arc simple: the pistillum is a superior conic germ : there is no style: the stigmas three, reflex, and obtuse : the pericarpium is a roundish trilociilar berrv, umbilicated with the stigmas: the seeds are solitary and subovate. The species cultivated are: 1. C. Copensis,. Cape Cassine, or Phillyrea. 2. C. Maiirocinia, Great Hottentot Cherry. The first has a woody stalk, which in this climate seldom rises more than five or six feet high, sending out many branches, cos'ered with a dark purplish bark ; the leaves are sliif, oppo- site, about an inch and half long, and a little more in breadth, of a light-green, on short foot- stalks : the flowers are produced in roundish bunches from the side, and at the end of the branches; are white, and have five small petals spreading open, being succeeded by red-berried fruit. It is a native of the Cape. The second species rises to a considerable height CAT CAT where it grows naturally, but here it is rarely more than live or six feet high. The stalk is strong, woody, and covered with a purplish bark, sendino- out'nianv stift" branches. The leaves fh\nV, »■-..■ •>' '•* •i^Rvy rr" dUOUt two inches long and almost as broad, of a dark green colour. The flowers come out from the side of tiie old branches in clusters, three, four, or five together, on one common slender pe- duncle ; are first greenish yellow, but changing to whae. They ai'e succeeded by large red cherrv-like fruit. It is a native of the Cape. Culture. — These plants, as they do not produce ripe seed in this climate, must be increased either by layers or cuttings, but the first is the best method. The layers should be made from the young shoots near the root, which, as they take root with difficulty, should be twisted in the part laid down, and the business performed in the autumn. With cuttings, the best practice is to take the shoots of the preceding year, which should be cut with a little of the old wood to them, and planted in the early spring, in pots tilled with a rather mellow, loamy earth, plunging ihem in a hot-bed, kept close and shaded, taking care that very little water be given at the time. They take root much more readily in the fortner than the latter method; requiring one year in the first, and generally two in the second before they are well rooted. When they have become well rooted they should be taken off, and removed into separate j^mall pots, being shaded till well re-established, and then placed in a warm sheltered situation during summer, but taken under the protection of the greeirhouse before the approach of frosts in the aututnn. They require water rather freely in the hot season, but very sparingly in winter: and air should be admitted freely when the wea- ther is suitable. Thev are very ornamental in the greenhouse, from their stiff evergreen leaves, and the line appearance of the fruit. CASSIOBERRY-BQSH. See Viburnum. CATALPA. SeeBiGNONiA. CATANANCHE, a genus containing a plant of the herbaceous perennial flowery kind. Candia Lion's-foot. It belongs to the class and order Si/ngevesia Polijgamia /Equalis, and ranks in the natural order of Compuntce. The characters are: that the calyx Is common imbricate, turbinate; leaflets very many, looselv incumbent, acute, scariose; the squanude ovate-acuminate, concave, lax, glossv and per- tTiauent : the corolla is compound, generally imbricate, uniform; corollct.s hermaphrodite, very many; the exterior ones longer. Proper monopetalous, ligulate, linear, trun- cate, fii'c-toothed : the stamina consist of five capillary filaments, very short: the anthers are cylindric, and tubular : the pistillum is an oblong germ : the style filifornt, length of the stamens : the stigma bifid and reflex : there is no periear- ]iium: the calyx unch?.nged: the seeds solitary, turbinale-ovate: down from afive-awned calycle: the receptacle is chafly. The species chiefl\' cultlva'.cd is C. ccerulea. It is perennial, sending out many long, narrow, hairy leaves, which a.e jagged on their edges. Between the leaves the flower-stalks come out, which are in number proportioned to the size of the plant; as frorn an old thriving root there are frequently eight or ten, and voung plants seldom send out more than two or three. These stalks rise near two feet high, dividing into many small branches upward, with leaves like those below, but smaller, and have few or no jags on their edges ; each of the peduncles is terminated with single heads of flowers, of a blue colour, having a drv, silvery, scaly calyx. It is a native of the south of Europe, flower- ing from July to October. There is a variety with double flowers. Ciillnre. — It is increased by sowing the seeds in the early spring, on the borders where the earth is light : the plants when sufficiently strong mav, some of them, be removed into pots; but they flower best when left where sown. The double sort is best increased by slipping the roots and planting them out either in the early antunm or spring seasons ; but in this way the roots should not be divided into too small parts, as that prevents their sending up a sufficient number of stalks for floweriiiL^ These are very ornamental plants for the borders or clumps, where sufficiently dry, warm, and protected, as they continue several years. Some plants mav likewise be preserved in pots, to set out in assemblage with other potted plants. CATECU. See Areca. CATERPILLAR, a well known highly de- structive insect to various sorts of trees and plants. There are several diflicrent kinds; but those that are the most destructive to vegetables and fruits in the siarden are the yellowish green, the black, and the darkrough-skinned leathery kinds. Tlie first is generated from the ova of the white butterfly deposited upon the leaves and other parts of tlie plants. The second sort mostly show themselves in March, when the weather is dry, upon trees of the pear, apple, and other kinds, somciimes contained in large webs. 1 CAT CAT They deposit their ova on the Icavc^, and in the crcviees of the bark of the trees, from which nuw insects are generated during the summer months. Mr. Hit supposes some of them to remain in these siiuaiiuns during the \\inti.r; having found ilicm in nail-holes and under pieces of old bark in IVbruary. The last sort is generated in the middle of the inclosed ka\es of ditierent sorts of plants, such as those of the Cabbage. Brocoli, and other similar kinds. These proJuce much mischief by eating through the stems and other parts of the plants. Doctor Darwin ouserves that there are two breeds of these insects in the year, the /.7rca»of the first devouring the spring leaves, and those of the second the sunnner shoots. Various methods have been attempted for de- stroying the different sorts of caterpillars, both such as are destructive to esculent plants and to treciof the fruit kinds. With the lirst, much ad- vantasc may be gained by careful attention in picking them oft'lrom the leaves or other parts of the plants on their first appearance. The beds or other places where the vegetables grow should also be carefullv examined early in the mornings, in order to destrov them before thev retire into the holes and crevices that conceal them during the day-time. And as they are in ccin;ral the most prevalent when the weather is dn,-, it seems not improbable but that considerable benefit may be obtained by watering the plants fre- quently, both with common water, and such liquids as contain ammonia or volatile alkali, cither from the eflVcts of such wattrmgs on the caterpillars themselves, or from their promoting the growth of the plants in so vigorous and rapid a manner as to render them incapable of being devoured by them. Mr. Forsvth advises, that during the winter and spring months, ever\- chrijudis that can be discovered, either under the copings of walls, on gates, or palings, and about the eaves, doors and winuows of houses, should be completely removed and destroyed. W here caterpillars abound, all the leaves that are affected should be removed with care, and swept up in order to be destroyed by fire, or formed into a compost with other substances. The ten-threaded caterpillar is eagerly souaht after by bird.-;, and is c.ipable of being easily de- stroyed; but, when neglected, the ova are de- posited in great abundance in the latter part of summer, as about July, on the undersides of the leaves, in rows, with litile while sp-.-cks, and quickly hatched on account of the heat of the season, the yoi.ng c:'.erpillars cominij forth in swarms to destroy the autumnal leaves. At this season ihcy may be picked off"il)e iuforted leaves, and their generation be by that means pre- vented. Buslies or plants that are much affixled with cattrpiilars < ne year, arc extremely liable to be attacked with ihem afterwards. In llie Second case, or w ilh fruit-trees, " the best method of preventing them from beinu; in- fested is, according to Mr. Forsyth, tu scrape the stems with a piece of bone or wood made in the form of a knife, taking care not to bruise the bark ; and aflerw 'rds to wash the tree and wall with an equal quantity of soap-suds and urine mixed;' and " as soon as the leaves are oft' the trees in autumn, they should be raked and swept up; then carried to the melon-ground, and mi.pe, and sometimes known by the title of Ahlernoidef. Culture. — This,inthefirst sort, maybe eflectcd either by seeds or layers. In the first mode the seeds should be sown, as soon as procured, in pots of light earth, lightly covered in, jilaeing them in a frame, to have occasional shelter in had weather; and in spring plunge them in a hot-bed to bring up the plants, hardening them gradually to the full air in summer, but in au- tumn removing them to have shelter luuil t!ie following spring, when they should be planted out in seiiarate small pots, or in a nursery-bed in the full ground, being covered occasionally again in the following winter, as thev require protection from severe frost the two or three tirst years of their grow th. In the latter method, some of the youngest branches should be laitl down in atitumn, in the usual wav, which become rooted in twelve months, and in the spring after should be planted out. Some of the first young shoots may also be laid down during the summer, in order to have the greater chance of success. In the second species the propagation may be eflccted by seeds, which should be sown in pots of light earth, plunging them in the bark- bed, and likewise bv laying the young shoots down in the autunm, [)luns;ing the pots as above : the plants afterwards should be managed as other woody exotics of the stove. The third sort is raised expeditiously by laying down the voung shoots, either in their own pots, or others placed for the purpose, in the autumn. They are also capable of being increased by young cuttings, planted in the spring in pots, plunging them in the bark- or other hot-bed about two months. They afterwards require onlv the ordinary culture of greenhouse plants. 'J'lie first is an elegant little flowering shrub, for the more conspicuous compartments of the shrubbcrv, being planted in a moderately dry soil and sheltered situation, in the fronts of the clumps or borders. 'i'he second afi'ords variety in the stove; and the third is worthv of a place in the greenhouse collection, for the beautv of its shining grech. leaves. CI'IDAH, Barlmhes. Ci:n AK. JJirmuda^. CKDAH, Carolina. CEDAK, Li'hinon. See CtDKKLA. See JuMiMiRtis. See Ju.Mt'ERUS. See I'lNus Cedrus. CEDAK, Lt/ciaii. Sec Junipi:rcs. CEDAH, I'/iu-innaii. See JuM PERI'S. CEDAH, rir'/iiiiuu. See JuNii'iiiit'b. CEDAI!, Uiiilc. See CuPiiEssus. CEDKEEA, a genus containing a plant of the exotic tree kind for the stove. Bastard Cc'dai'. t.' I ■: C E L C E L It belongs to the class and order Pentamh in Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of The characters are : thai the calyx is a mono- phyllous campanulate periantliium, very small, five-toothed, and withering: the corolla is fun- nel-forni, pentapetalous; the tube bellied below: the petals linear-oblong, obtuse, erect, adjonied to the receptacle at one-third beneath: the sta- mina consist of five subulate filaments seated on the receptacle, shorter than the corolla: the anthers are oblong, bent outwards at the tip : the pislillum is a receptjiele proper five-cornered : germ globular: style cylindric, - length of the corolla: stigma headed, depressed : the pericar- pium is a superior woody capsule, roundish, five-celled, five-valved; valves deciduous. The species cultivated is C. odorala, Barba- does Bastard Cedar. In its native situation it rises with a straight stem to the height of seventy ftet or more, but is small in this climate. While young the bark is smooth, and of an ash-colour; but, as it ad- vances, becomes rough and of a darker colour: toward the top it shoots out many side branches, garnished with winged leaves, composed of six- teen or eighteen pair of leaflets, sometimes near three feet Ions', and of a pale colour, emitting a rank odour in the summer season: the fruit is oval, about the size of a partridge's egg, smooth, and of a very dark colour. It is a naUve of the West Indies. Culture. — In this plantitis effected by sowing •the seeds, obtained from abroad, in the autumn or sprino- months, in small pots lllled with a light earth, plunging them in a hotbed. When the plants are of sufficient growth they should be removed with care into other small pots sepa- ratelv, and placed in the bark-bed, being after- ward's managed as others of the woody stove kind. CELASTRUS, a genus comprehending plants of the evctgreen and deciduous shrubby kinds, for the greenhouse. It beloncfs to the class and order Penfandria Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of Dumosd. The characters are : that the calyx is a one- leafed perianthium,half-five-cleft,ilat, small; di- visions obtuse, unequal : the corolla consists of five ovate petals, spreading, sessile, equal, re- flected at the borders : the stamina consist of five subulate filaments, the length of the corolla: the anthers are very small : the pistillum is a very small germ, immersed in a large'flat recep- tacle, which is marked with ten streaks: style subulate, shorter than the stamens : stigma ob- tuse, trifid: the pericarpium is a coloured cap- sule, ovate, obtusely triangular, gibbous, trilo- cular, trivalvular: the seeds are few, ovate, co- loured, smooth, half involved in an unequal coloured arillus with a four-cleft mouth. The species most generally cultivated are: 1. C. InJIulus, Studded or Kvergreen Virginia Staff-Tree : 2. C. scandens. Climbing Staff-Tree, or Bastard Euonymns; 3. C. pj/racuirtlnn, Py- racantha-leavcd Staff-Tree, or Ethiopian Box- Thorn ; 4. C. hux'ifolius, Box-leaved Staff-Tree. There are other species that deserve cultiva- tion. The first in its native situation rises to the height of eight or ten feet, but in this climate few of these shrubs are much more than half that height. It generally puts out two or three stems from the root, which divide upward into several branches covered with a brown bark : the leaves are near three inches long and two broad, placed alternately on the branches : the flowers come out in loose spikes at the end of the branches, and are white : the capsule is of a scarlet colour, set full of small protuberances. It flowers in July, but seldom produces good seeds here. It is a native of Virginia. The second species sends out several woody stalks, which are flexible, and twist themselves round trees and shrubs, or round each other, to the height of twelve and fourteen feet or more, girding trees so closely as in a few years to de- stroy them. The leaves are about three inches long, and near two broad, serrate, alternate, of a lively green above, but paler on their under side, havinsi several transverse nerves : the flowers are produced in small bunches towards the ends of the branches ; are of an herbaceous colour, and succeeded by roundish three-cor- nered capsules, which are red when ripe, spread- ing open, and disclosing their seeds in the same manner as the spindle-tree. It flowers in the beginning of June, and ripens seeds in autumn. It IS a native of North America. The third rises with an irregular stalk three or four feet high, sending out several side branches covered with brown bark : the leaves are about two inches long, and more than half an inch broad, some pointed and others obtuse ; they are stiff, of a lucid green, coming out irregularly from the branches, and continuing green through the year: the flowers are produced from the sides of the branches in loose tufts, many from one point, on long peduncles, and of an her- baceous white colour : the fruit is of a fine red colour, opening into three cells, containing an oblong hard seed. It is a native of the Cape, flowering the greatest part of the summer. The fourth rises with a slender woody stalk to the height of ten or twelve feet, covered with C E L C E L a liiiht ash-colourcd bark, and fi-.U of joints, armed with long spines, upon which grow many small leaves : the braiichcs are slciuler, arnud also with spines at every joint; bnt the whole plant is so weak as to require support : the leaves conu- out in clusters without order, arc shaped somtvv hat like those oi' the narrow-leaved box-tree, but longer and of a loose texture; arc obovate and acutely serrate: both thebrunches and branchlets are angular : the flowers are on pc- duncled cymes trom the axils, and the fruit globular. It is a native of the Cape, flowering in May and June. Culliire. — The two first species are capable of being raised either by seeds or layers, but the latter is the more ready method. In the lirst m )de, the seeds should be sown upon light fresh earth, either in beds or pots, as soon as they are procured from abroad, keeping thcin perfectly free from weeds till the plants are of sufikient growth to be planted out in nursery- beds, watering them occasionally when the weather is dry. They are mostly lit for this in the course of about two years. In the latter method, layers from the young shoots should be laid down in the autumn, slit- tine them at a joint on the under sides. They are'mostiy sutficiently rooted to be taken off" and planted out in the nursery in rows by the suc- ceeding autumn. The latter species should have a rather moist loamy soil. The two last sorts are likewise capable of be- inf increased in the satiie methods ; but they should be in pots, in order to their being placed under the protection of frames or other contri- vances when the weather is severe. After they have had a twelvemonth's growth they may be removed into other pots separately. Cuttings made from the young shoots in all the sorts~may likewise be stricken in the early spriii'j; months in pots exposed to a hotbed heat. These may be planted out in the following autumn, either in pots separately, or where they are to remain, according to their kindi. These sorts should not be treated too tenderly, as they are apt to be rendered weak in their branches and less verdant. The two first species are of a hardy nature, being well adapted to the borders and clumps of pleasure-grounds in mixture with other shrubs of the mo'i-e tall growths. The first should, how- ever, have a warm aspect and rather dry soil. The latter also succeeds in wilderness q'larters under the shade of tall trees, where it winds itself about them to a great height, producing a fine effect in the autumn by its fruit. Tlie last two sorts are more tender, requiring, as just observed, to be kept in pots tu have liic pmteetion of the grtenhouse in winter, uhcrc they afford varietv in assemblage with others of the more hardy kinds. CELblKY. S'ecApiuM. CELOSIA, a genus containintr plants of the flow er\' ornamental annual kind. The Amaranth, or CiTck's Comb. It belongs to the class and order Ptntamlrin Moiiotri/iiiii, and ranks in the natural order of Mkcellanece. The characters are : that the calyx is a three- leaved pcrianthium : leaflets lanceolate, dry, acute, and permanent, similar to the corolla: the co- rolla h.is i\\Q. petals, lanceolate, acuminate, erect, permanent, stittish, calycifotm: the nectary a margin suirounding the germ, very small, five- cleft: the stamina consist of five subulate fila- ments, conjoined at the base to the plaited nec- tary, the length of the corolla: the anthers ver- satile : the pistillum is a globular germ : the style subulate, straight, the length of the stamens : the stiirma simple: the pencarj ium is a globular cap- sid^, surrounded by the corolla, one-celled, cir- cumcised: the seeds few, roundish, and emai- ginatc. The species commonly cultivated are: 1. C.cris- tala, Crested Amaranth, or Cock's Comb ; 2. C. margariiacea. Pearly Spiked Celosia, or Cock's Comb ; 3. C. coccinea, Scarlet Celosia, or Chinese Cock's Comb ; 4. C. lanata. Woolly Celosia. The first has an upright, stiff", single stem, from one to five feet in height : the leaves are large, oval, spear-shaped, on angular foot-stalks : the principal stem is crowned with a large crested head composed of numerous small florets pla- ced closely together, resembling the comb of a cock. It is a native of Asia. There are many varieties, differing in form, mao^nitude, and colour, from t!ie fame seed. In the°Dwarf kinds, with large purple heads of flowers, with red heads, with scarlet heads, and with yellowish heads: in the Giant kinds, with very large purple heads, with red heads, with scarlet heads, with yellowish heads, with white heads, and with variegated heads: in the Brancli- inii kinds, with purpFe, with red, and with bufl- coTourcd flowers. The editor of Miller's Dictionary has raised creat varieties from seeds from China and other countries, but generallv found them alter in a few years, notwithstamling great care was taken in saving the seeds. The principal colours of their heads were red, purple, yellow, and white; but he has had some whose heads have been va- riegated with two or three colours. He also raised some from seeds from Persia, whose heads were divided like a plume of feathers, and were C E L C E L of a beautiful scarlet colour, but whlcli degc- in'rated in a few years. According to Linna?us, it varies with narrow and broad Ic^avcs ; and Thunberg asserts that the crests or heads of flowers arc often a foot in ieneth and breadth in Japan, and extremely beau- tiful, but that they degenerate in other climates. The second species, according to Miller, rises with an upright stalk about t\\ o feet high, gar- nished with oval leaves ending in points, of a pale colour; those on the lower part being four or five inches long, and one and a half broad in the middle, but diminishing gradually in their size ujnvard: towards the upper part of the stalk a few side branches are sent out, which stand erect, each terminated by a slender spike of flowers, and the principal stalk by one which is much larger, being two or three inches long, and about as thick as a man's middle finger, the whole spike having a silvery colour. It is a native of America. It varies, with oblong spikes of equal thick- ness, with pyramidal spikes, with entire white spikes, and with white and red spikes. The third has a furrowed stalk, rising three or four feet high, and terminated by several spikes of flowers variously formed, some being crested, others plumed like feathers, of a bright scarlet colour. It is a native of China. It varies, with crested spikes, w ith incurved crested spikes, and with plumed spikes. The fourth species rises with a white woolly stalk from two to three feet high. From the upper part come out two or three slender side branches, which, as also the principal stalk, arc terminated by woolly spikes of flowers: the leaves are white, lanceolate, obtuse, and downy. It is a native of Ceylon. CJilturc. — In order to produce fine flowers of this sort, it is necessary to be particularly careful u) collecting the seed, so as to have it good and well ripened. The method of raising all the difterent sorts is by sowing the seeds of each separately in the early spring, as in the beginning of March, either upon a hotbed, or in pots to be plunged in one; in the first case, the surface being covered with fine, light, dry mould, four or five inches in thickness. When the plants have attained a few inches in growth they should be carefully taken up, and pricked out upon another hotbed prepared and moulded for the purpose, at the distance of six inches. They should remain in this situation till they begin to be crowded, which is mostly the case in six or seven weeks. At this period another hotbed should be in readi- ness, with very deep frames. When the plants have been raised w ithout pots on the bedsj as many as are necessary should now be put in potsj care being taken to remove them from the former bed, with good balls of earth about their roots, by means of a trowel, placing one in each pot without disturbing the mould about them, filling up the spaces about them with good rich earth. Some water should then be given, and the pots be plunged to their rims in the bed, and as close together as possible, the openings between the pots being filled up well with mould to prevent the rising of steam. The glasses in all these cases should be so managed as to preserve the heat in such a man- ner as may keep the plants in a constant vigorous state of growth, being matted up in the nights, and having linings applied when there may be occasion. When the weather is fine and calm, air should, however, be admitted rather freely by tilting up the ends of them, and water mo- derately sprinkled over them as there may be occasion. For the Large sorts, the frames should have sufficient depth to draw them up to three or four feet in height, being raised, when necessary, as the plants advance in growth ; but for the Dwarf kinds the common frames arc suflicient, as their heads should be constantly kept near to the glasses. See Hotbeds and Garden-Frames. As the summer advances the plants should be gradually hardened by more free admissions of air till the glasses are wholly removed, and the plants set out where they are to remain, in which it is proper to support the tall sorts by handsome sticks. In this situation water should be freely given every day, to prevent the leaves from shrinking and keep the flower-heads full. Plants of these sorts may be removed from the second hotbeds into the beds, clumps, or borders ; but they never grow so strong as in the above method. The seeds in all the different species become in a state of perfection about the beginning of the autumn, when attention should be had to select it from the best and finest plants of each kind, sheltering the heads when necessary from rains, &c. and keeping the difterent sorts of seed separate. The perfection of the Cock's Comb chiefly consists in its having a regular, upright, straight stem without any side branches, but well fur- nished all the way with leaves, and the large flower-head erect, close, and regular. These are all plants of the curious ornamental kind, which have a fine efiect in the more con- spicuous parts of gardens or pleasure-grounds in mixture with others of the flowery kind. The Cock's Combs are well calculated to be placed in the courts and other places about the house. C E L C E L irom the variety of cfll-ct \\ hich is afiorJcd by their line showy heads. CELSIA, a genus comprising a p'anl of the perennial evergreen shrubby Howcring exotic kind. It belongs to the class and order D'nhjnam'ia Ang'wspcrmia, and ranks in the natural order of LiirldcE. The characters are: that the calyx is a five- parted pcrianthiuni: divisions lanceolate, obtuse, the length of the corolla, and permanent: the corolla is niono|>el.ilous, rotated ; tube extrcnielv short; border flat, half-fuc-cleft, uucqual; di- visions roundish, of which the two superior ones are smaller, the inferior one larger : the stamina consist of four capillar^' iilamentj, in- clined towards the smallest divisions of the co- rolla; of which the two longer ones are shorter than the corolla, and are outwardly woolly : the anthers roundish, small: the pistilluni is a roundish germ: stvle filiform, length of the stamens : stigma obtuse : the pcricarpiuni is a roundish capsule, compressed at the tip, acumi- nate, sitting on the calyx, bilocular: the seeds are very many, small, and angular : the recep- tacles solitary and hemispherical. The species mostly cultivated is C. linearis, Linear-leaved Celsia. It is an elegant, evergreen, smooth shrub : the trunk is woody, but weak, the thickness of a quill, striated, pale-brown, three feet high, putting out numerous spreading branches its whole length; the younger ones green, grooved, and verv TealA' : the leaves growing three toge- ther, lanceolate-linear, acute, thinly serrate, or sometimes quite entire, shining on boih sidis, subpelioled, spreading much, the largest two inches long: peduncles axillary, solitary, one- flowered, shorter than the leaves, and three to- gether : the corolla brilliant scarlet, with a blood- red throat. It is a native of Peru. Culture. — It niav be raised either from seeds or cuttings. In the first mode the seeds should be sown in the spring months in pots of iiirlit earth plunged in an ordinary hotbed. When the plants are sufficiently large they should be planted out singly in other pots. In the latter mode the cuttings made from the young shoots should be planted in pots of rich earth in the spring season, and plunged in the bark hotbed, due shade and water btinir; given till thev have stricken fresh root. It blossoms best in a stove of moderate heat, but is capable of succeeding in a cood greenhouse, where it •uflbrds variety in its leaves. CELTIS, a genus containing plants of the hardy deciduous tree and shiub kinds. ThcLolc, or Nellle-trec. It belongs to the class and order Pohjuamia Monoecia, and ranks in the natural order of Scalridcc. The characters of which arc: that the iicr- maphrodite flowers are solitary superior: the calyx is a one-loafed p'-rianth, five-jKiried ; di\i- sions ovale, [.atulous, and witherinir: there i-; no corolla: the stamina consist of live verv !-hort filaments, conceakd at first by the anthers, hut after the shedding of the pollen growing longer: anthers oblong, ihickish, quadrangular, four- furrowed : the pistillum is an ovate germ, .acu- minate, length of the calyx: stvles two, spread- ing, variously infleited, subulate, jnibcseent on every side, very long: the stigmas are simple: the pericarpium is a globular drupe, one-celled : the seed a roundish nut. Male flowers on the same plant inferior: the calvx is a six-parted perianthium, the rest as in the hermaphrodites : no corolla: the stamina six, the rest as in the hennaphrudites. The species generally cultivated are: 1. C. australis, European J51aek-fruited Nettle-tree; 2. C. occidentalis, American Purple-fruited Nettle-tree; 3. C. orientalis. Oriental Yellow- fruited Nettle-tree; 4. C. micraniha, Jamaica Nettle-tree. The first in its native situation rises with an upright stem to the height of forty or fify feet, with manv slender branches, which have a smooth dark-coloured bark spotted with gray : the leaves are alternate, near four inches Ions, and about two broad in the middle: the flowers arc axillary all along the branches, coming out in the spring at the same time with the leaves, and generally decay before these are arrived at half their size. The fruit is the size of a pea or small cherry, and black, i'he wood is extremely hard. It is native of the South of Europe. The second sort rises with a straight stem, which in young trees is smooth and of a dark colour; but as they advance it becomes rougher and of a lighter green: the branches spread very much : the leaves are alternate, on pvettv long foot-stalks, are a little pubescent ; and v. Ir.n full grown broad-ovate, acuminate at the point, and quite entire, in the other parts serrate: the base flowers come out opposite to the leaves upon long peduncles. The fruit is smaller than that of the first sort, and nl;cn ripe of a dark purple colour. Though it I'oines out late in the sprmi'' it is equally late in fading, the leaves eontinui'ur in full verdure till within a few davs of their droppingofl'. Itisanative of North Anui tea, flowering in May, and ripening seeds in Oc- tober. The third species rises with a stem about ten or tw live feet high, dividing into many brancljc«j C E N C E N which spread horizontally on every side, and have a smooth greenish bark : the leaves are about an inch and halt* long, and nearan inch broad, inrliiiing to a heart shape, but oblique, one side of the base being smaller and lo« er than the other; they are of a thicker texture than those of the common sort, and of a paler green, alternate as they are, and on short foot- stalks : the fruit is oval and yellow, but w hen fully ripe turns to a darker colour. The wood is very white. The fourth is a shrubby tree, which seldom rises above ten or twelve feet, and throws out a s;reat number of loose branches. It is a native of Jamaica, flowering in August and Sep- tember. Culture. — All the sorts are capable of being increased by seeds. These should be sown as soon as they can be procured (if in the autumn the better) either in pots, boxes, or in a warm rich border, covering them lightly in. When the plants appear they should be occasionally sheltered by mats in cold nights, and in dry hot weather, while very small, have shade in the middle of hot sunny days during summer, and frequent waterings should likewise be given; and in autumn and winter be protected from frost by occasional coverings. In the early spring months, when of one or two years' growth, "they should be pricked out in rows in a sheltered situation, afoot asimder: they require no further trouble but occasional weeding. In two, three, or more years they are ready for planting out in the shrubbery or other plantations. Their early growth may be greatly promoted by the aid of a hotbed. The variegated varieties should be continued bv laving down the young shoots in the autunm, being taken off and planted out when well rooted. These trees are sufficiently hardy to prosper here in the open ground, in any exposure or soil. They are well adapted for plantations, on the boundaries of extensive lawns, wilderness-walks, and the most conspicuous parts of parks, either placed in clumps or singly. The two first sorts may also be employed as forest-tiees, as they are of free growth, and their wood tough and pliable. CENTAUREA, a genus containing plants of the herbaceous annual and perennial kinds. It belonffs to the class and order Si/ngeiiesia Polijaamin Fiusiranea, and ranks in the natural order of Compns'ilce. The characters arc : that the calyx is common imbricate, rouudislij scales oftcii variously termi- nated: the corolla is compound, fiosculous, dlf- form : corollules hermaphrodite, very many in the disk. Females fewer, larger, lax, in the ray : proper of the hermaphrodite monopetaious; tube filiform; border ventricose, oblong, erect, terminated by five divisions, which arc linear erect: of the females monopetaious, funnel-form; tube slen- der, gradually enlarged, recurved; border ob- long, ^oblique, unequally divided: the stamina in the hermaphrodites have five capillary fila- ments, very short : ant|iers cylindric, tubular, length of the coroUule : the pislillum in the hermaphrodites is a small germ : style filiform, length of the stamens : stigma very obtuse, projecting in a point, which in many is bilid : in the females, a very small germ : style scarce any : there is nd stigma or pericarpium : calyx unchanged, converging: the seeds in the ber- maphrodites solitary: down or egret in most plumose or pilose: in the females none: the re- ceptacle is bristly. The species are very numerous, but those most commonly cultivated are: 1. C. Centaw ritim, Great Purple Centaury; 2. C. mo7ita?ia. Perennial Blue-Bottle, or Blue Bachelor's But- ton; 3. C. Cyaniis, Annual Blue-Bottle, or Bottles of all Sorts; 4. C. nwscliata, Purple Sweet Centaury, or Sweet Sultan. The first has a strong perennial root, and a great number of long pinnate leaves, of a lucid green, spreading wide on every side, proceeding from it : the peduncles are slender, but very stiff, and divide at top into many smaller peduncles. These, together with the stalks, rise five or six feet high, having at each joint one small pin- nate leaf of the same form with the others : each of the peduncles is terminated by a single head of purple flowers, considerably longer than the calyx. They come out in July, and in very warm seasons produce ripe seeds in this climate. It is a native of the mountains of Italy, &c. The second species has a perennial root, run- nincr deep into the ground : the stem is com- iTionlv sina.y-sxi\Q\\- ing Cestrum. There are other more tender species that may be cultivated. The first rises with an upright stalk about six or seven feet high, covered with a grayish bark, and divides upward into many slender branches, which generally incline to one side, and are garnished with leaves placed alternate, near four inches long, and one and a half broad, smooth on their upper side, of a pale green, and on their under side they have several transverse veins, and are of a sea-green colour, having short foot-stalks: the flowers are produced at the wings of the leaves, in small clusters, standing \ipon short peduncles, each sustaining four or five flowers, of an herbaceous colour. They appear in August, but are not succeeded by berries in this climate. It is a native of the island of Cuba. The second species rises with an upright stalk lo the height of ten or twelve feet, covered with a smooth light-green bark, dividing at top into many smaller branches, with smooth leaves near three inches long, and one and a half broad, of a lively green colour, and the consistence of tfiose of the Spurge Laurel ; these are ranged alternately on the branches. Towards the upper part of the shoJts come out the flowers from the wings of the leaves, standing in clusters close to the branches ; they are very white, shaped like those of the first sort, and smell sweet in the day- time, whence it had the appellation of Ladv-of- the-Day. The berries of this are smaller than those of the first sort. It flowers in September, October, and November, and is a native of the llavannah. Culture. — ^These plants are capable of being increased either by seeds or cuttings; but, as the former cannot be easily procured, the latter is the more common method. The seeds should be sown in pots filled with light friable fresh earth in the early spring, and plunged into agentle hotbed. When the plants are sufficiently strong they should be removed into separate pots, shade and and a little water being given occasionally till they are well rooted again . The cuttings should be made from the side shoots to the length of five or six inches, and planted in pots of fresh earth in the summer season, plunging them in a bark hotbed, a little water and shade being given till they have stricken root. In both methods the plants require to be kept in pots filled with light earth in the stove. From the evergreen flowery nature and fra- grance of these plants, they afford pleasure and variety in assemblage with other stove exotics. CHAMjEROPS, a genus comprising a plant of the perennial exotic kind. The Palmetto, or Dwarf Palm. It belongs to the class and order Poltjgamia Dinecta. The characters in the hermaphrodite flower arc: ihattbe calyx is an universal spathe. compressed, bifid: spadix branching: perianthium proper tri- partite, very small : the corolla tripartite: petals ovate, coriaceous, erect, acute, inflected at the tip : the stamina consist of six subulate compressed filaments, scarce cohering at the base : anthers linear, twin, growing to the interior side of the filaments : the pistillum has three roundish germs: styles as many, distinct, permanent: stig- mas acute: the periearpium three drupes, glo- bose, unilocular: the seeds solitary and globose. The male flower in a distinct plant, flowering in the same manner. The calyx and corolla as in the hermaphrodite: the stamina a gibbous receptacle, ending in six filaments not marked C H A CHE by perforations. All ihe other particulars as in the hermaphrodites. The species cultivated is C. humllis. Dw.irf Fan Palm. It never rises with an upright stem, l)ut the loot-stalks ot" the leaves proceed imnieiliatciv from the head ot" the root, and are armed on each side with strong spines ; are flat on their upper surface, and convex on their under side: the centres of the leaves are fastened to the foot- stalk, and spread open like a fan, having' many foldings, and at the lop are deeplv divined like the lingers of a hand: when ihev first come out they are closed toiiethcr like a fan when shut, and are fastened together hy stronu fibres which run along the borders of the leaves ; and when the leaves spread open these fibres or strings hang from the sides and ends : the orders of the leaves are finely sawed, and have white nar- row edgings: ihev are from nine to eighteen inches long, and near a foot broad in their widest part. As the lower leaves of the plants decay their vestiges remain, and form a short stump above ground, in the same manner as our Counnon Male Fefn : from between the leaves comes out the sjiadix or club, which sustains the flowers; this is covered with a thin spathe or hood, which falls off when the bunches open and divide. It grows niturally in Italy, &c. Culture. — It IS capable of being propagated by seeds and side-slips from the head oT the root. In the first method, the seeds procured from abroad, should be sown in pots of light sandy earth, and plunged in a hotbed of tanners' bark, occasional waterings being given. In the autumn or spring following the plants will be in a proper state to be pricked out in separate pots. Much depends on having good seeds. In the second method the slips of the crown of the roots or side oflf-sets should be separated with the root fibres, and planted out in pots filled with sandy earth, and plunged in a hotbed. The plants arc stronger from seeds than when raised m this way. In ten or twelve months the plants will be fit to be removed into other pots, which should be rising plants of the hardy herbaceous onamenial kind. It belongs to the class and order I'entanJria Digynla, and ranks in the natural order of Hoto- racece. The characters are: that the caly.>w isafive-leav- ed perianthium, concave, permanent : divisions ovate, concave, menibranaeeous on the margin : there is no corolla: the stauinia consist of ti\e subulate filaments, opposite the leaves of the calyx, and of the same length: anthers roundish. twin: the [listillum is an orbicnlate ccrm: the style two-parted, short : stigmas obtuse: there is no pericarpium: the calyx closed, tive-corncred, five angled; (angles compressed) deciduous: the seed single, lenticular, and superior. The species most worthy of cultivation for or- nament are: 1. C. Scopaiia, Flax-havi.d Gooh-- foot, Iklvidere, Sununer, or Mock Cypress; C. C. Bol)i/<, Cluster-leaved (iooso-foot, or Oak of Jerusalem: 3. C. Amlros'iniiles, Mexican Goose-foot, or Oak of Cappadocia. The fir^t rLses with upright round st.ilks, closely branehins: pyramidally fron) the bottom upwards, to the licisiht of two or three feet, set with very narrow, linear, spear-shaped, plane, entire green leaves, and spikes of small greenish flowers. It is a native of Greece, flowering in J.ilv. The second species sends up several stem» from the riiot, which rise about two feet high : the leaves are light green, and alternate: the flowers axillary from the upptr part of the branches, in loose racemes. They appear in July, aiul the seeds ri|ien in Septemlier. The leaves emit a very strong odour when bruised, somew hat like that of Ambrosia. It is a native of the South of Europe. The third has the stem from twelve to eigh- teen inches high, sometimes reddish, round, striated, with fine scattered hairs: the leaves are pale green, oblong, sinuated; at the base of each, peduncles an inch long, on which are se- veral little heads of flowers alternately disposed, with a leaflet under each. It is a native of Mex- ico. Martyn says that " the leaves and flowery heads of both these plants have a strong and not unpleasant smell, and a moderately aroma- tic taste, somewhat bitterish." Culture. — These sorts are all readily raised from seed sown in the full ground in March, on a bed of rich light earth, and raked in lightly. When the plants are two or three inches high, they may he planted out singly in diflerent parts of the borders ; but it is proba- bl\' a better practice to put liiesced in in patches w here the plants are to flower, thinning them aticTwards to a single plant in eac'i place. In the first .sort, some plants niav alscj be planted in pots, to be set out in assemblage wiih otlicr potted annuals : and a few plants of the other two sorts may be treated in the same way, in order to move them to the shelter of a greeu.- honse or garden-frame. The shriihbv t-orts have but little beauty. CIIKUKV 'TIWLV.. See I'liUNus. CIIKHKY-LAURKL. See I'hunws. CHESTNUT. See Kagus. S L C H I C H I CHESTNUT, HORSE. Sec JEscvlvs. CHINA PINK. SeeDiAXTHus. CHINA ROSE. See Hibiscus. CHIOCOCCA, a genus containing a plant of the ornamental flowering ghmbby exotic kind for the stove. It helono-s to the class and order Pcntandria Monogi/nki, and ranks in the natural order of y}ggrbgala-. Thecharaclcrs are : that the calyx is a five- toothed, superior, permanent perianthium : the corolla monopetalous, funnel-form : tube lono-, spreading: border five-parted: divisions stem, about ten feet high : the leaves are a? large as those of the laurel, but of a much thinner substance; the flowers come out in May, hang- in"- in long bunches, and are of a pure white: hence it is called Snowdrop Tree; and, from the flowers being cut into narrow segments, Frinire Tree. After the flowers have fallen away, the fruit appears,, which is a dark-co- loured drupe, about the size of a sloe. It is a native of South Carolina. There are varieties, with broader, or ovate- elliptic, and with narrower, or lanceolate leaves. Cullure. — The method of propagation in this equal, acute, reflected: the stamina consist of five shrub is either by seed or layers of the young filiform filaments, length of the corolla: anthers branches: the latter is a tedious method, as the oblong, erect : the pistUlum is an inferior, round- branches do not easily strike root, ishj compressed germ ; style filiform, length of The seed should be procured from America, the stamens: stigma simple, obtuse: the peri- and sown as soon as it arrives m large pots of carpiumisaroundishberry, compressed, crowned fresh loamy earth, half an inch deep, plunging with the calyx, one-celled : the seeds two, round- them in a shady border, keeping them tree from ish, compressed, and distant. The species chiefly cultivated is C racemosa. Climbing Snowberry Tree. It rises with a climbing, branchy stem, seve- ral feet high, garnished with broad spear-shaped leaves, and flowers in a raceme, succeeded by numerous white berries of a loose texture. weeds, and giving occasional waterings, till au- tumn, when they should be moved to a frame, or where they can be occasionally sheltered dur- ing hard frost in winter; and in March plunged into a hot-bed, to bring them up. The plants should afterwards be hardened gra- dually to the full air, and occasional shade be There is a larger variety with smaller leaves given from the mid-day sun at their first appear and pale-coloured flowers. Culture. — These plants may be raised by layers or cuttings of the young branches, which should be laid down or planted in pots during the summer months; and when well rooted, be taken off and planted in other pots, or removed ance, and w ater during summer, being sheltered a^ain in the autumn and winter, when they may be pricked out separately in small pots ; and after managing them in the same way another year or two, be planted out in the full ground. The layers should be made from the young into larger ones, a little water being given when twigs of the last summer's growth ; and as they the different operations are performed. cmil roots reluctantly, a slit or twist should be They afford ornament and variety when placed given at the part laid in the earth, watering them ■ " " ■ " well during summer, and in two years some may be rooted, so as to be taken off, and planted out. It is a most beautiful ornamental shrub for the plantations of pleasure-grounds, and prospers in any common soil, though it is said to delight most in that of a somewhat moist loamy nature. It should be placed conspicuously, and so as to have the shelter of other shrubs, that there may in assemblage with other stove plants CHIONANTH L- S, a genus containing a plant of the deciduous flowering shrubby kind. It belongs to the class and order DiuJidria ]\Tn- ■nogynia, and ranks in the natural order of Sc- piaricB, The characters are : that the calyx is a one- leafed perianthium ; four-parted, erect, acumi- nate, permanent: the corolla is monopetalous. fimnel-form : tube very short, length ofthe calyx, be a more plentiful bloom. spreading: border of four divisions, which are linear, erect, acute, oblique, most extremely long: the stamina consist of two very short su- bulate filaments, inserted into the tube: anthers cordate, erect: pistillum is an ovate germ : style simple, length of the calyx : stigma obtuse, trifid : the pericarpium is a one-celled, round drupe: the seed is a striated nut. The species cultivated is C. Firginica, Vir- ginia Snowdrop, or Fringe Tree. It rises in its native situation with a roueh .■)laiits of CHIRONIA, a genus comprising the exotic shrubby green-house kind. It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogijniu, and riuiks in the natural order of Rutaci^ce. The characters arc: that the calyx is a five- parted, erect, acute, permanent, one-leafed peri- anthium: leaflets oblong: the corolla monopeta- lous, equal: tube narrower ; border five-parted, spreading:, divisions ovate, equal: the stimina consist of five broad, short filaments, growing C H R C II R from the tip of tlic tube: anthers ohlong, erect, large, converging, and (al't«r liavintr shed the pollen) spirally twisted : the pistillum is an ovate germ: style (ilitorni, a little longer than the sta- mens, declinate: stigma headed, a-seending: the pericarpium is ovate and biloeular: llie seeds ninncroiis and small. 'I"hc species cultivated for ornament are: 1. C. inccijira. Berry-bearing Chironia, or Cen- taury; '2. C. J'rulescciis, Shrubby African Chi- ronia. The first grow s to the heiiiiit of a foot and half, or two feet, with a quadrangular stem, and becomes very bushy, having beautiful red flowers at the ends of the branch; s. It produces both flowers and fruit durin^3er pinnatilid,one or two at top <|uite entire; the floweri* large, while, and ridiuted, like lho»e of the above. -.' L 'J C H R C II R The fourth species is perennial, having an erect stem, from eighteen inches to two or three feet hioh, or more : the leaves are alternate, pinnas piiinate to the middle, the segments sharply tooth- ed : the stalks are terminated by corymbs of large uhite flowers. The whole plant is without smell or taste, flowering in July and August. It is a native of the South of France, &c. Tlie fifth has a shrubby stem, near two feet high, dividing into many branches : the leaves are of a grayish colour, cut into many narrow segments : the flowers axillary, standing upon naked peduncles singly, and greatly resembling those of common Chamomile. There is a suc- cession of these for a great part of the year, for which it is chiefly esteemed. It is a native of the Canary Islands. The sixth species is a procumbent, evergreen utidershrub, two fcrt in height : the leaves ob- ov;ae, gradually narrowing into the petiole, si- nuat(t-toothed and stiflisli : the flowers small, terminating, solitary, and of a deep yellow co- lour. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. There are varieties with single and double flowers, both while and yellow ; with fistular florets, termed Ouill-leaved Chrysanthemum. Culture. — The tirst or annual kind may be propagated either by seeds or cuttings, but the latter method is the more expeditious, and of course more commonlv practised. In the first mode the seed should be sown in the early spring months on a very moderate hot-bed, or under hand glasses, and continued so late as the latter end of April, in a sunny si- tuation in the open ground. It may be put in in small drills or on the surface, the mould being previously made fine and even, and the seed sown thin, and evenly covered in to the depth of nearly half an inch. When the plants are of suflScient growth, as in May, or the following month, they may be planted out singly in the situations where they are to flower. A little water should be oc- casionally given, both while in the beds and when planted out, especially when the weather is dry in the latter case. In order to have fine double sorts, care should be had to remove all the bad flowers from about them as soon as they can be ascertained, leaving only one or two good ones in a place ; and to have them line in pots, they should be removed uiio them as soon as they can be known, with large halls of earth about their roots, a little water being given at the time. In the latter method, which is constantly em- ployed for continuing the double sorts so that tliey may blow early m the succeeding summer, cuttings of the strong side shoots about three niches long, which have not flowered, should be planted in large pots near the tops, not too nearly togtHher, in the early autumnal months, as the latter end of September, a little water being gi\cn at the time; the pots being remov-ed into a frame or green-house for protection durinir the winter, and air freely admitted in proper weather. About the beginning of April they should be removed from the pots into the situa- tions where they are to flower, being planted out singly. In this culture they flower much earlier than when raised from seed. Some plants should however always be raised from seed, in order to afford cuttings to increase the double sorts from, and thereby avoid iheir de- generating. The seed made use of should constantly be col- lected from the best and most full double tlower^f. The three following species are capable of be- ing increased either by sowing the seeds in March in beds of fine mould, in warm sunnv situations, or bv dividing the roots and planting' them out in the autumnal months, when the season is open and rather moist. The plants in the former of these modes shou'd be trans- planted into other beds in the latter end of sum- mer, and set out to the distance often or twelve inches, in order to be removed in the autumn following into the places where they are to flower. The two last species are easily increased by- planting cuttings of the young branches in pots filled with good rich earth, any time during the spring or early summer months, proper shade and water being given. When the plants are well rooted in the beginning of the autumn, they should be removed and planted in separate pots, and during the winter placed under the pro- tection of a deep garden frame or green-house. The first sort affords plants well suited for or- nament in the beds or borders of pleasure* grounds or other places, as they produce many flowers and continue late in the autumn; and though they are annual when produced from seeds, the cuttings, as has been seen, when planted out in the autumn continue the winter, and flower earlier in the ensuing summer than the plants raised by seed. The three following sorts are proper for the borders of extensive ornamented grounds, as they produce an agreeable variety a considerable length of time in autumn, and are of a large as well as hardy growth. The two last are adapted for green-house col- lections, where they afford variety among other potted plants. CHUYSOBALANUS, a genus containing a plant of the exotic tree kind. The Cocoa Plum. It belongs to the class aiid order Icosandria C H R C H R ^lonogyuia, and ranks in the natural orJcr of Pomaua-. Tlic characters are : that the calyx is a one- leat'ed, hell-shaped, five-cldt perianlhimn, divi- sions expanding, withering: the corolla has live pelal?, oblong, flat, spreading, inserted hy their claws into the calyx : the stamina consi.st of verv many stamens, placi'd in a circle, erect, in- serted into the calyx : anthers small, twin: the pisiilluni is an ovate germ: style of the shape and length of the stamens; inserted laterally at the base of the germ: stigma obtuse: the peri- carpium is an ovate drupe, large, one-celled: the seed a nut ovate, marked with five furrows, wrinkled, fivc-valved. The species cultivated is the C. Icaco, Cocoa Plum. It is an irregular shrub, from three (o ten feet high, covered with a ferruginous bark with pale spots: the leaves ovate-roundish, obtuse, entire, coriaceous, shining, on very short pe- tioles, alternate, two inches long : racemes branched, corymbcd, lax, terminating and axil- lary, short; the last common peduncles tlirte- flowercd : the flowers are inodorous, small, w ith vhite petals, having almost the character of the plum: fruits roundish, about an inch in diame- ter, either quite entire, or with five, six, or seven grooves; red, purple, yellow, whitish, or variecated, but never blue, as described by Catesby. It is a native of the Caribbee Islands. There are two varieties of this with compound leaves, and of tall shrubby growth. Culture. — ^These plants are increased by plant- ins the stones or nuts of the fruit procured from abRiad in pats of light earth in the early spring, plunging them in a ver)' moderate hot-bed, oc- casional waterings being given. When the plants are of proper growth, as three or four inches in height, they should be removed and put in other pots of a small middling size, scpa- ratelv, being re-plunged in the hot-bed, proper shade and moisture being given till they become perfectly rooted. They must be kept constantly in the heat of the stove, and managed as other exotics of the same kind ; water should be given them fre- quently during the summer months, but only in small proportions at a time. In winter it should be very sparingly employed, lest it make them throw off" their leaves. Thev aflbrd variety in the hot-house collections. CHRYSOCOMA, a genus comprising plants of the flowery herbaceous perennial and shrubby kinds. It belongs to the class and order Syngetiesia Pofygamia jEquulh, and ranks in the natural order of Compoiita; Discoidece. The characters are : that the calvx is com- mon hemispherical, imbricate ; scale-s linear, ouiw.irdly convex, acuminate : the corolla com- pound tubular, longer than the calyx : corollets hermaphrodite, tubular, numerous, equal. I'rf)- per funnel - form : border fivc-clefl, revoliite : the stamina consist of five filaments, filiform, very short ; anthers cylindric, tubular : the pis- tillum is an ohlong germ, crowned : style fili- form ; scarce longer than the florets : stigmas two, oblong, depressed, involute: there is no pericarpium : calyx scarcely changed : the seeds are solitary, ovate-oblong, compi-lssed : pappus hairy : the receptacle is naked, flat. The species cultivated arc: 1. C. Lhw^i/rh, German Goldy Locks ; 2. C. comaurea. Great Shrubby Goldy Locks j 3. C. cvniiia. Small Shrubl)y Goldy Locks. The first has a perennial root : the stalks rise two feet and a half high, arc round, stifl", and closely garnished with long, narrow, smooth leaves, which come out without anv order, of a pale green colour : ihe upper part of the stalk divides into many slender peduncles, each sus- taining a single head of flowers, of a bright vel- low colour, and disposed in form of an\imbel. The plant, when handled, aflbrds a very fine aro- matic smell. It is a native of Germauv. The second species rises with a ligneciis stalk, about a foot high, dividing into many small branches, which are garnished with narrow leaves, of a deep green, coming out on everv side without order : the back part of each leaf has a small short appendix, which runs alonf' the stalks : the flowers are produced at the ena of the branches, on slender naked foot-stalks, and are of a pale yellow colour. It flowers a great part of the year, and the seeds ripen well in autumn. It is a native of the Cape. The third is a less plant than the aliove; it has a shrubby stalk, blanching out in the same man- ner : the leaves are shorter, and a little hairy: the flowers are not half so large, of a pale sul- phur colour, and nod on one side before they are blown. It flowers a great part of the year, and ripens seeds well. It is a native of the Cape. Culture. — The first species may be raised by sowing the seed in a bed of light mould during the early spring months, or by dividing the root-;, and planting them out in rather moisi open weather in the autunm. The other sorts may be increased by plautino- cuttings of the young shoots in pots of liglu rich earth in the spring or summer montlis, plunging them in a slight hot-bed, or coveriuj!: them with hand glasses till they have stricken, root. They may afterwards be planted out lu separate pots. C I c C I c Tdc first sorts are capable of being employed ill the slirubberv, borilL-r;;, and the latter in the green house. CHRYSOPHVLLUM, a genus containing a plant of the exotic tree kind. Golden Leaf or Star Apple. It belonfjs to the class and order Pevtandria Monogyn'ta, and ranks in the natural order of Dumoscc. The characters are : thai the calvx is a five- parted, small perianlhiani : leaflets roundish, ob- tuse, permanent : the corolla monopetalous, bell-shaped: border five-cleft (ten-cleft): seg- ments roundish, very much expanded, shorter than the tube : the stamina consist of five fila- ments, subulate, placed on the tube, converging : anthers roundish, twin, incumbent : the pistil- luni is a roundish germ : style ven.- short : stig- ma obtuse, subquinquefid : the pericarpium is a globular berry, ten-celled, large : the seeds soli- tary, bony, compressed, marked with a scar, and -shining. The species cultivated is C. Ca'uiilo, Broad- leaved Star Apple. It has a woody, branching stem, growing many feet high in its native situation, havmg spreadina:, slender, declining branches, garnish- ed with alternate spathated leaves, quite entire, downy .underneath, satiny and gold-coloured ; and bunches of flowers w hich are succeeded by large globular, eatable fruit. It varies with diflerent coloured fruits, as red- dish, purple, and blue. Culture. — These plants are increased by sow- ing the seeds, procured from the native situa- tions of the plants, in pots filled with light good mould, in the spring, plunging them in a tan hot-bed. When the plants have attained a few inches in height, they should be planted out singly into other pots, a little water being given at the time, with a due degree of shade, and the pots replunged into the hot-bed. They should afterwards have water in moderate proportions, when necessary, and sufficient shade ; being kept xonstantlv in the hot-bed of the stove. And as thev increase in size, they must be removed into larger pots, and have the management of other "tender exotic plants. These plants produce a fine effect in the stove, from the singularity of their leaves, but they sel- dom flower. CIBOULS. See Allium. CICHORIUM, agenus comprising a plant of the herbaceous esculent kind. Succory or En- dive. It belongs to the class and order Si/nireriesia Polygumia JEqiialis, and ranks in the natural >or.der of CoiiiposilcP SemiJJoHidv.scc. The characters are: that the calyx is common calycled cylindric : scales eight, narrow -lanceo- late, equal, forming a cylinder; and five others incuinbont and shorter : the. corolla compound flat, uniform : coroUules hermaphrodite twenty, in a ring : proper monopetalous, ligulate, trun- cate, deeply five-toothed: the stamina consist of five capillary filaments, very short : anther cy- lindric-pentagon, tubulous : the pistiilun) is an oblons aerm : style filiform, the length of the sta7iens; stiirmas two, revolule : there is no pe- ricarpium : the calyx cylindric, converging at top: the seeds solitary, compressed, with sharp angles : pappus obscurely hairy, slightly five- toothed (many -leaved, and as it were composed of a double row of leaves) : the receptacle some- what chaflv. The species cultivated for culinary use is C. End'wia, Broad-leaved Endive, or Succory^ It has an herbaceous, annual stem,t\\ ofeet high, upright, round, thick, and branched : the root- leaves many, large, subcuneiform, sinuate-tooth- ed, smooth on both sides ; the uppermost lan- ceolate and small, of a whitish green colour, thick and crisp, like coss lettuce : the flowers are pale blue, solitary, and peduncled. It is at most a biennial plant ; but if the seeds be sown in the spring, they will flower and produce seeds the same year, and perish in the autumn. This is more proper for culinary uses than sallads, and not so hardy as the green curled variety : it is mostly cultivated only for autumn use. It is a native of China and Japan. There are other varieties, as with green curled leaves, which form a circular cluster close to the ground, twelve or fifteen inches in diameter ; the centre leaves being immerous, very closely placed, and growing to alarge, compact, finely-blanched, white heart. This is a fine hardy variety, most- ly cultivated for sallads and other culinary pur- poses. But the great point is, to have the true sort ; as some have long, irregular, thinly-placed leaves, very little curled, and the heart open and loose. In saving seed, the fullest-leaved, most curly, regular, bushy plants, that bottom well, and have the heart perfectly full, close, and white, should therefore be chosen ; the white curled, which is smaller, having white, very frin- gy, curled leaves, in a circular cluster close to the ground, ten or twelve inches in diameter, very full and close in the heart. Culture. — ^These plants are raised from seed, which should be sown at different times, from the beffiiminc" of June to the end of the follow- ino- month, upon beds of fine rich mould. And some, in order to have very early plants, make a sowing about the middle of May. But, when the sowijiiis arc maile too early, the plants are J C I c C I N apt lo run to seed ; and when thev arc deferred too long, ihey do not attain a sufficient growth before thcv are svx out. All these separate sowings should he perform- ed in as open exposures as possible, the cround being prepared by digging it over into proper beds, and reducing the earth well at the lime. The seed should then be sown thinly over the surface, and lightlv raked in. In the litjht sorts of soil, it is the practice of some to trcacl it in. Occasional slight waterings should be i:iven when the weather is dry, and the plants kept clear from weeds, and properly thinned, so as not to draw up too fast. When they are of suffi- cient growth, as from four or five to six inches in height, they should be planted out w here they are to remain ; which for the more earlt plant- ings should be as open as possible ; but for the later crops, the more southern sheltered aspects should be preferred. For this purpose, the ground should be rich and mellow, being formed into beds about four feet in width, by digging over to a good spade's depth : a lint should then be extended the whole length ; and the plants, after being taken up with their roots as perfect as possible, and their tops and roots trimmed when necessary, be set out in rows, ten or twelve inches distance each way, by means of a dibble, a good watering be- ing civen immediately afterwards, when the sea- son IS dr\'. In this mode each bed will contain four row s of plants. But' thev may be planted without having the land formed into beds : the raised bed method is however preferable, es- pecially for the winter crops, and where the soil is inclined to moisture, as keeping the plants more free from stagnant wetness, and prevent- ing their rotting in the winter. In these cases they are often planted at smaller distances, as nix or eight inches. Some likewise, for the late crops, form a sort of banks, sloping towards the south, having the breadths of four or five feet, in which the plants are set out in rows as above. In this way the plants stand more drv, and are capable of being pro- tected bv frames and mats w ith greater facility, when the severity of the winter renders it ne- cessary. Where thev have been set out close in these cases, some may be drawn out in such a manner as to leave the rest standing at the pro- per distance, which may be planted again in a warm border about February. When plants of this sort are set out in dry weather, it is a good method to make shallow drills, in order that the moisture may be more perfectly re- tained. Crops should be planted out in some of these methods every fortnight or thrte weeks, from about the njiddle of June till the beginning of October, or later; by which means they \vill come torward in [Krfeciion, from the- later sumnter months till the s\ning following. The only culture that is afterwards iieces'^ary, is merely that of keei)ing the plants free from weeds, by proper hoeing ; and w hen they have attained their full growth, tying liiem iip, in order that they may be effectually-^ blanched, and reniiered sweet and tender. Blanching the plants. — This depends almost wholly upon the hearts of the plants being kept perfectly secluded irom the action of 'imht, which has been attempted in many different nie- thods, as by tying up the leave's of the plants close together with pieces of bass ; by earthing the plants well up ; by |)laeing pLwe tiles or boards fiat upon them, and by transplanting the full-^ized plants into the sides of raised rldiics, putting them in the earth nearly up to their tops. The two first modes are chiefly employed in the autumn and spring crops, and the last in the winter. The two first are the most effectual methods w hen performed in a perfect manner, as, w hile they render them quite white and crisp in a re- gular manner, they do not cramp or restrain their grow th : the latter is chiefly to be employed in dry soils, and should be done at two or three different times. In the third, the hearts are rendered sufli- ciently white and tender, but the growth of the plants is too much restricted, and the business is not performed in so regular or effectual a manner. The last is useful, when there is dan- ger of the plants rotting, by an excess of mois- ture. In whichever way the aetiolaiion of these vegetables is performed, it should con- stantly be done when tlie plants are quite dry, in the middle of a fine day, as, when done while they are wet, much loss and injury is sustained by their rotting. They mostly become well blanched in the course of a fortnight, or sooner where the light has been wholly excluded. In very severe winters, it is of great use to cover the plants with some light material, so as to prevent their rotting, and being destroyed. 'I'hese plants may oe well preserved in this season, also by being placed in dry sand, in a shed, cellar, or other convenient place. In saving the seed of these plants, great care should be taken to collect it Irom the best and most perfect of the diflercnt varieties, and to have it perfectly ripened, as without care in thii last respect it never au'^wer* well as seed. CINERARIA, a genus furnishing plants of the herbaceous and shrubby kindi for the green- house. C 1 N It belongs to the class and order Syngmcski Foli/gamia Siiperjhia, and ranks in the natural order'of Compositee Discoiilca-. Tire characters are : that the calvx is conmion simple, n.nnv-lcavcd: leaflets equal : the corolla CQinpound radiated : the ccimllets hermaphro- dite, equal, numerous in tlie disk : kniale hgu- late, the same number with the leaves ot the calyx, in the rav : proper of the hermaphro- dite thnnel-shaped, with an erect, five-cleit border : leniale liuulate, lanceolate, toothletted at top : the stamina in the hermaphrodite, fila- ments five, filiform, short: anther cyhndric, lu- bulous, fivc-cleft at top: the pistilliini in the hermaphrodite is an oblong germ : styh- lili- fbrm, the length of the stamens : stigmas two, almost erect: females, germ oblong; stxlefih- torm, short : stigmas two, oblong, bluntish, re- volute : there is" no pericarpium : calyx un- changed : the seeds solitary, linear, and qua- drangular: pappus hairy, copious: the receptacle naked, and tlatlish. The species are: X.Cmar'il'ima, SeaCinerarm, or Ragwort ; 2. C cf?ne//o/(/«. Blue-flowered Ci- uerarra, or Cape Aster ; 3. C. Lanata, VJooWy Cineraria. The first has many woody steins, two or three feet high) divided into many branches, which iKue a'white downy bark. The leaves are very woolly, six or eight inches long, deeply sinuatcd, and jaffsjed on their borders. The stems which suppoft^'the flowers are a foot or more in length, having two or three small leaves on each, shaped like those below, and terminated by many yel- low flowers growing in panicles, or rather corymbs, shaped like those of common Ragwort ; appearing from June to August. It is a native of the Mediterranean. There is a variety with higher and more woody stems, broader leaves, and smaller flow- ers ; but it is not so hardy. The second species has the stem of a purplish colour, rough, dividing into many branches near the root, so as to form a low bush)' plant, sel- dom rising more than two feet high ; but the branches extending more than a foot on every r.ide: the leaves about an inch long, and a third part of an inch broad, thick, succu- lent, rough, sessile, generally two, but some- limes three at a joint, or even four, two being larsrer and two siiiafler. Towards the upper part ■of '^hc branches arise the peduncles, from four lo six inches long, naked, each supporting one flower, the ray of which is of a fine sky blue, and, after it has been some time expanded, tiirns back towanls the calyx. Martyn says, " it is never without flowers th** whole year !" The third is a plant of moderate growth, but C I s which, Martyn observes, 1. in the beauty of its blossoms far eclipses all the others cultivated in gardens : its petals, exteriorly, are of a most vivid purple, interiorly white. It flowers early in the spring, and, by proper management, may be made" to flower the whole year through. It is a native of the Canary Islands. Culture. — 'l"he plants in these different species arc ail capable of being increased either by seeds or cuttings, but the latter is the more ready me- thod. The seeds should be sown in the early spring season in pots of light earth, plunged into a verv gentle hot-bed ; and when the plants are of sufficient growth, they should be removed sinelv into other pots, a little water being given. Tlie cuttiiiiKar in June and July. It is a native of I'or- f.iL-nl. Tliore are varieties with numerous leaves .md siilpinir-eoloured Howci.-, and w iih yellow flow- ers with purple spots in their bases.' The sisth rises with a slender stem, from three (o four feel high, seiuiing out manv hniry branches from the bottom ilpwards : the leaves are very dark green, in warm weather covered with a glutinous sweet-scented substance: the peduncles, which come out at the ends of th<; branches, are long, naked, .and sustain many white flowers, rising above each other; their calyxes arc bordered, and end in sharp |>niiiis. It flowers fro)n June to August, and is a native of Narbonne. There is a variety with olive-shaped leaves and sulphur-coloured flowers. 'i'he seventh species is branching, diffused, a foot and half high and more: the stem and branches round, and somewhat villose : the leaves I'rom broad siein-clasping, petiolcd, first spatulate, then o'.atc or lanceolate, somewhat acute, wrinkled, sonietiuies waved, ronghish, thiekish, quite entire, viscid, closely set on both sides and round the edge with white hairs of diflercnt lengths, some simple, others branched or headed, scarcely visible I;) the naked eye ; J eye ; e last peduncles one-flowered, terminating th leafy twigs, erect and villose : the flow ers of a rose purple-colour : these appear in June and July, and the seeds ripen in September. It is a f\ative of the Levant. This is the species from whicit the drug called Uuhininu is procured. The eighth has a shrubby stem, branchinir from bottom five or six feet in height : much re- sembling the fourth, but dilfcriuii' in the branches being tomentose, not hairy : the]eavesjjaler,soft, horizontal, sessile, bv no means either petioled or shealhinsr, broad-lanceolate, mostly three-nervid : the flowers long from the branches, of a bright purple colour: it is a native of Narbonne, Sec. In the ninth, the branches arc weak, slender, woody, spreading horizontally : it is seldom more than two or three feet in height: the pedunc!e> and caivxes arc co\ered with a thin wool : tin- flow ers are of a pur])le or w bite colour, appear- ing in June and the follow uig month. It is a native of I'oriugal. The tenlli has a slender, smouih stem, c«- •J M C I s C I T vered with a brown bark, never rising more than three feci high, and sending out many weak branches, spreading horizontally. The leaves are obtuse, without veins, not so soft as in many other species: the peduncles lateral, solitary, one-flowered, longer than the leaves : the co- rolla is white, and somewhat smaller than that of the other rock-roses. It flowers from June to Auffust, and is a native of Italy. Sec. Ci/lliin. — All these sorts are capable of being cither raised by seeds or cuttings in common earth, or on hot-beds ; but the seed method produces the best plants. The seeds should be sown in the early spring, in a warm border near half an inch deep, and the plants will come up in six weeks; or, to render them more for- ward, in pots, and plunged in a moderate hot- bed. When the plants are of some growth, they should have the full air in mild weather, and frequent waterings, as well as occasional shade from the sun, while >oung; and when an inch or two high, some may be planted out se- parately in small pots, others in rich borders, occasional shade and water being given during summer. In autunni the potted plants should be removed to a frame, to have shelter from frost. Those in the full ground should also be shielded in i'rosty weather with ntats. In spring, those remaining in the seed-bed should be planted out, and those in pots shifted into larger ones; to be continued another winter, and in the spring following be planted where they are to remain. In the latter method, cuttings, five or six inches long, should be planted in beds of rich earth, occasional shade and water being given. When well rooted, they should be remov- ed into separate pots : but by being planted in pots in spring, and plunged in a hot-bed, they are ren- dered much forwarder. In other respects they require the same management as the seedlings. These are beautiful evergreen shrubs, effect- ing a fine variety at all seasons, both from their leaves being of different figures, sizes, and shades of green and white, and their being very profuse in most elegant flowers, which though of short duration, there is a daily succession of new ones for a month or six weeks on the same plant; and when these different species are employed, they exhibit a constant bloom for near three months. They are mostly hardy enough to prosper in the open ground in any dry soil; and if they have a sheltered situation it will be an advantage, as in open exposures they are rather subject to injury from very severe frost ; for which reason a plant or two of each sort should be potted, to have shelter in winter in the green- house. The second and fifth arc the most tender sorts. a In shrubbery borders and clumps they should be placed towards the fronts, in assemblage with other choice shrubs of similar growth. All the sorts siiould be siifTered to assume their own na- tural growth; the straggling branches being only cut in with a knife. CITHAREXYLON, a genus which furnishes a shrub of the ornamental evergreen kind, for the stove. Fiddle Wood. It belongs to the class and order DiJi/namia Ang'iospcrmla, and ranks in the natural order of Personatce. The characters are: that the calyx is a one- leafed perianthium, bell-form, five-toothed, acute, permanent : the corolla is one-petalled, funnel- wheel-form; tube twice as long as the perianth, thicker at the top: border five-parfed, two-lip- ped; segments above villose, oblong, truncate, flat, very spreading : tlie stamina have four fila- ments, with the rudiment of a fifth from the middle of the tube, filiform, two of them some- what longer: anthers oblong, twin, erect: the pislillum is a roundish germ: style filifoim, the length of the stamens: stigma obtuse-headed: the pericarpium is a roundish berry, somewhat compressed, one-celled: the seeds two, ovate, two-celled, convex on one side, concave on the other, emarginate at the end. The species cultivated is C. quadrangulare. Square-stalked Fiddle Wood. It rises, in its native situation, to the size of a tree; but in this climate, only to that of a shrub. The head is handsome and branching : the branches are garnished by three oval spear- shaped leaves at every joint, standing in a tri- angle, upon short foot-stalks, about four inches long, and one or two broad, of a lively green co- lour, pretty nuich notched on their edges, hav- ing several deep veins running from the midrib to the edges ; they are of a white colour on their upper side, and very prominent on their under. 1 he flowers come out from the sides, and also at the ends of the branches, in loose bunches, which are succeeded by small pulpy berries, which are red when ripe. It is a native of the West Indies. Culture. — The plants of this sort are capable of being increased both by seeds and cuttings of the young branches, but the latter is the method mostly employed. The seeds should be sown in small pots, filled \\\\.\\ rich earth, early in thespring, when they can be procured from abroad, plunging them into a tan hot-bed. When the plants are of sufficient growth, they should be carefully taken up and removed into other pots, separately re-plunging them in the hot-bed, shading them till they have formed fresh roots. They should after- C I T C I T wards have plenty of air admitted, and be fre- quently watered in warm weather. They re- quire to be kept in the bark stove the first wi«- ter; but afterwards they will bear being exposed in the open air, in a warm situation, a little in the summer, and in the dry stove iii winter. The cuttinsrs niav be planted in small pots of the same sort of earth during the early summer Vnonths, plunging them in a tan hot- bed. They afterwards require the same management as the ■seedling plants. These plants afi'ord variety in the stove in the winter season, by thei nine evergreen leaves. CITRUS, a genus comprehending plants of the Citron, Lemon, and Orange Tree kind. It belongs to the class and order Pulijadcl- phia Icosumlria, and ranks in the natural order of Bi comes. The characters are : that the calyx is a one- leafed, five-cleft perianthium, flat at the base, very small, withering: the corolla has five pe- tals, oblong, flat, spreading: the stamina have usually twenty filaments, subulate, compressed, erect, placed in a ring or cylinder, united gene- rally into fewer or more bunches: anthers ob- long: the pistillum is a superior, roundish germ : style cylindric, the length of the stamens : siisnna globular, nine-celled v\ithin: the peri- carpium is a berrv with a fleshy rind, the pulp bl.iddery, nine-celled : the seeds in couples, sub-orate, callous. The species usually cultivated are: 1. C. Me- dica, Citron Tree; 2. C. aurantium, Orange Tree; 3. C. decumana. Shaddock Orange. The first, in it.s wild state, is a tree that grows to the height of about eight feet, erect and prickly, with long reclining branches. The leaves are ovate-oblong, alternate, subserrate, smooth, pale screen : the flowers white, odorife- rous, on many-flowered, terminating peduncles : the fruit a berry, half a foot in length, ovate, with a protuberance at the tip, nine-celled or thereabouts; the pulp white, commonly acid; the rind yellow, thick, hardisb, odoriferous, ir- regular. The fruit is esculent both in the raw and prescr^•ed state. It is a native of all the warmer parts of Asia. Martyn says there are several varieties of the Citron which are procured from Genoa, which is the great nursery of this, as well as Lemons and Oranges ; the cultivators of them there being as fond of introducing a new variety into their col- lections as nurserymen are here of obtaining a new Pear, Apple, or Peach. The Citron Tree with sweet fruit, with sour fruit. The conunon Lemon and the Lime. The first of the two latter varieties, or iheLc- monTree, diflerSj according to Martyn, from the Orange, both in The naked footstalks of ifac leaves, and in the shape and colour of the frml ; but there is scarce any distinction hetwetii it and the Citron. The most remarkable sub-varieties cultivat- ed in this climate are, according to the same author: tiie S'.veet Lemou; plain and variegated, the Pear-shaped, the Imperial, the I>cmon called Adam's Apple, the Furrowed, the Childiug, and the Lemon with double flowers. The second. Sour Lemon or Lime, grows in itsi native climate to the heigiit of about eitjht feet, with a crooked trunk, and many difluscd branches, which have prickles on them : the leaves ovale-lanccolatc, almost (|uile entire : the petioles usually linear: the flowers iew together, on termiiiatin with a purplisli spot. It is a native of A^ia, but common in the West Indies. There is another sub-variety-, the Sweet Lime, which the same w ritersays is generally a more up- right tree, and bears a fruit which in size and form seems to hold a mean between the Lime and the Lemon, These two last sub-variclics are however but little cultivated here. The Second S|)ecies is a middle-sized ever- green tree, with a greciiisli-brow a bark, dividing upwards into a branchy regular head: in its na- tive country the branches are prickly : the leaves are broad-lanceolate, almost quite entire, smooth, with the petioles conmionlv winged: ])eduncles many-flowered, terminating: the corolla white: the stamens twenty, connected in several par- cels : the berrv, or fruit, sub-globular, flatted, of a golden colour, shining, odorous, three inches in diameter, divided within into about nine cells, filled with a bladdery pulp, having a sweet- acid juice in it: the rind is fleshy, of a middling thickness, covered with a pellicle which is some- what biting and bitterto the taste. It is a native of India. There are numerous varieties, but those most know II in garden culture are : the Seville, the China, the Willow-leaved or Turkey, the Yel- low and White Striped-leaved, tlie Curled- leaved, the Horned, the Double-flowering, the Hermaphrodite, and the Dwarf or Nutmeg Orange. The first affords a large, rouiih-rinded, sour fruit, of excellent quality for cinmarv uses. It is a handsome grower, and the hardiest of the Oranae tribe, as it shoots freely here, produ- cing large and beautiful leaves, and flowers stronircr and more abundantly, and generally bears a greater quantity of fmit than any otticP sort, and arrives to greater perfection. The second has moderate-sized leaves, and a 3 M 2 C I T C I T smooili, thin-riiulcci, sweet fiuit, of T\l!ich there are several sub-varietits in warm countries, where tliev grow in the open ground. The W'iilou-lcavcii (^rango 'I'rce, with narrow spear-shaped leaves, ar.d Striped V/illow-leaved Orange. The Horned Orange is a coninion-sizeJ tree, ))rodueing oblongish fi uit, u hieh divide at the end, the rind running out into divisions like horns. The fTermaiihroditc Orange is a coramon- sizcd tree, producing fruit panly like an Orange, and partly Citron-shaped. The Dwarf or Nutn-.eg Orange has a low stem, and small bushy head, growing two or ihrce feet high, with small oval leaves in elus- tcrs, and numerous flowers in bunches, covering the branches, succeeded bv very small fruit. This, when in llower, is proper to be placed for ornament in rooms or other places, which it perfumes with its flowers ; but it requires care, ana is seldom in a perfect state of grow th. The Striped and Double-flowered varieties are most curious. The third species, in its native situation, is a tree above the middle size, with spreading prickly hranches. The leaves arc ovate, sub-acute, sel- dom obtuse, very seldom emarginate, smooth, scattered : petioles cordate-winged, the wings as broad as the leaves : tlie flowers are white, verv sweet scented, in copious upright terminat- ing bunches : corolla reflex : stamens about twenty, nearly equal to the petals, collected into a many-cleft tube: the berry or fruit spheroidal, frequently retusc at each end, eight inches in diameter, of an even surface, greenish yellow, divided into twelve or more cells, containing Some a red, others a white pulp, the juice in some sweet, in others acid, h is a native of India, introduced into the West Indies by Captam Shaddock. AJartyn says that there are many varieties of it, " one of which, superior to the rest in the flavour and smell of the fruit, has a smaller trunk, and sidj-globular fruit, live inches in dia- meter, yellow on the outside, white, and very sweet within." Culture. — The method principally practised in this climate for raising all these sons of trees, is that of budding them upon stocks raised from the seeds; but they are likewise sometimes in- eieased bv the operation of inarching. \\\v varieties are constantly raised from the seed. Raising iieir Varitties and Stdcks. Some seed should be provided from the most perfectly ri- pened fruits of thediflercnt sorts that are wanted early in the spring, at which time it should be sown in pots filled with good light earth, being cavcred to the depth of about half an inch, 7 plunging them in a tan hot-bed, giving IherA slieht sjirinklings of water and a frte'.admis'^ sion of air. When the plants have attained a tolerably strong growth, which is mostly iii about eight or ten weeks, they should be gradu- allv hardened t') bear the full air, in which thev may be continued till the weather renders it ne- cessary to remove them into the green-house. Some, however, in order to get them forward more rapidly, prick them out singly, when about two inches in height, into other pots, and plunge them into a second tan hot-bed, wateriuir and giving them fresh air occasionally, and gra- dualFv hardeninsc tliem as in the preceding man- ner. In this way they become large plants the following year. But when the first mode is practised the plants should, in the following spring, about the middle of March or the beginning of the fol- lowing month, be shaken carefully out of the seed-pots, so as to preserve the roots as entire as possible, and planted separately in small pots, made about half full with a compost of mellow loamy earth, and afterwards filled up with the same sort, so as to support the plants well, shade and water being occasionally given, till they be- come perfectly established. It is the custom with some, in order to have the plants more for- ward as well as more straight and upright, to plunge the pots, as soon as the plants have been placed in them, in a tan hot-bed, covered by frames and glasses, fresh air and water being duly supplied. In these modes the plants arc capable of fur- nishing good stocks for budding upon the se- cond or third vear. And where two hot-beds are made use of, many of them will be in a pro- per state for the purpose the second year. See BUDDIXG. For the purpose of stocks, the Citron, Le- mon, and Seville Orange, are said to be the best, as being the strongest shooters, especially the last. When any of the plants appear particularly handsome and of healthy growth, they may be let remain, for the purpose of aftbriling new- va- rieties ; but thev are long in this way of raising them before they produce fruit; and when that happens, there is great uncertainty of their pos- sessing any valuable qualities. After tlie plants have been ilius propagated, thev only require the same management as other exotics of the grecn-housc kind. JMtt/ioJ (if liiJding than on the Stocks. The plants, when they have acquired twelve or fif- teen inches growth, and are about the thickness of a large goose quill or rather more, are proper for the purpose. The buds should be procured C I T C I T from sound, plump, young shoots of such trees as have a free irrowth, and are in a state of l)ear- ins. 'l"l»e opo7ation should be pcriornu-d about Aiiirust, upon slocks of the r-anie kinds and va- rietTes, the buds bcinir inserted from six to ten or more inches from the bottom, in proper parlsof the stocks, and only one bud in each. See Budding. After this has been done, the plants should be removed into the green-house, frame, or old tan hot-bed, in ordcrto sruard ihcm from wet, and protnote the inosodation of ihe vessels, and the healin-i of the parts ; due shade and air being oe- easionallv eiven; and when the union is pcrkcily accomplished, the ligatures removed, to pernnt the swelling of the plants without injury. There is notliing more necessary than the ap- plication of proper supplies of moisture and air, w iih suitable protection from rain. When the heads of the stocks have been re- moved in the early part of the iollowing spring, the buds hef Cidlure in trained Trees. In order to have trees of this sort at once, it is the cus- tom to purchase such as are brought from Il.aiy, &c. in chests in the spring. They are of difler- ent sizes, ami, when properly managed, pro- duce as good trees in t^vo years, as those raised in the above modes can in a great many. In choosing these trees, those which shoot the most viaorously arc mostly of the Citron or Shaddock kind; as the Orange rarely grows with such Inxuri.mcc. The last, therefore, as being more valuable, should be attended to. And as S'lme are onlv furnished with one hud, while others have two, the latter should be pre- ferred, as they will produce the most regular- headed plants. These trees, after havinc had their roots cleaned, trimmed, and welT soaked in water for some time, as well a* the stems and branches cleaned, should be planted separately in iuIh or pots of suitable sizes, lilled with earth of the same- sort as nuiuioiied above, watering them at the time, and plunging ihem in the tan-bed of the stove to the tops of the pots, kc. They should contimiein this situation S')me time, and be well watered, both at the bottom and over the heads, shade being given when necessary, and a due proportion of air when they begin to shoot in the heads. These should I'lkewTse be cut oc- casionally, in order to induce them to throw out lateral branches, and form full handsome heads, air bciii;:: now more Ireely admitted, to render the plants hardy, and ea|)able of being pre- served in the green-house during the following winter; being" managed as other plants of the exotic green-house sort. Method of Management in all the Sorts. As these trees require to be moved into different situations, it is mostly proper to have them in pots or large tubs; and where there arc suitable glass frames for protecting tlicm in winter, a few liiav be planted out against wails, which have flues that can be heated as there may be occa- sion. None of the sorts can be preserved in the open air onlv during a few of the summer mouths. The management in which cases is that of placing them in some warm public situa- tion, at tirst washing their heads well, to re- move dust or other substances, supplying them frequently with a liltle water when the season is hot, and preserving the moisture in the earth of the pots, by covering it with new cut short grass. When thcv are removed to the -, Oriental Virgin's Bower; 4. C. Fir^iniana, Virginian V^irgin's^Bower ; 5. C. criipa. Curled- leaved Virgin's Bower ; 6. C. cirrhosa, Ever- green Virgm's Bower; 7. C. Flammula, Sweet- scented Virgin's Bower ; 6. C. electa, Upright Virain's Bower ; 9. C. iiifegrifolia, Entire- IcavcJ Virgin's Bower. The first has the stems very slender and weak, with many joints, whence come out s;de branches, which are again divided into smaller ones. It these be supported, they ri-c to the height of eight or ten feet : the leaves branch out into many divisions, each havings slender foot-sialk, with three oval entire lea lets : four foot-stalks generally arise from thesune j n.n, two on each side ; the two lower Have three ot these divisons, so that they arc compoiod of nine leaflets ; but the two upper have only two opposite leaves on each, and between these arise three slender peduncles, each supporting one flower. It grows naturallv in the woods of Spa-n, &c. flowering in June and the lollowing month. It h.isthe title of V^irgin's Bower, from Us fitness for constituting such ornaments. There are cultivated varieties with s'ngle blue, single purple, single red, and with double pur- ple flowers. The second species has many slender stems, sarmmtose, round, striated, prostrate or climb- ing : the leaflets are three-lobcd, divided to the petiole, smooth, paler underneath, entire, sometimes gashed, but commonly somewhat sinuated and waved, the nerve of the sidc-lobes not in the middle, but nearer to the inner side : peduncles long, solitary, axillary, with one pair of simple leaves in the middle : flowers solitary, nodding, coriaceous, ribbed (m tlie outside, never opening, except at the end, where the petals are bent back ; they are of a greenish purple on the outside, and very pale green within. It is a native of Carolina, &c, flowering from June to September, ripening seeds in fine seasons. The third has weak clini'bing stalks, ris- ing to the height of seven or eight feet when they are supported : the leaves consist of nine leaflets, which are angular and sharp-pointed, glaucous on both sides, with such soft slender hairs on them as are not easily either seen or felt : the flowers droopins, and of a yellowish green colour, with a tinge of russet on the upper part or outside. It flowers from July lo October, and is a native of the Levant. The fourth species has climbing stems, very high : the leaves are ternate : lealiet.s thinly but deeply serrate-angular, naked, cordate, veined : floral haves siinijlc, six logether or subverlicil- l.itc, quite entire, tliree-lobed or undivided : the flowers arc of a white colrxir, and spreading. It is a native of North America, iicc, flowering from June to August. The liiih has weak stalks, which rise near four feet high, and by their elaspers fasien them- selves to neighbouring plants : the flowers come out singly irom the sides of the branches upon snort peduncles, having one or two pair of leaves on them, which are oblong and sharp-pointed : the corolla i-- purplj, tiie inside is ciiried, and has ni.i'.iy longitudinal turrows. It is a native of Carolina, &:c. flowering in July, and ripening seed in September. The sixth species has a climbing stalk, rising to the height of eight or ten feel, sendnig out branches from every joint, wliereby it becomes a verv thick biishv plant : the leaves are sometimes single, sometimes double, Irequently ternaie, serrate ; keeping their verdure all the year : the tendrils come out opposite to the leaves : the flowers are produced from the side of the branches; are large, and of an herbaceous colour, ap- pearing at the end of December, or beginning of January. It grows naturally in Spain. Tiie seventh is rather creeping than climbing. It is lower and more tender than some of the other species : the leaves are also smaller, with five and seven pinnas, or three-lobed, or three- leaved J the leaflets ovate-lanceolate, with few gashes, and one or two teeth : the flowers are of a white colour, sweet-scented, and appear from July lo October. It is a native of the South of France, 6cc. Tne eighth species has a perennial root: the stems are herbaceous, annual, round, scarcely branched, from three to five feet high, firm, ending in a panicle at top : the leaves are op- posite, and pinnate ; the leaflets from two to four pairs, with an odd one al the end, petioled, lanceolate or ovate, acute, the upper surface smooth and green, the lower somewhat villose and glaucous , they are entire, seldom two- lobed : the flowers arc of a while colour at tlie ends of the stalks ; come out in June, and iipen seeds in winter. It is a native of France, &cc. There is a variety, with only two or three pairs of leaflets, which are narrower, and stand iurther asunder, having shorter stalks and larger flowers. The ninth has a perennial root : the stems are C L 1', CLE i€VL-ral, annual, a toot and lialf liigh or more, strialcd, erect, a little fistiilose, somewhat piibes- eent at top, icniiiualetl by a uuiklmg ilow er ol' a blue colour, and someiimes branched in the upper axils. The leaves arc opposite, ovate, sessile, quite entire, nerved, veined, acute, smooth, except about the edge and on the dorsal i)er\ es, which are slightly viliose. It is a native of Germany, &c. Howering in Jnlv. Culture. — Tlie Purple \'irgin's Bower, and its different varieties, as well as the six iollowing sorts, arc capable of bcuig increased by layers, and some of them even by cuttings of the yoimg shoots. In the first method the lavers should be iTiade from the shoots of the pretccding or the same year, and be laid dow n in the sunmier before they become woody, as in this way they succeed with greater certainty. The branches should have their tops left a few inches out of the earth, a little uater beine given at the tin)e. When they are become welfrooted, as in the following au- tumn or spring, they may be taken off, and planted out w here they are to remain, or in the nursery. The evergreen sort may however be laid down at any season, but the above is the best. It is also capable of being raised from cuttings of the young shoots planted out in either the spring or summer months in pots of good earth, plunging them in a verv moderate hot-bed. 'The suckers from the roots may likewise be taken off and planted out in the same manner as the layers, when they will often produce good plants. The two last sorts are capable of being readily increased by parting the roots, and planting them out either in the autumn or the early spring months. In this way every part which has fibres preserved at the bottom, and a bud in the upper end, will readily take root and become a plant. These sorts, as well as some of tlie others, may also be propagated by sowing the seeds either vihere the plants arc to remain, or in a spot of good mould in the early autunm oi» spring season, in the latter ease removing the plants into their proper situations when of suf- lieient growth. In this mode the plants are, however, longer in arriving at the flowering state. The roots inay be divided every two or three years, according to the number of divi- .sions that are made. Vv'herc the soil is dry, the plants should be new planted in the autumn ; but in the contrary clreumslances, in the spring, in order to make them flower strong. All these plants are of Iwrdy growth, and ca- pable of succeeding in ahnost any sort of soil. The climbing sorts requite proper support, to present their trailing upon the ground, and are well adapted for ornamenting naked walls, ar- bours, or other similar places, as well as for run- ning upon trees or shrubs in particular situations. Tlie two last sorts are well suited for ornament in tlie clumps and borders of pleasure-grounds, to ije set (Hit singly. CLEOME, a ccnus aflbrding plants of the heihaeeous annual exotic kind for the stove. It belongs to the class and order Tetradytia- mia SUiqnusu, and ranks in the natr.ral order of Palmiiiiwce. The characters arc: that the calyx is a four- leaved perlantbium, very small, spreading; the lower It aflet g.ipiiig more than the rest; deci- duous: tlie corolla four-pctalled : all the petals ascending, spreading; the nearest intermediate ones smaller than the others: neetareous glands three, roundish, one at each division, except one at the calyx : the stamina consist of six fila- ments, (sometimes twelve ortwenty-four,) subu- late, declining : anthers lateral, ascending : the pistiilum is a simple style: germ oblong, de- clininiT, the length of the stamens : stiomas thiekish, rising : the pcncarpium a long silique, cylindric, placed on the style, one-celled, two- valved: the seeds are very many, and roundish. The species mostly cultivated are : I , C tri- phylla, Three-leaved Cieome; 2. C. pcuta- /)/»///from Jamaica. 'I'he second species is an annual, elegant but fetid plant, upright, either wholly smooth or with a few hairs at bottom ; the stern round and branching : the leaves on the stem and branches all quinate ; the leaflets obovate, acute, very finely serrate: floral leaves tcrnate, obovate, obtuse, quite entire ; the lowest on short petioles, the rest sessile : the racemes of flowers very long, formed by solitarv, spreading, one-flow- ered peduncles issuing from some of the axils, of a white or flesh-colour. It is a native of both the East and West Indies. The third has an herbaceous stem, from three to fi\e feet Idgb, branched, upright, angular- grooved : the branches sul.)-dividcd, spreading, grooved, hirsute, viscid and prickly : the leaves are alternate, scattered, spieading, digitate : leaflets lanceolate, acuminate, nerved, paUilous, pubescent : the flowers while or flesh-coloured. I CLE C L I terminating in long loose spikes. It is a nati\-e of Jamaica, flowering in June anil ihi; following month. There arc other species in this gtnus that may be cultivated. Cutltire. — These plants, which arc of the an- nua! sort, are raised bv secd«, whicli should be so'.vn in pots of light eartli in the early spring, being plunged in a moderate hot-bed ; and when the plants arc of a few inches growth they should be removed into separate pots, and re-plungcd in the hot-bed. When ibev have attained suf- ticicnt srrowth, they should either be removed to the stove or be jilaeed in the green-house, or even in the open air, during the hot summer months while they are in flower; in any ol' *hich they produce a good effect. CLETilRA, a genus containing a plant of the liardy deciduous flowering shrubby kind. It belongs to tlie class and order Decavdrin Monogy/iki, and ranks in the natural order of Bkorius. The characters are: that the calvx is a one- leafcJ, five-parted periantliium : leaflets ovate, concavlant of the exotic tree kind for the stove. The Cocoa-nut Tree. It belongs to the class and order J\forwecia Ih'.randi'ta, and ranks in the natural -order of Paliucc. The characters are : that the male flowers are in the same spadix with the females : the calyx is an universal, univalve spathe: spadix branch- ing : the perianth three-parted, verv small : divi- sions subtriquetrous, concave, and coloured: the c o c C O !• corolla consists of three ovate, acute, patulous petals : the stamina consist ciF s.\ lilanicnts, simple, length oF the corolla : rintlicrs sagittate: the pistiliuin a seareclv nmnifest germ : styles three, short : stigma obsolete : the pericarpium aborticnt : the t'eiiule iiowers oa the same spathx with the males : the calyx is a common spathe Willi the hermaphrodites, as likewise the spaclix : the perianth I hree-parted : divisions roundish, concave, convereing, coloured, and permanent : the corolla coiiSists ol three petals, pcrin.incnt, like the calyx, but rather larger: the pisiillum is an ovate cerni, no sivlc: the jtignu three- lobcd : the [.lericarpiuin a coriftceo'is drupe, very large, roundish, obscurely triangular : the seed is a very lartre nut, subovate, acuminate, one- celled, vaivcTess, obtusely three-cornered, the base perforated by three holes ; the kernel is hollow. Tlie species are : 1 . C. vucifera, Cocoa-nut Tree. C. C. aailt-ata. Great Macaw Tree. In the lirst the roots arc verv slender, simple, and flexile; aiising separatelv from the bottom of the trunk, and spreading in all directions ; some ruiurng to a great iie|'ih, while others creep almost parallel to the surface. The trees grow to a great height ; their stems being com- posed of strong fibres like net-work, w hich lie in several laminas over each other, out of which come the branches, or other leaves, whieh grow twelve or fourteen feet long. The first leaves which push out from the nut when planted are different from those which arc afterwards pro- duced ; as 'hev arc broad, and have many holds »n ea -h : whereas the after loaves have a strong midrib, twelv? or fourteen feet long, on wh'ch the leaflets are placed alternately : these are from six to eight or nine inches long, and are almost triangular, having very sharp points, and very slitf. The flowers come out round the top of the trunk of the tree in large clusters ; arc inelused in a large spathe or sheath, and the nuts aiterwards formed iu large clusters, teii or twelve together. As soon as all the parts of the flow'.rs have gained a due degree of perfection, the spathe splits on the under side, fi-om the bottom upwards, and exposes the common bunch, with all its flowers, to the open air : most of which are maics, and fall off gradu- ally as the spathe withers, Icaviiig the embryo fruit generally lixed to the lower and stronger part of the stalk, to increase and ripen by de- grees. It is a native of the East Indies. The second species is a large tree in its native situation, which rises to thirty feet in height, has in ash-coloured bark, and is very thick set with siiarp black pncklcs, of different length.-, placed usually in rings. The fruit is as large as 3 a crab, and of the same shape : under a green skin it has a thin swictish asirincent piilji ; and within that a nut full of a white s\iovc, shilting them occasionally into larger p 'ts, being earei'ul to preserve the balls of earth about their roots, and not to break the fibres of the roots in performing the business. COFFEA, a genus affording a plant of the flowering shrubby evergreen kind tor the stove. The ColTee Tree. It be' )iigs to the class and order Penlandria Monocri/nia, and ranks in the natural order of Slcl/al'ce. The characters are ; that the calyx is a five- toothed perianth, very small, superior: the corolla is one-petalled, salver-shaped ; tube cylindric, sleiider, many times longer than theealyx : border flat, five-parted, longer than the tube : divisions lanec-shaped : sides rolled back : the stamina consist of five subulate filaments, placed on the tube of the corolla : anthers linear, incumbent, length of the filaments : the pistilluin is a round- ish, inferior germ : style simple, length of the corolla : stiirmas two, reflected, subulate, thick- ish : the pericarpium is a roundish berry, uni- bilieated by a one- or two-celled puncture : the seeds one or two, solitary, elliptically-hemi- spherical, gibbous on one side, flat on the other, where it is furrowed longitiidinallv ; involved in an aril. The species cultivated is C. Aral'ica, Eastern Cofiee Tree. It seldom rises more than sixteen or eicrhtecn feet hiirh in its native situation, or more tl^an !e« or twefve in this tlimate. The main stem grows upright, and is covered with a light brown bark. Theliraiiches are horizontal, and opposite; the lower ones longest, the others gradually decreas- ing to the top, so as to form a pyrannd : ihe leaves are opposite, when fully grow u four or five inches long, and an inch and a half hro.iJ in the middle, ovate-lanceolate, the borders waved, and the surface of a lucid green : the flowers are produced in clusters (two to four) at the base of the leaves, sittii.g close to the branches-; they are of a pure white, w ith a very grateful odour, but of short duration ; being C O I. COL Succeeflctl by berries, whicli are first green, then reJ, and, when fully grown, change to black, and become ripe. Cm//w6'.— These plants are raised from the berry, sown as soon as possible after become ripe, in pots of light rich earth, half an inch deep, plmuing the~in in the bark-bed, and giving liehl sprinklinLis of water once a week. The plants soon appear, which, when about three inches high, should be pricked out into sep:irate small pots, giving a little water, and rcplunging iheni in the bark^bed, shade from the sun being given, till they have taken root, and repealing the water- ings moderately, as there may be occasion, with a due admission of air. It is also capable of being propagated by layers and cuttings, which, though they ennt roots rather reluctantly, deserve the trial ; plant- ing them in pots of good earth., plunging them in'thc bark-bed, and supplying them duly with water and occasional shade. These plants should afterwards remain con- tinually in the stove, having water given two or three times a week in summer, and once or twice a week in winter, and fresh air admitted in common with other exotics of the hot-house; and as they advance in growth, be placed in larger pots in proportion, shitung them into fresh earth every year or two, trimming oH'all dry matted roots on the outside of the balls, as also part of the old earth ; then placing the plants in the pots again, filling them up with fresh compost, such as good"" light kitchen garden earth, giving them water, and mniiediately plunging the pots in the bark -bed. As cleanliness is essential in the culture of this shrub in the stove ; when it has contracted much dust or filth, all the branches and leaves should be well washed, by sprinkling water over them. And as it is frequently attacked by insects, particular attention is necessaiy, when these ap- pear, to wai-h and clean every branch and leaf separately, repeating it as often as necessary ; but when very numerous, it is a sign of ill health and weakness in the plant, and proceeds chief- ly from the root ; in which case, it is advisable to shift the plants into entire fresh earth, and replungc them into the bark -bed. This" is a very ornamental plant for the hot- house, especially in autumn and winter, when in fruit. COLCmCUM, a genus comprehending plants of the perennial tlowcring bulbous-root- ed kind. It belongs to the class and order Hextiitdria Trigynia, and ranks in the natural order of Spathacece. The characters arc : that there is no calv.t (except scattered spathes) : the corolla six-parted : tube angulated, rooted; divisions of the border l.Uice-ovate, concave, erect : the stamina consist of six subulate filaments, shorter than the corolia: anthers oblong, four-valved, incumbent : the pistii'um is a buried germ within the root : stvlcs three, thread-form, length of the stamens: stig- mas reflex, channelled : thcpcricarpiumis a three- lobed cajisule connected intemally bv a suture, obtuse, three-celled, sutures gaping inwardly; the seeds manv, ncarlv globular, and wrinkled. The species cultivated are: 1 C. antumnuip. Common Meadow Saffron ; 9. C. wontammi. Mountain Meadow Saffron; 3. C. variei^atum, \'ariegaled Meadow Saffron. The first has a bulbous root, about t'le size and shape of the tulip, but not so sharp-point- ed at the top; the skin or cover is alSo of a darker colour : these bulbs are renewed every year ; for those which produce the flowers decay, and i\e.\v roots are formed above : the flowers come out in autumn ; these arise with long slender tubes from the root, about four inches high, shaped like those of the saffron, but larger : the num- ber of flowers is generally in proportion to the size of the roots, from two to seven or eight : in March the green leaves appear, these are com- monly four to a full-grown root ; thev are folded over each other below, but spread open above ground, standing cross-ways : they are of a deep green, and when fully grown are five or six inches long, and one ana a half broad. The seed-vessel comes out from between the leaves in April, and the seeds ripen in May, after w hich the leaves soon decay. It is a native of most parts of Europe. There are varieties, with white flowers ; with striped flowers ; with broad leaves; with striped leaves ; with many flowers ; with double purplish flowers; with double white flowers; with many white flowers. The double sorts are chiefly cul- tivated in the garden. The second species has a smaller root, with a darker coat : the leaves come up soon after the flowers decay, and continue green all winter; long, narrow, and spread on the ground, decaying in June : the flowers are of a reddish purple colour, and appear from August to September. It is a native of Spain, &c. In the third the leaves are smaller than those of the common sort, for the most part three in number, and of a paler and fresher green colour, lying close upon the ground, broad at the bot- tom, a little pointed at the end, waved about the edges : the root is not so large as that of the common sort : the flowers are smaller, but COL COL very beautiful, uhitisb, with deep blue or purple ipots. It is rathir tender, and blows about October or November. It is a. native of the Greek islands. Culture. — Tliese plants are increased by divid- ing the bunches of their roots at the lime their leaves decav, in the latter part of the summer ; as from tlic iatter end of June till the middle of the following month, planting the separated bulbs or oft-scts to tile depth of about three inches. They are sometimes planted in beds, in rows at eight or ten inches a»under ; but they may be dispersed in the fronts of borders and clumps \vith success. It is of advantage to take up and divide the bunches of root-buTbs every two or three years. See Bulbous Roots. New varieties mav be raised from seed Sown in boxes, or large pots, in autumn, covering it a quarter of an inch deep, and placing them in a warm situation till spring, when the plants will appear, which should have only the morn- ing sun during suunner, giving water in dry weather ; and in the second summer, when their leaves decay, planting them out to flower, either in beds, or other methods. They are of a hardy nature, and produce a fine effect, by their curious growth, as well as flowers, in the autumn and winter seasons. COLUTEA, a genus containing plants of the hardy deciduous flowej-ing shrubby kind. Bladder Senna. It belongs to the class and order D'ladelphia Decandria, and ranks in the natural order of Papiiionacece. The characters are : that the calyx is a one- leafed perianthium, bell-shaped, five-cleft, erect, nearly equal, permanent : ih'j corolla is papiliona- ceous; standard, v\ ings, and keel differ in figure and various proportion ; wings pressed close to- gether, lanceolate : the stamina have diadel|>lious filaments, (sint'leaud nine-cleft) ascending : an- thers simple: the pistillum is an oblong germ, icompressed, attenuated to each end : style ascen- ding: stigma is a bearded line extended from the middle of the style to its tip, from the upper part: the pericarpium is a legume very large, \ cry broad, inflated, transparent and membranace- ous, the upper suture erect, the lower gibbous, one-celled, gaping on the upper suture at the base: seeds several, kidney-shaped. The species cultivated are : \. C. arhorescens. Common Bladder Senna ; 2. C. irueuta. Ori- ental Bladder Senna; 3. C. Pocockii, I'ocock's Bladder Scmia ; 4. C. J'rutesens, Scarlet Bladder Senna. The first has several woody stems, which grow to the height of twelve or fourteen fctl. sending out many woody branches, with winded leaves, composed of four or five pairs of oval lobes, placed opposite, terminated by an odd one; these are indented at the top in form of a heart, and are of a gravish colour. The flowers come out frou) the wings of the leaves upon slender peduncles about two inches long, each sustaining l«o or three yellow flowers, whose standard is reflexed and large, with a dark-co- loured mark on it. Native of the South of France, kc. The second species has a woody stem, wbicli sends out many branches on every side, which do not rise above seven or eight feet hinh ; these are not so strong as those of the first sort, and the leaves are composed of five or six pairs of small heart-shaped leaflets, terminated by an odd one. The flowers proceed from the side uf the branches, standing upon peduncles, each sustain- ing two or three flowers, shaped like those o! the first sort, but smaller; they are of a dark red colour, marked with yellow, appearing in Jime, the seeds ripening in autuum. It was four.d in the Levant. The third is a shrub which seldom grow* more than six or seven feet high in this coun- try. The branches are very slender, and much more pliant than those of the common sort, and therefore it crows le?s erect. The leaves are composed of nine pairs of leaflets, and are much smaller. The flowers are of a brighter vellow, appear a month earlier than in the common sort, and there is a succession of them till late in the autumn, which renders it much more valuable ; and the branches not shooting so luxuriantlv nor so upricht, it is in less danger of being broken bv stronji winds in sunnner. It is a native of the Levant. The fourth species is a hoary shrub, with to- mentose leaflets, smooth on the upper surface. It rises from two to four feet in height in fa- vourable seasons and in a warm situation: plants of three years standing will sometimes be six feet high'. The stem is weak, the side branche* crow erect, and the leaves have ten or twelve pairs of leaflets. The flowers arc sustained on axillary peduncles, three or four together, aiul are of a line scarlet colour, coming out in June. It is a naiive of the Cape. Ciilliire. — All these plants arc capable of be- ing increased by sowing the seed in the (arJ\- spring months, as in February for the three first sorts, and the two following months for the fourth, upcM beds of common earth, covering them in to the depth of about half an inch. \Vl:en the plants h:ive attained suflF.cifnt erowlb, as in the followinii spring for (he loraicr sorts, and when tliev are three or four in< lies h«?I» i! O COM COM in the latter, they should be removed, and the first sorts planted out in rows in the nursery, and the last in warm sheltered situations or in pots, to be protected during the winter. This sort may likewise be rendered much for- warder, so as to flower the same year, by hav' ing recourse to a hot-bed. The three first species are also capable of be- ing raised by layers from the young shoots, made either in the autumn or spring seasons ; but as the fourth sort does not continue long, and is more tender than the others, new plants should be raised from seed every two or three years. They are all beautiful ornamental plants, espe- cially the fourth, and may be introduced into the clumps, borders, and other parts of shrub- beries and pleasure-grounds, where they pro- liy plants ; and carihy verv much dccavcd, not to cut awa)' all the dead compositions of the hoggy kmd arc suited to the wood at once, which would weaken the tree too raising of some sorts of plants and flowers, much, if a standard, and endanger its being The composts most usually employed for tlic blown down bv the wind. It will consequently more tvnder curious plants, in pots, tubs, and be necessarv to leave part of the dead wood, at lioi-beds, are, for the less delicate kinds, such first, to strenslthen the tree, and to cut it out by as are constituted of fresh maiden earth taken desrrees as tlie new wood is formed. If there from old pasture-ground, of a light but rich be~any canker, or sum oozing, the infected parts must be pared ofl^ or cut out wiih a proper in- strument. When the stem is very much de- cayed and hollow , it will be neces>ary to open the ground and examine the roots." See Dis- eases OF TUF.KS. monldcry qualitv, inclining to loam. In iorniing it, tlie top s]iil or turf should only be taken, to which should be added a third or fourth part of thoroughly rotten dung, the whole being laid ni a long heap or ridge, three feet high, in a situa- tion exposed to the sun and air, for several Various interesting facts and observations on months, turning it over occasionally, that the the advanta^'c and utility of this Composition mass may he converted to mould, and the mate- in the removal of the diseases of ditlerent sorts rials be properly incorporated together. Wlicre of trees, may be seen by consultins Mr. For- good pasture earth cannot be procured, a quan- svlh's valuable " Treatise on the Culture and tityofgood garden-mould will answer, adding one ?IJanaaenient of Fruit-Trees. " third or fourth part of rotten dung, as that of old^ COMFOST-GARDEN, such earthy or other hot-beds; and, where the soil is of a rather slitf substance as, when combined with manure, con- nature, also about a fourth part of sea-sand, atiiutes the means of improving the soil for the drift, allies, or rotten tan, the whole being growth of plants. thrown up in a heap for five or six months; but As almost all sorts of plants and vegetables, the longer the better, stirring it over several though thev succeed better in some kinds of soil times. than others', grow well in mould wliieh is duly For plants that require light, loose mould, corn- impregnated with vegetable materials, it is posts may be tornied of one-half good light not necessary to have recourse to the composing pasture mould, or that of a garden, and about of such substances as are tedious and trouble- one-third of sand and rotten dung, forming the some in their preparation except for particular whole in a heap in the same way as the pre- sorts of plants, whether of the esculent, flower, ceding. shrub or tree kinds. Where a soft, loose, rich earth is required, For the purpose of improving the condition Composts of good light rich earth of the garden of garden grounds in general, the substances or pasture, rotten tanner's-bark, or rotten earthy should be suited to their particular qualities and wood, saw-dust, tree-leaves, rotten dung, and a properties ; as where they are of a light, loose, small portion of sand may be used, after being gravelly or sandv nature, the application of well blended together. loamy and other sorts of heavy earthy matters in If dry rubbishy soils are wanted, Composts combination with well-rotted dung, w ill be be- formed of one-half of perfectly light garden or neficial; and such as are of the heavy, clayey pasture mould, and one-half of sea-sand or road- or loamy kinds, be greatly ameliorated by the use soil, and a little screened lime rubbish, the whole or liwht sandy earth, scrapings of roads, sea- being laid in a heap for some months, and sand,'^ashes, the reduced bark employed in hot- turned over two or three times, to be wel) beds, saw-dust, and other decayed ligneous ma- mixed, may be had recourse to. terials, with a proper proportion of good rotten Where the heavier sorts of Composts arc Juiitr. wanted, they may be prepared from fresh loamy Most of the esculent sorts of plants succeed earth from a common or any dry pasture- perfectly in good vegetable mould of moderate ground, where the soil is of a soft and mode- adhesion, such as is met with in gardens that have rately light friable nature, taking the upper- been some time under cultivation, most spit, sward and all, chopping it to bits. Some particular sorts of plants require such and adding rotten dung, as above, which, after as is loose and light, as those of the moist bul- lying in a ridge or heap twelve or fifteen months, bous-rooted tribel others, such as is dr)', sandy, to rot the sward, and being frequently turned or calcareous, as those of the more succulent over to break the lumps, and mix ilie parts well kinds; and that of the rich loamy description is together, may be made use of with success, ia common well adapted to the grow ih of ixiott "Where the culture of flowers is intended. 2 O 2 C O M CON Composts for tliflcr(nt curious sorts may be forincd in the following manner: I'or ain-iculas ; — of light earth from pasture- ground, the top spit with the sward, and neat's dung, of each about an equal portion, and about half the quantity of drift or sea-sand, and, when it can be had, a little rotten willow earth, or any rotten earthy wood, or old rotten tan or saw-dust, forming the whole into a heap for se- teral months, turning it over several times at in- tervals. This Comp(isl is also proper for fine carnations, ranunculuses, and anemones : these ■flowtrs, however, often blow equally well in common, rich, light, garden earth. For hyacinths ; — composts formed of neat's dung and drift sand, of each an equal portion, and half the quantity of old rotten tan, are very useful. Where it can be easily procured, the same portion of rotten leaves of trees, or a little more rotti'n bark, and a proportionate quantity of light earth from a pasture or garden, may be used, the whole being mixed in a heap, to lie at least a year, giving it frequent turnings j but if it remains in the heap fifteen or eighteen months it will be the better. See the Cvlture of different Plants. In Composts where sand is employed, sea or drift sand is to be preferred ; and in Composts where rotten, ligneous, earthy substances are re- quisite, that of rotten willow-trees is the best; or old rotten tanner's bark may be substituted, as a proper ingredient. Composts should constantly be formed in an open exposure, free to the influence of the sun, air, rains, frosts, &c. and the ingredients be made in a heap, rather extended in length, like a ridge, about a yard or four feet in thick- ness, being turned over frequently, and the bot- tom thrown to the top, that all the parts may be well mixed, and equally participate of the influ- ence of the sun and other causes. These composts, when used, should not be screened, except for some particular purposes, which are mentioned, being only broken fine with the spade and hands, as when fine-screened, or sifted, they became too compact for the roots of plants to spread and extend themseh'es in. COMPTONIA, a genus which contains an ornamental plant of the tree kind. It belongs to the class and order Monoecia Triandria. The characters are : that in the male flowers thecalyxis acylindrie ament, loosely imbricate all rounti with concave, kidney-form, acuminate, oaducous, one-flowered scrJcs : perianthium two- leaved : leaflets equal, boat-shaped, shorter than the scale of the ament: there is no corolla: the .stamina consist of three filaments, shorter than the calyx, forked: anthers six, two-valved. In the feu)ale flowers the calyx is an ovate ament, closely imbricate all round with one-flowered scales, as in the male : perianthium six-leaved: leaflets opposite in pairs, filiform, membrana- ceous at the base, many times longer than the scale of the ament: there is no corolla: the pistillum is a roundish germ: styles two, capil- larv : there is no pericarpium : the seed is an oval nut, one-celled, valveless. The species cultivated is C.aspleiiif'olia, Fern- leaved Comptonia. It rises with slender shrubby stalks, near three feet high; they are hairy, and divide into several slender branches. The leaves are from three to four inches loiig, and half an inch broad, alter- nately indented (or sinuated) almost to the mid- rib ; they are of a dark green, hairy on their under side, and sit close to the stalks. It is a native of North America, flowering here from March to May. Culture. — This plant is propagated either by seeds or layers. In the former method the seeds should be sown about an inch deep in a bed of light earth in the spring season, and the plants will appear the followingyear, when they should be kept clear from weeds, and have occasional waterings in dry weather. In the latter mode the young summer shoots should be laid in autumn in the slit method of laying, and when well rooted they may be taken off" and planted out. These plants are hardy, and capable of suc- ceeding in almost any soil. They are intro- duced for variety in the shrubbery and other parts of ornamented grounds. CONSERVATORY, a place constructed somewhat in the manner of the green-house, but more spacious and elevated, and finished in a neater and more perfect way, being designed for containing and preserving the more rare and curious sorts of plants, as well as for affording amusement by being provided with walks laid with some sort of neat material, according to the taste of the proprietor, in a serpentine or other irregular manner between the plants. Ibjuscs of this nature should have dry and ra- ther elevated situations, at a small distance from the residence, and be ranged in such a manner as to have the benefit of the sun as much as possible during the day. They must likewise be provided with flues, for the purpose of commu- nicating fire heat when it may be necessary, and also valves and other contrivances for the intro- duction of fresh air when wanted, and to afford due ventilation. The sides, endsj and xooh, must be formed CON CON with glass, as in the greenhouse, in order to ailnutlight trecly, and at the sauie time protect tlic phuits. The ground plan and elevation of an elegant and very convenient house of this sort may he seen in the annexed plate. COWALLARIA, a genus containing plants of the hardv herbaceous perennial tluuery kind. Lilv of the Valley, and Solomon's Seal. it belongs to the class and order Huxaudria Monogyn'm, and ranks in the natural order of Sarnu iitacete. The characters are : that there is no calyx : the corolla i> monopetalous,beli-bhai)ecl, smooth: border six -cleft, oljtuse, open reflcctid : the sta- mina consist of six subulate tilaments, inserted into the petal, shorter than the conilla : anthers oblong erect: the pistillum is a globose germ: style filiform, longer than the stamens : stigma obtuse, three-cornered : the pericarpium is a irlobose berrv, three-celled, before maturity spotted: the seeds are solitary or in pairs, and roundish. The species cultivated are: 1. C. maialis, Sweet-scented Lily of the Valley ; 2. V. polijgo- iiattivi, Single-flowered Solomon's Seal ; 3. C. muUijiora, Many-flowered Solomon's Seal ; 4. C. vcrlkillata. Narrow -leaved Solomon's Seal; 5. C racemosa, Cluster-flowered Solo- mon's Seal. The first has a perennial root, with numerous round fibres transversely wrinkled, creeping hori- zontally just below the surface to a considerable distance. The whole plant is smooth. Four or five alternate, oblong, blunt, slightly nerved, purplish scales surround and bind together the base of tf.e leaves and stalk. There are two leaves, petioled, elliptic or lanceolate, pointed at each end, from four to five inches long, and near an inch and half broad in the middle, quite entire, upright, smooth, nerved, one usually Jartrer, of a brii;ht green colour ; petioles clasp- ing, round, the outer dotted with red, and tubu- lar, to receive the inner, which is solid. Scape lateral, the length of the leaves, upright, smooth, semicylindrical. The flowers from six to eight, in a raceme, nodding, white, and fragrant. Ji is a native of Europe; flowering in May. Hence it is termed May, and sometimes Conval Lily. There are varieties with narrower leaves, with broader leaves, with double variegated flowers; with double reddish or red flowers ; with, double white flowers. The second species has a twisted '■oot, full of knots : on a transverse section of it characters appear that gi\e it the resemblance of a seal, whence the name of Solomon's Seal, 'i'hc stem is from a span to near a foot in height, of a harder texture than the third species : the \vam arc simple, inclined, angular, twisted, somctimtii three-edged, four inches long and one broad, oval-lanceolate, half embracing the stem, glau- cous underneath, fre(|uently bending down on one side. The flowers sweet-seemed, eeiie- rally solitary, bui soiiutiines twt), on long axillary peduncles, nnieh larger than in the third sort. 'I'hc berries are black. It is a native of the north of Europe. It varies with double flowers, &c. The third has a roiiiul stem, from cightein inches to two or three f.el high, erect and un- branched : leaves usually bent upwards, and to one side, underneath glaucous, five inches long and two broad ; the lower ones oval, the ujiper oval-lanceolate, half embracing the stem. The flowers arc several together (from two or three to seven or eight), axillary, on branched compressed peduncles. The berries round, of a blackish blue colour, purple and red. This is a larger plant than the second sort. It is a native of tlie North of Euro))e.. There arc varieties with double flowers. The fourth sort has a perennial root, toothed: the stem is simple, angular, striated, erect, eighteen inches high. The leaves narrower than the other sorts, lanceolate, entire, smooth, three or four in a whorl, three or four inchtis long, and from half an inch to an inch in breadth, bright green, and glaucous beneath. The peduncles arc a.h<)uld have tall sticks to climb upon, on which they will rise several feet in height, flo'.vcring all the way, and appearing highly ornamental. The perennial sorts are elegant plants for the greenhouse collection, and deserve the attention of tliosc who can preserve them during the win- ter season. The last species mav be raised bv plantinc the roots, either whole or divided, in a v.arni bor- der, in the early spring months, where thev will send up stalks, and flower in the autumn ; but to have them in greater perfection, thev should be planted in a slender hot-bed, covered with a frame and glasses durinu bad weather, by which means they flower earlier, and often form many tubers at the joints. They are chiefly planted for the sake of variety. COXVZA, a genus containing a plant of the shrubby sort for the greenhouse. It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia Pobjgamia Superflua, and ranks in the natural order of Compositee Dhcoidece. The characters arc : that the calyx is common, imbricate, roundish, squarrose : scales acute, the outer somewhat r-preadins : the corolla com- pound tubulose : corollets hermaphrodite nu- merous, tubular in the disk : females apetatous, roundish in the circuit: proper, of the herma- prodite lunnel form : border five-cleft, patulous : of the females, funnel-form : border three-cleft : the stamina in the hermaphrodites, filaments five, capillary, very short : aiuher cylindric, tubular : pisiillum in the hermaphrodites, an oblong germ : style filiform, laigth of the stamens: sticma two-clefi : in the Temaies, senii oblong : stvle filiform, length of the hermaphrodite, more slen- der : stigmas two, very slender : there is no pe- ricarpium, calyx converging : the seeds to the hermaphrodites solitary, oblong; down simple : to the females, solitar)-, oblong; down simple : the receptacle flat. The species niostlv cultivated is C. Candi- da, WTiite-leaved or Woolly Flea-bane. There are other species that may be cultivated when variety is wanted. It has the stem suffruticose, six inches high, upright, round, hairy, whitish, and branched : the leaves are very while, quite entire, alternate : the flowers purple, peduncled, heaped. Accord- intr to Miller, the peduncles are woolly, nine inches high, one-, two-, or three-f.owered ; the flowers ofa dirty yellow. It has a pleasant smell. It is a native of Candia, Culture. — It may be increased hv planting slips or cuttings in separate pots of good earth, the former in the spring, and the latter in the summer months, plunging them first in a hot- bed, and giving water pretty freely till they have stricken root in both meliiods. These plants must have the protection ofa good gard n frame or greenhouse during the winter. They alVord an agreeable variety from the silvery appearance of their leaves. C'OPAIFERA, a genus containing a plant of the exotic balsamiferous kind. It belongs to I he class and order Decaiidria l^Iotwgyiiia, and rank? in the natural order of Legnminoste . The characters are: that there is no calvx : the corolla has four petals, oblong, acute, concave, very spreading: the stamina consist of ten fili- form filaments, incurved, a little longer than the corolla : anthers oblong, incumbent : the pibtillum is a round, compressed-flat, pedieelled germ : style filiform, incurvate, lentrth of the stamens : stigma obtuse : the pericarpium is an ovate, bivalve legume, pointed with part of the siyle : the seed single, ovate, involved by a ber- ried aril. The species is C. officinalis. Balsam of Caperi Tree. In its native situation it is a lofty ele- gant tree, with a handsome head : the extreme branches at the axils are fiexuose, and have a smoothish bark of a brownish ash colour. The leaves are alternate, piimate, the midrib or rachis round, and four inches long : leaflets three or four pairs, without an odd one, lanceolate-ovate, ending in a blunt point, quite entire, shining, subcoriaceous, with several obliquely- ascending veins, the middle nerve prominent beneath, and ferruginous ; they aic from two to three inches long, and on short petioles ; the inner ones are narrower by half than the others ; the two uppennost opposite, but one of these frequently wanting, so that the leaf then ap- pears to be unequally pinnate ; the rest are al- ternate. The flowers are white, sitting closely on the peduncles. It is a native of South America. It is the tree which affords, by perforating the trunk, the fluid balsam or resin which thickens by degrees, and is entitled " Balsam of Capevi." Culture. — It may be increased by sowing the seeds procured from America, or the West Indies, on a bark hot-bed ; and when the plants are of a proper size, thev sliould be potted and placed in the bark -bed of the stove, and treated as other plants of the exotic woody kind. It may likew ise be raised from cuttings of the yor.ni^ shoots planted in the spring season in poi>, plunging them into the hot-bed. COR COR These plants afford variety, in assemblage with others of the same sort. CORDIA, a genus comprising a plant of the flowerins; shrubby exotic kind, for the stove. It beloniTs to the class and order Pentandiia ]\]o!iosif//ia, and ranks in the natural order ot Asper'ij'oUce. 'ihe characters are : that the calyx is a one- leafed, tubular periantiiium, toothed at the top, permanent : the corolla one-petailed, funnel- form : tube patulous, length of the calyx : bor- der erect-spreading, cut into five (four or six) obtuse divisions: the stamina have five filaments, subulate: anthers oblong, length of the tube : ihe pistillum is a roundish germ, acuminate: style simple, length of the stamens, bifid at top; divisions bifid : stigmas obtuse: the pericarpium is a globose drupe, acuminate, growing to the calyx: seed, a nut furrowed, four-celled. The species mostly cultivated is C. Seleslena, Sebesten, or Rough-leaved Cordia. It has several shrubby stems, eight or nine feet high, having towards the top rough alternate leaves on short petioles, of a deep green on their upper side. The flowers terminating in large clusters upon branching peduncles, sustaining one, two, or three flowers. The -corolla is large, with a long tube, spreading open at top, and there divided into five obtuse segments ; it is of a beautiful scarlet colour, making a fine appearance. A small piece of the woocT thrown on a pan of lighted coals, perfumes the whole house with a most agreeable smell. It is a native of both the Indies. It is from the juice of the leaves, combined with that of the fruit of a species of fig, that the fine red colour with which they dye their cloths in Otaheite is prepared. Culture. — It is raised by sowing seed obtained from the West Indies, as soon as possible after they arrive, in pots of light earth, plunging them in a connntin hot-bed or ba]k-bed ; and when the plants have two or three months' growth, they should be pricked out singly in small pots, replunging them in the hot-bed, to forward their rooting afresh ; being afterwards continued con- stantly in the stove or hot-house. They re- quire frequent watering in the summer. Plants of this sort are very ornamental in stove- collections. COREOPSIS, a genus containing plants of the flowering herbaceous perennial kind. Tick- seeded Sun-flower. It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia Polygani'id Fruslranea, And ranks in the natural order of Conipos'ilcp oppositij'o/icc. The f.haraclcrs are : that the calyx is conmion, either simple, subimbricate, or doubled : the ex- g tenor usually with eight leaflets, \^'hich are coarse, and placed in a circle; the interior with as many larger ones, membranaceous and coloured : the corolla compound rayed: eorollets hermaphro- dite, numerous in the disk: females eight in the ray: proper, of the hermaphrodite tubular, five- toothed: female lignlate, four-toothed, spread- ing, large: the stamina in the hermaphrodites, filaments five, capillary, very short: anther cylin- dric, tubular : the pistillum in the hermaphro- dites: germ compressed: style filiform, length of the stamens: stigma bifid, acute, slender: in the females, germ like the hermaphrodites: style and stigma none: there is no pericarpium: calyx scarce altered: the seed in the hermaphro- dite solitary, orbiculate, convex on one side, con- cave on the other, with a transverse protube- rance at top and bottom, surrounded by a mem- branaceous edge, with a two-horned tip : in the females none : the receptacle chaffV. The species cultivated are: 1. C. verticillaia. Whole-leaved Coropsis, or Tick-seed Sun- flower; 2. C. Iripteris, Three-leaved Coreop- sis; 3. C. alternifoUa, Alternate-leaved Core- opsis ; 4. C. lanceolaia. Spear-leaved Co- reopsis. The first has a perennial root, with many tall, stiff, angular stems, upwards of three feet high. The leaves are opposite, often in whorls ; leaflets very narrow and entire ; the branches opposite ; the peduncles long, slender, and one-flower- ed ; the ray yellow; and the disk dark purple. It continues long in flower in the latter end of the summer ; and is a native of North America. The second species has likewise a perennial root ; the stems strong, round, smooth, six or seven feet high : the flow ers in bunches at the top of the stem, on long peduncles ; ray of the corolla pale yellow ; disk dark purple. It is a native of North America. The third has a woody perennial root : the stems several, annual, erect, angular, filled with white pith, winged, from five to ten feet high, simple, having only very short subdivisions at the top into roundish villose peduncles : the leaves are rugged on both sides, of a dirty green colour; thelowerones three or four together, or two opposite, the rest alternate, dccurrent. The flowers are large, of a yellowish colour, coming out late. It is a native of Virginia. The fourth species has several stems, decum- bent at bottom, and thence arising obliquely, a foot and a half or two feet in length. At each joint a pair of oblong leaves, with other smaller ones. The peduncles are round and smooth. The florets in the ray eight or nine, broad, with four deep large teeth at the end. It is a native of Carolina, and lasts two or three years. COR COR Culture. — The propagation of these plants is easily effected, cither by slipping or dividinu; the routs in aiitunni, when the stalks decay, iiTanl- in"- them out where they are to remain, keeping lliem clean lioni weeds, and cutting down the stalks annually in autumn, when they begin to decay. The third and fourth sorts may be ren- dered more forward b\- the use of a hot-bed. They arc all well calculated for the more large borders and clumps, introducing them in the vacant spaces between shrubs ; as they exhibit a plentiful bloom till late in the autumn. COKl ANDHI L'.\l, a genus containing a plant of the herbaceous culinary annual kind. It belongs to ihe class and order l\ntamhi(i Digyii'ia, and ranks in the natural order of UinivlhtfT. The characters arc : that the calyx is an uni- versal umbel, with few rays: partial with very manv : involucre universal scarce one-leaved: partial three-leaved, halved, linear : the perianth proper live-looihed, standingout : thecorollauni- versal diHbrm, raved : tlosculcs of the disk abor- tive : (iroper of the disk heruiaphrodile : petals live, inflcx-emarginate, equal : projieroflhe ray, liermaphrodite: petals five, intlex-hearted, un- equal, of which the exterior is very large, two- [)arted ; but tlie nearest lateral ones have a very argc division: the staniina have five simple fila- ments: anthers roundish: the pistillum is an inferior licrin : styles two, distant : stigmas of the ray headed : there is no pericarpium : fruit spherical bipartite : the seeds two, hemispheric and concave. The species cultivated is C. sativum. Com- mon or Great Coriander. It has an annual small root ; the stem a foot or a foot and half in height, smooth and branched : the root-leaves larger, doubly pinnate : pinnules broad, gashed on every side, serrate and even half-two-lol)ed : iqiper leaves very finely divided, also doubly pinnate : the pinnules linear, slender, divided into two or three segrnents: pe- tals white, or reddish. It flowers in June and July ; and the seeds ripen in July and August. The leaves have a strong disagreeable scent ; buttheseeds are grateful to the ta^tc, and, when incrusted with sugar, fold by the confectioncis. They, as well as the plant, are also sometimes used for culinary purjioses. Cull inc. — 'I'liis is managed bv sow ing the seed in the spring, or beginning of summer, in shallow drills, half an inch deep, and six mches asunder, keeping them afterwards free from weeds. As the plants soon run up to seed, live or six sow- ings should be made, from March till the latter end of summer, the last on a warm border, or in a bed to be defended with a frame, 8cc., in ordir to provide young green leaves more convenieniK', as they may be wanted in winter. When cultivated for seed, it should be sown early in March, either in drills a foot apart, or broad-east, and raked in: \» hen the plants are an inch or two in height, thev shoulil be hoed to six or eight inches distance. They produce ripe seed about August ; w hen the seed-steins should be caielully pulled or cut in proper time : as the seeds are but >ligluly attached, if particular care is not taken in gathering soon enough, and cut- ting the stalks, a great part sheds and is lost. When cut, they should be put into a cloth, and thrashed out as soon as possible. The vomig haves are used as culinary herbs, and the sect's for dillerent purposes. It is a proper ])lant for slirubberv borders, .lud clumps, to increase the variety, where ilti creeping roots send iq) manv small suckers fiu- future increase. COKIAHIA, a genus comprising a plant of the deciduous flowering hardv shrubi)v kind. It belongs to the class and order Diut'cia Dfcaudiiu. 'I"he characters arc : that in the male the calvx is a ti\e-leaved perianth, verv short: leaflets subovate, concave : the corolla has live petals, very like the calyx, connected : the stamina con- sist of ten filaments, length of the corolla: an- thers oblong, two-]>artcd : in the female, thecalvx is a live-leaved perianth verv short; leaHets sub- ovate, concave: the corolla has live petals, cus- pidate, ealyeiform, converging: the stamina con- sist of ten filaments (five within the cal)X ; five w-ithin the petals) very short : anthers barren : the pistillum has five germs, ci>nqiresscd, inward- ly conjoined : styles as manv, bristle-form, long : stigmas simple: there is no peiicar|)inni : five fleshy, ovate-lanceolate, three-sided petals, with one of the angles looking inwards, covering the seeds : the seeds five, kiunev-form. The species mostly cultivated is C. mi/iii- folia, Tanner's or Myrtle-leaved Sumach. It is a shrub which seldom grows more than three or four feet high. It creeps at the root, and sends forth inain stems. In the male plant, the flower-buds are often in pairs fiom the sear of the fallen leaves. Male aments, cvliiidrie, op- posite, in pairs (one from each bud),leafliss: pairs from one to live, below the polvgamous aments: the (lowers are separated bv lieshv, concave scales: the hermaphrodite buds also solitary or in pairs, above the former, in several pairs ; some males being mixed with the hermaphrodites. The other buds, occupying the ends of the branches, have niale flowers only, in leafless aments. In the female plant, very many flower-buds are placed alone the branches, opposite by pairs: 2 P COR COR aiiients lona;, pcduncled, more leafv, liaviiifrfi'om one to ibur leaves, the outmost gradually larger : the raceme looser, few-floweied; the scales sepa- rating; the Mowers narrower and more aeuminate. It is a native of tlie South of France, bcc. ■(lowering from Mav to August. It is used in tanning leather, and in dyeing black. Ciihure. — This is a plant easily increased by suckers taken from the root, which it affords plen- tifully,and v>h;ch mav betaken off with fibres to iheni in the autumn or winter. It may likewise be raised from lavers made in autumn, and taken ofl' in the following autunni, being then planted out where thcv are to remain. C01;K TRtE. See Oijkrcus. CORNELIAN CHERfiY. See Cornus. CORN US, a genus comprehending ])lants of the hardy deciduous shrubby kinds. It belongs to the class and order Tctra/nhia ]\Io//ii!y!/ni(i, and ranks in the natural order of S/i-l/u/ce. Tlie characters are : that the calyx is an in- volucre generally four-leaved, many-flowered : leaflets ovate, the opposite ones smaller, colour- ed, deciduous : perianth very small, four-toothed, superior, deciduous: the corolla has four petals, ob- long, acute, flat, smaller than the involucre : the stamina consist of four subulate filaments, erect, longer than tlie corolla : anthers roundish, incum- bent : the pistillum is a roundish inferior germ : style filiform, length of the corolla: stigma ob- tuse : tl'.e pcricarpiiuTi is a roundish drupe, uni- bilieated : the seed is a heart-shaped, or oblong, tuo-celled nut. The species cultivated arc : 1 . C. sangubica, Coumion Dog-wood : 2. C. flnrida, Great- flowered Dog-wood : 3. C. alba, Whitc-berricd Dog-wood : 4. C. sericea, Blue-berried Dog- wood : 5. C. maicula, Cornelian Cherry. The first rises to the height of from four or live to eight or ten feet : the leaves are opposite, ijuite entire, but sometimes with the edge wav- ing, strongly nerved, slightly pubescent on botii sides, two inches miA a half long, one and a half broad: petioles smooth, furrowed above, and four lines in length : the peduncles axillary, leaf- lets ; pedicels short and very close together; fornilns a five-cleft cyme, again subdividing: >onie of the flowers are female, and the fruit lound, obscurely umbilicatc, very dark purple : the l>ulp soft and bitter It is a native of Europe ; flowers in .lime, the berries ripen in August. The second species seldom rises above seven or eight I'eet high, but is generally well furnished wiih laro;e leaves: the branches are terminated by large white flowers, having a very large involu- criiui, being succeeded by clusters of dark red bej-ries. It floweis in April and May, but not very plentifully here ; it is however very hardy, aiui known in tlie nurseries by the title of Virgi- nia Dog-wood. There is a variety with a rose-coloured in- volucre. The third species has much resemblance to the first ; difleriiig only in its recurved branches and w hite berries : the stem is woody, putting out many lateral branches near the ground, so that, unless it is trained while young, it generally spreads low: the branches during summer are bron nish, but in winter chanae to a fine red : the flowers are prodivced in large cymes at the extremity of every shoot, towards the end of Mav, and are white: the fruit also becomes finally w bite ; these shrubs produce fruit the best when planted in stiff ground. It is a native of North America. The fourth is a shrub which grows two fa- thonis in height, with an ujiriglit, round, branch- ed, gray stem : the branches are opposite, round, spreading, dusky purple ; shoots round, with a ring at the joints, almost without spots, and dark red, as in the first, the younger ones more or less pubescent : the leaves aeuminate, entire, nerved : they are narrower, and deeper veined than in the third : the flowers grow in smaller cvmcs : the fruit is smaller, and of a deep blue colour when ripe : the shoots are of a beautiful red colour in winter; and in summer, from the leaves being large, of a whitish colour on their under side, and the bunches of white flowers at the extremity of every branch, it becomes a va- luable shrub ; and in autumn, when the large branches of blue berries are ripe, it makes a fine appearance. It is a native of North America. The fifth species, in its wild state, is a shrub, four or five I'eet in height ; but when cultivated it advances into a tree twenty feet high. The shoots are ash-coloured and pubescent : the leaves are in pairs, ovate-lanceolate, subhirsute : the flowers come out very early in the sprins:, before the leaves : the leaflets of the involucre are lanceolate, often reliected and permanent : the peduncles are one-flowered, somewhat villose, from twelve or fifteen to thirty in an umbel : the fruit is oblonir, and of a high shining scarlet colour, the size and form of a small Olive Acorn. It is a native of France, &c., flowering in mild seasons early in February. Culture. — These plants may be raised citherby seeds, laye rs, or cuttings. In the first nutliod, the seed oi the American kinds should be sown as soon as possible in spring, in a bed of good earth, half an inch deep ; but they may be sown in autumn probably with more advantage. The Cornelian Cherry, and common Dogwood, and all those sorts that ripen seeds in this climate. c o COR should be sown in the autumn ; and thcv will for the most part rise the succeeding spring. When the plants are a vcar old, they should be planted out in nursery-rows ; and when they are trom two to tour or five tcet lni;h, thev arc proper for being removed into the shrubbery, chimps, and other places. In the second mode, the shoots of the year should belaid down in auiunui ; and they will be well rooted, and lit to remove the following autumn. Cuttings of the strong shoots of the same year, ten or twelve inches long, should be plant- ed three part? in the ground in the auiunm, and in the autumn following, when well rooted, removed and planted out as above. Suckers from the roots planted in the same w ay also make good shrubs. All these shrubby trees arc proper for large shrubberies, wilderness-work^, and other orna- mented erounds, w here they etlect a line variety by theirlcaves and numerous tiowL-ry umbels in summer, as well as their clusters of berries in autumn ; and in the Dog-wood kinds, by their beautiful red shoots in winter, when their leaves are fallen. Thev all succeed in any common soil and exposure, and require no culture, but to permit them to assume their natural growth ; onlv just cutting otl'anv ramblingside shoots, and cleanni; awav suckers Irom the roots, and the dead wood from the branches or other parts. CORNUTIA, a genus containing a plant of the shrubby kind for the stove. It belongs to the class and order Didynamia Gymnospermin, and ranks in the natural order of Personal (C. The characters arc : that the calyx is a one- leafed, roundish perianth, very small, tubular, five-toothcd, permanent : the corolla is one- petalled, ringent ; tube cylindric, nmeh longer than ihe calyx : border four-cleft, upper division erect, roundish ; lateral ones distant ; lower roundish, entire: the stamina have four filaments, of which two project beyond the tube of the corolla: anthers simple, inclining: the pistillnm is a roundish cerm: style very long, two-parted: stigmas thickish ; the pericarpium is a globose berr\-, at the base com))rehendc-d by the calyx : the seed single, kidney-form : calyx live-tthnnis between each sc-cd ; two-valved, one- celled, parting by joints : the seeds many. The species are: 1. C. juncea, Linear-leaved Coronilla; 3. C. falcnlina. Small Shrubby Co- runilla; 3. C. urgc/iUn, Silvery-lea\ed Coro- nilla; 4. C. glaitca. Great Slirubby Coronilla ; 5. C. Kmerus, Scorpion Sena. The first rises from two to f(jur fttt high, with many slender woody brunches, a.-' in bnioni: the leaves are linear, spear-sliaped, small, and somew hat (leshv : the flowers stand upon pretty long axillary peduncles, in small bunches, are of a bright yellow colour, and appear for mx or Seven months toceiher, but have not piodueed seeds in this climate. It is a native of tlie South of France. The second species rises three or foui fiet high : the leaflets nine or eleven, cblong-cordaie or wedge-fonii rctusc, with a small point or 2 1' 2 COR COR none, glaucouP, somewhat fleshy, having the colour of rue in the carlv spring : the flowers are on lonsr ;ixillar\' peduncles in close bunches, small and deep vellow. It has a strong odour, and is a native of Spain. The third is a very humble shrub, rarely grow- ing more than tw'o feet high, when planted in a good soil ; but in a dry barren place, not much above one foot : the stem is liard and woody, from which the branches arc produced on every side near the trround, so as to form a low bushy shnib. At the joints where the leaves are pro- duced are two ear-shaped stipules. The flowers are on long slender axillary peduncles, yellow, and have a strong sweet scent: it produces plenty of flowers in May, making a fine appearance; the seeds ripening in August. Its silvery co- lour is said to be occasioned by its growing on a poor drv soil. It is a native of the island of Crete. The fourth species seldom grows more than three or four feet high, with a woody branching- stem : the leaflets five or seven, glaucous, wedge- form, seldom obcordatc, with a small reflex point : the flowers bright yellow, in a roundish bunch : they are remarkably fragrant during the dav. It is a native of the South of France. The fifth rises from two to six feet in heisrht (eight or nine in gardens) : the stem not very straight, branched and brachiate (so weak as sometimes to want support) : the leaflets three or four pairs, gradually larger, almost cordate, glaucous and smooth : the peduncles unibelled, with from three to five yellow flowers. INlillcr kept this species under its old name of Evurns, jlividing itinto greater and less; the former being common in gardens, but the latter in very few. It is a native of France, flowering in April. Culliire. — As the first four sorts, and espe- cially the second, are rather tender, thouirh they will succeed in the open air in mild winters, they should in common be potted, to be moved to the shelter of a green-house, or glass frame, or some place in a sheltered situation In the full ground. The last sorts are hardy and elegant flowcring-shmbs, for the clumps and other parts of extensive pleasure-grounds. The four first kinds may be increased by seeds sown in the spring, eitlier on a warm border, or in a slender hot-bed ; but the latter is the best mode, as it produces them more forward, in pots of rich earth half an inch in depth, plunging them in a hot-bed when necessary. When the plants are two or three inches in height, they should be pricked out in separate small pots, giving shade, water, and air, hardening them gradually to the full air, about the nnddle of sunnner, in which they may remain till autumn, then removing them to the shelter of a frame during winter, covering them only in time of frost, or very severe weather. The last sort, or Scorpion Sena, mav be raised plentifully both bv seeds, layers, and cut- lings ; the seeds being sown in March, in a bed of light earth, and covered half an inch deep, giving occasional waterings in dry weather. When the plants have had one or two years' growth, they should be removed into nursery rows, and in two or three more they will be large enough for planting in the shrubbery, or other places. The layers of the young shoots may be laid down in autumn or w inter, givincr them a gentle twist. When they are perfectly rooted, they should he taken off, and planted out as above. The cuttings of the young shoots should be planted in the spring, or autumn, in sliady borders, giving water the following spring and summer. When \\ell rooted they should be removed, as in the above methods. CORTUSA, a genus containing a plant of the low flowering herbaceous biennial kind. It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogijn'm, and ranks in the natural order of Precice. The characters are: that the cal\x is a five- cleft perianth, spreading, very small, perma- nent: divisions lanceolate, three-toothed: the corolla one-petalled, wheel-shaped : tube scarce any: border flat, five-parted, ample; divisions ovate, acute ; throat with an elevated ring : the stamina consist of five obtuse filaments; anthers- two-plated, oblong, erect, afiixed to the out- ward part: the pistillum is an ovate germ : style filiform, longer than the corolla: stigma almost headed : the pericarpnun is an oval capsule, acuminate, half- five- valved : the seeds nume- rous, compressed, cornered : the receptacle is columnar and free. The species cultivated is C. ]\Ial thiol! ; Bear's Ear Sanicle of Matlhiolus. It sends out many oblong smooth leaves, a little indented on the edges, and forming a sort of head like the auricula. The peduncles come out in the centre of the leaves, rise about four inches high, and support an umbel of flowers, each on a slender short ptedicel ; they are of a flesh colour, and spread open like those of the auricula. It is a native of the Alps, kc. flow- ering in April and May ; being, according to some, biennial. Ci/llure. — These are plants which require some trouble in preserving in the garden, as they stand in need of shade and a poor sandy soil, as well as frequent waterings. 'iliey are increased bv parting the roots in the beginning of autunm, in the same manner a* is jiractised for the auricula. These are low ornamental plants. COR COR CORYLL'S, a genus comprising plants of the hardy deciduous shrubbv-tree kind. Tlie Ilnzcl or Nut Ttrec. It belongs to tlie class and order J^Io/waia Puli/andria, and ranks in the nauirai order of jiiiictilacice. The characters are: that the male flowers arc disposed in a long anient : the calyx is an anient conuuon imbricated on every side, cylindric, permanent: the scales one-llowered, narrower at the base, wider at the top, and more obtuse, inficx, threc-clelt; middle division equal in length to the others, but as wide again, and covering the others : there is no corolla : the stamina consist oF eight filaments (six or eight), verv short, growing to the interior side ot the calycine scale ; anthers ovate-oblong, shorter than the calyx, erect; fem.-.le flowers remote from the males, on a very small subglobular anient, in the same plant, sessile, included within the bud : the calyx is a two-leaved peri- anth (one-leafed), leathery, lacerated on the margin, erect, length of the fruit ; during the time of florescence scarcely visible, on account of its smallness: there is no corolla: thepistil- lum is a roundish germ, very small: styles two, setaceous, much longer than the calvx, colour- ed ; stigmas simple: there is no pericarpium : the seed is an ovate nut, scalped as it were at the base, hut little compressed at the tip, slightly pointed. The species cultivated are: 1. C. avellana, Common Hazel-nut Tree; 2. C. rostrata, Ame- rican Cuckold-nut Tree; 3. C. Coluriia, Con- stantinople or Bvzantine Hazel-nut Tree. The first is properlv a shrub : the stem is co- vered with a whitisii cloven bark, which is smooth on the branches, frequently of a bay colour, and spotted with w hite ; on the shoots it is sometimes smooth, sometin)CS hairy, ash- coloured and green, with white tubercles: the leaves are ahernate, gash-serrate, wrinkled, with liairs on both sides standing out, dark ^reen above, bright green beneath, on very Iiairv round petioles, half an inch in length. Tlie male catkins appear in autumn, and wait for the expansion of the female germs in the spring: the styles are of a bright red colour, long and setaceous : the flowering branches, especially those which bear the fertile flowers, are set with short line hairs terminating in globides : the catkins are in pairs of a yellowish green colour. There are several varieties and sub-varieties of this plant, as, with white-skinned kernels, with rcd-skinncd kernels ; great cob-nut with large round fruit; cluster-nut with the fruit in clusters at the ends of the branches ; long nut, which is rounded and broadish at top; Barcelona or Spanish nut, which is large, roundish, and well kcrnelled ; the filbert, w hich ha& the tree more erect than the common hazcl, and of which there are wliitc-bkinned and Md-akinned sub- varieties. The s< cond species has an upright stem divid- ing into a branchy head : the leaves are ol)l(.n<', heart siiapcd and acute, the length of the calvx- being such as to cover the init enlirelv even after it is ripe, and rostrated. It is a naii\e of N'irginia. The third has the stem upright and slirubbv, branching to the heinlit of lour or five I'eel : the leaves are a iilile laciniaied at top: the raceme of nuts very large : the nuts roundish, and in shape like those of theconniion hazel, but more than twice their size : the cups or involucres very large, so as almost to co\er the mil, and deeply cut at the brim. It is a native of Con- stantinople. (Aniline. — All these different sorts mav be easily increa'^ed, either by planting the inits, layers, suckers of the roots, graltnig, i,r bud- ding; but the second is the best and most safe method for continuing the sorts. In the llrst mode the nuts should, after hcin"' ])rcserved in an airy shed or cellar, in sand, be plant- ed in drills in the spring to the depth of about two inches, and a foot apart. When lliey have had a twelvenu/Mth's growth, the)' shoidd be removed into nursery rows, at the dist.-inec of two or three feet, and a foot apart in the rows, training them according to the purpose for which ihev are wanted, as standard trees, half-standards or dwarts, for one or two years, w hen they will be proper for removing into the situations where they are to remain. For the first pur|)ose, they shoidd be trained with a single stem live or six feel high, at w Inch hei'dit they should be suflered to branch out and form a head, according to their natural growth ; but for half-standards, a three or four feet stem is suflicicnt; and for dwarfs, they should be trained with a single stem to a foot and a half or two feet in height, then lopped, that thev may branch out, and lorm a low spreadimi- head. 'illis mode cannot, however, be fullv de- pended on for producing the same sorts witlv certainty. In the second mode, some of the lowest young branches, which have plenty of young shoots, should be laid down in the autunm or winter season ; and when they have become perfectly rooted, they may be taken ofl' and planted out in nursery rows at the distance of two feet, and twelve mehes apart in the rows j the plants being trained as above. \Vhen large supplies are wanted, the best way is, however, to form stools, bv heading down a few trees, nearly to the surface of the groimd,. the preceding year; as by this means abundance C O R COT ot slioots niriv be provided. In this \^ay, and bv suckers, grafting, and budding, the sorts and varieties may be preserved with certainty. 'i'hc- suckers arising from the roots of trees raised* in cither of these methods, when taken up in autumn, winter, or early spring, with good radical fibres, grow freely and form good plants, which should be planted at once where they are to remain when large, and the smaller sizes in nursery rows, till of proper growth. This mode of raising the plants is chiefly adopted in Kent, where large quantities are cul- tivated. The tamina consist of ten tiianients, subulate, straight, the length of the corolla : amhers erect, four-furrowed : the pistilluni has five genus, oblong, thickish, end- ing in subulate slvies, wliich are longer than the stamens : stigmas simple : the pericarpium con- sists of five capsules, obl'iig, bellied, acuminate, onc-valvcd ; titl'ine: longitiuiiMally inwards : the seeds ver\ niaiiv and small. The species ate i 1 . C. orikulnln. Round-le.nv- ed Navel wort ; 2. C. spuria, Narro%v leaved Navel - wort; 3. C. hninspherkul. Knife-leaved Navel- wort ; 4. C. Luciiiiala, Cut-kaved Navelwort. The first rises with a short thick succulent pcr- cnniaUialk, which rarely exceed' a foot in height, branching out on every side, so as to spread over the pots in which it is planted. The branches be- come woody bv age, and are closely beset by thick round leaves of a grayish colour, with pur- ple borders, plane on Their upper side, convex on the under, and very fleshy; of an herbaceous colour within, and full of moisture. There are clusters of pale yellow flowers at the ends of the branches. It is a native of the Cape ; flowering from .Kily to the beginning of autumn. The second species has a short greenish suc- culent stalk, seldom more than a span high, di- vidinsr into several irregular branches : the leaves ihick^ succulent, four inches long, half an inch broad, and as much in thickness, having a bmad concave furrow on their upper side, anii convex on the under ; bright green, with a purple tip : the peduncles terminating, near a loot high : the flowers on short pedicels, yellow : tubes long, brims reflex, tipped with purple. The third has a thick succulent stalk, rarely inore than a span high, dividing into many branches : the leaves are short, thick, suc- culent, not more than h.df an inch long, and a quarter of an inch broad, grayish, with green spots, sessile: the peduncles terminating, six inches long, naked, supporting five or six flow ers, alternate, sessile, greenish, with purple tips. The fourth has the stem upright, about a foot high,jointedandsucculent: the leaves broad, deep- ly cut on their edges, of a grayish colour, opposite almost embracing: peduncles terminating, about six inches long, sustaining seven or eight small flowers of a deep vellow colour. It is a native of Egypt, Sec. flowering in July and August. Culture. — All these sorts are easily increased bv cuttings of their voung succulent branches planted out in the spring or summer luoitihs, after being exposed for a wtel< or ten days to heal over the cut parts, in pots of dry sand or com- post; placing them tuber in the gieen-bouse, or a frame, to have sheltir from wet, and occa- sional shade; but it is of great advantage to plunge them III a bark -bid, or other hoi-bed, in lorward- ini;: their striking roota, giving oce;isional shade, and water once a week; thev .-huuld lie hardened to the lull air during the summer nionths. Thev -.ifibrd ornament and variety among other trreen-li'iu.H- plant';. ~ COVKNTIiV HL:LL.S. See C.nmpanula. CHAMliK, a genus aflording plants of the esculent and ^brubbv exotic kinds. It belongs to the class and order Tclradi/numla Sili(ju()sa, and ranks in the natural order of 5/- lujuoue. Thecharactersare: that ihccalyx isalbur-leav- ed perianth : leatiels ovate, channelled, somewhat spreading, deciduous : the corolla ibur-petalled, cruciloiin : petals large, obtuse, broad, spreading : claws erect-spreading, lentrtb of the cuiyx : the stamina have six filaments, two the length of the calvx, four longer, with a iwo-cleft lip : anthers simple, on the exterior branch of the filaments : a melliferous gland between the corolla and the longer stamens on each side: the pistillum is an oblong gen.n : stvle iv.)ne: stigma thickish : the pericarpium is a dry berry, globose, one- celled, deciduous: the seed single and roundisli. The species are: 1. C. maritima. Sea Cab- bage, or Colewort; 2. C.frulkosu, Shrubby Sea Cabbage, or Colewort ; 3. C. strigosa, Kough- leaved Shrubby Sea Colwort. The first has roots creeping under ground, by which it propagttcs fast : the whole plant is smooth: the lower leaves are petioled, very large, and spreading on the ground, variously waved, ja2i;cd and iiidtnted ; smooth, glaucous, some- times tinged with purple : many stalks arise among these, two feet high, spreadin the stems are very slen- der, full of joints, and traihns : the leaves thick, succulent, htart-shaped, connate, gravish, in a double row, hollow dotted : the stems are di- vided, grow about eight ••x nine inches lonjr, and are termmated by clusters of small white flowers, sitting ver^' close to the top: these appe^.t' in spring, and again in the latter part of summer. The fifth never rises with a stalk, but the leaves come out close to the ground, forming a sort of head ; thev are smooth, somewhat hairy, set with excavated dots, succulent, taper, end- ing in points, and frequentlv put out roots. Out of the centre of thc^e arises the flower-stalk, branching into two or three shoots at top, each terrninated by clusters of greenish flowers, which do not open. It ilowcs in Mav, and sometimes again towards the latter part of surrmer. The sixth species is a low perennial plant. having 6pen spreading heads, vcr\' hkc those of some sorts of iiouseleck, growing on the end* of very slender trailing stalks, produced in pleniv on every side the parent plant, as on the Childiug MaiTguld. The flower-stalks arise from the cen- tre oi these heads ; are naked, about fci.r inches ioiig, and temunated by close clusters of htrba- ceou* flowers : the leaves are radical, fornunc roses, ovate, fleshy, gibbous, even, sharpish^ ciliate backwards, with cartilaginous, verv slen- der hairs: the root puts forth lateral threads, which arc filiform and decumbent, forming run- ners at the end. It (lowers sometimes in May, but usually in July and August, Culture. — Tile first three sorts mav be easily increased, by planting the cuttings of the stems and branches in the later spring and summer months, after having been exixjscd in a dr\- si- tuation for a few days, to heal over the cut parts, in pots filled with sandy earth, plunsrinsr them m the bark-bed of the stove, or in a frame shad- ed from the sun. When well rooted, they should be removed into separate pots, and re- placed in the same situations till fully established, when they maybe removed into the greenhouse, where they should have a sunny situation in winter, and but little water. The other species may be increased by plantinw the off'-sets from the roots in the same manner as above. As these are plants of a succulent nature, both in their stems, branches, and leaves, as well as of curious growth, they afford variety anions collections of other plants of similar kinds" They are capable of bearing the open air in sum- mer, in dry warm situations. CRATAEGUS, a genus affording plants of the hardy deciduous tree and shrub k'inds. Haw- thorn and Wild Service Tree. It belongs to the class and order Icosamlria Di- gi/nia,3Lnd ranks in the nalwzl order o[Pomacfce. The characters are : thatthecalyx isaone-leaf- ed perianth, concave-spreading, five-cleft, perma- nent: thecorollahas five roundish petals, concave, sessile, inserted into the calyx : the stamina con- sist of twenty subulate filaments, inserted into the calyx: anthers roundish : the pistillum is an inferior germ : styles two, filiform, erect: stit^mas headed : the pericarpium is a fleshy, roundish berry, umbilicated : the seeds two, somewhat oblong, distinct, and cariilaeinous. The species cultivated are: 1. C. oxt/acanlha. Hawthorn or Whitethorn; 2. C. aria. White Beam, or White-leaf Tree ; 3. C. torminalis. Wild Service, Sorb, or Maple-leased Service; 4. C. coccmea, Great American Hawthcm ; 5. C. viridis, Green-leaved Virginian Hawthorn ; 6. C. Orits Galti, Cockspur Hawthorn ; 7. C. tomen- C R A C R A ioiii, Woolly-leaved Hawthorn ; 8. C. Jzarolus, Parslev-leavcd Hawthorn, or Azarole. The first rises with an ascending, round trunk, very much branched : the bark is smooth : at the base of each petiolearetwnsemiorbicularstipules, deeply toothed, acuminate at top : thorns sharp (coming out from between the stipules) : the leaves are trifid, petioled, decurrent, sharp at the base, shining, the middle segment trifid, very entire about The edge (commonly in the upper floral leaves, but serrate in the branch leaves) : the peduncles are branched, with two or three flowers on each division, of a white colour, suc- ceeded by bunches of dark red berries. It flowers in May. There are varieties, with large, oblong, smooth, bright scarlet fruit, with buds appearing of a fine yellow, and the fruit of a goldcucolour, being retained all the winter, with'white berries, with double blossoms in large bunches. The Maple- leaved, at first of a pure white, then turn- ing to a faint red, and the Glastonbury or Early- flowering Thorn. The second species is a tree, which rises to the height of thirty or forty feet, with a large trunk, dividing into many branches ; the young shoots have a brown bark, covered with a mealy down: the leaves are between two and three inches long, and one inch and a half broad in the middle, of a light green on their upper side, but very white on their under, with many pro- minent transverse veins running from the nr.drib to the border, where they are unequally serrate ; the flowers are produced at the ends of the branches in large corymbs or bmiches, of a white colour, much branched. It is a native of most parts of Europe, flowering in May. There are varieties, with deeply sinuated pinna- tifid leaves, as the Swedish, and with leaves not white underneath. The third rises to the height of forty or fifty feet, with a large trunk, spreading at the top in- to many branches, so as to form a large head. The voimg branches are covered witli a purplit.h barkj marked with white spots : the leave,? are alternate, on pretty long foot-stalks, cut into many acute angles, like those of the Maple-tree; near four inches long, and three broad in the middle, having several smaller indentures towards the top ; of a bright green on their upper side, but a little woolly on the under : the flowers produced in large bunches towards the end of the branches ; white, and shaped like those of the Pcar-iree, but smaller, and on longer pe- duncles ; appearing in May, being succeeded by roundish compressed fruit, like conimon Haws, but larger; ripening in autumn, when tliey are of a brown colour, aud if kept till soft have an agreeable acid taste. It is a native of Denmark, &c. There is a variety, with oblong, ovate, slightly serrate leaves on short foot-stalks. The fourth species rises to the height of near twenty feet, with a large upright trunk, dividing into many strong, irregular, smooth branches, so as to form a large head : the leaves are large, bending backwards ; about four inches long, and three and a half broad, with five or six pairs of strong nerves, becoming of a brownish red in autumn : the Howers come out from the side of the branches in large clusters ; are large, making a noble show in May, and are succeeded by large pear-shaped fruit of a bright scarlet colour, which ripens in the beginning of autumn. It is a native of Virginia, &c. The fifth has a thon'fless stem and branches, with lanceolate, oval, serrated, smooth leaves, green on both sides : it is supposd by Martyn to be probably a variety of the foregoing. The sixth species has a strong stem, ten or twelve feet high ; the bark of the stem rough, of the branches smooth and reddish ; the leaves are lanceolate, three inches long, and one inch broad in the middle, serrate, of a lucid green, and alternate : at many of the joints are smaller leaves in clusters : thorns axillary, very strong, two inches in length : flowers axillary, in round- ish clusters, generally two together; petals white, with a blush of red j and the fruit globular, of a fine red colour. It flowers in June, and is a native of North America. The seventh species has a slender shrubby stem, about six or seven feet high, sending out many irregular branches, armed with long slender thorns : the flowers are small, proceeding from the side of the branches, sometimes single, and at other times two or three upon the same pe- duncle, having large leafy calyxes, succeeded bv small roundish fruit. The flowers appear the beginning i)f .June, and the fruit ripens late in the autumnal season. It is a native of North America. There is a variety usually known by the title of Carolina Hawthorn, which has longer and whiter leaves, and larger flowers and fruit, but no thorns. The eighth species has a strong stem, twenty feet high, with many strong irregular branches, covered with a light-coloured bark ; the leaves somewhat like those of common Hawthorn, but much larger, with broader lobes, and of a paler colour ; the flowers come out in small clusters from the side of the branches, and are in shape like those of the common Hawthorn, but nuich larger, as well as the fruit, which, when fully ripe, has an agreeable acid taste. U is a nutive of the South of Europe, JJcc. C R A C R A Culture. — All the «orts are capable of being increased with facility, bv sowing the seeds in the open ground, either in the autumn or sprine, in drills or broadcast, covering them to the depth of about an inch. The seeds mav be gathered from the hedges in many of the sorts, and the others be procured from the nurserv- men, being eniplo\ed when fully ripened. The plants mostly appear in about twelve months. They should be kept perfectly clean from \vep(l>, and be occasionally watered when the wc.nher is hot and dry. When they have had one or two years growth in the seed-beds, tliev may in most of the sorts be removed into inir- sery-rows, and set out at the distances of fn)m eight inches to two feet, according to the sorts, and from six inches to a foot in the rows ; to remain till wanted for the purpose of forming hedges, or planting out in other pKices, havini^ the lop shoots ana other parts cut and pruned, as there may be occasion. The more curious sorts are generally proper for the purpose of plantirig out, when they have attained three, four, or live feet growth. In order to continue the varieties, recourse must be had to the practice of budding, grafiinc, or layering the young branches. The two first may be performed upon stocks of the common Haw- thorn, as any of the sorts will take upon that sort of stock, or upon those of one another ; but the former mode is the best. The opera- tions should be performed at the usual sea- son in the manner directed. See Budding and Grafting. The young shoots should be laid down in the autumn, and when they have stricken good roots, which in most cases happens in twelve or eighteen months, be taken off", and planted out in nursery rows, or other places, as the above. The cuttings of the young shoots planted in the spring in rather moist situations, will some- times take root, and become good plants. All the sorts are hardv, and capable of suc- ceeding in almost any soil or situation. The first is a highly useful plant for the pur- pose of forming hedges. And all the other species and vaiieties mav be employed as ornamental plants in the clumps and other parts of extensive shrubberies, and other plantations. Many of the sorts have likc- wise a very ornamental effect, when planted out singly on lawns, or other similar parts of pleasure grounds, especially when in flower, from their beautiful blossom. On this account they have also a fine effect in mi.xcd plantations. CRAT^VA, a genus containing plants of the tree exotic kind for the stove. It belongs to the class and order Dodecandriu Moi:npjn!a, and ran!;s in the natural order of PtitiiminetP. The characters are: that the calyx is a one- leafed perianth, four-cleft, deciduous, flat at the base: divisions spreading, ovale, unequal: the corolla has four oblong petals, bent down to the same side; claws slender, length of the calvx, in- serted into the divisions : the stamina consist of sixteen or more bristle-form filaments, declining to the side opposite to the petals, shorter than the corolla: anthers erect, oblong: the pistillum is a germ on a very long filiform pedicel, ovale: style none: stigma sessile, headed: the pericar- piuni is a fleshy, globose berrv, very large, pedi- celled, one-celled, two-valved ? the seeds many, roundish, emarginate, and nestling. The species cultivated are : l.C. bed. When the plants have attained two or three inches in erowth, they should be rcnio\td into separate puts of a small size, replunging them in the hot-bed. They should be kept in the hot-bed otUie stove, and have the majiagemcnt ut" other tender plants of sunilar growth. In this climate these plants have only a slirub- bv growth; but in their native situations they become large trees, produciiii!; fruit. They are chiefly introduced for the purpose of variety amonir stove plaixis. CRESS, GARDEN. Sec Lepiuium. CRINUM, a genus affording plants of the flowery, tuberous, and bulbous-rooted perennial kinds for the itove. Asphodel Lily. It belongs to the class and order oi HexanJiia Monosynia, and ranks in the natural order of SpathacccE. The characters are : that the calyx has the in- volucre spathc-form, two-leaved, oblong, unt- bellulifcrous, after gaping reflected : the corolla one-pctidled, funnel-form; tube oblong, cylin- dric, inflected : border six-parted: divisions laii- ceolatc-linear, obtuse, concave, reflected, of which the three aiteniate ones are distinguished bv a hooked appendicle : tlie stamina consist of six subulate filaments, from the base of the bor- der, of the length of the border, converging: anthers oblons, linear, rising upwards, incum- bent : the pistiUum is an inferior germ : style fihforni, length of the flower: stigma three-cleft, very small: (simple or three-cleft:) the pericar- pium is a subovate capsule, three-celled : (covered with the calyx:) the seeds several. The species cultivated are : 1 . C Jis'iaticum, Keel-leaved Asiatic Crinum; 2. C. Atnericnnum, Great American Crinum; 3. C. endescens. Small Ainerican Crinum. The first has a solid turbinate root, surrounded with long branching fibres : the stem is short, thick coated, white, single: the leaves are three feet Ions:, three inches wide, subulate-linear, erect, striated, thick and imbricate : scapes axillary, round, equal to the leaves : the flowers are white, large, in a simple flat umbel. It is a native of Malabar. The second species has the flowering stem a foot and half m height, the thickness of a finger, slightly compressed, coming out, not from the centre of the leaves, but on one side : the leaves are two feet and more in length, and a hand broad, furrowed on the upper surface, and keeled on the lower, smooth, stifl", light green, slightly waved on the edge, thickish, sharp- pomted, pierced with many largish pores : the flowers before they open are pale yellow, but when open of a milky whiteness, and not dis- agreeable in smell. It is a native of South America ; flowering in July and August. In the third the flower-stem rises immediudy horn the root, on the outside of the leaves, ind is about two feet high ; on the top arc eight or ten flowers, in lorni of an umbel, closely joined at their base, but spreading above. They are of a beautiful v\ hiie colour, and smell very sweet. Alter the flowers are past, the germ swells, and becomes au oblong bulb. The plants generally flower three or four limes in a year, but at no regular season ; as the petals are of a vcr>* ten- der texture, they do not continue in beauty longer than four or live days. It is a native of the Spanish West indies. Culture. — Ail these sorts are cajiable of being increased, by planting the ofl-sets ol their roots, in pots filled with good fresh earth, phmgnig them in the bark-bed of the stove ; where they should be continued until ihev begin to show flowers. After this thev may be removed when necessary, to the shelves or other parts of the hot-house. The roots of all the diflercnt sorts should be shifted every two years, at the period when the stems decay, in order to separate the ofl-scls for the purpose of increase, ;.nJ to refresh the plant} with fresh mould. 'i'heir succulent stalks and beautiful flowers afford a ijood effect among other stove plants. CRlTllMUM, a genus aflbrding a plant of the hardy herbaceous succulent perennial cscu-! lent kind. It belongs to the class and order Penfnndria Digi/nia, and r.inks in the natural order of Umbellulce . The characters are : tliat the calyx is an uni- versal umbel manifold, hemispheric; piirtial si- milar: involucre universal niany-kaveJ : leaflets lanceolate, oinuse, reilex ; partial lanceolate-li- near, length of the umbellule : perianth jiropcr scarce observable : the corolla universal uniform : florets all fertile : proper petals five, ovate, inflcx, equal : the stamina have five simple filaments, longer than i hi- corolla: anthers roundish: the pistilium is an inferior germ : styles two, rcflc\ : stiemas obtuse : there is no pencarpinm: fruit oval, compressed, bipartite: the seeds two, ellip- tic, compressed-flat, striated on one side. The species cultivated is C. maril'nnum, Sea or Hock Sampire. It lias a root composed of many strong fibres, which penetrate deep into the crevices of the rocks, sending up several fleshy succulent stalks, which rise about two feet high, with winged leaves, composed of three or five divisions, e.uli of which has three or five thick, succulent leaf- lets, near hall an inch lon^ ; the foot-sialks of the leives embrace the stalks at their base : the flowers arc produced in circular umbels at the top of the stalk*; areof aycUow colour, and succeed- C R O C R O ed by seeds somewhat like those of Fennel, but larger. It is used as pickle, and much estecniej for its agreeable flavour. It is a native of the rocky shores of Europe. Culture. — This plant, from its being a native of the sea-coasts, is raised in the garden with some difiicully. In order to its successful cul- ture, it should have a rather moist, sandy, or gravelly situation, and be duly supplied with moisture. It may be propagated, either by sowing the seeds in the places where the plants are to re- main, in the early spring months, to the depth of about half an inch, or by parting the roots, and planting them out where they are to remain, ill the beginning of autumn. When the plants have been introduced in either of these methods, they will continue for a number of years. The leaves constitute an admirable pickle, and are sometimes used in sallad.s, as well as for other culinary purposes. CROCUS, a genus comprehending plants of the low-flosvering ornamental bulbous-rooted pcreimial kind. It belongs to the class and order Trianclria ]\luriogynia, and ranks in the natural order of E?isatcB. The characters are : that the calyx is a one- leafed spathe : the corolla a simple, long tube : border six-parted, erect : divisions ovate-oblong, equal : the stamina consist of three subulate fila- ments, shorter than the corolla : anthers sagit- tate: the pistillum is an inferior, romulish germ: style filiform, length of the stamens: stigmas three, convolute, serrate : the pericar- pium is a roundish capsule, three-lobed, three- celled, three-valved : the seeds several, and round: the corollets six-parted, equal: stigmas convolute. The species are : 1 . C. officinalis, Autumnal or Common Officinal Crocus ; 2. C. vermis, Spring Crocus. The first has a roundish bulbous root, as large as a small Nutmeg, a little compressed at the bottom, and covered with a coarse, brown, net- ted bkin ; from the bottom of the bulb many long fibres are sent out, which strike pretty deep into the ground ; the flowers come out at the upper part of the root, which, with the young leaves, whose tops just appear, are closely wrap- ped about by a thin spatha or sheath, which parts within the ground, and opens on one side: the tube of the flower is very long, arising im- mediately from the bulb, without any foot-stalk, and at the top is divided into six ovate obtuse segments, which are equal, and of a purple blue colour. In the bottom of the tube is situated a roundish germ, supporting a slender style, which is not more than half the length of the p^tal, crowned vi'ith three oblong golden stigmas, spreading asunder each way, which is the Saf- fron. It flowers in October, and the leaves con- tinue growing all winter; but it never produces seeds in this climate. It is supposed bv Martyn to be a native of Asia. The chief varieties are : the Sweet-smelling with a smaller, and more compressed root, having a deep blue colour, but varying to a sky-blue : the Mountain, which has a flower of a paler blue colour; the Many-flowering blueish, with niniierous sky-blue flowers; and the Small-flowering, having a small deep blue flower. The second species has a pretty large compres- sed bulb, covered with a light brown, netted skin, from which arise four or five leaves of a purplish colour on their lower parts : from among these comeout one or two flowers, sitting close between the young leaves, never rising above two inches high, and having an agreeable odour. From the centre of the tube a slender stvle proceeds, which is crowned by a broad flat stigma of a golden colour. After the flower is past, the germ pushes out of the ground. In the wild state, it is most commonly white, with a purple base. It is a native of Italy, &c. The chief varieties are: the broad-leaved purple variegated, which has a flower of a deep blue colour, and striped; the broad-leaved plain purple ; the broad-leaved violet-coloured, or large deep blue ; the white with a purple bottom ; the broad-leaved white variegated; the broad- leaved with many violet-purple flowers striped with white; the broad-leaved ash-coloured; the broad-leaved large vellow; the broad-leav- ed small pale yellow ; the broad-leaved small yellow striped with black; the narrow-leav- ed small brimstone; and the uarrow-leavcd small white. In modern catalogues, many other varieties of different colours are introduced, as blue and purple, yellow and white, or striped. New ones are also continually imported from Holland. The usual varieties at present in gardens are : the beau- tifully striped Scotch; the blue; the blue striped; the white; theyellowof several shades, larger and smaller ; the yellow striped with black ; the cloth of gold, &,c. Culture. — The culture in both these sorts is easily efl^ected, by planting the bulbs or off"-sets taken from the roots ; the first sort in July, or the beginning of the following month, and the latter any time when the weather is open, from September to the beginning of April in the fol- lowing year ; but the more early it is performed, the stronger they flower ; by means of a dibble or trowel, to the depth of about two inches. C R O C R O the ground being previously well dug over, and left some time to settle. They may be set cither in beds bv themselves in rows, at the di- !stance of eight or nine inches, and six or eight inches apart, or in patches of five or six roots in each, on thctionts of tlierhimps, borders, or other parts of gardens and pleasure grounds, putiintr them in in a varied manner, both in re- spect to the sorts, and the order In which they are planted. VVhere the soils are tolerably dn,-, they may remain two or three years without being disturb- ed, but should then be taken up at the time the leaves decay, in order to separate the new bulbs or off-sets for further increase, as well as to new dig the ground. The larger bulbs should be se- parated from the small ones, and put up, each by themselves, in order to be planted at the proper season ; the former in the above manner, and the latter in beds in rows six inches distant, to remain till thev are of a proper size. See Bulbous Roots. As the bulbs increase fast, a large stock may with care soon be provided. But when this is not practised, bulbs of the diflfercnt species and va- rieties may easily be procured from the nursery- and seeds-men. In the culture of these plants, great injury is frequently done by trimming off the green leaves at the time the flowers decline, in order to pre- vent litter ; as by such means the future blow is rendered more weak and less beautiful. Where new varieties are wanted, recourse must be had to the seed, which nm*t be sown m the spring season, either where the plants are to re>- main, in a bed of light mellow earth, or in pots filled with the same sort of earth. The first species is the plant which is culti- vated in fields, and from the stigma of which the preparation known under the title of Zji- glish Saffron is made. CKOTALAUIA, a genus affording plants of the herbaceous and shrubby exotic kinds. It beloncs fo the class and order Diadclphiu Decaiidria, and ranks in the natural order of Fapilionacece. The characters arc : that the calyx is a three- parted periaiith, large, rather shorter than the corolla: the two superior divisions lanceolate, leaning on the standard ; the third lanceolate, concave, supporting the keel, three-cleft: the corolla papilionaceous : standard cordate, acute, large, depressed on the sides: wings ovale, shorter by half than the standard : keel acumi- nate, length of the wings : the t-t:iniina consist of ten filaments, connate, rising, with a split line on the back, and gaping base : anthers simple ; the piitilluin is an oblong germ, reflex, hirsute : style simple, bent inwards at an anglf , rising : sligmaobtuse: the pcricarpiimi i» a^hort Icf^ime, turijid, one-celled, two-valved, peilicellcd'": the seeds one or two, clobosc-kidiicy-form. The species cultivated are: I. C. jitncea, Channel-stalked Crotalaria ; 2. C. UilurnifoUa, Laburnum -leaved CiDlalaria. 'I"he first rises with an angular, rushy, stiff stem, from three to nonrfour feclin height, divid- ing into three or four branches : ihe'leaves are narrow-lauceoLuc, alternate, closelv covered with soft silvery hairs, on very short petioles : the flowers arc produced at the ends of the branchfs, in loose spikes, being .succeeded by large turgid pods, containing one row of larpe kidney-shaped seeds. It is a native of the East-Indies. The second species has a shrubby stem, four or five feet high, dividing into many branches, with trifoliate leaves, having three ov.ite acu- minate lobes of a light-green colour, about two inches long, and one bR)ad : the flowers arc larcje, yellow, in Ian;e bunches from the sides of the branches, appearing from July to September, and making a fine appearance. Culture. — The first of these plints maybe in- creased, by sowing the seeds in pots of light mellow fresh mould in the spring, plunging them in the hot-bed of the stove, and, when the plants arc of sufficient growth, removing them into separate pots ; and the second sort, either by seeds in the above manner, or by planting cuttings of the youno; branches in the later spring or summer months, in pots of the same sort of earth, and plunging them in the bark- bed of the stove, giving them water fre- quently, and removing them, when well rooted, into separate pots. They may be exposed to the open air during a little of the heat of summer, but at other periods require the protection of the hot-house. They aflord variety among other exotic plants. CROTON, a genus comprcbendina: plants of the heibiceous shrubby sort for the stove. It belongs to the class and order Monoecia JMoiiaJelphia, and ranks in the natural order of Tr'tcoccie. The characters are : that the male flowcr< are smaller than the females: the ctlyx is a cylindric, five-toothed perianth : thccoix.ila lias in some five petals, scarce larger than the calyx, oblong, obtuse : nectary five glands, aflixed to the receptacle, small : the stamina consist of ten or fifteen subulate filaments, con- nected at the base, length of the flower: an- thers roundish, twain : female flowers renioti- from the males, on the same plant: the calyx is a many-leaved perianth : leaflets ovate, oblong, erect : the corolla, petals as in the males (in some scarce manifest) : thepisiillumisaroundishncrni; styles three, rcflcx-sprcading, length of the flower. C R O cue hdli'-lwo-cleft ; stigmas reflex, two-clt-fc ; the perlcarpiiini is a roundish capsule, three-lobed at the sideSj three-celled, each of the cells being tvvo-vahed, the size of the calyx; frequently much larger: the seeds are solitarv, ovate, and large. The species cultivated are: 1. C. lineiir, Willow-leaved Croton ; 9. C. glabellum. Laurel- leaved Croton; 3. C. sel'iferum, Foplar-leaved Croton, or Tallow-'IVec. The first rises with a shrubby stem, about six or seven feet high, sending out many side branches, which are covered with a smooth bark of a yel- lowish white colour, and very closely furnished with narrow stiff leaves, near three inches long", and about one-eighth of an inch broad, of a light green on their upper side, but their under of the same colour with the bark ; the midrib is furrowed on the upper side, and very prominent on the lower: the upper part of the branches divide into four or five smaller, proceeding from the same joint, and nearly equal in length; bc- tv\een these arises a long loose spike of whitish green flowers. The whole plant has an aroma- tic odour when rubbed. From the colour of its leaves, it- has acquired the name of IVild Rose- mary, in Jamaica. It is a native of that island, &c. flowering in July. The second species grows in a shrubby form, mostly to seven or eight feet in height. The leaves are smooth, oval, and entire : all the parts of the plant have a pretty agreeable smell. It is a native of the West-Indies. The third rises with a shrubby stem : the leaf- lets are broader than they are long, and in- volute, and there are two glands at the base of the leaf: the leaves dye a very fine black. It is a native of China ; flowering'here in September. The leaves wither, turn to a dirty crimson colour, and fall off in autumn before the capsules. The young leaves shoot out again in March. Each capsule contains three hard black shells, the size of pepper-corns or conmion peas, covered entirely with a delicate snow-white substance. But it is not this, as is commonly supposed, that produces the tallow, but the oil expressed from the kernel; and this white substance must be well cleared from the shells before they are broken, as that considerably lessens the quantity of oil. For this purpose the shells should remain ten or fif- teen days in water to soak, and then they may be cleared of the white substance by rubbino-. The oil drops from the press like thick glutinous lamp oil, and soon hardens by cold to the con- •sistence of common tallow, and by boiling it becomes as hard at bee's-wax. CuUure. — These plants mav be increased by sowuig the seeds procured from their native places m the early spring, m pots filled with mel- low earth, plunging them in the bark hot-bed in the stove : when the plants are of sutficicHt growth, they should be removed into separate pots, and be replunged in a moderate hot-bed, having proper shade given. The first sort may likewise be easily raised, by cuttings planted in pots, and managed in the same manner. And the second and third species may be raised by laying down the branches in the spring sea- son, when seeds cannot be obtained. They require the protection of the stove or hot-house during the winter season, and should be only watered very sparingly. In other re- spects, they should have the management of other tender stove exotics. As they constantly retain their leaves, they afford a pretty effect in assemblage with other shrubby exotic plants. CROWN IMPERIAL. See Fritillaria. CUCKOLD TREE. See Mimosa. CUCKOW PINT. See Arum. CUCUMBER. See Cucumis. CUCUMIS, a genus comprising plants of the tender trailing annual kind. It belongs to the class and order Monoecia Syngenesia, and ranks in the natural order of Cucurlitacece. The characters are : that in the male flowers, the calyx isa one-leafed, bell-shaped perianth, the margin terminated by five subulate teeth : the co- rolla is five-parted, growing to the calyx, bell- shaped: divisions ovate, veiny-wrinkled : the sta- mina consist of three filaments, very short, insert- ed into the calyx, converging, of which two are bifid at the tip : the anthers are lines creeping upwards and downwards, outwardly adnate : receptacle three-cornered, truncated, in the cen- tre of the flower : the female flowers on the same plant with the males : calyx perianth as irt the males, the superior, deciduous : corolla as in the males : stamina none : filaments three, acu- minate, very small, without anthers: the pis- tillum is an inferior germ, large; style cylin- dric, very short; stigmas three, thick, gib- bous, two-parted, turned outwards: the peri- carpium is a pome (berry) three-celled (or four-celled) ; cells membranaceous, soft, sepa- rate (into two secondary ones) : the seeds nu- merous, ovate-acute, compressed, placed in a double order. The species cultivated are: 1. C. sativus. Common Cucumber; 2. C. Melo, Commoner Musk Melon. The first has the roots composed of many long, slender, white fibres ; the stems are also long, rather slender, and very branchy at their points, either trailing on the ground, or climb- ing by means ofclaspers. The leaves are large, an-- gular, oil long erect footstalks, having prominent cue cue E nerves on the upper surface, and being vcr)- rough with bristles. In the flowers tlie seg- ments of the calyx are much longer, and the corolla of a deeper yellow than in the Melon. They are male and female on the same plant, in the same or diflerent fruits ; the latter succeeded by oblong, rough fruit. The principal varieties are : the Common rousrh green prickly, six or seven inches lonsr, with a^ark crcen skin, closely set with small rickles, anil w hich is hardy, a plentiful bearer, ut does not fruit early. The Short green prickly, three or four inches long, with a rather smooth skin, bur having small Clack prickles ; it is one of the hardiest" and earliest sorts. The Long green prickly, which is from six to eight or nine mches Ions,' thinly set with prickles, and a good bearer: there is a sub-variety with white truit. The Earlv green cluster, which is shortish, early, w ith the 'flowers in clusters. The Long smooth green Turkey, with large stalks and leaves, and the fruit generally from ten to fifteen inches Ion;:, with'a smooth rind without prickles. The Long smooth white Turkey, w hich is less wa- tery ,""and of better quality. The Large smooth green Roman, with long, large fruit, quite smooth. The Lone white prickly Dutch, with fruit eight or ten inches long, w hite, with small black prickles, w hich is a bad bearer, less hardy, but the fruit not so watery, and w ith fewer seeds. The second species has roots composed of nu- merous verv stout, wide-spreading fibres; the stems procumbent or trailing to a great length, and verv much branched, furnished w ith tendrils for climbing : the leaves are palmate-sinuate, or entire, waving about the edge, and slightly toothed, with" rounded corners; rough with bristles: the flowers pale yellow, lateral, and so- litar\-. Those termed female have four large an- thers, and the germ is subglobular, and covered with white hairs. •' This discovery (Martyn obsc^^•e5) of the flowers usually called females beinir real hermaphrodites with fertile anthers, as tlicv seem to be, makes it probably less neces- sary to carry- the males to them, as practised by some (T.ardeners, though nature having provided male flowers, it is most likely that the pollen in the anthers «)f the others is frequently defective ." The fruit is roundish or oval, blunt, commonly furrowed longitudinally, sometimes netted, some- times warted or carbuncUd, from four to ten or twelve inches in length and diameter, yellow ish green, or white;- the pulp being firm, musky, reddish, ^eldom green. It was first introduced into Europe from Persia. Tiicre are numerous varieties ; but those most deserving of cultivation are the Cantaleupe, so called from a pkice near Rome, where it has been long cultivated. Its flesh, when in perfection, is delicious, and mav be eaten w ith safety. The outer coat is very rough, and full of knobs and protuberances, like warts; it is of a nnd- dlini size, rather round than long, and the flesh, for llie most part, of an orange colour. 'I'herc are several suh-varicties, such as The I^rgc black Carbuneled, or Black Rock, which is of a blackish green-colour; Ijrge arecn C'aibuncled, Large while Carbuneled, and the Orange. The Romana, which is forwarder in the season than the above. The Succado, which is also a good sort when cultivated for early fruit, but inferior to the Can- taleupe. The Zatte is likewise a good sort, but very small, seldom bigger than a large orange; it is a little flatted at the two ends, and the outer coat is warted like the Cantaleupe. The small Portugal, sometimes termed the Dormer Melon, is a pretty good fruit, the plants generally producing them in plenty. It may be cultivated for an early crop. The Black Galloway, introduced from Portu- gal bv Lord Gallowav, is likewise a good sort for early cultivation, as the fruit ripens in a very short time from its first setting. Culture. — In the raising and producing of these fruits, much care and attention is neces- sary, as well as a considerable deiiree of skill in the renulation, management, and application of the heat which is required to bring them to perfection. Culture in the Cucumler Kind. — The method of raising these plants is by sowing the seeds annually in hot-beds covered by frames and glasses for the early production of truit, and in thj open ground for the late crops. The former mode nnist, however, in general be practised in some deirrec or other, till the season becomes perfectly warm and settled, as towards the be- srinninir of June. Various methods of applyini^ heat iir the producing of this fruit at early anD late periods have been employed and recom- mended; but those which have had the greatest success are dung hot-beds, bark hot- beds, steam- pans, and flued pits. It is obvious that, in what- ever manner artificial heat is made use of in this intention, the great point to be attended to is that of communicating and coiuinuing it in ;is reirular and equal a way as possible. But there is another circumstance which deserves consi- deration in the business, w hich is that of its be- in in farc- ing Asparagus, and the frames then placed upon them, laving dry fine sea- or pit-sai'.d in a sloping direction, according to the frames, over the whole, to within six inches of the lights, and above that two inches in thickness of light sandy loam. The seeds should then be sown in small garden pots or pans filled with entire vegetable mould from decaved tree-leaves, and covered to the depth of half an inch. pluuKing them to the brims in the centres of the teds endways, and a foot from the backs. The glasses should then be placed over thnu. c u c cue In the course of t\vcutv-fi)ur hours the beds will iti general take on heat, when ;i little air should fie C()ii>taiitlv admitted, by tilting the backs of the lights an ineh or more in laight, and the fronts" about half that height, cxeept when there is frost, in order to discharge any rank heat or vapour that may be produced. The frames should be carefully matted up every night when the sun begins to decline, and be uncovered again before eight o'clock in the morning, when the season will permit : as perfect a regard should be had to this, as those of air and water. Mr. Nicol says, that " a little kindly steam in the morning is a good symptom, but it ought never to be encouraged to any great extent." He never wishes to see more steam in the beds at this time of the day, than what is entirely dispelled in the first hour after the frames are uncovered. The bottoms of the pots or pans should be occasionally continued to be examined, to see that the heat is not too violent, raising and watering them with water brought to a proper temperature in the beds when necessary. When the plants have attained about two inches' growth, they should be pricked out into other small pots filled with the same sort of mould, three or four in each, putting them as far distant in each as possible, the mould being- settled to their roots by a little water, replung- ingthem in the beds to their brims, the surfaces of which btino- previously wrought over to the full depth of ihc sandy covering, and another stratum of sandv loam applied as before. They should be carefully nursed in these situations, liy due attention to the admission of air, the giving of water, and the regulation of steam, continuing occasionally the examination of the bottoms of the pots, to guard against too much heat being applied to the roots of the plants. While the plants are thus carefully brought forward to the proper state for being set or ridged out in the fruitins hot-beds, which is the case when they have acquired a vigorous growth, and put forth three or four roi/gli leaves, some stable-dung, in proportion to the extent of the frames, should be got ready in the manner di- rected above for forming the fruiting-beds, which should be made up in the same way •as the former. The frames and lights should then be .placed over the beds in order to bring up the heat and jMotect them from being in- jured by v^ct. And when the heat has become moderate, which will require lime in proportion to the extent of the framing, the beds should he earthed or moulded over, the surfaces of them being previously rendered even. In per- formins; this business, the earth should be applied in such a manner as to form a sort of hillock in the middle of eacli light, within about a foot or eighteen inches from the backs of the frames, the whole of the other parts being covered equallv to the depth of two, three, or more inches. The author of the Scotch Forcing Gardener, however, directs, that, when the dung is sus- pected of heating to too great a degree, the beds should be turfed all over as mentioned above ; but where this is not the case, a large round turf placed in the middle of each light, exactly under the parts where the plants are to be placed, may be sufficient; the surface of the dung in this case being previously covered over to the depth of six inches with light sand or well rotted old tan, which should be first made perfectly dry. Whichever practice is made use of, the beds will in general be in a proper state for putting the plants in, in about twenty-four hours ; but before this is done the mould or earth should be drawn up, so as to raise the hillocks to with- in five or six inches of the glasses, exactly over the turfs, leaving them ten inches or a foot in breadth at the tops. In the planting or ridging out the plants, a hole should be formed in each hillock, suffici- ently large for the complete reception of the plants with the entire balls of earth about their roots, up to the level of the surfaces of the hills, covering them over with a little mould ; the whole being then settled with a little water previously brought to the proper state of warmth, and the glasses put on. Some, in order to promote the adhesion of the mould about the roots of the plants, have recourse to watering the pots before they are turned out. When the plants have been thus ridged or set out, they should be carefully attended to in re- spect to air, water, covering in the nights and bad weather, the state of heat of the beds, lin- ing?, the occasionally moulding the spaces be- tween the hills, and the stopping and training the plants. In regulating the first, the state of the season and the beds should be fully considered, and air admitted accordingly, by raising the back part of the li2;hts. The waterings should becautiously given in the winter and early spring, but more freely as the warmth of the weather advances, shutting down the frames for some time after each ajiplication. In the more early crops much less water will be requisite than in those in which the season is more advanced, and the former will stand in need of much less fVequent waterings over head than those of the latter. In these latter, shade is likewise occasionally neces- cue sary when the wt-atlierissunny. Tiie glasses shoulil be carci-jliy covered up with mats cvcrv evening before the iiiilueiico of the sun is whollv gone, anil when the w tather is very severe, more than one mat niav of ion l)e tonnd necessary. Tliese sliould constantly be removed tlie first thing in tlie morning, or as soon as the sun is upon the frAnics, w hen the stale of the weather will ad- mit ; but in very severe weather not removed at all. The heat of the beds is likewise to be particu- larly regarded at first, by a frequent examination of the trying-sticks, and regulated in such a manner as to promote the healthy growth of the plants. When it continues too great, it should be let off by making holes in tlie sides of the beds, and the use of fresh earth on the surfaces. When the heat of the beds begins obviously to decline, recourse must immediately be had to the application of linings of fresh dung round them, so as to keep up a due degree of heat, care being constantly taken to repeat them as fre- quently as may be necessarv, and at the same time to guard against the prejudicial efTects of too great lieat. These linings, Mr. Nicol advises, to be co- vered by turf or mould, and to have the sides and ends of the beds cut off and formed into them. The earthing the beds between the hillocks should be gradually performed, as soon as the heat is become perfectly moderate, the mould for Uie purpose being previously laid in some part of the frame: Mr. Nicot considers fifteen inches as a good medium for the earth .above the sand or tan, and thinks the business should be done either a few days before or after the appli- cation of the linings. The business of pruning or stopping is bv some begun while the plants are in the nurserv- bcds, l)ut others defer it till after the plants are ridged out in the fVuiting-beds. Kir. Nicol does not think it at all material to pick out ihe heart-buds as soon as the plants have formed their rough leaves ; as from the most accurate trials, and the most minute obser- vation, he is convinced " it is of no manner of consequence, whether the buds are picked out or not." He "seldom thinks of picking orpinch- ing till the plants begin to put forth runners or vines, nor even then, unless they happen to put forth too few to furnish their sides of the frames, till he perceives the rudiments of the fruit." It is tiien, he supposes, time to slop those vines which have fruit ihow/t ; but the others may be suflTered to run to the length of six or eight joints, and be then stopped^ to cause them to put out cue fertile ones, which ihcy seldom fail to do when the plants arc in a healthy state of st^Jwtli. Where an extraordinary quantitv of male blos- soms appears, it is recommended that part of them be rubbed off in a gentle manner with ilic; finger and thumb, as the" knife should never be made use of, unless in cutting out old vines; but this should never be attempted where there is not a very full blow, as it is proper lo assist nature without cither spurring or thwart- ing her. When the female blossoms are in a state of sutlicient forwardness, they may be earefidly impregnated with the strongest and most healthv of the males, by which the swelling of the frui^t may be greatly promoted ; for though the fruit may be formed, swell to a tolerable size, and be fit for the table without, it will not ripen it'^ seed. And though the farina of the male blossoms may often be deposited on the females bv means of the wind and insects, it is the safest mode, in the early culture of these plants, to have it per- formed by the hand, as handsome set fruit may be set apart for seed with more certainty. lii the execution of this work, wfiich some sup- pose the most properly performed the day or day-after the flowers of both sorts are fully open, the best way is to gather the male blos- som with a short stem, removing the petal or corolla carefully from about the stamina and antherie, and then take the stalk of the blossom betwixt the finger and thumb, and apply the top of the stamina to the centre of the three stigmas of the fen)ale blossom, and, by giving it a slight twirl, discharge a portion of" the "fa- rina mto the stigmata of the female; makin'-f use of a fresh male blossom for each impreg- nation. After this the plants begin to grow vigorously, and produce large quantities of fruit. Great care should therefore be taken to keep the vines in due order, and not too thick or crossing one another; all the withered and decayed leaves being removed, as well as the others \\ hen too numerous. Air should now be admitted more freely, in increasing the proportion daily as the season advances. More large and repealed waterings should likewise be given from the rose of the pot, and the advantage of warm showers mav be taken as the weather becomes more warm. Few plants require more of this fluid than these at this period of their growth. When the season becomes line in Mav, the glasses niav be wholly removed during the day-time. About the mid- dle of the following month, a lining, when ne- cessary, may be applied to the fronts of the frames in the same way as advised for the other parts,, cue cue which will continue a due degree of heat as long as it will be requisite to attend to the stale of the bottom heat in the beds. In the early culture of the Cucumber, it is a !Tood prariice never to depend for raising the plants upon the first sowing; but to continue sow- ins; occasiimallv, both in the nursery and fruit- in, in pots, managing the plants in the same way as those in the seed-bed, as by this means plants of diflerent growths will be con- stantly at hand, for the supplying of accidents as well as for succession crops. Cidliire under Handor other Glasses. — In this method tlie seed should be sown towards the latter cud of March or beginning of the ft)llow- ing month, on an old hot-bed, having the plants in a proper state for beins; set or ridged out about the beginning of May, which is sufficiently early for thtir sucteading well in this mode of culture. The most proper sort of seed for this purpose is that of the Ltmg prickly green. The beds for this purpose should be prepared of hot dung, in the manner directed for the eaily crops ; being made from two to three feet in thickness, and about three in width, along the ground, in a straight line, having the distance of from three to four feet from each other. The most usual method is to form them in \ong trenches, or in holes a foot and half in depth; but they may be made on the level surface where this mode is attempted at an early period. In either method the beds should then be earthed over, raising the mould into little hillocks for the reception of the plants, the hand-glasses being immediately placed over them ; and in the course of a day or two the earth will be in a suitable condition for receiving the plants. These should be put in in the middle of the hills, three or four in each, with balls of earth about their roots, in the same manner as prac- tised in the other crops, a little water being given at the time and the glasses put on, proper shade being had recourse to when ne- cessary. Air and water should also be afforded in due proportion, according to the state of the wea- ther and the heat of the beds, keeping the glasses well covered with mats in the nights and~when the season is severe. When the heat in these beds begins to de- cline, more earth should be applied between the hills of plants, and some fresh dung externally, by way of linings, to preserve and keep up the heat as much as p.issible when the weather continues cold. And as the warmth of the sea- son advances, air and water should be given more freely. When the glasses have become pretty full with the plants, they should be raised a little, that the nuiners may extend themselves without, and be properly trained and pegged down, continuing to attend them carefully in respect to covering in the nights, air and water, the last being fre- quently applied all over the beds. In this mode Cucumbers may be provided from about the latter end of May till the bcgis;- ning of September. Culture on Ridges in the open Ground. — For this purpose a warm sheltered situation which is open to the South, and where the soil is good and rich, should be fixed upon, the land being well dug into a trench, and a suitable proportion of dung covered in, the surface being formed into a sort of ridge or bank, sloping towards the South. Sone, however, divide the ground, after being neatly dug over, into beds five or six feet in width, with alleys of a foot or foot and half between them. In either method the seed should be put in as soon as the beds are ready ; in the former, towards the back parts, and in the latter aloncr the middle, to the depth of about half an inch, six or seven seeds in a place, an inch or two apart, slight sprinklings of water being occasionally given afterwards. The proper season for performing these sow- ings is about the end of May or first part of June, according to the state of the w^eather. The principal culture which is necessary du- ring the growth of these crops, is that of keep- ing the vines perfectly free from all sorts of weeds, thinning the plants to proper distances, directing the rimners in a regular manner alono- the surface, and keeping them properly watered according to the state of the season. These crops chiefly come inabout the middle of August, and are principally employed as picklers, for which purpose the beds should be carefully looked over two or three times every week, on dry days, and all such collected as are in a pro- per state, as about one or two inches in length, and the thickness of the finger. When the weather proves wet, they should be guarded as much as possible from it, as under 6uch circumstances they are very apt to become spotted. In the saving of Cucumber seed, some of the best and most early of the general frame crops should be reserved till perfectly ripen- ed ; when they must be separated from the vine, and be laid in a proper place to dry ; the seeds being then separated from the pulp, and rendered mure perfectly dry, when they may be put up for use, for which they are, as has been seen, in the inost proper condition alter they have been kept two or three years. cue cue The chief insect that infests crops of this sort IS the aphis, which is readily destroyed by fiinii- galiiig with tobacco, or in the manner ad\i cd tor the Peach. See Amygdalus. Culture in the Melon Kind. — In the raising of this sort of fruit, the same apparatus is neces- sary as in the culture of the Cucumber ; but it js better if the frames or pits have rather more depth, and are somewhat larger in other respects. The beds, for the early crops especially, should be prepared in the same manner, and with ma- terials of the same kind ; but the later ones may be produced in hot-beds formed of tanners' bark, either wholly, or in a great part. Mr. Nicol thinks that they should be turfed all over in a rather stronger manner, and covered with a compost, consisting of one half of strong brown loam, a quarter light black loam, an eighth veirctable mould, and the same quantity of stable-dung. The proper season for sovi'ing the seed for the very early crops is about the middle of January; but the beginning of February is probably a bet- ter period f and sowings should be made twice in March for succession crops. These different sowings should be made on hot-beds, or in pots of light mould plunged in hot-beds prepared for the purpose, as in the Cucumber ; or the pots may be placed in such old hot-beds of that sort as are at work, the same care and management being employed in the raising and nursing as in those of the Cucumber kind. When the plants have attained five or six weeks' growth, or have two or three rough leaves, and are beginning to send forth runners, they are in a proper stale for being planted or ridged out in the fruiting-beds, which should be pre- pared in the same manner as in tliose for the Cucumber plants : and after being well moulded over, the pots of plants put in with the full balls of earth about their roots, exactly in the same way as was practised for Cucumbers, immediately placing the glasses over them. After this the plants should have air admitted pretty freely, and be kept in a moderate state of moisture till they begin to show fruit, great care being taken that the heat is not too great, andtokeep the beds as free of steam as possible; but from that period, until the fruit is fully set and has begun to swell, the waterings should be more sparing, especially when the season is moist. As the heat in the beds begins to decline, it should be refreshed bx'the application of linings, in the same manner as practised for Ciicumhers; and the spaces between the hills of plants must be gradually filled i;p with mould to nearly tlie sime htijrh:. As the rtinncrs proceed in their growth, they should be trained in a regular manner ; and when they have three joints' length they must be Slopped. Some, however, stop them before, when they first begin to put forth runners. By these sioppitics the vines are induced to throw out lateral runners which aflrut forth new vines, which mostly show fruit at the second or third joint. It is of much importance in this state of the plants to keep up a due de- gree of heat, as thev not only set much belter and more plentifullv w here it is the case, but continue their growth in a more perfect man- ner. The young fruit mostly shows itself with numerous male blossoms : ihese should not be picked off as is sometimes the practice, as their farina is necessary for fecundating the fe- male flowers, which in the early crops may be performed in the manner directed for the Cu- cumber. While the fruit is setting, air should alwavs be pretty freely admitted when the weather is suitable. When the fruit is perfectly set, water should be given in larger proportions till it has done swelling and begins to become ripe, when it should be very sparingly eniployed ; as where given in too great abundance, the flavour of the fruit is not only much impaired, but it is often burst, and rendered less valuable. As the Melons increase in size, pieces of slate or tile should be placed under each of them, as it not only prevents their being in- jured by the damp, but prevents their acquiring an earthy flavour. It is the practice with some to cover the whole surface with tiles or some strawey or other similar substance, but this is not b%' anv means judicious, as ll'.e first causes too much heat bv the reflection that is produced, and the latter not only confines the moisture, but has a tendency to generate and harbour noxi- ous insects. In the management of the vines as the fruit approaches to the state of maturity, they should not be sufl'ertd to retain too many leaves, nor these permitted to shade it from the influence of tlie sun. It IS necessary to look over and ex- amine them frcquentlv, but never to prune them too greallv at one time, as where that is done the plants are apt to sustain much injury by bleeding too much. Fresh air should be con- tiimed to be admitted freely whenever the slate of the weather will allow. This sort of fruit generally becomes ripe in cue cue the course of six or seven weeks from the time of its setting, and should be cut as soon as ever it has obtained that state, as when delayed much of the fineness of flavour is lost. The signs of maturity are a sort of cracking at the base about the stem, having a fine yellow colour, and affording a fine fragrant smell, with a degree of softness about the top. It should be cut with a portion of the stem, and laid in a dry airy situation till wanted for use. The author of the Scotch Forcing Gardener observes, that many of the early sown kinds are capable of " producing a second crop, equal both in quantity and quality to the first." With this intention he advises, that after the first crop has been cut, the vines be " shortened back to the last live joint on each ; the beds being well watered, and protected from the effects of the mid-day sun for eight or ten days, at which time the plants will begin to push forth afresh, and show fruit in plenty." Ciillme taicler Hand or other Glasses. — It is sometimes the practice to raise Melon crops on ridges under hand, or other sorts of glas.ses, especially when the season is fine. The ridges in this ease must be formed with good prepared stable-dung, in the same manner as practised in forming those for Cucumbers; and also moulded or earthed into small hillocks in the same way, only rather more earth should be employed in these cases. The plants may be raised in the seed or other beds, and be carefully nursed in a similar me- thod, till they are in a proper state of growth to be set out, which in this sort of culture should not be done till towards the middle or latter end of May, according to the state of the season. The pots of plants should be set or ridged out, one on each hillock, in the same mode as' those of the Cucumber kind ; shade and a slight water- ing bping given at the time, and the glasses im- nicdiatclv put on. After being thus planted out, the same care and maiiagement are necessary as in the other cro]is, in respect to air, water, covering in the nights and bad weather, training and stop- ping the plants, as well as in moulding up the spaces between the hills, and the application of linings when required. When the vines begin to fill the glasses, they should be trained on the outside of them, the glasses being raised, but still left u])()n the plants, protecting the vine on the outside as nuich as possible from wet when the season is bad. The same directions are applicable after the setting of the fruit, till it beconies in a slate for emitting, as in the fri'.iiie crops. Culture in Flued Pits. — This method, as has been already remarked, is principally made use of for raising late crops of this sort of fruit. Theplants forthis]nirposemay be raised in hot- beds, or under hand or other glasses, till they are of a suitable growth to be planted in the pits. It is sufficiently early to commence this sort of culture about the middle or latter end of June, as at this period but little bottom heat will be wanted ; the old beds that have produced other crops may be converted to this use. The Scotch Forcing Gardener directs, that one-third new be mixed with the old tan or dung in order to renew the heat, levelling the whole to the bottom of the lluesquite round. Turfing is considered as unne- cessary, but mould should be applied to the thick- ness of about fifteen inches, so as to raise the whole surface to the height of the tops of the flues. When the beds are thus prepared, the plants should be put in, in a line along the middle of them in the pits, at the distance of about two feet from each other, care being taken to keep their roots as much as possible from reach- ing the tan. See Bark-Pit. In their after-management, the plants require the same care according to the season, both in regard to air, water, training, stopping, and impregnating, as has been directed for the crops in the frames. Towards the latter end of August or begin- ning of the following month, when the heat of the beds in the pits begin to be deficient, and there is nmch moisture and cold, it will mostly be requisite to have recourse to the aid of fire heat, in order to fully maturate such fruit as is not already ripened. The fires should at first be slow, and only made in the evenings; but after- wards increased, as the severity of the season de- mands, so as that it may raise the heat of the air in the pits to about seventy degrees of Fahren- heit's thermometer in the evenings and mornings about eight o'clock. Mr. Nicol directs, that in order to admit air suflieiently, and keep up a proper degree of heat in dull hazy weather, a hltle fire should be made in the mornings; and that as the growth of the plants is now over, w:iter shinild be made use of with much caution, being wholly discontinued as soon as the fruit has attained its full growth. The seed employed in the culture of this sort of fruit should be such as is taken from the best plants of the most curious varieties, and which has been perfectly ripened, and preserved for one or more years m some dry place. New seed seldom aiiswer well in cultivation. The Aearus or Red Spider, is an insect that fre(]ucntly does much iniury to the Melon when the season is dry and there is a dry heat in the cue cue beds. Its attacks are shown long before it be- comes visible, according to Mr. Forsyth, byUie '• leaves curling and cracking in the middle." As a remedy in this situation, he advises, when the weather is warm and sunny, the watering them all over the leaves trom a watering-pot with the rose upon it, or an engine, about six o'clock in the morning, and about eight to siiadc them with mats, whcTi the sun shines, shitimg the frames down close till towards eleven, then to admit air in a small proportion, continuing the mats till about three in the afternoon, and then removing them. In this way the leaves are prevented from injury by the sun while wet. And when there is a south or south-west wind, the watering may be repeated about three in the afternoon, shutting up the franies, to produce a strong exhalation and destroy the insects. In the operation, as much water as possible should be thrown on the under side of the leaves, gently turning the vines for the purpose. The lights and sides of the boxes should likewise be well watered ; and before the frames are made use of again they should be well washed inside and out, first with water, and then soap-suds and urine in a state of mixture. When Melons have been infested with the spider the preceding season, none of the earth or mould should be luade use of again. In sprinkling the leaves, water that has been rous glandule concave, spreading : the stamina, margm surroundinii, ending in three very short cusps : the pisiillum is a large mferiot germ : style conic, thrcc-cleft at the tip (five-cleft) : 9tign»a single, with a thick, convex margin, creeping upwards and downwards, three-ciell: the perR'aipium is a pome (berry) three-celled; (three to live) cells mejiibranaceous, soft,disiine.t (two-'iiaried) : the seeds verv man v, compressed, ?\\»)llen on the margin, obtuse, placed in double uri.ler. The species arc: i. C. IjOgrnaria, Bottle or Long Gourd; 2. <7. Te/^o, Pompion, or Pomp- kin Gourd ; 3. C. verrucosa, VVarted Gourd; 4. C. Mel'jOepo, Squash Gourd ; 5. C Cilrullus, Water Melon. The first has a trailing, thick, downy stalk, branching into many spreading runners, extend- ing along the ground fifteen or twenty feet in length. The leaves arc large, roundish, heart- shaped, indented, woolly, biglandulous at the base : the flowers large and white, being suc- ceeded bv long, incui vated, whitish-yellow fruit, shaped like a bottle, with a large roundish belly and smooth neck, from about two to five or six feet in length, and from nine to eighteen inches or more round, having a ligneous, durable shell. The chief varieties of which are: the Com- mon lon£:-fruited, the Long- protuberant-bellied. several days exposed to the sun, or made soft by the Long sickle-shaped, the Long Uper, and the ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Long turbinated Bottle-Gourd. The second species has thick, angular stems, extremely hispid, branched, climbing by means of bifid tendrils, or spreading to the distance of forty feci. The leaves are cordate, large, ronndish-angidar, toothed, wrinkled, hairy on both sides, on long, alternate, thick, flcxuose, hirsute petioles: the flowers are yellow, lateral, solitarv, on peduncles resembhng the petiole's, but shorter : the fruit is roundish, ovate-glo- bular, or oblong-ovate ; of a pale green on the outside, and commonly hispid, with bristly hairs; within having a spongy insipid white pulp or flesh; divi3ed in the middle into three primary cells, each of which is double, and these are subdivided into the proper cells of the seeds. It flowers from .lune to August. There are several varieties, as the Common lar^e round-fruited yellow, Oval yellow, Oblong yellow, Whitish-fruited, Stone-coloured, Flesh- coloured, Parti-coloured, Marbled, Small round, wood-ashes, should be employed The author of the Scotch Forcing Gardener, however, observes, that water at some periods cannot be thus applied without much injury to the plants, and that the leaves and vines are so brittle and tender that they cannot be brushed or touched without harm. It is of course obvious, that much care and circumspection is necessary in extirpating these insects bv the use of water. CLCURBITA, agenus comprehending plants of the herbaceous trailing annual kind. It belongs to the class and order Monoeda Si/n- genesia, and ranks in the natural order of Cuair- iitacece. The characters are : that in the male flow ers the calyx is a one-leafed perianthium, bell-shaped, the mararin terminated by five subulate teeth : the corolla five-parted, growing to the calyx, bell-shaped : divisions veiny-rugose : nectary a gland in the centre of the flower, concave, tri angular: the stamina consist of three filaments. Orange-shaped, Pear-shaped, Turb.nated, He converging, connected above, distinct below, mispherical or Semi-globular, Egg-shaped, Strip- growing to the calyx: anthers creeping upwards td roundish. Striped egg-shaped. Striped turbi- and downwards, linear. In the female flowers nnted, and Striped pear-shaped l'on;pion, 8cc. the calyx a perianthium, as in the male, superior. The third has trailing stalks, very branchy and deciduous : the corolla as in the wale: ncctarife- spreading, running t^f^O" tl'c ground as in the t S cue CUP above sort : the leave? large lobated, and the flowers yellow, succeeded by roundish, kuobby- warted, white fruit, of a moderate size. 1 he varieties are : the Roundish Wartcd, the Oblong Wartcd, the Flat Wartid, the Hottle- shapcd VVarted, the Orange-shaped Wartcd, the Lemon Wartcd, and the Yellow-fruited. The fourth species has a roundish stem, hairy, procumbent or climbing, with trifid tendrils, with many long branches : the leaves arc lobed-angu- Ir.r, serrate, iiairy, alternate, on long petioles: the flowers yellow, on lateral, oue-ilou'ered pedun- cles : the fruit large, reddish-yellow or yellowish- white within and without, commonly roundish, often flatted at top and bottom, always torulose, sometimes ovate, but seldom warted. It is com- mon in North America. The varieties are : the Common broad flat, the Ruckler-shaped, the Conical, Citron-shaped, the Flat-sided, the Turbinated, the Hemispheri- cal, the Depressed, the Star-shaped, the White- striped,, and the Yellow-striped Squash Gourd. The fifth has a round striated stem, long, branched, hairy, procumbent, diffused with la- teral bifid tendrils: the flowers are yellow, on short, solitary, lateral peduncles : the fruit large, smooth, round or ohlong, a foot and half in length, within waterv, sweet, very red or pale. It is a native of the South of Europe. The varieties in the form of the fruit are : the I-arge round red-fleshed, the Large round whitc-fleshcd, the Large oblong, and the Small round Water Melon. Cidliire.^-lnihe raising of most of these plants, as well as their after culture, the aid of artitieial heat and shelter is generally requisite. Culture ill tlw Gourd Kind. — ^This is effected bv sowing the seed annually, either on slight hot-beds or in the open ground in the spring months ; but the former is probably the best mode, as the plants are more early. In the first method, it should be performed about the latter end of March or llie middle of April ; and when tjie plants hayc attained a pretty strong growth, and been hardened by the free admission of air, they should be removed- into the situations where they are to remain in the open ground with balls of earth about their roots. In the latter mode, the seed may be sown in the natural ground where the plants are tore- main, about the middle of May, open sunny situations being provided for the purpose. The mould should be made fine, and the seed put in to the depth of about half an inch, three or four seeds in a place. Some advise the putting in a little dung in the situations where the seeds are to be sown, in order to lorward the plants; and when they come up, to protect them by hand-glasses. This is particularly useful for the more tender kinds. When the plants are of some growth, thev should be thinned out to one or two g(X)d [ilants, and be plcntilully supplied with water when the season is hot and dry, especially after they have begun to run or spread ; as by this management thev will extend very considerably. W^hen any of the sorts are cultivated for the purpose of ornament, they should be trained to stron'T stakes in order to show their flowers more fully. The seed should be saved form the best and- most perfectly ripened fruit of the different kinds, being carefully freed from the pulp, and presened in a dry situation. Culture in the fVater Melon Kind. — The cul- ture in these plants is by sowing the seed annu- ally about the latter end of February or begin- ning of the following month, on pretty sub- stantial hot-beds, keeping them protected by the glasses when the weather is bad : alter the plants have attained a little growth, they should be pricked out into small pots, two planjs in each, being rcplunged in the hot-bed. When they begin to throw out runners, they should be re- moved into the fruiting hot-bed in the same- manner as practised for Cucumbers and Melons, only one pot of plants being employed for a two- or three-light frame, the beds being previously (earthed over, and hillocks raised to the height of twelve or fifteen inches. The after-management in regard to slopping- the plants, the admission of air, the giving ot"- water, covering the glasses in the nights, and keeping up the heat of the beds by lin- ings, must be regulated in the same manner as- for the Melon. The spaces between the hills should be gradually earthed up, and the vines be trained so as to fill the frames without cross- iny; or bcingr too much crowded. When they be£!:in to show- and set fruit, the heat should be well supported and kept up, that they may be so brought forward as to ripen in due time. When, the fruit has attained the state of maturity, it turns rather yellow, and becomes somewhat soft at the top. In the cultivation of all the sorts and varieties- of these plants where the object is the fruit, seed that has been kept some years should con- stantly be employed, as new seed is apt to grow- too luxuriantly. CULINARY PLANTS^ such plants as arc employed in the business of cooking, as articles of food, or for the purpwse of garnishing dif- ferent sorts of dishes. CUPRESSUS, a genus aff"ording plints of CUP CUP the evergreen and deciduous ornamental tree arc evergreen, flat, sharp, very short, imhricafed, l;ind. " and rcsL-nibIc those ot' the Arbor N'ltx, being It bclone:* to the class and order Monoecia small, and of a browner irrucn than in the Com - Movadilplua, and ranks in the natural order of Cori'/'erce. The characters are : that the male flowers are dirposed in an ovate anient : the calyx coninioa ament, ovale, composed of scattered flowers ; consistiny; of sinaie-flowered scales, roundi-ih. mon C'vpress : the fruit ib a blue '^one no larger ilian the bcrrv of the Jumper. It is a native <■>( Nnrth America. The fourth i< a small tree, having a claueous appearance, witli ihc l)ranchcs spreading irregu - larlv, and bcndini' tlownwards : the leaves arc acuminate on their fore-part, peltate, opposite, giandiilnse, spiral, and imbricate: the llowers about twenty in number: there is no corolla: the stamina have no filaments ; the office of them is borne by the calycine scale, to which on the lower i)art grow four anthers : the female dowers are heaped into a roundish cone on the same plant : the calyx is a common strobile, like those of the first species. in Portugal it grows to a large limber tree, bul is here seldom above fifteen lect high. It grows naturally at Coa. Ciil/iiiL-. — These plants, in all the sorts, may be raised either from seeds or l>v cuttinsrs ot ihc roundish, composed of from eight to ten florets, young shoots; but those procured troia seedf consisting of sineie-tlowered scales, which are are by much the best plants. opposite, ovate, convex beneath, gaping : there In the first method, the seed, being provided is no corolla: tiie pistillum is a germ scarcely and obtained from the cones, by exposing them evident : numerous points appear within each to a moderate degree of heat, should be sown calycine scale ; supposed ccrms without styles, towards the latter end of Alarch, or beginning each with a simple stigma; siibtruncate, con- of the following month, on a warm bed or l-.or- cave at the tip : there is no pcricariiium : stro- der where the soil is rather libiht and mellow, bile slobosc, shut, iraping willi orblcuiale scales, and has been rendered line by being well du2; whic-h are aiiiiularand peltate beneath : the seeds over, covering it in to the depth of about half an several, oblone, angular, subulate, small. inch. When the season proves dry, slight wa- The species are : 1. C. sempervirens, Ever- tcrings should be occasionally given, and du- green Cypress ; '2. C. dislicha, Deciduous Cy- ring the summer the plants be kept free from press Tree ; 3. C. thyoides. White Cedar, or weeds, and be watered a little when the weather Arbor Vitas-leaved Cypress; -1, C.//e«(/«/fl, Por- is hot. In the winter time ihev should be pro- tugal Cypress. tected from frosts by mats or other contrivances. The first has an upright stem, rising to the They must be continued under tiiis management height of fifteen or twenty feet, with many round till they have attained two years' growth, when branches, either growing upright, or spreading they may be removed in the beginning of abroad; strigose and toothed with the rudiments the spring, and planted in nursery rows in a of leaves: the fronds are dichotomous, subqua- warm situation, at the distance of eighteen drangujar; leaflets alternately opposite, dccurrent, inches or two feet, and eight inches or afoot subcarinate, the olderones distant and nuicronale, apart. When they have had three or four years the vouneer closely imbricate : the fruit globular growth in these rows they will be in proper or somewhat ovate, on the sides, or at the ends of condition for heins; finally set out where thev are the branches ; when unripe of a dark green co- to remain. The best time for performing thi: lour. It is a native of the Levant, &c. It has been distinguished into the upright, and horizontal or spreading kind. The second species rises with a large erect business is in the beginning of spring. They may, however, be raised in a more ex- peditious manner, by sowing the seeds in pots or tubs of light earth, and plunging them in a stem or trunk to the height of fifty or sixty moderate hot-bed, as in tiiis way they will be feet in its native situation, sending out regular fit for removing into nursery rows in the course branches to a great distance. The leaves are of twelve months. small, spreading, and deciduous, placed in a disti- As seed of this sort is slow in yegetating, ■chous manner, oralong two ^ides of the branches, this last method is the most proper for it, as The third grows to a considerable size in its shade may fee more conveniently provided du- native situation; but in this climate seldom rises ring the summer months, and protection in a much higher than fifteen feet : when raised trom sunny exposure in the winter; and when the cuttings, it has rather the appearance of a shrub, plants do not appear in the course of the first and is not above nine orten feet high : the branches year, the aid of a hot-bed may be eonxmiently are numerous, and stand two ways; the tree na- had in the following spring, by which they turally forms itself into a regular head; the leaves wi|^ be brought forward with cxpedilioH t» 2S 2 CUT CUT the state proper for being planted out in nur- scrv-rows. in the second mode, the cuttings made from the young shoots should be planted in a warm sheltered "situation, either in the early autumn or spring months, care being taken to have them daily supplied with water in the following sum- mer. Afterwards the plants should be maniigcd in the same manner as those raised from seed. This method may be attempted with all the sorts, but those of the Evergreen kind are ex- tremely slow in striking root. The plants raised in this w.iy are likewise much slower in their growth than those which are produced from seed. In their general culture, these plants should always be suffered to take their natural growth without clipping or cutting. AH these sorts, from their beautiful growth and closely-placed foliage, have a very ornamen- tal effect m the fronts of large plantations, as -well as in groups, with other trees, on the sides of lawns or other parts of pleasure-grounds. They have likewise a fine appearance in clumps, or planted out singly, and also in groups of from three or four to eight or ten of the dif- ferent kinds, introduced where the extent of mown-grass ground is considerable. The evergreen sorts, from their beautiful pyramidal growth, produce an agreeable va- riety, in assemblage with other sorts of plants, when planted near ornamental or other build- The large tree growing sorts may likewise be introduced with great eflect in the front parts of plantations of timber trees. CUTTING, a small portion of a branch, twig, shoot, or other part of a plant cut off for the purpose of planting, with a view of in- creasing the kind. There are numerous trees, shrubs, and plants which are capable of being propagated with facili- ty in this way ; and in some, the young tender shoots or branches of one or two years growth can only be employed with success ; while in others, the large boughs or poles may be made use of with the greatest certainly of their growing. This is the case with most of the aquatic kind ; as the willows, poplars, ccc. And there are still others in which the leaves can be had recourse to, as the Agave and Aloe kinds. In the herbaceous and succulent plants, cut- tings of oneor two years growth are mostly used. But in those of the tree sort, one year ; and in those (if the hard wooded kind, those of the same year's growth. The proper lengths for making the cuttings ire different in different sorts, according to the nature and habits of growth of the plants, but in common, from three or four inches to a foot or foot and half ; the strongest requiring in ge- neral the most length. In the choice of shoots, branches, or other parts for this use, those of the firmest and most even growth, and the freest from lateral shoots, should be fixed upon. In most strong-shooting trees and shrubs, and all the more succulent . plants, the cuttings should be taken from the lateral or terminal shoots. The cuttings in the herbaceous are usually made from the stems that support the flowers, which should be cut ofl' from the bottoms, and afterwards divided into suitable lengths. In some sorts, as those of the tree and shrub kinds, it is found advantageous, in some cases, to take them off with an inch or more of the former year's wood, as in the Vine, Laurel, and some others. In the preparation of cuttings for planting, the only thing necessary is that of trimming of such side-shoots as may be present, and occa- sionally the crooked straggling tops in the deci- duous kind; but this should not be done in the evergreen or herbaceous succulent sorts. Where the shoots are of considerable length, the lower parts should principally be employed for the pur- pose of cuttings. The proper seasons for planting cuttings are according to their kinds, either the spring, sum- mer, or autumn. The first and the last are in general the best for most sorts of trees and shrubs. Those of the herbaceous and flowering kind mostly succeed best w hen planted in the spring and summer months ; but those of the luxu- riant and more succulent sort answer best when put into the earth in the summer season. In the planting of the cuttings of different sorts of plants, such as those of the tree, shrub, and other kinds that are not succulent, they should be put nearly two-thirds of their lengths into the ground : but those of the succulent sort should only be put lightly into the soil, so as just to support them in their proper position, as when put in too deep they are apt to rot, or do not take root so readily. The cuttings of most of the tree, shrub, and plant kinds should be put into the soil as soon as possible after they arc made ; but those of the succulent tribe are better to remain out of the earth till the cut parts be fully incrusted or healed over, as when put in while the moisture is oozing out, they are apt to rot and be destroyed. In all the sorts the mould should be well pressed about them, and in the former kinds be kept properly cool by vvateiing. It is also of great use to keep them perfectly steady in the earth. 7 CYC CYC In the management of cuttings after b ing planted out, some succeed perfectly in ilie oix-n ground, others in sheltered shady situations ; some require to be placed in pots, for the con- venience of occasi-nal protection in severe weather, and others to be plunged in hot-beds in order to promote their striking root, as is fully explained under the Culture of each particular sort. The length of time which is necessary for Striking root is dififerent in the diflerent sorts. In many of the tree, and some of the her- baceous, shrubby, and succulent kinds, it will be perfectly effected in the course of one or two months'; and in almost all the sorts in the course of a twelvemonth. When assisted by artificial heat, it is always effected in a more expeditious manner than w here the contrary is the case. In this method of propagation, the varieties of all the different curious species which are ca- pable of being increased in this way, may be equally preserved and kept distinct, as in the prac- tices of buddins, grafting, and layering. CYCLAMEN, a genus containing plants of the low, herbaceous, flowen.-, perennial tuberous- rooted kind. Snow-Bread. It belongs to the class and order Pentamlria Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of PrecicB. The characters are : that the calyx is a half- five-cleft perianthium, roundish, permanent : divisions ovate : the corolla one-petailed : tube somewhat globose, twice as large as tiie ca|vx, small, nodding : border bent upwards, live- parted, very Targe: divisions lanceolate: neck prominent : the stamina consist of five ven.- small filaments in the tube of the corolla : anthers straight, sharp, in the neck of the corolla, con- vert^mg : the pi-iilli.m is arouiidi'^h germ : style filiform, straight, h nger than the stamens: stigma sharp : the peric.irpium is a globose hern,', one- celled, raping five ways at the top, covered with a capsular shell : the seeds very many, somewhat ovate, cornered : the receptacle ovate and free. The species cultivated are: 1. C. Eitropceum, CoiTimon Cyclamen; •.'. C. Corim, Round-leaved Cyclamen ; 3. ( '. Firskum, PiT'^inn Cyclamen ; 4.C. ht^ercpj'iilium. Ivy-leaved Cyclamen. The first has a iuherous root, oblatoly spheroid- al, white \Mihin, brown without ; from which proceeds, wiihm the ground, a very short stem, and from that the leaves and one-flowered pe- duncles or scapes : the leaves are kidney-form, roundish, very blunt, slightly crcnulate, deep green, and -potted above; beneath commonly red purple, smooth, on very long round red petioles : the flowers drooping, sweet-scented, and purple. It is a native of Ausliia. The second species has .1 round, <;olid, tuberous root, and low naked stem, furnished with plane orbicular leaves, and short weak jictioles; the un- der side of the leaves very red in the beginning of winter, but that colour goes off' in the spring; the upper riJe smo'iih, of a lucid green, spread- ing flat open : the flowers are very bright pur- ple, appearlns in the middle of winter. It is a native of ihe^ouih of Europe. There are varieties with purplish flowers, and wiili flesh-coloured flowers. In the third, the leaves are stiff, on strong fleshy petioles, near six inches long, of a pur- ple colour, us are also the veins of the leaves un- derneath; but the upper side is veined and mar- bled with while : the corolla is pure white, with a bright purple bottom. It flowers in March and April, and the seeds ripen in August. There are varieties with entire white sweet- scented flowers, and with veined and marhlcd leaves, with pale purple flowers, and bright red or purpled bottoms. The fourth has a large, orbicular, compressed root : the leaves are numerous on petioles six or seven inches long, marked with black in the mid- dle : the flowers appear before them on long fleshy scapes about August; soon after which the leaves come out, continue growinir all the winter and spring till May, when thev'becin to decay. After the flow-ers are fallen, the pedun- cles twist up like a screw, inclosing the cerm in the centre, and lie close to the ground amono- the leaves, which serve as a protection to the seed, which ripens in June. It is a native of Italy. There are varieties w ith white and with pur- plish flowers. Ciillure. — These plants are all capable of being increased by sowins the seeds in large wide pots, tubs, or boxes, filled with good Tight mould, mixed with a little sand, in the latter end of sum- mer or beginning of autumn, coverino- them to the depth of about half an inch, exposinsr them at first in situations that have only the niornino sun, but afterwards removing them into more warm and sunny exposures ; and as the winter approaches, placing them under the protection of frames and glasses, or some other contrivance, fresh air being freely admitted when the wcaiher is mild and suitable. In this way some plants of the hardy sorts will appear about the be"in- ning of the following year, and of all the kinds in the spring. During the beginning of sum- mer, when the weather is hot and dry, slight waterings should be given occasionally ; but when their leaves begin to decline in the latter end, they should be remi/vecl to an eastern as- pect, with only the morning sun, and, as their roots art then in an inactive state, have little or c y N C Y N no water. They should be kept frre from weeds in the autVimn, and have sonic t'rcsh mould ap- plied over the surfaces of the pots or tubs in which they grow, protecting them again iu the winter as before, continuing the same manage- ment as in the preceding year, till the decline of the leaves in the latter part of the summer, when they should be carefully taken up, and tire more hardy sorts planted out in the situations where they are to remain, as those of a warm, dry border; and the tender kinds removed into pots, to have protection from frosts in winter. As the Persian sort is the most impatient of cold and moisture, it should constantly be kept in pots filled witli light sandy earth, or a com- post of loam and lime-rubbisli, and be placed in such situations in the frame or green-house as to have as much free air as possible in mild wea- ther in winter. Some of the sorts will generally begin to flower in the course of one or two years after being thus planted out; the first kind often about Christinas, which is succeeded by those of the Persian sort. The plants in the borders should have the pro- tection of mats or othjer contrivances, in se- vere winters, as by sucli means they produce a greater abundance of flowers, and these more fair and beautiful. The varieties of the diffprent sorts are best pre- served and continued by planting pieces of the divided roots, immediately after they have been separated in the summer season, in pots, tubs, or other places, as above : but in this mode they do not increase in an expeditious manner. These plants are very ornamental, though of small growth, in their variegated large foliage, as well as their elegant flowers, which in some of thesorts are fragrant, as those of thespringkinds. The hardy sorts produce a fine effect in the fronts of borders or clumps in pleasure-grounds, and those of the tender kinds among" other pot- ted plants in the green-house. The proper period of removing tliese plants for any purpose is about tlic beginning of June, when the leaves decline; but they should not be often removed, as the roots do not lose their fibres as in some others of the tuberous and bul- bous rooted kinds. CYDONIA, the Ouince-Tree. See Pyrus. CYNARA, a genus containing plants of the herbaceous hardy perennial and biennial kind. It belongs to the class aud order Si/ngencsia Poli/gamia JEqtialis, and ranks in the natural order of Compositce Cupitatce. The characters are : that the calyx is common ventricose, imbricate; scales numerous, round- ish, fleshy, increased by a membranaceous scale- fonncd appendiclo, which is large, roundish^ chamiclled, av.d emarginated with a spine ; the corolla compound tubulous, uniform : the co- roUets hermaphrodite, nearly equal : proper one- petalled, funnel-form : tube very slender ; border erect, o-. ate, live-cleft ; divisions linear, one more deeply separated : the stamina have five filaments, capillary, very short ; anthers cylindric, tubu- lose, length of the corollule, five-toothed : the pisiillum a germ, somewhat ovate: style fili- i'orm, longer than the stamens; stigma sim- ple, oblong, cmarginate: there is no pericar- pium : the calyx converging but a little : the seeds solitary, oblong-ovate, four-cornered com- pressed : down sessile, long : the receptacle bristly. The species cultivated are: \.C. scohjmiis. Common Artichoke; 2. C. cardunculus,C3Lri\onn Artichoke, or Cardoon. The first, in the cultivated state, seldom rises above four feet in height, with a stout, furrowed, leafy stem, slightly tomeutose, sometimes a little branched at top. The root is large, thick, and perennial, crowned by a considerable cluster of pinnatifid leaves, from two to four feet in length, pointing upright, the whole covered with an ash- coloured down, especially underneath : the mid- rib has a deep, single channel above, and several deep furrows underneath, \yith strong ridges be- tween them: at bottom there are usually several separate leaflets or rudiments ol leaves, which increase in size till t{>e.main leaf begins, and are connected bv a wina; running down each side of the midrib; which, iiYcreasing, unites the remain- der into one pinnatifi'd leaf, yer-y deeply cue, and each cleft has a few laj-gg^prratures or jags, end- ing in a short prickle,,which is sometimes scarce- ly perceptible. 'i The leavgi^ on the stem are simple, only SQfrate oiviaggd'd, like a single cleft of'-tjs^jther ; "iftiey \c)id obtusely, and are fre- querin^hjiy^^jt'^.ojrtiQlimes they have scarcely any serratures;'uiBliim?fhat(;]y below the heads are some loose scales, partaking of the nature of the upper leaves and calyc'iihe "Scales. The heads are sub- globular, either grgeii or dark purple, the former commonly tinged at bottom with purple ; com- posed of numerous, darge, ovate scales, which at bottom are very fleshy, and at top obtuse and emarginate, or cloven. It is a native of the South of Europe. The varieties are : the Green or French, and the Globe Artichoke ; the former having a co- nical head, ofa light green colour, with the scales pointed at top, opening and tinning outward; and the latter with a large globular hCad, a little depressed at top, of a reddish-green colour, ob- tuse scales, growing close, and turning inwards. This is the most cultiyatedj as being more fleshy and better tasted. C Y N C Y N Tlic second species has tliick, fleshy, flLry roots, crowned by a eonsiderahle cluster of large, creel, deeplv-piiiiiatilid leaves, i'oiir or fnv I'eet high, haviiiij all the lobes pinnaiitid; and thick prickly ibotslalks; and amidst them, upright tall stems, terniin:ited by scaly, small heads, furnishing flowers and seed, without any eatable substance, as in the Artichoke. It is oi'ten bitii- uial in this climate. Culture. — These plants arc increased wiiliout much diilii ulty, it" proper care be taken to pre- serve them from the I'rosts iu winter. Culture In the Artichoke Kind. — These sorts of plants succeed best in a soil of the light deep loamy kind, well enriched by siahlc-dungorsome other manure. Where the soil is stift' and wet they are liable to be destroyed in the winters.ason. Their prtipaaalion is eiVecled bv ]ilanting the ofF-stts, or suckeis produced from the old stools or roots, in the early spring montbs, as about the latter end of March, in an open situation, in rows lour or five feet apart, and the same di- stances in the rows. The ground should be previously prepared by trenchmg in the dung to a aood spade's depth. In planting the off-sets, after being separated from the old plants, they should be trimmed in their leaves and other parts, andbe then put inby means of a line and dibble to the depth of three or four inches. Some plant two or three plants in one place, but others only one. The latter is jiro- bably the better method, as the plants spread very much. Whichever mode is practised, the earth should be well closed about the sets, and a good watering immediately /)iia, and ranks in the natural order of Ft/yrcciihp. The characters are: that there is no calyx: the corolla one-petalled, funnel-form, wiiher- intr, including tlic stamens: tube cylindric, im- perforate, longer than the border : "border four- cleft ; divisions ovaTe, acute, flat, spreading : the stamina have eight, short filaments, imeried into the tube; the alternate ones lower: anthers roundish, erect, two-celled : the pistillmn is an ovale germ: style very short: stigina headed, depresstd-liat : the pericarpium a roundish one- celled berry : (drupe berried superior ;) the seed fcingle, roundish, tleshy. The species are : ) . D. Mezermm, Me^creon; 2. D. Luiirtola,\Woo(i or Spurge Laurel; 3. D. lar- 2 1- e DAP DAP tovraira, Silvery-leavecl Daphne, orTartouraira; 4. D. aieorum. Trailing Daphne ; 5. D. odora, Suuet-siiielHnir Daplini.'. The first is a sliriib, growing to the height of from three or four to five or sis feet, with a strong woody stalk, putting out many wootly branches on every side, so as to form a regular head. The leaves are smooth, about two inches long, and three quarters of an inch broad in the middle, placed without order. The flowers come out very early in the spring, before the leaves, in clusters all round the shoots of the former year. The fruit is a superior berried drupe, first green, then red, of an ovate-globidar form ; with a thin succulent pulp, and a crustaceous, thin, brittle, black shining shell. It is a native of Lapland, Sec. flowering in January, in mild seasons. Rlartyn remarks, that there are two principal varieties J one with a while flower, succeeded by yellow berries; the other with peach-coloured flowers and red fruit: the latter has sometimes flowers of a much deeper red : and that there is also a variety with variegated leaves. The second species is a low evergreen shrub, rising with several stalks to the height of two or three feet, dividing at top into several branches. The leaves come out irrei^ularly on every side, sit pretty close to the branches, are thick, smooth, and of a lucid green. Among these, towards the upper part of the stalks, come out the flowers in small clusters; they are of a yellowish green colour, and appear soon after Christmas if the ieason be not very severe. Thev are succeeded by oval berries, which arc green till June, when they ripen and turn black, soon after which they fall off. It is a native of Britain, Sec. The third sijecies is a low shrubby plant, which sends out several weak stalks from the root, about a foot long, and spreading about irretrularlv; these seldom become woodvm Eng- land, but are tough and stringv, covered with a Jiillit bark: the leaves are small, very soft, white and shining like satin, and sit pretty close to the stalks : between these, white llowers come out in thick clusters, conunonly two or three tcgciber, very seldom solitary, bell-shaped, silky on the outside, but yellowish within, imbricated at the base with four or more ovate keeled scales. It is a native of the South of France. Tilt fourth species is a very humble shrub, seldom more than one foot high : the stems are branched ; the leaves narrow lanceolate, placed without order : the branches terminated by small clusters of purple flowers, which stand erect: the flowers emit a pleasant odour, and appear tarly in the spring. It is anativk; of France, &c. It xaries with wkite flowers. The fifth has the stem becoming shrubby, diehotomous, smooth, naked, erect; the branches, like the stem, from divaricate erect: the leaves at the top of the last branchlets, approximating, sessile, acute, quite entire, spreading, benl back at the tip; deep green on the upper surface, with a groove along the middle, paler underneath ; unequal, thick, evergreen, an inch in length: the flowers about eleven in number, of a purple colour. It is a native of Japan, flowering here from December to March. Culture. — These plants are capable of being raised in diflerent methods according to the kinds. The first sort and varieties are best propagated by sowing the seeds or berries, as soon as they have become perfectly ripe, as about August, on beds of light sandv earth, covering them in to the depth of half an inch. When possible, a south-easteriy aspect should be chosen. And to preserve the'seeds in a perfect stale, the shrubs should be netted in the latter end of the sum- mer, to prevent the attacks of the birds. The young plants generally appear in the fol- lowing spring, when they should be kept clear from weeds, and the largest ones removed when too close together : they may remain in these beds till the beginning of the second autumn, when they should be removed, and set out in nursery-rows, at the distance of a foot and half, and ten or twelve inches in the rows, great care being taken not to break or injure their roots. After they have had two years' growth in these situations, they arc in a proper condition for being planted out where they are to remain : and as the plants flower very cariy in the spring, the best time for removing them is in the early part of the autumn. The plants grow to the greatest size, and flower in the most full and perfect maniier, when the soils are of a dry quality : as in moist, adhesive soils they are apt to become mossy. The second species may be increased by sow- ing the seeds in the same manner as the above; and also by cuttings and layers of the young shoots : these should be planted out or laid down in the beginning of the autumn, and in the following autumn they will be well rooted : the layers may be then taken off, and planted where they are to remain, or put into nursery- rows as above. The cuttings may likewise be treated in the same way. The third and fourth sorts succeed best when faised from seed procured from abroad, and sown on a warm dry situation, in the early au- tumn, in the places where the plants are to re- main, as they do not bear transplanting well. The ground should be as little as possible stir- DAT DAT red about the plants. The former should have a dry warm aspect where the land is poor, but the latter succeeds in such as are more cool : these plants are sufficienily hardy to succeed in the open air, when the winters arc not very severe. The last sort is raised by sowing the seeds procured from its native situation, on a u;enlle hot-bed in the autunui or spring, and when the plants are of sufficient growth removing them in- to separate pots, to be placed under the protec- tion of the srreenhouse. It is much more ten- der than the other sorts. The first and second kinds are highly orna- mental plants in the clumps, borders, and other conspicuous parts near the house, the former flowering early, and where many arc together affording a fine fragrance. The other sorts,"though more tender, are cu- rious, and afford an agreeable variety in assem- blage w ith others of similar growth, either in theborders or among potted plants. DATURA, a genus affording plants of the herbaceous flowery annual kind. I'liorn Apple. It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monosryiiia, and ranks in the natural order of Liir'tdcE. The characters are : that the calyx is a one- leafed, oblone perianthium, tubular, bellied, five- cornered, five-toothed, horizontally deciduous near the base, the remaining circular part per- manent: the corolla one-petallcd, funnol-form : tube cylindric, almost longer than the calyx : border erect-expanding, live-cornered, five- plaited, almost entire, with five acuminate teeth : the stamina consist of five subulate fila- ments, length of the calyx : anthers oblong, compressed, obtuse: the pistillum is an ovale germ: style filiform, straight: stigma thickish, obtuse, two-plaited: the pericarpium is a some- what ovate capsule, two-celled, four-valved, seated on the base of the calyx : receptacles convex, large, dotted, affixed to the dissepi- ment: the seeds numerous and kidney-form. The species cultivated are : 1 . D. Slramonmm, Common Thorn-apple ; 2. jD. Talulu, Blue Thorn-apple; 3. D. fastuota, Purple Thorn- apple; 4. D. Metel, Hairy Thorn-apple; 5. D. arl'orea, Tree Thorn-apple. The first has the stem from one to six feet in heitxht, according to the soil, but seldom more than two feet, round, smootlj; dividing into many strong, Irregular branches, which are hol- low, covered with a fine down: the leaves from the forking of the stem and branches, single, scarcely six" inches Icmg, pctioled, pointed, deep green on the upper surface, paler beneath and on the edges, with strong vibs or nerves, unequally sinuated and toothed about the edge, extendintr iuriher down the petiole on one side than on ili» other : the petioles round, downy, shorter than the leaves, above faintly channelled : the llowcis single from the axils, on short peduncles, up- right (first from ihe forks of the branches, and afterwards near the extremities), of a whitish co- lour, succeeded by oval prickly c.ipsules, termed thorn-apples. It is a native of America. Tlie second species rcsendiles the common sort, but is twice the size : the stem is purjilish with white dots, divided at an acute angle, smooth and even: theleaves more finely tooilad, and, if they be flatted, cordate: the flowers piile blue, or purple, succeeded by erect spinous c;i|i- sules. The third rises with a fine pr)lished purple stalk four feet high, dividing into 6e\eral branches: the leaves are large, smooth, sinua- ted, on prettv long foot-stalks: the flowers are produced at the divisions of the branches; they have large swelling tubes, which spread very broad at the top, their brims having ten angles, each ending in a long slender point, are of a beautiful purple on their outside and a satiny white within; some of them single, others with two or three flowers standing one within an- other, and some double, having four or five pe- tals within each other of equal length, so as ti> appear a full flower at the brim; they have au agreeable odour at first. It is a native of the East Indies. The fourth species has a strong stem tlireu feet high, dividing into many woolly branches: the leaves have only two or three shght inden- tures on their edges : the flowers have long tubes, which extend beyond the bifid calyx, then spreading out very broad where the brim is divided mto ten obtuse angles ; they are of a pure white above, but the tubes have a tincture of green within : they are succeeded by roundish fruit closely covered with thorns. It is a na- tive of Asia, &c. The fifth rises with a woody stalk to the heisht of twelve or fourteen feet, dividing into several branches. Leaves oblique, six inches long, two inches and a half broad in their widest part, growing narrower at each end, downy, on Ion"' fcotsialks, w hieh stand nearer to one side than the other, 'fhe (lowers come out at the divisions of the branches; they h.ivc a loose tubidar calyx near four inches long, which opens at the top on one side like a spathc ; the tube of the flower is narrow; but above, it swells very laiee, near six inches in lenjjili, then spreads open ai the brim, wher. it is div;deil in- to five angles, which tenninate in very lonff points; they are white, with some longitudinal D A U St-ipes, of a pale vellow on their oiitsiJe ; a s'm- irk- irce w ill pcifiiiiic the iiir of a hirge garden. It is a native of South America. Culture. — These plants are propagated annu- ally, by sowing the seeds in the two first or haidy sorts in the clumps, borders, or other places where the plants are to remain, in patches of four or live together, covering them m to the depth of nearly half an inch. When the plants are up the weakest should be removed, go as to leave oidy one or two of the strongest in each place: but in the latter or tender sorts the seed should be sown in the spring season, as the latter end of March or beginning of the fol- lowing month, cither on a hot-bed covered by frames and glasses, or in pots, and managed as other tender annuals, admitting air to them freely in their carh' growth, and when some inches high removing them into separate pots, rciilungiiig them in the hot-bed so formed as to draw tbem up to a pretty tall growth. Wheii the weather becomes settled warm, as about 3nne, thev may be removed into the open air, being previously hardenedby due exposure, either in tlie pots, or planted outi'n the borders or other places, 'with balls of eanli about their roots. Tl;c two first kinds are the best suited to the last method. The first and second species are adapted to large borders of pleasitre-grounds, where they have a good effect in mixture with others of si- milar growth ; but the first is sometimes trou- l)lesome as a weed. The other kinds, from the beautv of their flowers, produce a pleasing va- riety in assemblage with other potted annual plants. See Annual Pi^ants. DATF: Pf.UM. See Diospyros. DAIT: TUKI;:. See Fhu;nxx. DAl/CUS, a genu? containing a plant of the esculent kind, [t helontr* to the class and order Peiitondria Diiiyn'w, and rankj; in the natural order of Um~ henatce, Tlie characters arc: that the calyx is an unii-er-'al umbel, nianifold, flowering flat, fruiting coneave-convcrging: partial manifold, giiDilar : involucre univefsgl, iiiiiny-Ieaveil length of the unjbtd ; leaflets linear, piniwtiiul: parTial niorcsimplejlftngihofthcumbullule; pej-ianthiuni proper scarce nuiiifcsl; the airoila iinivcrsaJ iliflbnn, sonicv/ha!: r.iyedj floseujes of the disjj flboriivci proper of five petals, inflex-hemtcdj lbs? cxtcrifH' unt'3 larger ; ihf stamina consist, of five capillary filait.ientc ; ai)ther!t sijuplp: ih? piiililUim i; an inferior .germ, f;mall: ntyles two, refli;K ; stigmas obtuse : lliixe U no periearpium i ilisi fruU ovate, o'tcn hispid an fycry side with (Uff hairs, bipaitite: the jjcds two, eowewhat D A U ovate, an one side convex, hispid, on the other flat. The species cultivated is D. Caiota, Com- mon Carrot. It has along, large perpendicular tapering root, from fifteen to eighteen inches in length, with long- erect finely divided leaves, having the stem three feet high in its flowering state; it differs little from the wild carrot, except in the largeness and succulcncy of the plant, and particularly of the root, which with its superior size usually takes a tincture of yellow in diflerent shades to deep orange, and becomes of a softer texture, without aay of that acrimony and aromatic fla- vour which is found in the wild root: it has white flowers on all the branches. It is annual, flowering from .lunc to August. 'I'here are varieties with orange coloured roots, termed Orange Carrot, with a shorter red root, termed Earlv Horn-carrot, with a purple root, and with a light yellow root. Culture. — [n the culture of this useful vegeta- ble, a deep light soil should be employed as much as possible, and when of a sandy quality it is still nwre advantageous. It should have been well manured the preceding year, as when it is applied the same year the roots arc apt to be aflccted with the canker. Where it is made use of the same year, it should be well rotted, as such as has been used in the hot-bed. In preparing the ground, it should be well trenched over at no great length of time before the period of sowing, to the full depth of eigh- teen inches, the lumps being well broken and reduced, and the manure when used at the time completely turned in. When this busi- ness is not performed in a perfect manner, the roots are liable to spread in a lateral manner, and become branched. The situation should be open, and free from the droppings of trees, or other inconveniences of the same kind. The seed for this crop should always be such as has been collected from plants of the preceding year, and which is perfectly I'resh and well ripened; as old seed never answers well in this culture, much of it being in a state inca- pable of vegetating. The sort^nost ptoper for the diflerent garden crops. Is for the early oncK the Horn- Carrot, but for the general crop, the Orange is constantly to hevimployed, not only as growing nrore large, but more straight and handsome, and keeping better, aa welf-as being more sweet and pleasant in the taste. The other varietict; may be grown w here variety is wanted, Whittevcr sort is made usr of, it li oi jHwvti tousecjiience to have genuine seed, D A U DEC The time of sowing this sort of crops must vary accordinc as they arc wanted. When tliey arc required in snccession, three or four diflir- ent sowings should l)e made ironi .lannarv till the heginning of N]ay; hut for the principal crop, the sowings should always be jierfornsed about the latter end of January, or in the bcein- ning of the following month. A sowing n)av likewise be made in August, to stand throusrh the winter, for producing an early spring crop ; or early crops of this sort may be obtained by for- cing them on hot-beds. The principal crop ge- nerally btcomes ready for use about the bcsrui- nmg ot June. In the sowing of the seed, after the surfiice of the beds has been rendered perfectly smooth and eyen by the rake, it should be distriliuted in as itvcn a manner as possible oyer the whole, and then carefully raked in. As the seed is of a light and chaftV nature, a calm drv time should be chosen for the purpose, to prevent its being blown in an irregular manner into heaps. It is also useful to rul) and separate the chafiy parts of the seed well before sowing, and some think it an advantage to have sand or dry line mould well mixed with it. It should be sown moderately thick, especially when the soil in- clines to be heavy. In very liuht soils it is somctiuKs the practice to tread in the seed, to prevent its risinc in heaps, raking ihe surface over afterwards; but this should never be done where there is any decree of stiflhcss in the land. The sowings arc usually performed on beds of four or tive feet in breadth, but they may be made on large plats where ncces*;yy. After the plants have attained three or four inches in growtii, they should be thinned out to from six to eight inches distance, in proportion to the size that is wanted; and be kept perfeellv free from weeds : this is performed bv a small hoc with the greatest readiness ; but some thin their plants out by the hand; the former is liowever the better method, as the earth is at the same time stirred about the roots of the plants. The work is best done w hen the wea- ther is dry. The crops should afterwards he occasionally looked over every fortnight or three weeks, to be further thinned when necessary, and to keep the weeds from risino. Where these roots are much wanted at an early period while voung, it is better to sow a piece (){ ground f )r the purpose tlian to depend upon the thinnings of the general crops. 'Ihe crops put in in August for the following spring produce, should be manaeed in the same ■way, but It will be necessary to protect the Elants in winter, when the weather is severe, y coverings of some light dry materials. rnch as litter, straw, 8cc. so .is to prevent their lops from being injured. Culture oil llnt-heiU fur cnrli/ U\c. — In this method cr>>ps may be provided for early use where those of the autumn have been injured or destroyed. In this intention the sowings should be made in the beginning of January and the following month, on hot-beds formed of dung, moulded eight or ten inches deep, and covered bv frames and glasses. In the growth of the plants air must be freely admitted by having the glasses removed, except in the niglu-lime and when the weather is severe. When ihe plants are an inch or tw o in height, they must be thinnetl out to the distance of three or four inches, an.->pb occasionally supplied with water in a moderate proportion. When the heat of the beds de- clines much, linings should be had recourse to as there may be occasion. By this management these roois may be pro- vided a month or six weeks sooner than in the other methods. In order to preserve the roots of the main crops in the winter, they should be taken up about November, when the season is dry ; and when sufTieiently dried in the air, and cleared from eartii, anil their tops cut off close, be packed up in dry sand in a shed, cellar, or other convenient place, being well covered on the lop with straw. In tliis mode they n)av be pre- served till March or April. If they arc suffered to remain in the ground, they arc not only liable to*be destroyed by vermin, but to become can- kery, and rotten. In order to save the seed of thcrts removing the stems in tlic autumn. Th're plants aflbrd much ornament and va- riety in liie diflercnJ conipartmcnts of pleasure- grounds, and tliev succeed m most soils aiui situ- ations, beuig of hardy growth. DfclNTAHIA, a genus affording plants of the hcrbaceouj Howcry hardy perennial kind. Tooth Violet. It belongs to the class and order Tttradijnam'ia Siiujuosa, and ranks in the natural order of Si- iiguosce. The characters are : that the calyx is a four- ieaved perianth : leaflets ovate-oblong, converg- ing from parallel, obtuse, deciduous : the corolla is four-petalled cruciform : petals roundish, ob- tuse, scarce eniarginatc, llat, ending in claws the Icniith of the calyx : the stamina consist of s-ix subulate liiaments, length of the calyx, of which two are shorter : anthers cordate-oblong, erect : the pistiilum is an oblong germ, length of the Stamens: style very short, thick: ftigma obtuse, emarginate : the pcricarpium is a longcoKunnar silique, two-celled, two-valved, bursting open elastically with the valves rolled back : dissepi- ment a little longer than the valves : the seeds are many, and somewhat ovate. The species chiefly cultivated are : }. I), pen- taphijUtt, Five-leaved Dentaria, or Tooth-wort ; 2. i). Lnliy'era, Bulbiferous Dentaria, or Co- ral-wort. Other species may be cultivated. The first rises with a strong stalk a foot and half high, with a leaf at each joint, composed of five lobes, four inches long, and near two broad in the widest part, ending in acute points, and deeply serrate; they are smooth, and stand on long footstalks; the flowers grow in loose spikes at the top of the stalks, are small, and of a blush colour. It is a native of Switzerland, &c. The second species has a [>erennial root : the stem is simple, a foot in height; the lower leaves have iha-c pairs of leaflets, and an odd one which is continent with the pair below it; they arc bluntly lanceolate and serrate; the leaves above these have f]vt leaflets, and the upper leaves are tritid or simple, acutely lance- olate, serrate : the flowers are in clusters on the tops of the stalks, and flcRh-coloured or purple. The scaly bulbs in the axils of the upper leaves, falling off, take root, and projiagate new plants ; KO that it rarely produces seed. It is a native i of tlic varieties, especially the Fhi/tcs and Bharrvs ; tl;c t'l.niKT are those in wliith the cal.'x or outer cup is long and of eijuai giowth, opening regularly each way only at lop, lo admit a free and equal expansion of the petals all round : the flowers in these, though some- what smaller, are more equally expandct!, and require less trouble in the management of their hluom than in the Bursters. The Utlcr are those in which the cup is large, and as it were swollen, being liable to bur^t on one side, and permit the petil to bre^^k out and produce irre- gular flowers, if care be not taken to prevent it by tying, and opening the calyx a little on the opposite side. The II' hole Bloifers are ou this account tlie more convenient lor culture, wlierc much time cannot be spared in attending to the flowers. '1 he third species has numerous barren stems, reclining, and putting forth roots, the flowering stems from six lo eight inches high, columnar be- low, square at top, slender, weak, but usually erect, sometimes simple, sometimes branched or dielu/iomous, sw ollen at the joints, slightly pu- bescent : the leaves are in pairs at each joint, linear fir subulate, nearly the length of the in- ternode, converginir to the stalk, and embracing it at tlie base, slightly pubescent; those of the barren branches narrower : the peduncles are njuiid, downy, from the ends of the stem and branches, single, or two from the same joint, each bearing one flower : the petals are toothed at the edge, bright red above, pale beneath; but according to Kay reddifh, with a ring of deeper- coloured dots surrounding the eye ; with dark purplish teeth near the throat, and beset with white silvery points, with hairs proceeding from them : the petals vary much in colour, being sometimes of a very pale flesh colour, sometimes deep red, but always marked with a ring of deeper red dot« near the centre of the flower. It is a native of Sweden, &c. There is a cultivated variety in gardens with - while flowers, with a beautiful purple ring, and leaves rather more glaucous than in the common sort. The fourth species has the stems ascending, a foot or eighteen inches in height, and branch- ed : the leaves of a gravish or glaucous hue, a line and half wide, very sharp at the end : the flowers one, two, seldom three, at the ends of the branches, and sweet-scented : the calyx is of a glaucous-green, longer than in the other spe- cies : the petals large, light red or bright purple, sometimes white, with a circle of red ; deeply jagged, having a red down at the base of the lamina or bonier. It is a native of Europe ; flowering from June to August, and is pcrcn- III il. The fifth, according to Dr. Smith, h.is a woody root: the slaiks several, a span hioh, erect, simple, smooth, quadrangular, havin" two or three pairs of leaves on them, one-flowered, sicarcely ever tw o-flow eied : the leaves are linear- lanceolate, bluntish, glaucous: the scale-; of the calyx only one thi:d of the length of the lube, ovate-roundish, bluntly mucronale at.d sirinted : the petals are liesh-eoloured, w illi a doi.b'e row of blunt notches, marked with lines, and beard- ed at the base. Il is a native of Switzeiland. In the sixth, the flower-stems are from six to eight or nine inches high, branching out on every side ; the branches grow erect, and arc terminated each by one flower: the flowers have no scent, but, having a great variety of colouij;, they are a considerable ornament to the iiowcr- garden from July until the autumn: they have been greatly improved by culture ; some flowers being as full of petals as the best double I'inks, and display the most glowing and \ivid red colours. It is a native of China. Martyn observes, that the roots often last two years in a dry soil ; but they are generally raised from seeds annually. In the nursery-grounds it is generally known by the name of Indian Pink. Dr. Smith mentions having had a plant from Mr. Sikes's, wliieh seemed to be a mule between this and the first species. There are varieties with red flowers, with pur- ple flowers, with white flowers, with variegated flowers, each single and double, and imperial large-flowered. The seTenth species has the stem a foot or eighteen inches in height, procumbent at the base, and then erect, round, somewhat two- edged on the upper part, smooth, branching only at lop: the leaves arc like those of narrow- leaved Sweet-VVilliam, connate, lanceolate-linear or linear subulate, acute, quite entire, bright green, smooth, marked with lines and a rising nerve, rough on the edge, green not glaucous : the flowers are erect, usnally two terminatin" each branch, on short peduncles ; sometimes there are more, and sometimes only one : petals pale red, sometimes w hite, sprinkled with bloody spots: they smell very sweet, espeeially in the evening. It is supposed by some perennial, but by others biennial, or annual. It succeeds best in a calcareous soil. It is a nati\e of Denmark, &e. flowering in July and the following month. The varieties of pinks principally cultivated in the garden are as below, flowering in the fol- lowing order. The Damask Pink, which is the first of the double sorts in flower ; il has but a short stalk ; the flower is not very large, nor so double as in many others ; the colour is of a pale purple, in- cliningto red. Il is very sweet m its smell. 2'U2 D I A D I A The JVhite Shock, which is thus denominated from the whiteness ofits flowers, and the borders of the petals bein^ imich jacged and fringed : the flower-stalks are eigiit or ten inches in height. Its scent is not so agreeable as in some other sorts. The Pheasant's Eije, of whicli there are dif- ferent varieties, and frequently new ones intro- duced, some of which have very large double flowers ; those which burst their pods are the least esteemed. Thev have firm flower-stems, eight or ten inches high : the flowers large, whitish, or blush-coiourcd, with dark purple spots in the middle. That sort of Pheasant's Eye called Bat'i Pink often flowers again in autinnn. The Col Pink, the stalks of which are much taller than in those of the former sorts ; twelve or fifteen inches high ; the flowers very double, and of a bright red colour ; it has the most agreeable odour of all the sorts ; ^lowerins; from the latter end of May to the middle of July. The Old Man's Head Pink, and the Painted Ijidi/, flower in July, at the same time with the Carnation, to which thev are more nearly allied than to the Pink. The first, when in its proper colours, is purple and white striped and spotted, but it is frequently of one plain colour, as purple: it continues flowering till the frost in autumn puts a stop to it, and the flower having an agree- able scent renders it valuable. The latter is chiefly admired for the liveliness of its colour; as it is not so sweet, or of so long continuance, as the other. The Clove Pink has a large deep red flower, aflTording a strong scent of the Clove. Martyn thinks it probable that the Red Pinks take their rise fiom the Carnation, whilst the Pheasant's liye Pinks seem to derive their origin from the fourth. Some give them all as varia- tions of the third; which is not, he conceives, likely. There are single and double flowers of each of these sorts. Culture. — Though the culture in these orna- mental plants is effected without much difficulty, considerable attention is necessary in the ma- nagement of some of the sorts, to have them flower in the utmost perfection and beauty. CuUtire in the Sweet- IVilliam Kind. — The single sorts of these plants are readily increased by sowing seed which has been carefully col- lected in a bed of light earth, that has not been much enriched by manure, in the latter end of March or beginning of the following month, either over the surface or in slight drills, cover- ing it in well: when the plants iiave attained a proper growth, as about the latter end of June, they should be removed and set out on other small beds prepared for them, planting them out six or eight inches distant each wav, watering them and keeping them perfectly free from weeds till the follo.vin<( autunni or spring, when they must be taken up witli good balls of earth about their roots, and set out where they are to flower. It is by this method that new varieties are produced. Although these plants are peren- nial, they should be raised every year from seed, to have them blow strong and in perfection. These and the double sorts may be continued by slips or layers. In the former mode the slips should be planted out either in the early autinnn or spring months where they are to remain, giv- ing them a little water at the time, when the wea- ther is dry. When the slips are taken from the young plants, they should be made quite down to the roots, so as to have fibres to them. In this way the plants are often good and flower well. Cuttings or pipings managed in the same way also succeed well. In the latter method the more tender branches should be laid down in the summer months, water being frequently given when the weather is hot and dry. After they have taken root per- fectly they should be separated or taken off, and planted out where they are to remain, or in beds of light earth, to be afterwards removed, a little water being given at the time. A few of the best should be potted in the beginning of au- tumn, in order to be more conveniently removed under shelter during the severity of winter. These plants should neither be kept too moist or dry, as in both situations they are liable to sustain much injury by the canker. The seed for the culture of these plants should be collected, when perfectly ripened, from the best and most perfect flowers which have grown at a distance from any bad or inferior plants, and be kept in a dry situation. Culture in the Gillijloiver or Carnation Kind. — These plants may be raised with facility jn tlie beds or borders of pleasure-grounds or gardens where the soil is moderately light and dry ; but in order to have them in the greatest superiority and perfection, it is the practice of florists to em- ploy a compost prepared by mixing the surface vegetable mould of old pastures with well rotted stable-dung from old hot-beds, or neat's dung in the same state and sea-sand, in the proportion of a third of the former and a fourth of the latter. These materials should be well blended, and lie for a considerable length of time, being fre- quently turned before they are made use of. This mould may be employed both for filling the pots with and for forming the beds ; and in preparing it for these purposes it should not be sifted fine, but merely well broken down and re- duced by the spade. D I A D I A These flowers may be increased and new ones proi'.uccJ bv SLtds, which should be sown on beds tormej of the above compost, or on the common borders ot light fine mould, from about llie middle ot March to the same period in the following month, raking it in evenly to the depth of a quarter of an inch, giving slight wa- termgs when necessa v, to promote their vege- tation. The tine soils are likewise often sown in pots or boxes, in order that they may be rea- dily placed so as to have onlv the morning sun when the season is hot and dry. After the plants are come up they should be kept clear from weeds, and be watered occa- sionally, and about July, when the weather is moist, be taken up and pricked out in nursery- rows on beds three feet in w.dth, setting them six inches distant, and watering them well at the time and afterwards till they have taken fresh root. At the beginning of autumn, as about Sep- tember, thev will have attained a large growth, and require to be removed into other beds or si- tuations for flowering, in which they should be set out in rows eight or nine inches distant each way. Some place them in the quincunx man- ner, as producing a better effect. In this situa- tion thev shoulcT be protected in severe weather during; the winter by the application of mats upon "hoops placed over the beds. The culture they require in these beds is merely that of keep- jne; them free from weeds, occasionally stirring the earth between them by a hoe, and as their flower-stalks advance giving them the support of handsome sticks. They should remain in these situations till they flower, after which the singles should be taken out and made use of as there may be occasion, in order to afford full room for the double sorts, the finest and most perfect of which being made stage or principal flowers, and the others set out in the borders ; the whole being increased as there may be necessity bv layering both the first and succeeding years. The layer method is that which is principally employed in increasing and continuing particu- lar varieties, as being the most certain. For this purpose the radical leafy shoots proceeding from the crowns of the plants, when of six or eight inches growth, are the most proper. These shouUl be laid down into the earth about the latter end of June or beginning of the fol- lowing month. The work is performed by strip- pinsr oft" the leaves from the lower part of the shoot, cutting off'a little of the top, and then fix- ing upon a strong joint about the niiddlti, to slit it with a sharp knife nearly half way through in a slanting manner, so as nearly to reach the jc)inl above, forming a sort of tongue on ihe under side of the shoot, rcmovintr iTie bark from the enlarged part or joint to promote the striking 7 root. The mould about tlic root of the plant should tlien be stirad, and fresh added where it is wanting, ft)iniing a slight drill or opening for the branch to be gciitlv laid down into in a horizontal manner with the cut part in the earth, tlie top beinir left out and raised a litiK- to keep the slit open, pegging the main part of the branch down by short hooked sticks, drawing the earth over the cut part. When this ii ethod has been practised on all the branches, a good watering should be given to settle the mould about them, and frequently repeated when the season is drv. \\hcn the layers thus formed have stricken good roots, which is mostly the case in six or eight weeks, they should be taken off" with the root-fibres as entire as possible, and after having the slickv parts about the bottom and the top leaves trimmed oft", be plantid out either in pots or beds, in the latter method at six or eight inch-.'s distance, with a dibble, a good watering being immediately given, and repeated everv two Jays for ten days or a fortnight till the plants become well rooted. They should be removed from these beds with b.alls of earth about their roots in the beginning of the autumn into small pots, to have shelter during the winter, and in the early spring be placed in large ones for flow- ering ; but w hen there is room, it is a better practice to plant them at once in the pots, as frequent transplanting injures their (growth. Some florists, however, think it beneficial. The less fine sorts may at the above season be planted out in the clumps, borders, or other parts, or be left in the beds for flowering. These flowers mav likewise be increased by cuttings or pipings in the manner directed below in raising pinks. In the winter management of the plants, the fine potted sorts should about November be re- moved under the protection of a deep frame covered with glasses, and plunged closely toge- ther in a slight bed of old tan, dry sand, or earth. In this situation they should have a free admis- sion of air when the weather is mild, but be covered in frost, and care should be taken that there be no stagnation of moisture, by the holts in the bottoms of the pots being obstructed. The flowers in the beds should be covered by mats or other contrivances when the weather 14 severe at the same season. In the spring; their culture should be conti- nued by removing tho'^e fine varieties plantec) out in small pots in the autumn into large ones for flowering, and such as have remained in the nurser)'-beds into the borders or large pots nine or ten inches over at top, to aflbrd flowers, in each of which the business should be done by preserving balls of earth about their rcots, about D I A D I A Jill* beginning of March or the following month. The work is pcrfornieti by closing the holes in she bottoms of the pots with pieces of oyster .-hells or liks, then filling thcin half way up with the canli prepared as above, placing the plants with ihcir balls of earth in them, and tilling up '.he vacancies on the sides with nieiiig planted and managed in the same manner, take root and atlbrd plants. See Piping Floweos. In both these last methods the rooting of the shoots is greatly promoted by their being closely covered by bell, liand, or other sorts of glasses, and having frecjuent slight waterings given round the sides of them. The seed of the different best sorts should be culleetcd in the pods in August or the following moiuh when peifectly ripened, choosing a dry season for the purpose, spreading them out to harden and become dry on paper or in some other manner, after which it should be rubbed out and k< |>i in some ( rv situation till it is wanted. All the different species and varieties of these plants are highly ornam.-ntal, and many of them curious, aflbrdrng an extremely fragrant smell. The first sort in all the varieties ii;ay be made use of in the borders, eliimps, and (Jtlur places, where they prhduee a line edect by the varieiN ot their liinvers in assemi>lage with others of similar grow th. A lew ot the double more curious kinds mav also be Liiltivateu in pots tor adorning the more conspicuous plac'.'s about the house. 'file ;>econ.l >pjeies and all the difl'crent va- rieties of the Carnation kind .ire proper onia- meiilai plaiils for the tronts ot clumps, borders, and other principal parts of gardens or orna- mented grounds, where thev have a very agree- atjie efleet Ironi the beauty and elegance oi their tloweis, as well as the fragrance which they atlbrd. 'I"he curious double sorts are mostly cultivated in pots for the convenience of protection, and being exhibited on stages or in particular situa- tions duiiiig the time of their blowing, as well as for the ease and facility ot removal when ne- cessary. The third sort and the, different varieties of the common pink are well ada|)ted for producing ornament in the fore parts ot beds, borders, and other compartments of pleasure grounds and gardens, both from the multiplicity of their flowers and their beauty, as well as fragrant smell. 'I'iiese are sometimes usL-d for edgings, but from their spreading growth they require frequent cutting in. The fourth and fifth sorts may likewise be employed for the purpose of aifording a greater variety. The sixth species is very ornamental from the finenc-s of the colour of the flowers, and the great length of time which thev continue in bloom. It is observed by Martyn that the seventh spe- cies, from the elegance and delicious Iragrance of its flowers, is deserving of being employed in all curious gardens. In the planting out the various sorts, the an- nual kinds are mostly disposed in patches of three or four plants in each; but the perennial kinds singly, as being more bushy and spreading in their growth. All the several species and varieties of these flowery plants may be brought to blow much more early by being cultivated in frames or the hot-house. DIBBLE, an implement used for planting out variovis kinds of seeds, young plants, &c. The best sorts are ttuise made of the trees or handles of old spades, having the heads or lop handles entire, twelve or fifteen inches, with the shank made gradually tapering to a point at ihc D I C D I G lower enJ; and to nialode, or that of plain digging, the workman proceeds by begin- ning at one end of the piece of ground, forming .1 trench or opening quite across, to the depth which may be considered necessary, as from half a spit to a spit, according to the crop to be put in, and the same width, conveying the earth taken out to the opposite end, where the work is to finish; then proceeding with a second course across as before, turning the different spits in a clean, neat, even manner, into the former opening, continuing the saiTie rcffular courses till the whole is dug over, breaking and reducing the lumps and clods as much as pos- sible, being careful to. ^" -erve a level even sur- face, having a due regard to any hollows or depressions that may be present. The earth taken out from the iirst opening or trench will serve to fcll up atid render the" last even and level ; and when dung is applied, it may either be spread evenly over Ihe surface, and regularly tLirned in, or placed in the hollow or trench, and covered by the disrging of the following trench. This is much the nest practice where the dung is of a rather littery nature. As the work ad- vances, the roots of perennial weeds, such as iwittte, bear-bind, and others of tin- same sort, should be csreFully picked out, as they nniliii !y f.ist by being divided ; and ih- surface-ou'-s b- well turned to the b.ntoin. In the latter, or trench methot' of diggin"-, the usual practice is ta hi.;;:n at one cird ot the pifco of ground, and form or open by a line and the spade a trench two spi's wide, to the d.-pth of one or two, removing the earth lakcii out to the contrary end, for the purpose of fiilinj up the Ian trench ; tiien to form a second trcMcli in the same manner, after having pared off the sur- face, and pl.ice.l it in the bottom of llic former; proceedinir in the sam;: way til! the whole i< trenched over. In this mode it ij nsua! to sho- vel up and take out the reduced mo'.ddorcnunbs from the bottoms of the tr»!nches in each course of digeing. In executing the labor.r in this sort of digging, the workman stands with his side to the trench, while in the firmer case he faces it. This practice is particularly n«cful where the ground is nu'.ch infested with weeds, and where the soil is stilT", nr not of great depth. The dung in this way of digging, where it is made to the depth of only one spit, may be put in the bottom ; but when two sp.u'.es' depth arc employed, it should be put in upcin the first spit, after it has been dug otf and placed in the bot- tom of tiie former trench or opening, as by this me.Tns it will not be buried to too great a depth, which v.-ould otherwise be the case. The trench digging of garden gronnd may be performed either in a level surface, as in com- mon digging, or in rough ridges : the first is the best method when innncdiate sowinir is in- tended ; but the latter in general w here the land is to remain some time before it receives the crop, as in this way it will derive the greatest advan- tage from the influence of the atmosphere, and be more fully reduced, and rendered line in the mould by being levelled down, when thesowinn- or planting is to be performed. ]?ut where the soils are of a thin, gravelly, or sandy nature, as they are liable to part with their moisture too freely, and do not stand much in need of pulveri- zation, it would seem the best pr.icticc to con- stantly dig them in a plain or level surface, as bv such means the eftects of cvaj)oration will be most efTectually guarded acainst. In general, all sorts of digginir nnd levelling down, especially in the strtiiT^f.-t- of snil"^ should bt executed when thegroin;d is n: a stale somewhat inclining to dpi-ncss, as it can never be done to advantage when in a very moist or clogcy condition, D'GITALI.S. a genus comprising plant< of the herbaceous hnrtly flowering bicuni:d r.nd P'-.-ennial kinds. D I G D I G It bclnng-s lo the cia^s and order Di;h/iiamia yfin: o\pcnn!a, and ranks in tlie natural order ot Lur'nlw. The characters are : that thi- calyx is a tlvc- partccl perianthiuni: divisions roundish, sharp, pcrnianei\t ; the superior longer than the rest : the corolla onc-pctalled, bell-h>rni: tube large, ex- jiandinu-, bellied downwards ; cylindricand close at the base: border small, lour-cleft : upper di- vision more expanding, cnia'iiiaate; inferior di- rision larger : the stamina censist of four subu- late lllaments, inserted into the base of the co- rolla, bent downwards, of which two are longer: anthers two-parted, acuminate on one side : the pistillum is an acuminate germ : style simple, in the situation of the stamens : stigma sharji : the pcricarpium is an ovate capsule, length of the calvx, acuminate, two-celled, two-valved, valves burstiniT in two directions (partition double from the inilex edges of the valves) : the seeds vciy nianv and small (subprismatic.) The species cultivated arc: \.D. purpiireri, Conniion Puiple Fox (jIovc; 2. D. ihaps't, Spanish Fox Glove ; 3. D. liilca, Snuall Yellow Fox (jlove; 4. D. nmhigiia, (Greater Yellow Fox Glove; J. D. firnigiura, Iron-coloured Fox Glove ; 6. D. Catiur'ieniis, Shrubby Canary Fox Glove; 7. D. Sceplnim, Shrubby Madeira I'ox (ilove. Thclirsthas a biennial root : the stem is from three to six feet high, simple, upright, leafy, round, and pubescent: the leaves alternate, ovate-acute, serrate, veiny, wrinkled, underneath whitish with pubescence, gradually lessening to both ends; petioles short, and wiirged : the flowers in a long spike, nodding, imbricate, all directed the same way j of a j)nrplc colour. Itis a native *)f Britain, Jfce. flowering from June to August. The second species is perennial, but it seldom rises much above a ft)ot and half in height, has much the appearance of the first : the lea\es are tomentose, veined, serrate ; the lower lanceolate- ovate, ten inches long and three broad, the upper broad-lanceolate, all decurrent and having the decurrcnt sides retlex : the bunch or spike of flowers is the same, but smaller. It is a native of Spain, flowering from June to August. The third is percimial, has very long oblusc leaves near the root; the stalk is small, and rises from two to three feet high ; the lower part of it has smooth leaves growing close together, about three inches long and one inch broad, end- ing in obtuse points : the upper part of the stalk for leu inches in lenuth has small vellow flowers, closely ranged on one side of it, having a few very small acute leaves placed between them, situated on tlie opposite side of the stalk. It is a native of France, Sec. flowering in Julv anel the following month. The fourth species hai long smooth-veined leaves at bottom : the stalk is strong, two feet and a half high : the leaves live inches long, one inch and a half broad, ending in acute points, having manv longitudinal veins, and l)eing sliiiht- ly serrate : the upper part of the stalk is adorneil with larsre yellow flowers, nearly of the same size with those of the first sort ; the brim hav- ing acute points, and the upper lip being entire. It is a native of Germany ; flowering at the same time with the third sort. The fifth is perennial, having a strict stem, from three to even six feet high, branched at bottom : the leaves are sessile, lanceolate, even, marked with lines, the base into an oblong form, serrate in the middle, acu- minate, smooth on the upper surfivce, rough with hairs and whitish on the lower i the peduncle terminating the branch, solitary, round, upright, a hand or more in length, porous on the in- side, ending in an ovate spike with the flowers hanging down : the bractes before the flowers open from a coma. It is a handsome plant, and a native of Madeira; flowering in July and the following month. Cidlure. — These plants maylx;increased, cither by seeds or otT-sets from the roots ; the former is, however, in common the bes^t method. The seed for the heibaceous kinds should be sown, either in the autumn where the plants arc to remain, or in the spring, in a bed or other place; and when the plants have attained a few inches growth, they should be removed either to the places where they are to flower, or into another bed to remain, to bo tiually planted out in the beginning of the uatumn. In ll'ic shrubby sorts it should be sawn iii pots of good nioidd in the eaclv autumn, 3 D I O D I O and pUiccd iinJcr the protcctioii of a ganlop. IVaiiiO ami glasses. Wlicn llic plants have a lew ini-lres growth, llifv should be removed into sc- ])araic ]H)ts of a small size, and put in the grecn- Ji()n>e for protection during the winter. The (ir>t kind arc well adajtled lo the large clomps iwd i)()rders of pleasure-grounds, w here thi V aflord nuiell variety and etl'eet. The latter sort arc vcrv ornamental in the ♦'rcen-honse, from tlic Ien2;th of time thev con- tiinie in flower. I")10N/1iA, a genus comprising a plant of the low herhaeeoiis ]Hrennial exotic kind. It hclonus to the class and order Decandria j\]<>>H'iS>inia, and ranks in the natural order of 'I'he characters arc ; that thecalyxis a (ive-l.-av- cJ pcrianthiuni, upriirhl; leaflets oblong, acute, permanent : the corolla lias live petals, sessile, oblonsr, obtuse, concave : the stamina consist of ten lilanicnfs, subulate, shorter: anthers round- ish,p.illen tricoccous: the pislillum is a roundish the branches : the flowers arc produced along the branches from bc- iween the leave^; and in the evening, when they are expanded, and the leaves closely embrace the branches, the whole plant appears as if covered with spikes of white flowers. As it continues a long time in flower, it makes a fine appearance when intermixed with otlierexotics in theopen air. The second S|)eeies forms a verv handsome shrub, grow ing to the height of five or six feet : the stalks are woodv, seucTmir out many slender branches : the leaves come out alternatelv on every side: the flowers are in small clu.-iers at the ends of the slioots ; thev are white, and sue* cteded by starrv .-ced-vessels, ha\ing five corncr.s, like those of the Slarrv Anise ; each of lht.se C X -2 D I O D I R corners ij a cell (cocculus), containing one ed, foiir-clcfi : divisions roundish, rolled back? smooth, shining, oblono:, black sced:~'these the stamina consist of eight filanitnts, very short, soed-vtssels abound witlf rc.-in, which afford a inserted into the receptacle: anthers double, long, iiratct'ul scent, as does also the whole plant. sharp : the interior shorter : the pistillum a rudi- 'I'he third is a plant of humbler growth, scl- ment of a germ, dciiu fibove three feet high, and spreads out into The species cultivated are : 1. D. Lohts, Eu- uiany l)ranehcs ; the leaves resembling those of ropean Date Plumj 2. D. Firginiana, Ameri- hcath : the flowers are in clusters at the ends of can Date Plum. the branches, like those of the second sort, but The first rises with a tree-like stem to the sinailcr, and the bunches not so large, of a red height of six feet ; the smaller branches spread a colour. little, and are yellowish : the leaves oval-lancco- The fourth is a low bushy shrub, which seldom late, large, quite entire, paltr underneath, some- rises above two feet high, but spreads out its what hoary, with the veins ^somewhat hairy: branches far on every side : the leaves are nar- the flowers arc small, reddish-whitc, rotate : row and smooth, of a light green colour, being the fruit tlifi size of a cherry, yellow when rankled on each side the branches, appear flat on ripe, sweet with astringency. It is a native of the upper and underside; when ihey are bruised, Europe. thev emit a very strong penetrating odour : the The second species rises here to the height of flovvers are produced singly from between the from fourteen to sixteen feet, commonly divi- ieaves ; are white, and tinged on their upper sur- ding into many irregular trunks near the ground 7 tace. The Hottentots am said to use it to scent the'wood is very hard, but brittle and somew hat their ointments. white : the branches are many, and grow slen- Cultiire. — These plants may be increased by der to the end, covered with a very thin greenish planting the cuttings of the young shoots in the bark : the leaves many, broad, green, without spring or sunnner months, in pots filled with good dent or notch on the edges, so like the former, mould, pi uniting them in a moderate hot-bed. that it seems at first to be the same; it has a When the plants have stricken good root, they dark brown bark on the branches, but on should be carefully taken up and placed out sepa- the twigs it is grayish : the fruit is in form and rately in pots, proper water and shade being bigness like a Date, very firm as that fruit, al- eiven. Tliey afterwards require to be protected most as sweet, with a great flat thick large in the nreen-house, and have the management of kernel within. It is a native of Virginia and other shrubby exotic plants of similar growth. Carolina. These plaiits, IVom the bcaut\' of their bloom Culture. — The method of propagation in these- and the fragrant smell that is emitted by m;iny plants is by sowing the seeds in a warm sit.ua- of them, are highly deserving of places in shrub- tion in the open ground in the spring; but h is by collections. ' better when done in pots or boxes filled w ith DlOSl'YROS, a genus aflbrding plants of good earth, and plunged into a moderate hot- the deciduous shrubby flowering exotic kin-l. bed, as they rise more quickly, and advance \vith It belongs to the class and order Po/i/gamia greater rapidity. When the plants have attained D'wp.cici, and ranks in the natural order of some growth, they should be gradually exposed B'uvrnts. to the open air until the autumn, when those liv The characters are: that in the hermaphrodite the full ground should be carefully protected female the calyx is a onc-lcafcd, four-cleft from frost ljy mats or other means, aiid those in perianthiuni, large, obtuse, permanent: the co- pots placed under a garden frame on moderate rolla one-petallcd, pitcher-shaped, larger, four- h-eat ; free air being admitted when the weather cleft; divisions sharp, spreading : the stamina is mild. Early in the following spring, they ronsist of ei-ht filaments, bristle-form, short, should he removed, and planted out in a warm almost ins<'ned into the receptacle: anthers situation in the nursery at proper distances, to rWong, unproductive; the pistillum is a round- remain two or more years ; when they will be ~isii i?erm : style single, half four-cleft, per- fit to be finally put where they are to remain. luanent, longer than the stamens: s'igmas These plants are proper for the large clumps, obtuse, two-cleft; the pcricarpium is a globose borders, and other partsof shrubberies, being sut- bcrry, larae, eight-celled, sitting on a very large ficiently hardy when oFproper gro-wth to resist the spreadin^'^calyx; theseed solitary, roundish, com- effects of frost ; where they have a good eflect, pressed, and very hard : male in :i distinct plant : not only from their flowers, but the shming green the calyx is a one-leafed, four ckfl perianthiuni, appearance of their leaves, sharp, ' upright, small; the corolla one-pe- DIRCA, a genus containing a plant of the tailed, pllcbcr-shapod, leathery, four-corner- low deciduous hardy exotic kind. D I S D O D Tt belongs to the class at.d order Ctandriu Moiiogynia, and ranks in the nalurai order of l-eprecnl(P. The characters are : that there is no calvx : the corolla one-pcUlltd, club-shaped; tube bellying above: border obscure, %\iih unequal margin: the stamina consist of eight capillary tilamcnts, inserted into the middle of the tube, longer than the corolla: anthers roundish, upright : the pis- tillum is an ovate germ, with oblique tip : style liliform, longer than the stamens, crooked at the tip : sti-jma simple : the pericarpium is a one- celled berry : tlie seed single. The species is D. palustris. Marsh Leather- wood. It rises to the height of five or six feet in its native situation, but hi Europe rarely more than half so high : it sends out many jointed branches near the root : the leaves are oval, p:de yellosvish, and smooth : the flowers come out from the side of the branches, two or three upon each peduncle ; are of a greenish white colour, and appear early in the spring, when the leaves begin to shoot. It is a native of North America ; Howering in March and the following montli. Culture. — This sort of plants is raised with difficulty in this climate, as they do not produce eeeds, and can only be well effected by layers or i;uttiu<;s of the young branches. When the seeds can be procured from their native situation, they should be sown in the ^pring in a rather moist boggy situation, where the shrubs are to remain, as the plants never guccced where the soil is dry. The layers or sittings of the young shoots ohould be laid down or planted out in similar circumstances, during the spring and su mmer months; and v\hen they have taken full root, be separated or removed, and planted in n>oist ♦iiuaiions where they are to remain. These plnnls can seldom be preserved, except in moist Logsiv places, in which they are rarely injured b\ x,t Id. DISANDKIA, a genus containing a plant of the trailing t>::iamental [lerennial kind. It belong, to the class and order Heptandiia Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of fcdiaitaras. Therfiaracters ana : that the calyx-is a onc-leaf- td pcrianthium, from live to eight-parted : divi- sions stra'ahtish ; permanent : the corolla one- j)etalled. wheclrsliapcd: tube very sliort : border tive-paited : divisions ovate: the stamina con- jiisi of rrom five to eight filaments, bristle-tonn, froiii erect becoming patulous, shorter than the corolla: anthers sagittate: the pisiillum is an ovate germ : style filiform, length of the stamens: 6' igma simple : the pericarpium an ovate capsule, 1 length of the calyx, two-celled : seeds several, and ovate. Tlie species cultivated is D. tiros/ra/a, Trail- ing Diiandra. It has stems from a foot to two feet in height, prostrate, round, pubescent : the leaves are alternate, petioled, with about thirty notches, and pubescent : the peduncles axillary, usually Iwi) together, but sometimes one or three, erect, filiform, one-flowered, higher than the petioles: the flow ers of a yellow^ colour. Martvn observes, " that the foliage greatly resembles that of Giound-ivy, and the branches trail on the ground somtwhat in the same manner to the length of several feet." It is a native of Madeira; flowering most part of the summer. Culture. — These plants may be easilv increased by planting cuitines of the vounfj shoots in pots filled with rich earfh, which after they have taken root nmst be removed into separate pots, and be kept well watered during the hot season. They re- quire the protection of the green-house during the w inter, but in the summer they will bear the open air. They produce an excellent eflect w hen placed on high shelves, so that their branches may hang down over the sides of the pots in a loose manner. DITTANY. Sec Dictamnus, DODAR ITA, a genus comprising a plant of the hardy perennial kind. It belongs to the class and order Didijnamia Angiospermia, and. ranks in the natural order of Perrners, tubular, nearly equal, flar, permanent: the corolla onc-pctal!ed, ringent : tube cvlindric, bent downwards, nuich longer than the calyx : upper lip small, en)arginate, ascending : lower lip spreading, ■vider, three-cleft, twice longer, obtuse; middle division narrower: the s(aniina consist of four filaments, ascending towards the upper lip, and shorter than it : anthers small, roundish, twin : ihcpistilluin is a rounJ.ish germ : style subulate, length of the corolla: stigma com- pressed, oblbng, ohtuje, two-cleft, the lameilas- converging: the pericarpium a globose two- celled capsule: the seeds numerous, very small : receptacle convex, ciowine to the dissepiment. The species cultivated is D. orlentulh. Ori- ental Dodariia. It has a perennial root, which creeps far undi r the surface, and sends ovit new stalks at a creat distance from the parent plant; these are tirm. a little compressed, and grow a foot and half high, putting out several side branches : the leaves are lon^, ruiiroW; fteshv, opposite, of a D O D D O D ilecp srccn colour; those on the lower part of ihe stalk shorter and broader than on the upper, on vvliich tliey are entire; at these jomts the iiowers eome out -ingiy on each side the stall?, sittinir close to it, are nearly an inch long,and of y deep purple colour ; appcarinir in July. It is a native of the Eiist ; but rarely produces seeds here. (;i,Jlure. — These plants are readily increased hv planting pieces of their creeping roots, either in the autumn, at the time when the stems decay, Of i" the spring before they shoot up ; ihcy succeed best in light dry soils. It serves for ornament ing the borders and other parts of the ijarden or pleasure-ground. J30])f:CATlJf:0.\, a genus furnishing a plant of the low flouering perenuiai kind. It belongs to ilie class^aiid order I'entandr'in MmosijiiKi, ^iid ranks in the natural order of I'll (he. The characters arc : that the calyx is a many- leaved, nianv-flowered involucre, very small : pe- rianthium one-leafed, half livc-cleft, permanent : divisions rellex, iinally longer, permanent; the corolla one-petalled, live-parted: tube shorter than the calyx : (naked at the throat) bortler reflex: divisions very long, lanceolate: the sta- mina consist of five filaments, very short, ob- tuse, seated on the tube : anthers sagittate, con- verging into a beak : the pistilluni is a conic gcrni : style filiform, longer than the sta- mens: stigma obtuse: the perieaipium is an <.blong, one-celled capsule, gaping at the tip : (subeylnidrlc, opening into five parts) : the seeds vcrv many, and small: receptacle free, small. The only species is D. Mcadia, Virginian Cowslip, or Meadia. It has a yellow perennial root, from which come out in the spring several long smooth leaves, near six inches long, and t\\ o and a half broad ; at first standing erect, but afterwards spreading on the ground, especially when much exposed to the sun : from among these leaves arise two, three, or four flower- stalks, in proportion to the strength of the roots, which rise eight or nine inche-s high, smooth, naked, and terminated by an umbiT of flowers, which are purjjle, incli- ning to a peach-blossom colour. Itis native of Virsinia, flowering about the end of April or beginning of the following month. Culture. — The methods of propagation in this plant are either by seeds, or ofl-sets from the roots ; but the last is the best. In the first, the seeds should be sown either in flie autunm, soon after thev are fully ripened, or in the spring, in a nioi>l shady s|ioi, or in pots to be placed in such situations. When the plants appear, they should be kept free from weeds, and have occasional water when the weather is drv, being shaded from the heat of the ^un. When the stems decay, tliey may be carefully remo\ed ;;iid planted in moist shady places, at the distance of twelve or eighteen inches, to remain till the following autumn, when they should be liuailv planted in the borders and other places where tiiere are due shade and moisture. The roots may be removed, and the off-sets carefully taken off from them about the latter end of Au:rust or the following month, and im- mediatclv planted in such situations as the above, when lliev will be fullv established before the frosts set in. These plants are found to be hardv, but inca- pable of succeeding iu drv soils or sunny situ- aticjns. They afford ornament in the beds, bor- ders, or other parts of pleasure-grounds. DODONjEA, a genus eom)irelieiKling plants of the shrubby exotic kind. It belongs to the class and order Octaii'lna ]^lotioj,)jnia, and ranks in the natural order of Diimosic. The characters are : that the calyx is a four-leav- ed, flat peiiantliium; leaflets ovate, obtuse, con- cave, deciduous: there is no corolla: the stamina consist of eight verv short filaments : anthers oblong, bowed, converging, length of the calyx : the pistilluni is a three-sided germ, length of the calyx : style cylindric, three-furrowed, up- right : stiirma slightly three-cleft, a little acute : the pericarpium a three-furrowed capsule, in- flated, three-celled, with large membranaceous corners : the seed in couples, and roundish. The species are: 1. D. vUcosa, Broad-leaved Dodonaa ; '^. D. anguslifoUa, Narrow-leaved Dodonsea. The first sends up several stalks from the root, about the size of a man's arm, with several up- rioht branches, covered with a light brown haik, which frequently separates from the wood, and hansrs loose: tlie leaves are stiff, varying greatly in shape and size, some being four inches long, and an inch and a half broad ; others not three inches long, and a quarter of an inch broad ; they are spear-shaped, entire, and of a light green, growing with their points upward, and have verv short foot-stalks. 'J"he flowers arc produced at the end of the branches in a sort of raceme, each standino- upon a slender foot-stalk about an inch long. It is a native of the coun- tries between the tropics. The second species resembles the first, but the leaves are lanceolate-linear, and the fructifica- tion pi)lygamous. It is a native of the Cape, flowerinirlrom Mav till the latter end of sum- D O R D R A Oillure. — The piopagation in these plants is cflTeitcil hy sowinjr the seeds (ibtaiued from ahroad cm a moderate hot-lud '.u the early spring. Wiieii the plants have aliaineil a suilieienl giowtli iIkv should be Rmovcd in;.> separate small puts liUid with Tght ioanjv mould, and plunged into a hark hot-bed, diie shade being guxn till they hak-e strieken fresh root; atier whleli, air.slioidd be admitted in proportion to the slate of the wcuiiher, and slight portions of water. As the autmnn approaeires they sliould be plaecd in the stow, where there i> only a moderate heat, and be sparingly siipi)licd with water. In the "more advaiieed growth of the plants they may be plaeed ahroail a few nionihs in the .summer season, in such situations as are warm and sheltered. These plants afford v.ariety among other stove plants, and were formerly supposed to be the tea-tree bv some. DOr.l'/KRHY-TRKE. See Corxus. DOCJWOOl). SceCouNLS. 1X)1{0NICUM, a genus comprehending plants of the hardy herbaceous perennial kind. Tt belongs to the class and order Si/iigc/w^ia Polygamia Siipcr/lufr, and ranks in the natural order of Compoiitie Discoidete. The eharactcrs are : that the ealyx is common, with leaflets lanee-subulate, about twenty in num- ber, equal, upright, of a double scries, length ge- nerally of the rav of the corolla: the corolla com- pound rayed : eorollules hermaphrodite tubular, numerous, in the disk : females ligulate, of the number of calvcular leaves, in the ray. Proper of the hermaphrodite funnel-form ; border five- cleft, patulous : female ligulate, lanceolate, three- toothed : the stamina in the hermaphrodites have five capillary filaments, very short : anther cvlindric, tubular : the pistillum in the herma- phrodites is an oblong germ: style lililbrui, length of the stanii iis : stigma emarginatc : in the females, gemi oblong: style filiform, length of the hermaphrodite : stigmas two, refle.x : there is no pericarpiuni : calvx slightly converging : the seeds in the hermapiirodite solitary, obmate, furrowed, a little compressed : down hairy: in the females soliian', obovate, furrowed a little, and compressed : down none : the receptacle is naked and flat. The species are : ] . D. fiardfiliainhes, Great Leopard's Bane ; 2. D. ptaiitagincinii, I'lantain- Icaved Leopard's Banc ; 3. D. hiUidiuslruin, Daisv-leavcd Leopard's Uane. The first has thick fle>hv roots, divided into many knots, sendins out strong lleshy fibres, which penetrate deep into the ground. The 'root-leaves arc heart-shaped, hairy, pelioled: among these arise tlie flower-stalks, whiili are channelled .tnd hairy, mar three feet high, put- tins out one or two smaller stalks from the side; these iirow erect, and have one or two lieart- shapecT leaves closely embracing the stalk ; this and each braneli is terminated by one lariie yel- low flower. It is a native of France, 8ic. flower- ing in May. In the second species the leaves are indented on their ediies towards their base; their upper parts arc eiuire. The stalks rise about two teel liish ; each is terminated by a large yellow flower, like that of the first sort : they have two or three alternate, embracing leaves, not so iiairy as those of the first species. It is a native of (Germany, iscc. flowering at the same time with the lirst. Tlie third has also a perennial root. The leaves are like those of the common daisy, but longer, and not so broad. The flower grows on a iKiked stalk near a foot long, and the root sel- dom sends out more than one stalk. It is of a white and yellow colour, and a native of the Swiss Alps, flowering in A]>ril. Culture. — The methods of increasing the.sc plants arc either by sow ing the seeds, or plant- ing oflsets of their spreading roots, in the spring or autumn, in shady spots of ground, either where the plants are to remain, or, in the former case, to be afterwards removed to them when they have attained some inches growth. The, last sort is best increased by parting the roots, and succeeds most perfectly wheu the soil is moist and the situation shady. All the sorts are well suited to the large bor- ders, clumps, and other parts of extensive plea- sure-grounds. DKACtENA, a genus containing plants of the herbaceous and tree-like kind. It belongs to the class and order Hciandria Moiiiigi/iiia, and ranka in the natural order of Sarnii ntaccte. The characters are: that there is no calyx: the corolla has six petals, oblong, somewhat up- right, ccpial, cohering by the claws: the stamina consist of SIX filaments, inserted into the claws, subulate, thicker in the middle, membranace- ous at the base, length seareclv of the corolla : anthers oblong, incumbent : the pistillum is an ovate aerm, six-striated: style filiform, Icngili of the stamens: stigma three-cleft, obtuse: the periearpium is an ~ovaie berry, six-furroweii, three-celled : the seed* solitary, ovate-oblong, ineurved at the tip. The species are : 1 . D. Dnuo, Dragon Tree ; 2. D. flrictt. Purple l>raea'na; 3. I). i-iiufolUi, Sworci-leaved Drae:ena; 1. D. wiirg'innla. Aloe- leaved Draea-na; 5. D. bwiul'is, ()\al leaved Draeieiia. D R A D R A The first in its native situation rise? with a thick trunk nearly equal in size the whole lengih ; the inner part very piiiiyj ni^xt to this a circle of stronff fil)res, and the outside soft; haiglit twelve or fonrtei-n {l-l-I, nearly of the same dia- jiietcr the whole length, which i> rarely more than fiuht or ten inches ; circular marks or ringfi are left the whole length, where the leaves liavc fallen oft". The top^suslains a large head of these, coming out singly all round it ; they are shaped like those of the common Iris, hut are much longer, being often four or five feet in lenoth, and an inch and half broad at their base, where they embrace the trunk, lessening gradu- a!lv and terminating in a point : these leaves are pliable, and hang down ; are entire, of a deep green, smooth on both surlaccs. It is a native of the East Indies, and called Dragon Tree, from the insi)issated juice bccoining a red powder, like the eastern Dragon's blood. The second species has a shrubby stem, al- most simple, eight feet high, erect, round, with close protuberant rings from the fallen leaves ; these are quite entire, a foot and half in length, erect, smooth, on stem-clasping pt-tioles, and of it dusky-red colour. The flowers are of a red- purple colour. It is a native of China, flower- ing in March and the following month. The third has a perennial root, horizontal, creepinsr, somewhat woody, odoriferous, and tiimple.~The root-leaves are heaped, thick, stri- ated, shining, reflex, sword-shaped, a foot long. The scape Ihree feet high, leafv at bottom, naked at top, round, slender, and deelining; the flowers terminating, sub-umbelled, of a blue- and-white colour. It is a native of the East Indies. The fourth species has purple-coloured spi- nous leaves, and the flowers in racemes. It is a native of Newfoundland, Sec. llowering in .lune. The fifth has the leaves elliptical, furrowed, and pointed, with spreading flowers, it is a native ftf New Zealand. Culture. — These plants may be increased by sowing the seeds in pots filled with good rich earth, either in the spring or autumn, plunging them in the bark-bed of the stove. After the plants have attained some growth they may be removed into separate pots, and re-plungcd in the hot-bed. The last species is the only one capable of ^jcaring the open air in this climate ; all the others requiring to be kept constantly in the stove, where they should be moderately supplied with water. 'i'hey afford variety among stove collections, tome of them l>cing plant* of singular growth. DRACOCEPHALUM, a genus comprehend- inij; plants ol' the herbaceous, annual, and peren- nial kind. IL belongs to the class and order Didynamia Gvmno'ipervna, and ranks in the natural order of Firticillatw. The characters, are : that the calyx is aone-leaf- cd perianthiuin, tubular, permanent, very short: the corolla onc-petalled, ringent : lube length of the calyx: throat very large, oblong, iniiated, ffaping, a little compressed on the back : lip sn- perioi"straieht, arched, com])licated, obtuse: lip inferior tliree-cleft; lateral divisions upright, as it were the segments of the throat 5 the mterme- diate one hanging down, small, prominent for- wards at the'biiiie, roundish, eniarginate: the stamina consist of four subulate filaments, hid beneath the upper iip of the corolla, of which two are a little shorter : anthers somewhat cor- date : the pistillum is a four-parted germ : style lilifomi, in the situation of the stamens : stigma two-cleft, sharp, slender, reflex : there is no pe- ricarpium : calyx cherishing the seeds in its bottom : the seeds four, ovate-oblong, three- sided. The species chiefly cultivated are : I. D. Vir- ginianuvi,Y\rgm\-M\ Dragon's Head ; 2. D. Ca- nariensc, Canary Dragon's Head, or Balm of Gilead ; 3. D. yhistriacum, Austrian Dragon's Head ; 4. D. Ruyschiana, Hyssop-leaved Dra- gon's Head; 5. D. Moldavica, Moldavian Dra- gon's Head, or Balm. There are other species that deserve cultivation. The first is a perennial plant. It rises with an upright stalk, near three feet high. The leaves are about three inches long, and half an inch broad, sessile; usually in pairs at each joint, but sometimes there are three together. The flowers are purple, in terminating spikes. It is a native of North America, flowering from July to September. The second species is also a perennial plant, rising with several stalks to the height of three feet or more, becoming woody at the lower part; the leaves at each joint having three or five ob- long, pointed, serrate leaflets. — The flowers come out in short thick spikes on the top of the stalks; they are of a pale blue colour. It is a native of the Canary Islands, flowering at the same time as the first. The third has likewise a perennial root. The stalks are hairy, a foot and half high, sending out several side-branches. The leaves are hairy, linear, cut into three part?. The flowers termi- nating in short w horkd spikes, with some very narrow leaves (bractes) under each whorl. It is a beautiful plant, growing naturallv in Au^tria, he. D R A D R A In ihe fourth the root is perennial. The stems about two feet high, with two smooth liucar leaves at each joint, about an inch lone:, and one-eighth of an inch broad, with a deep furrow along "the middle : at each joint, at the other sides of the stem, come out two or three ver)' narrow small leaves of the same shape. The flowers are in spikes, of a fine blue colour. It is a native of Norway, flowering in June, The fifth is an annual plant, rising wiih branching stalks a foot and half high, with oblong leaves, deeply serrate on their edges. The flowers come out in whorls round the stalks at every joint ; are blue, and appear in July, con- linuing to the middle of August. It has a strong balsamic odour, which to some is very agreeable. It is a native of Moldavia. Culture. — These plants arc raited in ditTercnt methods, according to the kinds. The first sort is licst propagated by parting the roots and planting them out in moist, sheltered, shady situations, either in the autumn or s])ring. In the second kind the plants are best raised by sowing the seeds in pots of good mould in the autumn, protecting them by means of a frame and glasses during the winter. When the plants have some growth they may be remo\ed into separate pots," and placed in the open air during the summer, but brought under the shelter of a green-house or garden-frame in the winter; the fatter is probably the better practice. They may likewise be increased by planting cuttings of the young shoots in a warm shady spot during the summer. These, when they have formed good roots, should be removed into pots, to be protected under glasses during the \\ inter. Thev require a pretty full exposure to the air when ihe weather is suitable, being sufficiently hardy to ftand the open air in mild winters. The third and fourth species may be raised by fowine the seeds in the early spring months, in a bed of earth in an open exposure, or in pots. When the plants have attained sufficient growth they should be removed into a spot of fresh light earth, and planted out six inches apart, proper shade and water being given, till they become rooted, or into separate pots. If the pots be plunged in a moderate hot-bed it will greatly forward them. They must be kept free from weeds till the autumn, in the first situation, whcar, they should be properly thin- ned, and kept perfectly free from weeds. All the sorts, except the second, may be em- ployed for ornament in the beds or borders of gardens and pleasure-grounds ; some of them aftording a fine smell, as well as pretty effect in their f.owers. They should be raised alma.-t annually, in order to keep good plants. The second kind is chietly introduced among {jreen-house collections, both for variety and ihv frairrant balsamic smell which it atl'ords. DKACONTIUM, a genus containing a plant of the climbing, evergreen, exotic kind. It belongs to the class and order Gijnaiidna Polyaiidiia, and ranks in tlie natural ordei* of Piperiuc. The characters are: that the c dyx is a spathe, boat-form, leathery, one-valved, very large: spa- dix extremelv simple, cylindric, very short, coat- ed on all sides with fructifications disposed into a head, of each of which the pcrianthium proper none, unless the corolla be so called : corolla proper five-petalled, concave : petals ovate, ob- tuse, somewhat equal, coloured : the stamina consist of seven filaments, linear, depressed, up- right, equal, longer than the corollet : anthers four-cornered, twin, oblong, obtuse, upright : the pistillum is a somewhat ovate germ : style columnar, straight, length of the stamens : stigma obscure, three-sided : the pericarpium in each ^ roundish berry : the seeds very many. The species cultivated is D. peilusum, Fer- forate-leaved Dragon. It has slender jointed <;talks, which put out roots at every joint, that fasten to the trunks of trees, walls, or any support which is near them, and thereby rise to the height of twenty-five or thirty feet : the leaves arc placed alternately, standing upon long foot-sialks; arc four or five inches Ions, and two and a half broad, ha\nng several oblong holes in each, so that at first thev appear as if eaten by insects : the flowers are produced at the top of the sialk, which always swells to a larger size in that part than in any other-; are covered with an oblong spatha (or hood) of a whitish green colour, which opens longitudinally on one side, and shows the spadix closely covered with flowers, of a pale yellow, inclining to white. It is a native of the West Indies. Culture. — This j)lant is readily increased by planting cuilingi of the young branches in pot« 2 V a-' n. I DUN filled with light poor sandy earth, and plunging them in the bark -bed oi the stove. When they have stricken root they should he removed, with bulls of earth about their roots, into separate pots filled with poor earth, in order to check their rambling growth. These plants, from the singularity of their leaves, and their being evergreen, afford variety in the stove, and at th"c same time serve to cover the walls of it by their climbing property. DRAGON'S HEAD. SeeDHACOCEPHALUM. DRAGON TREE. See Duac^na. DRAWING-FRAME, a sort of deep hot- bed frame, or fixed glass-case, for placing par- ticular sorts of curious, tender, annual flower plants in, for drawing them to a tall stature, such as cock's combs, tricolors, &c. by the assistance of a hot-bed. Different sorts are occasionally adopted ; some similar in form to common hot-bed frames, but four or live feet in depth, either moveable or fixed ; others with different divisions to place one upon another; and some more spacious erections of glass-work, or, properly, glass-cases, which are in seneral more adapted for the business than the two first sorts. These framt-s are mostly constructed of inch- and-half deal, and, in dimensions, generally the width and length of commonlargehot-bed frames for two or three lights. In using such frames, the plants are first raised in a hot-bed under common frames and lights, pricked or planted singly into proper sized pots, in the same or another hot -bed ; and after hav- ing advanced a foot or a little more in growth, »o a^ to reach the glasses, a fresh hot-bed is made for the drawing-frame, which is placed thereon, and the bed earthed at top with light dry earth, or old tan ; then the plants in their pots removed into it, plunging them to their rims in the earth, or other material, and the glasses put on ; being afterwards managed as Tender Annuals. Drawing-frames are at present much less in use than formerly, the plants being chiefly suf- fered to lake their natural growth. DRILL, a small narrow opening made in tb^ ground by means of a hoe or other implement, for the reception of different sorts of seeds and roots, such as pease, beans, potatoes, and various kinds of small seetls, as well the nuts and stones of several sorts of trees, and the bulbous and tuberous roots of many plants of the flower kind. Drills are generally formed by setting a line as tight as possible in the direction the crops are to be put in, and then with a common hoe held corner-ways, with the edge close to the line, 1 drawing the drill along it, from half an inch to five or six deep, as the different sorts of seeds and roots may require. But drills, for some particular small seeds, may be drawn with a small or middling hoe flat- ways, or the edge downv^'al•ds, in a horizontal position, so as to make a broad flat-bottomed drill ; in that way forming a wider level bottom, with a larger space for the seeds, which admit* of having them more evenly sown to an equal depth. For seeds of tender plants which require the aid of hot-beds, as a hoe cannot be introduced, the ends of the two first fingers, or a short flat stick an inch or two broad, may be employed. DRILL SOWING, the method of putting in crops by depositing the seed in drills : most sorts of crops that are cultivated in rows are put in to the greatest advantage in this way, as those, of the pea, common bean, and kidney-bean kind, early potatoes, spinach, and beet, as well as parsley, coriander, and a variety of small seeds for the purpose of salLad and other uses. It is a mode of sowing which is particularly beneficial in affording the meatus of raising crops with regularity as well as ot keeping the ground free frou* weeds, and earthing up the mould to the roots of the crops, by which their growth is greatly promoted ; and likewise, which admits of the greatest convenience iu gathering the var rious sorts of produce. When the seeds or roots of any sort have been sown or planted in drills, the earth should be immediately drawn evenly over them, either with a hoe or rake, or the hand for the very small or moredelicate sorts; but for the large kinds, such as pease, kidney-beans, broad-beans, &c. it may be turned ia upon them expeditiously with the feet alternately, carefully covering all to an equal depth, trimming the top of each drill clear from stones and clods, so as to leave a perfectly smooth and even surface for the crops to come up in. DUNG, a substance formed by passing through the bodies of animals, which is made use of in garden culture, both for the purpose of improving the soil, and that of affording a mild moist artificial heat, by which various- sorts of delicate crops may be raised and pro- duced at much earlier periods than could other- wise be the case. In the intention of amending tlve condition of the ground, various sorts of dung may be made use of after being considerably reduced by undergoing the process of fermentation ; but w here the production of heat is the principal cbjectj that of the stable kind must be chiefly D W A D R A rtnplovcd, while in its long or littery condition. See Hot- Bed. All sorts of animal Jungs may be applied with advantage to soils of diticrent sorts in the ^^ay £ spines come out on each side of tin- brunches : the llowers arc small, ami have a strong scent when fully open. The second species, in the stature and manner of growth, is a tree that resembles a middle- sized willow, as also in the hoariness of iu leaves and thedivision of its branches : the bark is uray, and clo\t.-n in the trunk: the small Branches alternate, all white-tomentose : the leaves are alternate, oblong-ovate, and oval, quite entire, petioled, with a snowy hoarinesa underneath, and dolted-hoary on the upper surface, not shininer, but soft. The wild sorts have sharp straight thorns scattered variously over the brandies, which on the smaller twigs are hoarv all over, and bear leaves : but the cultivated trees have no thorns : the fluwers are alternate, pedunclcd, solitary, and extreme- ly fragrant : the fruit ovate, very obscurelv' octangular, tomentose ; the nut furrowed, hav- ing a cylindric kernel : it has much the ap- pearance of the first, but is a native of Ftrsia. The third has a tuberous root, and nscs with a woody stem to the height of eight or nine feet, dividing inio many branches : the leaves are silvery, with several irregular dark-coloured spots ; are alternate, and continue all the year: the flowers are lateral, while, on one-flowered peduncles, several together : the fruit small ovate, containing one seed. Native of the East ]ndie.«« Miller remarks, that it is rare at present in our eardens. Culture. — These plants may be increased either by seeds, lavers, or cuttings ; but the lat- ter is the readiest and most common method. The seed, when it can be procured, may be sown in pots of light earth in the spring, plunging them in the hot-bed; and, when the plants are. of some growth, removing them into other pots or situations, where they mav remain a year or two. The layers and cutting's of the voung shoots should be laid down or planted out in tlic autinnn or early spring, those made from tlie tinder sorts being put in pois, and placed in the bot-bedofthe sto\e. When they are become well rooted, they may be removed, the haidv sorts into the nursery to have a few years growth, and those of the tender kinds into separaie pots, to have the protection of the green-house and stove. These arc all ornamental plants, the first Sort being well adapted to afford variety in the clumps and borders of shrubberies, the second to the green-house, and the last to the stove. As the plants in the first sorts do not continue long, new ones should be raised every two or three vears. ELDEU. 'See S.iMBtcus. E L E F.LEPH ANTOPUS, a genus comprising plants oi tlic flowery, herbaceous, exotic kind. It belongs' lo the class and order Si/ngeiicsia Pnli/ffamia Segrrsala, and ranks iu the natural order of ComposHcr Cap'itata:. The characters are: that the calyx is an invo- lucre of three broad, sharp leaflets, many-flow- ered, larsie, pcrniaucnl, without an umbel : pe- riantliiuni partial, four-flowered, oblong, imbri- cate; scales lanee-subulatc, mucronate, upright, of which the lour longer are equal : the corolla compound tubular : corollets hermaphrodite five or four, equal, disposed in a single circle. Pro- per one-petalled, tubular: border narrow, five- parted, nearly ccjual : the stamina consist of five capillary filaments, very short : anther cylindnc, tubular : the pistilluin is an ovate, crowned germ : style filiform, length of the stamens : stigmas two, slender, spreading : there is no pericarpium : calyx unchanged : the seeds soli- tary, compressed : down bnstle-form : the re- ceptacle is naked. The species cultivated arc : 1 . E. scaler. Rough- leaved Elephant's Foot; 2. £./oj«e7J<05«5, Wool- ly-leaved Elephant's Foot. The first sends out from a perennial root many oblong rou2:h leaves, which spread near the ground ; between which, in the spring, arises a branching stalk, little more than a foot high : the side 1)ranches are short, and generally ter- minated by two heads of flowers, each on a short peduncle :' the florets are of a pale purple^ co- lour, it is a native of the East and West Indies, flowcrinff about the beginning of autumn. The second species generally rises to the height of fifteen or twenty Inches, sometimes more. The common receptacles of the flowers rise sinsily from the axils of the upper leaves, and secni disposed in the form of a spike, but there are seldom more than four florets in each. At first coming uj) it has many leaves, five inches long, and an inch and half broad where broad- est ° beginning veiy narrow, continuing so for two inches, and' ending in a round point ; are hard, smooth, dark green, and indented about the cdt^es. From among these a round, siroiio:, green stalk rises, four feet high, with an embracing leaf at each joint : it has branches towards the top, standing round at every joint, divided into others, which arc beset with smaller leaves. From the axils of these come out the flowers, without any peduncle, standing in se- veral green leaves ; they are white, in bundles, without any involucre. It is a native of .la- iiiaica, &c. Culture. — These plants are capable of being increased by sowing the seed in the early spring .on a moderate hot-bed, or in pots plunged in it. When the plants have attained a little growth, E M P they should be removed into pots filled with light fresh earth, and be rc-plunged in the bark hot-bed, due shade and water being given, till they are fresh rooted, air and water being then freely afforded when the season is hot. These plants require the protection of the green-house in winter, but may be placed abroad a little in the hot summer season. They afl"ord variety among other potted green- house plants. ELM-TREE. See Ulmus, EMPETRUM, a genus containing plants of the under-shrubby kind. It belongs to the class and order Dioecia Tri- andria, and ranks in the natural order of Erica: The characters are: that in the male the calyx is a three-parted perianthium ; divisions ovate, permanent : the corolla has three petals, ovate- oblong, narrower at the base, larger than the calyx,"^ withering : the stamina consist of three capillary filaments, very long, hanging forwards : anthersupright, short, two-parted. In the fe- male the ealvx is a perianthium, as in the male : the pistillum is a superior germ, depressed: style scarce any : stigmas nine, reflex-expanding (styles three to nine) : the pericarpium an orbi- culate berry, depressed, one-celled, larger than the calyx : the seeds nine, jointedly placed in a circle, on one side bulging, on the other cor- nered (three to nine). The species are: 1. E. mgrjim, Black-berried Heath ; 2. E. album, White-berried Heath. The first is a small decumbent shrub ; the outer bark deciduous, and of a brown colour, the inner yellow : branches rough with the re- mains of the petioles : the terminating bud consists of five membranaceous leaflets, hairy at the edge ; this puts forth five little branches, of which four are in a whorl : the leaves are in fours, somewhat three-cornered, with a white linear keel, and petioled : the flowers axillary, sessile, and solitary : the berries brownish-black, when ripe; the size of juniper berries. It is a na- tive of the north of Europe, flowering in April. The second species differs from the above in having the smaller branches pubescent ; the leaves longer, somewhat scabrous on their upper surface, a"nd channelled nndernealh . the berry guarded at the base by a fleshy, white, shining ealvx. It is a native of Portugal. Culture. — These plants are capable of being raised from seed, slips, or olTsets, and layers; but the best method is that of planting the voung plants procured from the places where thpy grow naturally. 1'he seeds in the first sort may be sown in situations where the earth is boggy, and there is a degree of sliade and moisture, in the open ground, in the spring season j but in the second E P II E P I sort it thust be sown \n pots, and plunged in the liot-bed under glasses to bring ihcin forward : in tins way ibe plants grow slowly. The slips and layers may likewise be planted in the '^anie situations, accordnjg to the diHereiit kinds, in the spring or summer season. The potted sort succeeds best when the pots are filled with boggy or peaty earth. The first sort affords variety in the fronts of the borders and clumps of ihrubberics, and liie lat- ter in the same situations in the green-house. ENDIVE. Sec Cichorium. EFIIEDUA, a genus containing plants of the under-shrubby, evergreen kind. It belongs to the class and order Dioecia Mo- nadelphla, and ranks in the natural order of ConiJ'trcB. The characters are : that in the male the calyx- is a compounded anient of one-flowered scales, few, roundish, concave, length of the pcrianihi- uni : the pcrianthiuni proper one-leafed, half-two- clefi, roundish, inflated, small, compressed ; di- visions obtuse : there is no corolla : the stamina consist of seven filaments, coalescino into a su- bulate pillar, divided at the lip, longer than the calyx: anthers roundish, turned outwards, of which four are inferior; the other three superior. In the female the calyx is a live-fold perianthiuin, one plactd on another, with altern.itc divisions, in an ovale figure ; each one-leafed, somewhat ovate, two-parted ; the exterior ones smaller : there is no corolla : the pistillum two ovate germs, size of the last perianthium, on which they are placed : styles simple, filiform, short : stigmas simple : there is no pericarpium : cal) - cine scales all thickened, succulent, constituting a divided berry : the seeds two, ovate-sharp, on one side convex, on the other flat, compressed by the calyx covering them on every side. The species cultivated are: 1. E. dislachi/a, Great Shrubby Horse Tail, or Sea Grape; 2. £. moiiot f achi/a, SnidW Shrubby f^orse 'I'ail. The first has a low, under-shrubby stem, sometimes branching to the height of two feet, having various small joints, from which come off opposite narrow shoots, branching out into long rushy tufts, opening in the manner of leaves, for w hieh they serve. It is a native of the bouth of Europe, flowering from June to July. The second species rises with a low under- shrubby stalk to the height of not more than about a foot, sending off branches in a similar growth to the first. It is a native of Siberia, ffowering from September to November. Culture. — The propagation in these plants is easily eflectcd by planting tlic offsets, taken from their creeping roots in the early spring season, in a situation where the ground is rather stiff and moist. They were formerly culiivaled in pots, but they are now found to answer better in the open air. They aflbrd variety in the small borders and clumps, by ihe.r singular growth ;uid appear- ance. EPICi-EA, a genus containing a plant of the low, trailing, flowery, shrubby kind. It belongs to the claortsmay be increased in the same manner as the former ; but the best prac- tice is bv layers, cuttings, or slips, which should be laid down or planted out in pots filled with boffixy earth, either in the early spring or the latFer end of summer, plunging them in a mo- derate hot-bed, giving them proper shade and water. When they have taken full root, they should be removed with balls of earth about them into separate pots, being replaced in the hot- bed till thev become well established, when they will be capable of bearing the open air in mild weather. All the other species may be increased either by cuttings or layers, but most of them by the fonner. The cuitinsrs should be made from the best young shoots, anil be planted in the spring season in pots filled with a composition of light boegy and loamy earth, being placed in the hot- bed, and covered with bell-glasses, and duely shadedfromthesun, slight waterings being given when necessary ; the layers are best made in the autumn, being managed in the same way. When the plants are perfectly rooted, they mav be removed into separate pots filled w ith the same sort of earth, and placed in the dry, stove or irreen-house, where many of the plants must constantly be kept. The ninth, twentieth, and twenty-sixth species must, however, be raised by layers, as they have not vet been increased by planting their cuttings. When >eeds are made uscof in producing these plants, they should be sosvn in ptUs tilled witiL the above sort of earth, in the early spring, aiui pL;nged in the hot-bed of the stove. When the plants have acquired a few inches growth, they should be removed into sinirle pots with a little earth about their roots, and be repiuneed m the hot-bed in the stove, being preserveH in it, or the warmest part of the green-house, during the w inter. E R I E R I The first three sorts afford an agreeable varicly in ilie borders and chimps, as they continue long in flower. The four following kinds are likewise hardv, and afford variety among other potted plants in the open air during the summer. Tlie other species are more tender, but pro- duce an agreeable effect among the stove and sireen-house collections, from the greatbeanty and continuance of the fiowers in many of ihe sorts. ERICiHRON, a genus comprising plants of thehardv herbaceous perennial kind. It belones to the class and order Si/?igenesia Poliigamla^Siipeif iin , and ranks in the natural order oi Covipnsitce Discoidcce. The characters are : that the calyx is common oblong, cylindric, imbricate: scales subulate, upright, gradually longer, nearly equal : the corolla compound rayed : corollets hermaphro- dite, tubular in the disk ; females ligulate in the rav ; proper of the hermaphrodite funnel-form ; border five-cleft : of the female ligulate, linear, subulate, upright, commonly quite entire: the stamina in the hermaphrodites have five fila- ments, capillary, very short : anthers cylindric, tubular : the pistillum in the hermaphrodites ha* the germ very small, crowned with a down longer thaiT its corollet: style filiform, length of the down : stigmas two, very slender : there is no pericarpium : calyx converging: the seeds in the hermaphrodites oblong, small : down long, hairy : of the females extremely like the herma- phrodites : the receptacle naked, and flat. The species mostly cultivated are : \. E. vis • cosum. Clammy Erigeron ; 2. E. Canaderise, Canadian Erigeron ; 3. £. pJirpureum, Purple Erigeron, or Labrador Aster. Other species may be cultivated for variety. The first has an upright, stiff" stem, near three feet high, striated, hairy, viscid, branched from the very" bottom : the leaves thick, rough with hairs, having glands between them exsuding a clammy juice, strong smelling, bent down at the base, rounded and stem-clasping : on the branches linear, entire, four inches long and two broad : the peduncles two-leaved, one-flowered ; scarcely longer than the leaves : flowers radiate, of a yellow colour ; appearing in July, and af- fording an agreeable smell. It is a native of the South of France, &c. - The second species has an annual root: the csccnt, tipright; the side-ones barren and diciiiubent: flowers alternate, of a purple colour, sepa- rated bv Uavcs like those on the stem, but small- er, and fi)rniing an upiiglit, simple raceme. Thi y appear in May, or carrier. It is a native of Gennanv . The second species has a simple stem : leaves alternate, from the axils ; spike long with the flowers remote; corollas tomentose on the out- side, of a dark colour, fragrant at night. It is a native of t!u Cape. Cvllttre. — The lirst sort may be increased by prting the root.-, and planting thcni where they arc Id remain in tlic early autumn. Tliey succeed the most perfectly in situations where the soil is a loamy sand and not enriched by the application of nuaiure, as under other circumstances they are apt to rot, and be destroyed. The second kind may oe increased by planting cuttings of the youne shoots early in the spring or surnmer months, ni pots of fresh light earth, plunu^ing them in the hot-bed of the stove. When they are well rooted, they should be re- moved into separate pots and placed in the green- house, where they must be constantly kept, and have a pretty free admission of air as well as frequent slight waterings. Thev are'^plants that afford variety in the dif- ferent situations where they grow. ITie lirst is a ver\' desirable little plant for the decoration of rock-work, as it grows in close tufts, and pro- duces numerous lively purple flowers during most of the summer season. ERIOCEPHALUS, a genus containing a plant of the shrubby evergreen kind. It belongs to the class and order Si/ngenesia Polygamia Necessaria, and rank? in the natural order of Compos'Ucf Nucamentaceie. The characters arc : that the caly.x is common upright : scales ten, ovate, equal, converging, of which the five exterior are keeeled, the interior flat: thccorolla compound rayed: corollules her- maphrodite twice as many as in the disk : fe- males five in the ray : proper of the hermaphro- dite funnel-fomi; border five-cleft, patulous: of the ray ligulate, obcordate, with ihree-lobed, equal tijif : the stamina in the hermaphrodites consist of five filaments, capillary, verj- short; anthers cvlindric, tubular: the pistillum in the hermaphrodite is a very small germ, naked : style simple; stigma two-cleft, sharp ; in the females, germ ovate, naked : stvle simple, stigma acu- minate, inflex : there is no pericarpium : calyx scarce changed: there is no seed to the herma- phrodites : females solitary, obovate, naked : ihe recepiaculum naked, flat; or else a down of tlie calyx in a double row is interspersed botK between the hermaphrodite and Female floscnles. The species are : 1 . E. AJncniiiif, Cluster- leaved Eriocephalus; i. E. rud-mosus, Silvery- leaved Eriocephalus. The first lias a shrubby stalk, from four to six feet high, putting out many side branches the w hole length : the leaves are \v oolly, coming out in clusters, some taper and entire, others divided into three or five parts, which spread open like a hand ; they have a strong smell when brui-*td approaching to that of l>avcnder Cotton: the flo.vers are produced in small clusters at the ends of the liraiK-hcs, and stand erect : the female florets composing the ray I'onn a hollow, in the middle of which the hermaphrodite fiords form- ing the disk are situated ; the border is white, w i~ih a little reddish cast on the inside, and the disk is of a purplish colour. It flowers from January to March. The second species has the .stature and appear- ance of the first, hut all the leaves are undivided: the flowers are on pedicles shorter than the calyx : outer scales of the calyx four, ovate, subtoinen- tose, with a very soft wool from the bosom of them. It flowers in March and the following month. Culture. — These plants may be raised by lay- ers or cuttincs of the young shoots. The for- mer should be laid down in the early autumn or spring, and the latter planted during the summer" in pots filled with light earth, and plunged in a moderate hot-bed, being shaded till ihey become well rooted, and frequenrly refresh- ed by small waterings. When the layers or cut- tings have stricken root perfectly, they should be tak'en off, or removed into separate pots, and placed in an air\' situation in the green-house to prevent theirbeingdiawn up loo much: afterwards thev may be set out in the open air in a warm aspect till the approach of autumn, w htn they must be removed into the green-house again, and placed so as to have much sun and free air when the weather is mild, carefully guarding them against frost and moist air. Thev should be very sparingly watered in win- ter, but when in the o])en air in summer it w ill be frequently necessary. From their retaining their leaves all the year, they have a very ornamental effect in winter. ERVNGIUM, a genus coiitaining plants of thehardv flowering biennial and perennial kind. It belongs to the class and order FentanJria Disyniu, and ranks in the natural order of UmMUittp. The characters are : that the calyx is a common conic receptacle, chaffs separatins the sessile floscules: involucre ofthe receptacle man; -leaved, flat, exceeding the floscules : perianthium proper E R Y E R Y five-leaved, upright, sharp, exceeding the co- a foot high, branched, smooth, having at each rolla, seated on the cerm : the corolla uiii- joint leaves ol the same form with the lower vcrsa'l, uniform, romidPsh : flosculcs all icrtile: ones, but smaller. The flowers come out at proper live-petalled : petals oblons, the tips bent the ends of the branches m roundish prickly inwards to the ba>e,stiaighlcnLdlon2;iludlnally by heads, and are of a whitish bhie colour; under aline: the stamina cousin of live ^capillary fila- each head is a range of narrow, sti3, prickly ments, slraioht, exceeding the floscules : an- leaves, spreading like the rays of a star. The thers oblona°: the pistilluin is a hispid inferior flowers appear lu July. It is a native oi Britain, eerm: styles two, filiform, straight, length of he. The young flowennii-shoots when eaten the stamens : stigmas simple: the pencarpium is an ovate fruit, divisible in two directions: the seeds oblong, and colunmai'. The species cultivated arc: 1. E.foct'idum, as asparagus are very grateful, and ofa nourish- ing quality. The fourth species has the lower leaves divided like the finders of a hand, into five or six seg- Stinkin<-- Eiyno-o ; 2. E. planum, Flat-leaved ments, which are very much cut at their extrc- Jlryngo'; 3. 'E/'maiitimum, SeaEryngo, or Sea- J^^i'ties into many parts, and have small spines. Holly; 4. E.amellnjstimim, Amethystine Eryn ""' The stem is about two feet high, with smaller and more divided leaves. The upper part of the stem, and also the heads of flowers, are of the linest amethystine colour, making a fine appear- ance. Ii is a native of Styria, lowering in July. The fifth species has a perennial root. The leaves are cordate and toothed, the lower on The go; 5. E. Alpiimm, Alpine Eryngo The first has an annualor biennial root. The root-leaves bluntish ; the serratures terminating in harmless spines. The stem a foot high or more, green, somewhat angular, dichotomous, spreading; with the extreme branches fit xuose. The leaves on the branches opposite, stem- clasping, wedge-shaped, sabconnate, with the long petioles, the upper stem-elaspmg edo-e toothed and semitrifid ; the divisions Ian- lower leaves resemble those ot Cacalia, but are ceolate, all the angles terminating m a purplish more acute, and the teeth end m a soft spine. £pine. The peduncle springs from the ansiles of Amethystine leaves surround the oblong head the stein; it is straight, sluirter than the uiter- of flowers; some t, but usually much smaller. It is common in the islands in ihc South Sea. The second species rises to the same height, but thelcavcb arc loivj,er and narrower: the flowers termmating, but some come out tri>m the sides, greenish yellow: the fruit smaller, rounder, pear-shaped, white and red, and not so much esteemed. It is a native of the East Indies, 6cc. flowering from May to July. The third species has solitary peduncles: the flowers are white : fruit bright red, soft, slightly froovcd, and having a sweet smell. First rought from Goa. Ctillure. — These plants may be propagated by setting the stones of the fruit as soon as procured from the places where they grow naturallv, in pots filled with light mold, plunging them in the hot-bed, and keeping the earth about them con- stantly moist, but not too wet. When the plants have attained five or six inches growth, they should be carefully removed and placed in separate pots of a snjall size, re- plunging them in the hot-bed, due shade being given till they are well rooted again. They after- wards require to be managed as other tender plants of the same nature, to be retained constantly in the stove, and to have but little wat^-r in the winter season. They may likewise be sometimes raised by laying down the young shoots under the same circumstances. They afford variety in stove collections among other curious exotic plants. ElJONYAiUS, a genus comprising plants of the hardy flowering shrubbv kind. It belongs to the class and order Pentandria 'Monogyuia, and ranks in the natural order of Dumoice. The characters arc: that the calyx is a one- leaved, five-parttd, flat perianthiuin : divisions roundish, concave: the corolla has five petals, '•vate, flat, spreading, longer than the calvx: the stamina consist of five sul)ulate filan)ents, upright, shorter than the corolla, phiced on the gtrm as it were on a receptacle: anthers twin : the pistilliim is an acuminate germ: style shorl, simple: stigma acute: the pericarpium isa a. succulent capsule, coloured, five-sided, five-cor- nered, five-tellcd, five-valvcd : the seeds solitary, ovate, involved in a berried aril. The species cultivated arc: 1. E. Eiirof>ieu%, Common Spindle-Tree; 2. 7J. /alifolius,\iro»ii- leavtd Spindle-Tree; 3. /J. vernicoxui, Wartcd Spindle- free; 4. E. atro-fjurpiirt-us. Purple- flowered Spindle-'IVee; 5. E. amcricaiius, Ever- green S|)nidlc-'i'ree. The first is a shrub; but if planted singly, and propel ly trained, it will rise more than t\\ enly teet high, w ith a strong woodv stem divid- ing into many branches : the le.ives are lanceolate, about three inches long, and an ineli and quar- ter broad in the middle, opposite, entire, of a deep green colour : the flowers come out at the end of May or the bci>inning of .June, in small bunches from the sitte of the stalks on slendtT peduncles : the petals are whitish, and spread in form of a cross: the fruit ripens in October, when the seed-ve.-sels spread open and expose the seeds, which being of a beautiful red colour render the aj^pearancc of these shrubs very fine. The second species rises with a stronger stem than the lirst, and c;rows to a larger size : the leaves are ovate-lanceolate, about four inches long, and two broad in the middle, opposite, en- tire, light green, on short foot-stalks : the (lowers come out from the side of the branches, upoj^i very slender peduncles, two inches ami a half long, branching out into a loose bunch, and die flowers on separate pedicles, of a purplish colour: the fruit is much larger than in the common sort, and always hangs down. It is a native {\1' Austria, &c. The third differs from the two former in hav- ing the steni and branches warted, the upper surface of the petals covered with a pile consist- ing of very small teats : the anthers rounded, and placed upon their pyramidal filaments like the cap of a mushroom ; a raised tubercle sup- porting each iilamcnt : the receptacle variegated, with a-d dots: it has no st\le, but instead of it a stigma like a bladder : the capsule is more flattevl at top, the surface a little wrinkled, and as broad as long : the seeds half black. It is a native of Austria, Sec, flowering in Mav and .iune. The fourth species is a shrub about six feet high, with an ash-coloured birk, smooth, and free from tubercles : the branches are round, and a little compressed at their extremities : the leaves oblong-huiceolate, smooth on both sides, veiny on the back, and stand opposite; arc verv finely serrated on the ccigcs, where thev are of a purple tinge, as arc also the foot-stalks : all the Howers (which are dark purple) arc con- stantly tctrandrous. It is a native of the north- ei'n parts of Asia. E U P E U P The fifth rises with a shrubby stalk to the height of eight or ten feet, dividing into many branches, Avhifli come out op posite from the joints of the stem : the leaves are lanceolate, two inches long, and about three qu arttrs of an inch broad in the middle, ending in acute points; are opposite, and continue orcen all the year: the flowers are produced at the ends of the branches, and also Ironi the sides, in small clusters; and are suc- ceeded by round capsules, wnich are closely arm- ed with rough protuberances. It flowers in July, but seldom produces ripe fruit in this climate. There is a variety with variegated leaves. Culture. — ^The four first sorts may be propa- gated either by seeds, layers, or cuttings of the young slioots. In the first mode, the seeds should be sown in the clumps or borders in the early autumn, covering them well in. In the following autumn the plants should be removed and set out in nur- sery rows, being kept well cleared from weeds during the sunmier. After two or three years groAih in th.s situation, they will be fit to plant out for good. The young shoots may be laid down in the autun:ii, a slit being made at a joint placed the deepest in the ground. In the following autumn they will be well rooted, and may be taken off and planted out in the manner of the seedlings. The cuttings should be made eight or ten inches in length, and planted in a shady border in the autumn. When they have struck full root, they should be carefully removed, and ma- naged as those raised from seed. 'J'he two last methods, and those of budding and grafting are the only ones by which the vari- eties can he continued with certainty. The last species is best increased by laying down the voung branches after being tongued in the autumn, managing them aflerwarils in the same manner as the others. These plants are sufficiently hardv to bear the open air when planted in warm sheltered situations. 'I'hey are all very ornamental ; the former sorts producing a fine effect by their berry-like seeds, and the last by its evergreen leaves. F-UPATORIUM, a genus comprising plants of the h.erbaceous flowery kind. It belongs to the class and order Syngevesia Polygamhi JE(jvalh, and ranks in the natural order of Coinpasita' DUcuidcce. The characters are: that the calyx is common oblong, imbricate: scales linear-lanceolate, up- right, unequal : the corolla compound uniform, tiil.ular: coroliets hermaphrodite, equal; proper fmnel-form: border five-cleft, spreading: the stani.iia consist of five capillarv filaments, very khori: aiithers cylindric, tubular: the pislillum is a very small germ: style filiform, very lontn lor the puqKjse. Some prefer sowing them in bids, and afterwards transplanting ihtui, but the for- mer is probably the better practice. In the latter method, the ofl-scts or heads should be carefully taken otT and planted nut early in the autunm. The last sort, being the most tender, should be covered with tan in the wmtcr, and the same practice is useful in many of the others, especially the young seedling plants. The plants should afterwards be kept clean, and have the stalks removed, and the earth care- fully dug about them in the spring. These plants are yery ornamental in the large clumps and borders of pleasure grounds, among other flowering kinds. EUPHORBIA, a genus containing plants of the herbaceous and shrubby succulent kind. It belongs to the class and order Dodccandria Trigynia, and ranks in the natural order of Tricvcca-. The characters are : that the calyx is a one- leafed perianthium, inflated, somewhat coloured, four-toothed at the mouth, (in some few five- toothed,) pennanent : the corolla has four petals, (in some few five,) turbinate, gibbous, thick, truncate, unequal in situation, alternate w ith the teeth of the calyx, w ith their claws placed on the margin of the calyx, permanent : the sta- mina consist of several filaments, (twelve or more) filiform, jointed, inserted into the recep- tacle, longer than the corolla, breaking forth at different times: anthers twin, roundish: the pistiUum is a roundish germ, three-sided, pedi- celled : styles three, two-cleft: stigmas obtuse: the pericarpium is a roundish capsule, tricoccous, three-celled, starling open elastically: the seeds solitary, and roundish. The species chiefly cultivated are : 1 . -E. anti- quorum, Triangular Spurge; G. £. Canariensis, Canary Spurge ; 3. E. ojfidnariim. Officinal Spurge; 4. E. caput- Mediiso', Medusa's-head Spurge; 5. E. tilhi/matoidcs. Myrtle-leaved Spurge ; G. E. hepta^oiia. Seven-angled Spurge; 7. E. mammellaris, Warty-angled Spurge; 6. E. lally^ w. Caper Spurge. Other Species may be cultivated. The first has a triangular, compressed, suc- ri'.lent stem, rising to the height of eight or ten feet; and sending out many irregular spreading twisting branches, for the most part three-cor- nered, l)ut having some two, and others four angles ; at their extremities are a few short roundish leaves, which soon fall off; and near these come out occasionally a few flowers, which have five thick whitish petals, with a large threc- coniered germ in the centre; ihi; floAirs soon droppuig off without jiro.lutmg Sevils. It grows naturally in the Kast liuliis. It has generall".- been taken for the tnic Eu- pliorbium ; but Nlartyn observes, that it is from the second sort that the drug now imporled under that name is taken. There is a variety with a naked ihree-cornered compressed stalk, sendmgout a great number of erect branches, which are also generally three-cor- nered, but sometimes four-cornered ; armed ^vuh short crooked spines, h.tvini; ii ) Laves. The plants have not produced tiov\ers here. It is also a native of India. The second species, in its native countn.-, grows to the height of twenty feel or more, but in this climate it is rarely seen more than six or seven: the stem is very thick, green and succu- lent, having four or live large angles, clojcly armed with black crooked spines, which come out by pairs at every indenuirc : it sends out from every side large succulent branches of the same form, which extend to the distance of two or three feet, then turning their ends upwards, so that the plants when well grown have some re- semblance to a chandelier ; they have no leaves, but are closely armed with black spines like the stem : at the ends of the branches come out the flowers, which are shaped like those of the first species. It is a native of the Canary Islands, flowering in March and the following month. The third puts out manv stalks just above the surface, which arethick,'suceu!ent and roundish, having eight or ten angles whilst they are young, but as they grow old thev lose their andes and become round ; the branches grow distorted and irregular, first horizontal, but afterwards turning upwards; theanglesarearmedwith small crooked spines; and on the upper part of the branches, in June and .Tulv, come out the flowers ; thev are small, and of a greenish white colour, li is a native of Africa. The fourth species has thick, roundish, suc- culent stalks, which are scalv ; they send out manv branches from their sides of the same form, which are twisted, and run one over another, so as to appear like a parcel of serpents, whence it has the appellation of Medusa's head : at the end of these are narrow, thick, succulent leaves, which drop off; and round the upper part of ihein the flowers come out ; tliese are while, and of the same form with those of the other sorts, but lareer ; and frequently succeeded by fruit. There is a variety termed Uttlc .Medwio's Head, which has a thick short stalk, seldom more than eight or ten inches hic:h, from which come out a great mimber of slender trailing bra:'.ches, about a fool in length, intermixing and having E U P E U P t!ic same ,'ippc:\rancc with the oilier, liul ?m,i!ler aiul much sliarter : the ends beset with narrow leaves, hctucen which the white flowers come out and appear. It is a native of Africa. Sonic also have a dwarf- trailing ant! doublee- brancl!in : the common invo- lucre has two flowers, is four-cleft, and covered with soft spines. The fruit is composed of tw o mits joined at the b.-ise, covered with an almost globular four-valved involucre, with soft spines on the outside, but within verv smooth and *ilkv : the uuis,. when ripe, are OBC-cclkJ ■iii FAG and triangular, contviiiing one or two angu- lar sl-ccjs. It is a native ot the greater part of Europe, Stc. Martvn remarks that some suppose there are two species of this tree, the Mountain Betch and the IVild Beech; " the first of which has a \\hiter wood than the seeond; but thai tliis dif- ference arises only from the soil." In tlie nurseries there are two varieties, one with yellow, and the other with white-siriped Ita^'es. And in Germany there is another va- riety with dark red leaves, which is called the J'uiplc Beech. In woods there is likewise a sort with a rougher bark, which is termed Hcij/ Beech by woo.hnen. The second species grows to a very great tize, and spreads its branches finely on every side where it has room; but, planted closely, shoots up straight lo a great height. The leaves are large, of a incid green colour, ending in a long very taper point, and the serratures terminate in a kind of tender prickle ; the leaves are about four or five inches long, and two wide, sonie- what wrinkled, having several transverse veins, proininent on the under surface, and proceeding iroin a strong midrib. The aments or catkins of the male flowers are pendulous at the ends of thebranches, very long, and resemble these of the v.alnut. They have a strong spermatic smell ; the flowers are collected in remote little balls, and are sessile. The proportion of male flowers to the females is prodigious. The stamens are about nine in number (five tp eighteen). In the female flowers the number of styles varies from four to seven, btit six is the most com- n7on. The calyx becomes an cchinate capsule of four valves, of a silky smoothness on the inside, containing two nuts, sometimes three, or only one. It is naturalized to most parts of Europe. There is a variety cultivated with gold-striped leaves. The third seldom grows above twelve or four- teen feet high, but produces great plenty of nuts, which are, for the most part, single in each capsule. It is very hardy, and will resist the severest of our winters in the open ground, but is very apt to decay in summer, especially in a dry soil. And, though it delights in moisture, yet, if the wet coirtinues long upon the ground in winter, it frequently destroys it. It is very eonnnon in the woods of America. Cidiure. — These trees may be increased with- out much difficulty. Culture in the Beech kind. — These are raised by sowing the well-ripened seed or mast, on beds of fine mould prepared for the purpose, either in the early autunui or spring season, in slight drills or broadcast, covering them well in FAG bv raking. When the plants come up they should be kept perfectly clear from weeds, and after two years growth be planted out in nur- S-rv rows, two feet or two feet and a half apart, and from a foot to eighteen or twenty inches distant in the rows; in which situation I hey should be kept properly cleared from weeds, a-id have the intervals of'thc ground well dug over annuallv, in the autumn or very early spring. Souie advise cutting the roots under with a sharp spade at the depth of four or live inches once or twice while in the seed-bed. When tlicv have attained the growth of foi;.- or five feet in height, they are proper for being planted out in plantations, shrubberies, and other places, where they are tv) grow for orna- ment or timber. The varieties with striped leaves are to be continued by budding or graft- itiw on common beech stocks, taking care not to plant them where the soil is of the rich kind. Culture ill the Chesnut kind. — These trees may be increased by sowing or planting the nuts,, which have been well ripened here, or such as have been brought from abroad, without being dried in kilns, in the early spring, on beds of fresh earth in drills two or three inches deep, and about a foot asunder, placing them three or four inches distant, and covering them well in. When the plants appear, they should be kept clear from weeds, and, after they have had two years growth in these beds, they should be re- moved into nursery rows in the beginning of autumn, being planted two feet and an half from row to row, and from one to two feet distant in the rows, great care being taken not to injure theirroots in taking them up, unless they happen to have tap roots, which must be cut off'. After they have remained in this nursery four or five years, and been kept perfect- Iv free from weeds, by hoeing or slightly digging over the intervals between the rows, they will be in a proper state for being finally planted out as ornamental fruit- or forest-trees. When they are intended to be planted for the fruit, they should be more frequently trans- planted before they are finally set where they are to grow; but they are not of much im- portance in this view, as the fruit does not always ripen well in this climate. Tlie varieties with variegated or blotched leaves must be continued by budding or in- arching them on stocks of the common kind. The third sort may be raised in the same manner from nuts brought in sand from Ame- rica, and have the same method of culture af- terwards. The first sort is frequently made use of as timber-trees and in forming hedges, and the F E R F E R others a^ omaiiuntal trend spities the leaves arc con.po«cd of manv narrow tlat segments, of a gray co- lour, and an- divided into many parts. The Etem is from three to fmir feelnhigh, terminated 3 B-J F I C by an umbel of yellow flowers, appearing; in July, and succeeded by oval compressed seeds, which ripen in autumn. It is a native of Spain, &c. In the third the leaves are large, spreadnig near the root, of a very lucid green, divided and subdivicled into many parts ; leaflets much broader than in the other sorts, and divided at the end into three unequal segments. The stems are strong, eight or ten feet high, termi- nated by large umbeH- of yellow flowers. It is a native of Spain and Barbary. The fourth species rises to the height of seven or eight feet. The leaves l>Tanch out on every side pretty wide, and the leaflets are broader than those of the other sorts, except the pre- ceding ; but they are longer than those, and of a darker green colour, ending in three points. The umbels are large, and the flowers of a yel- low colour. It is a native of Sicily. Culture. — These plants are all capable of being increased by sowing the seeds in the autumn or spring season, on beds of light earth, in small drills, a foot apart, and three inches distant in them. When tlie plants have attain- ed some growth, they must be well weeded, and properly thinned out. In these beds they may remain for two years, when they should be carefully taken up in the beginning of the au- tumn, and planted out where they are to grow. They succeed best in such loamy soils as are of a mellow and rather moist quality. They arc hardy, and proper for being planted for the purpose of ornament in the large clumps, borders, and other parts of pleasure-grounds, iivhere tlicy will continue several years. FICUS, a genus containing a tree of the de- ciduous fruit kind. It belongs to the clasjj and order Pohjgamin Trioec'ia, and ranks in the natural order of Sca- hrldcE. The characters are : that the calyx is commpn ©bovatc, very large, fleshy, concave ; closed ■vith very many semilanceolate, sharp, serrate, inflex scales. The inner surface is covered with floscules, the outer of which, or those which are nearer to the edge of the calyx, are male; these are fewer in number; the rest, lower down, are female, and more numerous : male, each on its propec peduncle : the calyx is a pro- per pcnanthium,three-p;u-led, creel (bell-shaped, tri(ld) : divisions lanceolate, erect, equal : there \i no corolla: the stamiua consist of three lila- ments, bristle-shaped, length of the calyx : an- thers twin : the pistillum has rudiments cadu- cous, intoned : female, each on its proper pe- duncle : the calyx is a proper pcrianihium, five- parled (bell-shaped, quii)(iuvfid) : division^ lan- F I C ceolate-acuminate, straight, nearly equal : there is no corolla ; the pistillum is a germ (half inferi- or), oval, the size of the proper perianthium ; style subulate (bristle-shaped,) inflex, coming out from the germ at the side of the tip: stigmas two, acuminate, reflex ; one shorter than the other: there is no pericarpium : the calyx ob- lique, containing in its bosom a seed, larger: the seed single, roundish, and compressed. The species are : 1. F. carka. Common Fig- tree ;. 2. F. sycomoriis, Egyptian Fig-tree, or Sy- comore; 3. F. religiosa, Poplar-leaved Fig-lree; ■1. F. Bcngalerisis, Bengal Fig-tree; 3. F. In- d'lcd, Indian Fig-tree. Tlie first is a tree which seldom exceeds two yards in height : the trunk is about the thick- ness of the human arm ; the wood porous and spongy : the bark ash-coloured, full of chinks, and rutraed : the branches smooth, with oblong white dots, erect or ascendmg, fluxnose, and bent back: the stipules in pairs, sessile, ovate, acute, ferruginous, caducous : the leaves ammal (in Europe, but within the tropics perennial), cordate, ovate, three- or five-lobed, with round- ed sinuses, serrate-toothed, paler underneath, rugged on both sides, spreading, the size of the hand, or a span in length : the petioles are round, grooved, about an inch in length : fruits axillary, solitary, the size of a pear, on very short round peduncles : the flowers produced within the fruit. It is a native of Asia. There are several varieties, the chief of which are the following : 'I'hs Brown Isehia Fig, which has a large fruit, short, globular, with a pretty large eye, pinch- ed in near the foot-stalk, of a brown or ches- nut colour on the outside, and purple with- in : the grains large, and the pulp sweet and high-flavoured ; it often bursts open as it ripens, in the end of July, or the beginning of August. This fruit ripens well on standards in warm soils. The Black Genoa Fig, which has a long fruit, that swells pretty large at the top, where it is ob- tuse, the lower part very slender towards the stalk ;. theskinofadark purple colour,almost black, and has a purple farina over it like that on some plums; the iii-side is of a bright red,, and the flesh very high flavoured. It ripens early in August. The Small JFliitc Early Fig, which has a roundish fruit a little flatted at the crown, with a very short foot-stalk ; the skin thin, and wheix fully ripe of a pale yellowish white colour; the inside white, and the flesh sweet, but not high- flavoured. It ripens in August. » The Large ll'hite Genoa Fig, which has a large globular fruit, a little lengthened towards the F I C F I C sJalfc J the sTcin (hin, oFa yellowish colour when fully ripe, and red within. U is a good fruit, but the trees arc not good bearers. The Black Ischia Fig, \\hieh is a short fruit, of a niidciling si/c, a little flailed at the crown ; the skin almost black when ripe, and the inside of a deep red; the Htsh very high-flavoured. It bears well, and ripens in August. The Malta F'g, which is a small brown fruit, much conipressecl at the top, and grea;ly jiinched towards the tool-stalk ; the skin ami inside arc of a pale brown colour; the tlc^h very -iwect, .and well flavoured. When the fruit is permit- ted to hang upon the trees till shrivelled, it be- comes a fine sweetmeat. The Mnrnnf, or Ihoicn Niapli-s Pig. which has a prettv large globular fruit, of a light brown colour on theoutsid<', with taint marks of a dirty white, the inside nearly of the same colour; the grains are preltv large, and the flesh well fla- voured. It ripens the latter end of August. The Green hrhia Fig, which has an oblong fruit, almost globidar at the crown ; the skin is thin, of a green colour ; but when fully ripe, stained through by the pulp to a brownish cast; the inside purple, the flesh high flavoured. It ripens about the end of August. The Madonna, brunmick, or Hunovcr Fig, which has a long pvramidal fruit of a large size; the skin brown ; the flesh of alightbrown colour, coarse, with little flavour. It ripens the end of Auijust and the begiiniing of September. The Common Blue, or Purple Fig, which is oblong ; it is a great bearer. The fruit ripens in August. The Long Broun Naples Fig, which has the leaves deeply divided ; the fruit long, somewhat compressed at the crown ; the foot-stalks pretty lone ; the skin of a dark brown w hen fully ripe ; the flesh inclining to red; the grains large, and the flesh well flavoured. It ripens in Sep- tember. The Yellow Ischia Fig, which has a large fruit, of a pyramidal f )rm ; the skin is yellow w hen ripe, and the flesh purple and w ell flavour- ed. It is not a good bearer, but ripens in Sep- tember. The Small Broun Ischia Fig, which has a .small pvramidal fruit, with a very short foot- stalk ; the skin of a light brown, the flesh in- clining to purple, of a very high flavour. It ripens late in September. It is nk)t a good bearer. The Gentile Fig, which has a middle-sized globular fruit ; the skin w hen ripe, yellow ; the flesh also Inclines to the same colour ; the grains large, and the flesh well flavoured, hut it ripen* verv late, and is a bad bearer. There are also olhciSj ;'js thv; Rest Early White. 3 Black Provence, Cvprian, Ford's Seedlin'j, firecn Naples, Ijrgc HIack, Large Hliie, Marseille!, Milward, Small Bl.ick Ischi.i, White Ischia, Yellow C.TJar. Those most proper for a small garden, accord- ingto Mr. Fors) lb, are : the Liirge White Genoa ; Karly White; Murray ; Small Brown Ischia; and the Black Ischia. In a good season, he observes, the Brown or Chesnut colourcil Ischia; the Black Cenoa ; the Small White Karlv ; the Murray, or Brown Na- ples ; and the C'onnnon Blue, or Purple Fig, will ripen on st.Tiulards. The second ~pecie< is a large tree, with kavc3 like those of the Mulberry ; llie fruit pioduced from the trunk and large branches, having the shape of the Connnon Fig, with a slight aroma- tic sweet taste. It is here called the .Svcontorc-trce, and Mid- bcrry Fi>i-tree. This, and not the Great Maple, is the riffht Sycomore. It is native of Egli-pt. The third, in its native situation, is a large tree, with a short trunk, and verv long s]ireadijig boughs: the leaves smooth, of a light green, si.\ or seven inches long, and three mchcs and a half broad tow ards the base, diminishing gradually to the top, where they run out into a narrow point, an inch and half lorni : the fruit comes out on the branches, is small, and of no value. It is a native of the East Indies. The fourth species has a shrubby stent, round, upright, all smooth, a fathom in height: the branches like the stem: the leaves somewhat waved, nerved, the size of the hand, on a senii- cylindric petiole half an inch in length. It is a native of the East Indies. The fifth, in its native climate, is a vast tree, entirely smooth, the branches spreading very wide, bowed down, the lower ones rooting, ash-colotircd : the leaves acuminate, with a blunt point, obscurely waved, marked with pa- rallel nerves, paler underneath, a ■span long, on semicylindric ash-coloured petioles of a finger's length : fruits aggreeate here and there on the branchlels, peduncled, the size of a hazel nut. It is known by the name of Banyan-tree. It is a native of the East Indies. Culture. — The first sort and varieties may be readily increased, cither by suckers, layers, or cuttings; but the two last are the best melho'.ls, according to jVIr. Forsvth. The Mickers should be taken ofl' from the roots is low down as possible, and, after being trimmed, planted tjvii in nursery rows at the distance of two or three feet from each other, with the top entire, tf) take its natural crowth, w hen intended for standards ; but, when fur w alls, espaliers or dwarfs, in the situations where they F I C F I C are to remain. Tn the latter case, they liliouid be ciit or headed (iown to six or tight inclies m the early spring, to induce lateral shoots to be tlirown out near the ground. The layers should he made from the well ripened woody shoots of the bearing trees, and be laid down in the aimmm, or early in the spring, being protected from i'lost during the v.intcr by tan or snnie sort of strawy material. When tlie plants are sufficiently rooted, as in the follow- ing autumn, tliey should be taken ort and plant- ed out in the places where they arc to remain, as thcv do not bear transplanting well, being covered at therootswith dung, tan, or litter during the \\ inter season. The cuttings of the well ripened woody shoots ■of th.e formei- vear, without being shortened, may be planted in the beginning of the autumn in beds of loamv earth in a warm sheltered situa- tion, to the depth of eight or ten inches, pro- tecting them well during the winter with tanner's bark and straw, or some other similar material, the latter being removed as the spring advances. \^'hen ihey have stricken good root in the follow- iiiff autumn, they should betaken up and planted where they are to grow. These trees are mostly cultivated as standards in warm climates, but in this in general aaainst walls or as espaliers; and only sometimes as standards. . The sorts usually cultivated against walls, are those of the blue and while kinds, but several of the others succeed well in this ma- natrcment. But for espaliers and as standards, the first, second, third, ninth, and tenth varieties are probably the most proper. In their culture as wall-trees, they should al- ways he placed in sunny situations for the pur- pose of the fruit being the most eRectually ri- jiened, as in that of a full southern exposure, but an east or west aspect will answer very well when that cannot be had. In planting them out, where the walls are of considerable, height, fifteen or eighteen feet di- stant may be sufficient; but in low walls twenty or mere \s not loo much space. Mr. Forsyth advises from twenty to twenty-four feet as the nioot suitable dislani e for plant mg these trees. Where the trees arc planted ngamsi firc-walls, they should not Ije kept too cicjse, be drawn by glasses, or have the heal too great, but have at all times, when the weather is iavouraljle, a good shaic of free air admitted; and if the trees are yonna, care shoidd 111 taken that their roots are not extended beyond the reach of the eovi ring; they nuist be frcqiuiiilv watered when they begin to show fruit, oiheisuse it will drop oft'; but old trees, whose roots are extended to a great di- stance, only require to have their branches now and then sp:inkled over with water. Where these trees an- projieilv manat^ed, the first crop of fruit is greater than upon those which are exposed to the open air, and ripens si.x weeks or two months earlier, and a plentiful second crop may also be obtained, which ripens early in September, and sometimes in August ; but the iires should not be used to tb.cse trees till the beginning of February ; as, when thev are forced loo earlv, I lie weather is frequently too cold to admit a sufTicient quantity of fresh air to set the fruit ; but the covers should be put over the trees a nioiitli before, to prevent the shoots from be- ing injured by the frost. The management of the trees in the common method, alter they have been headed down or shortened in the manner mentioned above, whether they be on walls or espaliers, is that of training them horizontally, so as to preserve the branches in an equal and regular maimer on each side, at the distance of from six to eight inches from each other, and for the most part keeping their full length without any shortening, that as large a proportion of young or bearing wood as possii)le may be preserved. Some, however, advise their not being laid in so close, considering a foot or eighteen inches as little enough room. In the pruning of these trees, Mr. Forsyth advises, that it should never be done in the au- tumn or winter, but in the early spring months, 'I'hc best tiiTie he conceives to be about the lat- ter end of April or beginning of the lollowing month, as bv this period it nuy be ascertainea what branches have been destroyed by the seve- rity of the winter. And as the ends of those branches, the wood of which has not ripened well in the autumn, will be most injured, they should be cut into the sound wood, as near to an eye or bud as possible. In cases where the branches have been per- mitted to run lip so as to leave the bottom in a naked state, every other branch is advised to be cut out as near to the ground as it can be done, by which the walls or espaliers will be provided with good young wood ; care being taken to stop the ends oi ihe shoots in summer, as about the begin- ning of .June, in order to induce side-shoots to be thrown out for fruiting the following smniner ; by which time plenty of Ime wood will be provid- ed, and then the remainder of the old branches may be cut out as before, pruning their young shoots as in the preceding case, constantly pinch- ing off the ends of all the strongest shoots at the tup bud, except such as are leading ones. In the hpring prunmgs, as the fruit is pro- duced near the tops, the bearing shoots should F I C F I C rcver be shortened, nor should the t^ic shon side and tore right shoots be cut oH", txiept when dccavtd ; as ihty riptn bclltr than the )ons sironi: ones, and are not .-o apt to be dc- slro~vi.d bv^lrosis in tlie winter season. Dy this praciiee, it is contended that the trees will be covered uiih Jruit Iroin the tops to the bnttonis of the wall, Sec. instead of having a few (iuly at the top, as is the case in the coninioir nelhod of nianaoenient. In sun-iner, as many shoots are sent off, some of those that are irregular and useless may be rubbed i.fl", and the others trained in for the torm- ine of future bearing wood. I beproi)er|XTiod lor tins is about the beginning of June and in ibe two fvilloiving months. After the fruit has attained the size of small juitniegs, the points of the top buds are recom- mended bv Mr. Forsvth to be pinched or cut ofl' with a sharp knile, some of liis powdery material beine immediately applied, to pre\ent the oozing out of the milky juice, and the conse4uenl ex- haustion and injury of the trees. In order to prevent the nevessity of cutting the trees down in the above maimer, they should be covered in winter before the approach of frost, M hich would destroy the ends of the shoots be- fore the wood was riiiened and rendered hard. Where Fig-trees are greatly injured in the win- ter, the best i^ractice is to cut them down as near the ground as possible, as in the following year, by the above management, they may be got into a 2ood bearing slate. The best mode of protectinj these trees is, ac- cording to Mr. Forsyth, to " cover them with ben tings, or short grass, froniihc pleasure-ground, which he finds ans-*ers the purpose very well: after it is thoroughlv drv,it maybe put in a cock, covering it with straw, to prevent the rain from penetrating into it, which would cause it to heat and rot ;" or it may be put into a shed. If grass cannot be procured, some dry moss may be em- ployed. In ptrforuiing the work, " first cover the trees wiiii laurel, \ew, fir, or spruce boughs, and then tuck m the short grass or moss among the branches, beginning at the top of the tree, luckinsr in the grass, Ike. as you descend, till you come to the Ixittom." Fern, when well dried, he savs, makes an excellent covering. The trees mav be thatched on the outside with the long leaves of the common fern ; and where these can be got, there will be no occasicm for short grass. When it can be procured, which it mav in most country places, it will, he says, be found preferable to laurel. They " may also be shelttred in winter by wrapping hay or straw bands round the branches of the trees ; and then opening the groiMid, laying in the branche*, and covering tiiuni nvir with mould about nine inches deep, leaving the ends of the shoots about three inches out of the ground, and covering the groimd over with some rotten leaves, or old tan, Jicc. to keep out the frost." The roots of the trees mav like- wise he covered in the same manner. XVlure the walls are low, and the borders broad, all the branches may be brought front wavs ; but when they are high, oidv the side branches can be brought forward in the above manner. It is the practice of some to cover with retds and straw ; the latter he does not bv any means ap- prove of, " as it is very apt to harbour rats and •nice, on account of some of the grain bein^i left in it." In putting on the grass, care should be taken that no mice, kc. have got amongst it ; ;iiul durins; the winter, it should be seen that no rals or mice get among the branches of the trees that are covered atrainst the walls ; as if thev ac the roots of the trees, as soon as they are covered.. Sec Traps. Great care, he savs, should be taken, " nt,t to uncover the Fig-ticcs loo soon in the spring;, and it should be done jiartially, a« tiierc are fre- quently frosts and culling winds in the months of April and Mav, which will infallibly kill the young fruit as they make their appearance in the spring. " Those branches which have Ixjen laid inio the ground should be taken up in the month of April, haA'ing the liay or straw bands taken off", and then nailed to the wall. Some fern-leaves, or any other light covering, may be stuck in among the branches, to protect them irom the drying winds and frosts, till the fruit comes to the size of a large walnut, or rather till the leaves arc sufficicotiv large to protect the fruit." It is observed, that " the Italians, when they wish to forward the ripening of Figs, drop in a little sweet oil, I'rom a quill, into the eye of the fruit; but care must be taken not to hurt the skin, which will make the Fig burst. This will make a dilTcrence at least of a fortnight in the ripening." It is also recomnunded, " as soon as the leaves begin to tall, to brush them ofl' with a broom, but by no means till thev will come oflT easily. If thev are forced ofl' before thev begin to wither and decay, the trees will bleed at the foot-stalks. At the same time the stalks should be cleared of allthe small late fruit, which, if suf- fered to remain during the winter, will rot, and F 1 C FOR iniure llie tree so as to prevent it from bearing the ensuing summer. IF any milk be observed oozing from the f'tKit-stalks, a little of the com- position should be used, which will stop it, and heal the injured part. See Composition. By doing this, the ripening and hardening of the wood will be assisted before the winter frosts -set in. In standard-trees of all sorts, little pruning is iiccessarv, only just to take out the very irregu- lar branches and the young shoots when too nmch crowded, and the dead ends of the shoots, as well as any dead wood that there may be in them. Mr. Forsvth, however, observes that, " as the branches of standard Fig-trees are very liable to he killed in severe winters, it will be necessary to lay them also in the ground, wrapping thcni up in hay or straw bands, as directed for wall-trees. It will be sometimes impracticable to lay down the middle branches ; they must, therefore, he well covered with hay or straw bands, and the outside ones laid down, going regularly round the tree, and taking particular care not to hurt them with the spade, then to mulch them with rotten leaves, 8cc." Where Mr. Forsyth has been under the neces- sity of cutting Fig-trees down near to the ground after hard winters, he has found, by the use of Ills composition, that " in the course of two years, the new wood has covered over the old stump, and the branches filled up the former space, bearing also plenty of fine fruit." The other species are easily propagated by cuttings during the sunnner season. When the cuttings are taken from the plants, they should be. laid in a dry shady place fur two or three days, that the wounds may be healed over, otherwise they are apt to rot ; after which they should be planted in pots filled with sandy light earth, and plunued iuto a moderate hot-bed, where they should be shaded from the sun, and two or three times a week gentlv refreshed with water, if the season is warm ; but they must not have too much moisture, as it would infallibly destroy them. When the cuttings have taken root suf- ficiently, they should be each planted into a se- parate small pot filled with light undunged earth, and replunged into the hot-bed, shadmg them until they have taken fresh root; then they should have a large i-\.AK of free air adnntted to them at all times when the weather is favourable, to prevent their drawing up weak, and to give them strength before the cold conies on. In autumn the pots should be removed into the stove, and be plunged into the tan-bed, \\ here they should constantlv remain, and be treated in the same manner .as other tender plants from the same countries ; for although two or three of the sortv may be treated in a hardier manner, yet thcv will not make much progress. They may likewise be increased by layers. They are shrubs in this cHmate which afford varieiv in stove collections. FINOCHIO. .See Anethum. FIR-TREE. See Pin us. FLAG COMMON. See Iris. FLAG SWEET. See Aeon us. FLOS ADONIS. SeeAnosis. FORCING, the art of raising and producing plants, flowers, and fruits by means of artificial heat. It is accomplished, either by the gentle moist heat that is evolved during the fermenta- tion and decomposition of stable-dung, tanner's bark, and other similar materials, or by the use of actual fire in stoves, flues, and other con- trivances for the purpose. The former of these methods is principally em- ployed in raising Cucumbers, Melons, and some other fruits, and the latter in producing Pine Apples, various kinds of wall-fruits, and several other sorts of vegetable productions. The great difficulty in the management of this process, is that of adapting and regulating the heat, of whatever sort it may be, in such a man- ner as to promote and bring forward the plants in the most perfect and healthy growth, with- out their sustaining injury either by a deficiency or excess. The various methods of effecting this in the most perfect manner are fully described under the culture of the different trees, plants, and vecetables that require such treatment in their cultivation. It is by this process that different sorts of ve- getable productions, fruits and flowers are af- forded at much earlier periods than could other- wise be the case, and it of course constitutes an important branch of practical gardening. FORCING- FRAME,that kmd of large frame- work or erection which is made use of in procur- ing different sorts of vegetables, fruits, and flowers at an early period, by the application of artificial heat in some of the above modes. It is a sort of construction covered with sloping glass sliding frames on the top, and sometimes in the front. It may be either fixed or moveable, but in the former case the walls are mostly made of brick work. These sorts of forcing- frames arc usually placed full to the south sun, and the length m.-\y he from ten to fifty or one hundred feet ; the width from five to fifteen, and from five to ten high ; having an upright back wall, of wood, where small, but when laro;e, of brick ; and a front of glass-work, made sometimes in one continued range of slope, to the top of the back wall ; and sometimes wiili FOR FOR iipr'ight glass-work, hc.id high, ranging iinmcJi- atcly along the front, and from the top of which a glass roof is carried to the top ot the back or main wall: when wrought by dung-heat, it is cliiefiy applied against the outside of the back wall, and by being formed into a bed internally : when by bark-heat, by forming it into a bed in a pit within-side ; and when by fire-heat, bv having several returns of flues against the inside of the back wall, and that of the front and both ends, for the heat to pass along, constructed ac- cording lo the sorts of plants chiefly intended to be forced, and the nature of the materials to be employeil in producing the heal. Where the lirst kind of niaterial is employed in affording heat, the frame is usually formed with an upright back and ends of deal i>lanking, and a sloping front of moveable glass-lighis ; the length may be ten , twenty, or thirty feet, or more ; the width, from three to live (or more), and five or six high ; the frame work should be of inch-and- half deal planking, tongued, and closely joined, that no steam from the dung may penetrate into the frame ; raised five, six, or seven feet hiirh be- hind, and only ten or twelve inches higli inlVonl, raising both ends answerable to the front and back ; tiic glass-work to range, from the ujiright in front, sloping upward towards the back wall, to about a foot width at top, there resting the ends upon proper frame-work of wood ; and bars or bearers, three inches in width, ranged slopingfrom the back to front, for the support of tlie lights, as in common hot-bed frames, and the top of all boarded wind and water tight ; having sometimes within-side two or three ranges of narrow shelves along the back and ends, for pots of small plants, and the bottom levelled, on which to place pots of larger kinds ; or shelves may be made rising one behind another quite from the front halfway up the back wall, in order to place the lowest plants in front, the others in order behind them, rising gradually to the tallest in the back rows. In working these frames; after having placed the pots of plants in regular order, the lights are put on, and a sufficient qviantity of fresh hot stable-dung, prepared as for common dung hot- beds, is to be piled up close against the outside of the back and ends, a yard wide at bottom, drawing it gradually into a foot width at top, fi- nishing it somewhat sloping, to throw off wet ; and as the dung settles or sinks down, a fresh supply must be added at top, to maintain the linmg to the full height of the frame, additiot.s being occasionally made of fresh dung as the heat declines ; by this means a fine growing heat will be thrown in. See Hot-Bed. Where bark is made use of in producing heat, tlie frame maj be constniclcd eiilier of wood or brick-woric, and fronted, &c. with sashes of glass as the former j the length mav be ten, twenty, or thuly feet, or more ; eight or ten wide, and six or eight high ; and, like.thc dung- heat frame, be six or eight feet hii.'h behind, and one in front, the ends conformable and slopiuL, having glass-work frames raised J'roin the front, sloping either quite to the top of the back wall, or inclined only about one half towards that jiari, meeting a tiled roof at top half way, which * should be raised high enouph in froi.t to throw the water off beiiind, as well as to admit as nuieh sun as possible to every part of the frame : it may likewise be constructed with an upri^hi front of glass, head high, and a sloping roof of glass-work, ranging from the upright front to the top of the back wall, which is the most eligible form, both for convenience and benefit of the plants; either of which constructions mav be erected detached, or against a south wall already built, which will serve for the hack, and save some expense ; the ends may either be of wood or brick, and should be glazed like the front. See. and the glass-work in every part be made to move on and off, as well as to slide backw ard and forward to give air, and perform other necessary work. A tone end, near the back wall, a door should bemadetoenleroccasionaliy at, and within -side a pit formed lor the bark-bed, three feet deeji, part sunk, the greater part raised, continued the whole length and width, except about a foot and half alley to pass in to perform the necessary cidture, as well as view and gather the produce of the different plants. The pit within is to be filled with new tan in order to afford a proper heat for the arowth and support of the plants that are to be'cultivated. See Hot- Bed. Where fire-heat is to be employed, the frame must be formed of brick-woik, at least the back or main wall, for the convenience of havins; fire- flues, and the whole front, £>cc. be glass like the other sorts; the lenglli may be fro; n twenlv to forty or fifty feet, or more, ' though one fire will not warm more than that length ; "the width from five or six to twelve or fifteen feet, and ci^lit or ten high. In this case the fire is burned in^ii furnace behind at one end or middle, thence com- municating the heat by internal flues or funnels running the whole length of the back wail in three or four returns one above another, and continued in one or two flues in the front. And trani'.s thus constructed may be con- trived eitiur of moderate width for one row of trees only, to range against the back wall, or may be capacious enough to have a range of trained wall-trees behind, and some small 3 C FOR F O R half or full standards, ranging also from the back to the front, or entirely for standards, cspeeially those of cherries. Where it is intended to have a narrow frame for only a row of trained trees behind, tlie width of from four to five or six feet is suf- ficient, having the back or main v. all formed of brick or stone, as just observed, eight or ten feet liigh, with several flues witliin-side, returned over each other, running the whole length of the wall ; in the front must be a low wall a foot high, on which to lay a plate of timber, and from which are ranged glass frames or lights in one continued slojie to the top of the back wall, there received into proper frame-work ; but for the greater convenience, the lights may be in two tiers or ranges, an under and upper tier, the up- per range made to slide up and down over the others, but so that all the glass-work can be moved away occasionally, to admit the full air to the trees after the work of forcing is over : ihe whole bottom-space within the frame should be of good loamy earth, or any good garden mould, two spades deep, which should be dug or trenched in the common way ; then a range of trees planted behind, towards the wall, two or three yards asunder, erecting a trellis behind tI)cm,upon %\ hich to train the branches as against a wall or espalier. Other inferior plants may likewise be set in the border or in pots, in front of the trees. In forcing-frames of this construction, from forty or fifty feet long may be sufficient; but if longer, two furnaces for fires are necessary. See Hot-House. Different sorts of frames of this nature may be seen in the plates on Forcing-Frames, Hot-Houses, Sec. In the first sort of forcing-frame, various kinds of fruits may be produced both of the dwarf fruit-tree and other kinds, as well as diflerent sorts of vegetables and plants of the flowery and other kinds. Frames of this sort may have such dimensions as to have substantial hot- beds prepared within them, for the purpose of receiving many different sorts of potted plants. And in the second sort of frame, from the hc.at being more regular and lasting, a still greater variety of the finer sorts of fruits, and the more tender flowers and other vegetable productions mav be produced, not only long before they could be raised in any other way, but with much irreater case and convenience, as well as with iireater certainty. The last kind of forcing-frame is employed in furnisning many of the finer sorts of fruits, that reepirc higher degrees of lieat to procure them in the utmost perfection, such as pine- apples, grapes, apricots, peaches, nectarines, and various others, as well as many tender sorts of vegetables, and numerous plants of the curiouj flower and other kinds. FORCING-GROUND, theportionof ground in a garden that is destined to the purpose of forcing or raising vegetable productions by means of artificial heat. Grounds of this sort should alwa'.s be detached from the garden, and situ- ated as near to the stable as the nature of the land will admit, in order that dung may be conveyed to them with as nnich ease and con- venience as possible, litter prevented, and the disagreeable appearance of the beds con- cealed. It is neccsary in most situations, and parti- cularly in such as arc exposed, to have them, inr closed with a fence, either of brick-work or pal- ing, six or eight feet in height. They should have sufficient space for containing a suitable number of frames and pits, and such linings as may be necessary in the working of them. And it is of great advantage in raising many sorts of tender crops, both of the vegetable and fruit kind, to have four- or six-feet borders made round them in a raised manner. Where melons are raised, it is usual to have brick pits coped with stone or wood. Those which are most convenient, according to Mr. Forsyth, are such as are about twelve feet in width and two and a half in depth ; the length in propor- tion to the number of frames employed. They arc, however, often made of much smaller di- mensions, especially where the extent of forcing- ground is but small. In regard to the size of the lights for early melons, the above author advises, that they should be five feet in length and three in breadth j and for others, six feet in length and four m breadth, the former being four- and the latter three-light boxes. See Frame. In constructing the pits, nine-inch walls will be sufficient, square spaces of wood being built in the upper-parts of them, where wood copings are made use of, to nail them to. As wood de- cays rapidlv, stone should be preferred. Some- times the walls are not built solid, but square openings left, so as to admit the heal from the outsidcs. See the plac annexed. Mr. Forsyth directs, that there " should be a walk between the ridi;^es about six or seven feet broad, sufficient to admit a cart to carry dung," as being more expeditious than wheehng it in. " The walk should be made up as high as the coping, and sloping gently towards each end," being laid in the bottom with brick rubbish, and covered over with sea-coal ashes or sand. By 3 F O 11 F O S tl\is nieins; after the liniues are made up, it may be kept perf'ectlv neal ami clean. A loose drain vill likewise be necessary in the iiiitlilie of the bottom of the pit, for conveying oft' wet and the oozing from the dung, to a laiik or cistern constructed for its reception. The fluid thus col- lected, mav be made use of in watering cabbage aiul other plants of the same kind. FORCING -PIT, a sort of pit conslructed of brick-work, w itli lire-Hues, in various ways, lor the purpose of making tan- or other hot-beds in being covered with glass frames. It is useful for receiving dilVerent sorts of ten- der potted plants which retpiire considerable de- grees of heat in their cultivation. SeeB.AiiK-l'jT. FORCING-WALL, a wall constructed with flues for the purpose of conveying and com- nuuiicating fire-hcat, in order to ripen various kinds of tree fruits tliat are planted and trained au'ainst them, and which are protected in the front by glazed frames. See Hot- Wall. Walls of this sort should always be erected in warm sheltered situations, and have southern aspects, in order that they may derive the greatest possible advantage from the influence of the sun. FORKS T-TRLF-S, such trees as grow to a Lirne size, whether of the deciduous or evergreen kinds, and are fit for the purpose of timber. Of this sort of trees there are a great many diilerent kinds; but those principally employed as timber are : the Oak, Ash, Elm, Beech, Chestnut, Ma- ple, Birch, Alder, Poplar, Larch, Pine, ^c. And for the purposes of ornament, these as well as many others may be had recourse to ; such .IS the Mountain-ash, Lime, Horse-chestnut, Willow, Sec. and all the different sorts of Fir, Box, Holly, Yew, Cypress, &c. Tliey are. raised in different methods according to theirkinds,asmay be seen underthcirrespcctive genera, but chiefly bv seeds, layers, and .cuttings. Informingplantationswith these sorts of trees, v.helher by .sowing the seeds or setting the young plants, great care should be taken to adapt them as much as possible to the nature of the soils ami situation, as some sorts succeed well on one kind of soil and others on another. Thus the Oak, Elm, Maple, and Birch, answer well on all the dicper kinds of soil ; w bile those of the Ash, Jketli, Chestnut, Mountain-ash, Larch, Pine, J?ox. I lolly. Yew, 8cc. thrive the most perfectly where the soils are more light, dry, and friable. But the Alder, Willow, Poplar, and .some e but very little above the Ie\el of the top of the i>erpendicular .side on which it is lived, that it mav not obsiruct ilic ! C -J F O S F R A view, or he verv perceptible from the garden slopes evenly from each line of level at top to or pleasure-ground. that at bottom, and sow each slope with grass. Another t'encc of this sort is formed with both or lay them with turf, as most proper. The sides sloping, and in perpendicular depth from fence' along the bottom may be either close four to five or six feel, having a fence near that paling, rails, or palisadoes, as most convenient; height arranged along the bottom ; the sides the ireight proportionable to the depth of the being sloped gradually from the bottom to ten fosse, but not higher, or at least but very little, or twenty feel widthj or more, at top ; as the than the line of level at the top of the fosse. more easy and imperceptible the slope the bet- In the execution of the work in both cases ter, particularly on the field side. The sides the internal materials should be well trodden or must be sown or laid with grass. In this, as rammed in, in order that the whole may be ren- both sides are sloped, a fence along the bottom dered perfectly solid, and prevented from sink- ing irregularly. FOTHERGILLA, a genus containing a plant of the low under shrubby kind. It belongs to the class and order Polijandria Diisynia, and ranks in the natural order of Amentaccce. The characters are : that the calyx is an one- is necessary as a defence against cattle, &c. which may be either strong paling, or any kind of palisado-work, the height in proportion to the perpendicular depth of the sunk fence, as the toj) should not be higher than that of the slopes. In constructing the first sort offences of this nature, beginby setting out the intended width by leaved perianthium, bell-shaped, close, truncate, two ranges^of short stakes; then level in the stakes short, permanent: there is no corolla : the sta- by notching, according to the intended height of minahave very many filiform filaments, thicker the top on each side, corresponding with the ad- at top, long: anthers minute, erect, quadran- jacent ground, making up both the top lines gular: the pistillura is an ovate, bifid germ :^ "with earth firmly, according to the line of level styles two, subulate, terminating, the length of marked on the stakes ; then close along the side the stamens : the pericarpium is a hardened, of the line of the intended upright side, proceed two-lobed, two-celled capsule : lobes two- to dig a trench three feet wide, perpendicularly valved : the seeds solitary and bony, to the intended depth ; and as you go on, work The species is F. alnifolia, Alder-leaved Fo- also the sloping side gradually down, still con- tinue digging the trench perpendicularly next the garden, &c. till arrived at the proper de|3th; when level the bottom equally along according to the lines of level at top ; and having proceed- ed so far, then, according to the line of level at top and bottom, trim and finish ofl' the sloping side regularly, so as to form an even slope from the outside line at top to that at bottom : as to the upright side, a wall must be erected to the height of the line of level at top, making good the ground behind the wall, firmly, thergilla. It is a tree having the appearance and leaves of Alder. The leaves are alternate, petioled, wedge-shaped, entire, serrate at the tip, serra- tures very large and few, the upper surface green, the lower hoary, the younger ones white with nap underneath. The flowers in a close spike at the end of the stem, like an oblong head, and white. Capsules large, ovate, very hirsute, sharp, two-celled : the valves opening into four pohits, until the seeds are ripe. The flowers come out in the beginning of spring from as the building advances, and finishing the top the buds at the end of the branches before the with a coat of turf level with the adjoining leaves, and are of a white colour. It is a native of ground ; at the same time also finish the slope. North America, flowering from April to June. either by sowing it with grass-seeds, or laying it with turf, as n)ost convenient. In forming the second sort, set out the width by two lines of stakes ; then level them in, and make up the ground of each line according to the nnrk of level, as before ; then exactly along the middle,, between the two lines of stakes, dig a trench two or three feet wide, to the in- tended depth of the fence, sloping each side a little as you go on, still contiiniing the trench perpendicularly, till arrived at the dae depth ; then, as in the former, level the bottom an There are varieties of it, with broad leaves, and with narrow leaves. Cultwe. — These plants are raised with facili- ty, by parting the roots in the autumn or spring season, and planting them out in the places where the plants are to grow. They aflbrd ornament and variety in the fronts of the borders and clumps m pleasure-grounds, anionsr others of similar growth; and from their hardy nature require little trouble. rOX-GLOVE. See Digitalis. rRAGAlUA, a genus comprising a plant equal depth, by stakes, agreeable to the lines of of the low herbaceous percimial hardy truit kind, level at top: when this is elVected, finish off both It belongs to the class and order /fOia^ifz-ia F R A F R A Polysyn'm, and ranks in the natural order of Stntuosce. The characters are : thai the calyx is an one- leaved, flat, ten-cleft perianthiuni : divisions aUernatelv exterior and narrower : the corolla has five petals, roundish, spreading, inserted into the calvx : the stamina have twenty subu- late filaments, shorter than the corolla, inserted into the calvx : anthers lunular : the pistillum has numerous germs, very small, collected into a head : styles simple, inserted at the side of the germ : stigmas simple : there is no pericar- pium : common receptacle of the seeds (vul- garly called a berry) ovate, pulpy, soft, large, coloured, truncate at the base, and deciduous : the seeds numerous, very small, acuminate, scattered over the surface of the receptacle (a little compressed, smooth, glittering). The species cultivated is F. vesca. Esculent Strawberry. It is distinguished by its thick fibrous root, the long slender runners which it throws out from it, which at the joints strike root and form new plants, by its temate leaves, and its remark- able fleshy receptacle, commonly called a bcrrv, but having the outer surface studded with seeds. The flowers are small and white, on slender stems, six or seven inches in height. There are several varieties cultivated, of which the following are the principal. The JVood- Sfrauitrrry , which has the leaflets oval-lanceolate, acutely serrate ; the petioles wooly ; the runners slender, smooth, often tinged with purple: peduncles with two or more flowers. The fruit small, and usually red : it has commonly little flavour here, from the plants being too much shaded in woods and hedges. The sub-varieties of which are : the White IVood-Strauberrij , which ripens a little later in the season, and is often preferred to it for its (juick flavour, but as it selUom produces such large crops of fruit as the red sort, it is not so generally cultivated. — ^The yllplne Strauierry, which is a larger plant than that which grows in r^'oods, the stem higher, the leaves broader, the fruit lartrer, red,and usually much pointed, sometimes white. It is well flavoured, and the plants continue long in bearing, which renders them very valuable. The reason of this is, that the runners which it throws out during the summer shoot up into flower and fruit the same vear more freely than in the other sorts. It is sometimes termed Eier- lasltni' Slrawierry . — The Rouiih-fruited or Prkhty Slrnwlerrif^ which Marivn thinks no- thing but an accidental variety, has the flower greenish ; the fruit hai^h, rough and prickly, of a ereeuish colour with some show of redness. The Haiitbry Strauierry is very different from the rest in leaf, flower, and fruit. The leaves are larger, thicker, hairyish, and rough. The fruit very large, and of a pale red colour. It varies with oval, pine-shaped, and urcen fruit ; with red blossom, with white striped leaves, and with yellow striped leaves. There is also an improved sub-variety of it, called Glole Huutioy ; the fruit of w hich is larger, and of a globular form. Marlyn observes that " where these are neglected, they degene- rate to the Common Hautboy ; but where the soil is good, and the culture well managed, the plants will produce a great quantity of large well-flavoured fruit." This variety of Strawberry is very apt to de- generate, and to produce only dry effete fruit ; which, according to Mons. Duhamel, is owing to there being two sorts of ])lants, one bearing male, the other female or rather imperfect her- maphrodite flowers, the former of which, being reputed useless, are carefully destroyed ; hence not only the seeds become abortive, but the re- ceptacle, commonly called the fruit, small and juiceless. This Martvn thinks " may be reme- died, either by planting a few of the male plants, or of the Scarlet or Pine Strawberry among the Hautboys." The Cliili Strawberry has the leaves hairy, oval, and of a much thicker substance than any sort yet known, and stands upon very strong hairy foot-stalks; the runners from the plants are very large, hairy, and extend to a great length, putting out plants at several distances. The peduncles are very strong ; the; leaves of the calyx long and hairy. The flowers are large, and often deformed ; .and so is the fruit, which is very large. When cultivated in very strfing land, the plants produce plenty of firm well-flavoured fruit ; but as it is a bad bearer in most places, it has been lately less cultivated. According to Frezicr, the fruit usually attains the size of a walnut, but is sometimes as Urge as an egg, of a paler red than the European Strawberry, and not so quick in its flavour. It deserves cultivation fiT the singularity and size of the fruit. It varies with round pale red, with globular pale red, with oblong-oval pale red, and deep red fruit. There is also Carolina scarlet and whit; fruited ; Koyal large red ; Large Dutch, Balh, and Devonshire Chili Stra'.vberry. The Scarlet Strawberry, which .is the sort first ripe. — The fruit is good, being preferred to most others by many. It was brought from Virginia, where it grows naturally in the w'ood*. It is very different fr-nn the Wood-Sirawbcrry, in leaf, flower, and fniit. The leaves being of F R A F R A a dark srccn and of a more even surface, the Howcring-stems 5horter,the fruitbeing frequently concealed among the leaves. It varies with roundish leaves, and with striped leaves. The Pine Slrawherrij , in which the leaves have a groat resemblance to those of the Scarlet •Strawberrv ; but are larsrer, of a thicker sub- stance, and the indentures of their edges blunter; the runners arc nuich larger and hairy ; the pe- duncles arc stronger, the flowers much larger, and the fruit approaches in size, shape, and co- ■Jour ta the Ciiili Strawberry. It produces a great (juantity of fnie large fruit, when the plants are kept clear from runners. Aecordino; to JSIons. Duhamcl, it is raised from the seed of the Chili Strawberry. The •flower is very large, and the fruit has something of the smell and taste of the Pine-apple. It va- ries in the fonn of the fruit with ovoid, with ob- late s])hcroid, and with irregular fruit. It is nuich smaller than the Chiii Strawberrv. There are also the Green, Red, and Hautboy-fruited, as well as the Chili Pine-apple Strawberry. The Carolina Strandwnij, which greatly re- sembles the above, but is much less in all its parts, and less hairy : the flower-stems are shorter: the flower-buds more lengthened out, and less swoln : the fruit smaller, more regular in the form, of a higher colour, but the perfume not so pleasant. Martyn remarks that " the Pine varies little when raised from seed, where- as this varies much in the flower, fruits. See." Cidlurc. — In order to raise this sort of fruit to the greatest advantage and perfection, the soil should be of the friable loamy kind, with a moderate degree of moisture. All the ditferent varieties may be made use of wliere large supplies are wanted; but in other cases a few of the small and large sorts mav be sufficient. The same varieties should always be planted together in separate beds, or otlur jilaces, but never any mixture of diflercnt sorts admitted. The usual ]iractlee in fomting beds of this sort of fruit is by plunling out the oll"set3 taken from the sides of the old plants, or such as are Ibrmed from the rooting of tlie joints of the runners ; but tlie former are in general the bet- ter plants. And in choosing them, thev should never be taken irom such plants as are old, and which have been neglected in their culture, but constantly from such as have been well kept in ortler, and are in a lull bearing slate; such oii'sets asstanil nearest lollie old jilanlsbring-prcfernd to such plants as are formed by the irailiugstcms at a distance. Upon a caretul attention to these <:ircumstances nuu-li of tlie success of this sort of culture depends. In some of the varie'ies, as those of the wood kind, the oflsets arc best when taken from the wild bearing plants : as they are not so liable to run as those taken fnm the cul- tivated sons. These ofiscts or plants are mostly of sufficiently strontr grov>ih the lirst year for ijcine; made use of; but when this is not the case, thcv may be set out in lunsery rows till th.cy \v.i\c attained a full growth. In preparing for plantations of this sort, the ground should be well trenched over and effec- tually cleared from all sorts of weeds, and after being laid quite level, formed into beds four feet in width, with paths of two feet or two feet and a half between them, for the convenience of cultivation and gathering the produce. The si- tuation should be quite open, and have as mucl> as possible a southern aspect It is likewise a great advantage when the beds can be formed in a shelving or sloping manner towards the south, so as to have the full influence of the sun. When the beds have been thus made up, they are in a proper state for being planted upon. The most suitable time for performing this business is in the early autumn, as about the latter end of St-ptember or beginning of the fol- lowing month, in order that the plants may be well rooted before the commencement of the winter frosts. Some, however, plant in the early spring ; but there is more danger of the plants being destroyed by the heat of the sum- mer. In executing the work, the plants or ofl'sets should be put in by means of a line and dibble, in rows lengthwavs of the beds, at dilTerent di- stances, according to the kinds. The most usual distances are, for the wood sort twelve or fifteen inches each way; and eighteen inches for the Scarlets, Hautboys, Chili, Alpine, and other large kinds. Much advan- tage is always gained bv letting them have suf- ficient room. It is usual to set them out in the quincunx order, arid areat care should be taken in the work of platuing, to close the mould well to the roots of the plants as ihcy are set out. \V'hcn the whole has been done, they should have a good watering to settle the earth well about their roots. But besides lliis mode of planting upon beds, they succeed well on the fronts of clumps, Ijor- ders, and other parts of pleasurc-a'roiuids, espe- cially when set so as to have a iluc degree of sun, and uilhout being too much shaded. \\ hen new varieties of this sort of fruit are wanted, the propagation must be cireeted by sowing the seed iirodueed on tlie fruit, wheii F R .\ F R A peiTeclly ripened, eillier in tho spring or autumn season, on a bcU of light caiili, or in poU placed in ihe shade. After the plants have been set out as above, and taken new root, care is neces>aiy, if liie winter prove severe, to lav some old tannL-r's bark over the surface of ific bed between the plants, to keep out the frost : this is absolutely netcssary in the Chili sort, as the plants arc t're>)uently killed in hard winters when exposed without any covering : where tanner's bark cannot becasi- Iv procured, saw dust, or sea-coal a -lies may be used ; or even the decaved leaves of trees, or the branches of evergreen-trees with their leaves upon them laid over the beds. In the following summer the plants should be constantly kept cleau from weeds, and all the runners be puiled off as fast as they are protluced ; as where this is constantly practised the plants become very strong by the following autumn ; but when neglected, and the runners permitted to stand during the summer, and then pulled off in the autumn, thcv are not half so strong, nor will there be near the same quantity ot fruit upon them the following spring, or so large and fine. Where proper care is taken of the plants the first summer, there is generally a plentiful supply of fruit the second spring after planting. When the plants are in blossom, if the wea- ther prove dry, good waterings given occasion- allv prove very benetlcial in promoting; a plenti- ful production of fruit, but in other cases it is uiuiecessar)'. In the general culture of this sort of fruit, as the old plants arc those which produce the fruit, the suckers seldom affording any till of a full year's growth, it is obviously necessary to divest them of them, as when suffered to remain they rob the fruitful plants of their nourishment in proportion to their number; and, besides, the suckers render each other weak, and tlius cause barrenness, la the Alpine sorts the summer runners should not however be removed as they produce fruit.. Where the old plants are constatitlv kept clear from suckers, they sometimes continue fruitful four or five years without being replant- ed. It is, however, a good way to have a suc- cession of beds, that after three years standing they may be taken u]i, as by that time they liave ijioslly exhausted the ground. This sort of plants are also in general more productive on iicw land. After having been thus cut and managed in the summer season, it will be necessary in au- tumn not only again to divest thein of these strings or runners, but of all the decayed leave-;, and to clear the beds from weeds j iben the paths should be dug up, and the weed^ buried, some earth being laid over the surface of the beds be- tween the plants, which will strengthen them and prepare them for the following sprinir ; and it after this tliero he some old tanner's bark laid over the surlacc of the ground betweeit the plants, it will he of great service to them. In the spring, when the danger of bird frost is over, as in March, the ground betv.een tho plants in the "ueds should be forked over with a narrow tlircc-pronged fork, to loosen it and break the clods ; and in this operation the tan which was laid over the surface of the ground in autumn will be buried, and be a good dress- ing to the Strawberries, espeeially in strong land. This should be done w helher the plants are in distinct bunches or in large beds. And about the beginning ot April, Martyn observes •' if the surface of the beds be covered. with moss, it will keep the ground moist, and prevent the drving winds from penetrating the ground, and thereby secure a good crop of fruit; and also preserve the fruit clean, that when heavy rains fall after it is full grown, there will be no dirt washed over them, which frequently happens, so that it must be washed before it is fit for the table, which greatly diminishes its flavour." It is of great utility in dry seasons to water occasionally every summer, while the plants are in blow and forming their fruit ; but as it ap- proaches maturity this should be left off, as it injures the flavour. And in some of the more fine sorts, or curi- ous large varieties, v.hen ripening, it is eligible either to tie up the stalks with the bunches of fruit thereon to sticks, or the leaves and stalks together ; so as, in either way, to elevate the fruit from the earth, more out of danger of rotting by wet if a rainv season, and to more effectually enjoy tlie full sun to ripen with a. good flavour ; orsouietimcs place flat tiles on the ground round each plant of a few particular sorts, for the fr.uit to rest upon, drier and niore secure from rotting bv the damp of the earth, and to ripen with an improved flavour by such means. As the fruit ripens in June and the following- months, it should be gathered diilv ; being plucked off in the cup, with :d)out half an inch ofthestalkadhering, by which hieans theyateiiot so liable to be bruised, and appear more conve- niently when served at table, ancf are more asiree- ably picked up out of the dish or b:usket for^eat- iug. The Wood-z;ing the largest plants behind, the voting yearling ones more forward, and the crowns and suckers of the year in the front of all : a frame of these di- mensions inav serve also for anv of the hardier s D F R A F R A knJs of low grecn-lioiise plants, as myrtles, &c., where there is not a proper trrcen-bouse, or as an casement to it when too much crowdt'd. It is u^eliil also as an occasional winter shelter to iDany sorts of curious young plants, ever- greens and others of the full ground, which, being tendcrish in their younger growth, require protection for two, three, or more years, till ihcv increase in strength, and are gradually hard- ened to the full air. Deep sorts of frames are sometimes n)ade use of in the culture of particular sorts of plants, to bring them up to a proper height. See Draw- ing Frame. In all these sorts of frames, the wood-work of the backs, ends, and fronts should be of such thick deal as has been mentioned, which must be all neatly planed even and smooth on both sides; and the joints, in framing; them together, be so close that no wet or air can enter ; the cross bars or bearers at the tops, for the support of the glasses, should be about three inches broad and one thick, and neatly dovc-talled in at the back and front even with both edges, that the lights may shut down close, each having a groove or channel along the middle to conduct off all wet falling between the lights: at the end of each frame, at top, should be a thin slip of board four inches broad, arranged from back to front, joining close up to the outside of the lights, which is necessary to guard against cutting winds rushing in at that part inmiediafely upon the plants, when the lights are occasionally tilted behind for the necessary admission of fresh air, or other purposes. In regard to the lights, the wood-work of the frame of each should be irich-and-half thick, and two and-half broad; and the bars for the immediate support of the glass-work about an inch broad, and not more than inch-and-half thick; as, when too broad and thick, they greatly intercept the rays of the sun. They should only be just suf- ficient to support the glass-work without bending, and be ranged from the back part to tlie front. The glass-work may either be laid in lead and well trinnned with cement, air and water tight, or in the bars of wood in putty, lapping at the ends : the latter method is by some preferred, as being more effectual for tlie discharge of wet, the lapping of the panes being left open or un- puttied at bottom, that the rank vapour na- turally arising in hot- beds, and all condensed drops against th(; glasses, niav be discharged at these places, as v\ell as admit a jierpetual mode- rate current of fresh air, which may be benefi- cial to the plants : this mode, however, of leaving the L.ppings open, is by some ohjectcd to, especially for very early work, on accoiiut of the too free admission of air in cold w cather. All the wood-work, both of the frames and lights, should be painted in oil, to preserve them from decay ; a lead colour will be the most eli- gible, and if done three times over, outside and in, will preserye the wood exceedingly from the injuries of weather, and from the moisture of the earth and dung. Frames for these purposes are sometimes made in a sort of hollow brick -work, so as to admit the heat from without. See plate on Forcing Frames. FUAME-WORK, that sort of forcing or raising vegetable productions that is effected by means of frames and artificial heat. FRAMING, the art of raising different sorts of tender plants and vegetable productions to perfection at an early period, by the use of frames and hot-beds, or by heat applied in some other way. FRAXINUS, a genus containing plants of the hardy deciduous tree kind. It belongs to the class and order Polygamia Dioecin, and ranks in the natural order of Se- piarue. The characters are: that in the hermaphrodite there is no calyx : or a one-leafed, four-parted perianthium, upright, sharp, small : there is no corolla : or four linear petals, long, sharp, upright : the stamina consist of two upright filaments, much shorter than the corolla: an- thers upright, oblong, four-furrowed : the pis- tillum is an ovate, compressed germ: style cylindric, upright : stigma thickish, bifid : there is no pericarpium, except the crust of the seed ; capsule two-celled, leafy, and flatted at top : the seed lanceolate, flatted, and mem- branaceous, one-celled : female the same, ex- cept that it has no stamina. The species are : 1 . F. excelsior, Common Ash-tree; 2. F. rofiindijhlia. Manna Ash-tree; 3. F. ornus, Flowering Ash-tree ; 4. F. Ame- ricana, American Ash-tree. In the first the leaves have generally five pairs of leaflets (four to six), and one odd one, of a dark, green coloiir. The flowers are produced in loose spikes from the side of the branches, and are succeeded bv flat seeds, whicli ripen in autumn. The lateral buds produce the fiowcrs, and the terminating one the leaves. It is observed bv Martyn, that, as " there are not only hermaphrodite and female flowers, but also male ones, this species should seem refe- rable to the order Trioecia, and that care should be taken in observing the flowers ; as in those which are hcrmapiirodile the gtrm which lies between the two stamens does not grow up tilt F R A F R I some days after ihey appear, so that at first they appear to be male iiowers." It llowcri iu April, or tiic lo'.lowiug monih. There are varieties with simple leaves, lobed, and even ternatc ; with peiuluious branches — or Weeping Ash; with variegated leaves, yellow and wh.le; or i;old-s;riped and silver-striped. In the seeond speeics the shoots are iiiuch jhorter, and the joints closer together than in those ot the Comni ,n Ash: the leaflets are shorter, with deeper serratures on their edges, and of a lighter green : the flowers come out from the side of the branches, are of a purple colour, and appear in the spring before the leaves come out. It is of humble growth, sel- dom risinu; to more than fifteen or si.\leen feet in height in this climate. The third species, according to Miller, is a low tree, abo'it the same heiglil as the preceding: the leaves are composed of three or four pairs of sawed lobes, far asunder, terminated by an odd one, much smaller and narrower than those of the Common Ash, but serrate, and of the same dark colour : the flowers in large loose bunches at the ends of the branches, havmg petals : they are of a white herbaceous colour, mostly males, and appear in May. There is a varieiv, the Dwarf Flowering Ash. In the fourth species, the New Enghnd sort, according; to Miller, " the leaves have but three, or at most four pairs of leaflets, placed far di- stant from each other, and the odd leaflet run- ning out into a very long point, of a light green, and no serratures on their edges. It shoots into strong irregular branches, but does not crow to a large size in the trunk. And in the Carolina kind the leaves have seldom more than three pairs of leaflets, the lower being the least, and the upper the largest ; these are about five inches long and two broad, of a light green coKmr, and slightly serrate ; the midrib is taper, and has short downy hairs on it : the seeds broader than those of the Coiitani in the rows, where they must remain till fit for being planted where thev are to grow. The three last sorts may likewise be raised by budding or ingrafting upon common Ash stocks, when of the size of a good bean stem. This business should be performed about the latter end of suumier ; b;it the plants raised in this mode are not so line as those I'rom seed, on ac- count of the stocks growing with more rapidity than the heads. These are the only methods by which the va- riecated varieties can be Increased. All the sorts may he introduced as ornamental trees; but those of the American kind are the most ])roper in small plantations or shrubberies. The first sort is hiirhly useful as a timber tree. FRIAK'S COWL. See Ahu.n!. I RIXGF-TKKE. See Chioxanthls. FRITILLARIA, a genus comprisiiiu plants of the bulbous-ranted pcretinial flowerv^kind. It belongs to the class and order Ihxandria Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of C'jronarice. The chiracters are: that there is no calvx : the corolla is six-petalled, bell-shaped, spread- ing at the base : petals oblong, parallel : nectary an excava'ion or pit in the base of each petal : the stamina have six subulate filaments, approx- imating to the style, the length of the corolla : anthers quadrangular, oblong, erect : the pis;ii- luin is an olilong germ, three-cornered, obtuse: style simple, longer than the stamens : stigma triple, spreading, blunt : (style trilid, with three stigmas :) the pericarpium is an ublong capsule, obtuse, three-lobed, three-ctlltd, three-valvtd (superior) : the seeds very many, flat, semi - orbicular on the outside, in a tlouble row. The species are: 1. F. Mekagru, ('ommon Fritillary, or Chequered Lily ; 5. P. pyrcnana. Black Fritillary; 3. F. impi-riuUs, Imperial Fritillary, or'Crown Imperial; 4. F. Peislca, I'erslan Friiillarv, or Persian Lily. In the first the root is a solid bulb or tuber, about the size of a hazel-nut, wliite or yellow- ish white, rourftlish, compressed, divisible iniu several, inclosed by the withered wrinkled bulb of the preccdinir year as in a case. The stein from six to twelve, fifteen, and even eighteen inches in height, advancing considerably in length after How cring ; it comes out from the side of the root, is simple, upright, round, smooth, elaucous, and n-it unfrequcntly pur- 3 D 2 F R I F R U plish : the leaves three or four, sometimes five or six, grass-like, distantly alternate, half em- bracing, round on the under, and hollow on the upper side, somewhat twisted and glaucous; the flower usually single, sometimes two, or even three, on the top of the stem, large, pendulous, at first somewhat jiyramidal, but afterwards bell- shaped, chequered with purple and white, or purple and greenish yellow. It is a native of the southern countries of Europe, flowering ui April and Mav. There are r.umerous varieties ; the chief are, the Common Purple, the Blood Red, the Great Purple or Red, the White, the Double Blush, the Pure Yellow, the Ciu-quered Yellow, the Great Yellow Italian, the Small Italian, the Small Portugal Yellow, the Black, and the Spanish Black. The second species has a double fleshy bulb- ous root : the leaves are broader, and of a deeper green than in the first; the lower leaves are op- posite, but those above .illcrnate : the stem a foot and half liiirh, terminated by two flowers of an obscure yellow colour, and spreading more at the brim than those of the first sort, but turned downwards in the same manner. It flowers three weeks after it ; and is n native of France. The third has a large round scaly root of a veliow colour, and a strong foxy odour : the stalk rises to the height of four feet or upwards ; it is strong, succulent, and garnished two-thirds of the length on every side with loiig narrow leaves ending in points, which are smooth and entire : the upper part of the stalk is naked, a foot in length : the flowers come out all round the stalk upon short foot-stalks, which turn downward, each sustaining one large flower. Above these rises a spreading tuft of green leaves, which are erect, and called the Coma. It flowers the beginning of April, and the seeds ripen in July. The chief varieties are; those with yellow flowers, . with large flowers; and with double ■powers; but that which has two or three whorls of flowers above each other makes the finest appearance, though it seldom produces its flowers after this manner the first year after removing. The fourth species has a large round root : the 'item three feet high, the lower part closely garnished on every side with leaves, which are three inches long and half an inch broad, of a gray colour, and twisted obliquely : the flowers are in a loose spike at the top, forming a pvra- niid ; shorter than the other sorts, spreading wider at the brim, and not bent down; of a dark pur- ple colour; app not moist, to promote the exhalation of moisture. When the sweating is very considerable, it will be necessary to turn and wipe the fruit during the process. Wheat straw has been commonly made use of in laying up this sort of fruit ; but Mr. Forsyth has found, that whi^n any of the fruit begins to de- cay, if it be not quickly removed, the straw im- bibes the moisture issuing from it, and commu- nicates an unpleasant taste to such as is sound. When fruit is stored up on shelves in the rooms, they are advised to have the bottoms covered with thin coarse canvass, at about eiuht- penee or ten-pence the yard, being placed irpon It in single layers, after being wiped quite dry, care being taken not to lay them upon each otlier. They should then be covered with a piece of the same canvass, old neus, or whiied brown paper, to c.\clude the action of the air, guard against frost, and preserve the smoothness on the skin of tbe fruit. It should be turned two or three times in tlie course of the winter, to guard against rotting on the under fide, all the damaged fruit being carefully removed each time. In storing it in this manner, the earliest sorts should be placed on the lower shelves or draw ers according as they come in, in this order; the nonsuch, goldm-rennei, and jenneting apples, andtheburgamotaiidburre pears, as thcjarconelle is h)und to keep best on the tree, rotting "almost immediately on being gathered. In this way a proper succession of fruit may be provided. As It requires much time in storing in this way where there is much fruit, it may be done in wet v»eather, and thee\enings, when the men can be bctier spared than in the day-time. Where there are not proper fruit-rooms, this sort of fruit may be kept in store-houses in baskets or hampers, placing soft paper in the bottoms and round the edges to prevent bruis- ing them, laying a layer of fruit and a layer of paper alternately, covering the top with paper three or four times folded, to guard against the air and frost. The different sorts of fruit should be packed separately, and have labels fastened to them, so as to know their names, and the times of their be- ing in a proper state for use. The best way of keeping fruit is, however, Mr. Forsyth thinks, by packing it up in glazed earthen pans or jars. In domg which, thelruit should be first separately w rappeu in soft paper, then a little well-dricil bran applied over the bottoms of the jars, above w Inch a layer of fruit should be placed, continuing them alter- nately, till the jars are quite full, when they should be shaken, and a Imle more bran added, covering the whole over w ith bladders to exclude tbe air, putting on the covers, which should fit in a close manner, '{"he rooms in w hieh these are placed should be capable of admitting a fire in moist weather. In packing fruit for carrying, Mr. Forsyth thinks strong deal boxes of dilTerent sizes the most convenient and useful. Those whieh he employs are two feet long, having the breadth and depth of fourteen inches ; aiid one foot nine F R U F U C inc'.cs lonrr, wiih one f'^ot in breadlh and dcp*h. Thcv arc constructed of inch-Jcal, well secured ])v cramps at tl.e comers, having a small iron liliiidle at each end to secure them by. In these, melons, cmranls, cherries, pears, peaches, nec- tarine<, plums, grapes, and otncr similar sorts may be carried, "the heaviest fruit of each sort beiiig put at the bottom, the first sort wrap- ped r.p in soil paper, and all the others, ex- cept the currants and chcrrie?, first in vine- leaves and then soft paper. The other two are conveyed in flat tin boxes, about four- teen inches in length, ten in biCadth, and four in depth. In packing them, for the melon', a layer of finemossand short soft dry grass well blended to- eether is placed at the bottom of the deal box, then the melons packed in with it in a tight manner in every direction, choosing them as jiiuch of the same size as possible. When the melons are put in, a thin la\er of moss and grass is placed over them, upon which the tin box having the currants and cherries pack- ed in it by intervening layers of fine dry moss, so as to be quite full, is packed firmly in with grass and moss all round to prevent its moving ; over which another thin layer of moss is spread, and the pears packed in closely in the same manner as the melons, proceedingin the same way with the other fruits, so as to close with the grapes, filling up with moss, so as that the lid of the box may shut down quite tight, and prevent rubbing. Each box should be provided also with a lock, and two keys to serve the whole, one for the packer, and another for the emptier. When the boxes are locked down, they should be well corded. In this manner his majesty's fruit i^ sent to diftereiit places, and may be conveyed to any part of the kingdom. When it is only sent a short distance, the moss and boxes should be returned, and be kept weW aired. FHUIT-GAHDEN, that sort of garden which is principally planted with trees for the purpose of aflbrding truit of difTcrtnt kinds. The situa- tion of this sort of garden should be warm shel- lerid, and open to the south or south-west, in order that it may enjoy the full benefit of the 6un, and of course ripen the fruit in the best and most perfect manner. Sec Garden and OacHAno. J'"l!l IT-COOM, an erection constructed for ihe purpose of storing up diflcrent sorts of fruit. Thcv are i'ormed of different dimensions accord- ing to eirciimsiances, being lined v ilh thin boards, and fitted up with shelves, bins, boxes, drawers, and other convenier.eies for the re- ception of fruit; all of which, as well as the floois, should be of while deal, as Mr. Forsyth remarks, that -.vhcn red deal is made use of for these purposes, it is liable to trive a dis- agreeable resinous ta-^te to the frui^ and spoil its fiavour: on this account, under other cir- cumstances, he advises coveiing the shelves with catTvass, &€. as mentioned in the preced- ing article. FUU IT-TREF., is that which produces eatable fruit, either for the table or culinary uses. There are many fruit-trees, fruit-beariiie shrubs and shrubby plants that ripen their fruit pcr- lectly in this climate, with their several species, and numerous varieties : the principal sorts of which are those of the almond kind, as the al- mond, peach, and nectarine trees ; the plum sort, containing dificrent kinds of plum, apricot, and cherry trees , the ptar kind, comprehending va- rious sorts of pear, apple, and quince-trees ; the vine, containing many sorts of grape-trees ; the fig, comprehending nianv sorts of fi£:-trees ; the several sorts of medlar-trees ; the different kinds of mulberry-trees; the chesnut and wal- nut-trees; the common nut kind, contalnino- many sorts of filberts and other nut-trees ; the currant-, goosberry-, and raspberry-trees, with many others ; the nature and management of each of which will be fully explained under their respective genera. FUCHSIA, a genus comprehending plants of the flowery exotic kind, for the stove. It belongs to the class and order Octavdria Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of Onagrce. The characters are: that the calyx is a onc- leafed perianthium, funnel-fbrm, coloured, su- perior, deciduous : tube ovate at the base, con- tracted above it, then gradually widening, patu- lous, angular : border short, four-parted; pans ovate, acuminate, spreading: the corolla has four petals, ovate, acuminate, sessile, spreadinsr, the same length with the parts of the calvx": the stamina have four filaments (or eiaht) fili- form, erect, inserted into the tube of the calyx below the middle, and a little lonoer than the tube : anthers twin: the pisiillum is an inferior germ, ovate, below the insertion of the calvx constricted : style simple, the length of the stamens : stigma obtuse (club-shaped) ; the pc- ricarpium is an ovate bertv, four-grooved, four- celled : the seeds many, ovate, fixed in a double row to a coluiiniar receptacle in the middle of the bcrrv. The species cultivated are: 1. F. triphjlln. Three-leaved Fuchsia; 2. F. coninea, Scarlet- l^ouered Fuchsia. The first has a woody, branched, reddi>h root : the stem i^l)e^baceous, upright, quite si ni[)lc, red- dish green, leafy, two feet high at most : the F U M F U M leaves are lanceolate, entire, pale green, a little firm or coriaceous, sessile, disposed in tliices: peduncles onc-fioweicd, scattered, and t'orming a siraigiit ttiminating raceme: the towers !arc;e, ver)' fine, of a very Bright scarlet, having eiglit stamens, not projecting bevond the iiower ; and the berry is a little largei than an olive, (leshv, soft, reddish black, somewhat pubescent, ol a very pleasant taste : the seeds small and brown. It is a native of St. Domingo. The Second species is a shrub, growing to t!ie height of six or seven feet: the leaves are com- monly opposite, on short petioles, of a fine ^reen, having the veins tinged wlili red, with a fane down on them: the peduncles axillary, one- flowered, longer than ne leaves : the flowers are pendulous, and of a bright scarlet colour. It is a plant of peculiar beautv, producins; its rich pendent blossoms through most part of the summer : the petals in the centre of the flower are particularly deserving of notice, as thev some- what resemble a small roll of the richest purple- coloured ribband. It is a native of Chili. Culture. — These plants arc capable of being increased by seeds, layers, cuttings, and some- times even by suckers. The seeds should be sown in pots of good light mould, plungitig them into a bark hot-bed. When the |)lants appear, they should be kept clean, and be often retreshed with a little water. After they have attained a few inches growth, they should be shaken out of the former pots, and after being carefully separated and planted in separate small pots with the same sort of mould, be leplunged in the hot-bed, and well shaded till they become fresh rooted, when air should be admited pretty freely. They must be kept warm during the winter season. The layers, cuttings, or suckers may be laid down or planted out m the latter end of summer or beginning of autun»a. They must all be kept in the stove during the winter season, but in the siunmer may be set out in the grctn-house. They afford much ornament by their beautiful scarlet flowers. FUMARl A, a genus containing plants of the tuberoui-rooled low flowery perennial kind. It belongs to the class and order Diadi'lphia Hexandria, and ranks in the natural order of Cor 1/ dales. The characters are : that the calyx is a two-lcavcd perianlhium : leaflets opposite, equal, lateral, erect, acute, sn)all, deciduous : the corolla oblong, tubular, ringcnt, palate prominent, clos- ing the throat: upper lip flat, obtuse, emargi- iiate, reflex : tlie nectary the base of the upper lip prominent backward, obtuse : the lower lip en- tirely similar to the upper, keeled towards the base : nectary the keeled base, but in this less prominent: the throat four-cornered, obtuse, perpeiidicuhrly bifid : the stamina consift of two equal filaments, broad, one within c.tch lip, inclosed, acuminate : anthers three at the end of each filament : the pisiillum is an oblnnc, com- pressed germ, acuminate : style short : stigma orbiculate, creci, compressed : the pericarf.ium is a one-celled silicle : the seeds are roundish. The .species are: 1. F. cucuUaria, Naked- stalked Fumitory ; 2. F. semperiirens. Glaucous Fumitory ; 3. K /«/efl, Yellow Fumitory; 4. F. capnoides. White-flowered Fumitory. The first has a scaly root, the size of a larae hazel-nut: the flower-stalk is eight or nine inches high : the root-leaves are in pairs, triternatc, gashed, smooth, slender ; with red petioles : the scape simple, round, length of the leaf, rufous: the raceme terminating, simple; the flowers (four or five) pendulous ; of a dull white colour. It is a native of Virginia. Perennial, llowering in June and July. The second species is annual : the stem up- right, a foot and half high, round, and very smooth, sending out several branches at lop : the leaves smooth, branching, pale, divided like the common sort, but the leaflets larger and more obtuse : the flowers in loose panicles from the sides of the stem and at the extremi- ties of the branches, of a pale purple colour, with yellow chaps or lips : the pods are taper, narrow, an inch and half long, containing man-y small black shining seeds. It flowers during summer, and is a native of North America. In the third, the root strikes deep into the ground : the stems are many, succulent, dif- fused, about six inches high : the leaves on long branching petioles, composed of many ir- regular leaflets, trifid at the top : peduncles axil- lary, naked, longer than the leaves, supporting eight or nine flowers, of a bright yellow colour, in a loose sp:ke: the leaves continue trreeii all the year, and the flowers in succession from- April to October. It is very like the fourth species, but is perennial ; and according to Mil- ler, the stalks have blunt angles, are of a purplish colour ; and the flowers grow in a looser panicle, on longer pedicles. It is a native of Barbary. The fourth is annual : the stem four-cor- nered at the base : the leaves superdecompoundj the terminating leaflets larger, and semirri- fid ; the middle segment lobed j petioles three- cornered ; the racemes naked : pedicles shorter by half than the corollas, blackish at the tip. There is a succession of the flowers from May 1 F U M F U M to October. It is a native of the South of Europe. Culture. — ^The first sort of these plants may be readily increased, by planting off-sets from the roots in a light soil, in a shady situation, in the beginning of autumn, as soon as the stems begin to decay. The other sorts may be raised by sowing the seeds where the plants are to grow, as soon ai they become perfectly ripened. The only culture they demand afterwards is, that of keeping them free from weeds. They are all very ornamental in the fore parts of clun)[)S, borders, and other parts of pleasure- grounds. FUMITORY. See Fumaria. GAL GALANTHUS, a genus containing a plant ofihe bulbous-rooted floweryperennial kind. It belongs to the class and order Hexandria Mono^ynia, and ranks in the natural order of Spalfiacece. The characters are : that the calyx is an oblong spalhe, obtuse, compressed, gaping on the flat side, withering : the corolla has three petals, oblong, obtuse, concave, lax, patulous, equal: nectary cylindric, three-leaved, half the length of the petals ; leaflets petal-shaped, pa- rallel, emarginate, obtuse : the stamina consist of capillary filaments, very short : anthers ob- long, acuminate, endingin a bristle, convcigeat : the pistilluni is a globular, inferior germ : style filiform, longer than the stamens : stigma sim- ple : the pericarpium is an oval-globular capsule, obtusely three-sided, three-celled, three-valved : the seeds several and globular. The species is G. nivalis, Snow-Drop. It has the bulb coated and truncate : the leaves are yellowish at the base, callous at the tips- the scape half a foot or a span in height, aucipifal, striated, involved at the base in a pair of leaves : the sheath whitish, truncate, involving the leaves and scape : the peduncle usually comes out from the left cell of the spathe, is weak, and wrinkled below the germ : the flov/ers are solitarv, and of a milk-white colour. It is a native of Switzerland, flowering in January ancf February. It varies with semi-double, and with double flowers. Culture. — These little elegant plants are in- creased by planting off-sets"from their roots in the places where they are to remain in the latter end of summer, when their leaves begin to de- cline, or in the beginning of the autumn. The roots should not, however, be removed oftener than every third year. GAR They should always be planted in bunches of a great nuniber of bulbs together, in order to make a better show, as when set out singly they have no effect. They are well adapted to the fronts of borders and clumps, as well as woody and shady plan- tations, producing a fine effect when in blow. • The single sorts come first into blow. Garden, a portion of ground laid out for the purpose of raising and providing different sorts of plants of both the flowery and escu- lent kinds, as well as various other vegetable productions and fruits. It is usually distinguished, from the nature of the produce, into theFlower- and Kitchen garden ; the latter being chiefly destined to the raising of useful culinary roots, plants, and vegetables. Where the first sort of gardens are necessary, they should be laid out so as to have open sunny sheltered exposures, forming if possible the con- nections between the ornamented or pleasure- grounds, and the kitchen-gardens, according to the general nature and situation of such grounds, so as to afford the most striking effect and variety. Their forms may vary in proportion to the distribution of the lands and the particular cir- cumstances of their sit nations, being made square, circular, oblong, or in any other manner, accord- ing to the taste of the proprietor; the parts ap- proaching the ornamented grounds being mostly separated by walks, and the introduction of dif- ferent sorts of the most curious hardv flowering shrubby plants. The interior parts should have a neat ornamental distribution, so as to produce the most striking variety when the flowers are in blow, and afford the greatest convenience in their cultivation. It was formerly the practice to have them laid out with walks surrounding the outer I GAR boiuularics or bortlors licing introduced all roiiii supposed thai " a place sur- G A R rounded by woods is a very iinpro]jcr situat:on for a garden or orchard, as a foul stagnant air 16 very unfavourable to vegetation." It is like- wise added that " blights arc much more fre- quent in such situations than m those that arc more o]->en and e\poseroper and advantageous forms for this sort of culture; but though much must con- stantly de]xiid on the nature of the situation, where the spadt is to be made use of in perfiirm- iiig the work, the square shape, or thatwhicK GAR GAR approaches nearest to it, is probably the most conveniont. In other casef, espcciali/ where the principal part of the work is, from the diffi- culty of procuiing labourers, and the increasing expense of them, to be executed by the plough, the oblong and circular forms may be the most suitable, as they may be wrought with greater facility and convenience. The size of kitchen-gardens should always be fully sufficient for the extent of the family, va- rying from half an acre, to four, five, or more, witlun the fence. The first quantity, where there are wall and espalier trees, will furnish sufficient employment for one man, and aSord due supplies of' vegetables and fruit for fami- lies consisting of a'dozen or more persons. But nuich in th-ele respects depends upon proper care and management. The best mo\le of inclosing garden-ground is by means of brick walls, where that sort of ma- terial can be easily procured, and expense is not an object. But oak paling fences answer the purpose very well. These fences, whether made of brick or wood, should be eight, ten, or twelve feet in height. When the extent of walling is sufficient, Mr. Forsyth thinks ten feet walls better than such as are higher, as being more convenient for various purposes. He also ad- vises that they should have borders or slips on the outsides oi'them, of from forty to sixty feet or more in breadth, where the ground can be spared, which should likewise be inclosed by an oak paling, six or eight feet in height, having a chevaux de frise at "the top to strengthen the fence and render the garden more secure. The latter may be conveniently formed, he says, by planing a piece of wood four inches in breadth, and an inch and quarter in thickness, into the shape of the roof of a low pitched house on the upper side, then drawing a line on each side from end to end, at the distance of about an inch and quarter from the upper edge, driving twelve- penny nails through thein in regular rows, at the distance of four inches from each other, so as to come out near the upper edge of the con- trary side; each being opposite the middle of the space between two nails on the other side. 'J"he nail heads should be sunk, and strips of wood nailed over them, tenler-hooks being driven in between the nail points, and the viholc nailed fast to the outside top of the fence ; con- tinuing pieces in this way till the whole is com- pleted. By means of these inclosed borders or slips en the outside of the garden walls, Mr. For- syth thinks there will be plenty of ground for fiooseberrics, currants, and strawberries, and toth sides of the walLs may be planted with trees, by which there will be a considerable increase of wall-fruit. And where there are parts of such slips lying near to the stables, sufficiently shel- tered and exposed to the »>in, they may be con- verted to the purpose of a forcing ground for raising melons, cucumbers, and' other similar kinds of fruit. The advantages of this are, that there will be no litter carried within the walls, to dirty the walks ; the beds will be concealed from the sight, and much time ami labour saved incart- ing and wheeling the dung. Where there are not these sorts- of slips, the forcing-grounds ibr melons, cucumbers, &c. should be made in situations ihat are warm, and open to the full influence of the sun, being well inclosed, and as contiguous to the stable as the nature of the situation will allow. The great objection to having slips or borders on the outsides of the walls of gardens is that of the vast expense of erecting two fences, where one is capable cf answering the purpose, and by proper attention in the distribution of the inter- nal parts, with perhaps nearly equal advantage. In the distribution of the ([uarters or parts of the garden, attention should be had to the na- ture, form, and extent of the ground, so as that they may be laid out in the best manner, in re- spect to the convenience of managing them, exjiosure, and size ; but they should never be made too small, as there will be much loss of ground by the walks which are essentially necessary in their cultivation. With regard to- their form, it may vary according to circum- stances, or the taste of the proprietor; but the most convenient and economical one, in respect to ground, is the square, where the garden has been laid out in that manner. • It is usual to have borders round the whole of the inclosing fences., whether they be construct- ed of brick, stone, or timber; and when there are cross walls, they are likewise generally in- troduced on the sides of them. The breadths of these should be proportioned to the height of the walls or palings, and the extent of the gar- den, as from six, to eight, ten, and t-^venty feet, especially those which have a southern aspect, and are intended for the reception of fruit-trees, as their roots will have mote room to extend themselves and procure due nourish- ment. Besides, wide borders are the most ad- vantageous and economical in the culture of different vegetable crops. When the gardens are large, other borders may be carried along on the sides of the walks, be- tween them and the espalier or s-tanriard fruit- trees ; but in other cases this is inconvenient, as taking up loo much of the quarters. These GAR GAR ■slioiild not cxccetl six or ti^lit feci in brcadili, Fi» some cases it is tlie practice to liave the edges of the border made firm and ^■\■^■u, and planted wllfi dwarf box, or some otber ])lant made nsc of for the |nH|iose; but as these sorls of edgings are very liable to be destroyed in diflercnt places by wheeling over them, and by that means become unsightly, it is probably a better method to only have the edges of the border made up firm and even, close to the gravel of the walks. There should be a walk introduerd on the sides of the l)orders all round, and likewise in the middle, where the ground is of considerable extent. Cross walks are also necessary where the garden has a great length. But as walks •take up much grouiul, there should be as few as possible. Those on the sides of the borders need not have more breadth than from four to six i'eet ; but the n)iddlc ones should be seven feet wide, in order that a cart may be admitted when necessary. It is also necessary to have walks about two feet or two feet and a half wide, and the same e fixed ujjon the tops of the walls; and the author of the " Philosophy of Garden- ing " conceives thatthey may be of great utiliiv in the early vernal months in preventing the tender young shoots of fruit-trees from being •destroyed by frost, as, from their being less im- bued with the night-dews in consequence of them, they will be less exposed to danger from that cause ; it being well ascertained °that the fine shoots of vegetables are most exposed to the destruction of frost when in a moist state, Mr. Forsyth does not however apjirove of such fixed copings, especially when they pro- ject so far as is usually the case ; moveable wooden ones fastened by iron hooks to pieces of wood built into the tops of the walls being in his opinion preferable. Besides, tliey are use- ful to fix nettings. Sec. to in the early sprino- for protecting the trees with. When fixed co|Mng» are adopted, they should not, bethinks, extend above an inch on each side the wall, as the slight projection will be sufficient to preserve it, and at the same time not prevent the dews and rains from falling upon the upper parts of the trees, by which they are gnatly benefited. Copings are uomelimes formed of a aort of 3 E < GAR brick, made convex on the siJe which is up- wardi; but these are expensive. A sort of slate, Lroniiht from Wales, has lately been made use of for this purpose, which seems to answer very well. It is made to have the projection just mentioned. This sort of coping has been em- ployed in the extensive gaj-deus at Ashted Park, near Epsom; and may he had of different sizes at Mr. Sanuiel Wyatt's slate-wharf, near Black- friar's EridLce. Mr. Forsyth suggests that com- mon copings should have a little slope given them " towards the north or east, according to the aspect of the wall," by which the wet from the south and west sides may hi taken awav, and the danger of the early blossoms and fruit being injured on the south and west walls in cold nights be avoided. When tlie soil of a garden is naturally of a stiff quality and retentive of moisture, proper under-draining will be essentially necessary in order to the production of good w ell-tastcd fruit, as well as tine culinary vegetables. In these cases the main or leading drains should be made under the walks, and those from the quarters be formed to communicate with, and empty them- selves into them. They should be constructed of bricks, either common or such as are formed for the purpose, and be laid in such directions as are ihe best adapted to the removal of the in- jurious wetness, and always of such depths as to prevent their being injured by the spade in working the ground. By this means the soil •will be kept in a suitable state for the growth of the plants, and the walks preserved m a fine state of dryness, so as to be sufficiently firm tor carting or wheeling upon, even in wet seasons. When the siround destined for the purpose of forcing is on a level considerablv lower than that of the garden, the water from the latter may be made to supply the former, by having the main leading drain terminating in a tank, pond or cistern constructed in it for the pur- pose, which in many situations may be ex- tremely convenient and useful. In many cases, and especially where the gar- den-grounds arc of a dry quality, it is of vast advantage to have them situated contiguous to rivers, brooks, or large basons of water, from which they can be supplied by means of drains, pipes, or other contrivances, in the most hot and droughty seasons. Where no supplies of water can be provided and brougtit to the garden in these ways, Mr. Forsyth sujrgesis that where they lie on the sides of public or other roads, and the level of the grounds is suitable, hollow drains should be formed in the most convenient parts, to receive the water that washes them in rainy seasons. GAR and convey it to large ponds or other places made for its reception in the liighest part of the garden-ground that will admit of it; from which it may be dispersed to the different quar- ters which w'ill allow of it, by pipes, with cocks fixed at different places for turning it on as may be necessary. Or by having suitable channels cut, it may be turned upon different parts, as in the practice of watering meadow land, which, w here the roads are repaired with calcareous ma- terials, or there is much vegetable matter wash- ed down them, may be highly beneficial in the way of manure. A proper ready exit for the superabundant water mnst always be provided in these cases, to prevent stagnation. And where the ground has been much enriched by stable manure, the practice should be cautiously adopted, as more may be conveyed away in the state of solution than is brought by the water. The most convenient time for turning on water is generally during the night, which in dry sea- sons is the most ad vantageous to the plants or crops. The expense in pipes, drains, channels, and other apparatus for these purposes, will be con- siderable at first ; but the saving in labour and time in the pumping and carrying water, it i-; conceived, will soon repay it. Where water is under the necessity of being pumped up froiT> deep wells, large basons or reservoirs should be provided, in which it should remain some time exposed to the influence of the atmosphere be- fore it is made use of in the above or any othec way. When garden-grounds are of a wet spewy quality, Mr. Forsyth recommends basons to be formed in the most convenient parts, for the reception of the water that proceeds from the drains, and wdiich falls in rain on the walks and paths. In new kitchen-garden grounds, where the soil is of a strong stiff heavy quality, they should be ploughed or trenched over three or four times, being exjiosed to the effects of frost, in pretty high ridges, for a winter, in order to bring them into a proper condition, before the crops are put in. A crop of potatoes or beans also assists greatly in bringing them into a pro- per state of pulverization for being planted upon with culinary vegetables. When the land is become sufficiently broken down and reduced, the wall- and other trees, as well as different sorts of vegetable crops, may be put in. Some, however, put the fruit-trees in before this has been accomplished ; but it is not a good practice, as they are lia'jle to be injured by the digging which afterwards becomes ne- cessary in preparing the soil. in planting wall-trees they should be set at 1 GAR O A 11 difTercnl di^tances acconiing to ihc kinds : those of ihe peach, nectarine, ajiricot, pli\ni, and cherry descriptions, at filieen, ciirhlcen, or more ieet, and tor ligs and pears twentv are seldom too nuich, suitable aspects beinj; clioscn ac- cording to the kinds, lietween tlieir wall-frnit tr..cs, sonic at tirst introduce half or full stand- ards, that the walls niav at (mce be covered, removing ihem alierwariis. iJut this is a me- thod that siiould ne\ er be attempted when it can be avoided. IVees of the espalier kind arc likewise fre- quently introduced in ranges round the main quarters at the distance of about six feet from the side of the walk, and from fifteen to twen- ty in the rows, according to the sorts that are made use of. Within these ranges of espalier trees, good standards of tall growth are occa- sionally introduced at the distance of thirty, forty, or more feet in each direction. Where there are orchards, this should, however, always be avoided. See the Culture of the dif- FKRENT Kinds. Fruit-trees of the small shrubby kinds, such as gooseberries, currants, raspberries, kc, where there are not out-slips, are frequently introduced on the sides of the quarters, and as divisions to them when large, at the distance of eight or nine feet from each other. When planted in this way, they should be trained in the fan form. But it is better, w here it can be done, to have iheni in separate plantations, especially the first sort. See the Culture of the several Sorts. In respect to the distribution of'ihe vegetable crops, it must be regulated by the nature of the situation, their particular kinds, as well as the taste and experience of the gardener. On the narrow borders under the wall-trees, various sorts of small crops may be orown. both of the early and late kinds, according to the ditlcrence of the aspects ; but all the deep rooting sorts should be avoided, such as cabbages, cauliflowers, beans, and peas, except those of the frame kind, as being injurious to the trees by the shade w hich they eau-e, as well as by depriving them of due nourishment. But the large part of the borders next the walks is proper for raising all sorts of the more early crops, such as those of the radish, let- tuce, spinach, carrots, French bean, salad herb, and all the dwarf pea kinds that are cul- tivated in wide rows; those which have a south- ern aspect for the earliest crops ; and the eastern and western ones for succession crops of the several kinds; and the northern ones, as being more cool, for raising and prick inti out many 6cuts of small plants^ slips^ and cuttings, in the summer season, w hen the other parts are apt fo be too dry. • Such borders as are next to the ranges of espalier trees, arc well suited to the dithrent low growing crops, such as lettuce, spinach, endive, strawberries, ke. and for priekini: out upon, at dirteri-nt seasons, many sorts of plants to be afterwards transplanted into diflerent situ- ations. 'J'hc quarters or large divisions should aKvavs be destined for the reception of the large princi- pal crops, such as those of the onion, leek, carrot, parsnip, turnij), beet, potatoe, cab- bage, cauliflower, brocoli, colewort, kale, pea, bean, scarlet-bean, clery, artichoke, asparagus, and other similar kinds. The preparation of the ground, the methods of manuring, and putting in the crops, with their modes of after-culture and management, are fully explained under their respective nenera. In every department the greatest" attention should be paid to the keeping of the diflerent parts fully cropped, as well as to neatness and regular order; and as the crops are removed from the ground in the autunm, it is often of great advantage to have it ridged up for the winter. When the garden has been thus laid out, planted, and finisheJ, Mr. Forsyth has found nmeh advantage from having a plan of it, with the names of the diflerent trees introduced iii their proper places. By this means the memo- ry is greatly assisted, especially in extensive grounds, and the various operations performed with more regularity and exactness. The an- nexed plate contains the Plan of an improved Garden. GARDEN ENGINE, a sort of pump, con- trived for the purpose of watering different sorts of wall or other trees. See Watering-En- gine. GARDEN FRAME. See Forcing-Frame and Frame. GARDEN IMPLEMENTS, various sorts of tools made use of in the business of practi- cal gardening. See Plate on Garden Im- plements. GARDEN ROLLER. See Rxiller. GARCINIA, a genus containinsi a plant of the tender exotic tree kind for the stove. It belongs to the class and order Dodecandr'ia Moniigynia, and ranks in the natural order of Biconies. The characters are : that the ealvx is a four- leaved perianlhium : leaflets roundish, concave, obtuse, s[-.readmg, permanent ; the corolla has four roundish petals, concave, spreading, a little larger than the calyx : the stamina consist of sixteen filaments (twelve or more), upright, GAR GAR {ilaccil in a cylinder, simple, shorter tlian the taly.x: the anthers roundish: the pistillum is a sujieriorgerni, suboval: style scarcely any ; stig- ma flat, spreading, peltate, eight-cleft, obtuse, permanent : the pericar|)iuni is a coriaceous berry, globular, large, one-celled, crowned with the stigma: the seeds eight, convex on one side, angular on the other, villose, and flcshv. Ti'ie species cultivated is G. Matig^isiana, Mangostan or Mangostcen. It rises in its native situation with an upright stem near twenty feet high, sending out maiiy branches on every side, which are placed oppo- site, and stand o'bliciue to each other, and not at right angles; the bark of the branches is smooth, of a gray colour; but on the tender rhoots it is green, and that of the trunk -is of a darker colour, and full of cracks : the leaves are entire ; they arc seven or eight inches long, and about half as much in breadth in the middle, gradually diminishing to both ends, of a lucid green on their upper side, and of an olive co- Four on the under, having a prominent midrib throuffh the middle, with several small A'cins running from that to both sides of the leaf. The flower is like that of h single rose, composed of four roundish petals, which are thick at their base, but thinner towards their ends, and of a dark red colour. The fruit is round, the size of a middling orange, the top being covered by a cap. It has a delicious flavour, .partaking of the strawberry and grape ; being esteemed one of the richest fruits in the world. It is a na- tive of the Molucca Islands. Cullure. — These plants are increased by sow- ing the seeds in pots filled with light mould, in the situations where they grow naturally, being afterwards brought hither, and when the plants arc of sufficient growth removed into separate pots, and plunged in the bark-bed of the stove, due shade being given till they become well established. They should afterwards be ma- naged in the same way as tender exotics. They are also capable of being increased Irv planting cuttings of the young shoots in pots of light earth, and plunging them in the bark- "bed. The plants afford variety in stove collections. GAKDHNIA, a genus containing a plant of the flowering shrubby kind for the stove. It belongs to the class and order Pentandr'm I^Ioiio'jijriia, and ranks in the natural order of •ConlorlfP. 'J"he characters arc : that the calyx is a one- leafed five-cleft |)erianthium, superior: divi- sions upright, ])ermanent : the corolla is one- petalled, tunnel-forffi, or salver-form ; tube cy- lindrlc, longer than the calvx : border flat, five- parted: the stamina have noli laments: anthers five, insei ted into thcmouth of the tube, linear, streak- ed, half the length of the border : the pistillum is an inferior germ : style liliform or club-shaped' stigma standing out, ovate, obtuse, two-lobed, often furrowed^ the pericarpium is a berry (ber- ried drupe), dry, one-, two-, or four-celled : the seeds very many, flatted, imbricate, in rows (two rows in each cell). The species cultivated are: 1. G. florida, Fragrant Gardenia, or Cape Jasmin ; 2. G. aat- lecila^ Round-leaved Gardenia. The first has a large and woody stem, sending out many branches, which are first green, but afterwards the bark becomes gray and smooth ; the branches come out by pairs opposite, and have short joints ; tlie leaves also are opposite, close 4.0 the branches ; they are five inches long, and two inches and a half broad in the middle, les- sening to both ends, terminating in a point ; they arc of a lucid green, having several trans- verse veins from the midrib to the borders; they are entire, and of a thick consistence. The flowers are produced at the ends of the branches, sitting close to tlic leaves. When fully blown, the double flower is as large as a iriiddling rose. It has a very agreeable odour on the first ap- proach, something like that of the orange-flower, but, on being more closely smelt to, like the connnon double white Narcissus. It is a na- tive of the Cape, flowering in July or August. It varies with single and double flowers. The second species is a small sbrub rising by a branched stalk, and sliooting commonly to the 'height of seven -or eight feet ; the main stem tough and hard ; the branches somewhat prickly at the ends ; the leaves of an oval form, and growing in tufts. It is a native of the West Indies. Culture.^— Thz first sort may be increased by pknting cuttings of the young shoots in pots of light rich mould, in the summer season, pluKging them in a moderate fan hot-bed, and covering them close with bell-glasses, giving due shade till they have stricken root. When this has been fully effected, they should be care- fully removed into separate small pots, and re- plunged in the hot-bed. When ihey are become well established, they should be gradually inured to the influence of the air. The second sort may be raised by sowing; the seeds in pots filled with light fresh earth in the early spring months, plunging them in a bark hot-bed, frequent slight waterings being given. After the plants come up they should have free air in fine weather, and be often watered. When of some growth they should be carefully re- 7 GEN GEN moved into separate pots, aiul be replaced in tlie hot-bed, due shadi.- huing given till tbfv are re-established, when they must have air and water in proporiion to ilie warniih of' the sea- son. As the aiitunu) apiiioaehcs they should be removed into i!ie haik-bed ot the stove, where they are best kept ihe two first seasons ; but they may atUrw.uHls be e.xposed in the open air in the hot sinnuKT months. These plants are valuable for the variety whieli ihfv aflord in stove colieetions. CAHLICK. See Allium. GAi{ LICK- PEAR. See Crateva. GELDLIIl ROSE. See VinouNUM. GEXiS TA, a genus containing plants of the low shruijby deciduous and evergreen kinds. It belongs to the class and order Dladtlphia Dccandrlu, and ranks in the natural order of PaliUiuiiacca'. The characters arc : that the calyx is a one- leafed perianthium, small, tubular, two-lipped : upper lip iwo-toothcd, more deeply divided ; lower three-toothed, nearly equal : the corolla is papilionaceous : banner oblong, remote from the keel, the whole reflex : wings obiontr, loose, shorter than the others : keel straight, "emarsi- nate, longer than the banner: the stamina have ten filaments, connate, emerging from the keel; anthers simple: the pistilluni is an oblong germ : style simple, rising : stigma sharp, roiled in : the pericarpium is a romidish leeume, tur- gid, one-ceiled, two-valved : the seeds solitary, usually kidney-lbrm. The species chiefiy cultivated arc : 1 . G. tinc- toria, Conunon Dyer's Genista, or Broom ; 2. G. sanittalis, Jointed Genista, or Broom; 3. G.JloiicIa, Spanish Dyer's Genista, or Broom ; 4. G. pilosa, Hairy Genista, or Broom ; 5. G. ^nglua, English Genista, I'etty-whitc, or Needle-Furze; 6. G. caiidkans. Hoary Genista, or Montpelier Cytisus; 7. G. Canarie/isis, Ca- nary Genista, or Cytisus. In the first the roots creep far and wide. The stems are many, angular, tough, from a foot to eighteen inches or two feet m height, some- times more ; the branches subdivided, endinir in short spikes of yellow flowers, with stipules between them. The leaves alternate, sessile, fjuite entire, acuminate, an inch long, and two lines broad, smooth, except ihat the edges and the nerve underneath are slightly villose. It is a native of most pans of Europe. The second species sends out several stalks, which spread flat on the ground, and divide in- to many flat branciRS whith are jointed, and their two sides are edged like a broad-sword ; they are herbaceous but perennial. At each of the joints is placed one small sessile spear- shaped leaf, ending in a point, of a deep- green colour and smooth. The flowers are produced in close spikes at the ends of the branches, and succeeded by short hairy pods, which contain three or four kidnev-shaped seeds. It is a native of France. The third rises with woody stalks two or three feet high, sei.ding out many taper ch.innellcd binnches, wli^eh grow erect. The leaves are small, alternate. The spikes of flowers termi- nating; succeeded by short pods, wiiich turn black w Ilea ripe, and contain four or five l.:id- ney-shapeJ seeds. It js a native of ^pain, flowering in June and July. The fourth species difters from the first in havinL": ilie branches depressed on every side and procumbent, wli.lo tliat is upright. 'I'hc root is long, running obliquely, and'furnished with many small fibres. The stem a foot in len"-tli or more, much branched, and tough ; the old branches naked, the young ones c-lothed with numerous, minute, oval or oval-lanceolate leaves, entire, smooth on the upper surface, bene.uh covered with long white silky hairs. The flowers are in short spikes on the summit of the branches, on short hairy peduncles. It is a native of Sweden, flowering in May. The fifth has the stem much branched : the branches tough, without leaves, furnished with extremely sharp slender thorns, from a tpiarter to half an inch in length ; the shoots of the year grow in bundles on the summits of the old ones, and sparingly from the sides, bearing nu- merous, small, light green, oval or lanceolate, smooth, entire leaves, intermixed with soft spines. The flowers are small, pale yellow, and few. It is a native of Britain. The sixth species rises to the heifzht of seven or eight feet, sending out many slender branches, the ujipcr parts of which, for more than a foot in length, send out small Howeriug-branches on their sides, supporting five yellow flowers, which ap|Kar in June and July. It is a native of Sjiain. The seventh has the leaves obovate, some- what nnicronate ; but the floral leaves subsessile and minute. The calyx is trifid, the lowest segment three-toothed. The flow ers are in eo- ryn>bs, five or six together, and sweet-scented. It is a native of the Canaries. Culture. — The first six hardy sorts are all cajiable of being raised by sowing the seeds in beds of common earth, or, which i?; better, in the places where thev are to remain, in the early autumn or spring ; but the former is the more advantageous, as much time will be saved. Where raised in beds, the plants nmst be care- fully taken up and removed, when they have GEN GEN had a twclvcmoinh's growth, to tl-.c places u ntre tlicy are lo remain ; but in the other method re- quire no other cuUure, but proper thinning out and beintr kept clean. 'ri)e last sort may he ir.crcased by sowing the seeds in pots of good mould in the spring, plun- ging them in a moderate hot-bed. When the plants have attained a lew Inches in growtli, they should be removed into separate pots, and be replunccd in the hot-bed. They aiterwards re- quire the same sort of management as other less tender crecn-house plants. All the lirst sorts are well adapted to the fronts and other parts of clumps and borders in orna- mented grounds, by their flowery nature ; and the last alfords a ihie eflect in the green-huusic by its evergreen property. GENTIAN. See Gentiana. GENTI ANA, a genus of plants of the hardy herbaceous perennial flowery kind. It belon"^s to the class and order PetamJiia Dhrtjiiia, "and ranks in the natural order of Rotacfcc. Tiie characters are : that the calyx is a five- parted perianthiuni, sharp: divisions oblong., permanent : the corolla has oi>c petal, tubular at bottom, imperforate, at lop five-cleft, flat, wi- therinir, various inform: the stamina have five filaments, subulate, shorter than the corolla: jrnther simple : the pistillum is an oblong gern), cvlindric, length of the stamens : styles none: stigmas two, ovate: (germ superior,; style siin- ple° or two sessile stigmas :) the periear.pium is an oblongcapsule,calumnar, acuminate, slightly bifid at Ihe tip, one-celled; two-valved : the seeds numerous, small, fixed all round to the v.alls of the capsule: receptacles two, each fastened loniiiluduially to a valve. 'i'he species cultivated are: 1. G. Ititea, Yel- low Gentian; 2. G. punctata. Spotted-flowered (Gentian ; 3. G. asclf-piadia, Swalbw-wort-leav- td (Jentian ; 4. G. acaulis, Dwarf Gentian, or iJentianella. The first has a thick root, of a yellowish brown colour, and very bitter taste : the lower leaves arc pelioled, oblong-ovate, a little pointed, stiff, yellowish green, having five large, veins on the back, and plaited : the stem three or four feet high or more, with a pair of leaves at each joint, sessile or almost embracing, of the same form with the lower ones, but diminishing gra- dually to the top : the flowers are in whorls at (!\e npperjoints. It is a native of Switzerland, flowering in June and July. The second species has the leaves ovate, elon- gated, and strict: the calyxes shallow, and in form of a basin, the calycinc teeth narrow, sharp, and .not very leafy : the corolla is of a papcrv substance, extremely thin, of a dull and verv pale greenish straw-colour, with very mi- nute dots "thickly aud irregularly scattered over it : the setrnients of the border conmionly seven, sometimes eight, but veiy seldom six, always sh)rter, narrower, contiguous, rounded, blunt, without anv auricles at the bas2 ; and finally the bellying of the coiolla is blunter and almost the same over the whole bell. It is a native of Austria. The third has the stem upright near a foot hisrh : the leaves smooth, about two inches long, and three quarters of an inch broad at the base, embracing there, and ending in an acute point; they are of a fine green, have five longitudinal veins, joining at both ends, but diverging in the middle, and diminish in size as they arc nearer the top: the fiowcrs are in pairs opposite, on short peduncles; pretty large, bell-shaped, and of a fine blue colour. It is a native of Su itz- erland, flowering in July and August. The fourth species has a large woody branchtxl root : a set of ovate-lanceolate leaves spreads on the surface : the stem from one to three inches in height, with one or two pairs of leaves on it, and terminated by one very large, upright, hand- some flower (in the garden, when the plants are stronsr, there are sonictiiues more,) which is of a deq) azure blue, dotted on the inside. It is a native of Austria. Culture. — The three first sorts are easily raised, by sowing the seed in pots soon after it is ripe, as when kept till the spring it will not succeed: the pots should be placed in a shady situa- tion, and kept clean from weeds. Some ad- vise their being sown where they are to re- main, but the first is probably the best method. In the spring the plants appear, when they must be duly watei-ed in dry weather, and kept clean from weeds till the following aulunni ; then be carefully shak-cn out of the pots, so as not to break or injure their roots ; and a shady border ©f loamy earth should be well dug and prepared to receive them, into which they should be put at about six inches distance each way, the tt)ps of the roots being kept a little below the surface of the ground, and the earth pressed close to the roots. If the following spring prove dry, they should be duly watered, to forward their growth. The plants may reniain here two years, by which tiine they will be fit to transplant where they are designed to grow, removing them in the autunui, as soon as their leaves deca\', ureal care being taken in digging them up, not to cut or break their roots, as that greatly weakens ihcm. They require afterwards no other culture, but to dig the ground about them early in the spring before they begin lo shoot, aud in the summer to keep G E R G E R ihem clean from weeds. The roots continue many vearSjbiit the stalks decay every autuniii ; tjiesanic rootsnotfloweringtwo years loiicihcr, or seldom oftener than even,' third. When they flower strong, they have, however, a line appearance. The first is mostly propagated liv off-seis or partina: the roots, and planting them where they are to remain in the early anttnnn ; hut in order to have the plants flower well, they must not be often transplanted or parted. They arc also capable of being raised from seeds managed as the first sorts. They all succeed the most perfectly in moist loamy soils, where there is a degree of shade. All the sorts are useful as ornamental plants, for the various clumjjs, borders, and quarters of pleasure-grounds; those of low growth being planted towards the fronts, and the latter kinds more backward. GERANIUM, a genus containing plants of the herbaceous perennial kinds. It belongs to the class and order Monadclphia Decandria, and ranks in the natural order of Gminaies. The characters are : that the calyx is five- leaved : leaflets ovate, acute, concave, perma- nent : the corolla has five petals, obcordatc or ovate, spreading, regular : nectary five honcved glands, fastened to the base of the longer fila- ments : the stamina consist often filaments, aw 1- shaped, connected slightly at the base, spreading at top, shorter than the corolla : anthers oblong, versatile: the pistillum is a five-cornered gerrn, beaked : style awl-shaped, longer than the sta- mens, permanent: stigmas five, reflex : the pe- ricarpium is a five-grained capsule, beaked, the cells opening inwards, each havini; a simple naked tail fixed to it : seeds solitarv, antl ovate-oblong. This extensive genus has been subdivided into Erodtum with five, and Pelargonhnn with seven fertile stamens. The species are : 1 . G. pIicBum, Dark-flowered Crane's-Bill ; 2. G. mdonnn, Knotty Crane's- Bill ; 3. G. striatum. Streaked Crane's-Bill ; 4. G. Siii-r/ci/m, Siberian Crane's-Bill ; 5. G. sanguinciim, Bloodv Crane's-Bill : 6. G. viacro- rfiizfim, Long-rooted Crane's-Bill. Other species mav be cultivated. The first has upright stems nearly cylindrical, from eighteen inches to twn and even three feet in height, below woollv.and having a few long shin- ing hairs on them ; joints large, conimonlv tinged with red : the leaves are soft, the younger ones silky, ribbed ; the lower on long petioles in pairs, the upper solitary; lobes mostly five, unecjually toothed; the lateral ones lobed : the lov. er leaves have freouently six or seven lobes, and the upper- most only three or four. The flowers are of a blackish purple colour. It is a native of Switz- erland, &cc. 'i he second species is herbaceous, with smooth shininir stems, swelled at the joints, bavina, knobs like litlle bulbs at the origin of the branelics and peduncles; wluneethe name: the flower-leavc« are petioled, three-lobed, ovale-acuniinale, ser- rate; the upper ones smaller, subsessile, the niid- dle segment larger than the others. The flowers are of a puqile colour. It is a native of Uan- pbine, flowerinii in July and August. 'I he third has a perennial root, sending up many branching stalks a foot and half high : the leaves are light green ; those on the lowtr part of the stalk have five lobes, antl stand upon long foot-stalks; those on the upptr part have but^threc lobes, sit closer to the stalks, and arc sharply indented on the edges; thev arc gashed, and have a ferruginous or purplish brown spot at their base : the peduncles are long and slender : the petals obtuse, deeply indented at top, of a dull white, finely reticulated with many purple veins. It is a native of Italy, flowering in iVlay and .lunc. The fourth species has also a perennial root : the stems are herbaceous, annual, difl'useiy dicho- tomous, jointed, almost round and smooth. At the divisions on each side is a lanceolate acu- minate stipule : the leaves are opposite, five- parted, divided into imcqualiy pinnalifid acute segments : the pedimcles are longer than the leaves, from the axils, with two bractes at top: ihecalycine leaflets somewhat hirsute, with short awns . the petals are pale purplish, without any streaks, scarcely longer than the calyx, either quite entire or slightly emarginate. It is a native of Siberia, flowering in June. The fifth has a perennial, somewhat woody root: the whole plant is set with white spread- ing hairs : the stems a foot or more in height, lax, spreading, branched, round, jointed, swell- ing at thejomts: the leaves opposite, deeply lobed and cut, sometimes seven-parted, the seg- ments linear, the upper surface rough, the lower hairy, the edge also is hairy and entire : the pe- duncles axillary, much longer than the leaves, hairy, with a joint and two'small bractes more than half way down. Cal\eiuc leaflets oval, with membranaceous reddish edges, and termi- nated by a short red awn : the petals are obeor- date, ve'rv large, pale red, u ith deeper veins, hairy at the base. The whole plant frequently turns red or pur|)le after flowering. It i> a native of many parts of Europe, flowering most part of the summer. There arc varieties, w ith short spreading stems and smaller leaves and flowers, with larger leaves deeply divided, and with varigaled or striped flowers. ■S I" G E U G I L Tin-, sixth species has a perennial root, the thickntss of a (iniier, Lccoming woody, dark purple on the outside, round, single, or Ijranch- ed, havinsr nianv long, roiuid, tliickish fibres. Hence springs a bundle of leaves, and several almost upright stems, or rather scapes. These arc all verylot't and smooth, with a very short close down. Most of the leaves are large subpel- tate-sevcn-parted,on ver}'longpetioles ; the U)bes are oblonc", a little narrowed towards the base, serrate-toothed; the edges tinged with pale red; the petiole round, strong, erect ; as are also the scapes, which are somewhat higher than the leaves, silky-tomentose, quite simple, leafless, terminating in two peduncles, or else simply two-flowered : the flowers are large, elegant, deep red, or bright purple ; and the whole plant, when rubbed, emits an agreeable odour. It is a native of Italy, flowering in May and June. Culture. — All these plants may be increased either by sowing the seeds or parting the roots. Ill the firs: method the seeds should be sown in the autumn as soon as they are become per- fectly ripe, either in pots, or a shady border, where the soil is light and fine. When the plants have a few inches growth, they may either be pricked out into other pots or beds at five or six inches distance, or be sufl'ered to remain till thefollowmg autunm or spring, when they mav be removetl into other pots, or be set out where they arc to remain, being occasionally supplied with water. In the second method, the roots should not be too much divided, and be> planted in the early part of the autumn, where the plants are to remain. They are most of them of hardy growth, suc- ceeding in most sorts of soils, requiring little cul- ture, except that of being kept clean from weeds. They are all proper for aflfording variety in the borders and other parts of ornamented crounds, and the potted sorts in collections about the house. GEUM, a genus containing plants of the herbaceous perennial kind. It belongs to the class and order Icosaiidria rolijnyn'ia, and ranks in the natural order of Sei)t leasee. The characters are : that the calyx is a one- leafed pcrianlhium, ten-cleft, uprightish : seg- ments alternately very small, sharp: the corol- la has five -petals, rounded: claws the length of the calvx, narrow, inserted mto the calyx : the stamina have numerous filaments, subulate, length of the calvx, into which they are inserted : anthers short, broadish, blunt; the iiistillum has nutnerous germs, collected into a head: styles inserted into the side of the germ, (terminating) hairy, long : sligmas simple : there is no peri- carpium : common receptacle of the seeds ob-^ long, (columnar,) hirsute, placed on the reflex calvx : the seed- numerous, compressed, hispid, awned, with a Ions stvlc. The species are : 1. G. Firgui/armm, Amcii- can Avens; 2. G.wo«/u«W(/«, Mountain Avcnsj 3. G. rivale. Water Avens. The first has the stem a foot and half or two feet high, branching at top into small peduncles, each terniinattd by a small white flower. It is a native of North America, flowering in July and August. In the second species, the root-leaves are in a tuft, on petioles of dift'erent lengths ; these are hairy, and have several pairs of leaflets on them ; the lowest very small, the succeeding ones gra- dually larger, and the pair immediately under tlie great terminating leaflet much bigger than an)' of the rest : the extreme leaflet is two or three inclies in length and breadth, obscurely lobed, gash-serrate, and veined : the leaves of the stem sessile, solitary, alternate, trifid: thepinnas small- er and more crowded than in the others, sessile and gash-serrate : the stem is unbranched, from a span to a foot and half in height : the flowers are large, solitary, spreading, upright, of a yel- low colour. It is a native of France, flowering in June and July. There is a variety, w'ith large golden flowers. The third has a creeping, reddish, astringent, aromatic root, smelling like cloves : the stem a foot high, upright, round and branched, bending at top, but becoming erect as the fruit ripens : the leaves are lyrate, jagged, gash-serrate and hirsute: stipules undivided or jagged : the pedun- cles purplish, hirsute with hairs terminating in a red globule; becoming less bent as the seeds ripen. It is a native of most countries of Eu- rope ; flowering from May till the autumn. It varies with yellow flowers, and with double flowers. Culture. — All these plants are capable of being increased, both by seeds and parting the roots. The seeds should be sown in the early autumn in the situations where the plants are to grow, or in a shady situation, to be removed when of a proper growth. The partings of the roots may be planted out where the plants are to remain in the early part of the autumn, when the weather is niild, and rather moist. I'hese plants are hardy, and require little cul- tivation afterwards. They aflord ornament and vaiiety in the bor- ders and clumps of pleasure-grounds among other flowering plants. G1LL1FL0WER-. See Dianthus. G L A G L A GLADIOLUS, a genus compriiinc: plants of the tiiberoiis-rooted tlowerv perennial knicl. it belongs to llie cia-^s and order Triaiidria Monngijnta, and ranks in the natural order ot' Etna tee. The characters arc : that the calvx is a spathe, two-valveil, inferior, shorter than the corolla ; valves oblong, |tcrinancnt ; the outer one larsjer, inclosing the inner: the corolla is one-peialTed, superior: tube cylindric, bent: border some- what bcli-shaped, six-parted ; segments oblon. Tlieoldroots mav betaken upevervtwo orlhree years, to have the off-sets taken off from thcHi. They produce a fine eS'ect and variety in the flower borders and other parts among other flower- ing plants. GLASS CASE, a light sort of erection formed with glass sashes, in proper fwrne-work, mostlv upright in the front part and ends, but sloping at top from a back wall, orotlier convenient build- ing, to the fore part ; the front, top, and both ends bemg of glass-work. The situation for this purpose should face the south, in order to have the full influence of the sun. Constructions of this nature are useful for protecting many sorts of curious tenderish plants in winter, which want it only occasionally from severe frost, and other similar causes. Buildings of this kind may be constructed occasionally, either against some ready-built south wall, which serves for the back, all the other parts forward being wood-work and glass; or detached in a similar situation, so as that the whole front may stand to the south, the back being lormed of brick-work, &c. or of wood double planked; but the former is preferable; the whole lieing generally ranged lengthways, nearly east and west. The dimensions may be from five or six, to eight or ten feet iu width, by ten, fifteen, or twenty feet in length or more, as may be required ; and from six or eight, to ten feet high behind, by five or six, to seven or eight in the front, both ends in proportion with the top, sloping gradually, as just noticed, from the back, having an enti-ance or door in fnmt, or at one end. The glass- work should be made to slide. Sometimes fire-flues are carried along the back and front internally, proceeding from an external furnace, for occasional fire-heat in win- ter, which render them more convenient and useful for different purposes. These Cases, as mentioned above, are used as preservatory departmcnis, in which to winter many sorts of curious exotics, of the hardier green-ho'jse kinds, which only want protection Irom severe cold, as well as liiany choice kinds of the open ground which are rather tenderish in their minor growth, or any other particu- lar or curious hardy plants, whether flowers, shrubs, or young trees, especially the choice evergreen kinds, which require etVectual pro- tection from the ravages of rigorous frosts or cutting winds in winter or early spring; and at the same time, in mild open weather, to cnjov the full air by opening the glasses ; all which, being in pots, can be readily placed in this preservatory at the approach of severe wea- ther, and be thus kept in good condition till settled weather in spring, &c. then removed into the full air: in summer and autumn, when unoccupied in this way, these Cases may be of uillitv to place some kinds of curious tender plants in when in flower for seeding, In guard them from heavy or incessant rain or cold night dews in autumn, which in many sorts retard, or sometimes wholly frustrate their production of good seed, as in some sorts of curious tender Annuals, particularly the fine Double Balsams. Cock's-Con'.bs, Tricolors, Double Stramoniums, Diamond Ficoides, and various others. They are also capable of being used in sprint and the early part of sunnner, as April, May, and June, as a kind of drawing-frames, for some particular sorts of curious Annuals, to bring tliem to a tall growth, such as the Large or Giant Cock's-Combs, Tricolors, Double -Stramoni- unis, Double-striped Balsams, Egg-plants, &c. the plants being first raised in hot-beds under garden-frames, till of twelve or fifteen inches growth, then a hot-bed made in the Glass-Case, earthed at top, and the plants in pots singly plunged into the earth of it ; the glasses in these cases being shut close, only a necessary admission of fresh air being given every dav, by which they run up to a tall stature, in the best perfection of strength for flowering. See An- nual Plants. These glass cases are also sometimes made use of as a kind of appurtenances to hot-houses or stoves detached from them, having, as observed above, internal flues for fire-heat when necessary, serving as preservatories for many sorts of exotics, which are tenderer than common green-house plants, but do notrequiretheeonstanrf'uU heat of the more tender hot-house kinds, but only the as- sistance of moderate fire-heat in winter, in cold nights, or when very damp, cloudy, foggy wea- ther and severe frosts prevail. Thev are some- times used in the business of forcing different kinds of floweiing plants and esculents, either by means of an internal bark-bed, or flues for fire- heat. When intended for this purpose, it is conve- nient to have both an internal pit for a bark-bed, and flues for fire- heat, in order to use either se- parately, or sometimes both, as it may be found necessary. GLASTONBURY THORN. SeeAlESPiLUs. GLEDITSIA, a genus containing a plant o£ the deciduous tree kind. It belongs to the class and order Polygamia Dioecia, and ranks in the natural order of Lo-meiilacecc, CLE G L O The characters are : that the male has a Ions;, compact, cvlindric ament : the calyx is a piri- aiuhiuni proper, ihrce-lcaved, (three -cletl,) leaHo's patulous, small, acute: the corolla has three roundish petals, sessile, patulous, like the calvx : nectarv turbinate, with the other parts of the fructification growing lo the mouth : the stauiiua have six filiform filaments, longer than the corolla ; anthers incumhent, ohlong, com- pressed, twin : hermaphrodite in the same anient with the males, usually terminating: the calyx is a four-clei't perianthium, otherwise as in the male : the corolla has four petals, other- wise as in the male : nectary as in the male : the stamina as in the males : the pistillum, pcricar- piuni, and seed as in the female : female a lax ament, on a distinct plant : the calvx is a peri- anthium proper, as in the male, but five-leaved (five-cleft) : the corolla has five petals, lone, sharp, from upright spreading : nectaries two, short, like filaments : the pistillum is a broad germ, flatted, longer than the corolla: style short, reflex : stigma thick, the length of the style, along which it grows, pubescent at top: the pericarpium is a very large broad legume, extremely flatted, divided by several transverse fiartitions, and filled with pulp: the seeds so- itar\', roundish, hard, shining. The species is G. tr'uicanlhos, Three-thorned Acacia. It is a tree eotnmon in most parts of North America, where it is known by the name of Honev Locust. It rises with an erect trunk to the height of thirtv or forty feet, and is armed with lonii spines, three or four inches long, which have two or three smaller ones coming out from the side, and are frequently produced in clusters at the knots of the stem. The leaves are bipinnate, composed of ten pairs of leaflets, of a lucid green colour, and sessile. The flowers come out irom the side of the voung branches, but, being of a herbaceous colour, have little appearance. In this climate the leaves seldom come out till June, and the flowers not till the end of July ; the tree does not produce flowers till it is of a large size. There are varieties with fewer spines, and the leaves smaller, the pods oval ; w ith but one seed ; and with stronger spines. Culture. — ^Tliese trees are capable of being increased by sowing the seeds obtained from America, in a bed of light earth in the early spring, water being occasionally given when the weather is dry. But it is a more expeditious practice to sow them in pots, and plunge them in a moderate hot-bed. They should be kept clean during the fiist summer, and in the win- ter be protected from sharp frosts, especially those plants that are in pots. In the ibilowing spring the young plants may be most of them removed into uurserv-rows at a foot or eiglueen inches distant, with eight or ten inches in the rows. The small ones that remain may be put out in the following autumn or spring. They should remain in this situation till they have had two or three years growth, when they may be planted where they are to remain any time in the later part of ihc spring. They succeed best in light deep soils in shel- tered situations. These are all very ornamental trees, being well suited to plantations and lar'ic shrubbery parts, and when planted alone in large openings or lawns kept in grass they produce a \\\vt eftect, but have the disadvantage of pulling forth their leave.; late. GLOBE-AMARANTH. See Gomphre.na. GLOBE-FLOWER. See Trolhus. GLOBE-THISTLE. See Echinops. GLOBULARFA, a genus comprising plants of the herbaceous flowery perennial kind. It belongs to the class and order Telrandria Monngi/nia, and ranks in the liatural order of ^ggresutce. The characters are : that the calyx is a com- mon perianthium, imbricate, with scales the length of the disk and equal : proper one- leafed, tubular, five-cleft, sharp, permanent (four- or five-toothed; the teeth bristle-shaped and acuminate) : corolla is universal, nearly equal : proper monopetalous, tubular at the base : border five-parted : upper lip very nar- row, two-parted, shorter : lower of three larger, equal segments: the stamina have four filaments, simple, the length of the corollule: anthers di- stinct, incumbent : the pistillum is an ovate superior germ : style simple, the length of the stamens : stigma obtuse : there is no pericar- pium : proper calyx converging, inclosing the seed : the seeds are solitary and ovate : the receptacle is common, oblong, separated by chaffs. The species chiefly cultivated are: 1. G. .Alt/- pum. Three-tooth- leaved Globularia ; 2. G. vulgaris, Common Globularia, or Blue Daisy. There are other species that may be cultivated^ The first has a hard woody stem, about two- feet high, with many woody branches, beset with leaves like those of the mvrtle. The flowers are produced on the tops of the branches in a ball, and are of a blue colour. It is a na- tive of the south of Europe, flowering from August to November. This shrub is said to possess a violent purging quality. G L O G L O The second species has t'ac stem slender, up- ri-'ht, covered with leaves, from an inch and half to six inches in lieigl.t, and somc-hmes •more, somewhat anaular, very simple, sniootb, one-flowered. 'I'lie root-leaves are numerous, like those of the daisy, but thicker, petioled, placed in a ring, ovate, obtuse, quite entne, tinarsinate, the ^lerve produced into a small a\\ nor point : the stem-leaves alternate, nearer to sessile, smaller, ih.-ce- toothed, lour lines broad, from an inch to an inch and a halt in length, ■all smooth, and of a bright green. The flowers are in a globular head, and of a blue colour. It •is a native of many parts of Europe, flowering •in May and June. It varies with a white flower, and with a leaf- Jess stalk or stem. CitUure. — The first species may be increased by planting cuttings of the young branches in April, just before ""they begin to shoot, in pots of lia;ht fresh mould, plunging them in a very moderate hot-bed, giving ihem due water and shade i ill tbev have stricken root. After this they should be removed from the bed, and gradually hardened to the open air. The plants should afterwards be protected during the winter. The second sort is readily increased by parting the roots as in the Common Daisy, planting them out in the early part of the autumn in moist shady situations. They succeed best in such loamy soils as are rather moiit. These plants are ornamental, the first sort .among potted plants, the latter in the fronts of the more moist and shady borders or clumps of pleasure-s;rounds. GLORTOSA, a genus containing a plant of the herbaceous flowering perennial kind. It belongs to the class and order HexanJiia Moiioaynia, and ranks in the natural order of Earmentaccce. The characters are : that there is no calyx : the corolla has six petals, oblong-lanceolate, waved, very long, wholly reflex : the stamina have six subulate filaments, shorter than the co- rolla, from straight patulous: anthers incum- bent : the pistillum is a globular germ : style filiform, longer than the stamens, inclined : stigma triple,"obiuse : the pcricarpium is a su- perior capsule, oval, three-lobed, three-celled, thrcc-valvcd: the seeds several, globular, berried, in two rows. The species is G. superha. Superb l.ily. It has a long fleshy root of a whitish colour, and a nauseous bitter taste, from the middle of which arises a round weak stem, requiring sup- port, and with that growing to tlie height of eight or t n feet. The leaves are smooth, about eight inches long, and one inch and a half 1 broad at the ba~e, growing narrower till within two inelKS of the end, which runs out in a nar- row point, and ends in a tendril : the flowers are at the upper part of the stem, from the side, on slender peduncles, hanging do\vn, at first of a herbaceous colour, but ehangino; to a beau- tiful flame- colour. It is a native of Guinea, flowcrinp" in June and Jidy. Hie roots and other parts are poisonous. Culture. — This plant is capable of being in- creased by planting theoilVcts from the old roots, either in the autumn alter the stems decay, or in the early spring before they shoot, in pots filled with light earth, plunging them in the bark-bed ( f tlie stove. The old roots, when taken out of the ground, should be preserved in dry sand during the winter in the stove, or in a dry warm room. It is the practice of some to let the roots remain during the winter in the mould, keeping the pots in the tan-bed ; ])lant- ingout the off"scts carlv in the spring. In cither way they should have very little water. When the stems appear, they should be sup- ported by sticks, and in hot dry weather a little water be sparingly given, as there may be occa- sion. The pots in which they arc planted should be small, that they may be confined and put forth stronger stems. Twopennv pois will be large enough for roots of the greatest size. These plants are highly ornamental on account of their beautiful flowers among others of the stove kind. GLOXINIA, a genus comprising a plant of the herbaceous flowery perennial kind. It belongs to the cla^s and order Didynamla jliigiosperitlia, and ranks in the natural order of Pcrsoiialce. The characters are : that the calvx is a supe- rior pcrianthiuni, five-leaved: leaflets equal, lanceolate, serrulate at the tip, the three upper ones nerved, the two lower bent down with the nectary, permanent : the corolla is monopeta- lous. Irregularly canipanulate : tube scarcely any: border oblique, five-cleft, segments roundish, ihe four upper spreading and entire, the lowest , straight, concave, toothed : the stamina have four filaments, with the rudiment of a fifth, t\\ o scarcely shorter, inserted into the receptacle, fastened to the lower margin of the corolla, sicklcd, pubescent, converging laterally above . anthers ovate, two celled, pe-ltate, united with- in the opening of the corolla : the pistillum is an inferior germ, turbinate, striated : stvle fili- form, the length of the stamens : stigma capi- tate, the length of the anthers : tlie pericarpium is a one-celled capsule (or half-celled) : recep- tacles two,, opposite, two- parted, fastened to G L y G L Y the sides of llif tapjuL- by tlic pariition : ilie scidi very nuiiieroi'.s, inserUil inlo tl'.c recep- tacle!:. The speeies is G. inuiiilata, Spotted Glox- inia. It has a perennial thick fiesliy root, divided inlo knot!-, which aic scaly. The stems are several, a'oout p. foot high, thick, succulent, and purplish. The leaves are oblong, thick, sessile, serrate, rough on tlicir upper side, where ihey are of a dark green, but their under side is purplish. The stems are tern)inatcd by short spikes of blue flowers ; or rather an erect raceme, leafy or braclcd ; in which the fiowers are axillary, solitary, peduncled, bright blue, and sweel-sccnled. It is a native of South America. Culture. — ^Thcse plants may be readily in- creased by plantiiig the divided roots in the early spring, in middle-sized pots, filled with good mould, which nnist be jilunged into a fresh tan- bed. After the plants are up they nmst be often refreshed with a little water, and when the weather is hot have air freely admitted. Thev may also be raised from cuttings of the young shoots, planted and managed in the same way in the summer season. They must be constantly kept in the stove in an open situation, and never transplanted when in leaf, as by that means they are prevented from flowering. They afford variety in eolleelions of the stove kind. GLYCINE, a genus containing plants of the shrubby climbing kind. It belongs to the class and order Diadelphia Decandiia, and ranks in the natural order of Papilionacece. The characters are : that the calyx is a one- leafed, compressed perianthium : mouth two- lipped : upper lip cmarginate, obtuse : lower longer, trifid, acute: the middle tooth more produced : the corolla is papilionaceous : ban- ner obcordate, the sides bent down, the back gibbous, the tip emarginate, straight, repelled from the keel: wing^ oblong, towards the tip ovate, small, bent downwards : keel linear, sickle-shaped, bent upwards, at the tip pressing the banner upwards, obtuse, towards the tip broader : the stamina have diadelphous fila- ments (simple and nine-cleftj, only a little di- vided at the tip, rolled back : anthers simple : the pislillum is an oblong germ: style cylindric, rolled back in a spiral : stigma obtuse : perxar- pium an oblonj legume : the seeds kidney- form . The species are : 1 . G. fnitescens, Shrubby Glycine, or Carolina Kidney-bean Tree ; 2. C. limnciilaiii, Two-spotted Glycine; 3. (j. iiiii- ciiuilu, (Tcddish-flowered Glycine; 1. G. fof- ciiiCii, Scarlet (Jlyeir.e. The l^r^t has woody stalks, which twist themselves together, auJ also twine round any trees that grow near, and will rise to the height of f.ftetn it-ei or more. The leaves are in sh.tpc somewhat like those of the ash -tree, but have a greater number of leadets. The (lowers arc produced in clusters from the axils, and are ot a purple colour. They are succeeded by long cy- iiiulrical legumes, shaped like those of the Searlet Kidney-bean, eontaininusi-veral seeds, which are never perfected in this climate. Jt flowers from June to September. The second species rises with a twining shrubby stalk to the height of six or eight feet and more; multiplying greatly by age, becoming loaded with a profusion of ]iurple Howcts grow- ing in racemes ; the richness of the corolla is enlivened bv two green spots at the base of the banner. Tor the most part the flowers sro off in this climate without producing any seed-ves- sels. It begins to flower in February, and con- tinues during the summer. It is a native of Botany Bay. The third has a shrubby, slender, twining stem, five or six feet high and more, red, branched, leafy. The leaves ternate, on pe- tioles from an inch to two inches in length, channelled above, round underneath : leaflets ovate or elliptic, quite entire, the two side-ones on very short petioles, the end-one on a petiole half ail inch in length, bending and swelling immediately under the leaflet, and having there a pair of deciduous stipules. Almost the whole plant is covered with hairs pressed close. The flowers are of a purplish-scarlet colour. It is a native of New South Wales, flowering from April to June. The fourth is a shrubby climbing plant, growing to the lieight of many feet, if sup- ported,~and producing a great number of flowers on its pendent branches. The leaflets nearly round, and in the older ones especially curled at the ed>res. The flowers for tlu most part in pairs, of~a glowing scarlet colour, at the base of the keel somewnal inclined to purple j the bottom of the banner is decorated with a large yellow spot, verging to green. It flowers from April to June, and is a native of New South Wales. Cultiirr. — The first sort is increased by lay- ing down the young branches in the early au- tunin. When wellrooted in the following .au- tumn, they may be taken off and planted where they are to remain, or in nursery-rows, being- watered when the weather is hot, and the roots G L Y G N A protected in the winter by some sort of strawy material. Thuy succeed best in dry warm light soils. The other sorts may be raised by sowing the seeds, when they can be obtained IVoni abroad or produced here, in pots of light earth, in the farly spring, being afterwards removed into other pots, and placed in the green-house or Cape stove. Mr. Curtis, however, suggests that the two last may succeed in the open air, when planted out in warm sheltered situations, and protected in the winter season. They are all ornamental in their flowery climb- ing nature; the lirst in the open ground, and the latter in the ereen-house and stove collections. GLYCYRKHIZA, a genus furnishmg a plant of the herbaceous perennial kind. lb belongs to the class and order Diadclphia Decandna, and ranks in the natural order of PapUionacece. The characters are : that the calyx is a one- leafed tubular perianthium, two-lipped, perma- nent : upper lip three-parted : the lateral seg- ments linear, the middle one broader, bitid : lower entirely simple, linear: the corolla is pa- pilionaceous : banner ovate-lanceolate, straight, longer: wings oblong, very like the keel, but a little larger : keel two-petalled, acute, with a claw the length of the calyx : the stamina have diadelphous filaments (simple and nine-cleft), straight : anthers simple, roundish : the pistillum is a germ shorter than the calyx : style subulate, the length of the stamens : stigma obtuse, ascending : the pericarpium is an ovate or ob- long legume, compressed, acute, one-celled : the seeds very few, and kidney-form : calyx two-lipped : u])per lip three-parted, lower un- divided : legume ovate, compressed. The species cultivated is G. glalra, Com- mon Liquorice. It has the roots running very deep into the ground, and creeping to a considerable distance, especially where they stand long unremoved. From these arise strong herbaceous stalks, four or five feet high. The leaves are composed of four or five pairs of ovate leaflets, terminated by an odd one : these and the stalks are clammy, and of a dark green. The flowers are in axil- lary spikes, standing erect, and of a pale blue colour. The pods are short, containing two or three seeds. This plant is cultivated for its roots, which are useful for different purposes. Culture. — A light sandy soil is the most adapted to the growth of this sort of crops, as its goodness consists in the length of the roots. The ground in which it is intended to be plant- ed should be well dug aad dunged the year be- fore planting, that it may have become perfectly mellow, and the dung well rotted, and mixed with the earth, otherwise it will be apt to stop the roots from running down and being properlv supported; and immediately before pi antins it should be well dug again to the depth of three spades, and be laid very light. Wlien thus prepared, fresh plants taken from the sides or heads of the old roots should be provided, care beuig taken that they have each a ffood bnd or eve, beino; about ten ineiics loni^. and perreetiv sound. The operation of planting them should be per- formed about the middle of March, which is done in this manner: — a line is first set across the ground, then with a long dibble made on purpose the shoots or cuttings are put in, so that the whole plants may be set into the ground, with the heads about an inch under the surface, in a straight line, about a foot asunder in the rows, and a foot and half or two feet distance row from row. When the whole spot of sjround has been thus planted, a thin crop of onions may be sown over the land. The^e must be kept perfectly clean by the hoe, care being taken not to cut off the top shoots of the litpiorice plants, as it VA)uld greatly injure them. All the onions which grow near the heads of the liquorice should also be removed. Tn October, the shoots of the liquorice should be removed, and a little very rotten dung spread upon the surface. In the following spring, about March, the ground should be sliohtly dug betw-een the rows of liquorice, burying the remaining part of the dung, being very careful not to cut the roots. During the summer they must be kept quite clean by occasional hoeina;. The same opera- tions must be annually performed, so as to keep the ground and plants in perfect order. These plants must remain three years from the time of planting, when they will be fit to take up for use, which sliould be done when the stalks are perfectly decayed : as, when taken up too soon, the roots shrink greatly, and lose in weight. In taking up the roots the ground is trenched over row after row to the full depth, and the young shotns taken from the old roots cut into sets for new plantations ; which should be made annually, iii order to keep a constant succession of roots fit for being taken up. The great art in this culture is to have the earth well trenched to a proper depth, to have, good sets, and to keep the ground afterwards quite clean by hoeing. GNAPHAlLIUM, a genus affording plants of the herbaceous and under shrubby kinds. G N A G N A It belongs to the class ami oukr S^»:renesia I'o/i/gamia Stiperfiua, and rjiiks in the natural Older oi Com/josihe Di.sco'uitce. The characters arc : that the calyx is com- nioM, rounded, imbricate, with the mar- ginal scales roiinJeJ, scariose, coloured : tjie corolla compound : corollets lierniaphrodiic, tubular, \»i'.h apealous females sometimes in- tcrmixl : hermaphroiliies tunnel-form, with a live-cleft, relkx border: the stamina (in the hermaphrodites) have five capillarv filaments, very short: anther cvlindric, tubulons: the pisiillum is an ovate germ : style filiform, the length of the stamens; stigma bilid, in the fe- males, refiex : there is no ptricarpium : calyx permanent, shinina: the seeds solitary, ob- long, small, crowned with a capillary or fea- thered down : the receptacle is naked. The species are: I. G. arlureiim. Tree Ever- lastiujt ; G. ignescens, Hed-flowered Ever- lasting ; 3. G. oiientale. Eastern Everlasting, or Immortal Flower ; 4. G. odoratUsiimnn, Sweet-scented Everlasting, or Eternal Flower ; 5. G. margarilacemn, American Everlastinsi, or Eternal Flower; 6. G. plnniaginetn/t, VlsLniani- leaved Everlasting; 7. G. stccchas. Common Shrubby Everlasting, or Stoechas. The first is a shrub the height of a man, de- tenninately branched. The leaves resembling those of rosemary, crowded, strict, acute, naked, underneath tomentosc, as are also the branches ; with smaller leaves alternate, remote. The flowers are of a dusky white colour. It flowers most part of the year. The second species has the stem and leaves woolly; the former a foot high, sending out a few sivHe-hranches, terminated bv a compound cor\mb of flowers, the heads of which are small, of a gold colour, changing to red as they fade or decline. Its native situation is not known. 1 he third has the stem seldom rising more than three or four inches high, and putting out many heads. The leavts are narrow, wooUv on both sides, and coming out without order. The flower-stems eight or ten inches high, with nar- row hoar\- leaves all the way, terminated by a compound corymb of bright yellow flowers in large heads, coming out in May, and continu- ing in succession most part of the summer. It has been long in Portugal. It is improperly called Eastern Everlastini:, according to Martyn, as it is supposed to be a native of Africa. There is a shrubby variety with narrow leaves, which differs from the other in rising with stalks four or five feet high, dividing into many braiiches, having long narrow leaves placed alternately ; the corymb is looscj w ith the flowers on long pedicles, and with broad leaves. The fourth species has the lower leaves oblnngand blunt. The stems about three leet high, dividing into many irregular branche-, on which are ob- long blunt leaves, hoary on their underside, but cf a dark green above and dccurrent. The stems are terminated by a comjio indcor\nibof flower.--, closely joined together, of a bright L'old colour, but small, and changing to a darker colour as they fade, it is a native of the Cape. The (ilth has a perennial roof, creeping, and spreading far, so as to become a troublesome weed. Ihe stalks extremely downv and while. The leaves are nunierou<, Ions, sessile, grow- ing wiiiiout order round the stem, entire at the edges, dark green, naked above, beneath cover- ed with a thick down, and whitish. J'he flow- ering branches fomi a broad flat bunch : each branch contains numerous crowded heads, oti short branched, downy peduncles, but the mid- dle ones sessile. It is a native of North Ame- rica. The sixth is perennial. From the main stalk come out runners, which take root in the ground. The stem-leaves are narrower, woolly, alternate. The flowers in a terminating co- rymb, w hite and small, appearing in June and July. It is a native of North America. The seventh has the stem about three feet high, with long slender irregular branches, the lower ones having blunt Ic-Tves two inches and a half long, and an eighth of an inch broad at the end; those on the flower-stalks arc very narrow, and end in acute point? ; the whole plant being very woolly. The flowers terminat- ing in a compound corymb, at first silverv, but turning to a yellow sulphur-colour. When ca- thered before the flowers are much opened, Martyn says, the heads will continue in beauty many years, if kept from air and dust. It is a native of Gcrmanv. Culture. — The first four sorts mav be increas- ed hy slips from the heads, or cuttings, by plant- ing them in pots of light earth, in The sprinc or summer m')riihs, and plunging them in a mo- derate hot-bed, refreshing them often w ith wa- ter. When they have taken tiill root thev mav be removed into separate pots, and be placed among other plants of the hardy exotic sort. They require the protection of a frame in the winter season. The seventh species may be increased in the same manner, being planted at once where it is to remain, in a shaSy sheltered border or other place. The fifth and sixth sorts may be easily raised by dividing and planting their creeping roots 3 G G O M G OR vlierc they arc to grow, cither in the aatumn or spring. These three Ia:U are sullkietitly hardy to stand the open air iu warm situaiioiis. They are all ornamental plants, the former in the green-house eollection, and the latter in the open eround. OOAT'S-BKARD. See Tragopogon. GOAT'S-THOKX. See Astuagah's. GOLDEN-FLOWER. See C'hrysantue- MCM. GOLDEN-HOD. See Soliuago. GOLDKN-TKLE. See Bosi; a. GOLDILOCKS. See Chrvsocoma and Gnai'halium. GOMPHIiENA, a genus containing a plant of tlie flowery annual kind. It belono^s to the class and order Pe/itandria Digi/nia, and ranks in the natural order of ylmaranthi. The characters are: that the calyx is a co- loured perianthium ; outer three-leaved: leaflets two, converiiing, keeled : the corolla five-petal- led, upright: petal suhulate, permanent, rude, villose : nectary a cylindric tube, the length of the corolla; with a five-toothed, patulous mouth : the stamina have five filaments, scarcely observ- able, within the mouth of the nectary : anthers upriiTht, closing the mouth of the nectary: the jiistilUnn is an ovate germ, with a point : style cloven half wav, filiform: stigmas simple, the length of the stamens : the pericarpium a capsule roundish, circumcised : the seed single, large, roundish, with an oblique tip. The species is G. glolosa, Annual Globe x\ramanth. It is an annual plant, rising with an upright branching stalk, about two feet high : the leaves are opposite, sessile, quite entire, hispid : branches and peduncles also opposite; thelaiter axillary, long and naked, except that there are two short leaves close under each head of flowers. These heads at their first appearance are globular, but as they increase in size become oval. It is a native of India. Maityn observes that the flowering heads are beautiful, and, if gathered before they are too far advanced, retain iheir beauty several years. There are varieties «ilh fine briglit purple heads, with white or silvery heads, \\ hieh never alter from seeds, with mixed colours, with pur- ple and willi while heads, which two last are much smaller and rounder than the others : the plants also grow much larger, and spread niore into branches, and are later before they flower; — these are called Bachelors' Buttons in America. Culture, — These plants may be raised by sow- injT the seeds annually in pots of light fresh mould in the early spring months, and plunging them in the bark hot-bed. When the plants arc up, they should be watered often with care ; and, after they have attained some growth, be removed with balls about their roots into other potd, and replungcd into the hot-bed. When they have had some growth in this situation, they should be removed into a deep frame, be- ing placed in a fresh hot-bed, to bring them up tall. They slK)uld here be often refreshed with wa- ter, and have air admitted freely as the summer advances, till they are capable of bearing it without injury ; when about August they n)ay be set out during the day time, being protected, in the night, and from wet weather. At this period thev should be watered three or four times a week. They are highly ornamental plants for the principal situations about the house, in assem- blage with other potted plants. GOOSEBERRY. See Ribes. ' GOOSE-FOOT. See Chenopodium. GORDONIA, a genus containing plants of the shrubby evergreen exotic kind. It belongs to the class and order Monadelphia Poli/aridria, (Poli/andria Monogi/nia,) and ranks in the natural order of Colitmmjerce. The characters are : that the calyx is a peri- anthium (double: outer four-leaved, decidu- ous ;) inner five-leaved : leaflets roundish, con- cave (ciliate) permanent: the corolla has five petals, obovate, concave, large, united at the base (one of them ciliate) : the stamina have nume- rous filiform filaments, coalescing at the base into an obtuse body (campanulate, with a five-cleft border) : anthers oval, upright : the pistillum is an ovate germ : style short, five-cornered (cy- lindric) : stigmas five, sharp, horizontal : (stig- ma five-cornered) ; the pericarpium is an ovate capsule, ovate, sharp, five-celled : cells bifid half way, five-valve(U the seeds two, with a leafy wing on one side, in two rows in each cell. The species cultivated are : 1. G. lasianthus, Smooth Loblolly Bay; 2. G. piilescens. Pubes- cent loblolly Bay; 3. G.. Fr a n kliiii, Cd^roWna. Gordonia. In the first, the stem is five or six feet high, and branched : the leaves four inches long, and one inch and a half broad in the middle, slightly indented on their edges, and of a thick consis- tence: the flowers axillary, on very long pedun- cles ; of a yellowish white colour. Some de- scribe it as a tall straight tree, with a regular pyramidal head. It is a native of North Ame- rica, flowering in August and September. In the second species, the branches are sub- G O R c o s pubescent: the leaves as in ttie first, but wilh the lower surface very softly tomcutose : the flowers axillary, solitary, luntly emarginate in five rows, cup-form : the corolla h.as five petals, obcordate, flat, spreading, fastened by their base to the tube of the stamens : the stamina have nume- rous filaments, uniting at bottom into a tube, separate at and below the tip, lax, inserted into 3G2 G O S the corolla: anthers kidney-form : the pistillum is a roundish germ : st)le columnar, the length of the stamens : stigmas thrte or four, thickish : the pcricarpium has a roundish cnpside, acumi- nate, thiec- or iour-cellcd : paitilicns contrary : the seeds very many, oval, and involved in cotton. The species cultivated are : 1. G. Iterlaccinn, Common Cotton ; 2. G. uriorcinn, Tnc Cotton ; 3. G. hirsuluw, Hairy American Cotton; 4. G. Barbadense, Barbadoes Cotton Tree. The first has a ta] cring woody root, with numerous fibres, annual : the seed-lobes two, kidney-form, terminating gradually in a long petiole with the ligure of a halved funnel : the stem three feet hiiili, upright, round, pubescent, as is the whole of tl)e herb, at bottom brown, with slight chinks, at top spotted with black: the branches are axillary, scarcely longer than the lea:' at their origin : the leaves are alternate, only half the lenjTth of the petiole, tomentose, odorous whilst young. The flowers are of a yellow colour. It IS a native of the East Indies, and often known by the title of Levant Cotton. The second species has the stem eight feet high, the thickness of the human leg, with a rugged brown bark, and lonu', diffused, twisted branches: the leaves arc three- or five-lobed, without glands, smooth, scattered, petiolcd ; the lobes short: flowers entirely yellow, terminating, and solitary. A native of the East Indies, Sec. The third has a shrubby stem, a fathom in height, erect, striated: the branches hirsute; the leaves alternate; the upper ones divided, cor- date, acute, entire, rough with hairs about the edge; the lower three-lobed, the lobes little divid- ed, ovate, acute, entire, hirsute beneath, smooth above : the petioles round, striated, dotted with black, hirsute: there is a single glandular pore on the midrib underneath, and sometimes two or three on the next nerves: the pedimcles are three times shorter than the petioles, thick, stifif', hir- sute, dotted with black. The flowers are yellow, and succeed by large pods. The fourth species has the stem from six to fifteen feet in height, suffruticose, biennial, and smooth: the brant iies arc almost erect, round, and smooth or pubescent : the leaves alternate, the upper three-lobed, the lower five-lobed ; lobes ovate, acute, nerved, smooth above but fiubesccnt underneath : petioles five or six inches ong, roundish, patulous, smooth or sometimes pubescent : glandular pores commonly three, on the midribs of the leaves underneath : the peduncles opposite to the petioles and shorter, thickish, round, striated, jiubescent, one-fiower- cd : ihe flowers arc large, yellow, turning finally red, succeeded by oval pods. It is a native of the West Indies. G O S Culture. — All these plants are raised here frorrj seed, which must be sown in pots filled with lioht earth, in the early spring months, plunging them in the common or bark hot-bed. W ben the plants have attained a few inches in growth, they should be removed into separate pots, and ae;ain placed in the common or bark hot-bed, w4icre they must con-tauily remain. The first and third sorts, as being annual, must have the seeds sown every year. Ihe fourth is perennial, and the last biennial. They flower and produce seeds in the stove, where a few plants afford much variety. In the West Indies, where these plants are cultivated for the cotton which they produce, the seed, according to Martyn, is set m rows, about five feet asunder, at the end of September or beginning of Octobcr,bcingat firstbut slightly covered ; but when grown and strong, the root is well moulded up. The seed is apt to decay when it is set loo deep, especially in wet weather. The soil should not be stiff or shallow, as this plant has a tap-root. The ground must be hoed frequently, and kept very clean about the young plants, until they rise to a moderate height, otherwise they are apt to be destroyed by cater- pillars. It grows from four to six feet high, and produces two crops annually ; the first in eight months from the time of sowing the seed ; the second within lour months after the first; and the produce of each plant is reckoned about one pound weight. The branches are pruned or trim.med after the first gathering; and when the s^rcAVth is over-luxuriant it should be done sooner. When a great part of the pods are ex- panded, the wool is picked, and afterwaards cleared from the seeds by a machine called a gin, composed of two or three smooth wooden rollers of about one inch in diameter, ranged horizon- tally, close and parallel to each other, in a frame; at each extremity, being toothed or channelled lonsjitudinally, corresponding one with the other; and"the central roller, moved with a treadel or foot-lathe, resembling that of a knife-grinder, which makes the other two revolve in contrary directions. The cotton is laid, in small quan- tities at a time, upon these rollers, v-diilst they arc in motion, and, readily passing between them, drops into a sack, placed underneath to receive it, leaving the seeds which are too large to pass with it behind. The cotton thus discharged fnmi the seeds, is afterwards hand-picked, and cleans- ed thoroughly from any little particles of the pods or other substancss which may be adhering to it. It is then stowed in large bags, where it is well trodden down, that it may lie close and compact ; for which purpose some water is occasionally sprinkled upon the outside of the G R A G R A bag. An acre ii?iially produces about two hundred and seventy pounds on an averace. For this use the first and l.isi sorts are inostTv cultivated. GOURD. See Cucukbita. GKAI'l", the shoot or scion which is to he inserted into the ^lock or branili in the opera- tion of gralling. It is sonjclinies tCTnicd ^lajf'. Sh(M>ts or scions lor this use should be cut ac- cording to the directions given on gralting, and be alwavs made from such as are not too luxu- riant in their growth or infected with disease, such as the canker. Sec. See Gkaktixg. In this operation, thou-, ex- tending to the boundaries of the several plantation compartments, in various bendings, sweeps, and curves ; by which the whole is rendered rurally ornamental, and at the same time more agree- able and easy to walk on than gravel between the plantations when the weather is drv and hyt liming the summer season. Tn the aiit^eut style ^f gardening, it w-as much the custom to Jiavc straight shortGrass-walks, both for ornament and common walking upoo: but for ornament, unless elegantly w idc and spacious, they have a littleness in their general appearance, as m^ybe seen where long narrow slips of short Grass-Ground are e.x- lended to some distance, in the way of walks'; and for the latter purjiose they are very improper in winter and all nioist weather; and even in .'ummer in the mornings and evenings, as being alwavs damp anrl dew v. VValks of this kind should therefore be but sparingly introduced; and where any are made for variety, ornament, o.r summer's walking, they should be as spaci- ous as the situation admits, not less than from ten to fifteen feet wide, and even twenty feet wide or more, when the walk is considerably extended in length. The method of forming short Grass-Ground G R A work, is either by sowing the parts with Grass secds.orbylaying'them with turf, cullrom a fine field, common or down; the laUer of which, wlierc it can be obtained at a moderate expense, is greatly preferable, as it not onlv at once firms a complete sward,, but is generally more close, even, apd smooth, as well as less apt to run up to benty Grass, grow rank, or rise in tufts, thau by the sowing method. ^ In preparing the ground either for sowing Grass seeds upon or Hiying with turf, the whole must be broken up e(]ually tp a moderate spade deep, clearing out all roo'ts of jierennial weeds and other coarse materials. When this has bcc;n done, stakes or wooden pegs, wiih notches, for marking the level, according to the position of .thegroui)d,muslbe driven ii};''(hen proecedwith line and spade to rough -level the ground acj- cording to the marks or levels on the pegs, after- wards treading, rolling, or ranmiino- iJk- whyle down equally, that it may no where sink in hollows afterwaids. When this has been finished, the levels shoi'ld be wrought ofl' more accurately, and the whole finished with a neat raking, clear- ing ofi"alI large stones, and making an .even and smooth surface ; in this state, it iiiav either he sown with grass seed, or laid with turf. For the first method, the proper seasons for sosying are either February, March, and April, or in August or September, in moist weather. In moist wet soils the former is probably the best, but in those s-ground, it should he performed occasionally witli a wuotlcn roller, ancl a heavy iron or stone roller : the wooden roller is proper after poling, to clean up the worm - casts and smooth the surface, being pcrform- cil wlicn the surface is not very wet, especially if full of worm-casts, as it would otherwise piaster and daub the gras-s, and render it un- sightly; the heavy iron or stone m^ r should be used occasionally, when the surface is dry, to press down all inequalities close, so as toprc- serve a fniu, even, smooth surface. And in rine- kcpt short Grass-grounds, the rolling should be j>crformed occasionally a day or Iwo before niow- mg, to settle ibc surface lirni and smooth, which greatly contributes to the easy and exact per- forinance of the work: the business of rolling in small or but moderately large short Grass-grounds is mostly performed by men ; but in very cxtei\- sive grounds, it is sometimes done by a horse ; having a large roller for the purpose, with shafts like a cart, and the horse at the time wearing a sort of leather shoes, very broad atbottdm, made so as to lace on occasionally like men's hulf-boots, to prevent his feet cutting the surface in holts, and rendering it uneven. Wiicre short Grass-grounds are defaced by wild daisies, dandelion, or other weeds, the first may be removed by having the blade of an old broatl- sword fixed in the end of a long pliable pole, which, as it cuts both ways, by sweeping it backwards and forwards it will head down the daisies at a great pace; which maybe repeated two or three times a week, or as often as there may be occasion. The others should be extirpated by means of an iron for the purpose, made in the form of a small docking-iron. ^ In the autumn-tinishing mowings, the grass should be generally cut down as close and even as possible, that the sward may remain in a neat even surface over the winter sciison. These directions for the management of short ornamental Grass-grounds regard only such as are required to be kept constantly short, close, and even in the surface, as is necessary in the principal law ns, plats, walks, and other divisions, situated within the limits of the main pleasure-ground. In the outward considerably extended districts continued into lields, parks, kcit is notnecessary to have them cut so frequently; two or three common mowings in a summer, with occasional rollings afterwards, may be sufficient. GRAVEL, a small stonv substance made use of for the purpose of constructing roads, walks, and paths. Walks formed of this material arc great oruaments to gardens and pleasure- grounds, as well as useful for common walkiiiij upon. Tile best Gravel for these purposes, is thai w hich is naturally composed of irregular pebbles and tli.iis, having a moderate projioriiun of a yellowish or brownish sandy loam, to make it bind, and give colour: it is obtained in (ields and commons in many parts, at from one to three or four feet under the surface, though not equally good in all parts in respect to qnality and colour; some having a greater or lesser |iro- portion of pebbles, a larger or smaller propor- tion of loam, which is more or less sandv rr clayey : it is the ci>!our of the loam principally wbieh coiibtitutes the beauty of Gravel-walks ; that of a deepish yellow or reddish colour be- ing the most elisible, as when formed into well- laid walksand rolled, it has an exceedingly beau- tiful and ornamental efleet. Where such Gravel can be procured within a moderate distance, and easy expense, it ispreferable toall others; in some parts, Gravel is of an iron-mould colour, or of a dusky-brown hue; which may nevertheless be of a proper quality for walks, where the colour is disregarded. Whatever colour the Gravel may have, its proper quality for walks is, a due proportion of moderate, light, sandy loam, to make it bind close and lirmatall seasons; but not so redundant, or so clayey, as to be clammy and stick to the feet in wet weather, or so sharp and sandy as to become open and loose in ilry weather. In some places, no other Gravel is met with but such as is very loose, sandy, or pebbly, and which has scarcely any binding materials amongst it ; which kind never of itself binds, but always remains open and loose, being at all times dis- agreeable to walk on : this, tTiereforc, must be mended by a mixture of light sandy loam, where practicable, adding about one load to every two or three of Gravel, casting them together, and turning them over two or three times, that they may be well blended and incorporated; and this, when formed into a walk, will often bind close, firm, and smooth at all seasons. In preparing the Gravel for walks, it should not by any means be finely screened, as is often the practice : as it is dug out of the pit, it is only necessary to east it up in a heap, or long ridge, all such large rough pebbles only as roll down be- ing cleared away ; as if screened from the stones, it partakes too nuich of the loam, so as always to stick to the feet at every flash of r*in. Ill purchasing Gravel for walks, it is mostly from about two to five or six shillings or more per cartload for three horses ; though the price diners greatly in diflerent parts, and according (o the aature of the Gravel. 3H e G R A G R A In respect to the cliiiribuiiou of Gravel walks in plc;isure-grouiuls and ganleiis, for orna- ment or use, large ones are necessary to pro- ceed in)niediatcly parallel to the hmise, ex- lendins each way towards the side districts of the gafden and ornamented grounds : according to the former style of gardening, a large walk of this kind was usually extended in a straight line from the front of the habitation along the middle of the i)lcasure-ground, sometimes. hav- me — Tree, or Sword Aloe — Aloe Fcrox — Fan Aloe — Succotorine Aloe — Soap Aloe — Par- tridge - breast Aloe — ^Tongue Aloe — ^Varted- Tongue Aloe — Pearl-Tongue Aloe — Cobweb Aloe — He — liroad-Icaved Asphodel Lily. Cyclamen, Cijclamcn, containing Persian Cvelamen, and several varieties. E>()dium, Erodiiim, containing Penlandrous Geranium, or Crane's-Bll! — 'rhiek-lcavcd Ero- dium — Upright — Dwarf Erodium. Erythrina, Coral-Tree, containing Herbace- ous Erythrina. Ixia, Ixia, containing African Woolly-head- ed Ixia — Bulbiferous Ixia — Flexuous Ixia — Corvmbous spotted-flowered Ixia Leonunis, Lion's Tail, Scarlet Leonurus — Striped-leaved Lconurus Ornithogalum, Star of BetJdehem, containing Cape Ornithogalum. Tropffiolum, Indian Cress, containing Double Indian Cress, or Nasturtium. SHRUBBY KIND. Andromeda, Andromeda, containingTree An- dromeda, or Carolina Sorrel. Anthospermum, Amler - tree, containing ^Ethiopian Smooth Amber-tree — Ciliated Ara- ber-tree. Anthyllis, Jupiter's Beard, or Barla Jovis — Common Barba Jovis, or Silver Bush — Spanish ternate leaved Barba Jovis — Dwarf Portugal Barba Jovis — Erlnaeea, or Prickly Anthyllis. Arciotis, Arctotis, containing Rough-leaved Arctotis — Narrow-leaved Arctotis — Sea Rag- wort-leaved Arctotis — Plantain-leaved Arctotis. contanimg African Artemisia, Wormwood. Asclepias, Asclepias. Asparagus 3/z/g - iL'Ort, Tree- Swallow-itort, containing Shrub comprising While Prickly Aspa- ragus— Declinaied Bristly-leaved Asparagus — Acute-leaved Asparagus — Retrorfacted Great Prickly Asparagus. Aster, Star-wort, containing Shrubby Afri- can Aster. Astragalus, Milk-vetch, &c. comprising the Tragacanth, or Goal's-thorn, and several va- rieties. Atropa, Deadly Nigttt-'n vcrv short petiolnlcs, generally obcordate, en- tire, small, veined, very smooth and shining, s|ireading in the day time, but at night upright, converging : the flowers are peduncled, nume- rous, small, pale yellow ; on short, scattered, S'mple, coloured peduncles. It is a native of I'anipeche, flowering in March and April. Culture. — This plant is increased, by sowing thesccds procured from itsnative situation, in pots filled with light earth, plunging them in tlie bark- bed in the stove. When of a few inches growth, thcv should be removed into separate pots, and be replunged into the hot-bed. By this means tbev grow rapidly the first year. They are, however, very tender, requiring the tonsimt protection ofthestovc,and daily watering. 7 HAL These plants afford variety in mixture with otthers of the stove kind. HALES I A, a genus containing plants of the hardy deciduous flowering shrubby kinds, Caro- liira Snow-drop Tree. It belongs to the class and order Dodecandria Monogijnhi, and ranks in the natural order of Bicnrnts. The characters are : that the calyx is a one- leafed perianthium, very small superior, four- toothed, permanent : the corolla nionopetalous, bell - shajx;d, ventricose; mouth four-lobed, blunt, patulous: the stamina have twelve fila- ments (seldom sixteen) subulate, upright, a lit- tle shorter than the corolla : anthers oblong, blunt, uprigh-t : the pistillum is an oblong, in- ferior germ: style filiform, longer than the co- rolla: stigma simple: the pericarpium is a corti- cate nut, oblong, narrowing to both ends, four- cornered, the corners membranaceous, two-cell- ed (drupe four-celled) ; the seeds solitary. The species are t \.H. tetraptera. Four-wing- ed Halcsia, or Snow-drop Tree; i, H. diptera. Two-winged Halesia. The first frequently comes upwith two or three stems, from fifteen to twenty feet high, send- ing out branches towards their tops : the leaves are serrate, sharp-pointed, with the middle de- pressed, growing alternarely on short foot-stalks : the flowers hang in small bunches all along the branches, each gem producing from four to eight or nine ; they are of a pure snowy white- ness ; and as they blow early in the spring, be- fore the leaves appear, and continue for two or three weeks, make a most elegant appearance : they are succeeded by pretty large four-winged fruit, hanging likewise in bunches, and agree- able to the taste. It is a native of South Carolir?a ; flowering in April and May. In the second species, the leaves are six times the size of the foregoing, not at all tomentose underneath : the fruit mucronatc, with two large Wings opposite to each other, and two minute ones. It is a native of Georgia. Culture. — These plants are capable of being raised by seed? and layers. In the first method, the seed should be sown in pots of light earth, placing theai in a situation to have the morning sun, or, wl-.at is better, in a mild hot-bed. When the plants are up, which is often lung in effect- ing, they should have air pretty freely adnntted in order to harden them, but be sparingly water- ed. They should afterwards ije occasionally protected from bad weather, and, when of suf- ficient hardy growth, be turned out of the pols, and removed into the situations where they are to remain. 'l"he layers of the youn^ shoots may be laid I HAM HAN down either in ihe autumn or spring, slitting the part 'ad into the earth. When well rooted in ibe toUowing aiituuin, they niav be taken od" and planted out in the nurscr)', to remain till of two or three feet growth, when they may he planted out where they are to remain. These plants arc adapted to the borders and clumps of shrubberies and pleasure-grounds. liALLKPJA, a genus eontaining a |)lant of the shrubby evergreen kind for the green-house. It belongs to the class and order Didijnamia ^ngiospt-niihiy and ranks in tlie natural order of PersonatcB. The characters are : that the calyx is a otie- leafed perianthiuni, trilid, flat, spreading, \erv obtuse, permanent : the upper cleft twice as broad as the rest: the corolla is monopetalous, ringent : tube roundish at the base, bent in with a swelling throat : border oijlique, upright, four- cleft ; the upper cleft a little longer than the others, blunt, eniarginate ; the side ones shorter, broader, sharper ; the lowest very short, very slender, and very sharp : the stamina have four filainenis, bristle-shaped, straight, inserted into th'i tube, longer than the corolla : anthers round- ish, twin: the pistillumisan inferior, ovate germ, ending in a style longer than the stamens : stig- ma smiple : the pericarpium is a roundish berry, two-celled : the seeds small, flat, roundish, and winged. The only species is H. lucida, African Fly- Honeysuckle. It grows to the height of six or eight feet ■with a woody stem well funiished with branches: the leaves are ovate, serrate, opposite, and con- tinuing green through the vear; the flowers come out singly, and are of a reil colour ; but being intermixed with the leaves, and growing sealter- ingly on llie branches, are nut easily discerned. They come out ia June, and the seeds ripen in September. The leaves continue green all the winter. It is native of the Cape; flowering from June to Auirust. Culture. — This plant may be propagated by cuttings, which should be planted in pots filled with light earth in the summer. When the plants are up, they may be exposed in the summer, and have plenty of water; and in winter be housed with Myrtles, and other hardy exotic plants, which require much air in mild weather. They n)ay also he raised by sowing the seeds in pots of light earth, and plunged in the hot- bed, by which means they succeed very well. They aflord variety in green-house collections. HAMAMELIS, a genus containing a plant of the hardy deciiiuous shrubby kind. It belongs to iJie class and order Tttrandria Dlitynia, and ranks in the n.ttural order of Ueil'fiiih:s. The characters arc : that the calyx is a ihrce- feav. d involucre, three-flowered : the two inner leaflets roundish, smaller, blunt ; the outmost larger, lanceolate : nerianlhium double: liieout- ler tvNo-Ieavcd, smaller, roundisli; thi; iinier luiir- leaved, upright; the Icafletsoblong, blunt, equal : the corolla lias four petals, linear, equal, very long, blunt, rtllcx ; nectary of four truncate leaf- lets, grow ing to the corolla : the stamina have four lilameiits, linear, shorter than ilie calvx : anthers two-horned, bent in : the pistillum is an ovate germ, villose, ending in two styles, whieli arc of the same length with the stamens : slif- mas capitate : there is no pcricarpiuni : the scc-J is an ovate nut, half covered with iliecalvx, blunt, furrowed on both sides at the lip, having two little horns spreading horizontally, two-celled, two-valved, Tlie only species is //.I'lV^/flira, Witch- Hazel. It has a woody stem, from two to three feet high, sending out many slender branches: ih.- leaves are oval, indented on their edges, having great resemblance to those of the Hazel, and placed alternately on the branches: these fall away in autumn, and tlien the flowers come out in clusters from the joints. It is a native of Virginia. Culture. — ^This plant is propagated by seed, and layers made from the young branches. In the first method, the seed procured from America is sown in an easterly border, half an inch deep ; the plants come up the second sj)ring, the ground being kept clean from weeds : when the season proves very dry, moderate waterings shpuld also be given in summer ; and when tin v are two years old, they should be transplanted into nursery rows. The layers should be laid down in autumn, or early in spring, the young twigs of the last sum- mer's shoots being chosen ; giving them a slit at a joint, then laying them in the earth. They will be rooted, and tit to transplant into the nur- sery by the autumn following. When they hsve had some growth there, they may be removed to the places where they are to remain. They afford variety in the shrubber)' and other parts of plexsure grounds. HAND-GLASSES, such glasses as arc moved by the hand, and used lor placing over, pro- tecting, and forwarding various sorts of planta. In winter, such as young cauliflowers, lettuce^, See. and in raising seedling plants of both the. rough, serrate, acuminate, hanging down at the end, on long petioles : the flow er single (some- times several), nodding, a foot or more in dia- meter. It is a native of Mexico, flowering from June to October. Martvn observes, that as to its turning with the sim, it is a vulgar error ; Gerarde could never observe it ; and he has seen four flowers on the satiie stem pointing to the four cardinal points. There are varieties with double flowers, deep yellow, and sulphur-coloured. The second species is perhaps only a variety of the first, though constant ; but the leaves arts convex above in the disk, and of a darker green. The peduncles are less thickened at top, or rather of an equal thickness ever)- where, whence the flowers nod less. The scales of the calyx, except the inmost row, grow out into petioltd" pendulous leaflets. It grows only from eighteen inches to three feet in height. It probably comes from Mexico or Peru. The third has the stem and peduncles sca- brous : the leaves cordate-ovate : the calyxes loosely imbricate, neither squarrose nor droop- ing, consisting of forty to fifty scales: the stem* many, upright, from five or six feet to eight or nine in height, branchiuE:, ihe stem and each branch terminated bv a flower, the principal one sometimes nine or ten inches in diameter, the lateral ones gradually smaller : the leaves some opposite, others alternate. There is a constant succession of flowers from July to November. — It is a native of \'irginia. In the fourth species the stems are several, rough, haiiT, strtjked, fror.i eight, ten, or tweheto sixteen feet in lieiglit, the size of a child's arm : the leaves alternate, light green, rough, pointed, eight inches broad, and ten or eleven inches long, deeply serrate, smaller to- wards the top : the br.viches many, long, from bottom to top : the flowers terminating, small ; florets m the ray twelve or ihiiieen. These sel- dom blow before OctDher, and in some seasons they do not expand at all. The seeds never ripei\ here: the roots creeping, with many tubers clustered together, thirty, forty, or fittv from one plant, measuring a peck, or in good soils half a bushel ; they are, like the comnioa potatoc, red on the outside, and very irreguUtr 3 L •.' H E L H E L in their shape, the size of a man's fist in the largest. It is a native of Brazil. Culhire. — All these flowery plants are easily increased, the two first sorts by seeds, and the others by dividing their roots. The seeds should be sown in the early spring months, in the places where the plants are to grow and flower, in patches of three or lonr seeds together. When the plants are up they may be thinned out to one or two of the best. 'i'iuv may be had more forward by sowing them on a modcraie hot-bed, under glasses, and afterwards transplanting them to the situations where they are to grow. The divided roots may be planted out in the places where they are to remain, either in the autiinm or the early spring months. These plants produce a fine ornamental effect in the back parts of the borders, clumps, and other parts of pleasure-grounds, and by sowing at dilTerent times may be kept in flower for a con- siderable length of lime. In the perennial sorts the decayed stems should be cleared away when they begin to de- cline. They continue long. The last, or tuberous-rooted sort, is increased bv planting the smaller roots, or the larger ones cut in pieces, a bud being preserved to each, either in the spring or autumn, allowing a good distance, as the roots multiply greatly. In the autumn following, when the stems decay, the roots may be taken up for use. When cultivated for a crop, the sets should be planted in an open part of the kitchen-garden, in rows three ieet or more asunder, and at least eighteen inches distant from each other, to the depth of four or five inches. The best time is the latter end of March, in a light soil. The roots may be taken up for use in September, and the whole crop housed in October. When kept in sand in a dry place, they continue the whole winter verv good. IdELICONIA, a genus containing a plant of the tall herbaceous perennial kind, for the stove. It belongs to the class and order Pcnlaridria Monngynia, and ranks in the natural order of Scilaminece. The characters are : that the calyx consists of conmion and partial spathes, alternate, distinct, with herma])hrodiie flowers : there is no peri- anth : the corolla has three petals, oblong, ehan- ni-lled, erect, acute, equal : nectary two-leaved ; one leaflet nearly equal to the petals ; the other very short, channelled, hooked, opposite: the stamina consist of five (or six) filaments, fili- form : anthers long, erect : the pistillum is an inferior oblong , in a light fresh soil : they are hardy eii> n to thrive in the open air ; but must not be rejiioved oftcner than once in three or four years. They require the same length of time in coming to flower when raised from seed. 'I'hese plants afford variety among others of similar growth in the principal flower com- partments. H EMEROCALLIS, agenus containing plants of the herbaceous flowery perennial kinds. It belongs to the class and order Hcxandria MonogT/nia, and ranks in the natural order of Liliaccce. H E M H E R The characters are : that there is no calyx : come up in the following spring, and these will the corolla is six-pai-ted, bcll-tunnel-form : tube flower in two years. . short : border equal, spreading, more reflex at A moist soil and shady situation are the best top- the namlna have six subulate filaments, suited to their growth ; their size, and the great theicno-ihofthe corolla, declining; upper ones increase of their roots, especially m the second shorter"^ anthers oblong, incumbent, rising : the sort, render them most proper tor large gardens pistillum is a roundish germ, furrowed, superior: and plantations, where they produce much va- style filiform, tiic length and situation of the riety and eflTect. stamens: stioma obtusely-three-cornered, rising: HEPATICA. See Anemone. the pericarpuim is an ovate-three-lobed capsule, HERB, such a plant as rises with leaves and three-cornered, three-celled, three-valved : the stalks annually from the root, the stalks not be- secds very many, and roundish. coming woody or durable. The species are: 1. H.Jiava, Yellow Day- Many of the kitchen-garden esculents, and a Lily ; 2. H.fidva, Copper-coloured Day Lily. The first has strong fibrous roots, to which hang knobs, or tubers, like those of the Aspho- del, from which come out leaves, two feet long, with a rigid midrib, the two sides drawing in- great variety of ornamental or flowery plants, are of this kind. See Herbaceous Plants. Many under-shrubby esculent and other plants are also sometimes considered as Herbs ; such as sage, thyme, rue, hyssop, winter-savory, laven- ward, so as to form a sort of gutter on the up- der, &e. : but these having ligneous, durable l)er side : the flower-stalks rise two feet and a stalks and branches, more properly belong to half hloh, having two or three longitudinal the shrubby tribe. furrows! these are naked, and at the top divide HERBACEOUS PLANTS, such as have the into three or four short peduncles, each sustain- properties of herbs. iiii'- one pretty lara;e yellow flower shaped like a All such as produce leaves and stalks annually LiTv, havino- but^oiie petal, v.ith a short tube, from the root, and whose stalks or stems remain spreading open at the brim, where it is divided green and succulent, or soh, and do not become into six°parts ; these have an agreeable scent, woody, or durable, but die down to the root from which some have given them the title of every year, soon after they have produced flowers. Yellow Tuberose. It is a native of Siberia, &c. &c. are properly of this sort, and of which there flowering in June. There is a variety with smaller roots; theleaves are not near so lono;, have not more than half the breadth, and are ofa dark green colour: the flower- stalk is a foot and half high, naked and compres- sed, without furrows ; at the top are two or three yellow flowers, which are nearer the bell-shape than the others, and stand on shorter peduncles are annuals, biennials, and perennials. They are thus very distinguishable from the woody kinds, such as trees, shrubs, and under- shrubs, whose stems and branches are woody or ligneous, and durable. Of this class are most of the esculents of the kitchen-garden, except those of the under-shrub- by kinds, such as sage, thyme, hyssop. Sec. vast The second species is a much larger plant than numbers of the flowery kinds for the pleasure- the first, and the roots spread and increase much garden, almost all the annuals and biennials ; as more; the roots have very strong fleshy fibres, also all the perennials, both the fibrous, bulbous, to which hang large oblong tubJi-s : the leaves and tuberous-rooted kinds, whose stalks decay are near three feet long, hollowed like those of annually. the former, turning back toward the top: the HEIRMANNIA, a genus containing plants flower-stalks are as thick as a man's finger, and of the shrubby exotic kind, rise near four feet high ; they are naked, with- It belongs to the class and order Monadel- out joints, and branching at the top, where are phia Pentandria, and ranks in the natural order seveial large co]i|)er-eoloured flowers, shaped of ColumniJ'erce. like those of the Red Lily, and as large.. These The characters are: that the calyx is a one- flowers never continue longer than one day, but leafed perianthium, five-cleft, roundish, infla- there is a succession of flowers on the same ted : the little clefts bent in, permanent : the plants for a fortnight or three weeks. It flowers corolla pcnlapetalous, spiral against the sun: in Julv and August. claws the length of the calyx, with a little mem- Cvlturc. — Tlicse plants are easily increased by brane on each side converging into a cowled nec- planting the off-sets taken from the roots in an- tareoustube: border spreading, broadish, blunt: tumii in any situation, as they are extremely the stamina have five filaintnts, broadish, very hardy. The\ afurwards recpiire no other culture, slightly coalescing at bottom into one body : an- biit to keep them clean from weeds, and to allow thers upright, acuminate, converging: the pis- them room, that their roots may spread. tillum is a roundish germ, five-sided, five corner- Tlie first sort may also be increased by seeds, ed: styles five, filiform, approximating, subulate, which should be sown in av-tumn. The plants longer than the stamens : stigma simple : the HER HER pericarpiiim is a roundish capsule, five-sidod, Jivc-cclled, gaping at the top : the seeds very many, small, (kidney-t'orni). The s|>ecies cuUivated are: 1. H. alllifp'i folia. Marsh Mallow-leaved Ilermannia; 2. //. nlni- folia, Alder-leavcd Herniannia ; 3. H. hyssopi- fol'ia, Hvssop -leaved Herniannia ; 4. H, laven- diil'ifol'a, r>avender-leaved Hennannia; 5. H. ^ro^ui'arij'olic/. Gooseberry- leaved Hennannia. The first seldom rises more than two feel and a half high : the stem is not very woody, and the branches are soft and slender. The flowers are produced in loose panicles at the ends of the branches ; arc larger than those of the alder- leavcd sort, and have hairy calyxes : thev come out in June and July, and frequently again in the autumn. It is a native of the Cape. The second species rise* with a slirubby stalk six or eight feet high, dividing into manv erect irreffular branches, covered with a brown bark : the leaves narrow at their base, but broad and round at the top, about an inch long, and three quarters of an inch broad at the top : the flowers are produced in short spikes on the upper part of t!ie branches ; are of a pale yellow colour, and small ; appcarins: in April and May. The third rises with a shrubby upright stalk to the height of seven or eight feet, sending out many woody lateral branches, growing very erect : the leaves are about an inch and half long, and half an inch broad, serrate towards the end : the flowers come out in small bunches from the side of the stalk ; are of a pale straw colour, appearing in May and June, and fre- quently followed by seeds, which ripen about the end of August. The fourth species has shrubby branching stalks, which are very bushy, but seldom rise more than a foot and half high ; the branches are very slender, and have hairy, palc-gretii leaves of diflferent sizes ; some of them two inches long, and an inch broad at their ends, but their common size is seldom more than one inch lontr, and half an inch broad ; they are en- tire, and sit pretty close to the branches. The flowers come out from the side of the stalk singly, are small and yellow, continuing mosi part of the summer. The fifth is a shrub of lower stature than the alder-leaved sort, but sends out a great number of branches, which spread wide on every side; the leaves arc smaller than in that, rough and sessile : the flowers are produced in short close spikes at the end of cver\- shoot, so that the whole shrub seems covered with them ; they are of a bright vellow, and appear towards the end of April, but are not succeeded by seeds in this climate. CiUure. — ^Tlu'sc plants ar^* aH capable of being increased bv planting cuttings of their young shoots in thic early .sprinfj and «i;niiiicr months, in pots of good rii'h earth, plunging then) in llie first cise m a moderate hot-bed, and giving them proper shade and wafer. When they have stricken goixl root thoy should he removed with balls of earth about them into separate pots, filled with good light Iresii earib, placuig them in a sliadrd situation till perfectly re-established; when thev should he exposed to the open air during the summer, but in the autumn and w inter protected in the »r;-en-house, being deposited in an airy situation with myr- tles and other similar plants. They ma\ likewise be raised from seed when it is good, here, or procured from abroad, by sowing it in pots of good mould, and plunging them in a hot-bed. The plants should be re- moved when of proper growth. They aflord ornament and vaiiely among other potted evergreen i)lants. IIEHNAXDLA, a genus comprising plants of the evergreen exotic tree kind. It belongs to the class and order Alonoecia Triandr'Wf and ranks in the natural order of Tri(vccaf. The characters are : that the male flowers arc by pairs, lateral in each imibel : the calyx is a partial involucre, four-leaved, three-flowered : leaflets ovate, obtuse, spreading very nmch : there is no perianthium : the conjlla has six pe- tals, subovate, spreading; the three inner ones narrower: nectars', six glands, round-headed, placed round the filainents : the stanuna consist of six filaments (three) shorter than the petals, inserted into the receptacle : anthers upright, oblong, large : feiualc flower intermediate : the calyx is an involucre coinmon with the males : perianthium inferior, one-leafed, bell-shaped, entire, permanent (inflated) : the corolla has eight petals, of whicli four are interior and nar- rower, all sittingon ihegerm (petalssix) : thenec- tary has four glands, obovate, alternate with the in- terior petals : the pistillum is a roundish germ : style filiform : stigma oblique, somewhat fun- nel-shaped, large : the pericarpiiim is a dry drupe, ovate, eight-furrowed, one-celled, in- closed in a very large, inflated, roundish, fleshy, coloured perianthium, with the mouth entire : the seed is a globular nut, which is slightly depressed. The species cultivated is H. sonora, Whist- ling Hernandia. ft is in its native situation an upright lofty tree, with an elegant head : the flowers are of a pale yellow colour, in panicled racemes ; the calyxes of the fruit are vellow. It i* commen 3M H E S in the West Imiics, and there often termed Jack-'m-a-box Tree. The whisiling noi>e which it produces is ascribed bv Biovvii to the cups that sustain and partlv envelop the nuts, uhich being large, as thev move in ihe wind produce the sound. t:«//;^re.— Thcv are increased by sowing the seeds in a hot-bed in the spring. When the plants are two inches high, they should be tninsplanted each into a separaie pot, filled w^ith fresh rich earth, and plunged into the hot-bed aaain, observing to water and shade them until thev have taken root ; after which air should be admitted by raising the glasses, in proportion to the warmth oF the atmosphere, and the heat ot the bed, watering them frequently. As they adva-.ice they should be removed into larger pots, being careful not to break the roots, and to p-eservc a good ball of earth to them : when theirleavesdrooptheyshouldbescrecned trom the sun until they have taken new root. They should be shifted in Julv, that they may be well rooted before the cold approaches. They must be kept constantly in the bark-stove; giving them in winter a moderate share of heat, and in sum- mer plenty of air, .vhcn the weather is hot. They produce a fine effect among other stove plants. . Hb'.SPERTS, a genus containing plants ot the hardy herbaceous flowery kind. It belongs to the chis And order Teiradijnamia Siliquoiu, and ranks in the natural order of Si- iiqucsa'. The characters are : that the calyx is a four- leaved perianthium : leaflets lanceolate-linear, from parallel converging, at top incumbent, at bottom gaping, deciduous : of these two oppo- site ones arc gibbous at the base : the corolla is fbur-petalled, cruciform: petals oblong, the length of the calyx, a little bent back obliquely contrary to the sun's apparent motion, ending in attenuated. claws, the length of the caiyx : the stamina have six subulate filaments, the Icngih of the tube ; two of them shorter by half than the others : anthers linear, upright, reflex at the tip: an acuminate honeyed gland between each shorter stamen and the germ, and surrounding the stamen : the pislillum is a germ the length of the calyx, prismatic, four-cornered : style none : stigma two-parted, placetl on the inside, oblong, upright, forked at the bu^e, converging at thctip, withering: the pcricarpium is a silique, long, pressed flat, stifl" and straight, two celled, two-valved ; the valves of the same length \\\\h the partition : the seeds very many, ovate, and compressed. The species cultivated arc: 1. //. irlstls^ Nlghi-buielling Kocket, or Dame s Violet; 2. H. H E S matronalis. Garden Rocket, or Queen's Gil- lidower; 3. H. iiiodora, Unsavoury Rocket. The first has ihe leaves much larger than in those of thp Garden Rocket, and of a paler iireen ; the stalks are closely set with bristly hairs : the flowers grow in loose panicles at the to)i of the stalk, and appear about the same time with those of the second sort. It is a native of Austria, being much cultivated abroad for the oreat fragrancy of the flowers in the evening. In Germany pots of it are placed in the apart- ments of the ladles; whence it has the name of Dame's Violet. The second species rises with an upright stalk a foot and a half high, with spear-shaped leaves which sit close to the stalk, and are slight- ly indented on their edges, ending in acuta points : the flowers are produced in a loose thyrse on the top of the stalks : the petals are roundish and indented at the points, of a deep purple colour, and smell very sweet, especially in the evening or in cloudy weather. It flowers in June, and the seeds ripen the latter end of August. It is a native of Italy. It varies with single purple flowers, with double flowers of both colours, and with a mixture of both. The Siherjan variety differs in having a stalk of twice the height : the corolla is purple, not while, and in the claws of the petals being twice as long as the calyx, and the border blunt, and scarcely, if at all, emarginate. The third rises with an upright stalk near two feel high : the leaves are dark, green, and sessile; the flowers grow in loose spikes on the top of the stalks ; in some they are white, in others purple, and sometimes both colours striped in the same flower. They have no odour. It re- sembles the second species so much as scarcely to be distinguished from it. It varies"" with double flowers in both co- lours. Culture. — They are increased either by seeds, oflscts from the roots, or by cultlngs of the flower-stalk. The seed should be sown in a bed or border of light earth, and either raked in lightly, or co- vered a quarter of an inch deep with light mould in the early spring. When the ])lants are come up three t.'r four inches in height, they should be planted out in beds six inches apart, to remain till autumn or the following spring, when they should be removed where they are to flower. As most of these seedlings produce single flow- ers, and manv of these go oil' after they have flowered, it is proper to raise a fresh supply an- nually. The double sorts are propagated with certainty h fe s H 1 B only by dividing ihe roots, or by plaotiiig c«t- liiiiiS. " In the first method, in order to promote off- sets from tlie root, some good plants should be allotted in anv open bed or border tor propaga- tion, not suffering them to nm up fidly to fowcr; but when their flower-stalks liavo ad- vanced about eight or ten inches high, to cut ihem down close to the ground ; and as they shoot again, to cut tlicm also oft"; a«, bv thus Slopping their upright growth, the roots will more readilv throw out voujig offsets from their sides, \v liich will be well i'ormed bv the beginning of autumn, when the whole root should he taken np, and the offsets divided separately, and plant- ed in a nurserv-bed six inches distant, to remain till the beginning of autumn, or spring follow- ing; then removed wiih ballsof earth about their roots to where thev arc Xr, stand and flower. The ilower-stalks which are thus occasion- ally cut down to promote the increase of off- sets at bottom, may be divided into lengths, and planted a? directed below ; e.nch culling will fonii a plant for flowering the following vear. This practice should be pursued annually to keep up the stock of double flowers ; for those which shoot up to full growth and bloom rare- Iv put out any offsets, unless the stalks are cut down as soon as the flowers begin to fiide, when sometimes thev emit a few, but which are not so numerous or so strong as in the manner di- tectcd above. The cuttings of the flower-stalks mav be planted anv lime in the early part of summer, when the stalks arc advanced about a fool in growth, or before thev flower, each being cut and divided into two or three cuttings, four, five, or six inches in length. The lower half cenerally forms the best cuttings. They should be planted in a shady border, )iutting them two parts into the ground, about three inches asun- der, giving water at the time, and repeating it frequenllv. Many of the cuttings will be well roofed, and form shoots at top m six or eicht weeks. To promote their rooting more effec- tually, they should be covered close with hand or bell glasses, as soon as planted, raising the glasses when they begin to shoot at top, to ad- mit air, to which they should be hardened gra- dually. All the sorts are ornamental for the open borders of pleasure-grounds, and to intersperse, in assemblage with other herbaceous plants, to- wards the fronts of the more conspicuous shrub- bery clumps, OP. sides of lawns and walks, being always p'anted out in autumn, or early in Sj>riiig, before they advance much for flower- IIlRISCt'.S, a genue ftimishing plants of the shriil)bv and fli)wer)' exotic kinds. It belongs to the class and onk, Monadttphia Polifatidria, and ranks in the natural crdcr of Co/iimriiJ'irii'. The characters are : that the calyx is a double perianthium: outer many-lcived, iiennanent : leaflets linear: more rarely one-leafed, inany- cleft: inner one-leafed, cup shaped, half five- cleft, permanent: or five-toothed, deciduous: the corolla has five petals, roundish -oblong, narrower at ihe base, spreading, fastened at bot- tom to the tube of the siimcns: the stamina have very many fihments, united at bottom into a tube, at top (in the apex and surface of this) divided and loose: anthers kidnev-form : the jiistillum is a roundish |erni : style filiform, longer th.an the stamens, fivc-cleft at top : stig- m;is headed : the pericarpluni is a five-celled capsule, five-valved : partitions coiitrarv, dou- bled : the seeds solitary or several, ovate-kidney- form . The species culiivatcd are : 1. //. Si/riann, Syrian Shrubby Hibiscus, or Altli.Ta Frutcx ; 2. H. Tr'iomim, Bladder Hibiscus, Bladder Ket- mia, or Flower of an Hour; 3. H. Rosa Sinauis, China Rose Hibiscus; 4. //. w!?//rt////'>, Change- able Hose Hibiscus, or Martinico Rose. The first rises with a shrubhv stalk to the height of six or seven feet, sending out manv woody branches, covered with a smooth cray bark : the leaves have the upper part frequcnily divided into three lobes, placed alternately on the branches, and st.and on short foot-stalks i the flowers come out from the wings of the stalk at every joint of the same year's shoot ; thev arc large, and shaped like those of the mallow, having five large roundish petals, which join at their base, spreading open at the top in the shape of an open bell : these appear in August, and if the season is not too warm, there is a succession of flowers part of September. The early flowers are succeeded by short capsules ; but unless the season proves warm, they do not ripen in this climate. It is usually termed Allium frutex by the nursery gardeners. It is a native of Syria. There are varieties with pale purple flowers, w^ith dark bottoms ; with bright purple flowers, with black bottoms ; with white flowers, with purple bottoms; with variegated flowers, with dark bottoms, called Painted La;h/ Althcea fru- tex; with pale yellow flowers, with dark bottom> ; with variegated leaves, and with double flowers. The second species rises with a branching stalk a foot and a half high, having m.any short spines which are soft : usually the leaves are di- vided into three lobes, which are dtcply jajged 3 M 2 H I B almost to the midrib; these jags are opposite, ar.d ihe segments are obtuse : the flowers come out at the pirns of the stalks upon pretty long pe- duncles; the outer calyx is composed ot ten ]um narrow leaves, which join at iheir base ; thelnucr is of one thin leaf, swollen like a blad- der, cut into five acute segments at the top, having several longitudinal puiplc ribs, and is hairy ; both these are permanent, and inclose the capsule after the flower is pa^t : the flower H I B Indies all their alterations happen the same day J but that n England, where the flowers last near a week in beauty, the changes are not so sud- den. It is a native of the East Indies, &c. The period of its blowing in the stoves of this climate is November and DL-eember. It vanes with double flowers, from which the single is frequently produced ; but the seeds of thc'sinale seldom vary to the double kind. Cultiire. — The first sort is increased by seeds', IS composeVof'fivc'oht'use' petal's, which spread layers, and cuttings. open at^he top, and form an open bell-shaped The seeds should be procured from abroad, Zwer- these have dark purple bottoms, but are and sown m pots filled with light earth in the of a pale sulphur colour abov. , tinged sometimes early sprmg months, p ungmg them m a -entle partiillv wuh pale purple on the outside, where hot-bed to bring them forward or on a border hev are also ribbed : the capsule is ovate, the in a warm exposure. They should be watered consistence of paper, pustuled with protube- during the summer and be protected from frost rinces occasioned by the seeds, villose and in the winter. When they have had two years black It is annual, growincr naturally in Italy, growth, they may be set out in nursery rows, or SiC The flowers are of shon duration, in hot be planted where they are to remain, weather continuing only a few hours open ; but The layers should be laid down m the autumn, there is a succession of them daily for a consi- the shoots being cut on the backs at one or two derable time, in June, July, and August. It joints, and well laid into the ground. They are has been Ion'' known by 'the title of Venice generally well rooted m twelvemonths, when Mallow. ° '^'^y "">' ^^ '"^^" °^ ^"" removed to where There are varieties with erect purplish stems, they are to remain, and the flowers laro:er, and their colour deeper; The cuttings of the young shoots should be and with large paler-coloured flowers. planted m pots of light earth in the early spring. The third, in its native situation, grows to the plunging them ui a mild hot-bed ; or they may size of an ordinary tree ; but here it is shrubbv, be planted m a shady border in the summer the stem round, erect, with alternate, spreading season. When well rooted, they should be branches, that are wand-like, leafy, brownish- carefully taken up and planted where they are to e-reen, and nearly smooth : the leaves alternate, remain, either ui the autumn or spring, spreading, unequally and coarsely serrate, entire The second sort is aicreased by sowing the at the base, fivL-nerved, bri.iht green, very seed either in the autumn or spring, m the smooth, except the young ones, which are places where the plants are to flower, in patches 6li"-h;ly downy; their petioles are roimd, downy of several seeds together. When they come on^he upper side: the stipules in pairs, oppo- up, they should be thinned out to two or three site, at the base of the petioles, linear, acute^ plants in each patch deciduous : the flowers axillary, solitary, pe- duneled, large, of a deep scarkt colour, re- sembling a double rose. It is conmion in Chi- na and the East Indies. It is rare with single flowers. The two last sorts may be increased by sowing the seeds in the early spring months, in pots filled with rich light mould, plunging them in a moderate hot-bed under glasses, or, what is better, in the bark-bed of the stove. When the The fourth species nas a pale stem, single, plants are up, and have attained two or three smooth, spreading out wide into leafy branc^hes inches in growth, they should be removed into at top; the wood re>Lmblina- that of the fii;-: separate small pots, watermg them well, and the leaves are the same size^with those of the replunging them in the hot-bed, where they vine, having the roughness of fiij leaves, and the must be kept. form of both, or rather of the a^ngular leaves of They may likewise sometimes be raised by ivy ; whitish underneath : the petioles rough, planting cuttings of the young shoots in pots thick, three or four inches in length : the pe- of the same sort of earth, in the spring or duncles thicker towards the top, sometimes summer, giving them water, and plunging them tinged with red, sustaining large handsome in the bark hut bed. They should afterwards flowers, which alter in their" colour, as at their be managed as the others. first openingthey are white, then they change to The two first hardy sorts arc highly orna- a blush rose-colour, and as the\ decay they'turn mental in the borders and clumps, among other to a purple. Martyn remarks, that in the' West flowery plants; and the two last tender sorts; H I E H I P produce much variety by their beautifuhflowers in the stove and conservatory collections, HIERACIUM, a genus containing plants of the hardy, lurhacirous, flowery, perennial kind. It belongs lo the class and order Sffngentsia P(i/i/gamiu Squalls, and ranks in the naiuial order ot Conipoiitce Seini/iosatlostB. The charactei-s are: that the calyx is connnon, imbricate, ovale : scales several, linear, v^ry un- eijual, longitudinal and incumbent : the corolla compound, imbricate, unilorni : corollulis het- iriaphrodiie, numerous, tqual : proper monope- talous, ligulate, linear, truncate, tive-tooihtd : the stamina have five capillary filaments, very short: anther cylindric, tubulous : the pistilluni is a subovate germ: style HIii'urm, the length of the stamens : stigmas two, bowed back : there is no pericarpium : calyx converging, ovate : the seeds solitary, obtusely four-cornered, short: down capillary, sessile: the receptacle naked. The species cultivated are: H. auranliacum, Oranse flowered Hawkwetd; 2. H. chondiil- loides, Gum-Succory Hawkweed. There are several other species that have been cultivated, but which possess liiilc merit. The first has perennial, creeping roots : the stem scarcely branched (except with the pe- duncles), bearded with white hairs placed on black glands, upright, a foot or a foot and a half in heieht (mo tue^ high) : the leaves next the root rather ovate, on the stem ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, quite entire, dusky green, narrow- ing into the petiole, obtuse, alternate, the upper ones sessile ; the lower ones a span long, and an inch 'iroad : the stipules very small, lanceolate : the flowers eight or ten, orangL-coloured, on short pedicels, forming a short panicle. It is a native of Austria. &c. flowering from June to autumn. It was formerly distinguished oy the titles Golden Mouse-car ; and when of a dark colour. Grim the CoJlier. It varies in the colour of the flower, from red to orange, and several ?h.ides of yellow. The second c-ptcies has the s'.eni.a span high, and even: the root-leaves petioled, smooth: stem-leaves five or six, alternate, long, with lonir recurved^ te, th : the peduncles from the upper axils of the leaves, the same height with the stem, Siiliiary, almost naked, one-flowered. It is a native of the South of l-'rance, flowering in .lune and July. Culture. — Thes? plants are increased by sow- ing the seeds in the early spring, on a bed or border of fresh earth, in aa ea-'tcin exposure. When the plants are a few inclies high, they should be removed into other beds, to stand till the autumn, when they >iiould be planted where they are to remain. But it is a better prac- tice to plant them at first where they are fc grow. They may likewise be increased by planting slips of the roots in the autumn or spring where they arc to remain. In both modes they should be well watered when the season is dry. The roots continue many years when planted in a soil that is not too rich or moist. They afi"ord variety in the fronts of the bor- ders, clumps, and other parts of pleasure- grounds. HIl'POPUAE, a genus furnishing plants of the hardy deciduons shrubby kind. It belongs to the cl.is« and order Dioeeia Te- trandria, and ranks in the natural order of Ca- hjafiorce. The characters are : that in the male the calyx is a one-leafed perianihium, two-parted, two- valved, with the bottom entire; ihc pans round- ish, blunt, concave, upright, converging at the tip<, and gaping on the sides : there is no corol- la : the stamina have four filamer.ts, very short: anthers oblong, angular, almost the Icncth of ihe calyx. Female — the calyx is a one-leafed perianthium, ovate-oblong, tubular, club-shap- ed, with the mouth cloven, deciduous : there is no corolla: the pistillum is a roundish, small germ: style simple, very short: stigma ihick- iih, oblong, upright, twice as long as the calyx : the pericarpium is a superior berry, sub-globu- lar, one-celled : the seed single, oblong, hard, shining. The species are : 1 . /f. rhamnoidis. Common Sea Buckthorn, or Sallow Thorn j 2, H. Catia- densis, Canadian Sea Buckthorn. The first rises with shrubby stalks eight or tea feet high, sending out many irregular branches, which have a brown bark Silvered over; the leaves are narrower linear-lanceolate, about two inches long, and a quarter of an inch broad ia the middle, of a dark green on their upper side, but hoary on their under, with a prom:ncnt midrib ; the borders are reflexed as in the rose- maiv ; they are placed alternate on every side of the branches, and sit clo-^c to them ; and there are little, clustered, pelt.iie, cil.ate, pale sc ales scattered over them the lii-anrhes spread wide, are straight, stifl", and thorny at the ends ; the lesser ones numerous, scattered, short, and spre;iding: the flowers -oliiary, appearing before the leaves, generally abortive, unl< ss the shrub errows in its natural situation : the male flowers below the leaves, between a branch and i one- valvcd, permanent bud, the length ot the flower: the female flowers sessile in the axil, of ihe lower leaves: the former are sub-sessile, some- what spiked, disposed in four rows along the HOE HOE losser branches. The flowers conic out from the branciilets of the former year; and the berries are abunJant, on short peduncles, gratefully acid to the taste. It is a native of n)any parts of Europe, flowering from May to June. In sunny, sandy situations, it is planted for hedjes ; and it is used for dyeing yellow. It varies with red berries. The second species has the appearance of the first, but the k-aves are broader, only half the length, of an ovate or oblong-ovate form ; on the upper surface green, with diverging hairs, in bundles, scarcely to be discerned by the naked eve ; on the lower, silver}' with hairs and scales, and have rust-coloured dots scattered over them : the branches are opposite ; and the racemes simple among the first leaves, upright, and shorter by half than the leaves. It is a native *x)f Canada. Ciifliire. — These shrubs are easily propagated by planting suckers taken off" from the roots ii'i autunm, in the nursery. After they have had one year's growth, they are fit to plant out where thev are to remain. They may also be increased by layers ; but the roots spread and put up such abundance of suckers, that there is no necessity to be at this trouble. They are also sometimes raised by planting cuttinsrs of ihe voung shoots as above. As these shrubs have but little beauty, it will he sufficient to have one or two of them in plantations or borders. HOE, an useful and well-known garden im- plement. Hoes are of different kinds, as Drawing and Sciijfling Hoes, and each sort has different sizes. The first sort is fixed with its edge inward ; the workman, in using it, draws it towards him. It is one of the most useful implements of gardening, for many purposes, both for general hoeing, and in drawing drills for sowing many sorts of seeds, loosening the earth about, and moulding up the stems of plants ; and hoe- ing down weeds between all sorts of plants that stand distant enough to admit it. It is the best adapted of any for thinning out esculent crops to proper distances, to acquire their proper growth, such as onions, carrots, parsnips, tur- nips, spinach, &c. Of this kind there should be three or four dif- ferent sizes, from six inches width down to two inches. The first size is a large Hoe for common use, nbout six inches long in the plate, by three or fiur broad, fixed on a long handle for both hands, and is the proper sort to use for all com- mon hoeing work, and for drawing drills, for Sowing peas, bcans^ kidney-beansj &c. with. It is the most eligible sized Hoe of any for broad- hoeing between rows of all those l.inds of plants, and all others that stand distant enoxigh, either in rows or otherwise, for the Hoe to pass be- tween them, both to cut down weeds and loostii the ground, and to earth up the stems of the plants, and for all other purposes of hoeing where the plants stand distant, both in the kitchen- and pleasure-garden. The second size should he about four inches in the plate long-wavs, and the same breadth as the above. It is useful for drawing drills, and for hoeing among various plants, where the for- mer sort of Hoe cannot be commodiously em- ployed; as well as to thin some sorts of escu- lent crops that require moderate distances ; such as Dutch turnips, general crops of carrots, pars- nips, &c. It is also a proper sized Hoe for hoeing common flower-beds and borders, he. with. The third size should be two inches and a half, or not more than three inches broad in the plate ; and be fixed on a short handle to use with one hand in small-hoeing, thinning out several sorts of esculent crops, and other work among close-growing plants. A similar one should also be had fixed on a longer handle, to use two-handed in hoeing borders and other compartments of smaller plants, standino; near ■together both in the kitchen-ground and flower- garden, &c. This sized h le, on a short one- hand handle, is likewise particularly useful for small - hoeing, nunilding, and thinning out many kitchen-garden crops in young growth ; such as onions, leeks, carrots, parsnips, spinach, &c. to cut them out to the proper distances. It is also a very convenient size for use on many other occasions of hoeing ; and for drawing small drills for sowing many kinds of seeds; and hoeing up flower-beds, &c. where the larger Hoes cannot be readily r.dmitted between the plants, so as to stir the mould effectually. The fourth size should be about two inches width, and fixed in a short handle. It is proper for small-hoeing onions and small crops of cSlr- rots, radishes, &c. the first time, where they stand pretty close, and where it is not designed to thin them out at once to their full distance, but to leave them rather thickish for culling, &c. The edges of the Hoes should constantly be kept sharp by occasional grinding, that they may cut clean. The second sort, or Scuffling Hoe, is com- monly called a Dutch Hoe. It is fixed with the edge outward on the end of a long handle, so as that the person using it may push it from him, going backward, and never treading on the hoed HOE H O R ground, as wiih the drawing hoe. In regard lo size, it should be from about tour to six or eight inches wide, open in the middle, tor the mould and weeds to pass through, so as not to be drawn jn heaps ; having a long socKct at the back part, in wliicli to lix the handle, which may be live or six feet in length. It is verv proper tor scuffling over any piece of ground to destniy weeds, that is clear from crops, or between crops that stand wide, with which a person may make cunsiderahly more expeditious work than with a drawnig hoe, especially when the weeds are not suffered to grow 1 irge ; in which case one man can often do as much as two w iih the other sort. It is not proper for hoeing out crops of esculent plants, or tor earthing up the stems of plants, nor for hoeing where the plants stand close. But it is very useful for cut- ling down weeds in shrubberies and wilderness quarters, wtiere the shrubs stand distant from one another. And it is the best sort of any for scufflingover sand-walks, oroil\ers made of loose materials, in order to uestroy weeds, moss, &c. In a small size it is also found useful to run over flower borders, to cut up stragghng weeds; as, being fixed on a long handle, the work may be efficted bv standing in the walks, without tread- ing on the iiorders or beds. A sort of triangular Hoe has also been lately found very useful m hoeing many sorts of small crops. HOEING, a necessary operation performed by the hoe, to desiroy weeds, loosen the soil, and mould up the stalks or stems of plants. It is an expeditious method of destroying weeds between all sorts of plants that stand di- stant enough to admit it. When principally designed to destroy weeds, it s'.ould always be performed to some depth, jind in dry weather, the more sunny the belter, tspecially when the weeds are not to be raked off, that they mav die as they are cut down, or at least be so much Ragged or withered by the sun and air as not to grow again. This sort of work, besides destroying weeds, is likewise useful in loosening the surface, and disposing the ground to receive the greater be- nefit from the air, dews, rains, &c to the great nourishment of all sorts of plants, and, bv break- ing up the surface, dividing the clcds, and stir- ring the earth, keeping it fresh, and proving a very beneficial culture to all vegetables. In soils apt to bind after much wet, which causes the plants to appear of a stinted crowth, hoeing is of vast advantage in pr nioting their growth. The application of earth about the stems of plants, such as earthing up rows of peas, beans, kidney-beans, cabbages, cauliHowers, 8cc. is constantly of gFeat service in promoting the strength and vigour of the crops, as well as in giving them a neat appearance. It is also beneficial in thinning out many close-standing crops to proper distances, cuttmir out the superabundant plants and weeds, antl loosening the soil. HOLLOW KOOT. See Adoxa and Fo- M.AUIA. H(3LLY. Sec Ilex. HOLLY, KNLL. Sec Ruscus. HOLLY, SEA See Ekvngium- HOLLYHOCK. See Alcea. HOLM OAK. SeeOuKucL's. HOLM, SEA. See EuvNGiiNt. HONEY- FLOWER. See Meliaxthos. HONEYSUCKLE. See Lonicf.ra. HONEYSUCKLE, FRENCH. SeeHEDY- SAUL'M. HONEY-WORT. Sec Cf.bivthe. HOODED WILLOW-HERB. See Scu- tellaria. HOl'-HORN-BEAM. See Carpinus. HOPS. See Humijlus. HORN-BEAM. See Carpinus. HORN-BEECH-TREE. See Carpivu*. HORNFJD POFFY. See Chelidonic.m. HORSE-BEECH. See Carpinus. HORSE-CHESNUT. See ^sculus. HOP.SE-RADISH See Cochleari.a. HORSE-TAIL See Equisetlm. HOR-SE-TAIL, SHRUBBY. See Ephedra. HOKSE-DUNG, that which is produced in the stable. It is a material of great utility in garden cul- ture, for the purpose of forming hot-beds for various early productions and tender plants, and afterwards as manure. See Dung and Ma- nure. This sort of manure is mosilv of a littcn,' na- ture, from the great quantity of straw that is mixed and l.lended with the dung and urine of the horses. On ihis account it is more disposed to the production of heat, or the taking on the process of fermentation, than other sorts, and is of Course better suited to the purpose of form- ing hot-beds with than anv other. For this use, it should bcsuch as has remained together in the common dung-hill or heap iill collected in proper quantily ; and if it have commenced some fennentation, or become wholly, or in part, of a moist, warm, steamy quality, it is prefe.able. If, on turning it up with ihe dung-fork, it begins to assume a black- ish ajipearance, not rotten, or exhausted and drv, but abounding in a Irtsh matiri^l sub- stance, of a lively, moist, steaniv '.v arniili, it is in a good state for this purpose. Fresher dung n o T HOT full of moist, warm, steamy litter, is also very desirable, as it may be readily brought to a pro- per condition. In this sort, it is the best methoil to throw it tip, to gather and mix the different parts well before it is made use of in preparing the beds. But for the purpose of manure it is more pro- per for most sorts of crops when it is more re- duced, and brousht into asoft, moist state. HOT-BED, a^ sort of bed constructed for the purpose of producing artificial heat. These beds are mostly formed either of horse- dung or tanner's bark, being raised two, three, or four feet high, and covered with garden- frames and glasses, Sec. It is by ~the aid of these beds that various ^nder plants, flowers, and fruits, are raised in perfection, which, without such artificial heat, could not possibly be produced or continued in 4his climate. By this means, likewise, vast numbers of seeds, which would otherwise re- main years in the earth, and some never grow at all, are made to germinate, form plants, con- tinue their growth, and produce their flowers and fruits, as in their native soils. And the cuttings and slips of many sorts of trees and shrubs, which would otherwise remain inactive and perish, are also made soon to emit root, fibres, and shoots, and become plants. By this means, likewise, many valuable escu- lent plants that succeed in the full ground at one time of the year or other, are brought to per- fection much sooner than they could otherwise be obtained, as the cucumber, asparagus, peas, beans, kidney-beans, radishes, carrots, straw- berries, and various salhid herbs, and other plants, which grow in the open ground. Annual flowering plants, as well as those of the herbaceous and shrubby kinds, are also brought to more early perfection and flowering by them. They are therefore of great use in the practice of gardening. Dung Hot-lech. — The proper situations for making these beds in are the forcing-ground, or other sheltered, warm, sunny exposures. Hot-beds are sometimes made entirely on level ground, and sometimes in a trench or ob- long cavity formed in the ground, the width and length of the intended bed, and from twelve inches to a foot and half deep or more; but for early work in winter or spring, they should be mostly above ground, upon the level rather elevated surface, that the bottom of the bed may stand dry, and not be liable to be chilled by wet, as, when made in this way in those seasons, when the heat decl'nes, both sides of the bed may be lined with hot dung quite to the bot- tom, so as the whole bed may hav.e an equal benefit of the lining to revive its declining heat, which is essentially necessary during winter and spring, until the middle or latter end of May. But when Hot-beds are made in trenches at an early season, when linings must be added to support a constant regular heat, all that part of the beds within the ground is deprived of the advantage of them. The forms and dimensions of dung Hot-beds should generally be that of long squares, ran- ging nearly east and west, to any length conve- nient; about four feet and a halt broad, if to be covered with common garden-frames; and three and a half or four feet, if for hand-glasses ; raising them, if in winter, or early in spring, three or four feet or more high, allowing for settling, as they will settle half a foot or more in a week or two's time after making. The early beds should be substantial, otherwise thev will not support a durable uniform temperature of heat for continuing the plants in a regular, free growth ; which, by aid of linings, must be effected till the arrival of warm weather. Those made in winter should be three feet and a half high, at least, when first made ; or if four, the better; in March a yard high, in April the same, or two feet and a half, and in May two feet. They may be made for a one-light, two-light, or three-light frames, and for two, three, or more three-light frames in a range, according to circumstances. Forming (he Beds. — After marking them out, some of the longest or most strawy dung should be shaken along the bottom, to btgin the bed with ; then the long and short together, as it comes to hand, shaking it evenly on every part, raising the sides perfectly upright, straight, and as firm as possible; forming the corners also full and very firm, keeping the middle well filled with the best dung; and, as the work advances, beating each laver of dung evenly and firmly down, with the dung-fork ; or, w hen it is very long, loose, strawy dung, treading it in to settle every part equally; proceeding in this manner till the bed is arrived to its designed height, raising that intended for frames, two or three inches higher in the back or north side than in front, to give the greater slope to the glasses to the sun, finishing the top even in every part; and when the bed is thus raised, trimming up all the short dung remaining at last round the bed, laying it on the top ridgeways along the middle, which may either then, or rather, if a strong bed, in a few days after, when the bed has settled a little, be levelled, to make good all inequalities, and smooth the surface. After this, set the frame, &c. on, and earth the bed as HOT HOT directed below. Sec Frames and II.vn'D- Glasshs. The Hot-bed being thus formed, when of considerable substance, it may be advisable to defer the framing and earthing it finally for se- veral days, or a week or more, accordinsr to the strength of the bed, until a little settled, and the first violent heat has subsidi^d ; as the lieat will be very strong, and frequently of a burning nature for the first week or two after it is made. It may, however, often be proper to set the frames and glasses on, to defend the bed from excessive rains or snow, as well as to draw up the heat sooner, to forward the bed to s proper temperature for the reception of the mould, and seeds or plants. The upper ends of the lights should be raised a hand's breadth high, or shoven so much down in dry weather, that the great steam arising mav pass freely otT; as in strong Hot-beds neither the earth, seed, or plants, should be put in till the fierce heat and violent steam have a little abated. Hot-beds of slender substance may, however, be framed, earthed, &c. as soon as made, as no great dan- ger is to be apprehended from burning, and more particularly those for small frames, hand-glasses, &c. Where there is an extensive range of sub- stantial Hot-beds, the placing the frames on them before they are fixed for good, is often in- convenient ; in which case it is proper to have mats, or dn,' long litter, ready to cover the tops in case of excessive rains or snow, which might chill and retard the beds greatly from becoming of a due temperature for the reception of the earth. Sec. and sometimes occasion them to become of a burning quality, when they other- wise would be of a regular heat. lu Hot-beds designed for strength and cura- lion it will, as soon as they are inade, be proper to provide some sharp-pointed sticks, two feet long, to thrust down into the middle of the beds in diflerent parts, that by pulling them out daily, and feeling their lower parts, a judgment may be formed of the working and temperature of the beds, and when in a proper state for the reception of the mould and plants. When the Hot-bed is therefore of good sub- stance, and for the large frames, it is proper to let it remain some days To settle, before it is framed for good, because, notwithstanding all the care iii making, it will often settle unequally, and should be levelled before i^is earthed ; in from about three to five, six, or eight days, according to the nature of the dung, or substance of the bed, it will have so far settled as to discover the inequalities, if any; when, if the frames and glasses were placed thereon for the purposes a!>ove mentioned, when the whole his settled, all the inequalities should be made even by le- velling the top, making the surface firm, and smoothingitoffneatly with the back of the spade. Then the fr.uiie and glasses should be put on for good, opening the light* a little at top to give vent to the steam. Earlhhig the lledi. — As substantial dung Hot-beds, after being covered w ith the frames. Sec. sometimes beat violently the first week or fortnight, when the earth is put in during the fierce heat, by confining the heat and steam still more closely, it is in danger of being burnt, and also of destroying the seed and roots of I he plants, if any were sown or planted. When the earth is thus burnt by the heat of the dune, no seeds or plants can vegetate or thrive in if; it must therefore be taken out, and be replaced by fresh compost. Hot-beds of considerable substance should of course be examined previ- ous to moulding them, to ascertain the state of heat daily, both by the sticks, and thrusting the hand down into the dung. And when it is found of a due temperature, the mould should be put on. This is sometimes shown to be the case by the appearance of a sort of mushroom spawn. But in slender Hot-beds, as their heat is never so violent or durable, they may either be earth- ed as soon as made, or in t« o, three, or four davs afterwards, as judged proper. In all cases care should however be taken that the beds do not lose any time, for them to waste their heat ineffectually, without being earthed. For all sorts of Hot-beds the earth or mould should be rich, light, and of a dry quality, particularly for earlv work in v.intcr and spring, and tender plants, such as cucumbers, melons, tender .innuals. Sec. as very moist earth rots such plants while young, binds too close, and by its compactness confines the heat and steam, so as often to burn at bottom, and scorch the roots of the plants. Some light mould should there- fore be always in readiness in some airy shed, for two or three weeks before it is wanted. See Compost. The depth of earth or mould ncccssar)' to be applied over Hot-beds, must be different ac- cording to the purposes for which they are de- signed, as for sowing seed on, or the recep- tion of plants, and the nature of the plants, or chiefly for plunging pots in. In general, how- ever, from about five or six, to ten or twelve inches, is the common depth. For sowing seeds to raise plants for transplantation, the depth of mould should be about six inches ; and where they are to remain to acquire their full erowtl), li'jt less than from six or eight to 3 N HOT len or tweK'e inches in depth. If for the Imme- diate reception of plants, to remain, or for striking cuttings of any sort in, &c, from six to eight, ten, or more inches of mould will be ne- cessary; regulating the whole in some proportion to the nature or growth of the plants, and the substance of the beds. Thus, cucumbers and melons, which are not only extensive growers, but produce large fruit that requires much nnu- rishnient, need" a greater depth of mould than small sallad-herbs, &c. In earthing the beds, every part of the dung within the frame should be carefully covered over, especially after the plants are come up, or any planted, that no steam may rise immediate- ly from the dung upon them. In regard to~ sowing or planting seeds or plants in Hot-beds of strong substance, under frames, care should be taken not to do it till the danger of burning is over, unless performed in pots, that may be nrovcd up as occasion requires; .'•nd at any rate it is always better to wait a day or tv.o, than to endanger burning the plants; time should not however be lost when the bed is ready, as it is necessary always to have a lively li«at at first, to promote a quick germination in tlie seeds, or to strike and set the plants forward so as to assume a free growth at first. In the management of Hot-beds after being sown or planted, it must often be different, ac- cording as the different plants may require. In oeucral, however, after the seeds or plants have been put in, the glasses are to be continued con- stantly on until the middle of summer, when the weather is become settled and warm, particular- ly for all the tender kinds of plants ; fresh air being admitted daily, at all opportunities, in mild weather, by raising the upper ends of the lights ; or, if hand-glasses, by propping up one Bide, from about half an inch to two or three inches high, according to the heat and steam in tiie bed, and temperature of the outward air, ^hutling all close in due time towards evening, and keeping them close every night during the cold weather, covering the glasses every night with mats until .Tunc, especially for the more lender sorts of plants. When the heat of the beds naturally declines or beeoiiies of a weakly temperature, it must be renewed by adding fresh hot dune;; around the side*!, which is called lining the bed, and is par- ticularly necessary for all dung hot-beds, made any lime in winter or spring. See Lining. .Sometimes a repetition of new linings is re- quired three or four times, especially for those made in winter, to continue iheni in a uniform lieat ; tlicsc linings should be made of the hot- .tc?tdung,andbeapplitd quite from the bottom to HOT the top of the bed, and aboiit fifteen or eighteen inches wide at bottom, drawing them into about a footwideat top, raisingthem four orfiveinches up the frame, to allow for settling, bat not more ;. for the, top of the linings, when settled, should be but very little above the bottom of the frame, lest their heat burn the earth adjoining to the frame within: and to prevent steam from rising too copiously from the linings, a stratum of earth should be laid on the top, two inches thick, continuing it close up to the bottom of the frame, that no steam may rise that way ; for the rank steam immediately from dung, without first passing through a body of earth, is destruc- tive to most plants. As the lining settles dowu lower than the top of the bed, more fresh dung should be added. Bark Hut-hcds. — These are Hot-beds formed, of bark or tan, after having been used in taur- vats or -pits, which produces a regular, mode- rate, and durable heat. See Bark.. Hot-beds of this kind always require to be made in proper bark-pits formed for the purpose of brick-work, or post and planking, to confine the tan in its proper situation. See Bark-pit. Where there are proper conveniencies of pits,. in which to make the hot-beds furnished with frames and glasses suitable, they are superior in many cases to dung Hot-beds, both in raising; many early esculeat productions, and various curious flowers to early bloom, as well as in the propagation and raising many sorts of tender exotics, from seeds, layers, cuttings, &c. In bark Hot-beds early strawberries and melons may be raised, which, by the regular, moderate, and durable heat which they produce, are gene- rally obtained in great perfection at an early sea- son ; likewise, small early crops of dwarf-peas and kidney-beans, &c. and of flowering plants, many sorts may be forced in great perfection of early bloom, both of the bulbous, tuberous, and fibrous-rooted kinds, such as hyacinths, dwarf tulip, jonquils, narcissuses, anemones, ranun- culuses, pinks, and many other moderate-grow- ing kinds ; also roses, and some other small or- namental flowering shrubs. Bark Hot-beds are also of great utility in- hot-houses, stoves, and forcing-houses, as the- principal and most proper and effectual kind of beds for these different departments. See Bark- beds. Forced Crops. — The sorts of crops usually raised in these hot-beds are encumbers, melons, aspara- gus, strawberries, Ifidney-beans, peas, dwarf- beans, radishes, small-sallad herbs, and lettuces. And various sorts of seed plants are raised and preserved in this wav, such as caulitlo'.vers, early cabbages, red cabbages, early celery, plauts. HOT H O T for pricking out, carrots, small white turnip- radishes, Dutch turnips, mint, tarragon, lanse\-, basil, capsicums, love-apples, coriander, pur- slane, early dwarf potatoes, and nuishrooms, in a bedot a peculiar sort. But those tor which these beds are absolutely nccrss.iry arc all the first sort, and basil, capsicum, love-api)le, and iiuishrooms. HOT-HOUSE, a sort of garden-erection, mostly Ibrnicd ot glass work, in \\ hich aconstant, regular degree of artificial heat by fire and bark hot-beds is kept up. It is made use of for procuring some sorts of fine fruits, such as the pine-apple, and for rais- ing and preserving various sorts of tender exo- tics from the hot parts of the world. In the construction of these houses, a wall of eight or ten feet high or more, is raised behind, with a low wall in front and both ends, on which is placed upright glass-work, four, five, or six feet, and a sloping glass roof, extending from the top of the front to the back wall. Internal tlues for fire-heat, in winter, are also contrived, and a capacious oblong or square pit in the bottom space, in which to have a constant bark-bed to furnish a continual regular heat at all seasons ; so as in the whole to warm the inclosed internal air always to a certain proper high degree. Besides the above, these Houses are of great utility in forwarding many sorts of choice or de- sirable hardy plants, flowers, and fruits, to early perfection, which being sown or planted in pots, and placed in them in winter, or early in spring, the constant heat thus produced forwards them to maturity two or three months or more before their natural season in the full ground ; such as kidney-beans, strawberries, Sec.: also many sorts of flowering plants, both annuals and perennials, of moderate growth, are forwarded to early bloom ; and vines planted in the outside, close to the front, the stem of each introduced through a small hole above, and the internal branches trained up under the glasses, produce crapes at an early period, as in May. In Hot- nouses, likewise, early cucumbers maybe raised in good perfection ; and the seeds, cuttings, slips, Sec. of many curious tender plants for- warded exceedingly in their growth, by plunging the pots containing them in the bark-bed. See Stove. These Houses are mostly ranged lengthways nearly east and west, that the glasses of the front and roof may have the full influence of the sun. This is the most convenient situation for common Ilot-housts, either for pines or other exotics. Some Houses of this sort, instead of being placed in this direction, have lately been rang- ed directly south and north, having a skipid roof to each side like the roof of a house ; also to the front or south end ; both sides and the south end front bcmg of gia'is. These Houses are made from ten or twelve to fifteen or twenty feet wide, the length :>of airaitist wet. fhe doors should hav* the upper part* sailed and glazed to correspond with ihe other glass- work. On the inside the walls should be plastered. HOT HOT parceled, and white-washed ; and all the wood-work within and without, painted white in oil colour. Ranoes of narrow shelves for pots of small plants nia" be erected where most convenient, some behind, over the Hues, a single range near the top glasses towards the back part, supported either bv brackets suspended from the cross bars above, or by uprights erected on the parapet wall of the bark-pit. A range or two of narrow ones may also be placed occasionally along both ends above the flues. In wide Houses, where the cross-bars or bearers of the sloping or top glass sashes appear to want support, some neat uprights, either of wood or iron, may be erected upon the bark- bed willing, at convenient dista-iices, and high enough lo reach the bearers above. On the outside behind should be erected a close shed the whole length, or at least a small covered shed over each fire-place, with a door to shut, for the convenience of attending the fires ; but the former is much the best, as it will serve to defend the back of the Houses from the outward air, and to stow fuel for the general use of them, also for garden-tools, and all garden utensils when not in use, to preserve them from the weather; as well as to lay portions of earth in occasionally, to have it dry, for parti- cular purposes in winter and early spring. Somctmics Hot-houses are furnished with top covers, to draw over the glass sashes occa- sionally, in time of severe frosts and storms; and sometimes by slight sliding shutters, fitted to the width of the separate sashes ; but these are inconvenient, and require considerable time and trouble in their application. At other times they are formed bv painted canvass, on long poles or rollers, fixed lengthways along the tops of the Houses, just above the upper ends of the top sashes, which, by means of lines and pulleys, are readily let down and rolled up. In the annexed plate is contained the front elevation and ground plan of an improved House of this sort, which has been found to answer well in practice. Fig. 1 . Front elevation. Fig. 2. Ground plan. Fig. 3. Section. A plan for another kind of improved Hot- house has been suggested by Dr. James An- derson, for which he has taken out a patent. It produces its effects chiefly by the heat of the sun, without the aid of flues, tan-bark, or steam. This improvement extends to every sort of Hol-Uouse ; and the advantages of Such Hot-houses are, according to the state- JBpnt of the doctor. 1st. That " in every kind of temperature, if the works are to be erected new from the founda • tion, few cases can occur in which they may not be so placed as that the whole heat required may be obtained without occasioning the ex- penditure of one shilling for fuel ; but in the roost unfavourable cases that can occur, the ex- penditure of fuel will iwt amount to one tenth part of what is now universally employed for producing similar effects." 3d. That " in a Vinery, for example, where the grapes are not meant the poks, it is common to strike ofl the h -ads of the shoots with a switch, whereby they throw out manv lateral branches, well charged with clusters of fruit. In July they blow", and towards the end of August begin o ripen; the signs of which are, the bunches of fruit imiKuting a strong hop like .^ccnt, becom- ing dry and hard to the touch, and the brownish colour of the seed. Tluy are then fit for ga- thering, when tiny should be jiickcd with all possible expedition ; for a sudden storm of wind, or great rains, would do considerable da- mage, by breaking down the vines, and disco- lourintf the Hops. This work must be per- formed in dry weather, if possilile. And a cer- tain number of hills in a square space is to be cleared at a time, generally about eleven, and a large square bin, or wooden frame, eight feet long by three broad, having a cloth within, hanging on tenter-hooks, is to be placed in the centre to receive the Hops ; then proceeding by cutting up the vines of the above number of hills, and pulling up the poles, using a wooden instrument like a lever, having at one end a forked piece of iron, with teeth on the inside, w hich w ill readily raise them out of the grounci; then laying two poles at a time across the bin, two or three persons standing on each side, in order to pick the Hops into it, picking them very clean w ithout leaves and stalks ; and as the bin is filled, it must be emfiiied two or three times a day, as there may be occasion, into a Hop-has, and carried to the kiln to dry. Thi« is the same as a niall-kiln, being covered v.Ith a haircloth, on which lo sjnead the Hops, which should be spread ten or- twelve inches thick ; a charcoal heat is commonly used; continuing an even steady fire, not fierce, but rather increased by degrees. In .ibiau nine hours llie Hops shoulcfbe turned, and in two or three hours more thev may be taken oft': by that time the brittlc- nes's of their stalks, and easy falling oft" of 'he leaves, determine them to be sufficiently dried. 3 0 n u R H U R They arc then to be carried into dry upper rooms, to lie three or fmir weeks to toughen; otherwise they would become pt)wder in the operation of bagging. l"h;s \i performed "in large bags, made of about four ells and a half of ell-w ide coarse cloth ; about a handful of Hops being first tied into each corner at bottom, to serve as handles ; the bag is then fastened to a hole of due width in tlic floor, nj.-ide for that purpose, having a hoop fastened to the mouth of the bag, on which it rests on the edges of the hole, then a person puts the Hops into the bag, while another is continually treading them down, till the bag is full ; the bag is then unfastened from the hoop, and let down ; and the mouth closed up, tying a Jiandful of Hops also in each corner, as in the bottom part ; they are then ready for market, &c. A plantation of Hops will continue in good bearing several years, provided the ground is properly manured; for which the proper manure is well rotted dung, or a compost of dung and earth, prepared some time for that pur- pose ; and of either, from about twenty to forty cart-loads are the common allowance for an acre; the former quantity is generally allowed when duntr is scarce, laying it only along the hills of plants to be dugin in winter or spring; but the best way is to allow about forty loads, and dig or plough it in any time from October till March ; as such a dressing need not be re- peated but once in two or three years, or there- abouts. After the ground is cleared every year from the Hops, care should be taken of the poles, which, if they could be laid under any covered placCjit would greatly preserve them ; but for want of such convenience, they are usually placedjin par- cels upright in the open air, first fixing three or six poles firmly in the ground, in a triangular manner, wide at bottom, and tied together at top ; then setting as many of the rest of the poles about them as may seem convenient. And as the poles decay, new ones must be provided. These may be of any wood; but the sorts com- monly used are ash, birch, maple, sycamore, willow, poplar, and chesnut. It requires about three thousand poles to an acre, allowing three to each hill. These plants are seldom cultivated in the gar- den, but as chmbers for the purpose of affording ornament and variety, as they readily twist round any support to the height of twenty feet or more. HURA, a genus furnishing a plant of the exotic tree kind, for the stove. It belongs to the class aiid order Moiioecia Monaddphia, and ranks in the natural order of Tncocc(v. The characters arc : that in the male flower?- the calyx is an anient from the divarication of the branches, obK)ng, drooping, covered with sessile, spreading florets : scales oblong : peri- anthium within each scale of the anient, cylin- dric, two-leaved, truncate, very sliort : there i» no corolla : thx; stamina have a cylindric fila- ment, a little longer than the caiyx, peltate at tiie tip, r!2'id, below the tip twice or thrice verii- ccllcd w:th tubercles: anthers two, iinmersed in each tubercle, oval, bifid : feniali flower in the same p'.int: the calyx is a one-leafed peri- anthium, cylindric, furrowed, truncate, quite entire, closely surrounding the germ : lihere is no corolla: the pistilkim is a roundish germ, within the calyx : style cylindric, long : stigma large, funnel-shaped, plano-convex, coloured, tweive-cleft,blunt, equal: tiie perica; plum w :>cdy, orbiculale, or globular-flatted, torose, wiiii twelve furrows, iwelve-celled : cells dissdient, crescent-shaped, with an elastic dagger point at the end : the seeds solitary, compressed, sub- orbiculate, and large. The species is H. crepitans. Sand Box Tree. It rises with a soft woody stem to the height of twenty -four feet, dividing into many branches, which abound with a milky juice, and have scars on their bark, where the leaves have fallen oft". The branches are garnished with heart-&haj-.ed leaves ; tlwse which are big- gest are eleven inches long, and nine inches broad in the middle, indented on their edges, having a prominent midrib, with several trans- verse veins from that to the sides, which are alternate; these stand upon long slender foot- stalks : the male flowers come out from be- tween the leaves, upon peduncles which are three inches long ; they are formed into a close spike, or catkin, forming a column, lying over each other like the scales of fish. The female flowers are solitary, and very near the anient : the leaves are alternate, and accompanied by caducous stipules ; the petiole Ls glandular above; the younger leaves are involuted. The fruit is curious in its structure j and the tree, when it grows well, spreading and shady. It is- a native of the Spanish West Indies. CuUure. — This plant is increased by sowing the: seeds procured from abroad, in the early spring, in pots filled wiih rich earth, plunging them, in a mild hot-bed of bark. When the plants have attained a few inches growth, they should be removed into separate pots of a small size, watering them, and replunging them in the bark bed of the stove, where they must be consta»itly kept, being occasionally removed H Y A H Y A into larger pots, and sparingly watered in the winter season. When thus managed, they will attain twelve or fittcon teet in growth in this climate, and often afford flowers. They afford ornament and variety in the stove collections. HYACIXTHUS, a genus containing plants of the bulbous- rooted flowcTing {>erennial kind. It belongs to the class and order Hexaiidria Monogt/nia, and ranks in the natural order of Liliactce. The characters are: that there is no calyx: the corolla is nionopetalous, campanulate: bor- der six-cleft, reflex : nectary, three honeved pores, at the tip of the germ t the stamina have six awl-shaped fllaments, shorter : anthers con- verging : the pistillum is a superior germ, round- thrce-cornercd, three-imTowed : style simple, shorter than the corolla: siigma obtuse : the pe- ricarpium is a roundish capsule, three-sided, three-celled, three-valvcd : the seeds in pairs (generally), roundish. The species cultivated arc : 1. H. orientalis. Eastern or Garden Hyacinth; 2. H. non icriptus, Common Hyacinth, or Hare-bells ; 3. H. cernuus, Bendinc; Hvacinth ; 4. H. se- rotinus, Late-fiowcriug Hyacinth ; ^. Ji. ame- thystiinis, Amclhyst-colourcd Hyacinth; 6. H. mnscari. Musk Hyacinth; 7. H. monsirosta, Feathered Hyacinth ; 8. H. contosus, Purple Grape Hyacinth ; 9. H. Zo/ryo/Jfi, Blue Grape Hyacinth ; 10. H, racemostu. Clustered Grape Hyacintlu The first has a large coated bulb, viscid, and of a sweetish taste, from the bottom of which spring the roots, which are long round fibres, of a middling thickness ; from the middle of it a single naked stem or scape ; and from the top six, seven, or more leaves : the leaves are broad- ish, keeled, p.-ile green at bottom, but of a darker green towards the end : the scape is a long span in height, smooth, roundish, pale green below, hut tinged with brown towards the top : from the middle of this to the top come out the flowers one above another, not pointing tlic same wav, as in the Harebell, but standing on diflcrent sides ol the stalk; three, four, orfive, to twelve or more in number,each noddingonpedicels, half an inch in length, usually of a very dark green colour, and having a pair of small bracies" at the base : tlie corolla is near an inch in length, almost cv- lindrical except at the base, where it swells or bellies out, and at the lop the segments arc turned back a little : these l5owers liave a very sweet smell, and arc much valued for the variety of their colours, as jjure white, while tinged wiih blue, all shades of blue from these to \lic dark violet, and all shades of red purple from the faint blush to the deep n J ; they are also some- times yellow. It is a n ,tive of the Levant; flowering in March anii April. There are varieties with single white flowers, with double white flowers, with red single and dou- ble flowers, with flesh-coloured single and double flowers, with blue single and double flowers, with purple-blue single and double flowers, with flesh- coloured single and double flowers, with yellow flowers, with double while flowers, w iih red eyes or middles, with double white w iih purple eves, with double white with flesh-coloured eyes, with double white with yellow eyes, with double agate- blue, with double and single porcelain-blue, with double and single violet-coloured flowers. There are also many intermediate varieties which have been obtained from seed, and by w hich many new ones of the above principal sorts are annually gained ; each variety being distin- guished either by the name of tl>e place where first raised, the person who raised them, or that of illustrious personages, as the greatest kinirs, the bravest generals, the most famous poets, the celebrated antient historians, and gods and god- desses. It is this species and varieties that are com- monly esteemed and cultivated by florists. The chief properties which distrnguish the good Double Hyacinth are, that the stalk be tall, strong, and upright : the flowers or bells suf- ficiently numerous, each suspended by a short strong peduncle, in a horizontal position ; the whole having a compact pyramidal form, with the crown or uppermost flower perfeetlv' erect : the flowers should be large, and well lilled w iili broad bold petals, appearing to the eye rather convex, than flat or hollow : they should extend to about the middle of the scape or si Ui: : the plain colours should be clear and briglii, stronsi ones being in general preferred , tn pa!». colour^, and such as arc mixed should blend with ele- gance. In the second species the root is roundish, about the size of a nutmeg: the scape from six incites to a foot in height, upright, roUiid, smooth, and solid, bowed down when it begins to flower: the leaves are four, six, or sometimes more, only half the length of the scape, and about half an inch broad, keeled, hoUow, smooili, shining, grass green, flaccid, bending downwards, ending in an acute point : the flowers are in a long raceme or spike, from eight to twelve, often more, all pointing one way, pedicclled, pendu- lous, swcet-smellinii, blue or violei colour, varying to white and lk»h-coloured, six-parted to the very base. It is a native of France. The third aerecs with the first sort in habit 3 0i H Y A and appearance; but it is smaller, and differs in havin" the leaves more linear or less lanceolate, and ntore erect ; the raceme is more nodding; the corollas flesh-coloured, not blue, rounder, with the sides of the petals less spreading, flat at the base, not marked witlf a raised line on the back, and less rolled back (though still reflex) than in that. It is a native of Spain. The fourth species has an ovate-conical, solid bulb, covered with brown skins: the scape jinaie, a foot high, and smooth: the leaves cha~nnellcd, sheathing the scape at the base, shorter than the scape, sharp at the end: the flowers in a raceme, all pointing the same way, drooping a little ; each on a short peduncle, with an awl-shaped bracte at the base: the corolla is of a dull greenish red colour. When the flowers first appear, they are of a light blue, but fading to a worn out purple colour. It is a native of Spain ; flowering here in June. In the fiftTi Ihe root is the size of a small olive, covered with a brown skin : the leaves five or six, longer and narrower than in the first sort, striated and keeled, lying mostly on the ground: the scape slender, along span in height, round, smooth, glaucous, having six or seven flowers at top (sometimes twelve or more), nodding, on pedicels half an inch in length ; they are bright blue, smaller than those of the first sort, without any scent. They are smaller and of a deeper blue than the above. Most of these have white stripes and edges ; and they vary to pure white, and a fine pale red colour, with deeper-coloured veins running along the three outer segments. It w^as for- merly known by the name of Coventry Blue Hyacinth by gardeners. It is a native of Spain, flowering in April and May. The sixth species has pretty large, oval, bul- bous roots, from which arise several leaves, which are about eight ov nine inches long, and half an inch broad ;~'incurved a little on their sides, and end in obtuse points ; these embrace each other at their base; out of the middle of these, the stalk which sustains the flowers arises ; it is naked below, but the upper parts are garnished with small flowers growing in a spike ; these have ovate pitcher - shaped petals, which are re- flexed at their brim, and are of an ash-eolourcd purple, seeming as if faded, but have an agree- able nru~ky scent : the stalks do not rise more than six inches high. Where they are in quan- titv, they perfume the air to a considerable di- stance. It is a native of the Levant, flowering in April. There are varieties with the same coloured flowers on the lowtr part of the s])ike, but larger, >.udmoreof the purple cast ; and those ou the up- 1 H Y A per yellow, with a very grateful odour, and with very large yellow flowers. The seventh has a large bulbous root, from which come out several plain leaves a foot long, and about half an inch broad at their base ; they are smooth, and end in obtuse points : the flower-stalks rise near a foot and a half high ; are naked at the bottom for about seven or eight inches, above which the panicles of flowers befin, and terminate the stalks : the flowers stand upon peduncles which are more than an inch long, each sustaining three, four, or five flowers, whose petals are cut into slender fila- ments like hairs ; are of a purplish blue colour, and, having neither stamina nor germ, do not produce seeds. It is a native of the south of Europe, flowering in May, after which the stalks and leaves decay to the root, and new ones arise in the spring following. The eighth species has the rootbulb as large as a middling onion, which is ovate, solid, and white, covered with a purplish skin : the leaves five or six, a foot (or eighteen inches) long, and three quarters of an inch broad at the base, di- minishing gradually to a blunt point; (linear, channelled, bright green) : the flower-stalk rises about a foot (or eighteen inches) in height (round, upright, smooth, glaucous green) : the lower half is naked, but the upper part has a loose raceme of flowers, frequently for a foot in length : the lower flowers are further asunder ; before they flower they are upright, but while they flo\ver,'and afterwards, they stand out horizontally on pedi- cels half an inch in length; their colour yellowish green, with blue or purple at the end : these are fertile. The upper ones smaller ; leaves stand ujiright, forming acorymb, and are blue or violet, as also their long pedicels. It is a native of the South of Europe, flowering the end of April and beginning of May. There are varieties, with white and with blue flowers. Mr. Curtis terms it the Two-coloured or Tassel Hyacinth. It is distinguished more by its singularity than beauty. The ninth has the leaves three lines wide, straight on account of their short petioles: the spike has from tw enty to thirty flowers : the teeth of the corolla are wdiite, and the uppermost are small : and the leaves are rolled into a cylin- der: the raceme (or spike) an inch long ; the flowers nodding, sweet-smelling, scarcely longer than their upper pedicels. It grows naturally in the vineyards in France ; and where once plant- ed in a garden, it is not easily rooted out, as the roots muilipiy greatly. There are varieties with blue, with white, and with ash-coloured flowers. The tenth species has a small bulb : th.e leaves H Y A II Y A are keeled, ven- narrow, a line or little more in breadth, cylindrical, on account of tlie weakness of their petioles loose and dccunihcnl, roilcil round and twisted in a variety of ways: the scape a span high, blue inider the flowers, com- pressed at top, terminated byacloseglobnlarspike or raceme of from forty to tifiy flowers, of a ver)' dark blue, with a three-cornered white mouth ; they are imbricated downwaids, have very short peduncles, a s\\T;etish smell, somewhat like new starch, or plums. It is a native of ilie South of Europe ; flowering in April and May. Mr. Curtis terms it Starch Hyaeinth. Culture. — The lirst sort and varieties are all in- creased by planting the oft"-setsfrom the roots in the manner of other bulbous-rooted perennial plants ; aiid by sowing the seed to produce new varieties. They succeed best in a light soil, but will prosper in anv common earth, particularly in mo- derate sandy ground, in a drv, open, sunny situ- ation. These bulbs, if planted in strong or very moist land, arc apt to rot in winter, or become tHseased. Where, therefore, the soil of the flower-borders or beds is of a strong heavy qua- lir\-, the part designed for Hyacinths should have light materials, such asany light sandy earth, from the surface of some conmion or other place; drift sea-sand, or any upper sandy soil, or light earthy compost ; and where the soil of the bor- ders, &c. is of a vers- light, sharp, sandy nature, a portion of light, mellow, loamy earth, and neat's dung, or well rotted dung of old hot-beds, make a line compost surface mould for the Hyacinth, when mixed and laid on long enough before for the dung to be converted into mould. The ground should be well wrought over as a preparation for the plants, one spade deep at least, raising the bed or border a little above the general level to avoid moisture; and raking the surface smooth and even. The florists mostly prepare a compost for their rare kinds of Hyacinths, with light, sandy loam, or any sandy earth from a pasture-field, taking only the top spit, ten or twelve inches deep, ad- dingabout one third, from the surface, to one of drift or sea-sand, and the same quantity of rot- ten neat's dung ; mixing the whole in a heap ridge-ways, in some dry sunny exposure, to lie several months, or if a year or more the better. To the above material, some also adil a quan- tity of rotten leaves of trees, thoroughly rotten tanner's bark, or any perfectlv rotten earthy wood, or rotten saw-dust; all of which together greatly improve the composition : but as these are not always readily obtained, the other compost is frequently used with success. With these com • posts a bed is prepared in the beginning of au- tumn, four feet wide and two deep, a ca\ Itv be- ing dug out that width and depth, and (ilied un entirely with the composition, »ix inches abo^e the eonimo.i levei, to allow for seltlmsr, leaviiiu; it a fortnight or 4 month to settle ; when it is ready for tl)e reception of the bidbs. 'I'lic curious in these plants never plant the fine sort two years together in the same bed or earth, without some previous renewal, as by planting them cver\' year in a fresh bed, or fresh prepaad compost, It greatly improves the size and beauty of the flower-:. The proper sca=on for plantinc them is cither in October, or the beginning of November; as those then planted shootcaily in spring, and flower strong at their usual season ; but tlicse plant- ed later in autumn, or continued out of ground till January and February, for a late bloom, flower weaker and with inferior beauty ; the principal part should always be planted in the autumn. When any of the common kinds are intended to be planted to adorn the open borders contigu- ous to the principal walks, or lawns near the ha- bitation, to increase the variety in assemblage with other bulbous- rooted spring flowers, as early Tulips, Narcissuses, Anemones, Ranun- culuses, Sec. they should be disposed towards tht- front, more or less, in a varied order, in patches of three roots in each, three or four inches deep; and the patches may be from about one yard to three or four distance, letting them stand to take their chance, without any further care. In planting the fine double sorts, four or five rows mav be planted on each bed lengthways, about nine inches distant in each row, and about four inches deep, either in drills drawn the above depth, bv dibble, or bv bedding them in ; and as soon as ihey are planted, in either method, the surface of the bed should be raked smooth and even. The bulbs being thus planted, the choicest sorts should be protected in the beds occasionally during winter, Iroin severe frost. They may be readily protected by a covering of straw, or any kind of dry strawy litter, three or four inches thick; or by arclnng the beds with hoops or rods, or with moveable arched frames of open work, covered with mats, the covering; being immediately removed when not wanted. The same caution sliould be continued in the spring. W hen the llower-slems ;.re advanced nearly to tlici full height, it is proj^r to support them, by placing a small stick, fifteen or eighteen inches lung, close to each plant, being careful not to thrust it into the bulb, and to lie the stems neatly to each slick, by w hich the spikes of llowers will be preserved iu an upright position. H Y A H Y A Wlicn in bloom, tlie curious sorts may be preserved much longer in beauty, by bemg screened occasionally from the sun and rain, by a sort of awning or umbrella of mats or canvass; they should however be shaded only from the mid-day sun, from about ten to three or four o'clock, and only from excessive rains and Ixiisterous winds. But when the flowers begin to fade, all cover- iua; should be entirely removed, that the bulbs and increasing oft'-sets may derive all possible benefit from the free air, dews, &c. When the season of ilowering is over, the bulbs should be taken up, which in the florists' language is called lifting the roots. The fine sorts should be taken u]) at this period, to separate off-sets for increase, as well as to benefit the main bulbs, which will always flower stronger than such as arc suffered to remain two or more years unre- iiioved. The proper time for this work is in summer, soon after they have done flowering, when their leaves begin to turn yellow, as then the bulbs have had their full growth for that sea- son, and should by no means remain longer in the ground. Dry weather should be chosen, and atrowcl, or small spade, is properfor lifting them, takingthem \ip one by one, and breaking oft' the stem within an inch or two of its origin; then laying them in an airy room, out of the mid-day sun, to dry oflT tiie gross moisture very gradually, and to ripen the bulbs to a due hardness, when they appear of a purplish tinge ; otherwise they are apt to rot. When the bulbs are properly hardened and lipened, they should be taken up and separated from any ofl^-sets, well cleared from earth, loose skins, and fibres at bottom; then, after expos- ing them a few hours in the sun, put up in boxes singly, or upon dry shelves out of the sun, to retwain till the season for planting them again. All the off-sets appearing about the main bulbs at the lifting season, are to be carefully separated from them, either as soon as they are taken up, or alter the bulbs have lain to ripen, being kept separate, and planted in the early au- lunui, in beds by themselves, in rows six inches asunder, and two or three deep, where they should remain a year or two; then be taken up at the proper lifting season in summer, and managed as the large blowinal seed- shops and nurseries, at from five to nine slid- H Y A H Y D Jingspcr dozen ; they are of the bottle kind, but vith ^t^.'■.i!rht upright bodies narrowinea little up- ward gradually to the tops, vvhtrc they tcrmluate in wide, concave mouths, to contain each one root or bulb. They should be llllcd with solt, clear water, u]-> to the nceks, and a little way in the concavity of the niouilis ; one bulb placed in each glass, wiili the bottom or root part a little in the water, the tup upright; and the bottles set either w ithin a room window, which it' towards thesun,\\illl,eofereaicr advantage, or placed on a chimney-piece, or shelves of a light room, where a tire is kept, to bring the bulbs forwarder in growth. They soon put forth strong root-fibres down into thu water, .ind push leaves and tlower-buds at top, which advance regularly for flowcrinir in their peculiar manner. The water should be renewed oecaiiotiaily when it becomes I'oul or fetid, discharging the old, and immediately fill- ing up the bottles with fresh water, which is all the culture they require. When the stalks and flower-spikes are considerably advanced, a neat small stick should be placed to each, to support it in an upright growili. But to obtain them in bloom at the most earlv period, some glasses containing the bulbs should be placed in a hot- house or foicing-hou.-e, Sec. In the glasses, the bulbs flower in about six, eight, or ten weeks, accordingly as they are placed. They continue three or four weeks in bloom. By planting some bulbs in pots or neat boxes «f light earth or sand in the autumn, and pla- cing ihcm in a dwelling-room, green-house, See. they will flower at an earlv season. But they flower most early, as has been just ob- served, in a hot-house, or forcing department, under glasses, worked either by fire or bark-bed heat, kc. Some middling small pots should be provided for this use, or small, neat, oblong boxes, six inches deep, tilling them halfway, or a little more, v> ith dry light earth, or that of a sandy na- ture, rr with sand; planting one, two, or three bulbs in each pot, according to the size ; pressing the bottom gently into the earth, and filling up with more earth or sand over the crown of the bulbs; or, in boxes, several may be planted in each, in the same manner. When thus planted, place the pots or boxes in the house, giving mo- derate waterings with soft water, when the earth appears dry. They will flower in six or eight weeks. When the flowering is past, and the stalks and leaves decaved, the bulbs should lie takva up, cleaning and u ying them, and they may afterwards be planted in the full ground for the future year, to recover strength, and produce some good oflsets. - The sorts generally used for glasses and pot«. Sec. are prineipally any varieties of the oriental kind, especially for blowing in water. In procuring them, care should he taken to choose perfectly souiul, linn biiiljs, with the root jiart at bottom, full, plump, and firm. They are all very beautiful and ornamental plants. The more hardy and common sorts in patches of five or six in the fronts of borders, clumps, and other paits ; and the finer double sorts in beds, pots, boxes, and tjlasses. HYDRANGEA, a genus containing plants of the shrubby and flowerinsr perennial kinds. It belongs to the class and order Decundria Digi/iiia, and ranks in the natural order of Siicculctilce. The characters are : that the calvx is a onc- Icafed perianthium, five-toothed, permanent, small : the corolla has five petals, ctjual, round- ish, lirger thau the calyx : the stamina have ten filaments, longer than the corolla, alternately longer and shorter: anthers roundish, twin: the pistillum is a roundish germ, inferior : stvlc* two, short, distant : stigmas blunt, permanent : the pcricarpium is a roundish capsule, twin, two-beaked with the double style, angular, with several nerves, crowned with the calyx, two- celled, with a transverse partition, opening by a hole between the horns: the seeds numerous, angular, acuminate, very small. The species cultivated are : \. H. arhorescins. Shrubby Hydrangea; 2. H. horteiisia. Garden Hydrangea, or Chinese Guilder Rose. The first has a spreadiiKj woody root, which produces several soft, pithy, woody stems, from three to four feet high ; thev are four-cornered when young, and ha\e a green bark, but as they grow older they become taper, and liave a light- brown bark : the leaves at each joint opposite, three inches long, and two broad near the base, pointed, serrate ; thev are deep green above, and pale underneath, with manv transverse veins; the petioles are abput an inch long: the flowers terminating in a cyme : the corolla small, \\ hite, having an agreeable odour. It is a native of \ irginia. See. flowering towards the end of July, and in August. The second species h.is a fibrous root, much branched, whitish : the stems several, growing together, erect, shrubby, branched, round, with a smooth brown bark : the branches opposite, each pair crossing the others, rouii.j, smooth, leaf\', green, with dark purple spots, flo'vcringf at the top : the leaves are opposite, spreading, and curved backwards, obtusely pointed, entire towards their base, bright green, pale beneath : foot-stalks short and tliick, smooth, p"!e, chan- nellcdabove : the cymes terminating, the sizcaiid n Y D n^'ure of the coiiinion GuiWcr Rose, and like ihM almost euiirely composed of radiated abor- tive llowcrs, of a 'beaiititul rose-colour, inodo- rous, iireen when young as well as in decay : the flower^stalks are variously subdivided, smooth, sometimes hairv : paiiial ones of a deep rose- coluur, roundi/h. It is much valued on ac- count of the great profusion of its elegant flowers. It is commonly cultivated m the gar- dens of China and .Taiwan. Culture.— The first is increased by slipping or parting the roots in the early autumn, and jilantme them out where the plants are to grow. It suecreds best in a moist soil, and lequir^s no irouble but being kept *rcc from we.ds, by dig- ••jinsr the croiaurabmit it m the winter. When rbe'stems' are destroyed in severe frosts, new ones are put forth in the ensuing spring. The second sort is easily increased liy plant- inc: cuttings of the young shoots, in pots of rich ioamv earth, in the spring, plunging them in a moderate h«t-bcd. When they have stricken "ood root, they sliould be removed with balls of earth about their roots into separate pots, and be placed in the green-house. Thouch this plant is capable of standing the openairln mild winters, in warm di->' situations, it does not flower so well as in the green-house. Superiluous plants should therefore only be em- ploved in this way. These are ornamental plants ; the former in the fronts of the clumps and borders, and the latter among green-house collections and other potted plants, where it produces a fine appear- ance. HYDRASTIS, a genus affording a hsrdy pereunial plant. It belongs to the class and order Polyandna Poh/gt/nia, and ranks in the natural order of RaniniculacL'ce. The characters are : that there is no calyx : the corolla has three petals, ovate, regular : the stamina have numerous filaments, linear, com- pressed, a little shorter than the corolla : anthers compressed, blunt : the pislillum has numerous germs, ovate, collected into an ovate head : styles very sliDil : stigmas broadish, compress- ed : the periearpium is a berry, com]K)undLd of oblong acini, or granulations: seeds solitary, oblong. The species is H. CcQiadcnsh, Canadian Yellow-root It has the root composed of thick fleshy tu- bers, of a deep yellow colour within, but cover- ed by a brown skin, sending out libi\;s from se- veral parts in the spiing: it sends up one or two stalks about nine inches high, at their first a))pcaraucc of a light green, but afterwards H Y 1\I chaneing to a purplish colour, and hairv towards the top. Each stalk has one or tw.; leaves, the lower pciloled, but the upper embracing ; they are six or seven inches in diameter, and are deeply cut into three, tour, or five lobes, which arc irregularly serrate ; they arc of a light green in the spring, but change afterwards to a deep oreen, with some dark spots or marks, and after The flower is decayed turn to a purplish colour. The stalk is terminated by one flower, which is white, and of very short duration, seldom con- tinuing above three or four hours after it is ex- panded. The fruit is red and succulent. It is a • native of Canada, flowering in May and June. Culture. — This plant may be increased by sovvinc the seed, as soon as the fruit is well ri- pened, in pots of pretty strong earth, protecting them from frost during the winter, and in the spring, when the plants appear, setting them in a shady situation till the autumn, when they may be planted where they are to remain. It succeeds best in a moist shady situation, where It IS not disturbed. These plants serve to afford variety in such situations. HYMENJ5A, a genus containing a plant of the stove exotic kind. It belongs to the class and order Decandria Monogyniu, and ranks in the natural order of Lomentacecc. The characters are : that the calyx is a one- leaFed perianthium, coriaceous : tube short, turbinaie, compressed, permanent, with an ob- lique mouth : limb five- parted, almoKt regular, upright, deciduous : segments ovate, blunt: two opposite flattish, a little broader : two others concave, with one side narrower: the corolla five-petalled, inserted into the neck of the ca- lyx, sub-papilionaeeous, with the petals almost equal : banner, the two uppermost petals, ob- liquely ovate, obtuse, sessile, at the upper con- cave segment of the calyx : wings, two petals, similar^ lateral, a little narrower : keel, the low- est petal, channelled and excavated, approxi- mating to the wings, within the lower hollow segment of the calyx : the stamina have ten distinct filaments, awl-shaped, erect, bent down above the middle, very long, between the keel and the wings, inserted into the neck of the ca- lyx : anthers linear, lixed by the back : the pis- tillum is a germ, sabre-shaped, compressed, pe- dicelled : style very long, bristle-shaped, bcnl down: stigma thickened, obliquely truncate: the pericarpiuni is a woody legume, very large, ovate-oblong, obtuse, one-celled, filled with fa- rinaceous pulp: the seeds several (four to eight, ]arge)j ovate, wrapped up in pollen and fibres. H Y O H Y O The species is //. Courharil, locust Tree. It is a larcc s|)reacling tree in iis native siiua- lion : it has a large stem, covered wiih a russcl bark, vvliich divides into many spreading branches, garnished with smooth stiff li.aveb, whitli stand by pairi, ilicir hase joining at the toot-stalk, to which tlicy stand oi)li|U(.-, one side being much broader ii>an the other, tlie two outer «iJcs being rounded, and their inside straight, so that they resemble a pair of sheep- shears ; they are pointed at the top, and stand ahernately on the stalk : the flowers are pro- duced in loose spikes at the end of the branches, some of the short ligneous foot stalks support- ing two, and others three flowers, which are composed of five yellow ])eta!s striped wuh pur- ple, succeeded by thick, fleshy, brown pods, shaped like those of the garden bean. It is a native of the West India islands and Ame- rica. Between the principal roots of the tree ex- irdes a tine transpaniu resin of a yellowish or red colour, which is collected in large lumps, and called gum Ainnic. It makeii the finest varnish known, by being dissolved in the high- est rectified spirits of w iue. Culture. — ^This is propagated by the seeds, which should be sown singly, in pots of a small size, filled with light earth, in the spring, plunging them in the bark hot-bed. When the plants have attained a little growth, they must be removed into the tan bed of the stove, where thev must constantly remain, being managed as other tender plants, little water being given in the winter. Though the plants make much progress at first, thev are soon at a stand, and onlv preserved with difficulty. Thev afford variety in the stove. HYiDSCYAMUS, a genus comprehending plants of the annual, bi.iinial, and perennial herbaceous and shrubby kinds. * Ft beloi.gs to the class and order Pentandr'ia Monosyjiia, and ranks in the natural order of Liiridcf. The characters are : that the calyx is a one- leafed tubular pcrianthimn, ventricosc at bot- tom, with a live-cleft sharp mouth, pennanent : the corolla one-pctalled, funnel-form : tube cylindrical, short : limb from erect, spreading, half- five-cleft : segments obtuse, one broader than the others : the stamina have five awl- shaped filaments, inclining : anthers roundish : the pi;tilli!in is a roundish germ : style filiform, the leni'ih of the stiiinciis : stigma headed: the pericarpium is an ovate capsule, obtuse, marked with a line on each side, two-celled, two cap- sules closely api)roAiniatmg, wiih a lid opemng horizontally : receptaclea luilf ovate, fixed to the ))artition : the seeds numerous, unequal (irre- gular). The *|K:cios cultivated arc : 1 , H. •tiger, Black , or Common Heidiane; 9. II.rt'licul(iliis,E^\p- tian Henbane; 3. H. aliiK, While Henbane; 4. /-/. aitreut, Goldcn-ilouered, or Shrubbv Ilenbaiie; b. H. piMlliis, Dwarf Hetihane ; G. //. phtjsnloides, Purple- lituvcred Henbane; 7. U. Scopolia, Nightshade-leaved Henbane. The first has long fieshy roots, which strike deep into the ground, and are branched : the bottom leaves are soft, deeply slashed on their edges, and spreading on the ground : the stalks which do not rise till the second spring, have leaves of the same shape, but smaller, and clasping, and arc about two feet high ; on the upper part are flowers standing on one side in a double row, sitting close to the stalk alternatelv. Martyn observes, that the whole plant is cover- ed with unctuous foetid hairs : the corolla is yel- low, or rather pale yellowish brown, beautifully netted with purple veins, and a dark purple eye or base : the shape is irregular, gradually taper- ing into the tube, with five prominent ribs on the outside; the upper segment is the largest, the rest gradually diminishing downwards: the npper incisions are shallow, the lowermost ex- tending half way to the base, and much wider than the rest, it is biennial, forming the root and flower-leaves the first, and the stem and fructification the second season ; a native of most parts of Europe, flow ering in June. The root, herb, and seeds, are said to be poisonous. There is a variety in which the corolla and anthers are of a pure brimstone colour, witnout any tinge of purple. The second species rises with a branching stalk two feet high : the lower leaves are regu- larly cut on both sides into acute segments, which are opposite, but the upper leaves are en- tire : the flowers grow at the end of the stalk, in bunches : they are of a worn-out red colour, and shaped like those of the common sort, but their tubes are swollen. Martvn adds, that the whole plant is smooth, resembling the first, but the stem-leaves are ovate, repand, more smooth above; the floral leaves ovate, sessile, entire: the flowers on a very short peduncle; the corolla bell-shaped, red, beautifully netted with dark veins. It is annual, and a native of Egypt, &C. flowering in July. The third resembles the first in most circum- stances, but the leaves are more rounded or ob- tuse, petioled, sinuate, very suit, bearded with w bite hairs, as is also the stem : the flowers fewer, the lower ones on longer peduncles, but the upper flowers have very short ones: the ca- Ivx is green, five-toothed, and hairv : throat of 3 F II Y O n Y o the corolla longer than in the first sort : limb rcvoliiic, livc-ciert, with unequal segments: the capsule clothed with the calyx, membranaceous, knohbccl with the protuberant seeds, ovate, vcniricose at bottom, marked with a depressed streak on each side: the receptacle fungose, scrohiculate, ovatc-oblong, plano-convex, fixed on l)oth sides to the partition : the seeds very numerous, small, compressed a little, incurved or kidney •form, closely scrohiculate, whitish ash-coloured. It is annual, and a native oi' the south of Europe, flowering in August. It has the corolla varying with the base dark purple, or green. The fourth species is a perennial plant (bien- nial), with weak stalks, which require support : the leaves arc roundish, acutely indented on their edges, and on pretty long foot-stalks : the flowers come out at each joint of the stalk; they arc large, and of a bright yellow, with a dark purple bottom : the style is much longer than the corolla: the stem is hairy, and about a foot high : the petioles very hairy : the leaves lobed, toothletted : the peduncles at the side of the petioles, erect with the flower, but quite bent down when in fruit : the outer lobe of the corolla is larger than the rest, and the lower sinus is cut beyond the limb, and there the purple stamens with the very long pistil issue and hang down. It is a native of Candia, flowering most part of the summer. It varies in size and the shade of the colour in the corolla. The fifth is an annual plant, a hand in height: the stem oblique, brittle, undivided, having long hairs : the lower leaves entire, upper oblong, toothed, alternate, sparingly hairy, on petioles of the same length with themselves: the peduncles short on the outmost stem, each from the axil of two opposite leaves : the calyxes turbinate, ten-angled, almost the length of the corolla, and broader than its tube, spiny at top : the corolla veliow, with a dark throat, divided on the lower side beyond the limb : the stamens de- clining. It is a native of Persia, flowering in July. The sixth species has a perennial root^ the stems a foot high, simple, erect, round, rough- haired : the leaves alternate, pelioled, cordate, lucid-green, veined, rough-haired underneath, the upper ones gradually larger: the flowers in bundles, terminating, peduncled : the calyxes very short, five-toothed, rough-haired : the co- rollas purplish, funnel-form, upright : the sta- mens a little shorter than the corolla, converg- ing : the style the same length with the corolla: the stigma capitate, emarginatc, whitish. It flow- ers early in spring, and is a native of Siberia. The seventh has also a perennial root, trans- verse, knobbed, thick, irregular, branched, flexuose, the thickness of tha human thumb : the stem herbaceous, annual, upright, round, smooth (scarcely more than a fool high, accord- ing to some, but even three feet in height, ac- cording to others), the thickness of the humaii finger, trifid and bifid, with dichotomous branches : (the branches only two, according to Linnaius, spreading, and entirely simple ; or, subtrichotomous, with a groove ruiming down from the leaves:) the leaves ovate and oblong, the length of the human finger ; the lower quite entire ; the upper frequently moderately sinuate or repand : according to some, petioled, naked, somewhat wrinkled, spreading; on the stem alternate, solitary ; under the forkings in threes, two of which approximate ; on the branches alternate, but two together on the same tooth or base, one of which is a little less than the other : but, according to others, subovate or lanceolate, entire, except the lower ones, which in gardens at least are sinuate-toothed in front, veined, wrinkled, decurrent ; the lower ones opposite, the rest scattered ; the peduncles one-flowered, pendulous from the axils, weak, two inches long : the calyx smooth, five-toothed, permanent, wider than the fruit, and, as it were, inflated (bell-shaped, five-cleft, awnless) : the corolla three times the length uf the calyx, bell- shaped, slightly five-cleft, blunt, on the outside ferruginous, with a few pale streaks, within yel- low, oblong, large, five-toothed, narrowing at the base into a short tube, yellowish purple, de- ciduous. It is a native of Idria in Friuli, flower- ing in the middle of April. Culture. — They are all capable of being raised from seeds, by sowing them in the autumn in the situations where they are to stand. If the seeds be permitted to scatter, they also produce abundance of good plants. In the fourth or shrubby sort, the seeds should be sown in pots, when perfectly ripened in the autumn, plunging them in a moderate hot-bed during the winter. When the plants have at- tained some growth in the spring, they should be removed into separate pots, and be replaced in the bed, due shade and water being given. It may also be increased by planting cuttinsrs in a shady border of light earth, in the sunmier sea- son, and when well rooted removing them into separate pots. The only culture which the common shorts re- quire is that of being kept clean from weeds, and properly thinned. The second sort succeeds best in a dry warm situation, or when planted iix pots, and protected in the winter season. The fourth sort must be placed so as to have protec- ■^ HYP HYP tion from frost in the winter season, and plenty of fresh air in n)ild weather. All the sorts, except the second and fourtii, may be introduced so as to afford varictv in the borders and clumps of pleasure-sjoiuids ; but these two may be placed out among other more hardv potted sorrs; or in collections of green- house plants, with srood effect. HYPERICUM, "a genus furnishing plants of the shrubby and under-shrubby, hardy and ten- den kinds. It belongs to the class and order Polyadelphia Poli/andria, and ranks in the natural order of Rotacece. The characters are : that the calvx is a five- parted pcrianthium : segments subovate, con- cave, permanent: the corolla has five petals, oblong-ovate, obtuse, spreading, wheel-shaped, according to the sun's apparent motion : the stamina have numerous catiillan.' filaments, united at the base in five or three bodies : an- thers small : the pistillum is a roundish germ : styles three (sometimes one, two, or live), sim- ple, distant, the length of the stamens : stig- mas #mple : the pcricarpium is a roundish cap- sule, with the same number of cells as there are styles : the seeds very many and oblong. The species cultivated are : I. H. laltaiiann, Warted St. John's-wort; 2. H. Ascyron, Great flowered St. Peter's-wort ; 3. H. Andro- seemuin. Common Tutsan ; 4. H- Caiiariense, Canar)' St. John's-wort; 5. H.hircinum, Stink- ing Shrubby St. John's-wort ; G. H. monogy- num, Chinese St. John's-wort. The first rises with a sleiider shrubby stalk in this country, about two feet high ; but in its native soil it acquires the height of seven or eight feet, sending out several weak branches of a reddish colour, and marked with scars where the leases have fallen off: the leaves are small, oval, waved on their edges, and having several small protuberances on their under siile : they sit close to the branches, half embracing them at the base : the flowers are terminating, large, bright, yellow. It is a native of Majorca. The second species has a stem a cubit and half high, roimd, smooth, rufesccnt : the leaves are pale green, paler underneath, an inch long and half an inch wide, roundish, opposite : the flowers terminating : calyx green ; corolla pale yellow, five times as large as in the common sort. It is a native of the I'yrenees. The third has a perennial, thick, woodv root, of a reddish colour, sending out very long fibres : the stems suffruticose or under-shrubby, anci- pital two-edged or slightly winged on opposite sides, two feel high and more, branched towards the top, of a reddish colour, and smooth : branches brachiatc or decussated, spreading: the leavis opposite, scsf lie, ovate, entire, smooth, dark green, glaucous on the under side, netted with numerous projecting veins and nerves, w Inch become through age ferruginous : on the stem they are two inches long, and an inch and half broad at the base ; those on the branches arc smaller, of different sizes, and some of them approaching to lanceolate : the flowers small for the size ot the plant, disposed in a cyme: the peduncles round, sinooth, usually two- or ihrec- flowered, but sometimes one-flowered : the fruit an ovate capsule, assuming the appearance of a berry; at first yellowish green, then red or brownish purple, and lastly almost black when ripe. It is a native of the south of Europe. The fourth species rises with a shrubby stalk six or seven feet high, dividing into branches at top : the leaves are oblong, set by pairs close to the branches, having a strong odour, but less than those of the fifth : the flowers terminating in clusters, very like those of the fifth. It is a native of the Canary islands, flowering from July to September. The fifth rises with shrubby stalks three feet high, sending out small opposite branches at each joint : the leaves are oblong, ovate, placed by pairs, sessile, and having a rank smell : the flowers are in terminating bunches. It is a na- tive of the south of Europe, flowering from July to September. There are varieties, one larger, which is the common one: the other smaller. The sixth has a root composed of many woody fibres, striking deep into the ground : the stems several, shrubby, near two feet high, covered with a purplish bark : the leaves stiff, smooth, about two inches long, and a quarter of an inch broad, opposite, sessile, of a lucid green on their upper surface, and gray underneath, hav- ing many transverse veins running from the midrib to the border: the flowers rerminaling in small clusters, each on a short peduncle. It is a native of China, flowering from March to September. Culture. — The first and last sorts arc more tender than the others, requirinsr the protection of the green-house in winter. They are capa- ble of being increased by layers or cuttings. The former are made in the s|)rin£; on the young shoots, which, when well rootcJ in the end of summer, may be taken off and planted out in separate pots. 'I'lic cuttings of the vounij shoots may be planted in pots in the summtr^ and plunged in a hot-bed, and when well roottd, removed into separate pots. H Y S H Y S The lasl species may likewise be inereasec^ by planting slips of the roots in the spring, in the same manner. They may also be raised by sowing the seed in pots, in ihc spring, and plunging them in a hot-bed just to bring up the plants. The second and third sorts are readily in- creased by sowing the seeds in the autumn, in a bed of common earth, or where they are to remain. They are, however, best raised by slipping the roots, and planting them, at the same time, where the plants are to grow. The fourth and fifth sorts are easily increased by planting slips from the old roots in the au- tumn or spring, taken with root IJbres to them ; or by dividing the roots, and planting them uhere thcv are to grow, or in nurserv rows. They may likewise be increasutl bv seeds, sown as in the two former species, removing them in the spring following to where they are to remain. The two tender sorts afford variety in green- house collections, and the other sorts in the borders, clumps, and other parts of pleasure grounds. HYSSOP. See Hrssopus. HVSSOPUS, a genus aflbrding a plant of the low under-shrubby perennial kind. It belongs to the class and order Didyiiamia Gymmsprrmia, and ranks in the natural order of Ferlicillata. The characters are: that the calyx is a one- leafed perianthiuni, cyjindiieai, oblong, striated, acutely fivc-toolhed, permanent: the corolla one- petalled, ringent : tlie tube cylindrical, slender, the length of the calyx : throat inclined : upper lip straight, I'at, short, roundish, emarginate: lower lip trifid: lateral segments shorter, blunt, the middle one cernate, obcordate, acute, with distant lubes: the stamina have four upright filaments, longer than the corolla, distant; The two upper ones shorter, but the two lonirer nearer to the lower lip: anthers simple: the'pistillum is a four- parted germ : style filiform, under the upper lip, and of the same length : stigma bifid : there is no pericarpium : calyx tostering'the seeds : the seeds iour, subovate. The speeies cultivated is : H. officinalis^ Com- mon Hyssop, It has a woody, hard abiding root, the thick- ness of a finger: the stems very numerous, from a foot to eighteen inches high, shrubby, straight, not much branched ; whilst tender square, but becoming round as they grow woody: the leaves numerous, narrow, smooth, entire, like those of Lavender, but much shorter, acute, dotted : whorls of liowers from the bosoms of tiie leaves, on two many flo\vered peduncles, shurtcr than the leaf, directed one way, and continued into a spike. It is a native of the South of Europe, flowering in July and August. There are several varieties, blue-flowered, white-flowered, red-fiowered, long-spiked, with deep blue flowers, curled-leaved, striped-leaved. Culture. — ^This plant may be increased by seed, slips, and cuttings. The seed should be sown in a bed or border of light earth in the spring, and raked in ; and when the plants are come up, thin them if too close, and when about three or four inches high, plant them out where they are to remain. Wheti it is designed to form an eda^tng of them, the seed may be sown at once where the plants are to remain, in small drills, and covered half an inch deep. In the latter methods, a quantity of the ro- bust side-shoots should be slipped or cut off, planting them in a shady border five or six nxhcs apart ; giving water as soon as planted, and re- peating itoccasionally. They willsoon strikeroot, and in autumn may be planted out where they are to stand. The common blue-flowered kind is the sort chiefly used, which is generally cultivated, some- times in close rows, by way of edgings to beds cr borders, clipping them annnally to keep them regular, and within due compass ; and sometimes disposed in beds, ike. in rows fifteen or eighteen inches asunder, and the same distance between the plants in each row. Tlie young leafv shoots and lower-spikes are the parts proper for use, and may be cut any time when wanted. The flower-stalks should be cut down for use in the summer, and tied in bunches. All the varieties may also be employed to adorn the borders, and other parts of the pleasure- ground, disposing them here and there singly to Form bushy plants. END OF THE FIRST VOLUME. «. Ta^or will Co. Pr.ntt.s, HS, Skot-Laac, Fterl-Htrtet. aMI'shroom Hovsi: t Bark Pits . /m Sea6/>/t X \r.,^l.r.. V 1 ^ te 1 ^■^ j 1 p. _ _ . 1 Sharrri/r Jn%m. I Sni.i// Sark fit . T fi«.s\ 'r...i. ;... *•/&* TBI \mm\ 0^ THE ,>,.^-„ ■ v: fi ? <»•-•''• -\ OF mi I ,i, X 7~7ii •:? "^j" THI LIBRARY OF THE rrcCMBER /-'RAMf-:. PbmDrcU y ^ ^ s ad rf fU I Mi-:l()X Frame or p/t. Section dcroj} the Bed Fi-ont Elevittivn Sc^Ic of' Feet - 2tf>Mwn ic £n^mtd H MtuK I '•»""' '" I T.-.^-'^' ! Wm7A '/////»7//:7//7///yM r u. I ^1 •I? ^ 5 t 5 •J? i wfmfi i I s « CO IMPR O V ED 11 O T II O I .s A ?-■■, ■? 8- ■^ ijii \mmi ^■^ •« ^ 1 '■t. I i H|E I IB 0 A ay L.TL«JtJtJtJmJt-3t-SC_3t3t 4<9 K^ ■' ^ ' w ^■fJ^M •^ii ■^ A > •> r^-: ^irx-irx~j(ninne^£-itr3^. UNIVERSITY OF ILUNOIS-URBANA 3 0112 051869508